namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa

皈敬世尊、阿羅漢、正等正覺者


Parallel Reading (paragraph granularity) of The Buddha's Path of Wisdom-- Dhammapada (Dhp.)-- Fulltext



  • This parallel Reading (paragraph granularity) including following version:
    • Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
    • Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
    • Translated from the Pali by Ven Nārada Thera ) [3]
    • Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]
    • Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]
    • Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
    • Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7]
    • Cited from DLMBS [8]

Content of Dhammapada
1_Yamakavaggo (Dhp.1-20) 2_Appamādavaggo (Dhp.21-32) 3_Cittavaggo (Dhp.33-43) 4_Pupphavaggo (Dhp.44-59) 5_Bālavaggo (Dhp.60-75) 6_Paṇḍitavaggo (Dhp.76-89)
  1. The Pairs
  1. Heedfulness
  1. The Mind
  1. Flower
  1. The Fool
  1. The Wise Man
Content of Dhammapada
7_Arahantavaggo (Dhp.90-99) 8_Sahassavaggo (Dhp.100-115) 9_Pāpavaggo (Dhp.116-128) 10_Daṇḍavaggo (Dhp.129-145) 11_Jarāvaggo (Dhp.146-156) 12_Attavaggo (Dhp.157-166)
  1. The Arahat
  1. The Thousands
  1. Evil
  1. Violence
  1. Old Age
  1. The Self
Content of Dhammapada
13_Lokavaggo (Dhp.167-178) 14_Buddhavaggo (Dhp.179-196) 15_Sukhavaggo (Dhp.197-208) 16_Piyavaggo (Dhp.209~220) 17_Kodhavaggo (Dhp.221-234) 18_Malavaggo (Dhp.235-255)
  1. The World
  1. The Buddha
  1. Happiness
  1. Affection
  1. Anger
  1. Impurity
Content of Dhammapada
19_Dhammaṭṭhavaggo (Dhp.256-272) 20_Maggavaggo (Dhp.273-289) 21_Pakiṇṇakavaggo (Dhp.290-305) 22_Nirayavaggo (Dhp.306-319) 23_Nāgavaggo (Dhp.320-333) 24_Taṇhāvaggo (Dhp.334-359)
  1. The Just
  1. The Path
  1. Miscellaneous
  1. The State of Woe
  1. The Elephant
  1. Craving
Content of Dhammapada
25_Bhikkhuvaggo (Dhp.360-382) 26_Brāhmaṇavaggo (Dhp.383-423)
  1. The Monk
  1. The Holy Man

the feature in the Pali scriptures which is most prominent and most tiresome to the unsympathetic reader is the repetition of words, sentences and whole paragraphs. This is partly the result of grammar or at least of style. …,…,…,

…,…,…, there is another cause for this tedious peculiarity, namely that for a long period the Pitakas were handed down by oral tradition only. …,…,…,

…,…,…, It may be too that the wearisome and mechanical iteration of the Pali Canon is partly due to the desire of the Sinhalese to lose nothing of the sacred word imparted to them by missionaries from a foreign country, …,…,…,

…,…,…, repetition characterized not only the reports of the discourses but the discourses themselves. No doubt the versions which we have are the result of compressing a free discourse into numbered paragraphs and repetitions: the living word of the Buddha was surely more vivacious and plastic than these stiff tabulations.

(excerpt from: HINDUISM AND BUDDHISM-- AN HISTORICAL SKETCH, BY SIR CHARLES ELIOT; BOOK III-- PALI BUDDHISM, CHAPTER XIII, THE CANON , 2)


content of gatha
Dhp001 Dhp002 Dhp003 Dhp004 Dhp005 Dhp006 Dhp007 Dhp008 Dhp009 Dhp010
Dhp011 Dhp012 Dhp013 Dhp014 Dhp015 Dhp016 Dhp017 Dhp018 Dhp019 Dhp020
Dhp021 Dhp022 Dhp023 Dhp024 Dhp025 Dhp026 Dhp027 Dhp028 Dhp029 Dhp030
Dhp031 Dhp032 Dhp033 Dhp034 Dhp035 Dhp036 Dhp037 Dhp038 Dhp039 Dhp040
Dhp041 Dhp042 Dhp043 Dhp044 Dhp045 Dhp046 Dhp047 Dhp048 Dhp049 Dhp050
Dhp051 Dhp052 Dhp053 Dhp054 Dhp055 Dhp056 Dhp057 Dhp058 Dhp059 Dhp060
Dhp061 Dhp062 Dhp063 Dhp064 Dhp065 Dhp066 Dhp067 Dhp068 Dhp069 Dhp070
Dhp071 Dhp072 Dhp073 Dhp074 Dhp075 Dhp076 Dhp077 Dhp078 Dhp079 Dhp080
Dhp081 Dhp082 Dhp083 Dhp084 Dhp085 Dhp086 Dhp087 Dhp088 Dhp089 Dhp090
Dhp091 Dhp092 Dhp093 Dhp094 Dhp095 Dhp096 Dhp097 Dhp098 Dhp099 Dhp100
Dhp101 Dhp102 Dhp103 Dhp104 Dhp105 Dhp106 Dhp107 Dhp108 Dhp109 Dhp110
Dhp111 Dhp112 Dhp113 Dhp114 Dhp115 Dhp116 Dhp117 Dhp118 Dhp119 Dhp120
Dhp121 Dhp122 Dhp123 Dhp124 Dhp125 Dhp126 Dhp127 Dhp128 Dhp129 Dhp130
Dhp131 Dhp132 Dhp133 Dhp134 Dhp135 Dhp136 Dhp137 Dhp138 Dhp139 Dhp140
Dhp141 Dhp142 Dhp143 Dhp144 Dhp145 Dhp146 Dhp147 Dhp148 Dhp149 Dhp150
Dhp151 Dhp152 Dhp153 Dhp154 Dhp155 Dhp156 Dhp157 Dhp158 Dhp159 Dhp160
Dhp161 Dhp162 Dhp163 Dhp164 Dhp165 Dhp166 Dhp167 Dhp168 Dhp169 Dhp170
Dhp171 Dhp172 Dhp173 Dhp174 Dhp175 Dhp176 Dhp177 Dhp178 Dhp179 Dhp180
Dhp181 Dhp182 Dhp183 Dhp184 Dhp185 Dhp186 Dhp187 Dhp188 Dhp189 Dhp190
Dhp191 Dhp192 Dhp193 Dhp194 Dhp195 Dhp196 Dhp197 Dhp198 Dhp199 Dhp200
Dhp201 Dhp202 Dhp203 Dhp204 Dhp205 Dhp206 Dhp207 Dhp208 Dhp209 Dhp210
Dhp211 Dhp212 Dhp213 Dhp214 Dhp215 Dhp216 Dhp217 Dhp218 Dhp219 Dhp220
Dhp221 Dhp222 Dhp223 Dhp224 Dhp225 Dhp226 Dhp227 Dhp228 Dhp229 Dhp230
Dhp231 Dhp232 Dhp233 Dhp234 Dhp235 Dhp236 Dhp237 Dhp238 Dhp239 Dhp240
Dhp241 Dhp242 Dhp243 Dhp244 Dhp245 Dhp246 Dhp247 Dhp248 Dhp249 Dhp250
Dhp251 Dhp252 Dhp253 Dhp254 Dhp255 Dhp256 Dhp257 Dhp258 Dhp259 Dhp260
Dhp261 Dhp262 Dhp263 Dhp264 Dhp265 Dhp266 Dhp267 Dhp268 Dhp269 Dhp270
Dhp271 Dhp272 Dhp273 Dhp274 Dhp275 Dhp276 Dhp277 Dhp278 Dhp279 Dhp280
Dhp281 Dhp282 Dhp283 Dhp284 Dhp285 Dhp286 Dhp287 Dhp288 Dhp289 Dhp290
Dhp291 Dhp292 Dhp293 Dhp294 Dhp295 Dhp296 Dhp297 Dhp298 Dhp299 Dhp300
Dhp301 Dhp302 Dhp303 Dhp304 Dhp305 Dhp306 Dhp307 Dhp308 Dhp309 Dhp310
Dhp311 Dhp312 Dhp313 Dhp314 Dhp315 Dhp316 Dhp317 Dhp318 Dhp319 Dhp320
Dhp321 Dhp322 Dhp323 Dhp324 Dhp325 Dhp326 Dhp327 Dhp328 Dhp329 Dhp330
Dhp331 Dhp332 Dhp333 Dhp334 Dhp335 Dhp336 Dhp337 Dhp338 Dhp339 Dhp340
Dhp341 Dhp342 Dhp343 Dhp344 Dhp345 Dhp346 Dhp347 Dhp348 Dhp349 Dhp350
Dhp351 Dhp352 Dhp353 Dhp354 Dhp355 Dhp356 Dhp357 Dhp358 Dhp359 Dhp360
Dhp361 Dhp362 Dhp363 Dhp364 Dhp365 Dhp366 Dhp367 Dhp368 Dhp369 Dhp370
Dhp371 Dhp372 Dhp373 Dhp374 Dhp375 Dhp376 Dhp377 Dhp378 Dhp379 Dhp380
Dhp381 Dhp382 Dhp383 Dhp384 Dhp385 Dhp386 Dhp387 Dhp388 Dhp389 Dhp390
Dhp391 Dhp392 Dhp393 Dhp394 Dhp395 Dhp396 Dhp397 Dhp398 Dhp399 Dhp400
Dhp401 Dhp402 Dhp403 Dhp404 Dhp405 Dhp406 Dhp407 Dhp408 Dhp409 Dhp410
Dhp411 Dhp412 Dhp413 Dhp414 Dhp415 Dhp416 Dhp417 Dhp418 Dhp419 Dhp420
Dhp421 Dhp422 Dhp423              

This parallel Reading (paragraph granularity) including following versions, please choose the options you want to parallel-read: (The editor should appreciate the Dhamma friend-- Siong-Ui Te who provides the supporting script)

Dhammapada Dhp. 001
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
  1. Yamakavaggo.
1. Manopubbaṅgamā dhammā manoseṭṭhā manomayā
Manasā ce paduṭṭhena bhāsati vā karoti vā
Tato naṃ dukkhamanveti cakkaṃ'va vahato padaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
  1. Yamakavaggo
1. Manopubbaṅgamā dhammā, manoseṭṭhā manomayā;
Manasā ce paduṭṭhena, bhāsati vā karoti vā;
Tato naṃ dukkhamanveti, cakkaṃva vahato padaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]

Chapter 1 The Twin Verses (Yamaka [NāradaFn01-01] Vagga)

EVIL BEGETS EVIL

  1. Mind is the forerunner of (all evil) states. [NāradaFn01-02] Mind is chief; mind-made are they. If one speaks or acts with wicked mind, because of that, suffering follows one, even as the wheel follows the hoof of the draught-ox.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]

Dhp I Pairs

  1. Mind precedes all mental states. Mind is their chief; they are all mind-wrought. If with an impure mind a person speaks or acts suffering follows him like the wheel that follows the foot of the ox.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]

Dhp I Pairs

1 Phenomena are preceded by the heart,
ruled by the heart,
made of the heart.
If you speak or act
with a corrupted heart,
then suffering follows you —
as the wheel of the cart,
the track of the ox
that pulls it.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6]

1. Twinned Verses

1 Mind precedes created things;
Mind’s their chief, from mind they spring.
With tainted mind who speaks or acts,
Pain trails that man like the wheel trails ox-tracks.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7]

Chapter I: The Twin-Verses

1 All that we are is the result of what we have thought: it is founded on our thoughts, it is made up of our thoughts. If a man speaks or acts with an evil thought, pain follows him, as the wheel follows the foot of the ox that draws the carriage.
Cited from DLMBS [8]

Chapter 1: The Pairs

DhP 1
All mental phenomena are preceded by mind,
Mind is their master, they are produced by mind.
If somebody speaks or acts
With a corrupted mind,
Hence suffering follows him,
Like the wheel the foot of the bearing animal. [DLMBSFn-V001]
Dhammapada Dhp. 002
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
2. Manopubbaṅgamā dhammā manoseṭṭhā manomayā
Manasā ce pasannena bhāsati vā karoti vā
Tato naṃ sukhamanveti chāyā'va anapāyinī.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
2. Manopubbaṅgamā dhammā, manoseṭṭhā manomayā;
Manasā ce pasannena, bhāsati vā karoti vā;
Tato naṃ sukhamanveti, chāyāva anapāyinī [anupāyinī (ka.)].
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]

GOOD BEGETS GOOD

  1. Mind is the forerunner of (all good) states. Mind is chief; mind-made are they. If one speaks or acts with pure mind, because of that, happiness follows one, even as one's shadow that never leaves. [NāradaFn01-03]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]
  1. Mind precedes all mental states. Mind is their chief; they are all mind-wrought. If with a pure mind a person speaks or acts happiness follows him like his never-departing shadow.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]
2 Phenomena are preceded by the heart,
ruled by the heart,
made of the heart.
If you speak or act
with a calm, bright heart,
then happiness follows you,
like a shadow
that never leaves. [ThaniSFn-V1-2]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6]
2 Mind precedes created things,
Mind’s their chief, from mind they spring.
Who speaks or acts with purified mind,
Joy trails that man, like his shadow, behind.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 2 All that we are is the result of what we have thought: it is founded on our thoughts, it is made up of our thoughts. If a man speaks or acts with a pure thought, happiness follows him, like a shadow that never leaves him.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 2
All things are preceded by mind,
Mind is their master, they are produced by mind.
If somebody speaks or acts
With a purified mind,
Hence happiness follows him,
Like never departing shadow. [DLMBSFn-V002]
Dhammapada Dhp. 003
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
3. Akkocchi maṃ avadhi maṃ ajini maṃ ahāsi me
Ye taṃ upanayhanti veraṃ tesaṃ na sammati.

(3 Ākrośanmāmavocanmāma jayanmāmahāpayat
Atra ye upanahyante vairaṃ teṣāṃ na śāmyati.)
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
3. Akkocchi maṃ avadhi maṃ, ajini [ajinī (?)] maṃ ahāsi me;
Ye ca taṃ upanayhanti, veraṃ tesaṃ na sammati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]

RETALIATION DOES NOT LEAD TO PEACE

  1. "He abused me, he beat me, he defeated me, he robbed me", in those who harbour such thoughts hatred is not appeased.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]
  1. "He abused me, he struck me, he overpowered me, he robbed me." Those who harbor such thoughts do not still their hatred.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]
3 'He insulted me,
hit me,
beat me,
robbed me'
— for those who brood on this,
hostility isn't stilled.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6]
3 “Me, she swore at”.
“Me, he flogged”.
“Me, defeated”.
“Me, she robbed”.
Those with hateful thoughts thus held,
Hatred in those ones will never be quelled.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 3 "He abused me, he beat me, he defeated me, he robbed me,"--in those who harbour such thoughts hatred will never cease.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 3
He abused me, he beat me,
He defeated me, he robbed me.
Those, who harbour such thoughts,
Their hatred is not appeased. [DLMBSFn-V003]
Dhammapada Dhp. 004
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
4. Akkocchi maṃ avadhi maṃ ajini maṃ ahāsi me
Ye taṃ na upanayhanti veraṃ tesūpasammati.

[ 4 Ākrośanmāmavocanamāmajayanmāmahāpayat
Atra ye nopanahyante vairaṃ teṣāṃ praśāmyati.
(Mūlasarvāstivādivinaya. Kośāmbakavastu) ]
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
4. Akkocchi maṃ avadhi maṃ, ajini maṃ ahāsi me;
Ye ca taṃ nupanayhanti, veraṃ tesūpasammati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]
  1. "He abused me, he beat me, he defeated me, he robbed me", in those who do not harbour such thoughts hatred is appeased. [NāradaFn01-04]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]
  1. "He abused me, he struck me, he overpowered me, he robbed me." Those who do not harbor such thoughts still their hatred.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]
4 'He insulted me,
hit me,
beat me,
robbed me' —
for those who don't brood on this,
hostility is stilled.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6]
4 “Me, she swore at”.
“Me, he flogged”.
“Me, defeated”.
“Me, she robbed”.
Those who live such thoughts not held,
Hatred in those ones is utterly quelled.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 4 "He abused me, he beat me, he defeated me, he robbed me,"--in those who do not harbour such thoughts hatred will cease.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 4
He abused me, he beat me,
He defeated me, he robbed me.
Those, who do not harbour such thoughts,
Their hatred is appeased. [DLMBSFn-V004]
Dhammapada Dhp. 005
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
5. Na hi verena verāni sammantīdha kudācanaṃ
Averena ca sammanti esa dhammo sanantano.

(5 Na hi vaireṇa vairāṇi śāmyantīha kadācana
Kṣāntyā vairāṇi śāmyanti eṣa dharma: sanātana: )
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
5. Na hi verena verāni, sammantīdha kudācanaṃ;
Averena ca sammanti, esa dhammo sanantano.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]

ANGER IS CONQUERED BY LOVE

  1. Hatreds never cease through hatred in this world; through love [NāradaFn01-05] alone they cease. This is an eternal law. [NāradaFn01-06]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]
  1. Hatred is never appeased by hatred in this world. By non-hatred alone is hatred appeased. This is a law eternal.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]
5 Hostilities aren't stilled
through hostility,
regardless.
Hostilities are stilled
through non-hostility:
this, an unending truth.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6]
5 Hatred by hatred has been pacified
Never, in all of creation.
Through freedom from hatred does hatred subside:
This law is of ageless duration.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 5 For hatred does not cease by hatred at any time: hatred ceases by love, this is an old rule.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 5
Hatred is indeed never appeased by hatred here.
It is appeased by non-hatred - this law is eternal. [DLMBSFn-V005]
Dhammapada Dhp. 006
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
6. Pare ca na vijānanti mayamettha yamāmase
Ye ca tattha vijānanti tato sammanti medhagā.

[ 6 Pare'tra na vijānanti vayamatrodyamāmahe
Atra ye tu vijānanti teṣāṃ śāmyanti medhakā:
(Mūlasarvāstivādivinaya. Kośāmbakavastu)]
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
6. Pare ca na vijānanti, mayamettha yamāmase;
Ye ca tattha vijānanti, tato sammanti medhagā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]

QUARRELS CEASE THROUGH RIGHT THINKING

  1. The others [NāradaFn01-07] know not that in this quarrel we perish; [NāradaFn01-08] those of them who realize it, have their quarrels calmed thereby. [NāradaFn01-09]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]
  1. There are those who do not realize that one day we all must die. But those who do realize this settle their quarrels.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]
6 Unlike those who don't realize
that we're here on the verge
of perishing,
those who do:
their quarrels are stilled.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6]
6 Most of men seem not to see
That man should live restrained; [VaradoFn01-1]
For those who have this realised,
Their quarrels fade away.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 6 The world does not know that we must all come to an end here;--but those who know it, their quarrels cease at once.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 6
The others do not understand that we should restrain ourselves here.
Those who understand that, therefore appease their quarrels. [DLMBSFn-V006]
Dhammapada Dhp. 007
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
7. Subhānupassiṃ viharantaṃ indriyesu asaṃvutaṃ
Bhojanambhi amattaññuṃ kusītaṃ hīnavīriyaṃ
Taṃ ve pasahati māro vāto rukkhaṃ'va dubbalaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
7. Subhānupassiṃ viharantaṃ, indriyesu asaṃvutaṃ;
Bhojanamhi cāmattaññuṃ, kusītaṃ hīnavīriyaṃ;
Taṃ ve pasahati māro, vāto rukkhaṃva dubbalaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]

THE WEAK SUCCUMB TO TEMPTATION BUT NOT THE STRONG

  1. Whoever lives contemplating pleasant things, [NāradaFn01-10] with senses unrestrained, in food immoderate, indolent, inactive, him verily Màra [NāradaFn01-11] overthrows, as the wind (overthrows) a weak tree.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]
  1. Just as a storm throws down a weak tree, so does Mara overpower the man who lives for the pursuit of pleasures, who is uncontrolled in his senses, immoderate in eating, indolent, and dissipated. [BudRkFn01-01]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]
7 One who stays focused on the beautiful,
is unrestrained with the senses,
knowing no moderation in food,
apathetic, unenergetic:
Mara overcomes him
as the wind, a weak tree.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6]
7 One with senses unsubdued,
And indulgent with his food,
Living languid and at leisure,
Contemplating sensual pleasure:
Him, will Mara soon defeat,
Like the wind, a tree that’s weak.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 7 He who lives looking for pleasures only, his senses uncontrolled, immoderate in his food, idle, and weak, Mara (the tempter) will certainly overthrow him, as the wind throws down a weak tree.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 7
The person, who lives contemplating pleasant things, who is not restrained in senses,
Who does not know moderation in food, who is indolent and of poor effort,
Mara will overcome him, as wind a weak tree. [DLMBSFn-V007]
Dhammapada Dhp. 008
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
8. Asubhānupassiṃ viharantaṃ indriyesu susaṃvutaṃ
Bhojanambhi ca mattaññuṃ saddhaṃ āraddhavīriyaṃ
Taṃ ve nappasahati māro vāto selaṃ'va pabbataṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
8. Asubhānupassiṃ viharantaṃ, indriyesu susaṃvutaṃ;
Bhojanamhi ca mattaññuṃ, saddhaṃ āraddhavīriyaṃ;
Taṃ ve nappasahati māro, vāto selaṃva pabbataṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]
  1. Whoever lives contemplating "the Impurities", [NāradaFn01-12] with senses restrained, in food moderate, full of faith, [NāradaFn01-13] full of sustained energy, him Màra overthrows not, as the wind (does not overthrow) a rocky mountain. [NāradaFn01-14]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]
  1. Just as a storm cannot prevail against a rocky mountain, so Mara can never overpower the man who lives meditating on the impurities, who is controlled in his senses, moderate in eating, and filled with faith and earnest effort. [BudRkFn01-02]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]
8 One who stays focused on the foul,
is restrained with regard to the senses,
knowing moderation in food,
full of conviction & energy:
Mara does not overcome him
as the wind, a mountain of rock. [ThaniSFn-V7-8]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6]
8 One with faith and self-exertion,
Body-foulness contemplation,
With his senses well-subdued,
Not excessive with his food:
Him, will Mara not defeat,
Nor will wind, a granite peak.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 8 He who lives without looking for pleasures, his senses well controlled, moderate in his food, faithful and strong, him Mara will certainly not overthrow, any more than the wind throws down a rocky mountain.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 8
The one, who does not live contemplating pleasant things, who is well restrained in senses,
Who does know moderation in food, who is trusting and firm in effort,
Mara will not overcome him, as wind a rocky mountain. [DLMBSFn-V008]
Dhammapada Dhp. 009
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
9. Anikkasāvo kāsāvaṃ yo vatthaṃ paridahessati
Apeto damasaccena na so kāsāvamarahati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
9. Anikkasāvo kāsāvaṃ, yo vatthaṃ paridahissati;
Apeto damasaccena, na so kāsāvamarahati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]

THE PURE ARE WORTHY OF THE YELLOW ROBE BUT NOT THE IMPURE

  1. Whoever, unstainless, without self control and truthfulness, should don the yellow robe, [NāradaFn01-15] is not worthy of it.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]
  1. Whoever being depraved, devoid of self-control and truthfulness, should don the monk's yellow robe, he surely is not worthy of the robe.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]
9 He who, depraved,
devoid
of truthfulness
& self-control,
puts on the ochre robe,
doesn't deserve the ochre robe.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6]
9 The man not free of inward taints,
In ochre tints ordained,
Who’s full of lies and unrestrained,
Does not deserve that ochre stain.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 9 He who wishes to put on the yellow dress without having cleansed himself from sin, who disregards temperance and truth, is unworthy of the yellow dress.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 9
Who is not rid of defilement, and will wear a yellow robe,
Devoid of restraint and truth, he does not deserve a yellow robe. [DLMBSFn-V009]
Dhammapada Dhp. 010
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
10. Yo ca vantakasāvassa sīlesu susamāhito
Upeto damasaccena sa ve kāsāvamarahati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
10. Yo ca vantakasāvassa, sīlesu susamāhito;
Upeto damasaccena, sa ve kāsāvamarahati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]
  1. He who is purged of all stain, is well-established in morals and endowed with self-control and truthfulness, is indeed worthy of the yellow robe.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]
  1. But whoever is purged of depravity, well-established in virtues and filled with self-control and truthfulness, he indeed is worthy of the yellow robe.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]
10 But he who is free
of depravity
endowed
with truthfulness
& self-control,
well-established
in the precepts,
truly deserves the ochre robe.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6]
10 Whatever monk is purged of taints,
With virtue well-ingrained,
A man sincere and well restrained,
Is worthy of the ochre stain.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 10 But he who has cleansed himself from sin, is well grounded in all virtues, and regards also temperance and truth, he is indeed worthy of the yellow dress.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 10
And who would get rid of defilement, well settled in virtues,
Endowed with restraint and truth, he deserves a yellow robe. [DLMBSFn-V010]
Dhammapada Dhp. 011
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
11. Asāre sāramatino sāre cāsāradassino
Te sāraṃ nādhigacchanti micchāsaṃkappagocarā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
11. Asāre sāramatino, sāre cāsāradassino;
Te sāraṃ nādhigacchanti, micchāsaṅkappagocarā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]

RIGHT PERCEPTION LEADS TO THE REALIZATION OF THE TRUTH

  1. In the unessential they imagine the essential [NāradaFn01-16] , in the essential they see the unessential - they who entertain (such) wrong thoughts [NāradaFn01-17] never realize the essence.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]
  1. Those who mistake the unessential to be essential and the essential to be unessential, dwelling in wrong thoughts, never arrive at the essential.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]
11 Those who regard
non-essence as essence
and see essence as non-,
don't get to the essence,
ranging about in wrong resolves.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6]
11 Quintessence they see as non-essence;
Non-essence they see as quintessence;
And they in wrong thoughts acquiescent,
Will never discover quintessence.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 11 They who imagine truth in untruth, and see untruth in truth, never arrive at truth, but follow vain desires.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 11
Thinking to be essential, what is not, seeing no essence in what is essential,
they, feeding on wrong thoughts, do not discover the essence. [DLMBSFn-V011]
Dhammapada Dhp. 012
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
12. Sārañca sārato ñatvā asārañca asārato
Te sāraṃ adhigacchanti sammāsaṃkappagocarā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
12. Sārañca sārato ñatvā, asārañca asārato;
Te sāraṃ adhigacchanti, sammāsaṅkappagocarā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]
  1. What is essential they regard as essential, what is unessential they regard as unessential - they who entertain (such) right thoughts [NāradaFn01-18] realize the essence.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]
  1. Those who know the essential to be essential and the unessential to be unessential, dwelling in right thoughts, do arrive at the essential.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]
12 But those who know
essence as essence,
and non-essence as non-,
get to the essence,
ranging about in right resolves. [ThaniSFn-V11-12]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6]
12 Quintessence they see as quintessence,
Non-essence they see as non-essence,
And they in right thoughts acquiescent,
Go on to discover quintessence.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 12 They who know truth in truth, and untruth in untruth, arrive at truth, and follow true desires.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 12
Having known the essence as the essence, non-essential as non-essential,
they, feeding on right thoughts, discover the essence. [DLMBSFn-V012]
Dhammapada Dhp. 013
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
13. Yathāgāraṃ ducchannaṃ vuṭṭhi samativijjhati
Evaṃ abhāvitaṃ cittaṃ rāgo samativijjhati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
13. Yathā agāraṃ ducchannaṃ, vuṭṭhī samativijjhati;
Evaṃ abhāvitaṃ cittaṃ, rāgo samativijjhati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]

LUST PIERCES THE HEARTS OF THE UNDEVELOPED BUT NOT THOSE OF THE DEVELOPED

  1. Even as rain penetrates as ill-thatched house, so does lust penetrate an undeveloped mind.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]
  1. Just as rain breaks through an ill-thatched house, so passion penetrates an undeveloped mind.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]
13 As rain seeps into
an ill-thatched hut,
so passion,
the undeveloped mind.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6]
13 & 14 Like ill-thatched huts let in the rain,
Is lust let in by minds untrained.
In well-roofed huts no water leaks:
In well-trained minds no passion seeps.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 13 As rain breaks through an ill-thatched house, passion will break through an unreflecting mind.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 13
As a poorly covered house is penetrated by a rain,
thus an undeveloped mind is penetrated by passion. [DLMBSFn-V013]
Dhammapada Dhp. 014
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
14. Yathāgāraṃ succhannaṃ vuṭṭhi na samativijjhati
Evaṃ subhāvitaṃ cittaṃ rāgo na samativijjhati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
14. Yathā agāraṃ suchannaṃ, vuṭṭhī na samativijjhati;
Evaṃ subhāvitaṃ cittaṃ, rāgo na samativijjhati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]
  1. Even as rain does not penetrate a well-thatched house, so does lust not penetrate a well-developed [NāradaFn01-19] mind.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]
  1. Just as rain does not break through a well-thatched house, so passion never penetrates a well-developed mind.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]
14 As rain doesn't seep into
a well-thatched hut,
so passion does not,
the well-developed mind.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6]
13 & 14 Like ill-thatched huts let in the rain,
Is lust let in by minds untrained.
In well-roofed huts no water leaks:
In well-trained minds no passion seeps.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 14 As rain does not break through a well-thatched house, passion will not break through a well-reflecting mind.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 14
As a well covered house is not penetrated by a rain,
thus a well developed mind is not penetrated by passion. [DLMBSFn-V014]
Dhammapada Dhp. 015
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
15. Idha socati pecca socati pāpakārī ubhayattha socati
So socati so vihaññati disvā kamma kiliṭṭhamattano.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
15. Idha socati pecca socati, pāpakārī ubhayattha socati;
So socati so vihaññati, disvā kammakiliṭṭhamattano.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]

EVIL-DOERS SUFFER HERE AND HEREAFTER

  1. Here he grieves, [NāradaFn01-20] hereafter he grieves. [NāradaFn01-21] In both states the evil-doer grieves. He grieves, he is afflicted, perceiving the impurity of his own deeds.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]
  1. The evil-doer grieves here and hereafter; he grieves in both the worlds. He laments and is afflicted, recollecting his own impure deeds.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]
15 Here he grieves
he grieves hereafter.
In both worlds
the wrong-doer grieves.
He grieves, he's afflicted,
seeing the corruption
of his deeds.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6] 15 Evil-doers sorrow in both present and future lives. They sorrow and grieve, having realised their own defiled conduct.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 15 The evil-doer mourns in this world, and he mourns in the next; he mourns in both. He mourns and suffers when he sees the evil of his own work.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 15
He grieves here, he grieves after death, in both states does the wrongdoer grieve.
He grieves, he is vexed, having seen his own evil deeds. [DLMBSFn-V015]
Dhammapada Dhp. 016
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
16. Idha modati pecca modati katapuñño ubhayattha modati
So modati so pamodati disvā kamma visuddhimattano.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
16. Idha modati pecca modati, katapuñño ubhayattha modati;
So modati so pamodati, disvā kammavisuddhimattano.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]

HAPPY ARE THE WELL-DOERS HERE AND HEREAFTER

  1. Here he rejoices, [NāradaFn01-22] hereafter he rejoices. [NāradaFn01-23] In both states the well-doer rejoices. He rejoices, exceedingly rejoices, perceiving the purity of his own deeds. [NāradaFn01-24]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]
  1. The doer of good rejoices here and hereafter; he rejoices in both the worlds. He rejoices and exults, recollecting his own pure deeds.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]
16 Here he rejoices
he rejoices hereafter.
In both worlds
the merit-maker rejoices.
He rejoices, is jubilant,
seeing the purity
of his deeds.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6] 16 Kind people are happy in both present and future lives. They are happy and satisfied, having realised their own pure conduct.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 16 The virtuous man delights in this world, and he delights in the next; he delights in both. He delights and rejoices, when he sees the purity of his own work.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 16
He rejoices here, he rejoices after death, in both states does the well-doer rejoice.
He rejoices, he is happy, having seen his own good deeds. [DLMBSFn-V016]
Dhammapada Dhp. 017
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
17. Idha tappati pecca tappati pāpakārī ubhayattha tappati
Pāpaṃ me katanti tappati bhiyyo tappati duggatiṃ gato.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
17. Idha tappati pecca tappati, pāpakārī [pāpakāri (?)] ubhayattha tappati;
‘‘Pāpaṃ me kata’’nti tappati, bhiyyo [bhīyo (sī.)] tappati duggatiṃ gato.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]

THE EVIL-DOER LAMENTS HERE AND HEREAFTER

  1. Here he suffers, hereafter he suffers. In both states the evil-doer suffers. "Evil have I done" (thinking thus), he suffers. Furthermore, he suffers, having gone to a woeful state. [NāradaFn01-25]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]
  1. The evil-doer suffers here and hereafter; he suffers in both the worlds. The thought, "Evil have I done," torments him, and he suffers even more when gone to realms of woe.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]
17 Here he's tormented
he's tormented hereafter.
In both worlds
the wrong-doer's tormented.
He's tormented at the thought,
'I've done wrong.'
Having gone to a bad destination,
he's tormented
all the more.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6]
17 Here he regrets,
Hereafter regrets,
In both worlds the doer of evil regrets.

“I have done evil” -
The thought makes him mourn.
Still more he regrets when in low realms he’s born.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 17 The evil-doer suffers in this world, and he suffers in the next; he suffers in both. He suffers when he thinks of the evil he has done; he suffers more when going on the evil path.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 17
He is tormented here, he is tormented after death, in both states is the wrongdoer tormented.
He is tormented [by the thought] "I have done evil". He is tormented even more, having gone to a bad birth. [DLMBSFn-V017]
Dhammapada Dhp. 018
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
18. Idha nandati pecca nandati pāpakārī ubhayattha nandati
Pāpaṃ me katanti nandati bhiyyo nandati suggatiṃ gato.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
18. Idha nandati pecca nandati, katapuñño ubhayattha nandati;
‘‘Puññaṃ me kata’’nti nandati, bhiyyo nandati suggatiṃ gato.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]

HAPPY ARE THE RIGHTEOUS

  1. Here he is happy, hereafter he is happy. In both states the well-doer is happy. "Good have I done" (thinking thus), he is happy. Furthermore, he is happy, having gone to a blissful state.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]
  1. The doer of good delights here and hereafter; he delights in both the worlds. The thought, "Good have I done," delights him, and he delights even more when gone to realms of bliss.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]
18 Here he delights
he delights hereafter.
In both worlds
the merit-maker delights.
He delights at the thought,
'I've made merit.'
Having gone to a good destination,
he delights
all the more. [ThaniSFn-V17-18]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6]
18 Here he’s delighted,
Hereafter delighted,
In both worlds the maker of merit’s delighted.

“I have made merit!” -
His glad exultation.
He’s happy still more with his good destination.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 18 The virtuous man is happy in this world, and he is happy in the next; he is happy in both. He is happy when he thinks of the good he has done; he is still more happy when going on the good path.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 18
He is delighted here, he is delighted after death, in both states is the well-doer delighted.
He is delighted [by the thought] "I have done good". He is delighted even more, having gone to a good birth. [DLMBSFn-V018]
Dhammapada Dhp. 019
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
19. Bahumpi ce sahitaṃ bhāsamāno
Na takkaro hoti naro pamatto
Gopo'va gāvo gaṇayaṃ paresaṃ
Na bhāgavā sāmaññassa hoti.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
19. Bahumpi ce saṃhita [sahitaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] bhāsamāno, na takkaro hoti naro pamatto;
Gopova gāvo gaṇayaṃ paresaṃ, na bhāgavā sāmaññassa hoti.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]

LEARNING WITHOUT PRACTICE IS OF NO WORTH

  1. Though much he recites the Sacred Texts, [NāradaFn01-26] but acts not accordingly, that heedless man is like a cowherd who counts others' kine. He has no share in the fruits [NāradaFn01-27] of the Holy Life. [NāradaFn01-28]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]
  1. Much though he recites the sacred texts, but acts not accordingly, that heedless man is like a cowherd who only counts the cows of others — he does not partake of the blessings of the holy life.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]
19 If he recites many teachings, but
— heedless man —
doesn't do what they say,
like a cowherd counting the cattle of
others,
he has no share in the contemplative life.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6] 19 Although he frequently recites the scriptures, a heedless person fails to put them into practice. He is like a cowherd, counting others’ cattle. He has no real share in the life of asceticism.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 19 The thoughtless man, even if he can recite a large portion (of the law), but is not a doer of it, has no share in the priesthood, but is like a cowherd counting the cows of others.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 19
Even if he recites a lot of scriptures, but does not act accordingly, the negligent man.
He is like a cowherd who counts others' cows. He does not share the [blessings of] monkshood. [DLMBSFn-V019]
Dhammapada Dhp. 020
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
20. Appampi ce sahitaṃ bhāsamāno20
Dhammassa hoti anudhammacārī
Rāgañca dosañca pahāya mohaṃ
Sammappajāno suvimuttacitto
Anupādiyāno idha vā huraṃ vā
Sa bhāgavā sāmaññassa hoti.

Yamakavaggo paṭhamo.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
20. Appampi ce saṃhita bhāsamāno, dhammassa hoti [hotī (sī. pī.)] anudhammacārī;
Rāgañca dosañca pahāya mohaṃ, sammappajāno suvimuttacitto;
Anupādiyāno idha vā huraṃ vā, sa bhāgavā sāmaññassa hoti.

Yamakavaggo paṭhamo niṭṭhito.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]
  1. Though little he recites the Sacred Texts, but acts in accordance with the teaching, forsaking lust, hatred and ignorance, truly knowing, with mind well freed, clinging to naught here and hereafter, he shares the fruits of the Holy Life.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]
  1. Little though he recites the sacred texts, but puts the Teaching into practice, forsaking lust, hatred, and delusion, with true wisdom and emancipated mind, clinging to nothing of this or any other world — he indeed partakes of the blessings of a holy life.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]
20 If he recites next to nothing
but follows the Dhamma
in line with the Dhamma;
abandoning passion,
aversion, delusion;
alert,
his mind well-released,
not clinging
either here or hereafter:
he has his share in the contemplative life.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6]
20 Although a person infrequently recites the scriptures
if he practises in accordance with Dhamma;
if he has abandoned greed, hatred and delusion;
if he possesses right knowledge;
if his mind is liberated;
if he is attached to nothing in the human or deva realms,
he has a real share in the life of asceticism.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 20 The follower of the law, even if he can recite only a small portion (of the law), but, having forsaken passion and hatred and foolishness, possesses true knowledge and serenity of mind, he, caring for nothing in this world or that to come, has indeed a share in the priesthood.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 20
Even if he recites a little of scriptures, but lives in truth according to the Dharma,
having abandoned lust, hatred and delusion, has the right knowledge, with a well emancipated mind,
is not attached to anything, either in this world, nor in the other one, he shares the [blessings of] monkshood. [DLMBSFn-V020]
Dhammapada Dhp. 021
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
  1. Appamādavaggo.
21. Appamādo amatapadaṃ pamādo maccuno padaṃ
Appamattā na mīyanti ye pamattā yathā matā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
2. Appamādavaggo
21. Appamādo amatapadaṃ [amataṃ padaṃ (ka.)], pamādo maccuno padaṃ;
Appamattā na mīyanti, ye pamattā yathā matā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]

Chapter 2 Heedfulness

THE HEEDLESS DIE; THE HEEDFUL DO NOT

  1. Heedfulness [NāradaFn02-01] is the path to the deathless, [NāradaFn02-02] heedlessness is the path to death. The heedful do not die; [NāradaFn02-03] the heedless are like unto the dead.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]

Dhp II Heedfulness

  1. Heedfulness is the path to the Deathless. Heedlessness is the path to death. The heedful die not. The heedless are as if dead already. [BudRkFn02-01]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]

Dhp II Heedfulness

21 Heedfulness: the path to the Deathless.
Heedlessness: the path to death.
The heedful do not die.
The heedless are as if
already dead. [ThaniSFn-V21]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6]

2. Diligence

21 Diligence is the path to the Deathless,
And negligence the pathway to death.
They perish not, those who are diligent;
The negligent are like unto the dead.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7]

Chapter II: On Earnestness

21 Earnestness is the path of immortality (Nirvana), thoughtlessness the path of death. Those who are in earnest do not die, those who are thoughtless are as if dead already.

Cited from DLMBS [8]

Chapter 2: Conscientiousness

DhP 21
Conscientiousness is the state of deathlessness. Negligence is the state of death.
The conscientious ones do not die. Those, who are negligent, are as if dead. [DLMBSFn-V021]
Dhammapada Dhp. 022
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
22. Etaṃ visesato ñatvā appamādamhi paṇḍitā
Appamāde pamodanti ariyānaṃ gocare ratā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
22. Evaṃ [etaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] visesato ñatvā, appamādamhi paṇḍitā;
Appamāde pamodanti, ariyānaṃ gocare ratā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]
  1. Distinctly understanding this (difference [NāradaFn02-04] ), the wise (intent) on heedfulness rejoice in heedfulness, delighting in the realm of the Ariyas. [NāradaFn02-05]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]
  1. Clearly understanding this excellence of heedfulness, the wise exult therein and enjoy the resort of the Noble Ones. [BudRkFn02-02]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]
22 Knowing this as a true distinction,
those wise in heedfulness
rejoice in heedfulness,
enjoying the range of the noble ones. [ThaniSFn-V22]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6]
22&23 The wise, recognising the special quality of diligence, rejoice in it, delighting in the realm of morally outstanding people (ariyans). They apply themselves constantly and unwaveringly. The steadfast reach Nibbana, ultimate safety.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 22 Those who are advanced in earnestness, having understood this clearly, delight in earnestness, and rejoice in the knowledge of the Ariyas (the elect).
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 22
Having thus distinctively understood about conscientiousness, the wise ones rejoice in conscientiousness, delighting in the sphere of the Noble Ones. [DLMBSFn-V022]
Dhammapada Dhp. 023
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
23. Te jhāyino sātatikā niccaṃ daḷhaparakkamā
Phusanti dhīrā nibbāṇaṃ yogakkhemaṃ anuttaraṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
23. Te jhāyino sātatikā, niccaṃ daḷhaparakkamā;
Phusanti dhīrā nibbānaṃ, yogakkhemaṃ anuttaraṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]
  1. The constantly meditative, [NāradaFn02-06] the ever steadfast ones realize the bond-free, [NāradaFn02-07] supreme Nibbàna. [NāradaFn02-08]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]
  1. The wise ones, ever meditative and steadfastly persevering, alone experience Nibbana, the incomparable freedom from bondage.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]
23 The enlightened, constantly
absorbed in jhana,
persevering,
firm in their effort:
they touch Unbinding,
the unexcelled rest
from the yoke. [ThaniSFn-V23]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6]
22&23 The wise, recognising the special quality of diligence, rejoice in it, delighting in the realm of morally outstanding people (ariyans). They apply themselves constantly and unwaveringly. The steadfast reach Nibbana, ultimate safety.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 23 These wise people, meditative, steady, always possessed of strong powers, attain to Nirvana, the highest happiness.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 23
Those meditating perseveringly, constantly with strong effort,
those clever ones touch the Nirvana, the highest peace from bondage. [DLMBSFn-V023]
Dhammapada Dhp. 024
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
24. Uṭṭhānavato satimato sucikammassa nisammakārino
Saññatassa ca dhammajīvino appamattassa yaso'bhivaḍḍhati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
24. Uṭṭhānavato satīmato [satimato (sī. syā. ka.)], sucikammassa nisammakārino;
Saññatassa dhammajīvino, appamattassa [apamattassa (?)] yasobhivaḍḍhati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]

THE ENERGETIC PROSPER

  1. The glory of him who is energetic, mindful, pure in deed, considerate, self-controlled, right-living, and heedful steadily increases.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]
  1. Ever grows the glory of him who is energetic, mindful and pure in conduct, discerning and self-controlled, righteous and heedful.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]
24 Those with initiative,
mindful,
clean in action,
acting with due consideration,
heedful, restrained,
living the Dhamma:
their glory
grows.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6]
24 People who are
energetic,
attentive,
pure in conduct,
careful in conduct,
restrained,
of right livelihood,
diligent,
their glory grows.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 24 If an earnest person has roused himself, if he is not forgetful, if his deeds are pure, if he acts with consideration, if he restrains himself, and lives according to law,--then his glory will increase.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 24
The good repute of someone, who is energetic, mindful, of pure deeds, acting
considerately, self-controlled, living righteously and conscientious, increases. [DLMBSFn-V024]
Dhammapada Dhp. 025
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
25. Uṭṭhānenappamādena saññamena damena ca
Dīpaṃ kayirātha medhāvī yaṃ ogho nābhikīrati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
25. Uṭṭhānenappamādena , saṃyamena damena ca;
Dīpaṃ kayirātha medhāvī, yaṃ ogho nābhikīrati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]

BY THEIR EFFORTS THE WISE CREATE THEIR OWN HEAVENS

  1. By sustained effort, earnestness, discipline, and self-control let the wise man make for himself an island, [NāradaFn02-09] which no flood overwhelms.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]
  1. By effort and heedfulness, discipline and self-mastery, let the wise one make for himself an island which no flood can overwhelm.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]
25 Through initiative, heedfulness,
restraint, & self-control,
the wise would make
an island
no flood
can submerge.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6]
25 The wise by means of
energy,
diligence,
sense restraint,
self-taming,
make an island which no flood can destroy.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 25 By rousing himself, by earnestness, by restraint and control, the wise man may make for himself an island which no flood can overwhelm.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 25
By exertion, conscientiousness, self-control and moderation,
a wise should make an island, that a flood can not overwhelm. [DLMBSFn-V025]
Dhammapada Dhp. 026
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
26. Pamādamanuyuñjanti bālā dummedhino janā
Appamādañca medhāvi dhanaṃ seṭṭhaṃ'va rakkhati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
26. Pamādamanuyuñjanti, bālā dummedhino janā;
Appamādañca medhāvī, dhanaṃ seṭṭhaṃva rakkhati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3] BE HEEDFUL NOT HEEDLESS 26. The ignorant, foolish folk indulge in heedlessness; the wise man guards earnestness as the greatest treasure.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]
  1. The foolish and ignorant indulge in heedlessness, but the wise one keeps his heedfulness as his best treasure.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]
26 They're addicted to heedlessness
— dullards, fools —
while one who is wise
cherishes heedfulness
as his highest wealth.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6]
26 They’re given to slackness, the dull and inane;
The wise foster diligence, their paramount gain.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 26 Fools follow after vanity, men of evil wisdom. The wise man keeps earnestness as his best jewel.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 26
The fools, the ignorant people give themselves up to negligence.
And the wise one protects conscientiousness as the greatest treasure. [DLMBSFn-V026]
Dhammapada Dhp. 027
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
27. Mā pamādamanuyuñjetha mā kāmarati santhavaṃ
Appamatto hi jhāyanto pappoti vipulaṃ sukhaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
27. Mā pamādamanuyuñjetha, mā kāmaratisanthavaṃ [sandhavaṃ (ka)];
Appamatto hi jhāyanto, pappoti vipulaṃ sukhaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]
  1. Indulge not in heedlessness; have no intimacy with sensuous delights. Verily, the earnest, meditative person obtains abundant bliss.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]
  1. Do not give way to heedlessness. Do not indulge in sensual pleasures. Only the heedful and meditative attain great happiness.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]
27 Don't give way to heedlessness
or to intimacy
with sensual delight —
for a heedful person,
absorbed in jhana,
attains an abundance of ease.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6]
27 Don’t be given to negligence;
Turn aside from sensual treats.
The diligent one who meditates
Gets joy that’s abundantly sweet.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 27 Follow not after vanity, nor after the enjoyment of love and lust! He who is earnest and meditative, obtains ample joy.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 27
Don't pursue negligence or intimacy with pleasure delights.
Conscientious practitioner of meditation obtains abundant happiness. [DLMBSFn-V027]
Dhammapada Dhp. 028
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
28. Pamādaṃ appamādena yadā nudati paṇḍito
Paññāpāsādamāruyha asoko sokiniṃ pajaṃ
Pabbataṭṭho'va bhummaṭṭhe dhīro bāle avekkhati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
28. Pamādaṃ appamādena, yadā nudati paṇḍito;
Paññāpāsādamāruyha, asoko sokiniṃ pajaṃ;
Pabbataṭṭhova bhūmaṭṭhe [bhummaṭṭhe (sī. syā.)], dhīro bāle avekkhati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]

HEEDLESSNESS SHOULD BE CONQUERED BY HEEDFULNESS

  1. When an understanding one discards heedlessness by heedfulness, he, free from sorrow, ascends to the palace of wisdom and surveys the sorrowing folk as a wise mountaineer surveys the ignorant groundlings. [NāradaFn02-10]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]
  1. Just as one upon the summit of a mountain beholds the groundlings, even so when the wise man casts away heedlessness by heedfulness and ascends the high tower of wisdom, this sorrowless sage beholds the sorrowing and foolish multitude.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]
28 When the wise person drives out
heedlessness
with heedfulness,
having climbed the high tower
of discernment,
sorrow-free,
he observes the sorrowing crowd —
as the enlightened man,
having scaled
a summit,
the fools on the ground below.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6]
28 With negligence scattered by diligent power,
The sage ascends great wisdom’s tower.
On the sorrowing masses he looks, free of woe,
As if from a mountain on groundlings below.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 28 When the learned man drives away vanity by earnestness, he, the wise, climbing the terraced heights of wisdom, looks down upon the fools, serene he looks upon the toiling crowd, as one that stands on a mountain looks down upon them that stand upon the plain.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 28
When the wise one expels negligence by conscientiousness,
having climbed the stronghold of wisdom, without sorrow,
such a clever one observes the sorrowing crowd
as somebody standing on a mountain observes the foolish people on the ground. [DLMBSFn-V028]
Dhammapada Dhp. 029
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
29. Appamatto pamattesu suttesu bahujāgaro
Abalassaṃ'va sīghasso hitvā yāti sumedhaso.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
29. Appamatto pamattesu, suttesu bahujāgaro;
Abalassaṃva sīghasso, hitvā yāti sumedhaso.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]

THE STRENUOUS AND THE ALERT OVERTAKE THE THOUGHTLESS AND THE INDOLENT

  1. Heedful amongst the heedless, wide awake amongst the slumbering, the wise man advances as does a swift horse, leaving a weak jade behind.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]
  1. Heedful among the heedless, wide-awake among the sleepy, the wise man advances like a swift horse leaving behind a weak jade.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]
29 Heedful among the heedless,
wakeful among those asleep,
just as a fast horse advances,
leaving the weak behind:
so the wise.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6]
29 Heedful amongst the oblivious,
Awake in the land of the sleeping,
The wise man proceeds
Like a galloping steed:
Passing faltering jades,
Leaves them standing.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 29 Earnest among the thoughtless, awake among the sleepers, the wise man advances like a racer, leaving behind the hack.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 29
Conscientious amongst the negligent, watchful amongst the sleeping,
the wise one advances like a swift horse, having left behind a weak one. [DLMBSFn-V029]
Dhammapada Dhp. 030
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
30. Appamādena maghavā devānaṃ seṭṭhataṃ gato
Appamādaṃ pasaṃsanti pamādo garahito sadā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
30. Appamādena maghavā, devānaṃ seṭṭhataṃ gato;
Appamādaṃ pasaṃsanti, pamādo garahito sadā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]

EARNESTNESS LEADS TO SOVEREIGNTY

  1. By earnestness Maghavà [NāradaFn02-11] rose to the lordship of the gods. [NāradaFn02-12] Earnestness is ever praised; negligence is ever despised.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]
  1. By Heedfulness did Indra become the overlord of the gods. Heedfulness is ever praised, and heedlessness ever despised. [BudRkFn02-03]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]
30 Through heedfulness, Indra won
to lordship over the gods.
Heedfulness is praised,
heedlessness censured —
always.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6]
30 Sakka, through heedful behaviour,
Was crowned as the sovereign deva.
Thus, heedfulness wins acclamation,
And slackness receives deprecation.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 30 By earnestness did Maghavan (Indra) rise to the lordship of the gods. People praise earnestness; thoughtlessness is always blamed.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 30
By conscientiousness did Indra become the chief amongst the gods.
Conscientiousness is praised, negligence is always censured. [DLMBSFn-V030]
Dhammapada Dhp. 031
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
31. Appamādarato bhikkhu pamāde bhaya dassivā
Saṃyojanaṃ aṇuṃ thūlaṃ ḍahaṃ aggīva gacchati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
31. Appamādarato bhikkhu, pamāde bhayadassi vā;
Saṃyojanaṃ aṇuṃ thūlaṃ, ḍahaṃ aggīva gacchati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]

THE HEEDFUL ADVANCE

  1. The Bhikkhu [NāradaFn02-13] who delights in heedfulness, and looks with fear on heedlessness, advances like fire, burning all fetters [NāradaFn02-14] great and small.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]
  1. The monk who delights in heedfulness and looks with fear at heedlessness advances like fire, burning all fetters, small and large.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]
31 The monk delighting in heedfulness,
seeing danger in heedlessness,
advances like a fire,
burning fetters
great & small.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6]
31 The monk who in diligence finds his delight,
Looking at negligence with fearful dislike,
Leaping ahead, like a flaming fireball,
Erases his fetters, the great and the small.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 31 A Bhikshu (mendicant) who delights in earnestness, who looks with fear on thoughtlessness, moves about like fire, burning all his fetters, small or large.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 31
The monk, who is devoted to conscientiousness and who is fearful of negligence,
advances like a fire, burning the fetters, small or big. [DLMBSFn-V031]
Dhammapada Dhp. 032
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
32. Appamādarato bhikkhu pamāde bhaya dassivā
Abhabbo parihāṇāya nibbāṇasseva santike.

Appamādavaggo dutiyo.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
32. Appamādarato bhikkhu, pamāde bhayadassi vā;
Abhabbo parihānāya, nibbānasseva santike.

Appamādavaggo dutiyo niṭṭhito.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera [3]

THE HEEDFUL ARE IN THE PRESENCE OF NIBBâNA

  1. The Bhikkhu who delights in heedfulness, and looks with fear on heedlessness, is not liable to fall. [NāradaFn02-15] He is in the presence of Nibbàna.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita [4]
  1. The monk who delights in heedfulness and looks with fear at heedlessness will not fall. He is close to Nibbana.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu [5]
32 The monk delighting in heedfulness,
seeing danger in heedlessness
— incapable of falling back —
stands right on the verge
of Unbinding.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu [6]
32 The monk who in diligence finds his delight,
Looking at negligence with fearful dislike,
Of falling away, he has no possibility;
He’s brought himself into Nibbana’s vicinity.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 32 A Bhikshu (mendicant) who delights in reflection, who looks with fear on thoughtlessness, cannot fall away (from his perfect state)--he is close upon Nirvana.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 32
The monk, who is devoted to conscientiousness and who is fearful of negligence,
unable to regress, he is just in the vicinity of the Nirvana. [DLMBSFn-V032]
Dhammapada Dhp. 033
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]

3. Cittavaggo.

33. Phandanaṃ capalaṃ cittaṃ durakkhaṃ dunnivārayaṃ
Ujuṃ karoti medhāvī usukāro'va tejanaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]

3. Cittavaggo

33. Phandanaṃ capalaṃ cittaṃ, dūrakkhaṃ [durakkhaṃ (sabbattha)] dunnivārayaṃ;
Ujuṃ karoti medhāvī, usukārova tejanaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

Chapter 3 Mind

STRAIGHTEN YOUR FICKLE MIND

  1. The flickering, fickle mind, [NāradaFn03-01] difficult to guard, difficult to control - the wise person straightens it as a fletcher straightens an arrow.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]

Dhp III The Mind

  1. Just as a fletcher straightens an arrow shaft, even so the discerning man straightens his mind — so fickle and unsteady, so difficult to guard.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

Dhp III The Mind

33-37

Quivering, wavering,
hard to guard,
to hold in check:
  the mind.
The sage makes it straight —
like a fletcher,
the shaft of an arrow.

Like a fish
pulled from its home in the water
& thrown on land:
this mind flips & flaps about
  to escape Mara's sway.

Hard to hold down,
  nimble,
alighting wherever it likes:
  the mind.
Its taming is good.
The mind well-tamed
  brings ease.

So hard to see,
so very, very subtle,
alighting wherever it likes:
  the mind.
The wise should guard it.
The mind protected
  brings ease.

Wandering far,
going alone,
bodiless,
lying in a cave:
  the mind.
Those who restrain it:
  from Mara's bonds
  they'll be freed.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

3. The Mind

33 This mind, so fickle and disturbed,
Hard to guard, and hard to curb,
The wise ones straighten, just as do
Skilled fletchers make their arrows true.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7]

Chapter III: Thought

33 As a fletcher makes straight his arrow, a wise man makes straight his trembling and unsteady thought, which is difficult to guard, difficult to hold back.

Cited from DLMBS [8]

Chapter 3: The Mind

DhP 33
The wavering, unsteady mind, hard to guard, difficult to restrain,
the wise one straightens, like an arrow-maker an arrow. [DLMBSFn-V033]
Dhammapada Dhp. 034
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
34. Vārijo'va thale khitto okamokata ubbhato
Pariphandatidaṃ cittaṃ māradheyyaṃ pahātave.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
34. Vārijova thale khitto, okamokataubbhato;
Pariphandatidaṃ cittaṃ, māradheyyaṃ pahātave.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. Like a fish that is drawn from its watery abode and thrown upon land, even so does this mind flutter. Hence should the realm of the passions be shunned. [NāradaFn03-02]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]
  1. As a fish when pulled out of water and cast on land throbs and quivers, even so is this mind agitated. Hence should one abandon the realm of Mara.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

33-37

Quivering, wavering,
hard to guard,
to hold in check:
  the mind.
The sage makes it straight —
like a fletcher,
the shaft of an arrow.

Like a fish
pulled from its home in the water
& thrown on land:
this mind flips & flaps about
  to escape Mara's sway.

Hard to hold down,
  nimble,
alighting wherever it likes:
  the mind.
Its taming is good.
The mind well-tamed
  brings ease.

So hard to see,
so very, very subtle,
alighting wherever it likes:
  the mind.
The wise should guard it.
The mind protected
  brings ease.

Wandering far,
going alone,
bodiless,
lying in a cave:
  the mind.
Those who restrain it:
  from Mara's bonds
  they'll be freed.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
34 Like a fish that has been landed,
From the water drawn and stranded,
So this mind does shake and strain
In breaking free of Mara’s reign.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 34 As a fish taken from his watery home and thrown on dry ground, our thought trembles all over in order to escape the dominion of Mara (the tempter).
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 34
Like a fish, thrown from all abodes on a dry ground
this mind trembles in order to leave Mara's realm. [DLMBSFn-V034]
Dhammapada Dhp. 035
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
35. Dunniggahassa lahuno1 yatthakāmanipātino
Cittassa damatho sādhu cittaṃ dantaṃ sukhāvahaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
35. Dunniggahassa lahuno, yatthakāmanipātino;
Cittassa damatho sādhu, cittaṃ dantaṃ sukhāvahaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

CONTROL YOUR MIND

  1. The mind is hard to check, swift, flits wherever it listeth: to control it is good. A controlled mind is conducive to happiness.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]
  1. Wonderful, indeed, it is to subdue the mind, so difficult to subdue, ever swift, and seizing whatever it desires. A tamed mind brings happiness.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

33-37

Quivering, wavering,
hard to guard,
to hold in check:
  the mind.
The sage makes it straight —
like a fletcher,
the shaft of an arrow.

Like a fish
pulled from its home in the water
& thrown on land:
this mind flips & flaps about
  to escape Mara's sway.

Hard to hold down,
  nimble,
alighting wherever it likes:
  the mind.
Its taming is good.
The mind well-tamed
  brings ease.

So hard to see,
so very, very subtle,
alighting wherever it likes:
  the mind.
The wise should guard it.
The mind protected
  brings ease.

Wandering far,
going alone,
bodiless,
lying in a cave:
  the mind.
Those who restrain it:
  from Mara's bonds
  they'll be freed.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
35 Hard to control is this mind, and so changeable,
Darting at what it conceives as delectable.
Mastering the mind is supremely commendable;
Mastered, it kindles a joy that’s ineffable.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 35 It is good to tame the mind, which is difficult to hold in and flighty, rushing wherever it listeth; a tamed mind brings happiness.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 35
Good is the taming of the mind, which is difficult to restrain, quick,
jumping at whatever it desires. Restrained mind brings happiness. [DLMBSFn-V035]
Dhammapada Dhp. 036
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
36. Sududdasaṃ sunipunaṃ yatthakāmanipātinaṃ
Cittaṃ rakkhetha medhāvī cittaṃ guttaṃ sukhāvahaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
36. Sududdasaṃ sunipuṇaṃ, yatthakāmanipātinaṃ;
Cittaṃ rakkhetha medhāvī, cittaṃ guttaṃ sukhāvahaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

GUARD YOUR THOUGHTS

  1. The mind is very hard to perceive, extremely subtle, flits wherever it listeth. Let the wise person guard it; a guarded mind is conducive to happiness.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]
  1. Let the discerning man guard the mind, so difficult to detect and extremely subtle, seizing whatever it desires. A guarded mind brings happiness.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

33-37

Quivering, wavering,
hard to guard,
to hold in check:
  the mind.
The sage makes it straight —
like a fletcher,
the shaft of an arrow.

Like a fish
pulled from its home in the water
& thrown on land:
this mind flips & flaps about
  to escape Mara's sway.

Hard to hold down,
  nimble,
alighting wherever it likes:
  the mind.
Its taming is good.
The mind well-tamed
  brings ease.

So hard to see,
so very, very subtle,
alighting wherever it likes:
  the mind.
The wise should guard it.
The mind protected
  brings ease.

Wandering far,
going alone,
bodiless,
lying in a cave:
  the mind.
Those who restrain it:
  from Mara's bonds
  they'll be freed.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
36 The mind is very subtle and difficult to see. It descends on whatever it finds pleasant. A wise person should protect the mind: a protected mind brings happiness.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 36 Let the wise man guard his thoughts, for they are difficult to perceive, very artful, and they rush wherever they list: thoughts well guarded bring happiness.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 36
O Wise Ones, you should protect the mind, which is very difficult to see, very subtle
and jumping at whatever it desires. Protected mind brings happiness. [DLMBSFn-V036]
Dhammapada Dhp. 037
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
37. Dūraṅgamaṃ ekacaraṃ asarīraṃ kuhāsayaṃ
Ye cittaṃ saññamessanti mokkhanti mārabandhanā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
37. Dūraṅgamaṃ ekacaraṃ [ekacāraṃ (ka.)], asarīraṃ guhāsayaṃ;
Ye cittaṃ saṃyamessanti, mokkhanti mārabandhanā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

FREE ARE THEY WHO HAVE CONTROLLED THEIR MINDS

  1. Faring far, wandering alone, [NāradaFn03-03] bodiless, [NāradaFn03-04] lying in a cave, [NāradaFn03-05] is the mind. Those who subdue it are freed from the bond of Māra.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]
  1. Dwelling in the cave (of the heart), the mind, without form, wanders far and alone. Those who subdue this mind are liberated from the bonds of Mara.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

33-37 [ThaniSFn-V37]

Quivering, wavering,
hard to guard,
to hold in check:
  the mind.
The sage makes it straight —
like a fletcher,
the shaft of an arrow.

Like a fish
pulled from its home in the water
& thrown on land:
this mind flips & flaps about
  to escape Mara's sway.

Hard to hold down,
  nimble,
alighting wherever it likes:
  the mind.
Its taming is good.
The mind well-tamed
  brings ease.

So hard to see,
so very, very subtle,
alighting wherever it likes:
  the mind.
The wise should guard it.
The mind protected
  brings ease.

Wandering far,
going alone,
bodiless,
lying in a cave:
  the mind.
Those who restrain it:
  from Mara's bonds
  they'll be freed.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
37 How far the mind roams!
It wanders alone;
No body it owns;
Concealed is its home.
Once training it’s known,
From death’s bonds have you flown.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 37 Those who bridle their mind which travels far, moves about alone, is without a body, and hides in the chamber (of the heart), will be free from the bonds of Mara (the tempter).
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 37
Those, who can restrain the mind, which is going far, wandering alone, bodiless
and living in the cave, those will be freed from the bond of Mara. [DLMBSFn-V037]
Dhammapada Dhp. 038
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
38. Anavaṭṭhitacittassa saddhammaṃ avijānato
Paripalavapasādassa paññā na paripūrati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
38. Anavaṭṭhitacittassa, saddhammaṃ avijānato;
Pariplavapasādassa, paññā na paripūrati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

TO THE VIGILANT THERE IS NO FEAR

  1. He whose mind is not steadfast, he who knows not the true doctrine, he whose confidence wavers - the wisdom [NāradaFn03-06] of such a one will never be perfect.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]
  1. Wisdom never becomes perfect in one whose mind is not steadfast, who knows not the Good Teaching and whose faith wavers.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

38

For a person of unsteady mind,
not knowing true Dhamma,
  serenity
  set        adrift:
discernment doesn't grow full.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
38 In one who is
of unsteady mind,
ignorant of Dhamma,
of wavering faith,
wisdom does not mature.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 38 If a man's thoughts are unsteady, if he does not know the true law, if his peace of mind is troubled, his knowledge will never be perfect.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 38
The wisdom of a person, whose mind is unsteady, who does not understand the True Dharma and whose confidence is wavering will not become perfect. [DLMBSFn-V038]
Dhammapada Dhp. 039
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
39. Anavassutacittassa ananavāhatacetaso
Puññapāpapahīṇassa natthi jāgarato bhayaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
39. Anavassutacittassa, ananvāhatacetaso;
Puññapāpapahīnassa, natthi jāgarato bhayaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. He whose mind is not soaked (by lust) he who is not affected (by hatred), he who has transcended both good and evil [NāradaFn03-07] - for such a vigilant [NāradaFn03-08] one there is no fear.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]
  1. There is no fear for an awakened one, whose mind is not sodden (by lust) nor afflicted (by hate), and who has gone beyond both merit and demerit. [BudRkFn-v39]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

39 [ThaniSFn-V39]

For a person of unsoddened mind,
         unassaulted
awareness,
abandoning merit & evil,
  wakeful,
there is no danger
     no fear.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
39 For one whose mind is not flooded by lust, and not plagued by doubt; for one who has given up both merit and evil; for him, watchful and vigilant, there are no fears.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 39 If a man's thoughts are not dissipated, if his mind is not perplexed, if he has ceased to think of good or evil, then there is no fear for him while he is watchful.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 39
There is no fear for a person, whose mind is free of passions and not perplexed,
who has abandoned the idea of "good" and "bad" and who is watchful. [DLMBSFn-V039]
Dhammapada Dhp. 040
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
40. Kumbhūpamaṃ kāyamimaṃ viditvā nagarūpamaṃ cittamidaṃ ṭhapetvā
Yodhetha māraṃ paññāyudhena jitañca rakkhe anivesano siyā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
40. Kumbhūpamaṃ kāyamimaṃ viditvā, nagarūpamaṃ cittamidaṃ ṭhapetvā;
Yodhetha māraṃ paññāvudhena, jitañca rakkhe anivesano siyā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

FORTIFY YOUR MIND AND BE NON-ATTACHED

  1. Realizing that this body is (as fragile) as a jar, establishing this mind (as firm) as a (fortified) city he should attack Māra [NāradaFn03-09] with the weapon of wisdom. He should guard his conquest [NāradaFn03-10] and be without attachment. [NāradaFn03-11]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]
  1. Realizing that this body is as fragile as a clay pot, and fortifying this mind like a well-fortified city, fight out Mara with the sword of wisdom. Then, guarding the conquest, remain unattached.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

40 [ThaniSFn-V40]

Knowing this body
  is like a clay jar,
securing this mind
  like a fort,
     attack Mara
  with the spear of discernment,
then guard what's won
  without settling there,
  without laying claim.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
40 Having realised this body’s like a pitcher - it’s as breakable -
And stabilised your mind until it’s stable as a citadel,
Then, using wisdom’s weapons, you should battle with the Evil One.
Your victory then defending, any yearnings you should overcome.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 40 Knowing that this body is (fragile) like a jar, and making this thought firm like a fortress, one should attack Mara (the tempter) with the weapon of knowledge, one should watch him when conquered, and should never rest.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 40
Having understood this body to be like a jar,
having established this mind like a city,
attack Mara with the weapon of wisdom,
you should protect the conquered territory and be without attachments. [DLMBSFn-V040]
Dhammapada Dhp. 041
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
41. Aciraṃ vatayaṃ kāyo paṭhaviṃ adhisessati
Chuddho apetaviññāṇo niratthaṃ'va kaliṅgaraṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
41. Aciraṃ vatayaṃ kāyo, pathaviṃ adhisessati;
Chuddho apetaviññāṇo, niratthaṃva kaliṅgaraṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. Before long, alas! this body will lie upon the ground, cast aside, devoid of consciousness, even as a useless charred log. [NāradaFn03-12]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]
  1. Ere long, alas! this body will lie upon the earth, unheeded and lifeless, like a useless log.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

41

All too soon, this body
will lie on the ground
  cast off,
bereft of consciousness,
like a useless scrap
  of wood.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
41 Not long, indeed, till it will rest,
This body here, beneath the clod -
Discarded, void of consciousness,
As useless as a rotten log.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 41 Before long, alas! this body will lie on the earth, despised, without understanding, like a useless log.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 41
Alas! Before long will this body lay upon the ground,
rejected, devoid of consciousness, like a worthless log. [DLMBSFn-V041]
Dhammapada Dhp. 042
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
42. Diso disaṃ yantaṃ kayirā verī vā pana verinaṃ
Micchāpaṇihitaṃ cittaṃ pāpiyo naṃ tato kare.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
42. Diso disaṃ yaṃ taṃ kayirā, verī vā pana verinaṃ;
Micchāpaṇihitaṃ cittaṃ, pāpiyo [pāpiyaṃ (?)] naṃ tato kare.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

AN ILL-DISPOSED MIND IS THE GREATEST ENEMY

  1. Whatever (harm) a foe may do to a foe, or a hater to a hater, an ill-directed mind [NāradaFn03-13] can do one far greater (harm).
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]
  1. Whatever harm an enemy may do to an enemy, or a hater to a hater, an ill-directed mind inflicts on oneself a greater harm.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

42-43 [ThaniSFn-V42]

Whatever an enemy might do
to an enemy,
or a foe to a foe,
the ill-directed mind
can do to you
  even worse.

Whatever a mother, father
or other kinsman
might do for you,
the well-directed mind
can do for you
  even better.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
42 Whatever aggressors might do to aggressors,
Or haters to men they despise,
We do harm to ourselves that’s immeasureably greater
With mind, if it's wrongly inclined.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 42 Whatever a hater may do to a hater, or an enemy to an enemy, a wrongly-directed mind will do us greater mischief.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 42
Whatever an enemy might do to an enemy, or a hater to a hated one,
wrongly directed mind can do one even worse (evil). [DLMBSFn-V042]
Dhammapada Dhp. 043
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
43. Na taṃ mātā pitā kayirā aññe vā pi ca ñātakā
Sammāpaṇihitaṃ cittaṃ seyyaso naṃ tato kare.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
43. Na taṃ mātā pitā kayirā, aññe vāpi ca ñātakā;
Sammāpaṇihitaṃ cittaṃ, seyyaso naṃ tato kare.

Cittavaggo tatiyo niṭṭhito.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A WELL-DIRECTED MIND IS FAR GREATER THAN EVEN A MOTHER OR A FATHER

  1. What neither mother, nor father, nor any other relative can do, a well-directed mind [NāradaFn03-14] does and thereby elevates one.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]
  1. Neither mother, father, nor any other relative can do one greater good than one's own well-directed mind.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

42-43

Whatever an enemy might do
to an enemy,
or a foe to a foe,
the ill-directed mind
can do to you
  even worse.

Whatever a mother, father
or other kinsman
might do for you,
the well-directed mind
can do for you
  even better.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
43 What mother or father or kindred can’t do,
A mind well-directed could do it for you.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 43 Not a mother, not a father will do so much, nor any other relative; a well-directed mind will do us greater service.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 43
What a mother, father or even other relatives can not do,
a well directed mind can do even far better than that. [DLMBSFn-V043]
Dhammapada Dhp. 044
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
  1. Pupphavaggo.
44. Ko imaṃ paṭhaviṃ vicessati
Yamalokañca imaṃ sadevakaṃ
Ko dhammapadaṃ sudesitaṃ
Kusalo pupphamiva pacessati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]

4. Pupphavaggo

44. Ko imaṃ [komaṃ (ka.)] pathaviṃ vicessati [vijessati (sī. syā. pī.)], yamalokañca imaṃ sadevakaṃ;
Ko dhammapadaṃ sudesitaṃ, kusalo pupphamiva pacessati [pupphamivappacessati (ka.)].
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

Chapter 4 Flowers

THE NOBLE DISCIPLE WILL CONQUER THIS SELF

  1. Who will comprehend [NāradaFn04-01] this earth (self [NāradaFn04-02] ), and this realm of Yama, [NāradaFn04-03] and this world [NāradaFn04-04] together with the devas? [NāradaFn04-05] Who will investigate the well taught Path of Virtue [NāradaFn04-06] , even as an expert (garland maker) will pick flowers?
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]

Dhp IV Flowers

44. Who shall overcome this earth, this realm of Yama and this sphere of men and gods? Who shall bring to perfection the well-taught path of wisdom as an expert garland-maker would his floral design?

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

Dhp IV Blossoms

44-45 [ThaniSFn-V44-45]

Who will penetrate this earth
& this realm of death
with all its gods?
Who will ferret out
the well-taught Dhamma-saying,
as the skillful flower-arranger
  the flower?

The learner-on-the-path
will penetrate this earth
& this realm of death
with all its gods.
The learner-on-the-path
will ferret out
the well-taught Dhamma-saying,
as the skillful flower-arranger
  the flower.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

4. Flowers

44 & 45 Which person will master this world of humanity,
Here, with its gods, in this realm of mortality?
Which person will pick out the path of the Dhamma,
Like one who was clever, a fine rose might garner?

The sekha [VaradoFn04-1] will master this world of humanity,
Here, with its gods, in this realm of mortality.
The sekha will pick out the path of the Dhamma,
Like one who was clever, a fine rose might garner.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7]

Chapter IV: Flowers

44 Who shall overcome this earth, and the world of Yama (the lord of the departed), and the world of the gods? Who shall find out the plainly shown path of virtue, as a clever man finds out the (right) flower?

Cited from DLMBS [8]

Chapter 4: The Flower

DhP 44
Who will investigate this earth and this Yama's world with its deities?
Who will understand this well taught Dharma-verse, as a skilful person picks flowers? [DLMBSFn-V044]
Dhammapada Dhp. 045
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
45. Sekho paṭhaviṃ vicessati
Yamalokañca imaṃ sadevakaṃ
Sekho dhammapadaṃ sudesitaṃ
Kusalo pupphamiva pacessati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
45. Sekho pathaviṃ vicessati, yamalokañca imaṃ sadevakaṃ;
Sekho dhammapadaṃ sudesitaṃ, kusalo pupphamiva pacessati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. A disciple in training (sekha [NāradaFn04-07] ), will comprehend this earth, and this realm of Yama together with the realm of the devas. A disciple in training will investigate the well-taught Path of Virtue even as an expert (garland-maker) will pick flowers.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 45. A striver-on-the path shall overcome this earth, this realm of Yama and this sphere of men and gods. The striver-on-the-path shall bring to perfection the well-taught path of wisdom, as an expert garland-maker would his floral design. [BudRkFn-v45]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

44-45 [ThaniSFn-V44-45]

Who will penetrate this earth
& this realm of death
with all its gods?
Who will ferret out
the well-taught Dhamma-saying,
as the skillful flower-arranger
  the flower?

The learner-on-the-path
will penetrate this earth
& this realm of death
with all its gods.
The learner-on-the-path
will ferret out
the well-taught Dhamma-saying,
as the skillful flower-arranger
  the flower.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
44&45 Which person will master this world of humanity,
Here, with its gods, in this realm of mortality?
Which person will pick out the path of the Dhamma,
Like one who was clever, a fine rose might garner?

The sekha [VaradoFn04-1] will master this world of humanity,
Here, with its gods, in this realm of mortality.
The sekha will pick out the path of the Dhamma,
Like one who was clever, a fine rose might garner.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 45 The disciple will overcome the earth, and the world of Yama, and the world of the gods. The disciple will find out the plainly shown path of virtue, as a clever man finds out the (right) flower.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 45
A disciple will investigate the earth and this Yama's world with its deities.
A disciple will understand this well taught Dharma-verse, as a skilful person picks flowers. [DLMBSFn-V045]
Dhammapada Dhp. 046
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
46. Pheṇūpamaṃ kāyamimaṃ viditvā
Marīcidhammaṃ abhisambudhāno
Chetvāna mārassa papupphakāni[b]
Adassanaṃ maccurājassa gacche.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
46. Pheṇūpamaṃ kāyamimaṃ viditvā, marīcidhammaṃ abhisambudhāno;
Chetvāna mārassa papupphakāni [sapupphakāni (ṭīkā)], adassanaṃ maccurājassa gacche.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

LIKE A MIRAGE IS THIS BODY

  1. Knowing that this body is like foam, [NāradaFn04-08] and comprehending its mirage-nature, [NāradaFn04-09] one should destroy the flower-shafts of sensual passions (Māra), and pass beyond the sight of the king of death. [NāradaFn04-10]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 46. Realizing that this body is like froth, penetrating its mirage-like nature, and plucking out Mara's flower-tipped arrows of sensuality, go beyond sight of the King of Death!
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

46

Knowing this body
is like foam,
realizing its nature
  — a mirage —
cutting out
the blossoms of Mara,
you go where the King of Death
  can't see.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
46 When you see that this body’s like foam,
As mirage-like its nature you know,
You’ll extract the love-arrows of Mara’s delight,
And you’ll make your escape from the King of Death’s sight.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 46 He who knows that this body is like froth, and has learnt that it is as unsubstantial as a mirage, will break the flower-pointed arrow of Mara, and never see the king of death.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 46
Having understood that this body is like foam, having realized its mirage-like nature,
having cut off Mara's flower-tipped arrows, one should make himself invisible to the King of Death. [DLMBSFn-V046]
Dhammapada Dhp. 047
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
47. Pupphāni heva pacinantaṃ byāsattamanasaṃ naraṃ
Suttaṃ gāmaṃ mahogho'va maccu ādāya gacchati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
47. Pupphāni heva pacinantaṃ, byāsattamanasaṃ [byāsattamānasaṃ (ka.)] naraṃ;
Suttaṃ gāmaṃ mahoghova, maccu ādāya gacchati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

DEATH TAKES THE SENSUAL UNAWARES

  1. The man who gathers flowers (of sensual pleasure), whose mind is distracted, death carries off as a great flood sweeps away a sleeping village.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 47. As a mighty flood sweeps away the sleeping village, so death carries away the person of distracted mind who only plucks the flowers (of pleasure).
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

47-48

The man immersed in
gathering blossoms,
his heart distracted:
death sweeps him away —
  as a great flood,
  a village asleep.

The man immersed in
gathering blossoms,
his heart distracted,
insatiable in sensual pleasures:
the End-Maker holds him
under his sway.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
47 They who gather flowers of pleasure,
Minds attached to sensual treasure,
Death will sweep those rakes away,
Like sea a sleeping town might slay.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 47 Death carries off a man who is gathering flowers and whose mind is distracted, as a flood carries off a sleeping village.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 47
The man who is only gathering flowers, with an attached mind,
the death will carry away, like a great flood the sleeping village. [DLMBSFn-V047]
Dhammapada Dhp. 048
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
48. Pupphāni heva pacinantaṃ byāsattamanasaṃ naraṃ
Atittaṃ yeva kāmesu antako kurute vasaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
48. Pupphāni heva pacinantaṃ, byāsattamanasaṃ naraṃ;
Atittaññeva kāmesu, antako kurute vasaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

WITH UNGRATIFIED DESIRES THE SENSUAL DIE

  1. The man who gathers flowers (of sensual pleasure), whose mind is distracted, and who is insatiate in desires, the Destroyer [NāradaFn04-11] brings under his sway.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 48. The Destroyer brings under his sway the person of distracted mind who, insatiate in sense desires, only plucks the flowers (of pleasure).
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

47-48 [ThaniSFn-V48]

The man immersed in
gathering blossoms,
his heart distracted:
death sweeps him away —
  as a great flood,
  a village asleep.

The man immersed in
gathering blossoms,
his heart distracted,
insatiable in sensual pleasures:
the End-Maker holds him
under his sway.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
48 On they who gather flowers of pleasure,
Minds attached to sensual treasure,
Ever seeking earthy novelty,
Death imposes its authority.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 48 Death subdues a man who is gathering flowers, and whose mind is distracted, before he is satiated in his pleasures.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 48
The man who is only gathering flowers, with an attached mind,
unsatisfied in sense pleasures, Death gets under control. [DLMBSFn-V048]
Dhammapada Dhp. 049
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
49. Yathāpi bhamaro pupphaṃ vaṇṇagandhaṃ aheṭhayaṃ
Paḷeti rasamādāya evaṃ gāme munī care.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
49. Yathāpi bhamaro pupphaṃ, vaṇṇagandhamaheṭhayaṃ [vaṇṇagandhamapoṭhayaṃ (ka.)];
Paleti rasamādāya, evaṃ gāme munī care.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

SAINTLY MONKS CAUSE NO INCONVENIENCE TO ANY

  1. As a bee without harming the flower, its colour or scent, flies away, collecting only the honey, even so should the sage wander in the village. [NāradaFn04-12]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 49. As a bee gathers honey from the flower without injuring its color or fragrance, even so the sage goes on his alms-round in the village. [BudRkFn-v49]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

49

As a bee — without harming
  the blossom,
  its color,
  its fragrance —
takes its nectar & flies away:
so should the sage
go through a village.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
49 Whenever a bumble-bee visits a flower,
Going in order to nectar devour,
Never the colour or fragrance it harms:
The sage should act likewise when walking for alms.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 49 As the bee collects nectar and departs without injuring the flower, or its colour or scent, so let a sage dwell in his village.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 49
Just like a bee leaves the flower, not hurting the color and smell,
having taken its juice, so should a wise man walk through the village. [DLMBSFn-V049]
Dhammapada Dhp. 050
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
50. Na paresaṃ vilomāni na paresaṃ katākataṃ
Attano'va avekkheyya katāni akatāni ca.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
50. Na paresaṃ vilomāni, na paresaṃ katākataṃ;
Attanova avekkheyya, katāni akatāni ca.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

SEEK NOT OTHERS' FAULTS BUT YOUR OWN

  1. Let not one seek others' faults, things left done and undone by others, but one's own deeds done and undone.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 50. Let none find fault with others; let none see the omissions and commissions of others. But let one see one's own acts, done and undone.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

50

Focus,
not on the rudenesses of others,
not on what they've done
  or left undone,
but on what you
have & haven't done
  yourself.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
50 Don’t try and seek out another’s iniquity;
Of deeds and neglects of theirs, lose curiosity.
Better consider your own impropriety:
Omissions, commissions, of moral impurity.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 50 Not the perversities of others, not their sins of commission or omission, but his own misdeeds and negligences should a sage take notice of.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 50
One should not look at others' wrong deeds, what the others have done or not.
One should look only at what one oneself has and has not done. [DLMBSFn-V050]
Dhammapada Dhp. 051
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
51. Yathāpi ruciraṃ pupphaṃ vaṇṇavantaṃ agandhakaṃ
Evaṃ subhāsitā vācā aphalā hoti akubbato.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
51. Yathāpi ruciraṃ pupphaṃ, vaṇṇavantaṃ agandhakaṃ;
Evaṃ subhāsitā vācā, aphalā hoti akubbato.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

PRACTICE IS BETTER THAN MERE TEACHING

  1. As a flower that is lovely and beautiful but is scentless, even so fruitless is the well-spoken word of one who does not practise it.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 51. Like a beautiful flower full of color but without fragrance, even so, fruitless are the fair words of one who does not practice them.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

51-52

Just like a blossom,
bright colored
  but scentless:
a well-spoken word
  is fruitless
when not carried out.

Just like a blossom,
bright colored
  & full of scent:
a well-spoken word
  is fruitful
when well carried out.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
51 One’s well-spoken Dhamma is empty of fruit
If one’s practice does not one’s own words follow suit.
Just like a flower that is coloured so well:
It is splendid to look at, but no lovely smell.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 51 Like a beautiful flower, full of colour, but without scent, are the fine but fruitless words of him who does not act accordingly.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 51
Just like a beautiful flower, colorful but without smell,
is a well said speech of somebody, who does not act accordingly. [DLMBSFn-V051]
Dhammapada Dhp. 052
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
52. Yathāpi ruciraṃ pupphaṃ vaṇṇavantaṃ sagandhakaṃ
Evaṃ subhāsitā vācā saphalā hoti pakubbato.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
52. Yathāpi ruciraṃ pupphaṃ, vaṇṇavantaṃ sugandhakaṃ [sagandhakaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)];
Evaṃ subhāsitā vācā, saphalā hoti kubbato [sakubbato (sī. pī.), pakubbato (sī. aṭṭha.), sukubbato (syā. kaṃ.)].
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. As a flower that is lovely, beautiful, and scent-laden, even so fruitful is the well-spoken word of one who practises it.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 52. Like a beautiful flower full of color and also fragrant, even so, fruitful are the fair words of one who practices them.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

51-52

Just like a blossom,
bright colored
  but scentless:
a well-spoken word
  is fruitless
when not carried out.

Just like a blossom,
bright colored
  & full of scent:
a well-spoken word
  is fruitful
when well carried out.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
52 One’s well-spoken Dhamma is bursting with fruit
If one’s practice, indeed, one’s own words follows suit.
Just like a flower that is coloured so well,
Which is dazzling to look at, and fragrant as well.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 52 But, like a beautiful flower, full of colour and full of scent, are the fine and fruitful words of him who acts accordingly.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 52
Just like a beautiful flower, colorful and with smell,
is a well said speech of somebody, who does act accordingly. [DLMBSFn-V052]
Dhammapada Dhp. 053
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
53. Yathāpi ppupharāsimhā kayirā mālākuṇe bahū
Evaṃ jātena maccena kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ bahuṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
53. Yathāpi puppharāsimhā, kayirā mālāguṇe bahū;
Evaṃ jātena maccena, kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ bahuṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

DO MUCH GOOD

  1. As from a heap of flowers many a garland is made, even so many good deeds should be done by one born a mortal.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 53. As from a great heap of flowers many garlands can be made, even so should many good deeds be done by one born a mortal.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

53 [ThaniSFn-V53]

Just as from a heap of flowers
many garland strands can be made,
  even so
one born & mortal
  should do
 — with what's born & is mortal —
  many a skillful thing.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
53 From a mass of flowers profuse,
Many garlands are produced:
So when mortals are conceived,
They much goodness can achieve.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 53 As many kinds of wreaths can be made from a heap of flowers, so many good things may be achieved by a mortal when once he is born.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 53
Just as from the heap of flowers one can do a lot of garlands,
so a born mortal should do a lot of meritorious deeds. [DLMBSFn-V053]
Dhammapada Dhp. 054
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
54. Na pupphagandho paṭivātameti na candanaṃ tagaramallikā vā
Satañca gandho paṭivātameti sabbā disā sappuriso pavāti.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
54. Na pupphagandho paṭivātameti, na candanaṃ tagaramallikā [tagaramallikā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)];
Satañca gandho paṭivātameti, sabbā disā sappuriso pavāyati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

MORAL FRAGRANCE WAFTS EVERYWHERE

  1. The perfume of flowers blows not against the wind, nor does the fragrance of sandalwood, tagara [NāradaFn04-13] and jasmine but the fragrance of the virtuous blows against the wind; the virtuous man pervades every direction.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 54. Not the sweet smell of flowers, not even the fragrance of sandal, tagara, or jasmine blows against the wind. But the fragrance of the virtuous blows against the wind. Truly the virtuous man pervades all directions with the fragrance of his virtue. [BudRkFn-v54]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

54-56 [ThaniSFn-V54-56]

No flower's scent
goes against the wind —
  not sandalwood,
     jasmine,
     tagara.
But the scent of the good
does go against the wind.
The person of integrity
wafts a scent
in every direction.

Sandalwood, tagara,
lotus, & jasmine:
Among these scents,
the scent of virtue
is unsurpassed.

Next to nothing, this fragrance
 — sandalwood, tagara —
while the scent of the virtuous
wafts to the gods,
  supreme.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
54 Lavender, sandalwood, jasmine and lotus
Have perfumes that into a headwind don’t float.
But into the wind blows the scent of the true:
The folk who are good every quarter imbue.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 54 The scent of flowers does not travel against the wind, nor (that of) sandal-wood, or of Tagara and Mallika flowers; but the odour of good people travels even against the wind; a good man pervades every place.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 54
The scent of flowers, sandal, tagara or jasmine does not go against the wind.
The scent of true ones goes against the wind. The true person pervades all directions. [DLMBSFn-V054]
Dhammapada Dhp. 055
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
55. Candanaṃ tagaraṃ vāpi uppalaṃ atha vassikī
Etesaṃ gandhajātānaṃ sīlagandho anuttaro.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
55. Candanaṃ tagaraṃ vāpi, uppalaṃ atha vassikī;
Etesaṃ gandhajātānaṃ, sīlagandho anuttaro.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. Sandalwood, tagara, lotus, jasmine: above all these kinds of fragrance, the perfume of virtue is by far the best.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 55. Of all the fragrances — sandal, tagara, blue lotus and jasmine — the fragrance of virtue is the sweetest.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

54-56 [ThaniSFn-V54-56]

No flower's scent
goes against the wind —
  not sandalwood,
     jasmine,
     tagara.
But the scent of the good
does go against the wind.
The person of integrity
wafts a scent
in every direction.

Sandalwood, tagara,
lotus, & jasmine:
Among these scents,
the scent of virtue
is unsurpassed.

Next to nothing, this fragrance
 — sandalwood, tagara —
while the scent of the virtuous
wafts to the gods,
  supreme.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
55 The fragrance of virtue surpasses that of sandalwood, lavender, lotus and jasmine.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 55 Sandal-wood or Tagara, a lotus-flower, or a Vassiki, among these sorts of perfumes, the perfume of virtue is unsurpassed.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 55
Sandal or tagara, lotus and jasmine,
of these kinds of scent, the scent of the virtue is highest. [DLMBSFn-V055]
Dhammapada Dhp. 056
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
56. Appamatto ayaṃ gandho yāyaṃ tagaracandanī
Yo ca sīlavataṃ gandho vāti devesu uttamo.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
56. Appamatto ayaṃ gandho, yvāyaṃ tagaracandanaṃ [yāyaṃ tagaracandanī (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)];
Yo ca sīlavataṃ gandho, vāti devesu uttamo.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE SCENT OF VIRTUE IS BY FAR THE BEST

  1. Of little account is the fragrance of tagara or sandal; the fragrance of the virtuous, which blows even amongst the gods, is supreme.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 56. Faint is the fragrance of tagara and sandal, but excellent is the fragrance of the virtuous, wafting even amongst the gods.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

54-56 [ThaniSFn-V54-56]

No flower's scent
goes against the wind —
  not sandalwood,
     jasmine,
     tagara.
But the scent of the good
does go against the wind.
The person of integrity
wafts a scent
in every direction.

Sandalwood, tagara,
lotus, & jasmine:
Among these scents,
the scent of virtue
is unsurpassed.

Next to nothing, this fragrance
 — sandalwood, tagara —
while the scent of the virtuous
wafts to the gods,
  supreme.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
56 Lavender, sandal and lotus aromas
Can only be rated as second-rate odours.
The fragrance of virtue, of all, is most excellent:
Even the heavens are blessed by that scent.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 56 Mean is the scent that comes from Tagara and sandal-wood;--the perfume of those who possess virtue rises up to the gods as the highest.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 56
Very faint is this scent of tagara and sandal.
Highest is the scent of a virtuous one; it blows even amongst the gods. [DLMBSFn-V056]
Dhammapada Dhp. 057
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
57. Tesaṃ sampannasīlānaṃ appamādavihārinaṃ
Sammadaññā vimuttānaṃ māro maggaṃ na vindati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
57. Tesaṃ sampannasīlānaṃ, appamādavihārinaṃ;
Sammadaññā vimuttānaṃ, māro maggaṃ na vindati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

REBIRTH-CONSCIOUSNESS OF ARAHANTS CANNOT BE TRACED

  1. Māra [NāradaFn04-14] finds not the path of those who are virtuous, careful in living, and freed by right knowledge.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 57. Mara never finds the path of the truly virtuous, who abide in heedfulness and are freed by perfect knowledge.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

57 [ThaniSFn-V57]

Those consummate in virtue,
dwelling    in heedfulness,
released    through right knowing:
Mara can't follow their tracks.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
57 Mara cannot trace the path of those who are accomplished in virtue, who abide diligently, and who are freed through final knowledge.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 57 Of the people who possess these virtues, who live without thoughtlessness, and who are emancipated through true knowledge, Mara, the tempter, never finds the way.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 57
Mara doesn't find the way of those endowed with virtue,
living in conscientiousness and freed by the right knowledge. [DLMBSFn-V057]
Dhammapada Dhp. 058
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
58. Yathā saṅkāradhānasmiṃ ujjhitasmiṃ mahāpathe padumaṃ tattha jāyetha sucigandhaṃ manoramaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
58. Yathā saṅkāraṭhānasmiṃ [saṅkāradhānasmiṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)], ujjhitasmiṃ mahāpathe;
Padumaṃ tattha jāyetha, sucigandhaṃ manoramaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

GREATNESS MAY BE FOUND EVEN AMONGST THE BASEST THE WISE OUTSHINE WORLDLINGS

58-59. As upon a heap of rubbish thrown on the highway, a sweet-smelling lovely lotus may grow, even so amongst worthless beings, a disciple of the Fully Enlightened One outshines the blind worldlings in wisdom. [NāradaFn04-15]

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 58. Upon a heap of rubbish in the road-side ditch blooms a lotus, fragrant and pleasing.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

58-59

As in a pile of rubbish
cast by the side of a highway
  a lotus might grow
  clean-smelling
  pleasing the heart,
so in the midst of the rubbish-like,
people run-of-the-mill & blind,
  there dazzles with discernment
  the disciple of the Rightly
  Self-Awakened One.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
58&59 As upon a rubbish pit,
Its filth beside the road,
May there a fragrant lotus sit,
So bonny to behold.

And so with men, that rubbish pile
Of common beings blind,
Disciples of the Buddha dwell.
With wisdom’s light they shine.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 58, 59. As on a heap of rubbish cast upon the highway the lily will grow full of sweet perfume and delight, thus the disciple of the truly enlightened Buddha shines forth by his knowledge among those who are like rubbish, among the people that walk in darkness.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 58
Just as at the rubbish heap, thrown out by the big road,
can grow a lotus, of pure smell and delightful, [DLMBSFn-V058]
Dhammapada Dhp. 059
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
59. Evaṃ saṅkārabhūtesu andhabhūte puthujjane
Atirocati paññāya sammāsambuddhasāvako.

Pupphavaggo catuttho.

Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
59. Evaṃ saṅkārabhūtesu, andhabhūte [andhībhūte (ka.)] puthujjane;
Atirocati paññāya, sammāsambuddhasāvako.

Pupphavaggo catuttho niṭṭhito.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3] 58-59. As upon a heap of rubbish thrown on the highway, a sweet-smelling lovely lotus may grow, even so amongst worthless beings, a disciple of the Fully Enlightened One outshines the blind worldlings in wisdom. [NāradaFn04-15]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 59. Even so, on the rubbish heap of blinded mortals the disciple of the Supremely Enlightened One shines resplendent in wisdom.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

58-59

As in a pile of rubbish
cast by the side of a highway
  a lotus might grow
  clean-smelling
  pleasing the heart,
so in the midst of the rubbish-like,
people run-of-the-mill & blind,
  there dazzles with discernment
  the disciple of the Rightly
  Self-Awakened One.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
58&59 As upon a rubbish pit,
Its filth beside the road,
May there a fragrant lotus sit,
So bonny to behold.

And so with men, that rubbish pile
Of common beings blind,
Disciples of the Buddha dwell.
With wisdom’s light they shine.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 58, 59. As on a heap of rubbish cast upon the highway the lily will grow full of sweet perfume and delight, thus the disciple of the truly enlightened Buddha shines forth by his knowledge among those who are like rubbish, among the people that walk in darkness.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 59
Thus, amidst the dust-like beings, amongst ignorant ordinary people,
The disciple of the truly and completely Awakened One magnificently shines with wisdom. [DLMBSFn-V059]
Dhammapada Dhp. 060
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
  1. Bālavaggo
60. Dīghā jāgarato ratti dīghaṃ santassa yojanaṃ
Dīgho bālānaṃ saṃsāro saddhamma avijānataṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]

5. Bālavaggo

60. Dīghā jāgarato ratti, dīghaṃ santassa yojanaṃ;
Dīgho bālānaṃ saṃsāro, saddhammaṃ avijānataṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

Chapter 5 Fools

LONG IS saṃsāra TO THOSE WHO KNOW NOT THE DHAMMA

  1. Long is the night to the wakeful; long is the league to the weary; long is saṃsāra [NāradaFn05-01] to the foolish who know not the Sublime Truth.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]

Dhp V The Fool

60. Long is the night to the sleepless; long is the league to the weary. Long is worldly existence to fools who know not the Sublime Truth.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

Dhp V Fools

60

Long for the wakeful is the night.
Long for the weary, a league.
For fools
unaware of True Dhamma,
             samsara
is long.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

Chapter 5 Fools

60
How long, indeed, a sleepless night;
How long a weary ten mile hike;
And, for the fool, how long samsara,
Failing to perceive true Dhamma.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7]

Chapter V: The Fool

60 Long is the night to him who is awake; long is a mile to him who is tired; long is life to the foolish who do not know the true law.

Cited from DLMBS [8]

Chapter 5: The Fool

DhP 60
Long is the night for a wakeful; long is a yojana for a tired.
Long is the Samsara for the fools who do not know the true Dharma. [DLMBSFn-V060]
Dhammapada Dhp. 061
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
61. Carañce nādhigaccheyya seyyaṃ sadisamattano
Ekacariyaṃ daḷhaṃ kayirā natthi bāle sahāyatā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
61. Carañce nādhigaccheyya, seyyaṃ sadisamattano;
Ekacariyaṃ [ekacariyaṃ (ka.)] daḷhaṃ kayirā, natthi bāle sahāyatā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

AVOID COMPANIONSHIP WITH THE FOOLISH

  1. If, as the disciple fares along, he meets no companion who is better or equal, let him firmly pursue his solitary career. There is no fellowship [NāradaFn05-02] with the foolish. [NāradaFn05-03]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 61. Should a seeker not find a companion who is better or equal, let him resolutely pursue a solitary course; there is no fellowship with the fool.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

61

If, in your course, you don't meet
your equal, your better,
then continue your course,
  firmly,
     alone.
There's no fellowship with fools.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
61
If a woman does not find
Her betters or her equals, she
Should fare alone, steadfast in mind:
With fools there is no company.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 61 If a traveller does not meet with one who is his better, or his equal, let him firmly keep to his solitary journey; there is no companionship with a fool.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 61
If a wanderer should not find a companion better or similar to oneself,
then he should resolutely wander alone. There is no companionship with a fool. [DLMBSFn-V061]
Dhammapada Dhp. 062
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
62. Puttā matthi dhanammatthi iti bālo vihaññati
Attā hi attano natthi kuto puttā kuto dhanaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
62. Puttā matthi dhanammatthi [puttamatthi dhanamatthi (ka.)], iti bālo vihaññati;
Attā hi [attāpi (?)] attano natthi, kuto puttā kuto dhanaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

ONE IS NOT ONE'S OWN

  1. "Sons have I; wealth have I": Thus is the fool worried. Verily, he himself is not his own. Whence sons? Whence wealth?
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 62. The fool worries, thinking, "I have sons, I have wealth." Indeed, when he himself is not his own, whence are sons, whence is wealth?
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

62

'I have sons, I have wealth' —
the fool torments himself.
When even he himself
doesn't belong to himself,
  how then sons?
  How wealth?
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
62
“I have sons!” “I have wealth!”
Thus the fool exalts herself.
She has not her very self,
Let alone her sons or wealth.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 62 "These sons belong to me, and this wealth belongs to me," with such thoughts a fool is tormented. He himself does not belong to himself; how much less sons and wealth?
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 62
The fool worries: "I have sons, I have wealth."
He does not even own himself. Whence sons and wealth? [DLMBSFn-V062]
Dhammapada Dhp. 063
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
63. Yo bālo maññati bālyaṃ paṇaḍito vā'pi tena so
Bālo ca paṇḍitamānī sa ve bālo'ti vuccati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
63. Yo bālo maññati bālyaṃ, paṇḍito vāpi tena so;
Bālo ca paṇḍitamānī, sa ve ‘‘bālo’’ti vuccati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

WISE IS HE WHO ACKNOWLEDGES HIS FOOLISHNESS

  1. The fool who knows that he is a fool is for that very reason a wise man; the fool who thinks that he is wise is called a fool indeed.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 63. A fool who knows his foolishness is wise at least to that extent, but a fool who thinks himself wise is a fool indeed.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

63

A fool with a sense of his foolishness
is — at least to that extent — wise.
But a fool who thinks himself wise
really deserves to be called
  a fool.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
63
The fool who does her folly see
Indeed’s a sage to that degree;
But who to wisdom gives false airs,
That fool indeed’s a fool declared.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 63 The fool who knows his foolishness, is wise at least so far. But a fool who thinks himself wise, he is called a fool indeed.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 63
A fool who knows about his foolishness, just by that he is like a wise man.
And a fool, who is proud of his cleverness, he is indeed called a fool. [DLMBSFn-V063]
Dhammapada Dhp. 064
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
64. Yāvajīvampi ce bālo vaṇḍitaṃ payirupāsati
Na so dhammaṃ vijānāti dabbī sūparasaṃ yathā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
64. Yāvajīvampi ce bālo, paṇḍitaṃ payirupāsati;
Na so dhammaṃ vijānāti, dabbī sūparasaṃ yathā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A FOOL CANNOT APPRECIATE THE VALUE OF THE DHAMMA

  1. Though a fool, through all his life, associates with a wise man, he no more understands the Dhamma than a spoon (tastes) the flavour of soup.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 64. Though all his life a fool associates with a wise man, he no more comprehends the Truth than a spoon tastes the flavor of the soup.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

64-65

Even if for a lifetime
the fool stays with the wise,
he knows nothing of the Dhamma —
  as the ladle,
  the taste of the soup.

Even if for a moment,
the perceptive person stays with the wise,
he immediately knows the Dhamma —
  as the tongue,
  the taste of the soup.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
64
Although a fool might well engage
All his lifetime with a sage,
He’ll the Dhamma no more savour
Than the spoon the curry’s flavour.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 64 If a fool be associated with a wise man even all his life, he will perceive the truth as little as a spoon perceives the taste of soup.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 64
A fool can attend on a wise man even for whole his life,
he will not understand the Dharma, like a spoon does not know the taste of the soup. [DLMBSFn-V064]
Dhammapada Dhp. 065
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
65. Muhuttampi ce viñgñu paṇḍitaṃ payirupāsati
Khippaṃ dhammaṃ vijānāti jivhā sūparasaṃ yathā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
65. Muhuttamapi ce viññū, paṇḍitaṃ payirupāsati;
Khippaṃ dhammaṃ vijānāti, jivhā sūparasaṃ yathā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE WISE CAN APPRECIATE THE VALUE OF THE DHAMMA

  1. Though an intelligent person, associates with a wise man for only a moment, he quickly understands the Dhamma as the tongue (tastes) the flavour of soup.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 65. Though only for a moment a discerning person associates with a wise man, quickly he comprehends the Truth, just as the tongue tastes the flavor of the soup.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

64-65

Even if for a lifetime
the fool stays with the wise,
he knows nothing of the Dhamma —
  as the ladle,
  the taste of the soup.

Even if for a moment,
the perceptive person stays with the wise,
he immediately knows the Dhamma —
  as the tongue,
  the taste of the soup.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
65
Although the prudent might engage
But a moment with a sage,
Still, he’ll Dhamma quickly savour,
As the tongue the curry’s flavour.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 65 If an intelligent man be associated for one minute only with a wise man, he will soon perceive the truth, as the tongue perceives the taste of soup.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 65
An intelligent person can attend on a wise man even for a second,
he will quickly understand the Dharma, like a tongue knows the taste of the soup. [DLMBSFn-V065]
Dhammapada Dhp. 066
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
66. Caranti bālā dummedhā amitteneva attanā
Karontā pāpakaṃ kammaṃ yaṃ hoti kaṭukapphalaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
67. Na taṃ kammaṃ kataṃ sādhu, yaṃ katvā anutappati;
Yassa assumukho rodaṃ, vipākaṃ paṭisevati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

BITTER IS THE FRUIT OF EVIL

  1. Fools of little wit move about with the very self as their own foe, doing evil deeds the fruit of which is bitter.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 66. Fools of little wit are enemies unto themselves as they move about doing evil deeds, the fruits of which are bitter.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

66

Fools, their wisdom weak,
are their own enemies
as they go through life,
doing evil
that bears
      bitter fruit.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
66
The fool of little wit proceeds
Undertaking evil deeds,
Acting as her own ill-wisher,
Reaping fruit profusely bitter.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 66 Fools of little understanding have themselves for their greatest enemies, for they do evil deeds which must bear bitter fruits.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 66
The stupid fools behave as if they themselves were their enemies,
doing bad deeds, which have bitter fruit. [DLMBSFn-V066]
Dhammapada Dhp. 067
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
67. Na taṃ kammaṃ kataṃ sādhu yaṃ katvā nānutappati
Yassa assumukho rodaṃ vipākaṃ paṭisevati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
67. Na taṃ kammaṃ kataṃ sādhu, yaṃ katvā anutappati;
Yassa assumukho rodaṃ, vipākaṃ paṭisevati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

NOT WELL DONE IS THAT DEED WHICH CAUSES REPENTANCE

  1. That deed is not well done when, after having done it, one repents, and when weeping, with tearful face, one reaps the fruit thereof.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 67. Ill done is that action of doing which one repents later, and the fruit of which one, weeping, reaps with tears.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

67-68

It's not good,
the doing of the deed
that, once it's done,
you regret,
whose result you reap crying,
your face in tears.

It's good,
the doing of the deed
that, once it's done,
you don't regret,
whose result you reap gratified,
    happy at heart.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
67
Acts and deeds are not propitious,
Acts which done, she lives to rue;
Which lead to tears and lamentation
When the kammic fruits ensue.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 67 That deed is not well done of which a man must repent, and the reward of which he receives crying and with a tearful face.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 67
That deed is not well done, which one regrets when it is accomplished,
whose consequences one faces with a tearful face and crying. [DLMBSFn-V067]
Dhammapada Dhp. 068
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
68. Tañca kammaṃ kataṃ sādhu yaṃ katvā nānutappati
Yassa patīto sumano vipākaṃ paṭisevati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
68. Tañca kammaṃ kataṃ sādhu, yaṃ katvā nānutappati;
Yassa patīto sumano, vipākaṃ paṭisevati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

WELL DONE IS THAT DEED WHICH CAUSES NO REPENTANCE

  1. That deed is well done when, after having done it, one repents not, and when, with joy and pleasure, one reaps the fruit thereof.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 68. Well done is that action of doing which one repents not later, and the fruit of which one reaps with delight and happiness.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

67-68

It's not good,
the doing of the deed
that, once it's done,
you regret,
whose result you reap crying,
your face in tears.

It's good,
the doing of the deed
that, once it's done,
you don't regret,
whose result you reap gratified,
    happy at heart.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
68
Deeds and actions are propitious,
If when done, she rests appeased,
Which lead to happy satisfaction
With the kammic fruits received.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 68 No, that deed is well done of which a man does not repent, and the reward of which he receives gladly and cheerfully.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 68
That deed is well done, which one does not regret when it is accomplished,
whose consequences one faces delighted and happy. [DLMBSFn-V068]
Dhammapada Dhp. 069
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
69. Madhuvā maññati bālo yāva pāpaṃ na paccati
Yadā ca paccati pāpaṃ atha bālo dukkhaṃ nigacchati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
69. Madhuvā [madhuṃ vā (dī. ni. ṭīkā 1)] maññati bālo, yāva pāpaṃ na paccati;
Yadā ca paccati pāpaṃ, bālo [atha bālo (sī. syā.) atha (?)] dukkhaṃ nigacchati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

EVIL-DOERS COME TO GRIEF

  1. As sweet as honey is an evil deed, so thinks the fool so long as it ripens not; but when it ripens, then he comes to grief.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 69. So long as an evil deed has not ripened, the fool thinks it as sweet as honey. But when the evil deed ripens, the fool comes to grief.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

69

As long as evil has yet to ripen,
the fool mistakes it for honey.
But when that evil ripens,
the fool falls into
                  pain.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
69
Like honey does the fool adore
Evil deeds that still are raw.
When those evil deeds are ripe,
Then the fool will sorrow strike. |
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 69 As long as the evil deed done does not bear fruit, the fool thinks it is like honey; but when it ripens, then the fool suffers grief.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 69
The fool thinks it is as honey, as long as the evil is not ripe.
When the evil is ripe, then he undergoes suffering. [DLMBSFn-V069]
Dhammapada Dhp. 070
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
70. Māse māse kusaggena bālo bhuñjetha bhojanaṃ
Na so saṅkhatadhammānaṃ kalaṃ agghati soḷasiṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
70. Māse māse kusaggena, bālo bhuñjeyya bhojanaṃ;
Na so saṅkhātadhammānaṃ [saṅkhatadhammānaṃ (sī. pī. ka.)], kalaṃ agghati soḷasiṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

REALIZATION IS FAR SUPERIOR TO MERE FASTING

  1. Month after month a fool may eat only as much food as can be picked up on the tip of a kusa grass blade; [NāradaFn05-05] but he is not worth a sixteenth part of them who have comprehended the Truth. [NāradaFn05-06]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 70. Month after month a fool may eat his food with the tip of a blade of grass, but he still is not worth a sixteenth part of the those who have comprehended the Truth.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

70

Month after month
the fool might eat
only a tip-of-grass measure of food,
but he wouldn't be worth
     one sixteenth
of those who've fathomed
the Dhamma.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
70
Though month after month, as a spoon for his nourishment,
A fool should a grass-tip employ (as self-punishment),
His value is not even one in sixteen
Of that person who Dhamma, with insight, has seen.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 70 Let a fool month after month eat his food (like an ascetic) with the tip of a blade of Kusa grass, yet he is not worth the sixteenth particle of those who have well weighed the law.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 70
Month by month can a fool eat his food with a blade of the kusa grass,
he is not worth a sixteenth part of those, who have realized the Dharma. [DLMBSFn-V070]
Dhammapada Dhp. 071
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
71. Na hi pāpaṃ kataṃ kamma sajju khīraṃ'va muccati
Ḍahantaṃ bālamanveti bhasmacchanno'va pāvako.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
71. Na hi pāpaṃ kataṃ kammaṃ, sajju khīraṃva muccati;
Ḍahantaṃ bālamanveti, bhasmacchannova [bhasmāchannova (sī. pī. ka.)] pāvako.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

EVIL TAKES EFFECT AT THE OPPORTUNE MOMENT

  1. Verily, an evil deed committed does not immediately bear fruit, just as milk curdles not at once; smouldering, it follows the fool like fire covered with ashes.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 71. Truly, an evil deed committed does not immediately bear fruit, like milk that does not turn sour all at once. But smoldering, it follows the fool like fire covered by ashes.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

71 [ThaniSFn-V71]

An evil deed, when done,
doesn't — like ready milk —
come out right away.
It follows the fool,
       smoldering
like a fire
hidden in ashes.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
71
Though milk squirts out immediately,
Iniquity’s corollary
Will burn the fool enduringly,
Like coal that smoulders steadily.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 71 An evil deed, like newly-drawn milk, does not turn (suddenly); smouldering, like fire covered by ashes, it follows the fool.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 71
An evil deed when done, doesn't instantly bear fruits; just like milk does not coagulate at once.
Burning, it follows the fool like fire covered with ashes. [DLMBSFn-V071]
Dhammapada Dhp. 072
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
72. Yāvadeva anatthāya ñattaṃ bālassa jāyati
Hanti bālassa sukkaṃsaṃ muddhamassa vipātayaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
72. Yāvadeva anatthāya, ñattaṃ [ñātaṃ (?)] bālassa jāyati;
Hanti bālassa sukkaṃsaṃ, muddhamassa vipātayaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

KNOWLEDGE AND FAME TEND TO THE RUIN OF FOOLS

  1. To his ruin, indeed, the fool gains knowledge and fame; they destroy his bright lot and cleave his head. [NāradaFn05-07]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 72. To his own ruin the fool gains knowledge, for it cleaves his head and destroys his innate goodness.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

72-74

Only for his ruin
does renown come to the fool.
It ravages his bright fortune
& rips his head     apart.

He would want unwarranted status,
preeminence     among monks,
authority       among monasteries,
homage      from lay families.

'Let householders & those gone forth
both think that this
was done by me alone.
May I alone determine
what's a duty, what's not':
  the resolve of a fool
  as they grow —
     his desire & pride.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
72
Training arises for a fool, to his detriment. It ruins any goodness in him, and utterly destroys him.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 72 And when the evil deed, after it has become known, brings sorrow to the fool, then it destroys his bright lot, nay, it cleaves his head.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 72
A fool gains knowledge altogether for his harm.
It kills his fortune; it destroys his head. [DLMBSFn-V072]
Dhammapada Dhp. 073
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
73. Asataṃ bhāvanamiccheyya purekkhārañca bhikkhusu
Āvāsesu ca issariyaṃ pūjā parakulesu ca.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
73. Asantaṃ bhāvanamiccheyya [asantaṃ bhāvamiccheyya (syā.), asantabhāvanamiccheyya (ka.)], purekkhārañca bhikkhusu;
Āvāsesu ca issariyaṃ, pūjā parakulesu ca.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE IGNORANT SEEK UNDUE FAME

  1. The fool will desire undue reputation, precedence among monks, authority in the monasteries, honour among other families.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 73. The fool seeks undeserved reputation, precedence among monks, authority over monasteries, and honor among householders.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

72-74

Only for his ruin
does renown come to the fool.
It ravages his bright fortune
& rips his head     apart.

He would want unwarranted status,
preeminence     among monks,
authority       among monasteries,
homage      from lay families.

'Let householders & those gone forth
both think that this
was done by me alone.
May I alone determine
what's a duty, what's not':
  the resolve of a fool
  as they grow —
     his desire & pride.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
73
A fool might wish for undue reverence,
To be the master of the residence,
‘Midst monks to have the right to precedence,
And from the folk, respectful deference.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 73 Let the fool wish for a false reputation, for precedence among the Bhikshus, for lordship in the convents, for worship among other people!
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 73
He might want undue respect, deference from monks,
supremacy over dwellings and devotion from other families. [DLMBSFn-V073]
Dhammapada Dhp. 074
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
74. Mameva kataṃ maññantū gihī pabbajitā ubho
Mameva ativasā assu kiccākiccesu kismici
Iti bālassa saṃkappo icchā māno ca vaḍḍhati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
74. Mameva kata maññantu, gihīpabbajitā ubho;
Mamevātivasā assu, kiccākiccesu kismici;
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. Let both laymen and monks think, "by myself was this done; in every work, great or small, let them refer to me". Such is the ambition of the fool; his desires and pride increase.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 74. "Let both laymen and monks think that it was done by me. In every work, great and small, let them follow me" — such is the ambition of the fool; thus his desire and pride increase.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

72-74

Only for his ruin
does renown come to the fool.
It ravages his bright fortune
& rips his head     apart.

He would want unwarranted status,
preeminence     among monks,
authority       among monasteries,
homage      from lay families.

'Let householders & those gone forth
both think that this
was done by me alone.
May I alone determine
what's a duty, what's not':
  the resolve of a fool
  as they grow —
     his desire & pride.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
74
“Let monks and all the folk conceive
The author of these things was me!
And in their many undertakings,
May they take up my suggestions!”
For this fool, his thoughts unwise,
His pride expands, his longings thrive.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 74 "May both the layman and he who has left the world think that this is done by me; may they be subject to me in everything which is to be done or is not to be done," thus is the mind of the fool, and his desire and pride increase.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 74
"Let both householders and monks think that it was done by me,
let them be under my will, in whatever duties."
Such are fool's thoughts. His desire and pride grows. [DLMBSFn-V074]
Dhammapada Dhp. 075
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
75. Aññā hi lābhūpanisā aññā nibbānagāminī75
Evametaṃ abhiññāya bhikkhu buddhassa sāvako
Sakkāraṃ nābhinandeyya vivekamanubrūhaye.

Bālavaggo pañcamo.

Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
75. Aññā hi lābhūpanisā, aññā nibbānagāminī;
Evametaṃ abhiññāya, bhikkhu buddhassa sāvako;
Sakkāraṃ nābhinandeyya, vivekamanubrūhaye.

Bālavaggo pañcamo niṭṭhito.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE PATH TO GAIN IS ONE AND TO NIBBĀNA IS ANOTHER

  1. Surely the path that leads to worldly gain is one, and the path that leads to Nibbāna is another; understanding this, the bhikkhu, the disciple of the Buddha, should not rejoice in worldly favours, but cultivate detachment. [NāradaFn05-08]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 75. One is the quest for worldly gain, and quite another is the path to Nibbana. Clearly understanding this, let not the monk, the disciple of the Buddha, be carried away by worldly acclaim, but develop detachment instead.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

75

The path to material gain
  goes one way,
the way to Unbinding,
  another.
Realizing this, the monk,
a disciple to the Awakened One,
should not relish offerings,
should cultivate        seclusion
     instead.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
75
One path leads to liberation;
One to gifts accumulation.
Those who pay the Lord attention
See both paths with comprehension.
With no like for veneration,
May they strive in isolation!
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 75 "One is the road that leads to wealth, another the road that leads to Nirvana;" if the Bhikshu, the disciple of Buddha, has learnt this, he will not yearn for honour, he will strive after separation from the world.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 75
Something else are worldly gains, something else is the path leading to the Nirvana.
Thus let a monk, the Buddha's student, having fully understood this,
not rejoice at worship, but let him devote himself to solitude. [DLMBSFn-V075]
Dhammapada Dhp. 076
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
  1. Paṇḍitavaggo.
76. Nidhinaṃ'va pavattāraṃ yaṃ passe vajjadassinaṃ
Niggayhavādiṃ medhāviṃ tādisaṃ paṇḍitaṃ bhaje
Tādisaṃ bhajamānassa seyyo hoti na pāpiyo.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]

6. Paṇḍitavaggo

76. Nidhīnaṃva pavattāraṃ, yaṃ passe vajjadassinaṃ;
Niggayhavādiṃ medhāviṃ, tādisaṃ paṇḍitaṃ bhaje;
Tādisaṃ bhajamānassa, seyyo hoti na pāpiyo.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

Chapter 6 The Wise

ASSOCIATE WITH THE WISE WHO TRY TO CORRECT YOU

  1. Should one see a wise man, who, like a revealer of treasure, points out faults and reproves; let one associate with such a wise person; it will be better, not worse, for him who associates with such a one.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]

Dhp VI The Wise

76. Should one find a man who points out faults and who reproves, let him follow such a wise and sagacious person as one would a guide to hidden treasure. It is always better, and never worse, to cultivate such an association.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

Dhp VI The Wise

76-77

Regard him as one who
      points out
      treasure,
 the wise one who
 seeing your faults
      rebukes you.
 Stay with this sort of sage.
 For the one who stays
 with a sage of this sort,
      things get better,
      not worse.

 Let him admonish, instruct,
   deflect you
 away from poor manners.
 To the good, he's endearing;
 to the bad, he's not.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

Chapter 6 The Wise

76 & 77
A sage who chides with words of censure,
Showing faults like showing treasure:
If with her you’d pair together,
Then you’d be not worse, but better.
Let her censure, give instruction,
And restrain you from corruption.
Though by wastrels she’s abhorred,
By the sterling, she’s adored.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7]

Chapter VI: The Wise Man (Pandita)

76 If you see an intelligent man who tells you where true treasures are to be found, who shows what is to be avoided, and administers reproofs, follow that wise man; it will be better, not worse, for those who follow him.

Cited from DLMBS [8]

Chapter 6: The Wise

DhP 76
Should one see an intelligent person, who speaks rebukingly,
who can see faults as if showing treasures, one should associate with such a wise one.
Associating with such people is better, not worse. [DLMBSFn-V076]
Dhammapada Dhp. 077
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
77. Ovadeyyanusāseyya asabbhā ca nivāraye
Sataṃ hi so piyo hoti asataṃ hoti appiyo.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
77. Ovadeyyānusāseyya, asabbhā ca nivāraye;
Satañhi so piyo hoti, asataṃ hoti appiyo.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

ADVISERS ARE PLEASING TO THE GOOD, BUT NOT TO THE BAD

  1. Let him advise, instruct, and dissuade one from evil; truly pleasing is he to the good, displeasing is he to the bad.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 77. Let him admonish, instruct and shield one from wrong; he, indeed, is dear to the good and detestable to the evil.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]
76-77
Regard him as one who
      points out
      treasure,
the wise one who
seeing your faults
     rebukes you.
Stay with this sort of sage.
For the one who stays
with a sage of this sort,
     things get better,
     not worse.

Let him admonish, instruct,
  deflect you
away from poor manners.
To the good, he's endearing;
to the bad, he's not.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
76 & 77
A sage who chides with words of censure,
Showing faults like showing treasure:
If with her you’d pair together,
Then you’d be not worse, but better.
Let her censure, give instruction,
And restrain you from corruption.
Though by wastrels she’s abhorred,
By the sterling, she’s adored.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 77 Let him admonish, let him teach, let him forbid what is improper!- -he will be beloved of the good, by the bad he will be hated.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 77
He should admonish, he should advice, and he should restrain one from evil.
He is indeed dear to the good ones and he is not agreeable to the bad ones. [DLMBSFn-V077]
Dhammapada Dhp. 078
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
78. Na bhaje pāpake mitte na bhaje purisādhame
Bhajetha mitte kalyāṇe bhajetha purisuttame.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
78. Na bhaje pāpake mitte, na bhaje purisādhame;
Bhajetha mitte kalyāṇe, bhajetha purisuttame.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

CULTIVATE GOOD FRIENDSHIP

  1. Associate not with evil friends, associate not with mean men; associate with good friends, associate with noble men.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 78. Do not associate with evil companions; do not seek the fellowship of the vile. Associate with the good friends; seek the fellowship of noble men.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]
78
Don't associate with bad friends.
Don't associate with the low.
Associate with admirable friends.
Associate with the best.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
78
With evil friends don’t socialise;
With vulgar folk don’t fraternise.
With virtuous comrades congregate;
With noble beings collaborate.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 78 Do not have evil-doers for friends, do not have low people for friends: have virtuous people for friends, have for friends the best of men.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 78
One should not associate with evil friends; one should not associate with vile people.
Associate with virtuous friends; associate with noble people. [DLMBSFn-V078]
Dhammapada Dhp. 079
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
79. Dhammapīti sukhaṃ seti vippasannena tejasā
Ariyappavedite dhamme sadā ramati paṇḍito.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
79. Dhammapīti sukhaṃ seti, vippasannena cetasā;
Ariyappavedite dhamme, sadā ramati paṇḍito.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

HAPPILY HE LIVES WHO DRINKS OF THE DHAMMA

  1. He who imbibes the Dhamma abides in happiness with mind pacified; the wise man ever delights in the Dhamma revealed by the Ariyas. [NāradaFn06-01]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 79. He who drinks deep the Dhamma lives happily with a tranquil mind. The wise man ever delights in the Dhamma made known by the Noble One (the Buddha).
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

79 [ThaniSFn-V79]

Drinking the Dhamma,
refreshed by the Dhamma,
one sleeps at ease
with clear awareness & calm.
In the Dhamma revealed
by the noble ones,
the wise person
  always delights.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
79
One who drinks Dhamma abides
Happy, with purified mind.
The learned ones ever will savour
The teachings made known by the Buddha.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 79 He who drinks in the law lives happily with a serene mind: the sage rejoices always in the law, as preached by the elect (Ariyas).
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 79
One who finds joy in the Dharma dwells happily, with a bright mind.
The wise man always delights in the Dharma taught by the noble ones. [DLMBSFn-V079]
Dhammapada Dhp. 080
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
80. Udakaṃ hi nayanti nettikā usukārā namayanti tejanaṃ
Dāruṃ namayanti tacchakā attānaṃ damayanti paṇḍitā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
80. Udakañhi nayanti nettikā, usukārā namayanti [damayanti (ka.)] tejanaṃ;
Dāruṃ namayanti tacchakā, attānaṃ damayanti paṇḍitā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE WISE CONTROL THEMSELVES

  1. Irrigators lead the waters; fletchers bend the shafts; carpenters bend the wood; the wise control themselves.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 80. Irrigators regulate the rivers; fletchers straighten the arrow shaft; carpenters shape the wood; the wise control themselves.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

80

Irrigators guide    the water.
Fletchers shape     the arrow shaft.
Carpenters shape    the wood.
The wise control
             themselves.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
80
Farmers channel water;
Craftsmen fashion timber;
Fletchers trim their arrowshafts;
Those of wisdom train themselves.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 80 Well-makers lead the water (wherever they like); fletchers bend the arrow; carpenters bend a log of wood; wise people fashion themselves.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 80
Irrigators lead water. Arrow-makers bend arrow-shaft.
Carpenters bend wood. Wise ones master themselves. [DLMBSFn-V080]
Dhammapada Dhp. 081
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
81. Selo yathā ekaghano vātena na samīrati
Evaṃ nindāpasaṃsāsu na samiñjanti paṇḍitā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
81. Selo yathā ekaghano [ekagghano (ka.)], vātena na samīrati;
Evaṃ nindāpasaṃsāsu, na samiñjanti paṇḍitā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

UNSHAKEN AS A ROCK ARE THE WISE AMIDST PRAISE AND BLAME

  1. As a solid rock is not shaken by the wind, even so the wise are not ruffled by praise or blame.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 81. Just as a solid rock is not shaken by the storm, even so the wise are not affected by praise or blame.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

81

As a single slab of rock
won't budge in the wind,
so the wise are not moved
  by praise,
  by blame.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
81
A solid rock by wind is undisturbed:
The wise by praise and blame are unperturbed.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 81 As a solid rock is not shaken by the wind, wise people falter not amidst blame and praise.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 81
Just like a compact rock is not moved by the wind,
so the wise ones are not shaken by blame or praise. [DLMBSFn-V081]
Dhammapada Dhp. 082
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
82. Yathāpi rahado gambhīro vippasanno anāvilo
Evaṃ dhammāni sutvāna vippasīdanti paṇḍitā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
82. Yathāpi rahado gambhīro, vippasanno anāvilo;
Evaṃ dhammāni sutvāna, vippasīdanti paṇḍitā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE WISE ARE PEACEFUL

  1. Just as a deep lake is clear and still, even so, on hearing the teachings, the wise become exceedingly peaceful. [NāradaFn06-02]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 82. On hearing the Teachings, the wise become perfectly purified, like a lake deep, clear and still.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

82

Like a deep lake,
clear, unruffled, & calm:
so the wise become clear,
  calm,
on hearing words of the Dhamma.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
82
A fathomless water serene
That sparkles like glass is idyllic.
The person who Dhamma receives
Is someone who’s likewise pacific.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 82 Wise people, after they have listened to the laws, become serene, like a deep, smooth, and still lake.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 82
Just like a lake, deep, bright and clean,
so the wise ones become tranquil, after having heard the teachings. [DLMBSFn-V082]
Dhammapada Dhp. 083
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
83. Sabbattha ve sappurisā cajanti na kāmakāmā lapayanti santo
Sukhena phuṭṭhā atha vā dukhena noccāvacaṃ paṇḍitā dassayanti.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
83. Sabbattha ve sappurisā cajanti, na kāmakāmā lapayanti santo;
Sukhena phuṭṭhā atha vā dukhena, na uccāvacaṃ [noccāvacaṃ (sī. aṭṭha.)] paṇḍitā dassayanti.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE WISE ARE NEITHER ELATED NOR DEPRESSED

  1. The good give up (attachment for) everything; [NāradaFn06-03] the saintly prattle not with sensual craving: whether affected by happiness or by pain, the wise show neither elation nor depression.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 83. The good renounce (attachment for) everything. The virtuous do not prattle with a yearning for pleasures. The wise show no elation or depression when touched by happiness or sorrow.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

83 [ThaniSFn-V83]

Everywhere, truly,
those of integrity
  stand  apart.
They, the good,
don't chatter in hopes
of favor or gains.
When touched
  now by pleasure,
  now pain,
the wise give no sign
  of high
  or low.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
83
True men shed things altogether;
Pure men hint not seeking pleasure.
Touched by joy or tribulation,
They grieve not, nor show elation.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 83 Good people walk on whatever befall, the good do not prattle, longing for pleasure; whether touched by happiness or sorrow wise people never appear elated or depressed.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 83
True people abandon everything. Good people do not mutter, desiring pleasure.
Wise people do not show elation or depression when they are affected by happiness or suffering. [DLMBSFn-V083]
Dhammapada Dhp. 084
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
84. Na attahetu na parassa hetu
Na puttamicche na dhanaṃ na raṭṭhaṃ
Na iccheyya adhammena samiddhimattano
Sa sīlavā paññavā dhammiko siyā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
84. Na attahetu na parassa hetu, na puttamicche na dhanaṃ na raṭṭhaṃ;
Na iccheyya [nayicche (pī.), nicche (?)] adhammena samiddhimattano, sa sīlavā paññavā dhammiko siyā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

SUCCESS SHOULD NOT BE SOUGHT BY WRONGFUL MEANS

  1. Neither for the sake of oneself nor for the sake of another (does a wise person do any wrong); he should not desire son, wealth or kingdom (by doing wrong): by unjust means he should not seek his own success. Then (only) such a one is indeed virtuous, wise and righteous.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 84. He is indeed virtuous, wise, and righteous who neither for his own sake nor for the sake of another (does any wrong), who does not crave for sons, wealth, or kingdom, and does not desire success by unjust means.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

84

One who wouldn't —
not for his own sake
nor that of another —
hanker for
  wealth,
  a son,
  a kingdom,
  his own fulfillment,
by unrighteous means:
he is righteous, rich
     in virtue,
     discernment.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
84
Not for another, and not for yourself,
Should you seek for an empire, for sons or for wealth.
Nor should you long for dishonest success,
But rather should aim to be wise and righteous.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 84 If, whether for his own sake, or for the sake of others, a man wishes neither for a son, nor for wealth, nor for lordship, and if he does not wish for his own success by unfair means, then he is good, wise, and virtuous.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 84
One should not want a son, wealth or kingdom, not for one's own sake, not for the sake of others,
one should not want one's own prosperity by injustice. Such a person is virtuous, wise and righteous. [DLMBSFn-V084]
Dhammapada Dhp. 085
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
85. Appakā te manussesu ye janā pāragāmino
Athāyaṃ itarā pajā tīramevānudhāvati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
85. Appakā te manussesu, ye janā pāragāmino;
Athāyaṃ itarā pajā, tīramevānudhāvati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

FEW GO BEYOND

  1. Few are there amongst men who go Beyond; the rest of mankind only run about on the bank. [NāradaFn06-04]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 85. Few among men are those who cross to the farther shore. The rest, the bulk of men, only run up and down the hither bank.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

85-89 [ThaniSFn-V86] , [ThaniSFn-V89]

Few are the people
who reach the Far Shore.
  These others
  simply scurry along
  this shore.

But those who practice Dhamma
in line with the well-taught Dhamma,
will cross over the realm of Death
so hard to transcend.

 Forsaking dark practices,
  the wise person
should develop the bright,
having gone from home
  to no-home
in seclusion, so hard to enjoy.

There he should wish for delight,
discarding sensuality —
  he who has nothing.
He should cleanse himself — wise —
of what defiles the mind.

Whose minds are well-developed
in the factors of self-awakening,
who delight in non-clinging,
relinquishing grasping —
  resplendent,
  their effluents ended:
  they, in the world,
  are Unbound.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
85
Few amongst mortals will cross to that land:
Most will just stroll about here on the strand.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 85 Few are there among men who arrive at the other shore (become Arhats); the other people here run up and down the shore.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 85
Few are those amongst people, who have gone to the other shore.
And these other people just follow this shore. [DLMBSFn-V085]
Dhammapada Dhp. 086
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
86. Ye ca kho sammadakkhāte dhamme dhammānuvattino
Te janā pāramessanti maccudheyyaṃ suduttaraṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
86. Ye ca kho sammadakkhāte, dhamme dhammānuvattino;
Te janā pāramessanti, maccudheyyaṃ suduttaraṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THOSE WHO FOLLOW THE DHAMMA GO BEYOND

  1. But those who act rightly according to the teaching, which is well expounded, those are they who will reach the Beyond - Nibbāna - (crossing) the realm of passions, [NāradaFn06-05] so hard to cross.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 86. But those who act according to the perfectly taught Dhamma will cross the realm of Death, so difficult to cross.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

85-89 [ThaniSFn-V86] , [ThaniSFn-V89]

Few are the people
who reach the Far Shore.
  These others
  simply scurry along
  this shore.

But those who practice Dhamma
in line with the well-taught Dhamma,
will cross over the realm of Death
so hard to transcend.

 Forsaking dark practices,
  the wise person
should develop the bright,
having gone from home
  to no-home
in seclusion, so hard to enjoy.

There he should wish for delight,
discarding sensuality —
  he who has nothing.
He should cleanse himself — wise —
of what defiles the mind.

Whose minds are well-developed
in the factors of self-awakening,
who delight in non-clinging,
relinquishing grasping —
  resplendent,
  their effluents ended:
  they, in the world,
  are Unbound.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
86
Conducting themselves in conformity
To Dhamma, expounded so thoroughly,
They will transcend the vast sphere of mortality,
Freedom from which is achieved with great difficulty.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 86 But those who, when the law has been well preached to them, follow the law, will pass across the dominion of death, however difficult to overcome.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 86
And those who in the well-taught Dharma behave according to it,
those people will go beyond the realm of death, that is so difficult to cross. [DLMBSFn-V086]
Dhammapada Dhp. 087
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
87. Kaṇhaṃ dhammaṃ vippahāya sukkaṃ bhāvetha paṇḍito
Okā anokaṃ āgamma viveke yattha dūramaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
87. Kaṇhaṃ dhammaṃ vippahāya, sukkaṃ bhāvetha paṇḍito;
Okā anokamāgamma, viveke yattha dūramaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

GIVE UP EVIL, CULTIVATE GOOD     SEEK HAPPINESS IN SOLITUDE    THE NON-ATTACHED ARE PEACEFUL

87-88. Coming from home to the homeless, the wise man should abandon dark states [NāradaFn06-06] and cultivate the bright. He should seek great delight in detachment (Nibbāna), so hard to enjoy. Giving up sensual pleasures, with no impediments, [NāradaFn06-07] the wise man should cleanse himself of the impurities of the mind.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 87-88. Abandoning the dark way, let the wise man cultivate the bright path. Having gone from home to homelessness, let him yearn for that delight in detachment, so difficult to enjoy. Giving up sensual pleasures, with no attachment, let the wise man cleanse himself of defilements of the mind.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

85-89 [ThaniSFn-V86] , [ThaniSFn-V89]

Few are the people
who reach the Far Shore.
  These others
  simply scurry along
  this shore.

But those who practice Dhamma
in line with the well-taught Dhamma,
will cross over the realm of Death
so hard to transcend.

 Forsaking dark practices,
  the wise person
should develop the bright,
having gone from home
  to no-home
in seclusion, so hard to enjoy.

There he should wish for delight,
discarding sensuality —
  he who has nothing.
He should cleanse himself — wise —
of what defiles the mind.

Whose minds are well-developed
in the factors of self-awakening,
who delight in non-clinging,
relinquishing grasping —
  resplendent,
  their effluents ended:
  they, in the world,
  are Unbound.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
87 & 88
Having left their homes for homelessness,
The learned ones, possessionless,
Should aim for inner happiness
In hard-to-relish loneliness.
They must leave all states of murkiness
And cultivate what’s luminous,
Abandon all voluptuousness,
And purge their minds’ uncleanliness.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 87, 88. A wise man should leave the dark state (of ordinary life), and follow the bright state (of the Bhikshu). After going from his home to a homeless state, he should in his retirement look for enjoyment where there seemed to be no enjoyment. Leaving all pleasures behind, and calling nothing his own, the wise man should purge himself from all the troubles of the mind.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 87
Having abandoned the bad states let the wise man develop the good states.
having come from the house into houselessness, into solitude, which is not fit for pleasures. [DLMBSFn-V087]
Dhammapada Dhp. 088
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
88. Tatrābhiratimiccheyya hitvā kāme akiñcano
Pariyodapeyya attānaṃ cittaklesehi paṇḍito.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
88.
Tatrābhiratimiccheyya, hitvā kāme akiñcano;
Pariyodapeyya [pariyodāpeyya (?)] attānaṃ, cittaklesehi paṇḍito.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3] 87-88. Coming from home to the homeless, the wise man should abandon dark states [NāradaFn06-06] and cultivate the bright. He should seek great delight in detachment (Nibbāna), so hard to enjoy. Giving up sensual pleasures, with no impediments, [NāradaFn06-07] the wise man should cleanse himself of the impurities of the mind.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 87-88. Abandoning the dark way, let the wise man cultivate the bright path. Having gone from home to homelessness, let him yearn for that delight in detachment, so difficult to enjoy. Giving up sensual pleasures, with no attachment, let the wise man cleanse himself of defilements of the mind.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

85-89 [ThaniSFn-V86] , [ThaniSFn-V89]

Few are the people
who reach the Far Shore.
  These others
  simply scurry along
  this shore.

But those who practice Dhamma
in line with the well-taught Dhamma,
will cross over the realm of Death
so hard to transcend.

 Forsaking dark practices,
  the wise person
should develop the bright,
having gone from home
  to no-home
in seclusion, so hard to enjoy.

There he should wish for delight,
discarding sensuality —
  he who has nothing.
He should cleanse himself — wise —
of what defiles the mind.

Whose minds are well-developed
in the factors of self-awakening,
who delight in non-clinging,
relinquishing grasping —
  resplendent,
  their effluents ended:
  they, in the world,
  are Unbound.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
87 & 88
Having left their homes for homelessness,
The learned ones, possessionless,
Should aim for inner happiness
In hard-to-relish loneliness.
They must leave all states of murkiness
And cultivate what’s luminous,
Abandon all voluptuousness,
And purge their minds’ uncleanliness.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 87, 88. A wise man should leave the dark state (of ordinary life), and follow the bright state (of the Bhikshu). After going from his home to a homeless state, he should in his retirement look for enjoyment where there seemed to be no enjoyment. Leaving all pleasures behind, and calling nothing his own, the wise man should purge himself from all the troubles of the mind.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 88
A wise one should want delight there, having renounced the sense-pleasures,
without anything and having cleansed himself from the impurities of mind. [DLMBSFn-V088]
Dhammapada Dhp. 089
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
89. Yesaṃ sambodhiaṅgesu sammā cittaṃ subhāvitaṃ89
Ādānapaṭinissagge anupādāya ye ratā
Khīṇāsavā jutimanto te loke parinibbutā.

Paṇḍitavaggo chaṭṭho.

Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
89. Yesaṃ sambodhiyaṅgesu, sammā cittaṃ subhāvitaṃ;
Ādānapaṭinissagge, anupādāya ye ratā;
Khīṇāsavā jutimanto, te loke parinibbutā.

Paṇḍitavaggo chaṭṭho niṭṭhito.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. Whose minds are well perfected in the Factors of Enlightenment, [NāradaFn06-08] who, without clinging, delight in "the giving up of grasping" [NāradaFn06-09] (i.e., Nibbāna), they, the corruption-free, shining ones, have attained Nibbāna even in this world.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 89. Those whose minds have reached full excellence in the factors of enlightenment, who, having renounced acquisitiveness, rejoice in not clinging to things — rid of cankers, glowing with wisdom, they have attained Nibbana in this very life. [BudRkFn-v89]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

85-89 [ThaniSFn-V86] , [ThaniSFn-V89]

Few are the people
who reach the Far Shore.
  These others
  simply scurry along
  this shore.

But those who practice Dhamma
in line with the well-taught Dhamma,
will cross over the realm of Death
so hard to transcend.

 Forsaking dark practices,
  the wise person
should develop the bright,
having gone from home
  to no-home
in seclusion, so hard to enjoy.

There he should wish for delight,
discarding sensuality —
  he who has nothing.
He should cleanse himself — wise —
of what defiles the mind.

Whose minds are well-developed
in the factors of self-awakening,
who delight in non-clinging,
relinquishing grasping —
  resplendent,
  their effluents ended:
  they, in the world,
  are Unbound.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
89
Their minds are well-developed in components of enlightenment;
They’re free of all attachment, and delight in disentanglement;
Their cankers are extinguished and their mental states are brilliant:
The people in this world who’ve gained that freedom most magnificent.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 89 Those whose mind is well grounded in the (seven) elements of knowledge, who without clinging to anything, rejoice in freedom from attachment, whose appetites have been conquered, and who are full of light, are free (even) in this world.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 89
People, whose mind is truly well developed in the constituents of awakenment,
who are delighting in renunciation of attachments, without clinging,
with the taints removed and brilliant, they are completely emancipated in this world. [DLMBSFn-V089]
Dhammapada Dhp. 090
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
  1. Arahantavaggo.
90. Gataddhino visokassa vippamuttassa sabbadhi90
Sabbaganthappahīṇassa pariḷāho na vijjati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]

7. Arahantavaggo

90. Gataddhino visokassa, vippamuttassa sabbadhi;
Sabbaganthappahīnassa, pariḷāho na vijjati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

Chapter 7 Arahanta Vagga [NāradaFn07-01] The Worthy

NO SUFFERING FOR THE EMANCIPATED

  1. For him who has completed the journey, [NāradaFn07-02] for him who is sorrowless, for him who from everything [NāradaFn07-03] is wholly free, [NāradaFn07-04] for him who has destroyed all Ties, [NāradaFn07-05] the fever (of passion) exists not. [NāradaFn07-06]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]

Dhp VII The Arahant or Perfected One

90. The fever of passion exists not for him who has completed the journey, who is sorrowless and wholly set free, and has broken all ties.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

Dhp VII Arahants

90

     In one who
has gone the full distance,
is free from sorrow,
is fully released
       in all respects,
has abandoned all bonds:
       no fever is found.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

Chapter 7 The Arahant

90

In a person
          who has completed the journey;
          who is free of sorrow;
          who is completely liberated from all things;
          who is free of all bonds:
burning distress is not found.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7]

Chapter VII: The Venerable (Arhat)

90 There is no suffering for him who has finished his journey, and abandoned grief, who has freed himself on all sides, and thrown off all fetters.

Cited from DLMBS [8]

Chapter 7: The Arahant

DhP 90
Pain does not exist for one, who has finished the journey, is without sorrow,
who is emancipated in every respect and who has abandoned all bonds. [DLMBSFn-V090]
Dhammapada Dhp. 091
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
91. Uyyuñjanti satimanto na nikete ramanti te
Haṃsā'va pallalaṃ hitvā okamoka jahanti te.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
91. Uyyuñjanti satīmanto, na nikete ramanti te;
Haṃsāva pallalaṃ hitvā, okamokaṃ jahanti te.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

ARAHANTS ARE FREE FROM ATTACHMENT

  1. The mindful exert themselves. To no abode are they attached. Like swans that quit their pools, home after home they abandon (and go). [NāradaFn07-07]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 91. The mindful ones exert themselves. They are not attached to any home; like swans that abandon the lake, they leave home after home behind.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

91

The mindful keep active,
don't delight in settling back.
They renounce every home,
     every home,
like swans taking off from a lake.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
91
Mindful beings get on their way:
They don’t enjoy in homes to stay.
Hearths and homes those men forsake,
Like swans depart a charming lake.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 91 They depart with their thoughts well-collected, they are not happy in their abode; like swans who have left their lake, they leave their house and home.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 91
Mindful ones depart; they do not find delight in houses.
They abandon every abode, just like swans leave a pond. [DLMBSFn-V091]
Dhammapada Dhp. 092
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
92. Yesaṃ sannicayo natthi ye pariññātabhojanā
Suññato animitto ca vimokkho yesa gocarā
Ākāse'va sakuntānaṃ gati tesaṃ durannayā
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
92. Yesaṃ sannicayo natthi, ye pariññātabhojanā;
Suññato animitto ca, vimokkho yesaṃ gocaro;
Ākāse va sakuntānaṃ [sakuṇānaṃ (ka.)], gati tesaṃ durannayā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

BE NOT ATTACHED TO FOOD

  1. They for whom there is no accumulation, [NāradaFn07-08] who reflect well over their food, [NāradaFn07-09] who have Deliverance [NāradaFn07-10] which is Void and Signless, as their object - their course, like that of birds in the air, cannot be traced.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 92. Those who do not accumulate and are wise regarding food, whose object is the Void, the Unconditioned Freedom — their track cannot be traced, like that of birds in the air.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

92-93 [ThaniSFn-V92-93]

Not hoarding,
having comprehended food,
their pasture — emptiness
& freedom without sign:
  their trail,
like that of birds through space,
  can't be traced.

Effluents ended,
independent of nutriment,
their pasture — emptiness
& freedom without sign:
  their trail,
like that of birds through space,
  can't be traced.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
92
Those who hoards of goods don’t keep,
Who see with wisdom what they eat,
Who focus on, in meditation,
Signless void emancipation:
Unknowable their future state,
Like birds that through the skies migrate.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 92 Men who have no riches, who live on recognised food, who have perceived void and unconditioned freedom (Nirvana), their path is difficult to understand, like that of birds in the air.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 92
Those, who do not accumulate and have well understood food,
whose sphere is the void emancipation without attributes -
their course is difficult to find out - like the course of the birds in the sky. [DLMBSFn-V092]
Dhammapada Dhp. 093
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
93. Yassāsavā parikkhīṇā āhāre ca anissito
Suññato animitto ca vimokkho yassa gocaro
Ākāse'va sakuntānaṃ padaṃ tassa durannayaṃ
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
93. Yassāsavā parikkhīṇā, āhāre ca anissito;
Suññato animitto ca, vimokkho yassa gocaro;
Ākāse va sakuntānaṃ, padaṃ tassa durannayaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

FREE ARE THE UNDEFILED ONES

  1. He whose corruptions are destroyed, he who is not attached to food, he who has Deliverance, which is Void and Signless, as his object - his path, like that of birds in the air, cannot be traced.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 93. He whose cankers are destroyed and who is not attached to food, whose object is the Void, the Unconditioned Freedom — his path cannot be traced, like that of birds in the air.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

92-93 [ThaniSFn-V92-93]

Not hoarding,
having comprehended food,
their pasture — emptiness
& freedom without sign:
  their trail,
like that of birds through space,
  can't be traced.

Effluents ended,
independent of nutriment,
their pasture — emptiness
& freedom without sign:
  their trail,
like that of birds through space,
  can't be traced.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
93
Those who do not cling to food,
The taints of whom are all removed,
Who focus on, in meditation,
Signless void emancipation:
Their final path is hard to spy
As that in space on which birds fly.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 93 He whose appetites are stilled, who is not absorbed in enjoyment, who has perceived void and unconditioned freedom (Nirvana), his path is difficult to understand, like that of birds in the air.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 93
Whose taints are completely removed, who is not attached to food,
whose sphere is the void emancipation without attributes -
his course is difficult to find out - like the path of the birds in the sky. [DLMBSFn-V093]
Dhammapada Dhp. 094
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
94. Yassindriyāni samathaṃ gatāni assā yathā sārathinā sudantā
Pahīṇamānassa anāsavassa
Devā'pi tassa pihayanti tādino.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
94. Yassindriyāni samathaṅgatāni [samathaṃ gatāni (sī. pī.)], assā yathā sārathinā sudantā;
Pahīnamānassa anāsavassa, devāpi tassa pihayanti tādino.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE SENSE-CONTROLLED ARE DEAR TO ALL

  1. He whose senses are subdued, like steeds well-trained by a charioteer, he whose pride is destroyed and is free from the corruptions - such a steadfast one even the gods hold dear.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 94. Even the gods hold dear the wise one, whose senses are subdued like horses well trained by a charioteer, whose pride is destroyed and who is free from the cankers.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

94-96 [ThaniSFn-V94] , [ThaniSFn-V95]

He whose senses are steadied
  like stallions
well-trained by the charioteer,
his conceit abandoned,
  free of effluent,
  Such:
even devas adore him.

Like the earth, he doesn't react —
  cultured,
  Such,
like Indra's pillar,
like a lake free of mud.
For him
     — Such —
there's no traveling on.

Calm is his mind,
calm his speech
  & his deed:
one who's released through right knowing,
  pacified,
  Such.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
94
One who has calmed his faculties - like a charioteer his well-trained horses - and who has abandoned the presumption of a ‘me’, and who is free of the asavas, even the devas adore him.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 94 The gods even envy him whose senses, like horses well broken in by the driver, have been subdued, who is free from pride, and free from appetites.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 94
Whose senses are quieted, just like horses well tamed by the charioteer,
even the gods do envy such one, who has abandoned pride and is free from taints. [DLMBSFn-V094]
Dhammapada Dhp. 095
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
95. Paṭhavisamo no virujjhati indakhīlūpamo tādi subbato
Rahado'va apetakaddamo saṃsārā na bhavanti tādino.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
95. Pathavisamo no virujjhati, indakhilupamo [indakhīlūpamo (sī. syā. ka.)] tādi subbato;
Rahadova apetakaddamo, saṃsārā na bhavanti tādino.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

LIKE THE EARTH ARAHANTS RESENT NOT

  1. Like the earth a balanced and well-disciplined person resents not. He is comparable to an Indakhīla. [NāradaFn07-11] Like a pool unsullied by mud, is he; to such a balanced one [NāradaFn07-12] life's wanderings do not arise. [NāradaFn07-13]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 95. There is no more worldly existence for the wise one who, like the earth, resents nothing, who is firm as a high pillar and as pure as a deep pool free from mud.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

94-96 [ThaniSFn-V94] , [ThaniSFn-V95]

He whose senses are steadied
  like stallions
well-trained by the charioteer,
his conceit abandoned,
  free of effluent,
  Such:
even devas adore him.

Like the earth, he doesn't react —
  cultured,
  Such,
like Indra's pillar,
like a lake free of mud.
For him
     — Such —
there's no traveling on.

Calm is his mind,
calm his speech
  & his deed:
one who's released through right knowing,
  pacified,
  Such.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
95
For someone as hard to offend as the earth, as firm in his spiritual vows as a rock, as free of dirt as a lake, there is no more wandering in samsara.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 95 Such a one who does his duty is tolerant like the earth, like Indra's bolt; he is like a lake without mud; no new births are in store for him.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 95
Such a one, who is not obstructed, just like the earth, who is similar to the Indra's stake, who is virtuous,
who is like a lake without mud - for such a one there is no more round of rebirth. [DLMBSFn-V095]
Dhammapada Dhp. 096
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
96. Santaṃ tassa manaṃ hoti santā vācā ca kamma ca
Sammadaññā vimuttassa upasantassa tādino.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
96. Santaṃ tassa manaṃ hoti, santā vācā ca kamma ca;
Sammadaññā vimuttassa, upasantassa tādino.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

CALM ARE THE PEACEFUL

  1. Calm is his mind, calm is his speech, calm is his action, who, rightly knowing, is wholly freed, [NāradaFn07-14] perfectly peaceful, [NāradaFn07-15] and equipoised.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 96. Calm is his thought, calm his speech, and calm his deed, who, truly knowing, is wholly freed, perfectly tranquil and wise.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

94-96 [ThaniSFn-V94] , [ThaniSFn-V95]

He whose senses are steadied
  like stallions
well-trained by the charioteer,
his conceit abandoned,
  free of effluent,
  Such:
even devas adore him.

Like the earth, he doesn't react —
  cultured,
  Such,
like Indra's pillar,
like a lake free of mud.
For him
     — Such —
there's no traveling on.

Calm is his mind,
calm his speech
  & his deed:
one who's released through right knowing,
  pacified,
  Such.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

96

Those who are
          peaceful in mind;
          peaceful in speech;
          peaceful in conduct;
          freed through perfect insight:
such ones are utterly peaceful.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 96 His thought is quiet, quiet are his word and deed, when he has obtained freedom by true knowledge, when he has thus become a quiet man.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 96
Peaceful is his mind; peaceful are his speech and deeds –
of such a one, who is freed by the right knowledge and tranquil. [DLMBSFn-V096]
Dhammapada Dhp. 097
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
97. Assaddho akataññū ca sandhicchedo ca yo naro
Hatāvakāso vantāso sa ve uttamaporiso.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
97. Assaddho akataññū ca, sandhicchedo ca yo naro;
Hatāvakāso vantāso, sa ve uttamaporiso.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

NOBLE IS HE WHO IS NOT CREDULOUS

  1. [NāradaFn07-16] The man who is not credulous, [NāradaFn07-17] who understands the Uncreate [NāradaFn07-18] (Nibbāna), who has cut off the links, [NāradaFn07-19] who has put an end to occasion [NāradaFn07-20] (of good and evil), who has eschewed [NāradaFn07-21] all desires, [NāradaFn07-22] he indeed, is a supreme man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 97. The man who is without blind faith, who knows the Uncreated, who has severed all links, destroyed all causes (for karma, good and evil), and thrown out all desires — he, truly, is the most excellent of men. [BudRkFn-v97]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

97 [ThaniSFn-V97]

         The man
     faithless / beyond conviction
  ungrateful / knowing the Unmade
     a burglar / who has severed connections
     who's destroyed
  his chances / conditions
who eats vomit: / has disgorged expectations:
     the ultimate person.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

97

A person
          who is not credulous;
          who knows the unconditioned;
          who has broken all fetters;
          who has destroyed the possibility of rebirth;
          who has eliminated passion;
is the greatest of persons.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 97 The man who is free from credulity, but knows the uncreated, who has cut all ties, removed all temptations, renounced all desires, he is the greatest of men.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 97
A man who is not blindly trusting, who knows the Nirvana, who has broken the connections,
who has cut off the opportunities and who has given up all wishes - he is a greatest person indeed. [DLMBSFn-V097]
Dhammapada Dhp. 098
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
98. Gāme vā yadi vā raññe ninne vā yadi vā thale
Yatthārahanto viharanti taṃ bhūviṃ rāmaṇeyyakaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
98. Gāme vā yadi vāraññe, ninne vā yadi vā thale;
Yattha arahanto viharanti, taṃ bhūmirāmaṇeyyakaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

DELIGHTFUL IS THE SPOT WHERE ARAHANTS DWELL

  1. Whether in village or in forest in vale or on hill, [NāradaFn07-23] wherever Arahants dwell - delightful, indeed, is that spot.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 98. Inspiring, indeed, is that place where Arahants dwell, be it a village, a forest, a vale, or a hill.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

98

In village or wilds,
valley, plateau:
that place is delightful
where arahants dwell.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
98
Wherever an arahant chooses to stay,
High on a mountain, or down on the plain,
Whether in village or quiet forestation,
Delightful indeed is that lovely location.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 98 In a hamlet or in a forest, in the deep water or on the dry land, wherever venerable persons (Arhanta) dwell, that place is delightful.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 98
In the village or in the forest, in the valley or on the hill -
wherever Arahants live, that place is pleasant. [DLMBSFn-V098]
Dhammapada Dhp. 099
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
99. Ramaṇīyāni araññāni yattha na ramatī jano
Vītarāgā ramissanti na te kāmagavesino.

Arahantavaggo sattamo.

Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
99. Ramaṇīyāni araññāni, yattha na ramatī jano;
Vītarāgā ramissanti, na te kāmagavesino.

Arahantavaggo sattamo niṭṭhito.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

DELIGHTFUL ARE THE FORESTS TO THE PASSIONLESS

  1. Delightful are the forests where worldlings delight not; the passionless [NāradaFn07-24] will rejoice (therein), (for) they seek no sensual pleasures.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 99. Inspiring are the forests in which worldlings find no pleasure. There the passionless will rejoice, for they seek no sensual pleasures.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

99

Delightful wilds
where the crowds don't delight,
those free from passion
  delight,
for they're not searching
for sensual pleasures.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
99
Delightful indeed is that wild forestation
Where commonplace people find no titillation.
There, passionless men find a quiet delectation,
For they are not thirsting for sense stimulation.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 99 Forests are delightful; where the world finds no delight, there the passionless will find delight, for they look not for pleasures.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 99
Delightful are the forests, where the crowd doesn't find delight.
Those free of passion will find delight there. They are not seeking pleasures. [DLMBSFn-V099]
Dhammapada Dhp. 100
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
  1. Sahassavaggo.
100. Sahassampi ce vācā anatthapadasaṃhitā
Ekaṃ atthapadaṃ seyyo yaṃ sutvā upasammati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]

8. Sahassavaggo

100. Sahassamapi ce vācā, anatthapadasaṃhitā;
Ekaṃ atthapadaṃ seyyo, yaṃ sutvā upasammati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

Chapter 8 Thousands

ONE USEFUL SENTENCE IS BETTER THAN A THOUSAND USELESS WORDS

  1. Better than a thousand utterances, comprising useless words, is one single beneficial word, by hearing which one is pacified.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]

Dhp VIII The Thousands

100. Better than a thousand useless words is one useful word, hearing which one attains peace.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

Dhp VIII Thousands

100-102 [ThaniSFn-V100]

  Better
than if there were thousands
of meaningless words is
  one
  meaningful
  word
that on hearing
brings peace.

  Better
than if there were thousands
of meaningless verses is
  one
  meaningful
  verse
that on hearing
brings peace.

And better than chanting hundreds
of meaningless verses is
  one
  Dhamma-saying
that on hearing
brings peace.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

Chapter 8 Thousands

100
It’s better than a thousand sayings,
All of worthless words comprised,
A single word that’s full of substance,
Hearing which, one’s pacified.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7]

Chapter VIII: The Thousands

100 Even though a speech be a thousand (of words), but made up of senseless words, one word of sense is better, which if a man hears, he becomes quiet.

Cited from DLMBS [8]

Chapter 8: The Thousand

DhP 100
Rather then a thousand speeches without meaningful words,
is better one meaningful word, after hearing which, one can attain calm. [DLMBSFn-V100]
Dhammapada Dhp. 101
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
101. Sahassampi ce gāthā antthapadasaṃhitā
Ekaṃ gāthāpadaṃ seyyā yaṃ sutvā upasammati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
101. Sahassamapi ce gāthā, anatthapadasaṃhitā;
Ekaṃ gāthāpadaṃ seyyo, yaṃ sutvā upasammati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

ONE USEFUL VERSE IS BETTER THAN A THOUSAND USELESS VERSES

  1. Better than a thousand verses, comprising useless words, is one beneficial single line, by hearing which one is pacified.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 101. Better than a thousand useless verses is one useful verse, hearing which one attains peace.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

100-102 [ThaniSFn-V100]

  Better
than if there were thousands
of meaningless words is
  one
  meaningful
  word
that on hearing
brings peace.

  Better
than if there were thousands
of meaningless verses is
  one
  meaningful
  verse
that on hearing
brings peace.

And better than chanting hundreds
of meaningless verses is
  one
  Dhamma-saying
that on hearing
brings peace.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
101
It’s better than a thousand verses,
All of useless words comprised,
A single line that’s full of substance,
Hearing which, one’s pacified.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 101 Even though a Gatha (poem) be a thousand (of words), but made up of senseless words, one word of a Gatha is better, which if a man hears, he becomes quiet.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 101
Rather then a thousand verses without meaningful words,
is better one word of a verse, after hearing which, one can attain calm. [DLMBSFn-V101]
Dhammapada Dhp. 102
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
102. Yo ce gāthāsataṃ bhāse anatthapadasaṃhitaṃ
Ekaṃ dhammapadaṃ seyyā yaṃ sutvā upasammati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
102. Yo ca gāthā sataṃ bhāse, anatthapadasaṃhitā [anatthapadasañhitaṃ (ka.) visesanaṃ hetaṃ gāthātipadassa];
Ekaṃ dhammapadaṃ seyyo, yaṃ sutvā upasammati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

BETTER THAN A HUNDRED USELESS WORDS IS ONE WORD OF THE DHAMMA. SELF-CONQUEST IS THE BEST OF ALL CONQUESTS

  1. Should one recite a hundred verses, comprising useless words, better is one single word of the Dhamma, by hearing which one is pacified.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 102. Better than reciting a hundred meaningless verses is the reciting of one verse of Dhamma, hearing which one attains peace.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

100-102 [ThaniSFn-V100]

  Better
than if there were thousands
of meaningless words is
  one
  meaningful
  word
that on hearing
brings peace.

  Better
than if there were thousands
of meaningless verses is
  one
  meaningful
  verse
that on hearing
brings peace.

And better than chanting hundreds
of meaningless verses is
  one
  Dhamma-saying
that on hearing
brings peace.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
102
It’s better than a hundred verses,
All of worthless words comprised,
A single line composed on Dhamma,
Hearing which, one’s pacified.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 102 Though a man recite a hundred Gathas made up of senseless words, one word of the law is better, which if a man hears, he becomes quiet.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 102
Who should say even a hundred verses without meaningful words,
better is one verse on the Dharma, after hearing which, one can attain calm. [DLMBSFn-V102]
Dhammapada Dhp. 103
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
103. Yo sahassaṃ sahassena saṅgāme mānuse jine
Ekañca jeyya attānaṃ sa ve saṅgāmajuttamo.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
103. Yo sahassaṃ sahassena, saṅgāme mānuse jine;
Ekañca jeyyamattānaṃ [attānaṃ (sī. pī.)], sa ve saṅgāmajuttamo.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. Though one should conquer a million [NāradaFn08-03] men in battlefield, yet he, indeed, is the noblest victor who has conquered himself.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 103. Though one may conquer a thousand times a thousand men in battle, yet he indeed is the noblest victor who conquers himself.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

103-105

Greater in battle
than the man who would conquer
a thousand-thousand men,
is he who would conquer
just one —
     himself.

Better to conquer yourself
  than others.
When you've trained yourself,
living in constant self-control,
neither a deva nor gandhabba,
nor a Mara banded with Brahmas,
could turn that triumph
back into defeat.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
103
A single maid in battle
Against a million might prevail;
But she who quells just one, herself,
Indeed’s a victor non-pareil.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 103 If one man conquer in battle a thousand times thousand men, and if another conquer himself, he is the greatest of conquerors.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 103
If one should conquer thousands of people in the battle,
and if one should conquer just one thing - himself, he indeed is the victor of the highest battle. [DLMBSFn-V103]
Dhammapada Dhp. 104
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
104. Attā have jitaṃ seyyo yā cāyaṃ itarā pajā
Attadantassa posassa niccaṃ saññatacārino.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
104. Attā have jitaṃ seyyo, yā cāyaṃ itarā pajā;
Attadantassa posassa, niccaṃ saññatacārino.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

BE RATHER A VICTOR OF YOURSELF THAN A VICTOR OF OTHERS.  NONE CAN TURN INTO DEFEAT SELF-VICTORY

104-105. Self-conquest [NāradaFn08-04] is, indeed, far greater than the conquest of all other folk; neither a god nor a gandhabba, [NāradaFn08-05] nor Māra [NāradaFn08-06] with Brahmā, [NāradaFn08-07] can win back the victory of such a person who is self-subdued and ever lives in restraint.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 104-105. Self-conquest is far better than the conquest of others. Not even a god, an angel, Mara or Brahma can turn into defeat the victory of a person who is self-subdued and ever restrained in conduct. [BudRkFn-v104]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

103-105

Greater in battle
than the man who would conquer
a thousand-thousand men,
is he who would conquer
just one —
     himself.

Better to conquer yourself
  than others.
When you've trained yourself,
living in constant self-control,
neither a deva nor gandhabba,
nor a Mara banded with Brahmas,
could turn that triumph
back into defeat.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
104a
To conquer oneself is a genuine coup,
Better than anyone else to subdue.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 104, 105. One's own self conquered is better than all other people; not even a god, a Gandharva, not Mara with Brahman could change into defeat the victory of a man who has vanquished himself, and always lives under restraint.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 104
It is better to conquer oneself than to conquer other people.
Of a person, who tamed himself, who is always acting with self-control,
[Continued in DhP 105] [DLMBSFn-V104]
Dhammapada Dhp. 105
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
105. Neva devo na gandhabbo na māro saha brahmunā
Jitaṃ apajitaṃ kayirā tathārūpassa jantuno.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
105. Neva devo na gandhabbo, na māro saha brahmunā;
Jitaṃ apajitaṃ kayirā, tathārūpassa jantuno.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

BE RATHER A VICTOR OF YOURSELF THAN A VICTOR OF OTHERS.  NONE CAN TURN INTO DEFEAT SELF-VICTORY

104-105. Self-conquest [NāradaFn08-04] is, indeed, far greater than the conquest of all other folk; neither a god nor a gandhabba, [NāradaFn08-05] nor Māra [NāradaFn08-06] with Brahmā, [NāradaFn08-07] can win back the victory of such a person who is self-subdued and ever lives in restraint.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 104-105. Self-conquest is far better than the conquest of others. Not even a god, an angel, Mara or Brahma can turn into defeat the victory of a person who is self-subdued and ever restrained in conduct. [BudRkFn-v104]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

103-105

Greater in battle
than the man who would conquer
a thousand-thousand men,
is he who would conquer
just one —
     himself.

Better to conquer yourself
  than others.
When you've trained yourself,
living in constant self-control,
neither a deva nor gandhabba,
nor a Mara banded with Brahmas,
could turn that triumph
back into defeat.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
104b-105
For those who are tamed,
In all conduct restrained,
Not a god or gandhabba,
Not Mara or Brahma
The victory unmakes
Of those having such traits.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 104, 105. One's own self conquered is better than all other people; not even a god, a Gandharva, not Mara with Brahman could change into defeat the victory of a man who has vanquished himself, and always lives under restraint.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 105
[continued from DhP 104]
not a god, not a Gandharva, not Mara with Brahma,
can turn into defeat the victory of a person of such form. [DLMBSFn-V105]
Dhammapada Dhp. 106
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
106. Māse māse sahassena yo yajetha sataṃ samaṃ
Ekañca bhāvitattānaṃ muhuttampi pūjaye
Sā yeva pūjanā seyyā yañce vassasataṃ hutaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
106. Māse māse sahassena, yo yajetha sataṃ samaṃ;
Ekañca bhāvitattānaṃ, muhuttamapi pūjaye;
Sāyeva pūjanā seyyo, yañce vassasataṃ hutaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A MOMENT'S HONOUR TO THE WORTHY IS BETTER THAN LONG CONTINUED HONOUR TO THE UNWORTHY

  1. Though month after month with a thousand, one should make an offering for a hundred years, yet, if, only for a moment, one should honour (a Saint) who has perfected himself - that honour is, indeed, better than a century of sacrifice.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 106. Though month after month for a hundred years one should offer sacrifices by the thousands, yet if only for a moment one should worship those of perfected minds that honor is indeed better than a century of sacrifice.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

106-108

You could, month by month,
  at a cost of thousands,
conduct sacrifices
  a hundred times,
     or
pay a single moment's homage
  to one person,
  self-cultivated.
Better than a hundred years of sacrifices
would that act of homage be.
You could, for a hundred years,
live in a forest
  tending a fire,
     or
pay a single moment's homage
  to one person,
  self-cultivated.
Better than a hundred years of sacrifices
would that act of homage be.
Everything offered
or sacrificed in the world
for an entire year by one seeking merit
doesn't come to a fourth.
  Better to pay respect
  to those who've gone
  the straight way.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
106
Though month after month for a century
One did thousands of favours for charity,
Then, if one revered momentarily
A person who’d trained himself inwardly,
Then that would have more moral potency
Than that century of favours for charity.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 106 If a man for a hundred years sacrifice month after month with a thousand, and if he but for one moment pay homage to a man whose soul is grounded (in true knowledge), better is that homage than sacrifice for a hundred years.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 106
If one should sacrifice every month thousand times even by hundreds,
and if one should even for a moment pay respects to somebody, who has developed himself,
then such a devotion is better than hundred years of sacrifice. [DLMBSFn-V106]
Dhammapada Dhp. 107
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
107. Yo ca vassasataṃ jantu aggiṃ paricare vane
Ekañca bhāvitattānaṃ muhuttampi pūjaye
Sā yeva pūjanā seyyā yañce vassasataṃ hutaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
107. Yo ca vassasataṃ jantu, aggiṃ paricare vane;
Ekañca bhāvitattānaṃ, muhuttamapi pūjaye;
Sāyeva pūjanā seyyo, yañce vassasataṃ hutaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A MOMENT'S HONOUR TO THE PURE IS BETTER THAN A CENTURY OF FIRE-SACRIFICE

  1. Though, for a century a man should tend the (sacred) fire in the forest, yet, if, only for a moment, he should honour (a Saint) who has perfected himself - that honour is, indeed, better than a century of fire-sacrifice.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 107. Though for a hundred years one should tend the sacrificial fire in the forest, yet if only for a moment one should worship those of perfected minds, that worship is indeed better than a century of sacrifice.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

106-108

You could, month by month,
  at a cost of thousands,
conduct sacrifices
  a hundred times,
     or
pay a single moment's homage
  to one person,
  self-cultivated.
Better than a hundred years of sacrifices
would that act of homage be.
You could, for a hundred years,
live in a forest
  tending a fire,
     or
pay a single moment's homage
  to one person,
  self-cultivated.
Better than a hundred years of sacrifices
would that act of homage be.
Everything offered
or sacrificed in the world
for an entire year by one seeking merit
doesn't come to a fourth.
  Better to pay respect
  to those who've gone
  the straight way.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
107
A man in the woods for a century
Might worship a fire reverentially;
Then, if he revered momentarily
A person who’d trained himself inwardly,
Then that would have more moral potency
Than that worship of fire for a century.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 107 If a man for a hundred years worship Agni (fire) in the forest, and if he but for one moment pay homage to a man whose soul is grounded (in true knowledge), better is that homage than sacrifice for a hundred years.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 107
Whatever person should worship fire in the forest for hundred years,
and if one should even for a moment pay respects to somebody, who has developed himself,
then such a devotion is better than hundred years of sacrifice. [DLMBSFn-V107]
Dhammapada Dhp. 108
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
108. Yaṃ kiñci yiṭṭhaṃ va hutaṃ va loke
Saṃvaccharaṃ yajetha puññapekkho
Sabbampi taṃ na catubhāgameti
Abhivādanā ujjugatesu seyyā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
108. Yaṃ kiñci yiṭṭhaṃ va hutaṃ va [yiṭṭhañca hutañca (ka.)] loke, saṃvaccharaṃ yajetha puññapekkho;
Sabbampi taṃ na catubhāgameti, abhivādanā ujjugatesu seyyo.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

BETTER THAN SACRIFICIAL SLAUGHTER OF ANIMALS IS HONOUR TO THE PURE ONES

  1. In this world whatever gift [NāradaFn08-08] or alms a person seeking merit should offer for a year, all that is not worth a single quarter of the reverence towards the Upright [NāradaFn08-09] which is excellent.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 108. Whatever gifts and oblations one seeking merit might offer in this world for a whole year, all that is not worth one fourth of the merit gained by revering the Upright Ones, which is truly excellent.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

106-108 [ThaniSFn-V108]

You could, month by month,
  at a cost of thousands,
conduct sacrifices
  a hundred times,
     or
pay a single moment's homage
  to one person,
  self-cultivated.
Better than a hundred years of sacrifices
would that act of homage be.
You could, for a hundred years,
live in a forest
  tending a fire,
     or
pay a single moment's homage
  to one person,
  self-cultivated.
Better than a hundred years of sacrifices
would that act of homage be.
Everything offered
or sacrificed in the world
for an entire year by one seeking merit
doesn't come to a fourth.
  Better to pay respect
  to those who've gone
  the straight way.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
108
For a year one might alms and oblations bestow,
Hoping for merit to make on this globe.
All that bestowing would little avail:
Homage to those who are upright prevails.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 108 Whatever a man sacrifice in this world as an offering or as an oblation for a whole year in order to gain merit, the whole of it is not worth a quarter (a farthing); reverence shown to the righteous is better.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 108
Whatever sacrifice or oblation in the world
might someone sacrifice in a year, looking for merit,
all that is not worth one fourth.
Showing respect to those of upright conduct is better. [DLMBSFn-V108]
Dhammapada Dhp. 109
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
109. Abhivādanasīlissa niccaṃ vaddhāpacāyino
Cattārā dhammā vaḍḍhanti āyu vaṇṇo sukhaṃ balaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
109. Abhivādanasīlissa, niccaṃ vuḍḍhāpacāyino [vaddhāpacāyino (sī. pī.)];
Cattāro dhammā vaḍḍhanti, āyu vaṇṇo sukhaṃ balaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

BLESSED INDEED ARE THEY WHO HONOUR THOSE WORTHY OF HONOUR

  1. For one who is in the habit of constantly honouring and respecting the elders, four blessings increase - age, beauty, bliss, and strength.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 109. To one ever eager to revere and serve the elders, these four blessing accrue: long life and beauty, happiness and power.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

109

If you're respectful by habit,
constantly honoring the worthy,
four things increase:
  long life, beauty,
  happiness, strength.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
109
People who honour the morally pure,
Who always respect the disciples mature,
For them will develop the happy quaternity:
Beauty, longevity, joy and vitality.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 109 He who always greets and constantly reveres the aged, four things will increase to him, viz. life, beauty, happiness, power.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 109
For somebody, who is showing respect to those of virtuous character, who is always paying homage to the venerable ones,
four things grow for him: life-span, beauty of complexion, happiness, strength. [DLMBSFn-V109]
Dhammapada Dhp. 110
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
110. Yo ca vassasataṃ jīve dussīlo asamāhito
Ekāhaṃ jīvitaṃ seyyo sīlavantassa jhāyino.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
110. Yo ca vassasataṃ jīve, dussīlo asamāhito;
Ekāhaṃ jīvitaṃ seyyo, sīlavantassa jhāyino.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A SHORT BUT VIRTUOUS LIFE IS BETTER THAN A LONG BUT IMMORAL LIFE

  1. Though one should live a hundred years, immoral and uncontrolled, yet better, indeed, is a single day's life of one who is moral and meditative.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 110. Better it is to live one day virtuous and meditative than to live a hundred years immoral and uncontrolled.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

110-115

Better than a hundred years
lived without virtue, uncentered, is
  one day
lived by a virtuous person
absorbed in jhana.
And better than a hundred years
lived undiscerning, uncentered, is
  one day
lived by a discerning person
absorbed in jhana.
And better than a hundred years
lived apathetic & unenergetic, is
  one day
lived energetic & firm.
And better than a hundred years
lived without seeing
arising & passing away, is
  one day
lived seeing
arising & passing away.
And better than a hundred years
lived without seeing
the Deathless state, is
  one day
lived seeing
the Deathless state.
And better than a hundred years
lived without seeing
the ultimate Dhamma, is
  one day
lived seeing
the ultimate Dhamma.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
110
A person might live for as long as a century,
With mind discomposed and imbued with iniquity:
Better the life of a day of integrity,
Training one’s mind and preserving morality.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 110 But he who lives a hundred years, vicious and unrestrained, a life of one day is better if a man is virtuous and reflecting.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 110
Who would live for hundred years, with bad morality, without a firm mind,
better is the life for one day of somebody who is virtuous and meditating. [DLMBSFn-V110]
Dhammapada Dhp. 111
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
111. Yo ca vassasataṃ jīve duppañño asamāhito
Ekāhaṃ jīvitaṃ seyyo paññavantassa jhāyino.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
111. Yo ca vassasataṃ jīve, duppañño asamāhito;
Ekāhaṃ jīvitaṃ seyyo, paññavantassa jhāyino.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A BRIEF LIFE OF WISDOM IS BETTER THAN A LONG LIFE OF STUPIDITY

  1. Though one should live a hundred years without wisdom and control, yet better, indeed, is a single day's life of one who is wise and meditative.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 111. Better it is to live one day wise and meditative than to live a hundred years foolish and uncontrolled.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

110-115

Better than a hundred years
lived without virtue, uncentered, is
  one day
lived by a virtuous person
absorbed in jhana.
And better than a hundred years
lived undiscerning, uncentered, is
  one day
lived by a discerning person
absorbed in jhana.
And better than a hundred years
lived apathetic & unenergetic, is
  one day
lived energetic & firm.
And better than a hundred years
lived without seeing
arising & passing away, is
  one day
lived seeing
arising & passing away.
And better than a hundred years
lived without seeing
the Deathless state, is
  one day
lived seeing
the Deathless state.
And better than a hundred years
lived without seeing
the ultimate Dhamma, is
  one day
lived seeing
the ultimate Dhamma.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
111
A person might live for as long as a century,
With mind discomposed and imbued with stupidity:
Better the life of a day of integrity,
Training one’s mind and possessing sagacity.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 111 And he who lives a hundred years, ignorant and unrestrained, a life of one day is better if a man is wise and reflecting.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 111
Who would live for hundred years, without wisdom, without a firm mind,
better is the life for one day of somebody who is wise and meditating. [DLMBSFn-V111]
Dhammapada Dhp. 112
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
112. Yo ca vassasataṃ jīve kusīto hīnavīriyo
Ekāhaṃ jīvitaṃ seyyo viriyamārabhato daḷhaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
112. Yo ca vassasataṃ jīve, kusīto hīnavīriyo;
Ekāhaṃ jīvitaṃ seyyo, vīriyamārabhato daḷhaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A BRIEF LIFE OF REFLECTION IS BETTER THAN A LONG LIFE OF NON-REFLECTION

  1. Though one should live a hundred years idle and inactive yet better, indeed, is a single day's life of one who makes an intense effort.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 112. Better it is to live one day strenuous and resolute than to live a hundred years sluggish and dissipated.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

110-115

Better than a hundred years
lived without virtue, uncentered, is
  one day
lived by a virtuous person
absorbed in jhana.
And better than a hundred years
lived undiscerning, uncentered, is
  one day
lived by a discerning person
absorbed in jhana.
And better than a hundred years
lived apathetic & unenergetic, is
  one day
lived energetic & firm.
And better than a hundred years
lived without seeing
arising & passing away, is
  one day
lived seeing
arising & passing away.
And better than a hundred years
lived without seeing
the Deathless state, is
  one day
lived seeing
the Deathless state.
And better than a hundred years
lived without seeing
the ultimate Dhamma, is
  one day
lived seeing
the ultimate Dhamma.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
112
A person might live for as long as a century,
Lazing about and depleted of energy:
Better the life of a day of integrity,
Rousing an effort and striving tenaciously.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 112 And he who lives a hundred years, idle and weak, a life of one day is better if a man has attained firm strength.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 112
Who would live for hundred years, indolent and of poor effort,
better is the life for one day of somebody who has undertaken a firm effort. [DLMBSFn-V112]
Dhammapada Dhp. 113
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
113. Yo ca vassasataṃ jīve apassaṃ udayavyayaṃ
Ekāhaṃ jīvitaṃ seyyo passato udayavyayaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
113. Yo ca vassasataṃ jīve, apassaṃ udayabbayaṃ;
Ekāhaṃ jīvitaṃ seyyo, passato udayabbayaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

ONE DAY OF EXPERIENCING THE DEATHLESS IS BETTER THAN A CENTURY WITHOUT SUCH AN EXPERIENCE

  1. Though one should live a hundred years without comprehending how all things rise and pass away, [NāradaFn08-11] yet better, indeed, is a single day's life of one who comprehends how all things rise and pass away.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 113. Better it is to live one day seeing the rise and fall of things than to live a hundred years without ever seeing the rise and fall of things.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

110-115

Better than a hundred years
lived without virtue, uncentered, is
  one day
lived by a virtuous person
absorbed in jhana.
And better than a hundred years
lived undiscerning, uncentered, is
  one day
lived by a discerning person
absorbed in jhana.
And better than a hundred years
lived apathetic & unenergetic, is
  one day
lived energetic & firm.
And better than a hundred years
lived without seeing
arising & passing away, is
  one day
lived seeing
arising & passing away.
And better than a hundred years
lived without seeing
the Deathless state, is
  one day
lived seeing
the Deathless state.
And better than a hundred years
lived without seeing
the ultimate Dhamma, is
  one day
lived seeing
the ultimate Dhamma.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
113

A person might live for as long as a century,
Blind to arising and ceasing activity:
Better the life of a day of integrity,
Marking the rising and ceasing duality.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 113 And he who lives a hundred years, not seeing beginning and end, a life of one day is better if a man sees beginning and end.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 113
Who would live for hundred years, not seeing rise and fall of things,
better is the life for one day of somebody who is seeing their rise and fall. [DLMBSFn-V113]
Dhammapada Dhp. 114
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
114. Yo ca vassasataṃ jīve apassaṃ amataṃ padaṃ
Ekāhaṃ jīvitaṃ seyyo passato amataṃ padaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
114. Yo ca vassasataṃ jīve, apassaṃ amataṃ padaṃ;
Ekāhaṃ jīvitaṃ seyyo, passato amataṃ padaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

ONE DAY OF PERCEIVING THE DEATHLESS IS BETTER THAN A CENTURY WITHOUT SUCH AN EXPERIENCE

  1. Though one should live a hundred years without seeing the Deathless State, [NāradaFn08-12] yet better, indeed, is a single day's life of one who sees the Deathless State.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 114. Better it is to live one day seeing the Deathless than to live a hundred years without ever seeing the Deathless.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

110-115

Better than a hundred years
lived without virtue, uncentered, is
  one day
lived by a virtuous person
absorbed in jhana.
And better than a hundred years
lived undiscerning, uncentered, is
  one day
lived by a discerning person
absorbed in jhana.
And better than a hundred years
lived apathetic & unenergetic, is
  one day
lived energetic & firm.
And better than a hundred years
lived without seeing
arising & passing away, is
  one day
lived seeing
arising & passing away.
And better than a hundred years
lived without seeing
the Deathless state, is
  one day
lived seeing
the Deathless state.
And better than a hundred years
lived without seeing
the ultimate Dhamma, is
  one day
lived seeing
the ultimate Dhamma.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
114
A person might live for as long as a century,
Failing to find the immortal sublimity:
Better the life of a day of integrity,
One that is blessed with the deathless epiphany.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 114 And he who lives a hundred years, not seeing the immortal place, a life of one day is better if a man sees the immortal place.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 114
Who would live for hundred years, not seeing the state of deathlessness,
better is the life for one day of somebody who is seeing the state of deathlessness. [DLMBSFn-V114]
Dhammapada Dhp. 115
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
115. Yo ca vassasataṃ jīve apassaṃ dhammamuttamaṃ
Ekāhaṃ jīvitaṃ seyyo passato dhammamuttamaṃ.

Sahassavaggo aṭṭhamo.

Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
115. Yo ca vassasataṃ jīve, apassaṃ dhammamuttamaṃ;
Ekāhaṃ jīvitaṃ seyyo, passato dhammamuttamaṃ.

Sahassavaggo aṭṭhamo niṭṭhito.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

ONE DAY OF PERCEIVING THE DHAMMA IS BETTER THAN A CENTURY WITHOUT SUCH PERCEPTION

  1. Though one should live a hundred years not seeing the Truth Sublime, [NāradaFn08-13] yet better, indeed, is a single day's life of one who sees the Truth Sublime.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 115. Better it is to live one day seeing the Supreme Truth than to live a hundred years without ever seeing the Supreme Truth.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

110-115

Better than a hundred years
lived without virtue, uncentered, is
  one day
lived by a virtuous person
absorbed in jhana.
And better than a hundred years
lived undiscerning, uncentered, is
  one day
lived by a discerning person
absorbed in jhana.
And better than a hundred years
lived apathetic & unenergetic, is
  one day
lived energetic & firm.
And better than a hundred years
lived without seeing
arising & passing away, is
  one day
lived seeing
arising & passing away.
And better than a hundred years
lived without seeing
the Deathless state, is
  one day
lived seeing
the Deathless state.
And better than a hundred years
lived without seeing
the ultimate Dhamma, is
  one day
lived seeing
the ultimate Dhamma.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
115
A person might live for as long as a century,
Failing to find the most sacred reality:
Better the life of a day of integrity,
Coming upon that unparalleled sanctity.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 115 And he who lives a hundred years, not seeing the highest law, a life of one day is better if a man sees the highest law.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 115
Who would live for hundred years, not seeing the highest Law,
better is the life for one day of somebody who is seeing the highest Law. [DLMBSFn-V115]
Dhammapada Dhp. 116
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
  1. Pāpavaggo.
116. Abhitvaretha* kalyāṇe pāpā cittaṃ nivāraye
Dandhaṃ hi karoto puññaṃ pāpasmiṃ ramatī mano.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]

9. Pāpavaggo

116. Abhittharetha kalyāṇe, pāpā cittaṃ nivāraye;
Dandhañhi karoto puññaṃ, pāpasmiṃ ramatī mano.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

Chapter 9 Evil

BE QUICK IN DOING GOOD; SUPPRESS EVIL

  1. Make haste in doing good; [NāradaFn09-01] check your mind from evil; [NāradaFn09-02] for the mind of him who is slow in doing meritorious actions [NāradaFn09-03] delights in evil.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]

Dhp IX Evil

116. Hasten to do good; restrain your mind from evil. He who is slow in doing good, his mind delights in evil.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

Dhp IX Evil

116

Be quick in doing
what's admirable.
Restrain your mind
from what's evil.
When you're slow
in making merit,
evil delights the mind.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

Chapter 9 Evil

116
Lose not a moment in doing things virtuous;
Hold your mind back from whatever’s iniquitous.
They who delay taking up what is righteous,
Their minds take delight in the doing of wickedness.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7]

Chapter IX: Evil

116 If a man would hasten towards the good, he should keep his thought away from evil; if a man does what is good slothfully, his mind delights in evil.

Cited from DLMBS [8]

Chapter 9: The Evil

DhP 116
You should be quick in doing good. One should restrain mind from evil.
The mind of somebody, who is slow in doing good, delights in evil. [DLMBSFn-V116]
Dhammapada Dhp. 117
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
117. Pāpaṃ ce puriso kayirā na taṃ kayirā punappunaṃ
Na tamhi chandaṃ kayirātha dukkho pāpassa uccayo.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
117. Pāpañce puriso kayirā, na naṃ [na taṃ (sī. pī.)] kayirā punappunaṃ;
Na tamhi chandaṃ kayirātha, dukkho pāpassa uccayo.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

DO NO EVIL AGAIN AND AGAIN

  1. Should a person commit evil, he should not do it again and again; he should not find pleasure therein: painful is the accumulation of evil.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 117. Should a person commit evil, let him not do it again and again. Let him not find pleasure therein, for painful is the accumulation of evil.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

117-118

If a person does evil,
he shouldn't do it again & again,
shouldn't develop a penchant for it.
To accumulate evil
  brings pain.

If a person makes merit,
he should do it again & again,
should develop a penchant for it.
To accumulate merit
  brings ease.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
117
Should a lass some evil wreak,
She should not that slip repeat,
Nor should set her heart upon it:
Hoarding evil’s vitriolic.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 117 If a man commits a sin, let him not do it again; let him not delight in sin: pain is the outcome of evil.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 117
Should a person do evil, let him not do it again and again.
One should not wish for it. Accumulation of evil is painful. [DLMBSFn-V117]
Dhammapada Dhp. 118
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
118. Puññaṃ ce puriso kayirā kayirāthetaṃ punappunaṃ
Tamhi chandaṃ kayirātha sukho puññassa uccayo.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
118. Puññañce puriso kayirā, kayirā naṃ [kayirāthetaṃ (sī. syā.), kayirāthenaṃ (pī.)] punappunaṃ;
Tamhi chandaṃ kayirātha, sukho puññassa uccayo.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

DO GOOD AGAIN AND AGAIN

  1. Should a person perform a meritorious action, he should do it again and again; he should find pleasure therein: blissful is the accumulation of merit.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 118. Should a person do good, let him do it again and again. Let him find pleasure therein, for blissful is the accumulation of good.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

117-118

If a person does evil,
he shouldn't do it again & again,
shouldn't develop a penchant for it.
To accumulate evil
  brings pain.

If a person makes merit,
he should do it again & again,
should develop a penchant for it.
To accumulate merit
  brings ease.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
118
If a deed is philanthropic,
She should set her heart upon it,
Ever trying to do it more:
It’s blissful having merit stored.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 118 If a man does what is good, let him do it again; let him delight in it: happiness is the outcome of good.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 118
Should a person do good, let him do it again and again.
One should wish for it. Accumulation of good is pleasant. [DLMBSFn-V118]
Dhammapada Dhp. 119
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
119. Pāpo'pi passati bhadraṃ yāva pāpaṃ na paccati
Yadā ca paccati pāpaṃ atha pāpo pāpāni passati
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
119. Pāpopi passati bhadraṃ, yāva pāpaṃ na paccati;
Yadā ca paccati pāpaṃ, atha pāpo pāpāni [atha pāpāni (?)] passati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

BY ITS EFFECTS EVIL IS KNOWN   BY ITS EFFECTS GOOD IS KNOWN

  1. Even an evil-doer sees good as long as evil ripens not; but when it bears fruit, then he sees the evil results. [NāradaFn09-04]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 119. It may be well with the evil-doer as long as the evil ripens not. But when it does ripen, then the evil-doer sees (the painful results of) his evil deeds.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

119-120

Even the evil
meet with good fortune
as long as their evil
has yet to mature.
But when it's matured
that's when they meet
  with evil.

Even the good
meet with bad fortune
as long as their good
has yet to mature.
But when it's matured
that's when they meet
  with good fortune.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
119
A villain sees good luck, perhaps,
Until the yield of evil’s hatched.
Come the evil deed’s maturity,
Then the villain meets with villainy.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 119 Even an evil-doer sees happiness as long as his evil deed has not ripened; but when his evil deed has ripened, then does the evil-doer see evil.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 119
An evil person may even see goodness [in his evil deeds] as long as the evil has not ripened.
When the evil has ripened, then the evil person sees those evil deeds. [DLMBSFn-V119]
Dhammapada Dhp. 120
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
120. Bhadro'pi passati pāpaṃ yāva bhadraṃ na paccati
Yadā ca paccati bhadraṃ atha bhadro bhadrāni passati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
120. Bhadropi passati pāpaṃ, yāva bhadraṃ na paccati;
Yadā ca paccati bhadraṃ, atha bhadro bhadrāni [atha bhadrāni (?)] passati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. Even a good person sees evil so long as good ripens not; but when it bears fruit then the good one sees the good results. [NāradaFn09-05]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 120. It may be ill with the doer of good as long as the good ripens not. But when it does ripen, then the doer of good sees (the pleasant results of) his good deeds.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

119-120

Even the evil
meet with good fortune
as long as their evil
has yet to mature.
But when it's matured
that's when they meet
  with evil.

Even the good
meet with bad fortune
as long as their good
has yet to mature.
But when it's matured
that's when they meet
  with good fortune.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
120
The good have grievous luck, perhaps,
Until the yield of good is hatched;
But when their goodness comes to fullness,
Then the good discover goodness.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 120 Even a good man sees evil days, as long as his good deed has not ripened; but when his good deed has ripened, then does the good man see happy days.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 120
A good person may even see evil [in his good deeds] as long as the goodness has not ripened.
When the goodness has ripened, then the good person sees those good deeds. [DLMBSFn-V120]
Dhammapada Dhp. 121
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
121. Mā'pamaññetha pāpassa na mantaṃ āgamissati
Udabindunipātena udakumbho'pi pūrati
Pūrati bālo pāpassa thokathokampi ācinaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
121. Māvamaññetha [māppamaññetha (sī. syā. pī.)] pāpassa, na mantaṃ [na maṃ taṃ (sī. pī.), na mattaṃ (syā.)] āgamissati;
Udabindunipātena, udakumbhopi pūrati;
Bālo pūrati [pūrati bālo (sī. ka.), āpūrati bālo (syā.)] pāpassa, thokaṃ thokampi [thoka thokampi (sī. pī.)] ācinaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THINK NOT LIGHTLY OF EVIL

  1. Do not disregard evil, saying, "It will not come nigh unto me"; by the falling of drops even a water-jar is filled; likewise the fool, gathering little by little, fills himself with evil.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 121. Think not lightly of evil, saying, "It will not come to me." Drop by drop is the water pot filled. Likewise, the fool, gathering it little by little, fills himself with evil.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

121-122 [ThaniSFn-V121-122]

Don't underestimate evil
('It won't amount to much').
A water jar fills,
even with water
falling     in     drops.
With evil — even if
   bit
      by
         bit,
      habitually —
the fool fills himself full.

Don't underestimate merit
('It won't amount to much').
A water jar fills,
even with water
falling     in     drops.
With merit — even if
   bit
      by
         bit,
      habitually —
the enlightened one fills himself full.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
121
Don’t underate iniquity
And think “Its fruits won’t come to me!”
Water falling drop by drop
Will fill an earthen waterpot.
And, likewise, fools by small degrees
Pervade themselves with villainy.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 121 Let no man think lightly of evil, saying in his heart, It will not come nigh unto me. Even by the falling of water-drops a water-pot is filled; the fool becomes full of evil, even if he gather it little by little.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 121
Do not disregard evil, "It will not come to me!"
Falling drops of water can fill up even a water jar.
The fool fills himself up with evil, even if collecting it just little by little. [DLMBSFn-V121]
Dhammapada Dhp. 122
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
122. Mā'pamaññetha puññassa na maṃ taṃ āgamissati
Udabindunipātena udakumbho'pi pūrati
Pūrati dhīro puññassa thokathokampi ācinaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
122. Māvamaññetha puññassa, na mantaṃ āgamissati;
Udabindunipātena, udakumbhopi pūrati;
Dhīro pūrati puññassa, thokaṃ thokampi ācinaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THINK NOT LIGHTLY OF GOOD

  1. Do not disregard merit, saying "It will not come nigh unto me"; by the falling of drops even a water-jar is filled; likewise the wise man, gathering little by little, fills himself with good.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 122. Think not lightly of good, saying, "It will not come to me." Drop by drop is the water pot filled. Likewise, the wise man, gathering it little by little, fills himself with good.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

121-122 [ThaniSFn-V121-122]

Don't underestimate evil
('It won't amount to much').
A water jar fills,
even with water
falling     in     drops.
With evil — even if
   bit
      by
         bit,
      habitually —
the fool fills himself full.

Don't underestimate merit
('It won't amount to much').
A water jar fills,
even with water
falling     in     drops.
With merit — even if
   bit
      by
         bit,
      habitually —
the enlightened one fills himself full.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
122
Don’t underate philanthropy
And think “Its fruits won’t come to me!”
Water falling drop by drop
Will fill an earthen waterpot.
So the wise will bit by bit
Pervade themselves with benefit.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 122 Let no man think lightly of good, saying in his heart, It will not come nigh unto me. Even by the falling of water-drops a water-pot is filled; the wise man becomes full of good, even if he gather it little by little.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 122
Do not disregard goodness, "It will not come to me!"
Falling drops of water can fill up even a water jar.
The clever one fills himself up with goodness, even if collecting it just little by little. [DLMBSFn-V122]
Dhammapada Dhp. 123
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
123. Vāṇijo'va bhayaṃ maggaṃ appasattho mahaddhano
Visaṃ jīvitukāmo'va pāpāni parivajjaye.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
123. Vāṇijova bhayaṃ maggaṃ, appasattho mahaddhano;
Visaṃ jīvitukāmova, pāpāni parivajjaye.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

SHUN EVIL LIKE A PERILOUS PATH

  1. Just as a merchant, with a small escort and great wealth, avoids a perilous route, just as one desiring to live avoids poison, even so should one shun evil things.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 123. Just as a trader with a small escort and great wealth would avoid a perilous route, or just as one desiring to live avoids poison, even so should one shun evil.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

123

Like a merchant with a small
but well-laden caravan
         — a dangerous road,
like a person who loves life
         — a poison,
one should avoid
         — evil deeds.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
123
With precious goods but escort frail
A trader shuns a risky trail.
And not desiring suicide
A man would keep from cyanide.
With just the same solicitude
A man should shy from turpitude.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 123 Let a man avoid evil deeds, as a merchant, if he has few companions and carries much wealth, avoids a dangerous road; as a man who loves life avoids poison.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 123
Like a merchant with a small caravan and a lot of money would avoid a dreadful path,
like someone who wants to live would avoid a poison, so should one avoid evil. [DLMBSFn-V123]
Dhammapada Dhp. 124
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
124. Pāṇimhi ce vaṇo nāssa hareyya pāṇinā visaṃ
Nābbaṇaṃ visamanveti natthi pāpaṃ akubbato.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
124. Pāṇimhi ce vaṇo nāssa, hareyya pāṇinā visaṃ;
Nābbaṇaṃ visamanveti, natthi pāpaṃ akubbato.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

NO EVIL TO THOSE WHO HAVE NO BAD INTENTION

  1. If no wound there be in one's hand, one may carry poison in it. Poison does not affect one who has no wound. There is no ill for him who does no wrong. [NāradaFn09-07]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 124. If on the hand there is no wound, one may carry even poison in it. Poison does not affect one who is free from wounds. For him who does no evil, there is no ill.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

124

If there's no wound on the hand,
that hand can hold poison.
Poison won't penetrate
  where there's no wound.
There's no evil
  for those who don't do it.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
124
If his palm has no abrasion
Then a man can handle poison.
One whose hand from wounds is free,
Poison can’t cause injury:
One who’s free of wrong intention
Will not suffer retribution.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 124 He who has no wound on his hand, may touch poison with his hand; poison does not affect one who has no wound; nor is there evil for one who does not commit evil.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 124
If there is no wound in the palm, one can carry poison with it.
The poison does not affect one who is without a wound. There is no evil for one, who is not doing it. [DLMBSFn-V124]
Dhammapada Dhp. 125
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
125. Yo appaduṭṭhassa narassa dussati
Suddhassa posassa anaṅgaṇassa
Tameva bālaṃ pacceti pāpaṃ
Sukhumo rajo paṭivātaṃ'va khitto.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
125. .
Yo appaduṭṭhassa narassa dussati, suddhassa posassa anaṅgaṇassa;
Tameva bālaṃ pacceti pāpaṃ, sukhumo rajo paṭivātaṃva khitto.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

WHO HARMS THE INNOCENT COMES TO GRIEF

  1. Whoever harms a harmless person, one pure and guiltless, upon that very fool the evil recoils like fine dust thrown against the wind.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 125. Like fine dust thrown against the wind, evil falls back upon that fool who offends an inoffensive, pure and guiltless man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

125

Whoever harasses
an innocent man,
  a man pure, without blemish:
the evil comes right back to the fool
like fine dust
  thrown against the wind.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
125
Whoever harms a person who is harmless,
A man of conduct pure, whose mind is stainless,
Back onto that fool
Will be that evil blown,
Like dusty soil rebounds,
If into wind it’s thrown.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 125 If a man offend a harmless, pure, and innocent person, the evil falls back upon that fool, like light dust thrown up against the wind.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 125
Who offends against an uncorrupted man, against a trusting and pure person,
the evil will fall back upon such a fool, like minute dust thrown against the wind. [DLMBSFn-V125]
Dhammapada Dhp. 126
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
126. Gabbhameke'papajjanti nirayaṃ pāpakammino
Saggaṃ sugatino yanti parinibbanti anāsavā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
126. Gabbhameke uppajjanti, nirayaṃ pāpakammino;
Saggaṃ sugatino yanti, parinibbanti anāsavā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

BIRTH DEPENDS ON ACTIONS

  1. Some are born [NāradaFn09-08] in a womb; evil-doers (are born) in woeful states; [NāradaFn09-09] the well-conducted go to blissful states; [NāradaFn09-10] the Undefiled Ones [NāradaFn09-11] pass away into Nibbāna.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 126. Some are born in the womb; the wicked are born in hell; the devout go to heaven; the stainless pass into Nibbana.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

126 [ThaniSFn-V126]

Some are born   in the human womb,
evildoers       in hell,
those on the good course go

to heaven,
while those without effluent:

totally unbound.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
126
Some in wombs remanifest;
The wicked rise in hell’s abyss;
The good proceed to paradise;
The taintless find supreme release.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 126 Some people are born again; evil-doers go to hell; righteous people go to heaven; those who are free from all worldly desires attain Nirvana.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 126
Some are born in the womb; evildoers arise in hell;
righteous ones go to heaven; those without taints are completely emancipated. [DLMBSFn-V126]
Dhammapada Dhp. 127
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
127. Na antalikkhe na samuddamajajhe
Na pabbatānaṃ vivaraṃ pavissa
Na vijjatī so jagatippadeso
Yatthaṭthito mucceyya pāpakammā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
127. Na antalikkhe na samuddamajjhe, na pabbatānaṃ vivaraṃ pavissa [pavisaṃ (syā.)];
Na vijjatī [na vijjati (ka. sī. pī. ka.)] so jagatippadeso, yatthaṭṭhito [yatraṭṭhito (syā.)] mucceyya pāpakammā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

NOBODY IS EXEMPT FROM THE EFFECTS OF EVIL KAMMA

  1. Not in the sky, nor in mid-ocean, nor in a mountain cave, is found that place on earth where abiding one may escape from (the consequences) of one's evil deed. [NāradaFn09-12]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 127. Neither in the sky nor in mid-ocean, nor by entering into mountain clefts, nowhere in the world is there a place where one may escape from the results of evil deeds.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

127-128

Not up in the air,
nor in the middle of the sea,
nor going into a cleft in the mountains
  — nowhere on earth —
is a spot to be found
where you could stay & escape
  your evil deed.

Not up in the air,
nor in the middle of the sea,
nor going into a cleft in the mountains
  — nowhere on earth —
is a spot to be found
where you could stay & not succumb
  to death.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
127
Neither stratospheric space,
Nor the depths of ocean waste,
Nor the clefts on mountain-sides
Can a sanctuary provide
Where a man could hope to be
From results of evil, free.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 127 Not in the sky, not in the midst of the sea, not if we enter into the clefts of the mountains, is there known a spot in the whole world where a man might be freed from an evil deed.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 127
Not in the air, not in the middle of the ocean, not entering the hole in the mountains.
There is no place in the world, where being one would be released from the [consequences of] evil deeds. [DLMBSFn-V127]
Dhammapada Dhp. 128
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
128. Na antalikkhe na samuddamajajhe
Na pabbatānaṃ vivaraṃ pavissa
Na vijjati so jagatippadeso
Yatthaṭthitaṃ nappasahetha maccu.

Pāpavaggo navamo.

Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
128. Na antalikkhe na samuddamajjhe, na pabbatānaṃ vivaraṃ pavissa;
Na vijjatī so jagatippadeso, yatthaṭṭhitaṃ [yatraṭṭhitaṃ (syā.)] nappasaheyya maccu.

Pāpavaggo navamo niṭṭhito.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
DEATH CANNOT BE OVERCOME
  1. Not in the sky, nor in mid-ocean, nor in a mountain cave, is found that place on earth where abiding one will not be overcome by death.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 128. Neither in the sky nor in mid-ocean, nor by entering into mountain clefts, nowhere in the world is there a place where one will not be overcome by death.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

127-128

Not up in the air,
nor in the middle of the sea,
nor going into a cleft in the mountains
  — nowhere on earth —
is a spot to be found
where you could stay & escape
  your evil deed.

Not up in the air,
nor in the middle of the sea,
nor going into a cleft in the mountains
  — nowhere on earth —
is a spot to be found
where you could stay & not succumb
  to death.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
128
Neither stratospheric space,
Nor the depths of ocean waste,
Nor the clefts on mountain-sides
Can a sanctuary provide
Where a man could hope to be
From assault of death be free.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 128 Not in the sky, not in the midst of the sea, not if we enter into the clefts of the mountains, is there known a spot in the whole world where death could not overcome (the mortal).
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 128
Not in the air, not in the middle of the ocean, not entering the hole in the mountains.
There is no place in the world, where being, one would not be overcome by death. [DLMBSFn-V128]
Dhammapada Dhp. 129
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
  1. Daṇaḍavaggo.
129. Sabbe tasanti daṇaḍassa sabbe bhāyanti maccuno
Attānaṃ upamaṃ katvā na haneyya na ghātaye.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]

10. Daṇḍavaggo

129. Sabbe tasanti daṇḍassa, sabbe bhāyanti maccuno;
Attānaṃ upamaṃ katvā, na haneyya na ghātaye.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

Chapter 10 The Rod Or Punishment

KILL NOT

  1. All tremble at the rod. All fear death. Comparing others with oneself, one should neither strike nor cause to strike. [NāradaFn10-01]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]

Dhp X Violence

129. All tremble at violence; all fear death. Putting oneself in the place of another, one should not kill nor cause another to kill.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

Dhp X The Rod

129-130
  All
tremble at the rod,
  all
are fearful of death.
Drawing the parallel to
  yourself,
neither kill nor get others to kill.

  All
tremble at the rod,
  all
hold their life dear.
Drawing the parallel to
  yourself,
neither kill nor get others to kill.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

Chapter 10 The Stick

129
All shrink from flagellation,
And of death feel trepidation.
If we saw the correlation
To our parallel position,
We would stop all persecution
And, of creatures, violation. [VaradoFn-V129]
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7]

Chapter X: Punishment

129 All men tremble at punishment, all men fear death; remember that you are like unto them, and do not kill, nor cause slaughter.

Cited from DLMBS [8]

Chapter 10: The Punishment

DhP 129
Everybody trembles at punishment; everybody fears death.
Having made the comparison with oneself, let one not kill, nor cause another to kill. [DLMBSFn-V129]
Dhammapada Dhp. 130
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
130. Sabbe tasanti daṇaḍassa sabbesaṃ jīvitaṃ piyaṃ
Attānaṃ upamaṃ katvā na haneyya na ghātaye.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
130. Sabbe tasanti daṇḍassa, sabbesaṃ jīvitaṃ piyaṃ;
Attānaṃ upamaṃ katvā, na haneyya na ghātaye.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

LIFE IS DEAR TO ALL

  1. All tremble at the rod. Life is dear to all. Comparing others with oneself, one should neither strike nor cause to strike.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 130. All tremble at violence; life is dear to all. Putting oneself in the place of another, one should not kill nor cause another to kill.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

129-130

  All
tremble at the rod,
  all
are fearful of death.
Drawing the parallel to
  yourself,
neither kill nor get others to kill.

  All
tremble at the rod,
  all
hold their life dear.
Drawing the parallel to
  yourself,
neither kill nor get others to kill.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
130
All shrink from flagellation
Hold their lives in great affection.
If we saw the correlation
To our parallel position,
We would stop all persecution
And, of creatures, violation.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 130 All men tremble at punishment, all men love life; remember that thou art like unto them, and do not kill, nor cause slaughter.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 130
Everybody trembles at punishment; life is dear to everybody.
Having made the comparison with oneself, let one not kill, nor cause another to kill. [DLMBSFn-V130]
Dhammapada Dhp. 131
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
131. Sukhakāmāni bhūtāni yodaṇḍena vihiṃsati
Attano sukhamesāno pecca so na labhate sukhaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
131. Sukhakāmāni bhūtāni, yo daṇḍena vihiṃsati;
Attano sukhamesāno, pecca so na labhate sukhaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

MOLEST NONE

  1. Whoever, seeking his own happiness, harms with the rod other pleasure-loving beings experiences no happiness hereafter.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 131. One who, while himself seeking happiness, oppresses with violence other beings who also desire happiness, will not attain happiness hereafter.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

131-132

Whoever takes a rod
to harm living beings desiring ease,
when he himself is looking for ease,
will meet with no ease after death.

Whoever doesn't take a rod
to harm living beings desiring ease,
when he himself is looking for ease,
will meet with ease after death.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
131
Whoever attacks pleasure-loving beings, though himself longing for pleasure, will find no pleasure in his future life.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 131 He who seeking his own happiness punishes or kills beings who also long for happiness, will not find happiness after death.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 131
Who hurts with a stick beings that desire happiness,
searching for happiness himself, he will not reach happiness after death. [DLMBSFn-V131]
Dhammapada Dhp. 132
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
132. Sukhakāmāni bhūtāni yodaṇḍena na hiṃsati
Attano sukhamesāno pecca so labhate sukhaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
132. Sukhakāmāni bhūtāni, yo daṇḍena na hiṃsati;
Attano sukhamesāno, pecca so labhate sukhaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

HARM NOT

  1. Whoever, seeking his own happiness, harms not with the rod other pleasure-loving beings, experiences happiness hereafter.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 132. One who, while himself seeking happiness, does not oppress with violence other beings who also desire happiness, will find happiness hereafter.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

131-132

Whoever takes a rod
to harm living beings desiring ease,
when he himself is looking for ease,
will meet with no ease after death.

Whoever doesn't take a rod
to harm living beings desiring ease,
when he himself is looking for ease,
will meet with ease after death.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
132
Whoever does not attack pleasure-loving beings, and is one who himself longs for pleasure, will find pleasure in his future life.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 132 He who seeking his own happiness does not punish or kill beings who also long for happiness, will find happiness after death.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 132
Who does not hurt with a stick beings that desire happiness,
searching for happiness himself, he will reach happiness after death. [DLMBSFn-V132]
Dhammapada Dhp. 133
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
133. Mā'voca pharusaṃ kañci vuttā paṭivadeyyu taṃ
Dukkhā hi sārambhakathā paṭidaṇḍā phuseyyu taṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
133. Māvoca pharusaṃ kañci, vuttā paṭivadeyyu taṃ [paṭivadeyyuṃ taṃ (ka.)];
Dukkhā hi sārambhakathā, paṭidaṇḍā phuseyyu taṃ [phuseyyuṃ taṃ (ka.)].
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

SPEAK NOT HARSHLY

  1. Speak not harshly to anyone. Those thus addressed will retort. Painful, indeed, is vindictive speech. Blows in exchange may bruise you.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 133. Speak not harshly to anyone, for those thus spoken to might retort. Indeed, angry speech hurts, and retaliation may overtake you.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

133

Speak harshly to no one,
or the words will be thrown
  right back at you.
Contentious talk is painful,
for you get struck by rods in return.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
133
To no one speak offensively -
The victim might reciprocate.
Your angry words are agony:
Requital might eventuate.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 133 Do not speak harshly to anybody; those who are spoken to will answer thee in the same way. Angry speech is painful, blows for blows will touch thee.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 133
Do not say anything harsh, those spoken to might reply to that.
Angry talk is painful, retribution might be attached to it. [DLMBSFn-V133]
Dhammapada Dhp. 134
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
134. Sa ce neresi attānaṃ kaṃso upahato yathā
Esa patto'si nibbāṇaṃ sārambho te na vijjati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
134. Sace neresi attānaṃ, kaṃso upahato yathā;
Esa pattosi nibbānaṃ, sārambho te na vijjati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

SILENCE YOURSELF

  1. If, like a cracked gong, you silence yourself, you have already attained Nibbāna: [NāradaFn10-02] no vindictiveness will be found in you.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 134. If, like a broken gong, you silence yourself, you have approached Nibbana, for vindictiveness is no longer in you.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

134

If, like a flattened metal pot
you don't resound,
you've attained an Unbinding;
in you there's found
no contention.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
134
Once you’ve no reverberation,
Like a fractured metal gong,
Then Nibbana have you realised:
Wars of words, for you, are gone.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 134 If, like a shattered metal plate (gong), thou utter not, then thou hast reached Nirvana; contention is not known to thee.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 134
If you yourself do not vibrate, just like a broken gong,
then you have reached Nirvana. Anger does not exist for you. [DLMBSFn-V134]
Dhammapada Dhp. 135
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
135. Yathā daṇḍena gopālo gā pāceti gocaraṃ
Evaṃ jarā ca maccu ca āyuṃ pācenti pāṇinaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
135. Yathā daṇḍena gopālo, gāvo pājeti gocaraṃ;
Evaṃ jarā ca maccu ca, āyuṃ pājenti pāṇinaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

DECAY AND DEATH ARE UNIVERSAL

  1. As with a staff the herdsmen [NāradaFn10-03] drives his kine [NāradaFn10-04] to pasture, [NāradaFn10-05] even so do old age and death drive out the lives of beings.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 135. Just as a cowherd drives the cattle to pasture with a staff, so do old age and death drive the life force of beings (from existence to existence).
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

135

As a cowherd with a rod
drives cows to the field,
so aging & death
drive the life
of living beings.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
135
Age-and-death the life from us expels
Like herd, with stick, his cows to grass compels.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 135 As a cowherd with his staff drives his cows into the stable, so do Age and Death drive the life of men.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 135
Just like a cowherd drives cows to pasture with a stick,
so old age and death drive the life of living beings. [DLMBSFn-V135]
Dhammapada Dhp. 136
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
136. Atha pāpāni kammāni karaṃ bālo na bujjhati
Sehi kammehi dummedho aggidaḍḍho'va tappati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
136. Atha pāpāni kammāni, karaṃ bālo na bujjhati;
Sehi kammehi dummedho, aggidaḍḍhova tappati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE EVIL-DOER IS CONSUMED BY THE EFFECT OF HIS OWN EVIL

  1. So, when a fool does wrong deeds, he does not realize (their evil nature); by his own deeds the stupid man is tormented, like one burnt by fire.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 136. When the fool commits evil deeds, he does not realize (their evil nature). The witless man is tormented by his own deeds, like one burnt by fire.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

136

When doing evil deeds,
the fool is oblivious.
The dullard
is tormented
by his own deeds,
as if burned by a fire.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
136
When evil’s done by those unwise,
Its harm they do not realise.
It’s like a very fire they light
By which they set themselves alight.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 136 A fool does not know when he commits his evil deeds: but the wicked man burns by his own deeds, as if burnt by fire.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 136
A fool does not realize when he is committing bad deeds.
The stupid person is tormented by his own deeds just as if burned by fire. [DLMBSFn-V136]
Dhammapada Dhp. 137
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
137. Yo daṇḍena adaṇḍesu appaduṭṭhesu dussati
Dasannamaññataraṃ ṭhānaṃ khippameva nigacchati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
137. Yo daṇḍena adaṇḍesu, appaduṭṭhesu dussati;
Dasannamaññataraṃ ṭhānaṃ, khippameva nigacchati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

HE WHO OFFENDS THE INNOCENT COMES TO GRIEF

  1. He who with the rod harms the rodless and harmless, 6 soon will come to one of these states:
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 137. He who inflicts violence on those who are unarmed, and offends those who are inoffensive, will soon come upon one of these ten states:
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

137-140

  Whoever, with a rod,
  harasses an innocent man, unarmed,
  quickly falls into any of ten things:

harsh pains, devastation, a broken body, grave illness,
mental derangement, trouble with the government,
violent slander, relatives lost, property dissolved,
houses burned down.

  At the break-up of the body
  this one with no discernment,
  reappears in
  hell.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
137-140

A fool who might menace one morally upright,
Or using a cudgel a pure man should strike,
Would swiftly encounter a terrible plight:
Loss of relations;
Or racking sensations;
Or body calamity;
Loss of his sanity;
Terrible health;
Or the loss of his wealth;
Or his home’s devastation
In wild conflagration;
Or king, or authority,
Show him barbarity;
Then after death,
An infernal finality.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 137 He who inflicts pain on innocent and harmless persons, will soon come to one of these ten states:
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 137
Who offends with a stick somebody who is uncorrupted and without violence,
he will quickly go to one of the ten states:
[continued in DhP 138] [DLMBSFn-V137]
Dhammapada Dhp. 138
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
138. Vedanaṃ pharusaṃ jāniṃ sarīrassa ca bhedanaṃ
Garukaṃ vāpi ābādhaṃ cittakkhepaṃ va pāpuṇe.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
138. Vedanaṃ pharusaṃ jāniṃ, sarīrassa ca bhedanaṃ [sarīrassa pabhedanaṃ (syā.)];
Garukaṃ vāpi ābādhaṃ, cittakkhepañca [cittakkhepaṃ va (sī. syā. pī.)] pāpuṇe.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3] 138-140. He will be subject to acute pain, [NāradaFn10-07] disaster, bodily injury, or even grievous sickness, or loss of mind, or oppression by the king, or heavy accusation, or loss of relatives, or destruction of wealth, [NāradaFn10-08] or ravaging fire that will burn his house. Upon the dissolution of the body such unwise man will be born in hell.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 138-140. Sharp pain, or disaster, bodily injury, serious illness, or derangement of mind, trouble from the government, or grave charges, loss of relatives, or loss of wealth, or houses destroyed by ravaging fire; upon dissolution of the body that ignorant man is born in hell.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

137-140

  Whoever, with a rod,
  harasses an innocent man, unarmed,
  quickly falls into any of ten things:

harsh pains, devastation, a broken body, grave illness,
mental derangement, trouble with the government,
violent slander, relatives lost, property dissolved,
houses burned down.

  At the break-up of the body
  this one with no discernment,
  reappears in
  hell.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
137-140

A fool who might menace one morally upright,
Or using a cudgel a pure man should strike,
Would swiftly encounter a terrible plight:
Loss of relations;
Or racking sensations;
Or body calamity;
Loss of his sanity;
Terrible health;
Or the loss of his wealth;
Or his home’s devastation
In wild conflagration;
Or king, or authority,
Show him barbarity;
Then after death,
An infernal finality.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 138 He will have cruel suffering, loss, injury of the body, heavy affliction, or loss of mind,
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 138
[continued from DhP 137]
He would get harsh pain, loss of property, and bodily injury,
serious illness, or derangement of mind.
[continued in DhP 139] [DLMBSFn-V138]
Dhammapada Dhp. 139
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
139. Rājato vā upassaggaṃ abbhakkhānaṃ va dāruṇaṃ
Parikkhayaṃ va ñātīnaṃ bhogānaṃ va pabhaṅguraṃ
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
139. Rājato vā upasaggaṃ [upassaggaṃ (sī. pī.)], abbhakkhānañca [abbhakkhānaṃ va (sī. pī.)] dāruṇaṃ;
Parikkhayañca [parikkhayaṃ va (sī. syā. pī.)] ñātīnaṃ, bhogānañca [bhogānaṃ va (sī. syā. pī.)] pabhaṅguraṃ [pabhaṅgunaṃ (ka.)].
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3] 138-140. He will be subject to acute pain, [NāradaFn10-07] disaster, bodily injury, or even grievous sickness, or loss of mind, or oppression by the king, or heavy accusation, or loss of relatives, or destruction of wealth, [NāradaFn10-08] or ravaging fire that will burn his house. Upon the dissolution of the body such unwise man will be born in hell.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 138-140. Sharp pain, or disaster, bodily injury, serious illness, or derangement of mind, trouble from the government, or grave charges, loss of relatives, or loss of wealth, or houses destroyed by ravaging fire; upon dissolution of the body that ignorant man is born in hell.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

137-140

  Whoever, with a rod,
  harasses an innocent man, unarmed,
  quickly falls into any of ten things:

harsh pains, devastation, a broken body, grave illness,
mental derangement, trouble with the government,
violent slander, relatives lost, property dissolved,
houses burned down.

  At the break-up of the body
  this one with no discernment,
  reappears in
  hell.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
137-140

A fool who might menace one morally upright,
Or using a cudgel a pure man should strike,
Would swiftly encounter a terrible plight:
Loss of relations;
Or racking sensations;
Or body calamity;
Loss of his sanity;
Terrible health;
Or the loss of his wealth;
Or his home’s devastation
In wild conflagration;
Or king, or authority,
Show him barbarity;
Then after death,
An infernal finality.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 139 Or a misfortune coming from the king, or a fearful accusation, or loss of relations, or destruction of treasures,
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 139
[continued from DhP 138]
Or a trouble from the king, and cruel accusations,
or loss of relatives, or destruction of wealth.
[continued in DhP 140] [DLMBSFn-V139]
Dhammapada Dhp. 140
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
140. Atha vāssa agārāni aggi ḍahati pāvako
Kāyassa bhedā duppañño nirayaṃ so upapajjati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
140. Atha vāssa agārāni, aggi ḍahati [ḍayhati (ka.)] pāvako;
Kāyassa bhedā duppañño, nirayaṃ sopapajjati [so upapajjati (sī. syā.)].
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3] 138-140. He will be subject to acute pain, [NāradaFn10-07] disaster, bodily injury, or even grievous sickness, or loss of mind, or oppression by the king, or heavy accusation, or loss of relatives, or destruction of wealth, [NāradaFn10-08] or ravaging fire that will burn his house. Upon the dissolution of the body such unwise man will be born in hell.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 138-140. Sharp pain, or disaster, bodily injury, serious illness, or derangement of mind, trouble from the government, or grave charges, loss of relatives, or loss of wealth, or houses destroyed by ravaging fire; upon dissolution of the body that ignorant man is born in hell.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

137-140

  Whoever, with a rod,
  harasses an innocent man, unarmed,
  quickly falls into any of ten things:

harsh pains, devastation, a broken body, grave illness,
mental derangement, trouble with the government,
violent slander, relatives lost, property dissolved,
houses burned down.

  At the break-up of the body
  this one with no discernment,
  reappears in
  hell.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
137-140

A fool who might menace one morally upright,
Or using a cudgel a pure man should strike,
Would swiftly encounter a terrible plight:
Loss of relations;
Or racking sensations;
Or body calamity;
Loss of his sanity;
Terrible health;
Or the loss of his wealth;
Or his home’s devastation
In wild conflagration;
Or king, or authority,
Show him barbarity;
Then after death,
An infernal finality.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 140 Or lightning-fire will burn his houses; and when his body is destroyed, the fool will go to hell.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 140
[continued from DhP 139]
Or then a blazing fire will burn his houses.
And after death this fool will be reborn in hell. [DLMBSFn-V140]
Dhammapada Dhp. 141
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
141. Na naggacariyā na jaṭā na paṅkā
Nānāsakā thaṇḍilasāyikā vā
Rājo ca jallaṃ ukkuṭikappadhānaṃ
Sodhenti maccaṃ avitiṇṇakaṅkhaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
141. Na naggacariyā na jaṭā na paṅkā, nānāsakā thaṇḍilasāyikā vā;
Rajojallaṃ ukkuṭikappadhānaṃ, sodhenti maccaṃ avitiṇṇakaṅkhaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

EXTERNAL PENANCES CANNOT PURIFY A PERSON

  1. Not wandering naked, [NāradaFn10-09] nor matted locks, [NāradaFn10-10] nor filth, [NāradaFn10-11] nor fasting, [NāradaFn10-12] nor lying on the ground, [NāradaFn10-13] nor dust, [NāradaFn10-14] nor ashes, [NāradaFn10-15] nor striving squatting on the heels, [NāradaFn10-16] can purify a mortal who has not overcome doubts. [NāradaFn10-17]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 141. Neither going about naked, nor matted locks, nor filth, nor fasting, nor lying on the ground, nor smearing oneself with ashes and dust, nor sitting on the heels (in penance) can purify a mortal who has not overcome doubt.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

141-142

Neither nakedness nor matted hair
nor mud nor the refusal of food
nor sleeping on the bare ground
nor dust & dirt nor squatting austerities
cleanses the mortal
who's not gone beyond doubt.

If, though adorned, one lives in tune
with the chaste life
 — calmed, tamed, & assured —
having put down the rod toward all beings,
he's a contemplative
     a brahman
     a monk.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
141
He wanders nude;
Abstains from food;
His filthy body’s smearings too.

He plaits his locks;
On heels he squats;
The earth is all the bed he’s got.

Such acts won’t clean
This mortal being
In whom is doubt still lingering.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 141 Not nakedness, not platted hair, not dirt, not fasting, or lying on the earth, not rubbing with dust, not sitting motionless, can purify a mortal who has not overcome desires.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 141
Not wandering around naked, not matted hair, not mud on the body,
not fasting, nor lying on the bare ground,
dust and sweat, sitting on one's heels -
nothing can purify a mortal who has not overcome his doubts. [DLMBSFn-V141]
Dhammapada Dhp. 142
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
142. Alaṅkato ce'pi samaṃ careyya
Santo danto niyato brahmacārī
Sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍaṃ
So brāhmaṇo so samaṇo sa bhikkhu.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
142. Alaṅkato cepi samaṃ careyya, santo danto niyato brahmacārī;
Sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍaṃ, so brāhmaṇo so samaṇo sa bhikkhu.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

NOT BY EXTERNAL APPEARANCE DOES ONE BECOME HOLY

  1. Though gaily decked, if he should live in peace, (with passions) subdued, (and senses) controlled, certain [NāradaFn10-18] (of the four Paths of Sainthood), perfectly pure, [NāradaFn10-19] laying aside the rod (in his relations) towards all living beings, [NāradaFn10-20] a Brāhmaṇa [NāradaFn10-21] indeed is he, an ascetic [NāradaFn10-22] is he, a bhikkhu [NāradaFn10-23] is he. [NāradaFn10-24]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 142. Even though he be well-attired, yet if he is poised, calm, controlled and established in the holy life, having set aside violence towards all beings — he, truly, is a holy man, a renunciate, a monk.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

141-142

Neither nakedness nor matted hair
nor mud nor the refusal of food
nor sleeping on the bare ground
nor dust & dirt nor squatting austerities
cleanses the mortal
who's not gone beyond doubt.

If, though adorned, one lives in tune
with the chaste life
 — calmed, tamed, & assured —
having put down the rod toward all beings,
he's a contemplative
     a brahman
     a monk.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
142
If he’s chaste and restrained,
If he’s calmed and he’s tamed,
From the hurting of all forms of life he abstains:
Though this man walks his way
Well-adorned and arrayed,
He can ‘brahman’ or ‘monk’ or ‘ascetic’ be named.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 142 He who, though dressed in fine apparel, exercises tranquillity, is quiet, subdued, restrained, chaste, and has ceased to find fault with all other beings, he indeed is a Brahmana, an ascetic (sramana), a friar (bhikshu).
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 142
Even if one would walk around like an adorned man,
[but he would be] peaceful, self-controlled, restrained and pure,
having given up punishing of all living beings,
he is a Brahmin, he is a recluse, he is a monk. [DLMBSFn-V142]
Dhammapada Dhp. 143
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
143. Hirīnisedho puriso koci lokasmiṃ vijjati
Yo nindaṃ apabodhati asso bhadro kasāmiva.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
143. Hirīnisedho puriso, koci lokasmi vijjati;
Yo niddaṃ [nindaṃ (sī. pī.) saṃ. ni. 1.18] apabodheti [apabodhati (sī. syā. pī.)], asso bhadro kasāmiva.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE MODEST ARE RARE IN THIS WORLD

  1. (Rarely) is found in this world anyone who, restrained by modesty, avoids reproach, as a thorough-bred horse (avoids) the whip. [NāradaFn10-25]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 143. Only rarely is there a man in this world who, restrained by modesty, avoids reproach, as a thoroughbred horse avoids the whip.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

143 [ThaniSFn-V143]

Who in the world
is a man constrained by conscience,
who awakens         to censure
like a fine stallion    to the whip?
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
143
A human restrained
By his feelings of shame
Will avoid being blamed,
Like a horse that’s well-tamed
Doesn’t suffer the pain
Of the lash of a cane.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 143 Is there in this world any man so restrained by humility that he does not mind reproof, as a well-trained horse the whip?
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 143
In this world, does there exist a person restrained by conscience,
who avoids blame, like a good horse avoids a whip? [DLMBSFn-V143]
Dhammapada Dhp. 144
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
144. Asso yathā bhadro kasāniviṭiṭho
Ātāpino saṃvegino bhavātha
Saddhāya sīlena ca vīriyena ca
Samādhinā dhammavinicchayena ca
Sampannavijjācaraṇā patissatā
Pahassatha dukkhamidaṃ anappakaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
144. Asso yathā bhadro kasāniviṭṭho, ātāpino saṃvegino bhavātha;
Saddhāya sīlena ca vīriyena ca, samādhinā dhammavinicchayena ca;
Sampannavijjācaraṇā patissatā, jahissatha [pahassatha (sī. syā. pī.)] dukkhamidaṃ anappakaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

BE VIRTUOUS AND GET RID OF SUFFERING

  1. Like a thorough-bred horse touched by the whip, even so be strenuous and zealous. By confidence, by virtue, by effort, by concentration, by investigation of the Truth, by being endowed with knowledge and conduct, [NāradaFn10-26] and by being mindful, get rid of this great suffering.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 144. Like a thoroughbred horse touched by the whip, be strenuous, be filled with spiritual yearning. By faith and moral purity, by effort and meditation, by investigation of the truth, by being rich in knowledge and virtue, and by being mindful, destroy this unlimited suffering.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

144

Like a fine stallion
struck with a whip,
be ardent & chastened.
Through conviction
  virtue, persistence,
  concentration, judgment,
consummate in knowledge & conduct,
  mindful,
you'll abandon this not-insignificant pain.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
144
Like a horse one might train
That’s aroused with a cane,
You must smother your vast tribulation:

Be zealous, one-pointed and cultivate purity;
Trust, have composure, be mindful, have energy!
Blessed with discernment,
Endowed with good conduct,
Make effort in Dhamma enquiry.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 144 Like a well-trained horse when touched by the whip, be ye active and lively, and by faith, by virtue, by energy, by meditation, by discernment of the law you will overcome this great pain (of reproof), perfect in knowledge and in behaviour, and never forgetful.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 144
Be like a good horse when touched by a whip - strenuous and anxious.
By faith, virtue, effort and concentration, by investigation of truth,
by having knowledge and conduct, by being mindful abandon this big suffering. [DLMBSFn-V144]
Dhammapada Dhp. 145
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
145. Udakaṃ hi nayanti nettikā usukārā namayanti tejanaṃ
Dāruṃ namayanti tacchakā attānaṃ damayanti subbatā.

Daṇḍavaggo dasamo.

Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
145. Udakañhi nayanti nettikā, usukārā namayanti tejanaṃ;
Dāruṃ namayanti tacchakā, attānaṃ damayanti subbatā.

Daṇḍavaggo dasamo niṭṭhito.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE GOOD CONTROL THEMSELVES

  1. Irrigators lead the waters. Fletchers bend the shafts. Carpenters bend the wood. The virtuous control themselves. [NāradaFn10-27]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 145. Irrigators regulate the waters, fletchers straighten arrow shafts, carpenters shape wood, and the good control themselves.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

145

Irrigators guide    the water.
Fletchers shape     the arrow shaft.
Carpenters shape    the wood.
Those of good practices control
                 themselves.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
145
Farmers channel water;
Craftsmen fashion timber;
Fletchers trim their arrowshafts;
Those of virtue train themselves.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 145 Well-makers lead the water (wherever they like); fletchers bend the arrow; carpenters bend a log of wood; good people fashion themselves.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 145
Irrigators lead water. Arrow-makers bend arrow-shaft.
Carpenters bend wood. Virtuous ones master themselves. [DLMBSFn-V145]
Dhammapada Dhp. 146
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
  1. Jarāvaggo.
146. Ko nu hāso kimānando niccaṃ pajjalite sati146
Andhakārena onaddhā padīpaṃ na gavessatha.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]

11. Jarāvaggo

146. Ko nu hāso [kinnu hāso (ka.)] kimānando, niccaṃ pajjalite sati;
Andhakārena onaddhā, padīpaṃ na gavesatha.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

Chapter 11 Old Age

SEEK THE LIGHT

  1. What is laughter, what is joy, when the world is ever burning? [NāradaFn11-01] Shrouded by darkness, would you not seek the light?
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]

Dhp XI Old Age

146. When this world is ever ablaze, why this laughter, why this jubilation? Shrouded in darkness, will you not see the light?

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

Dhp XI Aging

146

What laughter, why joy,
when constantly aflame?
  Enveloped in darkness,
don't you look for a lamp?
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

Chapter 11 Decay

146a
For what the mirth and jubilation
In this endless conflagration?

146b
Blind in the black of the night:
Won’t you endeavour to seek for a light?
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7]

Chapter XI: Old Age

146 How is there laughter, how is there joy, as this world is always burning? Why do you not seek a light, ye who are surrounded by darkness?

Cited from DLMBS [8]

Chapter 11: The Old Age

DhP 146
What laughter? Why joy? When everything is constantly burning?
Covered by darkness, you do not seek light? [DLMBSFn-V146]
Dhammapada Dhp. 147
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
147. Passa cittakataṃ bimbaṃ arukāyaṃ samussitaṃ
Āturaṃ bahusaṅkappaṃ yassa natthi dhuvaṃ ṭhiti.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
147. Passa cittakataṃ bimbaṃ, arukāyaṃ samussitaṃ;
Āturaṃ bahusaṅkappaṃ, yassa natthi dhuvaṃ ṭhiti.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

FOUL IS THIS GAILY DECKED BODY

  1. Behold this beautiful body, a mass of sores, a heaped-up (lump), diseased, much thought of, in which nothing lasts, nothing persists. [NāradaFn11-02]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 147. Behold this body — a painted image, a mass of heaped up sores, infirm, full of hankering — of which nothing is lasting or stable!
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

147

Look at the beautified image,
a heap of festering wounds, shored up:
ill, but the object
  of many resolves,
where there is nothing
  lasting or sure.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
147
Look at this beautified puppet,
Haughty and full of supposing;
Orifice-marked(1), full of sickness;
Unstable, with nothing enduring. [VaradoFn-V147]
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 147 Look at this dressed-up lump, covered with wounds, joined together, sickly, full of many thoughts, which has no strength, no hold!
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 147
Look at this mind-created image, a compounded heap of sores,
diseased, with many plans, which does not have any permanence or stability. [DLMBSFn-V147]
Dhammapada Dhp. 148
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
148. Parijiṇṇamidaṃ rūpaṃ roganiḍḍhaṃ pabhaṅguraṃ
Bhijjati pūtisandeho maraṇantaṃ hi jīvitaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
148. Parijiṇṇamidaṃ rūpaṃ, roganīḷaṃ [roganiḍḍhaṃ (sī. pī.), roganiddhaṃ (syā.)] pabhaṅguraṃ;
Bhijjati pūtisandeho, maraṇantañhi jīvitaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

LIFE ENDS IN DEATH

  1. Thoroughly worn out is this body, a nest of diseases, perishable. This putrid mass breaks up. Truly, life ends in death.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 148. Fully worn out is this body, a nest of disease, and fragile. This foul mass breaks up, for death is the end of life.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

148

Worn out is this body,
a nest of diseases, dissolving.
This putrid conglomeration
is bound to break up,
for life is hemmed in with death.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
148
Decayed is your delicate frame,
A nest of disease and affliction.
This odious lump falls apart,
And this life, indeed, comes to extinction.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 148 This body is wasted, full of sickness, and frail; this heap of corruption breaks to pieces, life indeed ends in death.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 148
Decayed is this body, a frail nest of diseases.
This foul mass breaks up. Indeed, the life ends in death. [DLMBSFn-V148]
Dhammapada Dhp. 149
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
149. Yānimāni apatthāni alāpūneva sārade
Kāpotakāni aṭṭhīni tāni disvāna kā rati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
149. Yānimāni apatthāni [yānimāni apatthāni (sī. syā. pī.), yānimāni’paviddhāni (?)], alābūneva [alāpūneva (sī. syā. pī.)] sārade;
Kāpotakāni aṭṭhīni, tāni disvāna kā rati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

WHAT DELIGHT IN SEEING WHITE BONES?

  1. Like gourds cast away in autumn are these dove-hued bones. What pleasure is there in looking at them?
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 149. These dove-colored bones are like gourds that lie scattered about in autumn. Having seen them, how can one seek delight?
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

149

On seeing these bones
  discarded
like gourds in the fall,
  pigeon-gray:
         what delight?
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
149
Your beloved’s grey bones, long-discarded,
Like slender white gourds from the harvest:
You wistfully view them with far-away eyes.
What is the pleasure in them you descry?
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 149 Those white bones, like gourds thrown away in the autumn, what pleasure is there in looking at them?
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 149
Those gray bones, thrown away like pumpkins in fall.
Seeing them, what love can there be? [DLMBSFn-V149]
Dhammapada Dhp. 150
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
150. Aṭṭhīnaṃ nagaraṃ kataṃ maṃsalohitalepanaṃ
Yattha jarā ca maccu ca māno makkho ca ohito.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
150. Aṭṭhīnaṃ nagaraṃ kataṃ, maṃsalohitalepanaṃ;
Yattha jarā ca maccu ca, māno makkho ca ohito.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THIS BODY IS COMPOSED OF FLESH AND BLOOD

  1. Of bones is (this) city made, plastered with flesh and blood. Herein are stored decay, death, conceit, and detraction.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 150. This city (body) is built of bones, plastered with flesh and blood; within are decay and death, pride and jealousy.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

150

A city made of bones,
plastered over with flesh & blood,
whose hidden treasures are:
  pride & contempt,
  aging & death.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
150
Of bones is this citadel made;
With meat and with blood it is swathed;
Senescence and death wait inside –
And vilification and pride.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 150 After a stronghold has been made of the bones, it is covered with flesh and blood, and there dwell in it old age and death, pride and deceit.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 150
There is a city made of bones, plastered with flesh and blood,
where there are deposited old age, death, conceit and hypocrisy. [DLMBSFn-V150]
Dhammapada Dhp. 151
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
151. Jīranti ve rāja rathā sucittā
Atho sarīrampi jaraṃ upeti.
Satañca dhammo na jaraṃ upeti
Santo have sabbhi pavedayanti.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
151. Jīranti ve rājarathā sucittā, atho sarīrampi jaraṃ upeti;
Satañca dhammo na jaraṃ upeti, santo have sabbhi pavedayanti.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

RIGHTEOUSNESS DOES NOT WEAR AWAY

  1. Even ornamented royal chariots wear out. So too the body reaches old age. But the Dhamma [NāradaFn11-03] of the Good grows not old. Thus do the Good reveal it among the Good. [NāradaFn11-04]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 151. Even gorgeous royal chariots wear out, and indeed this body too wears out. But the Dhamma of the Good does not age; thus the Good make it known to the good.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

151

Even royal chariots
well-embellished
get run down,
and so does the body
succumb to old age.
But the Dhamma of the good
doesn't succumb to old age:
the good let the civilized know.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
151
The state royal coaches decay:
The body to old age approaches.
The virtue of Dhamma does not waste away;
The calmed make this known to the righteous.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 151 The brilliant chariots of kings are destroyed, the body also approaches destruction, but the virtue of good people never approaches destruction,--thus do the good say to the good.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 151
Beautiful king's chariots wear out. And also the body gets old.
But the teaching of the good ones does not get old. The good ones teach it to each other. [DLMBSFn-V151]
Dhammapada Dhp. 152
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
152. Appassutāyaṃ puriso balivaddo'va jīrati
Maṃsāni tassa vaḍḍhanti paññā tassa na vaḍḍhati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
152. Appassutāyaṃ puriso, balibaddhova [balivaddova (sī. syā. pī.)] jīrati;
Maṃsāni tassa vaḍḍhanti, paññā tassa na vaḍḍhati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

ONE WITH LITTLE LEARNING LACKS WISDOM

  1. The man of little learning grows old like the ox. His muscles grow; his wisdom grows not.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 152. The man of little learning grows old like a bull. He grows only in bulk, but, his wisdom does not grow.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

152 [ThaniSFn-V152]

This unlistening man
matures like an ox.
His muscles develop,
his discernment     not.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
152
The man of small learning matures like an ox:
His body develops, his wisdom does not.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 152 A man who has learnt little, grows old like an ox; his flesh grows, but his knowledge does not grow.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 152
The person without learning grows old like an ox.
His flesh grows; his wisdom does not. [DLMBSFn-V152]
Dhammapada Dhp. 153
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
153. Anekajāti saṃsāraṃ sandhāvissaṃ anibbisaṃ
Gahakārakaṃ gavesanto dukkhā jāti punappunaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
153. Anekajātisaṃsāraṃ , sandhāvissaṃ anibbisaṃ;
Gahakāraṃ [gahakārakaṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] gavesanto, dukkhā jāti punappunaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

CRAVING IS THE BUILDER OF THIS HOUSE

  1. Through many a birth I wandered in saṃsāra, [NāradaFn11-05] seeking, but not finding, the builder of the house. Sorrowful is it to be born again and again.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 153. Through many a birth in samsara have I wandered in vain, seeking the builder of this house (of life). Repeated birth is indeed suffering!
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

153-154 [ThaniSFn-V153-154]

Through the round of many births I roamed
  without reward,
  without rest,
seeking the house-builder.
  Painful is birth
  again & again.

House-builder, you're seen!
You will not build a house again.
All your rafters broken,
the ridge pole dismantled,
immersed in dismantling, the mind
has attained to the end of craving.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
153 & 154

For lifetimes untold
Through samsara I’ve roamed
For the housebuilder seeking
But failing to meet him.

How great is the pain
Ever new births to gain!

But now, builder, you’re met;
No more homes you’ll erect.
For the rafters are fractured,
The ridgepole is shattered.

My mind, in forsaking
Conditioned causation,
Through craving’s destruction,
Has reached liberation.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 153, 154. Looking for the maker of this tabernacle, I shall have to run through a course of many births, so long as I do not find (him); and painful is birth again and again. But now, maker of the tabernacle, thou hast been seen; thou shalt not make up this tabernacle again. All thy rafters are broken, thy ridge-pole is sundered; the mind, approaching the Eternal (visankhara, nirvana), has attained to the extinction of all desires.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 153
Through many rounds of rebirth have I ran, looking for the house-builder,
but not finding him. Painful is repeated rebirth. [DLMBSFn-V153]
Dhammapada Dhp. 154
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
154. Gahakāraka diṭṭho'si puna gehaṃ na kāhasi
Sabbā te phāsukā bhaggā gahakauṭaṃ visaṅkhitaṃ
Visaṅkhāragataṃ cittaṃ taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
154. Gahakāraka diṭṭhosi, puna gehaṃ na kāhasi;
Sabbā te phāsukā bhaggā, gahakūṭaṃ visaṅkhataṃ;
Visaṅkhāragataṃ cittaṃ, taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. O house-builder! Thou art seen. Thou shalt build no house again. All thy rafters are broken. Thy ridge-pole is shattered. My mind has attained the unconditioned. Achieved is the end of craving.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 154. O house-builder, you are seen! You will not build this house again. For your rafters are broken and your ridgepole shattered. My mind has reached the Unconditioned; I have attained the destruction of craving. [BudRkFn-v153-154]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

153-154 [ThaniSFn-V153-154]

Through the round of many births I roamed
  without reward,
  without rest,
seeking the house-builder.
  Painful is birth
  again & again.

House-builder, you're seen!
You will not build a house again.
All your rafters broken,
the ridge pole dismantled,
immersed in dismantling, the mind
has attained to the end of craving.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
153 & 154

For lifetimes untold
Through samsara I’ve roamed
For the housebuilder seeking
But failing to meet him.

How great is the pain
Ever new births to gain!

But now, builder, you’re met;
No more homes you’ll erect.
For the rafters are fractured,
The ridgepole is shattered.

My mind, in forsaking
Conditioned causation,
Through craving’s destruction,
Has reached liberation.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 153, 154. Looking for the maker of this tabernacle, I shall have to run through a course of many births, so long as I do not find (him); and painful is birth again and again. But now, maker of the tabernacle, thou hast been seen; thou shalt not make up this tabernacle again. All thy rafters are broken, thy ridge-pole is sundered; the mind, approaching the Eternal (visankhara, nirvana), has attained to the extinction of all desires.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 154
Oh, house-builder, you are seen! You will not build this house again!
All your ribs are broken; the roof is destroyed.
My mind is dissolute; I have attained the end of all cravings. [DLMBSFn-V154]
Dhammapada Dhp. 155
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
155. Acaritvā brahmacariyaṃ aladdhā yobbane dhanaṃ
Jiṇṇakoñcā, va jhāyanti khīṇamaccheva pallale.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
155. Acaritvā brahmacariyaṃ, aladdhā yobbane dhanaṃ;
Jiṇṇakoñcāva jhāyanti, khīṇamaccheva pallale.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THEY REPENT WHO DO NOT PROGRESS MATERIALLY AND SPIRITUALLY

  1. They who have not led the Holy Life, who in youth have not acquired wealth, pine away like old herons at a pond without fish.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 155. Those who in youth have not led the holy life, or have failed to acquire wealth, languish like old cranes in the pond without fish.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

155-156

Neither living the chaste life
nor gaining wealth in their youth,
they waste away like old herons
in a dried-up lake
depleted of fish.

Neither living the chaste life
nor gaining wealth in their youth,
they lie around,
misfired from the bow,
sighing over old times.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
155
The old who, in their youth, neither took on the holy-life, nor made any savings, brood like old herons beside a fished-out lake.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 155 Men who have not observed proper discipline, and have not gained treasure in their youth, perish like old herons in a lake without fish.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 155
Those, who have not led the holy life, and have not obtained wealth while young,
ponder just like old herons in the lake without fish. [DLMBSFn-V155]
Dhammapada Dhp. 156
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
156. Acaritvā brahmacariyaṃ aladdhā yobbane dhanaṃ
Senti cāpā'tikhittā'va purāṇāni anutthunaṃ.

Jarāvaggo ekādasamo.

Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
156. Acaritvā brahmacariyaṃ, aladdhā yobbane dhanaṃ;
Senti cāpātikhīṇāva, purāṇāni anutthunaṃ.

Jarāvaggo ekādasamo niṭṭhito.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. They who have not led the Holy Life; who in youth have not acquired wealth, lie like worn-out bows, sighing after the past.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 156. Those who in youth have not lead the holy life, or have failed to acquire wealth, lie sighing over the past, like worn out arrows (shot from) a bow.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

155-156

Neither living the chaste life
nor gaining wealth in their youth,
they waste away like old herons
in a dried-up lake
depleted of fish.

Neither living the chaste life
nor gaining wealth in their youth,
they lie around,
misfired from the bow,
sighing over old times.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
156
The old who, in their youth, neither took on the holy-life, nor made any savings, lie on their backs lamenting the past, like misfired arrows.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 156 Men who have not observed proper discipline, and have not gained treasure in their youth, lie, like broken bows, sighing after the past.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 156
Those, who have not led the holy life, and have not obtained wealth while young,
lie just like arrows shot from a bow, moaning over the past. [DLMBSFn-V156]
Dhammapada Dhp. 157
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
  1. Attavaggo.
157. Attānaṃ ce piyaṃ jaññā rakkheyya naṃ surakkhitaṃ157
Tiṇṇamaññataraṃ yāmaṃ paṭijaggeyya paṇḍito.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]

12. Attavaggo

157. Attānañce piyaṃ jaññā, rakkheyya naṃ surakkhitaṃ;
Tiṇṇaṃ aññataraṃ yāmaṃ, paṭijaggeyya paṇḍito.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

Chapter 12 The Self

BE VIGILANT

  1. If one holds oneself [NāradaFn12-01] dear, one should protect oneself well. During every one of the three watches the wise man should keep vigil.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]

Dhp XII The Self

157. If one holds oneself dear, one should diligently watch oneself. Let the wise man keep vigil during any of the three watches of the night.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

Dhp XII Self

157 [ThaniSFn-V157]

If you hold yourself dear
then guard, guard yourself well.
The wise person would stay awake
  nursing himself
in any of the three watches of the night,
  the three stages of life.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

Chapter 12 The Self

157
If we saw that the love for ourselves is not slight,
We’d watch over ourselves without lassitude.
Thus, the prudent, at least for one third of the night,
Should attend to themselves with solicitude.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7]

Chapter XII: Self

157 If a man hold himself dear, let him watch himself carefully; during one at least out of the three watches a wise man should be watchful.

Cited from DLMBS [8]

Chapter 12: The Self

DhP 157
If someone holds oneself dear, let him guard himself very well.
In any of the three watches of the night let the wise one be watchful. [DLMBSFn-V157]
Dhammapada Dhp. 158
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
158. Attānameva paṭhamaṃ patirūpe nivesaye
Athaññamanusāseyya na kilisseyya paṇḍito.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
158. Attānameva paṭhamaṃ, patirūpe nivesaye;
Athaññamanusāseyya, na kilisseyya paṇḍito.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

ADVISERS SHOULD SET THE EXAMPLE FIRST

  1. Let one first establish oneself in what is proper, and then instruct others. Such a wise man will not be defiled. [NāradaFn12-02]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 158. One should first establish oneself in what is proper; then only should one instruct others. Thus the wise man will not be reproached.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

158

  First
he'd settle himself
in what is correct,
  only then
teach others.
He wouldn't stain his name
     : he is wise.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
158
Once you’ve established
Your own firm foundation
In ways that are proper
Train others thereafter.
For ‘learned exponents’
Should not have defilements . . .
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 158 Let each man direct himself first to what is proper, then let him teach others; thus a wise man will not suffer.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 158
Let one first establish oneself in what is proper,
and then instruct others. A wise one should not be impure. [DLMBSFn-V158]
Dhammapada Dhp. 159
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
159. Attānañce tathā kayirā yathaññamanusāsati
Sudanto vata dammetha attā hi kira duddamo.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
159. Attānaṃ ce tathā kayirā, yathāññamanusāsati;
Sudanto vata dametha, attā hi kira duddamo.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

ACT AS YOU INSTRUCT

  1. As he instructs others so should he himself act. Himself fully controlled, he should control (others); for oneself, indeed, is difficult to control.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 159. One should do what one teaches others to do; if one would train others, one should be well controlled oneself. Difficult, indeed, is self-control.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

159

If you'd mold yourself
the way you teach others,
then, well-trained,
go ahead & tame —
  for, as they say,
what's hard to tame is you
  yourself.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
159
If, at first, he himself did behave
In the way that he others might train,
Himself thus being tamed, as a trainer he’s capable -
But taming oneself is a task that’s formidable.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 159 If a man make himself as he teaches others to be, then, being himself well subdued, he may subdue (others); one's own self is indeed difficult to subdue.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 159
If only one always did what one advises others!
One well restrained can teach others. Indeed, it is difficult to control oneself. [DLMBSFn-V159]
Dhammapada Dhp. 160
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
160. Attā hi attano nātho kohi nātho paro siyā
Attanā'va sudantena nāthaṃ labhati dullabhaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
160. Attā hi attano nātho, ko hi nātho paro siyā;
Attanā hi sudantena, nāthaṃ labhati dullabhaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

SELF IS ONE'S REFUGE

  1. Oneself, indeed, is one's saviour, for what other saviour would there be? With oneself well controlled one obtains a saviour difficult to find.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 160. One truly is the protector of oneself; who else could the protector be? With oneself fully controlled, one gains a mastery that is hard to gain.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

160

Your own self is
your own mainstay,
for who else could your mainstay be?
With you yourself well-trained
you obtain the mainstay
hard to obtain.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
160
You are indeed your own guardian;
Which person else could it be?
With yourself satisfactorily mastered,
You come by a guardian not easy to meet.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 160 Self is the lord of self, who else could be the lord? With self well subdued, a man finds a lord such as few can find.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 160
One is indeed one's own lord. What other lord would there be?
With oneself well restrained, one will obtain the lord that is so hard to get. [DLMBSFn-V160]
Dhammapada Dhp. 161
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
161. Attanā'va kataṃ pāpaṃ attajaṃ attasambhavaṃ
Abhimatthati dummedhaṃ vajiraṃ'vasmamayaṃ maṇiṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
161. Attanā hi kataṃ pāpaṃ, attajaṃ attasambhavaṃ;
Abhimatthati [abhimantati (sī. pī.)] dummedhaṃ, vajiraṃ vasmamayaṃ [vajiraṃva’mhamayaṃ (syā. ka.)] maṇiṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

ONE IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ONE'S EVIL

  1. By oneself alone is evil done; it is self-born, it is self-caused. Evil grinds the unwise as a diamond grinds a hard gem.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 161. The evil a witless man does by himself, born of himself and produced by himself, grinds him as a diamond grinds a hard gem.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

161

The evil he himself has done
 — self-born, self-created —
grinds down the dullard,
as a diamond, a precious stone.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
161
The evil that one executes
Is what one has oneself produced.
Like diamond grinds the hardest jewel,
That self-made evil grinds the fool.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 161 The evil done by oneself, self-begotten, self-bred, crushes the foolish, as a diamond breaks a precious stone.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 161
The evil is done by oneself, proceeding from oneself, originating from oneself.
It crushes the fool, just like a diamond crushes a hard gem. [DLMBSFn-V161]
Dhammapada Dhp. 162
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
162. Yassa accantadussīlyaṃ māluvā sālamivotataṃ
Karoti so tathattānaṃ yathā naṃ icchatī diso.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
162. Yassa accantadussīlyaṃ, māluvā sālamivotthataṃ;
Karoti so tathattānaṃ, yathā naṃ icchatī diso.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE CORRUPT BRING ABOUT THEIR OWN RUIN

  1. He who is exceedingly corrupt, like a māluvā creeper strangling a sal tree, does to himself what even an enemy would wish for him.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 162. Just as a single creeper strangles the tree on which it grows, even so, a man who is exceedingly depraved harms himself as only an enemy might wish.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

162 [ThaniSFn-V162]

When overspread by extreme vice —
like a sal tree by a vine —
you do to yourself
what an enemy would wish.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
162
A man who has conduct that’s truly malign
Is just like a tree with a strangling vine:
What he does to himself is the very same thing
That his foe would take pleasure in doing to him.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 162 He whose wickedness is very great brings himself down to that state where his enemy wishes him to be, as a creeper does with the tree which it surrounds.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 162
Who is of extremely bad morality, like a creeper spread over a Sala tree,
he will do unto himself, what an enemy wishes to do unto him. [DLMBSFn-V162]
Dhammapada Dhp. 163
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
163. Sukarāni asādhūni attano ahitāni ca
Yaṃ ve hitañca sādhuṃ ca taṃ ve paramadukkaraṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
163. Sukarāni asādhūni, attano ahitāni ca;
Yaṃ ve hitañca sādhuñca, taṃ ve paramadukkaraṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

EVIL IS EASY BUT GOOD IS DIFFICULT

  1. Easy to do are things that are hard and not beneficial to oneself, but very, very, difficult indeed, to do is that which is beneficial and good.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 163. Easy to do are things that are bad and harmful to oneself. But exceedingly difficult to do are things that are good and beneficial.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

163

They're easy to do —
things of no good
& no use to yourself.
What's truly useful & good
is truly harder than hard to do.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
163
What’s immoral to do,
And self-damaging too,
Is not hard to pursue.

But what’s proper to do,
And is salutary too,
It is hard carrying through.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 163 Bad deeds, and deeds hurtful to ourselves, are easy to do; what is beneficial and good, that is very difficult to do.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 163
Easy done are deeds, that are wrong and harmful to oneself.
What is beneficial and good, that is indeed most difficult to do. [DLMBSFn-V163]
Dhammapada Dhp. 164
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
164. Yo sāsanaṃ arahataṃ ariyānaṃ dhammajīvinaṃ
Paṭikkosati dummedho diṭṭhiṃ nissāya pāpikaṃ
Phalāni kaṭṭhakasseva attaghaññāya phallati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
164. Yo sāsanaṃ arahataṃ, ariyānaṃ dhammajīvinaṃ;
Paṭikkosati dummedho, diṭṭhiṃ nissāya pāpikaṃ;
Phalāni kaṭṭhakasseva, attaghātāya [attaghaññāya (sī. syā. pī.)] phallati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

SCORN NOT THE NOBLE

  1. The stupid man, who, on account of false views, scorns the teaching of the Arahants, the Noble Ones, and the Righteous, ripens like the fruit of the kāshta reed, only for his own destruction.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 164. Whoever, on account of perverted views, scorns the Teaching of the Perfected Ones, the Noble and Righteous Ones — that fool, like the bamboo, produces fruits only for self destruction. [BudRkFn-v164]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

164 [ThaniSFn-V164]

The teaching of those who live the Dhamma,
worthy ones, noble:
whoever maligns it
        — a dullard,
        inspired by evil view —
bears fruit for his own destruction,
like the fruiting of the bamboo.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
164
The woman who’s senseless
Denounces the teachings
Of those who are noble,
Whose living is righteous.

She’s under the sway
Of opinions profane,
And the fruits of her life
Will just bring her to ruin,
As bearing of fruit
Is the bamboo’s undoing.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 164 The foolish man who scorns the rule of the venerable (Arahat), of the elect (Ariya), of the virtuous, and follows false doctrine, he bears fruit to his own destruction, like the fruits of the Katthaka reed.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 164
Who scorns thee teaching of the Arahants, the Noble Ones, living righteously,
the fool, who is relying on wrong beliefs,
produces fruit just like a bamboo - for his own destruction. [DLMBSFn-V164]
Dhammapada Dhp. 165
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
165. Attanā'va kataṃ pāpaṃ attanā saṃkilissati
Attanā akataṃ pāpaṃ attanā'va visujjhati
Suddhi asuddhi paccattaṃ nāññamañño visodhaye.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
165. Attanā hi [attanāva (sī. syā. pī.)] kataṃ pāpaṃ, attanā saṃkilissati;
Attanā akataṃ pāpaṃ, attanāva visujjhati;
Suddhī asuddhi paccattaṃ, nāñño aññaṃ [nāññamañño(sī.)] visodhaye.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

PURITY AND IMPURITY DEPEND ON ONESELF

  1. By oneself, indeed, is evil done; by oneself is one defiled. By oneself is evil left undone; by oneself indeed, is one purified. Purity and impurity depend on oneself. No one purifies another.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 165. By oneself is evil done; by oneself is one defiled. By oneself is evil left undone; by oneself is one made pure. Purity and impurity depend on oneself; no one can purify another.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

165 [ThaniSFn-V165]

Evil is done    by oneself

by oneself is one defiled.
Evil is left undone by oneself

by oneself is one cleansed.
Purity & impurity are one's own doing.
  No one purifies another.
  No other purifies one.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
165
By each themselves is evil done;
By each is each defiled.
By each themselves is evil shunned;
By each is each refined.

To polish or stain,
On ourselves it depends,
For a person cannot
By another be cleansed.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 165 By oneself the evil is done, by oneself one suffers; by oneself evil is left undone, by oneself one is purified. Purity and impurity belong to oneself, no one can purify another.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 165
The evil is done by oneself; by oneself one becomes impure.
The evil is undone by oneself; by oneself one becomes pure.
Purity and impurity depend on oneself. No one can purify another. [DLMBSFn-V165]
Dhammapada Dhp. 166
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
166. Attadatthaṃ paratthena bahunā'pi na hāpaye
Attadatthambhiññāya sadatthapasuto siyā.

Attavaggo dvādasamo.

Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
166. Attadatthaṃ paratthena, bahunāpi na hāpaye;
Attadatthamabhiññāya, sadatthapasuto siyā.

Attavaggo dvādasamo niṭṭhito.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

STRIVE FOR YOUR SPIRITUAL WELFARE

  1. For the sake of others' welfare, however great, let not one neglect one's own welfare. [NāradaFn12-03] Clearly perceiving one's own welfare, let one be intent on one's own goal.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 166. Let one not neglect one's own welfare for the sake of another, however great. Clearly understanding one's own welfare, let one be intent upon the good.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

166 [ThaniSFn-V166]

Don't sacrifice your own welfare
for that of another,
no matter how great.
Realizing your own true welfare,
be intent on just that.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
166
Do not disregard your own welfare
For others, for even a throng.
Having well understood your own welfare,
Venture the taking it on!
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 166 Let no one forget his own duty for the sake of another's, however great; let a man, after he has discerned his own duty, be always attentive to his duty.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 166
Let one not neglect one's own spiritual attainment for other's spiritual attainment, however great.
Having fully understood one's own spiritual attainment, let one pursue the true attainment. [DLMBSFn-V166]
Dhammapada Dhp. 167
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
  1. Lokavaggo.
167. Hīnaṃ dhammaṃ na seveyya pamādena na saṃvase
Micchādiṭṭhiṃ na seveyya na siyā lokavaddhano.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]

13. Lokavaggo

167.
Hīnaṃ dhammaṃ na seveyya, pamādena na saṃvase;
Micchādiṭṭhiṃ na seveyya, na siyā lokavaḍḍhano.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

Chapter 13 The World

GIVE UP BASE DESIRES

  1. Do not serve mean ends, [NāradaFn13-01] Do not live in heedlessness. Do not embrace false views. Do not be a world-upholder. [NāradaFn13-02]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]

Dhp XIII The World

167. Follow not the vulgar way; live not in heedlessness; hold not false views; linger not long in worldly existence.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

Dhp XIII Worlds

167

Don't associate with lowly qualities.
Don't consort with heedlessness.
Don't associate with wrong views.
Don't busy yourself with the world.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

Chapter 13 The World

167
Do not pursue the vulgar way;
Wrongful views, don’t entertain;
In heedless states do not abide;
To worldly ways do not incline.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7]

Chapter XIII: The World

167 Do not follow the evil law! Do not live on in thoughtlessness! Do not follow false doctrine! Be not a friend of the world.

Cited from DLMBS [8]

Chapter 13: The World

DhP 167
Don't practice inferior teachings; don't connect with negligence.
Don't embrace wrong beliefs; don't be attached to the world. [DLMBSFn-V167]
Dhammapada Dhp. 168
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
168. Uttiṭṭhe nappamajjeyya dhammaṃ sucaritaṃ care
Dhammacāri sukhaṃ seti asmiṃ loke paramhi ca.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
168. Uttiṭṭhe nappamajjeyya, dhammaṃ sucaritaṃ care;
Dhammacārī sukhaṃ seti, asmiṃ loke paramhi ca.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE RIGHTEOUS ARE HAPPY BE RIGHTEOUS

  1. Be not heedless in standing [NāradaFn13-03] (at people's doors for alms). Observe (this) practice scrupulously. He who observes this practice lives happily both in this world and in the next.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 168. Arise! Do not be heedless! Lead a righteous life. The righteous live happily both in this world and the next.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

168-169

Get up! Don't be heedless.
Live the Dhamma well.
One who lives the Dhamma
  sleeps with ease
in this world & the next.

Live the Dhamma well.
Don't live it badly.
One who lives the Dhamma
  sleeps with ease
in this world & the next.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
168
Strive! Try! Don’t be perfunctory:
Take on the practice, and do it painstakingly.
Seekers of Dhamma when sleeping, sleep blissfully,
Both in life here, and hereafter additionally.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 168 Rouse thyself! do not be idle! Follow the law of virtue! The virtuous rests in bliss in this world and in the next.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 168
Arise! Don't be negligent! Practice the good teaching!
One living in truth dwells happily, both in this world and in the next one. [DLMBSFn-V168]
Dhammapada Dhp. 169
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
169. Dhammaṃ care sucaritaṃ na naṃ duccaritaṃ care
Dhammacārī sukhaṃ seti asmiṃ loke paramhi ca.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
169. Dhammaṃ care sucaritaṃ, na naṃ duccaritaṃ care;
Dhammacārī sukhaṃ seti, asmiṃ loke paramhi ca.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. Scrupulously observe (this) practice. Do not observe it unscrupulously. He who observes this practice lives happily both in this world and in the next.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 169. Lead a righteous life; lead not a base life. The righteous live happily both in this world and the next.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

168-169

Get up! Don't be heedless.
Live the Dhamma well.
One who lives the Dhamma
  sleeps with ease
in this world & the next.

Live the Dhamma well.
Don't live it badly.
One who lives the Dhamma
  sleeps with ease
in this world & the next.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
169
Take on the practice and do it painstakingly:
Don’t take it on and then do it disgracefully.
Seekers of Dhamma when sleeping, sleep blissfully,
Both in life here, and hereafter additionally.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 169 Follow the law of virtue; do not follow that of sin. The virtuous rests in bliss in this world and in the next.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 169
Practice the good teaching; don't practice the bad one!
One living in truth dwells happily, both in this world and in the next one. [DLMBSFn-V169]
Dhammapada Dhp. 170
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
170. Yathā bubbulakaṃ passe yathā passe marīcikaṃ
Evaṃ lokaṃ avekkhantaṃ maccurājā na passati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
170. Yathā pubbuḷakaṃ [pubbuḷakaṃ (sī. pī.)] passe, yathā passe marīcikaṃ;
Evaṃ lokaṃ avekkhantaṃ, maccurājā na passati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

LIKE A BUBBLE IS THIS WORLD

  1. Just as one would look upon a bubble, just as one would look upon a mirage [NāradaFn13-04] - if a person thus looks upon the world, the King of Death sees him not.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 170. One who looks upon the world as a bubble and a mirage, him the King of Death sees not.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

170 [ThaniSFn-V170]

See it  as a bubble,
see it  as a mirage:
one who regards the world this way
the King of Death doesn't see.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
170
As if you might a bubble see,
As if it should a mirage be:
When thus you gaze upon the world
You’re not by Death’s great king observed.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 170 Look upon the world as a bubble, look upon it as a mirage: the king of death does not see him who thus looks down upon the world.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 170
As if one would see a bubble, as if one would see a mirage,
who observes the world like that, the King of Death does not see him. [DLMBSFn-V170]
Dhammapada Dhp. 171
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
171. Etha passathiraṃ lokaṃ cittaṃ rājarathūpamaṃ
Yattha bālā visīdanti natthi saṅgo vijānataṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
171. Etha passathimaṃ lokaṃ, cittaṃ rājarathūpamaṃ;
Yattha bālā visīdanti, natthi saṅgo vijānataṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE WISE ARE NOT ATTACHED TO THE WORLD

  1. Come, behold this world [NāradaFn13-05] which is like unto an ornamented royal chariot, wherein fools flounder, but for the wise there is no attachment.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 171. Come! Behold this world, which is like a decorated royal chariot. Here fools flounder, but the wise have no attachment to it.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

171

Come look at this world
all decked out
like a royal chariot,
where fools plunge in,
while those who know
  don't cling.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
171
Let’s gaze upon this pompous world
(A royal coach resplendent!)
In which the fools have settled down:
The wise have no attachment.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 171 Come, look at this glittering world, like unto a royal chariot; the foolish are immersed in it, but the wise do not touch it.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 171
Come and look at this world, similar to a beautiful king's chariot.
Where the fools sink down, for those, who understand, there is no attachment. [DLMBSFn-V171]
Dhammapada Dhp. 172
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
172. Yo ca pubbe pamajjitvā pacchā so nappamajjati
So imaṃ lokaṃ pabhāseti abbhā mutto'va candimā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
172. Yo ca pubbe pamajjitvā, pacchā so nappamajjati;
Somaṃ lokaṃ pabhāseti, abbhā muttova candimā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE HEEDFUL ILLUMINE THE WORLD

  1. Whoever was heedless before and afterwards is not; such a one illumines this world like the moon freed from clouds.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 172. He who having been heedless is heedless no more, illuminates this world like the moon freed from clouds.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

172-173

Who once was heedless,
but later is not,
  brightens the world
  like the moon set free from a cloud.

His evil-done deed
is replaced with skillfulness:
  he brightens the world
  like the moon set free from a cloud.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
172
Whoever though earlier negligent,
In passage of time became diligent,
Is one who throws light on the world,
Like the moon which from clouds has emerged.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 172 He who formerly was reckless and afterwards became sober, brightens up this world, like the moon when freed from clouds.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 172
Who has been formerly negligent, but later is not,
illuminates this world like a moon freed from cloud. [DLMBSFn-V172]
Dhammapada Dhp. 173
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
173. Yassa pāsaṃ kataṃ kammaṃ kusalena pithīyati
So imaṃ lokaṃ pabhāseti abbhā mutto'va candimā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
173. Yassa pāpaṃ kataṃ kammaṃ, kusalena pidhīyati [pitīyati (sī. syā. pī.)];
Somaṃ lokaṃ pabhāseti, abbhā muttova candimā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

EVIL CAN BE ERASED BY GOOD

  1. Whoever, by a good deed, [NāradaFn13-06] covers the evil done, [NāradaFn13-07] such a one illumines this world like the moon freed from clouds.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 173. He, who by good deeds covers the evil he has done, illuminates this world like the moon freed from clouds.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

172-173

Who once was heedless,
but later is not,
  brightens the world
  like the moon set free from a cloud.

His evil-done deed
is replaced with skillfulness:
  he brightens the world
  like the moon set free from a cloud.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
173
One guilty of past misdemeanour
Who shrouds it with skilful endeavour
Is one who throws light on the world,
Like the moon which from clouds has emerged.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 173 He whose evil deeds are covered by good deeds, brightens up this world, like the moon when freed from clouds.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 173
Who covers his evil deeds with good ones,
illuminates this world like a moon freed from cloud. [DLMBSFn-V173]
Dhammapada Dhp. 174
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
174. Andhabhūto ayaṃ loko tanukettha vipassati
Sakunto jālamutto'va appo saggāya gacchati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
174. Andhabhūto [andhībhūto (ka.)] ayaṃ loko, tanukettha vipassati;
Sakuṇo jālamuttova, appo saggāya gacchati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

FEW ARE THE CLEAR-SIGHTED

  1. Blind is this world. Few are those who clearly see. As birds escape from a net few go to a blissful state. [NāradaFn13-08]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 174. Blind is the world; here only a few possess insight. Only a few, like birds escaping from the net, go to realms of bliss.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

174

Blinded this world —
how few here see clearly!
Just as birds who've escaped
  from a net are
  few, few
  are the people
who make it to heaven.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
174
Benighted is humanity:
How few there are that see!
As few men go to paradise
As birds from nets break free.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 174 This world is dark, few only can see here; a few only go to heaven, like birds escaped from the net.
Dhammapada Dhp. 175
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
175. Haṃsādiccapathe yanti ākāse yanti iddhiyā
Niyyanti dhīrā lokamhā jitvā māraṃ savāhiniṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
175. Haṃsādiccapathe yanti, ākāse yanti iddhiyā;
Nīyanti dhīrā lokamhā, jetvā māraṃ savāhiniṃ [savāhanaṃ (syā. ka.)].
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE WISE SEEK AN ESCAPE FROM THIS WORLD

  1. Swans wing along on the path of the sun. (Men) go through air by psychic powers, [NāradaFn13-09] The wise are led away from the world, [NāradaFn13-10] having conquered Māra and his host. [NāradaFn13-11]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 175. Swans fly on the path of the sun; men pass through the air by psychic powers; the wise are led away from the world after vanquishing Mara and his host.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

175

Swans fly the path of the sun;
those with the power fly through space;
the enlightened flee from the world,
having defeated the armies of Mara.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
175
Swans wing their way on the sun’s westward path;
By their powers sublime, through the air, adepts pass.
The sages take leave of the worldly domain
Having Mara defeated, and all Mara’s train.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 175 The swans go on the path of the sun, they go through the ether by means of their miraculous power; the wise are led out of this world, when they have conquered Mara and his train.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 175
Swans travel on the path of the sun. People travel through space by supernatural powers.
Wise ones are guided away from the world, having conquered Mara with his army. [DLMBSFn-V175]
Dhammapada Dhp. 176
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
176. Ekaṃ dhammaṃ atītassa musāvādissa jantūno
Vitiṇṇaparalokassa natthi pāpaṃ akāriyaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
176. Ekaṃ dhammaṃ atītassa, musāvādissa jantuno;
Vitiṇṇaparalokassa, natthi pāpaṃ akāriyaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THERE IS NO EVIL THAT A LIAR CANNOT COMMIT

  1. There is no evil that cannot be done by the liar, [NāradaFn13-12] who has transgressed the one law (of truthfulness) and who is indifferent to a world beyond.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 176. For a liar who has violated the one law (of truthfulness) who holds in scorn the hereafter, there is no evil that he cannot do.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

176 [ThaniSFn-V176]

The person who tells a lie,
who transgresses in this one thing,
transcending concern for the world beyond:
  there's no evil
  he might not do.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
176
They who, in speaking, are guilty of falsity,
Flouting one virtue, the virtue of honesty -
Doubting the chance of an after-life destiny -
Won’t draw the line at a single iniquity.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 176 If a man has transgressed one law, and speaks lies, and scoffs at another world, there is no evil he will not do.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 176
For the person, who has transgressed the one law (of truthfulness) and is speaking falsely,
and has rejected the other world, there is no evil that could not be done. [DLMBSFn-V176]
Dhammapada Dhp. 177
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
177. Na ve kadariyā devalokaṃ vajanti
bālā have nappasaṃsanti dānaṃ
Dhīro ca dānaṃ anumodamāno
Teneva so hoti sūkhī parattha.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
177. Na ve kadariyā devalokaṃ vajanti, bālā have nappasaṃsanti dānaṃ;
Dhīro ca dānaṃ anumodamāno, teneva so hoti sukhī parattha.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE STINGY ARE NOT HAPPY

  1. Verily misers go not to the celestial realms. Fools do not indeed praise liberality. The wise man rejoices in giving and thereby become happy thereafter.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 177. Truly, misers fare not to heavenly realms; nor, indeed, do fools praise generosity. But the wise man rejoices in giving, and by that alone does he become happy hereafter.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

177

No misers go
to the world of the devas.
Those who don't praise giving
         are fools.
The enlightened
express their approval for giving
  and so find ease
  in the world beyond.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
177
To realms of the gods will proceed not the niggardly;
Fools, who don’t see this, do not extol charity.
Those who are prudent commend open-handedness;
Thus, after death, they are happy in consequence.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 177 The uncharitable do not go to the world of the gods; fools only do not praise liberality; a wise man rejoices in liberality, and through it becomes blessed in the other world.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 177
Selfish ones do not get to the world of the gods. Fools do not praise giving.
And the wise one enjoys giving. Just because of that he is happy hereafter. [DLMBSFn-V177]
Dhammapada Dhp. 178
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
178. Pathavyā ekarajjena saggassa gamanena vā178
Sabbalokādhipaccena sotāpattiphalaṃ varaṃ.

Lokavaggo terasamo.

Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
178. Pathabyā ekarajjena, saggassa gamanena vā;
Sabbalokādhipaccena, sotāpattiphalaṃ varaṃ.

Lokavaggo terasamo niṭṭhito.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

SPIRITUAL ADVANCEMENT IS BETTER THAN WORLDLY SOVEREIGNTY

  1. Better than absolute sovereignty [NāradaFn13-13] over the earth, better than going to heaven, better than even lordship over all the worlds, is the Fruit of a Stream-Winner. [NāradaFn13-14]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 178. Better than sole sovereignty over the earth, better than going to heaven, better even than lordship over all the worlds is the supramundane Fruition of Stream Entrance. [BudRkFn-v178]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

178 [ThaniSFn-V178]

Sole dominion over the earth,
going to heaven,
lordship over all worlds:
  the fruit of stream-entry
  excels them.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
178
Better than sovereignty over the earth,
Or finding in heaven a blessed rebirth,
Or ruling the cosmos with total authority,
Better than these is securing of stream-entry.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 178 Better than sovereignty over the earth, better than going to heaven, better than lordship over all worlds, is the reward of the first step in holiness.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 178
From sole sovereignty over the earth, or from going to heaven,
from lordship over the whole world, the fruit of Entering the Stream is the best. [DLMBSFn-V178]
Dhammapada Dhp. 179
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
  1. Buddhavaggo.
179. Yassa jitaṃ nāvajīyati jitamassa no yāti koci loke
Tambuddhamanantagocaraṃ apadaṃ kena padena nessatha.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]

14. Buddhavaggo

179. Yassa jitaṃ nāvajīyati, jitaṃ yassa [jitamassa (sī. syā. pī.), jitaṃ massa (ka.)] no yāti koci loke;
Taṃ buddhamanantagocaraṃ, apadaṃ kena padena nessatha.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

Chapter 14 The Buddha

THE BUDDHA CANNOT BE FATHOMED

  1. Whose conquest (of passion) is not turned into defeat, [NāradaFn14-01] no conquered (passion) of his in this world follows him [NāradaFn14-02] - that trackless [NāradaFn14-03] Buddha of infinite range, [NāradaFn14-04] by which way will you lead him?
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]

Dhp XIV The Buddha

179. By what track can you trace that trackless Buddha of limitless range, whose victory nothing can undo, whom none of the vanquished defilements can ever pursue?

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

Dhp XIV Awakened

179-180

Whose conquest can't be undone,
whose conquest no one in the world
  can reach;
awakened, his pasture endless,
  pathless:
by what path will you lead him astray?

In whom there's no craving
 — the sticky ensnarer —
to lead him anywherever at all;
awakened, his pasture endless,
  pathless:
by what path will you lead him astray?
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

Chapter 14 The Buddha

179
The Buddha, whose victory is not overturned,
That hero no longer proceeds in the world;
Of limitless range, having left every way,
Then where is the track that could lead him astray?
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7]

Chapter XIV: The Buddha (The Awakened)

179 He whose conquest is not conquered again, into whose conquest no one in this world enters, by what track can you lead him, the Awakened, the Omniscient, the trackless?

Cited from DLMBS [8]

Chapter 14: The Buddha

DhP 179
Whose victory cannot be turned into defeat, nobody in the world can pursue his victory.
By what way will you destroy such an Awakened one, trackless and of endless sphere? [DLMBSFn-V179]
Dhammapada Dhp. 180
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
180. Yassa jālinī visattikā taṇhā natthi kuhiñci netave
Tambuddhamanantagocaraṃ apadaṃ kena padena nessatha.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
180. Yassa jālinī visattikā, taṇhā natthi kuhiñci netave;
Taṃ buddhamanantagocaraṃ, apadaṃ kena padena nessatha.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE BUDDHA IS PASSIONLESS

  1. Him in whom there is not that entangling, [NāradaFn14-05] embroiling craving to lead (to any life), him the trackless Buddha of infinite range - by which way will you lead him? [NāradaFn14-06]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 180. By what track can you trace that trackless Buddha of limitless range, in whom exists no longer, the entangling and embroiling craving that perpetuates becoming?
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

179-180

Whose conquest can't be undone,
whose conquest no one in the world
  can reach;
awakened, his pasture endless,
  pathless:
by what path will you lead him astray?

In whom there's no craving
 — the sticky ensnarer —
to lead him anywherever at all;
awakened, his pasture endless,
  pathless:
by what path will you lead him astray?
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
180
The Buddha is free of entangling affection,
And nowhere has left any cravings to lure him;
Of limitless range, having left every way,
Then where is the track that could lead him astray?
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 180 He whom no desire with its snares and poisons can lead astray, by what track can you lead him, the Awakened, the Omniscient, the trackless?
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 180
Whose ensnaring craving and thirst that could carry him away does not exist anywhere,
by what way will you destroy such an Awakened one, trackless and of endless sphere? [DLMBSFn-V180]
Dhammapada Dhp. 181
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
181. Ye jhānapasutā dhīrā nekkhammūpasame ratā
Devā'pi tesaṃ pihayanti sambuddhānaṃ satīmataṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
181. Ye jhānapasutā dhīrā, nekkhammūpasame ratā;
Devāpi tesaṃ pihayanti, sambuddhānaṃ satīmataṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

BUDDHAS ARE DEAR TO ALL

  1. The wise ones who are intent on meditation, [NāradaFn14-07] who delight in the peace of renunciation [NāradaFn14-08] (i.e., Nibbāna), such mindful perfect Buddhas even the gods hold (most) dear.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 181. Those wise ones who are devoted to meditation and who delight in the calm of renunciation — such mindful ones, Supreme Buddhas, even the gods hold dear.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

181

They, the enlightened, intent on jhana,
delighting in stilling
& renunciation,
self-awakened & mindful:
  even the devas
  view them with envy.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
181
Wise ones strive in meditation,
Joy- and peace-filled in seclusion,
Fully conscious, minds awakened,
Gods would wish their situation. [VaradoFn-V181]
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 181 Even the gods envy those who are awakened and not forgetful, who are given to meditation, who are wise, and who delight in the repose of retirement (from the world).
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 181
The wise ones, who are intent upon meditation, delighting in renunciation and calm,
completely awakened and wakeful ones, even the gods do envy them. [DLMBSFn-V181]
Dhammapada Dhp. 182
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
182. Kiccho manussapaṭilābho kicchaṃ macchāna jīvitaṃ
Kicchaṃ saddhammasavanaṃ kiccho buddhānaṃ uppādo.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
182. Kiccho manussapaṭilābho, kicchaṃ maccāna jīvitaṃ;
Kicchaṃ saddhammassavanaṃ, kiccho buddhānamuppādo.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE GOOD ARE RARE

  1. Rare is birth as a human being. Hard is the life of mortals. Hard is the hearing of the Sublime Truth. Rare is the appearance of the Buddhas.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 182. Hard is it to be born a man; hard is the life of mortals. Hard is it to gain the opportunity of hearing the Sublime Truth, and hard to encounter is the arising of the Buddhas.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

182

Hard    the winning of a human birth.
Hard    the life of mortals.
Hard    the chance to hear the true Dhamma.
Hard    the arising of Awakened Ones.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
182
Rare the chance, the birth as man;
Hard to live, this mortal span;
Rare, to hear the Dhamma true;
Buddhas rising forth are few.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 182 Difficult (to obtain) is the conception of men, difficult is the life of mortals, difficult is the hearing of the True Law, difficult is the birth of the Awakened (the attainment of Buddhahood).
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 182
Hard to get is the human birth; difficult is the life of a mortal.
Difficult is listening to the True Dharma; hard to come by is the appearance of the Awakened Ones. [DLMBSFn-V182]
Dhammapada Dhp. 183
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
183. Sabbapāpassa akaraṇaṃ kusalassa upasampadā
Sacittapariyodapanaṃ etaṃ buddhāna sāsanaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
183. Sabbapāpassa akaraṇaṃ, kusalassa upasampadā [kusalassūpasampadā (syā.)];
Sacittapariyodapanaṃ [sacittapariyodāpanaṃ (?)], etaṃ buddhāna sāsanaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

DO GOOD AND BE GOOD

  1. Not to do any evil, [NāradaFn14-09] to cultivate good, to purify one's mind, this is the Teaching of the Buddhas. [NāradaFn14-10]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 183. To avoid all evil, to cultivate good, and to cleanse one's mind — this is the teaching of the Buddhas.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

183-185 [ThaniSFn-V183-185]

The non-doing   of any evil,
the performance     of what's skillful,
the cleansing   of one's own mind:
  this is the teaching
  of the Awakened.

Patient endurance:
  the foremost austerity.
Unbinding:
  the foremost,
  so say the Awakened.
He who injures another
is no contemplative.
He who mistreats another,
  no monk.

Not disparaging, not injuring,
restraint   in line with the Patimokkha,
moderation  in food,
dwelling        in seclusion,
commitment  to the heightened mind:
  this is the teaching
  of the Awakened.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
183
Undertake wholesomeness;
Shun every wickedness;
Purify consciousness:
All Buddhas’ teaching’s thus.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 183 Not to commit any sin, to do good, and to purify one's mind, that is the teaching of (all) the Awakened.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 183
Not doing the evil deeds,
Gathering the wholesome,
Purifying one's own mind -
That is teaching of the buddhas. [DLMBSFn-V183]
Dhammapada Dhp. 184
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
184. Khantī paramaṃ tapo titikkhā
Nibbāṇaṃ paramaṃ vadanti buddhā
Na hi pabbajito parūpaghātī
Samaṇo hoti paraṃ viheṭhayanto.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
184. Khantī paramaṃ tapo titikkhā, nibbānaṃ [nibbāṇaṃ (ka. sī. pī.)] paramaṃ vadanti buddhā;
Na hi pabbajito parūpaghātī, na [ayaṃ nakāro sī. syā. pī. pātthakesu na dissati] samaṇo hoti paraṃ viheṭhayanto.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

NON-VIOLENCE IS THE CHARACTERISTIC OF AN ASCETIC

  1. Forbearing patience is the highest austerity. Nibbāna is supreme, say the Buddhas. He, verily, is not a recluse [NāradaFn14-11] who harms another. Nor is he an ascetic [NāradaFn14-12] who oppresses others.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 184. Enduring patience is the highest austerity. "Nibbana is supreme," say the Buddhas. He is not a true monk who harms another, nor a true renunciate who oppresses others.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

183-185 [ThaniSFn-V183-185]

The non-doing   of any evil,
the performance     of what's skillful,
the cleansing   of one's own mind:
  this is the teaching
  of the Awakened.

Patient endurance:
  the foremost austerity.
Unbinding:
  the foremost,
  so say the Awakened.
He who injures another
is no contemplative.
He who mistreats another,
  no monk.

Not disparaging, not injuring,
restraint   in line with the Patimokkha,
moderation  in food,
dwelling        in seclusion,
commitment  to the heightened mind:
  this is the teaching
  of the Awakened.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
184 & 185

Patient perseverance
Is the finest of austerities.
Nibbana, say the Buddhas,
Is the greatest of all verities.
No recluse or monk is he
That hurts or causes injury.

Not insulting, not tormenting;
Governed by the codes of training;
Not excessive food consuming;
Isolated lodgings using;
Training mind with dedication:
This, the Buddhas’ dispensation.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 184 The Awakened call patience the highest penance, long-suffering the highest Nirvana; for he is not an anchorite (pravragita) who strikes others, he is not an ascetic (sramana) who insults others.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 184
Patience and forgiveness is the highest ascetic practice.
The Awakened Ones say the Nirvana to be the highest.
A monk does not hurt others.
One, who harms others, is not a monk. [DLMBSFn-V184]
Dhammapada Dhp. 185
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
185. Anūpavādo anūpaghāto pātimokkhe ca saṃvaro
Mattaññutā ca bhattasmiṃ pantañca sayanāsanaṃ
Adhicitte ca āyogo etaṃ buddhāna sāsanaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
185. Anūpavādo anūpaghāto [anupavādo anupaghāto (syā. ka.)], pātimokkhe ca saṃvaro;
Mattaññutā ca bhattasmiṃ, pantañca sayanāsanaṃ;
Adhicitte ca āyogo, etaṃ buddhāna sāsanaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

LEAD A PURE AND NOBLE LIFE

  1. Not insulting, not harming, restraint according to the Fundamental Moral Code, [NāradaFn14-13] moderation in food, secluded abode, intent on higher thoughts, [NāradaFn14-14] - this is the Teaching of the Buddhas.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 185. Not despising, not harming, restraint according to the code of monastic discipline, moderation in food, dwelling in solitude, devotion to meditation — this is the teaching of the Buddhas.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

183-185 [ThaniSFn-V183-185]

The non-doing   of any evil,
the performance     of what's skillful,
the cleansing   of one's own mind:
  this is the teaching
  of the Awakened.

Patient endurance:
  the foremost austerity.
Unbinding:
  the foremost,
  so say the Awakened.
He who injures another
is no contemplative.
He who mistreats another,
  no monk.

Not disparaging, not injuring,
restraint   in line with the Patimokkha,
moderation  in food,
dwelling        in seclusion,
commitment  to the heightened mind:
  this is the teaching
  of the Awakened.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
184 & 185

Patient perseverance
Is the finest of austerities.
Nibbana, say the Buddhas,
Is the greatest of all verities.
No recluse or monk is he
That hurts or causes injury.

Not insulting, not tormenting;
Governed by the codes of training;
Not excessive food consuming;
Isolated lodgings using;
Training mind with dedication:
This, the Buddhas’ dispensation.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 185 Not to blame, not to strike, to live restrained under the law, to be moderate in eating, to sleep and sit alone, and to dwell on the highest thoughts,--this is the teaching of the Awakened.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 185
Not speaking evil, not hurting, restraint in precepts,
moderation in food, solitary dwelling,
pursuing meditation - this is the teaching of the Buddhas. [DLMBSFn-V185]
Dhammapada Dhp. 186
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
186. Na kahāpaṇavassena titti kāmesu vijjati
Appassādā dukhā kāmā iti viññāya paṇḍito.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
186. Na kahāpaṇavassena, titti kāmesu vijjati;
Appassādā dukhā kāmā, iti viññāya paṇḍito.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

INSATIATE ARE SENSUAL PLEASURES

186-187. Not by a shower of gold coins does contentment arise in sensual pleasures. Of little sweetness, and painful, are sensual pleasures. Knowing thus, the wise man finds no delight even in heavenly pleasures. The disciple of the Fully Enlightened One delights in the destruction of craving.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 186-187. There is no satisfying sensual desires, even with the rain of gold coins. For sensual pleasures give little satisfaction and much pain. Having understood this, the wise man finds no delight even in heavenly pleasures. The disciple of the Supreme Buddha delights in the destruction of craving.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

186-187

Not even if it rained gold coins
would we have our fill
of sensual pleasures.
  'Stressful,
  they give little enjoyment' —
knowing this, the wise one
  finds no delight
even in heavenly sensual pleasures.
He is one who delights
  in the ending of craving,
  a disciple of the Rightly
  Self-Awakened One.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
186 & 187

Even a cloudburst of sovereigns would never
Allow one to have all one asks for of pleasure.
The one who goes hunting for sensual enjoyment
Finds little enchantment but much disappointment.

So, one who can see this, possessed of discretion,
Does not even covet the pleasures of heaven.
The Blessed One’s pupils pursue his instruction
And find their enjoyment in craving’s destruction.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 186 There is no satisfying lusts, even by a shower of gold pieces; he who knows that lusts have a short taste and cause pain, he is wise;
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 186
Even by rain of coins one cannot be satisfied in sensual desires.
The wise man, having understood that sensual desires give little pleasure and are painful,
[continued in DhP 187] [DLMBSFn-V186]
Dhammapada Dhp. 187
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
187. Api dibbesu kāmesu ratiṃ so nādhigacchati
Taṇhakkhayarato hoti sammāsambuddhasāvako.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
187. Api dibbesu kāmesu, ratiṃ so nādhigacchati;
Taṇhakkhayarato hoti, sammāsambuddhasāvako.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3] 186-187. Not by a shower of gold coins does contentment arise in sensual pleasures. Of little sweetness, and painful, are sensual pleasures. Knowing thus, the wise man finds no delight even in heavenly pleasures. The disciple of the Fully Enlightened One delights in the destruction of craving.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 186-187. There is no satisfying sensual desires, even with the rain of gold coins. For sensual pleasures give little satisfaction and much pain. Having understood this, the wise man finds no delight even in heavenly pleasures. The disciple of the Supreme Buddha delights in the destruction of craving.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

186-187

Not even if it rained gold coins
would we have our fill
of sensual pleasures.
  'Stressful,
  they give little enjoyment' —
knowing this, the wise one
  finds no delight
even in heavenly sensual pleasures.
He is one who delights
  in the ending of craving,
  a disciple of the Rightly
  Self-Awakened One.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
186 & 187

Even a cloudburst of sovereigns would never
Allow one to have all one asks for of pleasure.
The one who goes hunting for sensual enjoyment
Finds little enchantment but much disappointment.

So, one who can see this, possessed of discretion,
Does not even covet the pleasures of heaven.
The Blessed One’s pupils pursue his instruction
And find their enjoyment in craving’s destruction.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 187 Even in heavenly pleasures he finds no satisfaction, the disciple who is fully awakened delights only in the destruction of all desires.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 187
[continued from DhP 186]
he does not find liking even for divine pleasures.
A student of the truly and completely Awakened One is devoted to destruction of cravings. [DLMBSFn-V187]
Dhammapada Dhp. 188
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
188. Bahū ve saraṇaṃ yanti pabbatāni vanāni ca
Ārāmarukkhacetyāni manussā bhayatajjitā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
188. Bahuṃ ve saraṇaṃ yanti, pabbatāni vanāni ca;
Ārāmarukkhacetyāni, manussā bhayatajjitā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

RELEASE FROM SUFFERING IS GAINED BY SEEKING REFUGE IN THE BUDDHA, DHAMMA AND THE SANGHA

  1. To many a refuge fear-stricken men betake themselves - to hills, woods, groves, trees, and shrines.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 188. Driven only by fear, do men go for refuge to many places — to hills, woods, groves, trees and shrines.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

188-192

They go to many a refuge,
  to mountains and forests,
  to park and tree shrines:
people threatened with danger.
That's not the secure refuge,
  not the supreme refuge,
that's not the refuge,
having gone to which,
  you gain release
  from all suffering & stress.

  But when, having gone
to the Buddha, Dhamma,
& Sangha for refuge,
you see with right discernment
the four noble truths —
                     stress,
         the cause of stress,
  the transcending of stress,
& the noble eightfold path,
  the way to the stilling of stress:
that's the secure refuge,
that, the supreme refuge,
that is the refuge,
having gone to which,
  you gain release
  from all suffering & stress.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
188-192

In a dangerous plight,
The faint-hearted take flight,
For a refuge to run to,
Distracted by fright.

To the shrines and pagodas
And mountains they flee;
To the jungles and meadows
And sanctified trees.

But unfit are such places
As havens of safety,
And none can be deemed
As a refuge supreme.

For although they may reach
Such secluded retreats,
They would not from their sorrows
Be utterly freed.

Thus, whoever dismayed
Wants a refuge supreme,
To the Buddha and Dhamma
And Sangha should flee,

And with wisdom direct
Should on Four Truths reflect,
Which are: Sorrows reality,
Sorrow’s causality,
Sorrow’s transcendence
And Eightfold Modality.

These are, indeed,
The protections supreme.
Having realised such safety
From sorrow one’s free.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 188 Men, driven by fear, go to many a refuge, to mountains and forests, to groves and sacred trees.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 188
People, driven by fear, go for the refuge to many places:
mountains, forests, gardens, trees and shrines. [DLMBSFn-V188]
Dhammapada Dhp. 189
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
189. Netaṃ kho saraṇaṃ khemaṃ netaṃ saraṇamuttamaṃ
Netaṃ saraṇamāgamma sabbadukkhā pamuccati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
189. Netaṃ kho saraṇaṃ khemaṃ, netaṃ saraṇamuttamaṃ;
Netaṃ saraṇamāgamma, sabbadukkhā pamuccati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. Nay no such refuge is safe, no such refuge is supreme. Not by resorting to such a refuge is one freed from all ill.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 189. Such, indeed, is no safe refuge; such is not the refuge supreme. Not by resorting to such a refuge is one released from all suffering.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

188-192

They go to many a refuge,
  to mountains and forests,
  to park and tree shrines:
people threatened with danger.
That's not the secure refuge,
  not the supreme refuge,
that's not the refuge,
having gone to which,
  you gain release
  from all suffering & stress.

  But when, having gone
to the Buddha, Dhamma,
& Sangha for refuge,
you see with right discernment
the four noble truths —
                     stress,
         the cause of stress,
  the transcending of stress,
& the noble eightfold path,
  the way to the stilling of stress:
that's the secure refuge,
that, the supreme refuge,
that is the refuge,
having gone to which,
  you gain release
  from all suffering & stress.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
188-192

In a dangerous plight,
The faint-hearted take flight,
For a refuge to run to,
Distracted by fright.

To the shrines and pagodas
And mountains they flee;
To the jungles and meadows
And sanctified trees.

But unfit are such places
As havens of safety,
And none can be deemed
As a refuge supreme.

For although they may reach
Such secluded retreats,
They would not from their sorrows
Be utterly freed.

Thus, whoever dismayed
Wants a refuge supreme,
To the Buddha and Dhamma
And Sangha should flee,

And with wisdom direct
Should on Four Truths reflect,
Which are: Sorrows reality,
Sorrow’s causality,
Sorrow’s transcendence
And Eightfold Modality.

These are, indeed,
The protections supreme.
Having realised such safety
From sorrow one’s free.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 189 But that is not a safe refuge, that is not the best refuge; a man is not delivered from all pains after having gone to that refuge.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 189
This refuge is not safe; this refuge is not supreme.
Having come to such a refuge, one will not be free from all suffering. [DLMBSFn-V189]
Dhammapada Dhp. 190
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
190. Yo ca buddhañca dhammañca saṅghañca saraṇaṃ gato
cattāri ariyasaccāni sammappaññāya passati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
190. Yo ca buddhañca dhammañca, saṅghañca saraṇaṃ gato;
Cattāri ariyasaccāni, sammappaññāya passati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3] 190-192. He who has gone for refuge to the Buddha, the Dhamma, and the Sangha, sees with right knowledge the four Noble Truths - Sorrow, the Cause of Sorrow, the Transcending of Sorrow, and the Noble Eightfold Path which leads to the Cessation of Sorrow. This, indeed, is refuge secure. This, indeed, is refuge supreme. By seeking such refuge one is released from all sorrow.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 190-191. He who has gone for refuge to the Buddha, the Teaching and his Order, penetrates with transcendental wisdom the Four Noble Truths — suffering, the cause of suffering, the cessation of suffering, and the Noble Eightfold Path leading to the cessation of suffering. [BudRkFn-v190-191]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

188-192

They go to many a refuge,
  to mountains and forests,
  to park and tree shrines:
people threatened with danger.
That's not the secure refuge,
  not the supreme refuge,
that's not the refuge,
having gone to which,
  you gain release
  from all suffering & stress.

  But when, having gone
to the Buddha, Dhamma,
& Sangha for refuge,
you see with right discernment
the four noble truths —
                     stress,
         the cause of stress,
  the transcending of stress,
& the noble eightfold path,
  the way to the stilling of stress:
that's the secure refuge,
that, the supreme refuge,
that is the refuge,
having gone to which,
  you gain release
  from all suffering & stress.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
188-192

In a dangerous plight,
The faint-hearted take flight,
For a refuge to run to,
Distracted by fright.

To the shrines and pagodas
And mountains they flee;
To the jungles and meadows
And sanctified trees.

But unfit are such places
As havens of safety,
And none can be deemed
As a refuge supreme.

For although they may reach
Such secluded retreats,
They would not from their sorrows
Be utterly freed.

Thus, whoever dismayed
Wants a refuge supreme,
To the Buddha and Dhamma
And Sangha should flee,

And with wisdom direct
Should on Four Truths reflect,
Which are: Sorrows reality,
Sorrow’s causality,
Sorrow’s transcendence
And Eightfold Modality.

These are, indeed,
The protections supreme.
Having realised such safety
From sorrow one’s free.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 190 He who takes refuge with Buddha, the Law, and the Church; he who, with clear understanding, sees the four holy truths:--
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 190
And who has gone for refuge to the Buddha, Dharma and Sangha,
sees with a true wisdom Four Noble Truths. [DLMBSFn-V190]
Dhammapada Dhp. 191
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
191. Dukkhaṃ dukkhasamuppādaṃ dukkhassa ca atikkamaṃ
Ariyañcaṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ dukkhūpasamagāminaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
191. Dukkhaṃ dukkhasamuppādaṃ, dukkhassa ca atikkamaṃ;
Ariyaṃ caṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ, dukkhūpasamagāminaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3] 190-192. He who has gone for refuge to the Buddha, the Dhamma, and the Sangha, sees with right knowledge the four Noble Truths - Sorrow, the Cause of Sorrow, the Transcending of Sorrow, and the Noble Eightfold Path which leads to the Cessation of Sorrow. This, indeed, is refuge secure. This, indeed, is refuge supreme. By seeking such refuge one is released from all sorrow.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 190-191. He who has gone for refuge to the Buddha, the Teaching and his Order, penetrates with transcendental wisdom the Four Noble Truths — suffering, the cause of suffering, the cessation of suffering, and the Noble Eightfold Path leading to the cessation of suffering. [BudRkFn-v190-191]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

188-192 [ThaniSFn-V191]

They go to many a refuge,
  to mountains and forests,
  to park and tree shrines:
people threatened with danger.
That's not the secure refuge,
  not the supreme refuge,
that's not the refuge,
having gone to which,
  you gain release
  from all suffering & stress.

  But when, having gone
to the Buddha, Dhamma,
& Sangha for refuge,
you see with right discernment
the four noble truths —
                     stress,
         the cause of stress,
  the transcending of stress,
& the noble eightfold path,
  the way to the stilling of stress:
that's the secure refuge,
that, the supreme refuge,
that is the refuge,
having gone to which,
  you gain release
  from all suffering & stress.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
188-192

In a dangerous plight,
The faint-hearted take flight,
For a refuge to run to,
Distracted by fright.

To the shrines and pagodas
And mountains they flee;
To the jungles and meadows
And sanctified trees.

But unfit are such places
As havens of safety,
And none can be deemed
As a refuge supreme.

For although they may reach
Such secluded retreats,
They would not from their sorrows
Be utterly freed.

Thus, whoever dismayed
Wants a refuge supreme,
To the Buddha and Dhamma
And Sangha should flee,

And with wisdom direct
Should on Four Truths reflect,
Which are: Sorrows reality,
Sorrow’s causality,
Sorrow’s transcendence
And Eightfold Modality.

These are, indeed,
The protections supreme.
Having realised such safety
From sorrow one’s free.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 191 Viz. pain, the origin of pain, the destruction of pain, and the eightfold holy way that leads to the quieting of pain;--
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 191
Suffering, origin of suffering, overcoming of suffering,
and the noble eightfold path, leading to appeasement of suffering. [DLMBSFn-V191]
Dhammapada Dhp. 192
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
192. Etaṃ kho saraṇaṃ khemaṃ etaṃ saraṇamuttamaṃ
Etaṃ saraṇamāgamma sabbadukkhā pamuccati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
192. Etaṃ kho saraṇaṃ khemaṃ, etaṃ saraṇamuttamaṃ;
Etaṃ saraṇamāgamma, sabbadukkhā pamuccati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3] 190-192. He who has gone for refuge to the Buddha, the Dhamma, and the Sangha, sees with right knowledge the four Noble Truths - Sorrow, the Cause of Sorrow, the Transcending of Sorrow, and the Noble Eightfold Path which leads to the Cessation of Sorrow. This, indeed, is refuge secure. This, indeed, is refuge supreme. By seeking such refuge one is released from all sorrow.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 192. This indeed is the safe refuge, this the refuge supreme. Having gone to such a refuge, one is released from all suffering.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

188-192

They go to many a refuge,
  to mountains and forests,
  to park and tree shrines:
people threatened with danger.
That's not the secure refuge,
  not the supreme refuge,
that's not the refuge,
having gone to which,
  you gain release
  from all suffering & stress.

  But when, having gone
to the Buddha, Dhamma,
& Sangha for refuge,
you see with right discernment
the four noble truths —
                     stress,
         the cause of stress,
  the transcending of stress,
& the noble eightfold path,
  the way to the stilling of stress:
that's the secure refuge,
that, the supreme refuge,
that is the refuge,
having gone to which,
  you gain release
  from all suffering & stress.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
188-192

In a dangerous plight,
The faint-hearted take flight,
For a refuge to run to,
Distracted by fright.

To the shrines and pagodas
And mountains they flee;
To the jungles and meadows
And sanctified trees.

But unfit are such places
As havens of safety,
And none can be deemed
As a refuge supreme.

For although they may reach
Such secluded retreats,
They would not from their sorrows
Be utterly freed.

Thus, whoever dismayed
Wants a refuge supreme,
To the Buddha and Dhamma
And Sangha should flee,

And with wisdom direct
Should on Four Truths reflect,
Which are: Sorrows reality,
Sorrow’s causality,
Sorrow’s transcendence
And Eightfold Modality.

These are, indeed,
The protections supreme.
Having realised such safety
From sorrow one’s free.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 192 That is the safe refuge, that is the best refuge; having gone to that refuge, a man is delivered from all pain.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 192
This refuge is safe; this refuge is supreme.
Having come to such a refuge, one will be free from all suffering. [DLMBSFn-V192]
Dhammapada Dhp. 193
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
193. Dullabho purisājañño na so sabbattha jāyati
Yattha so jāyati dhīro taṃ kūlaṃ sukhamedhati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
193. Dullabho purisājañño, na so sabbattha jāyati;
Yattha so jāyati dhīro, taṃ kulaṃ sukhamedhati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE NOBLE ARE RARE

  1. Hard to find is a man of great wisdom: such a man is not born everywhere. Where such a wise man is born, that family thrives happily.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 193. Hard to find is the thoroughbred man (the Buddha); he is not born everywhere. Where such a wise man is born, that clan thrives happily.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

193

It's hard to come by
  a thoroughbred of a man.
It's simply not true
  that he's born everywhere.
Wherever he's born, an enlightened one,
the family prospers,
     is happy.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
193
It’s hard to discover a man of real quality;
Such are not born in just any locality.
Countries where sages have found their nativity,
People thereof come to happy prosperity.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 193 A supernatural person (a Buddha) is not easily found, he is not born everywhere. Wherever such a sage is born, that race prospers.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 193
Hard to find is a noble person. He is not born everywhere.
Where is such a wise one born, that family prospers happily. [DLMBSFn-V193]
Dhammapada Dhp. 194
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
194. Sukho buddhānaṃ uppādo sukhā saddhammadesanā
Sukhā saṅghassa sāmaggi samaggānaṃ tapo sukho.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
194. Sukho buddhānamuppādo, sukhā saddhammadesanā;
Sukhā saṅghassa sāmaggī, samaggānaṃ tapo sukho.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THINGS THAT TEND TO HAPPINESS

  1. Happy is the birth of Buddhas. Happy is the teaching of the sublime Dhamma. Happy is the unity of the Sangha. [NāradaFn14-17] Happy is the discipline of the united ones.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 194. Blessed is the birth of the Buddhas; blessed is the enunciation of the sacred Teaching; blessed is the harmony in the Order, and blessed is the spiritual pursuit of the united truth-seeker.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

194

A blessing:     the arising of Awakened Ones.
A blessing:     the teaching of true Dhamma.
A blessing:     the concord of the Sangha.
The austerity of those in concord
     is a blessing.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
194
How delightful is the advent of the Buddhas;
How delightful is the teaching of the Dhamma;
In the Sangha, how delightful solidarity;
In concord, how delightful our austerity!
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 194 Happy is the arising of the awakened, happy is the teaching of the True Law, happy is peace in the church, happy is the devotion of those who are at peace.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 194
Happy is birth of the Awakened Ones. Happy is teaching of the True Dharma.
Happy is unity of the Sangha. Happy is meditation of those in unity. [DLMBSFn-V194]
Dhammapada Dhp. 195
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
195. Pūjārahe pūjayato buddhe yadi va sāvake
Papañca samatikkante tiṇṇasokapariddave.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
195. Pūjārahe pūjayato, buddhe yadi va sāvake;
Papañcasamatikkante, tiṇṇasokapariddave.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

HONOUR TO WHOM HONOUR IS DUE

195-196. He who reverences those worthy of reverence, whether Buddhas or their disciples; those who have overcome the impediments [NāradaFn14-18] and have got rid of grief and lamentation - the merit of him who reverences such peaceful [NāradaFn14-19] and fearless Ones [NāradaFn14-20] cannot be measured by anyone as such and such.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 195-196. He who reveres those worthy of reverence, the Buddhas and their disciples, who have transcended all obstacles and passed beyond the reach of sorrow and lamentation — he who reveres such peaceful and fearless ones, his merit none can compute by any measure.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

195-196 [ThaniSFn-V195-196]

If you worship those worthy of worship,
 — Awakened Ones or their disciples —
who've transcended
  objectifications,
  lamentation,
  & grief,
who are unendangered,
  fearless,
  unbound:
there's no measure for reckoning
that your merit's 'this much.'
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
195 & 196

To those who are worthy, whoever gives reverence,
To Buddhas, and monks who have cleared the impediments,
Crossed over grief and traversed lamentation,
Those safe from all quarters, who’ve reached liberation:
The greatness of merit from honouring such,
Can by no one be fixed at ‘just this-or-that much’.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 195, 196. He who pays homage to those who deserve homage, whether the awakened (Buddha) or their disciples, those who have overcome the host (of evils), and crossed the flood of sorrow, he who pays homage to such as have found deliverance and know no fear, his merit can never be measured by anybody.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 195
Who pays respects to those worthy of it, The Awakened Ones or their disciples,
who have gone beyond obstacles and overcame grief and sorrow,
[continued in DhP 196]. [DLMBSFn-V195]
Dhammapada Dhp. 196
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
196. Te tādise pūjayato nibbute akutobhaye
Na sakkā puññaṃ saṅkhātuṃ imettamapi kenaci.

Cuddasamo buddhavaggo.

Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
196. Te tādise pūjayato, nibbute akutobhaye;
Na sakkā puññaṃ saṅkhātuṃ, imettamapi kenaci.

Buddhavaggo cuddasamo niṭṭhito.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3] 195-196. He who reverences those worthy of reverence, whether Buddhas or their disciples; those who have overcome the impediments [NāradaFn14-18] and have got rid of grief and lamentation - the merit of him who reverences such peaceful [NāradaFn14-19] and fearless Ones [NāradaFn14-20] cannot be measured by anyone as such and such.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 195-196. He who reveres those worthy of reverence, the Buddhas and their disciples, who have transcended all obstacles and passed beyond the reach of sorrow and lamentation — he who reveres such peaceful and fearless ones, his merit none can compute by any measure.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

195-196 [ThaniSFn-V195-196]

If you worship those worthy of worship,
 — Awakened Ones or their disciples —
who've transcended
  objectifications,
  lamentation,
  & grief,
who are unendangered,
  fearless,
  unbound:
there's no measure for reckoning
that your merit's 'this much.'
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
195 & 196

To those who are worthy, whoever gives reverence,
To Buddhas, and monks who have cleared the impediments,
Crossed over grief and traversed lamentation,
Those safe from all quarters, who’ve reached liberation:
The greatness of merit from honouring such,
Can by no one be fixed at ‘just this-or-that much’.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 195, 196. He who pays homage to those who deserve homage, whether the awakened (Buddha) or their disciples, those who have overcome the host (of evils), and crossed the flood of sorrow, he who pays homage to such as have found deliverance and know no fear, his merit can never be measured by anybody.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 196
[continued from DhP 195].
Those who pay respects to such emancipated and fearless ones,
nobody is able to calculate their merit as such and such. [DLMBSFn-V196]
Dhammapada Dhp. 197
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
  1. Sukhavaggo.
197. Susukhaṃ vata jīvāma verinesu averino
Verinesu manussesu viharāma averino.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]

15. Sukhavaggo

197. Susukhaṃ vata jīvāma, verinesu averino;
Verinesu manussesu, viharāma averino.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

Chapter 15 Happiness

AMONGST THE HATEFUL BE WITHOUT HATE   AMONGST THE SICK BE IN GOOD HEALTH   AMONGST THE PASSIONATE BE WITHOUT PASSION

  1. Ah, happily do we live without hate amongst the hateful; amidst hateful men we dwell unhating.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]

Dhp XV Happiness

197. Happy indeed we live, friendly amidst the hostile. Amidst hostile men we dwell free from hatred.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

Dhp XV Happy

197-200

How very happily we live,
free from hostility
among those who are hostile.
Among hostile people,
free from hostility we dwell.

How very happily we live,
free from misery
among those who are miserable.
Among miserable people,
free from misery we dwell.

How very happily we live,
free from busyness
among those who are busy.
Among busy people,
free from busyness we dwell.

How very happily we live,
we who have nothing.
We will feed on rapture
like the Radiant gods.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

Chapter 15 Happiness

197
‘Midst those with animosity,
Those seething with antipathy,
Indeed, we live on happily,
Well wishing and kind heartedly.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7]

Chapter XV: Happiness

197 Let us live happily then, not hating those who hate us! among men who hate us let us dwell free from hatred!

Cited from DLMBS [8]

Chapter 15: The Happiness

DhP 197
Very happily indeed we live, free of hatred amongst hateful.
Amongst hateful people we dwell without hatred. [DLMBSFn-V197]
Dhammapada Dhp. 198
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
198. Susukhaṃ vata jīvāma āturesu anāturā
Āturesu manussesu viharāma anāturā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
198. Susukhaṃ vata jīvāma, āturesu anāturā;
Āturesu manussesu, viharāma anāturā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. Ah, happily do we live in good health [NāradaFn15-01] amongst the ailing; amidst ailing men we dwell in good health.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 198. Happy indeed we live, friendly amidst the afflicted (by craving). Amidst afflicted men we dwell free from affliction.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

197-200

How very happily we live,
free from hostility
among those who are hostile.
Among hostile people,
free from hostility we dwell.

How very happily we live,
free from misery
among those who are miserable.
Among miserable people,
free from misery we dwell.

How very happily we live,
free from busyness
among those who are busy.
Among busy people,
free from busyness we dwell.

How very happily we live,
we who have nothing.
We will feed on rapture
like the Radiant gods.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
198
‘Midst sick-at-heart humanity,
Their consciousness in malady,
Indeed, we live on happily,
In deepest health and sanity.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 198 Let us live happily then, free from ailments among the ailing! among men who are ailing let us dwell free from ailments!
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 198
Very happily indeed we live, healthy amongst diseased ones.
Amongst diseased people we dwell healthy. [DLMBSFn-V198]
Dhammapada Dhp. 199
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
199. Susukhaṃ vata jīvāma ussūkesu anussukā
Ussukesu manussesu viharāma anussukā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
199. Susukhaṃ vata jīvāma, ussukesu anussukā;
Ussukesu manassesu, viharāma anussukā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. Ah, happily do we live without yearning (for sensual pleasures) amongst those who yearn (for them); amidst those who yearn (for them) we dwell without yearning.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 199. Happy indeed we live, free from avarice amidst the avaricious. Amidst the avaricious men we dwell free from avarice.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

197-200

How very happily we live,
free from hostility
among those who are hostile.
Among hostile people,
free from hostility we dwell.

How very happily we live,
free from misery
among those who are miserable.
Among miserable people,
free from misery we dwell.

How very happily we live,
free from busyness
among those who are busy.
Among busy people,
free from busyness we dwell.

How very happily we live,
we who have nothing.
We will feed on rapture
like the Radiant gods.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
199
‘Midst those who crave insatiably,
Desiring things voraciously,
Indeed, we live on happily,
Indifferent and contentedly.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 199 Let us live happily then, free from greed among the greedy! among men who are greedy let us dwell free from greed!
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 199
Very happily indeed we live, without greed amongst greedy ones.
Amongst greedy people we dwell without greed. [DLMBSFn-V199]
Dhammapada Dhp. 200
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
200. Susukhaṃ vata jīvāma yesaṃ no natthi kiñcanaṃ
Pītibhakkhā bhavissāma devā ābhassarā yathā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
200. Susukhaṃ vata jīvāma, yesaṃ no natthi kiñcanaṃ;
Pītibhakkhā bhavissāma, devā ābhassarā yathā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

BE WITHOUT IMPEDIMENTS

  1. Ah, happily do we live we who have no impediments. [NāradaFn15-02] Feeders of joy shall we be even as the gods of the Radiant Realm.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 200. Happy indeed we live, we who possess nothing. Feeders on joy we shall be, like the Radiant Gods.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

197-200

How very happily we live,
free from hostility
among those who are hostile.
Among hostile people,
free from hostility we dwell.

How very happily we live,
free from misery
among those who are miserable.
Among miserable people,
free from misery we dwell.

How very happily we live,
free from busyness
among those who are busy.
Among busy people,
free from busyness we dwell.

How very happily we live,
we who have nothing.
We will feed on rapture
like the Radiant gods.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
200
How happily, here,
Do we our days fill!
Possessionless, we,
The owners of nil.

We’ll feed on our joy;
We’ll live on delight;
Like the Radiant Gods
In the heavens of light.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 200 Let us live happily then, though we call nothing our own! We shall be like the bright gods, feeding on happiness!
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 200
Very happily indeed we live, who have nothing whatsoever.
We will be feeding on joy, just like the Radiant Gods. [DLMBSFn-V200]
Dhammapada Dhp. 201
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
201. Jayaṃ veraṃ pasavati dukkhaṃ seti parājito
Upasanto sukhaṃ seti hatmā jayaparājayaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
201. Jayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, dukkhaṃ seti parājito;
Upasanto sukhaṃ seti, hitvā jayaparājayaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

VICTORY BREEDS HATRED

  1. Victory breeds hatred. The defeated live in pain. Happily the peaceful live, giving up victory and defeat.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 201. Victory begets enmity; the defeated dwell in pain. Happily the peaceful live, discarding both victory and defeat.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

201

Winning gives birth to hostility.
Losing, one lies down in pain.
The calmed lie down with ease,
  having set
  winning & losing
     aside.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
201
From triumph grows antipathy;
The conquered sleep in misery.
The calmed ones slumber blissfully;
They’ve spurned defeat and victory.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 201 Victory breeds hatred, for the conquered is unhappy. He who has given up both victory and defeat, he, the contented, is happy.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 201
Victory produces hatred. Defeated one dwells in pain.
Tranquil one dwells happily, having renounced both victory and defeat. [DLMBSFn-V201]
Dhammapada Dhp. 202
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
202. Natthi rāgasamo aggi natthi dosasamo kali
Natthi khandhasamā dukkhā katthi santiparaṃ sukhaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
202. Natthi rāgasamo aggi, natthi dosasamo kali;
Natthi khandhasamā [khandhādisā (sī. syā. pī. rūpasiddhiyā sameti)] dukkhā, natthi santiparaṃ sukhaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

LUST IS A FIRE

  1. There is no fire like lust, no crime like hate. There is no ill like the body, [NāradaFn15-03] no bliss higher than Peace (Nibbāna).
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 202. There is no fire like lust and no crime like hatred. There is no ill like the aggregates (of existence) and no bliss higher than the peace (of Nibbana). [BudRkFn-v202]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

202-204

There's no fire like passion,
no loss like anger,
no pain like the aggregates,
no ease other than peace.

Hunger: the foremost illness.
Fabrications: the foremost pain.
For one knowing this truth
as it actually is,
  Unbinding
is the foremost ease.

Freedom from illness: the foremost good fortune.
Contentment: the foremost wealth.
Trust: the foremost kinship.
Unbinding: the foremost ease.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
202
There’s no blaze like desire;
No misfortune like ire;
Like the khandhas, no stress;
Like appeasement, no bliss.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 202 There is no fire like passion; there is no losing throw like hatred; there is no pain like this body; there is no happiness higher than rest.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 202
There is no fire like passion. There is no evil like hatred.
There is no suffering like the Aggregates of existence. There is no happiness higher than tranquility. [DLMBSFn-V202]
Dhammapada Dhp. 203
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
203. Jighacchāparamā rogā saṅkhāraparamā dukhā
Etaṃ ñatvā yathābhūtaṃ nibbāṇaparamaṃ sukhaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
203. Jighacchāparamā rogā, saṅkhāraparamā [saṅkārā paramā (bahūsu)] dukhā;
Etaṃ ñatvā yathābhūtaṃ, nibbānaṃ paramaṃ sukhaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

HUNGER IS THE GREATEST AFFLICTION

  1. Hunger [NāradaFn15-04] is the greatest disease. Aggregates [NāradaFn15-05] are the greatest ill. Knowing this as it really is, (the wise realize) Nibbāna, bliss supreme.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 203. Hunger is the worst disease, conditioned things the worst suffering. Knowing this as it really is, the wise realize Nibbana, the highest bliss.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

202-204

There's no fire like passion,
no loss like anger,
no pain like the aggregates,
no ease other than peace.

Hunger: the foremost illness.
Fabrications: the foremost pain.
For one knowing this truth
as it actually is,
  Unbinding
is the foremost ease.

Freedom from illness: the foremost good fortune.
Contentment: the foremost wealth.
Trust: the foremost kinship.
Unbinding: the foremost ease.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
203
Hunger is the primary disease; conditioned phenomena, the primary suffering. Having seen the truth of this, Nibbana becomes the primary happiness.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 203 Hunger is the worst of diseases, the body the greatest of pains; if one knows this truly, that is Nirvana, the highest happiness.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 203
Hunger is the highest illness. Conditioned things are the highest suffering.
Having known this as it is, Nirvana is the highest happiness. [DLMBSFn-V203]
Dhammapada Dhp. 204
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
204. Ārogyaparamā lābhā santuṭṭhiparamaṃ dhanaṃ
Vissāsaparamā ñātī nibbāṇaparamaṃ sukhaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
204. Ārogyaparamā lābhā, santuṭṭhiparamaṃ dhanaṃ;
Vissāsaparamā ñāti [vissāsaparamo ñāti (ka. sī.), vissāsaparamā ñātī (sī. aṭṭha.), vissāsā paramā ñāti (ka.)], nibbānaṃ paramaṃ [nibbāṇaparamaṃ (ka. sī.)] sukhaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

HEALTH IS PARAMOUNT

  1. Health is the highest gain. Contentment is the greatest wealth. The trusty [NāradaFn15-06] are the best kinsmen. Nibbāna is the highest bliss.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 204. Health is the most precious gain and contentment the greatest wealth. A trustworthy person is the best kinsman, Nibbana the highest bliss.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

202-204

There's no fire like passion,
no loss like anger,
no pain like the aggregates,
no ease other than peace.

Hunger: the foremost illness.
Fabrications: the foremost pain.
For one knowing this truth
as it actually is,
  Unbinding
is the foremost ease.

Freedom from illness: the foremost good fortune.
Contentment: the foremost wealth.
Trust: the foremost kinship.
Unbinding: the foremost ease.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
204
Above all gains, the best is health;
Contentment ranks as greatest wealth.
The loyal friend is kin that’s best;
Of all, Nibbana stands most blest.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 204 Health is the greatest of gifts, contentedness the best riches; trust is the best of relationships, Nirvana the highest happiness.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 204
Health is the highest gain. Contentment is the highest wealth.
Trusted people are the best relatives. Nirvana is the highest happiness. [DLMBSFn-V204]
Dhammapada Dhp. 205
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
205. Pavivekarasaṃ pītvā rasaṃ upasamassa ca
Niddaro hoti nippāpo dhammapītirasaṃ pibaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
205. Pavivekarasaṃ pitvā [pītvā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)], rasaṃ upasamassa ca;
Niddaro hoti nippāpo, dhammapītirasaṃ pivaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

HAPPY IS HE WHO TASTES THE FLAVOUR OF TRUTH

  1. Having tasted the flavour of seclusion and the flavour of appeasement, [NāradaFn15-07] free from anguish and stain becomes he, imbibing the taste of the joy of the Dhamma.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 205. Having savored the taste of solitude and peace (of Nibbana), pain-free and stainless he becomes, drinking deep the taste of the bliss of the Truth.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

205

Drinking the nourishment,
  the flavor,
of seclusion & calm,
one is freed from evil, devoid
  of distress,
refreshed with the nourishment
of rapture in the Dhamma.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
205
Having tasted the sweet of seclusion,
And savoured the taste of tranquillity,
Dhamma’s ambrosia and joy may you drink,
And be free of distress and iniquity!
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 205 He who has tasted the sweetness of solitude and tranquillity, is free from fear and free from sin, while he tastes the sweetness of drinking in the law.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 205
Having drunk the nectar of solitude and the nectar of tranquility,
one is free of fear and free of evil, drinking the nectar of the joy of Dharma. [DLMBSFn-V205]
Dhammapada Dhp. 206
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
206. Sāhu dassanamariyānaṃ sannivāso sadā sukho
Adassanena bālānaṃ niccameva sukhī siyā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
206. Sāhu dassanamariyānaṃ, sannivāso sadā sukho;
Adassanena bālānaṃ, niccameva sukhī siyā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

BLESSED IS THE SIGHT OF THE NOBLE   SORROWFUL IS ASSOCIATION WITH THE FOOLISH   ASSOCIATE WITH THE WISE

  1. Good is the sight of the Ariyas: their company is ever happy. Not seeing the foolish, one may ever be happy.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 206. Good is it to see the Noble Ones; to live with them is ever blissful. One will always be happy by not encountering fools.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

206-208

It's good to see Noble Ones.
Happy their company — always.
Through not seeing fools
constantly, constantly
  one would be happy.

For, living with a fool,
one grieves a long time.
Painful is communion with fools,
as with an enemy —
  always.
Happy is communion
with the enlightened,
as with a gathering of kin.

  So:
the enlightened man —
discerning, learned,
enduring, dutiful, noble,
intelligent, a man of integrity:
  follow him
  — one of this sort —
  as the moon, the path
  of the zodiac stars.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
206
How blessed, the sight of accomplished disciples!
Companionship, ever, with them is delightful.
If ignorant people one never should see,
How endlessly pleasant, indeed, would it be!
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 206 The sight of the elect (Arya) is good, to live with them is always happiness; if a man does not see fools, he will be truly happy.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 206
Good is seeing the Noble Ones; association with them is always happy.
By not seeing fools on would always be happy. [DLMBSFn-V206]
Dhammapada Dhp. 207
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
207. Bālasaṅgatacārīhi dīghamaddhāna socati
Dukkho bālehi saṃvāso amitteneva sabbadā
Dhīro ca sukhasaṃvāso ñātīnaṃ'va samāgamo.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
207. Bālasaṅgatacārī [bālasaṅgaticārī (ka.)] hi, dīghamaddhāna socati;
Dukkho bālehi saṃvāso, amitteneva sabbadā;
Dhīro ca sukhasaṃvāso, ñātīnaṃva samāgamo.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. Truly he who moves in company with fools grieves for a long time. Association with the foolish is ever painful as with a foe. Happy is association with the wise, even like meeting with kinsfolk.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 207. Indeed, he who moves in the company of fools grieves for longing. Association with fools is ever painful, like partnership with an enemy. But association with the wise is happy, like meeting one's own kinsmen.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

206-208

It's good to see Noble Ones.
Happy their company — always.
Through not seeing fools
constantly, constantly
  one would be happy.

For, living with a fool,
one grieves a long time.
Painful is communion with fools,
as with an enemy —
  always.
Happy is communion
with the enlightened,
as with a gathering of kin.

  So:
the enlightened man —
discerning, learned,
enduring, dutiful, noble,
intelligent, a man of integrity:
  follow him
  — one of this sort —
  as the moon, the path
  of the zodiac stars.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
207
A woman will grieve for a very long time
If she moves in the circle of people unwise;
For it ever is so, that to live with a fool
Is as painful as if one should live with a foe.

But a living acquaintance with people sagacious
Is happy as if they were cherished relations.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 207 He who walks in the company of fools suffers a long way; company with fools, as with an enemy, is always painful; company with the wise is pleasure, like meeting with kinsfolk.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 207
One who lives together with fools will suffer for a long time.
The company of fools is always painful - like the company of an enemy.
And a wise one is pleasant to live with, like meeting with relatives. [DLMBSFn-V207]
Dhammapada Dhp. 208
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
208. Tasmāhi,
Dhīrañca paññca bahussutañca
Dhorayhasīlaṃ vatavantamāriyaṃ
Taṃ tādisaṃ sappurisaṃ sumedhaṃ
Bhajetha nakkhattapathaṃ'va candimā.

Paṇṇarasamo sukhavaggo.

Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
208. Tasmā hi –
Dhīrañca paññañca bahussutañca, dhorayhasīlaṃ vatavantamariyaṃ;
Taṃ tādisaṃ sappurisaṃ sumedhaṃ, bhajetha nakkhattapathaṃva candimā [tasmā hi dhīraṃ paññañca, bahussutañca dhorayhaṃ; sīlaṃ dhutavatamariyaṃ, taṃ tādisaṃ sappurisaṃ; sumedhaṃ bhajetha nakkhattapathaṃva candimā; (ka.)].

Sukhavaggo pannarasamo niṭṭhito.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. Therefore:-

With the intelligent, the wise, [NāradaFn15-08] the learned, [NāradaFn15-09] the enduring, [NāradaFn15-10] the dutiful, [NāradaFn15-11] and the Ariya [NāradaFn15-12] - with a man of such virtue and intellect should one associate, as the moon (follows) the starry path.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 208. Therefore, follow the Noble One, who is steadfast, wise, learned, dutiful and devout. One should follow only such a man, who is truly good and discerning, even as the moon follows the path of the stars.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

206-208

It's good to see Noble Ones.
Happy their company — always.
Through not seeing fools
constantly, constantly
  one would be happy.

For, living with a fool,
one grieves a long time.
Painful is communion with fools,
as with an enemy —
  always.
Happy is communion
with the enlightened,
as with a gathering of kin.

  So:
the enlightened man —
discerning, learned,
enduring, dutiful, noble,
intelligent, a man of integrity:
  follow him
  — one of this sort —
  as the moon, the path
  of the zodiac stars.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
208
With men of great learning,
Insightful, discerning,
In wisdom excelling,
Devout, persevering,
The noble and excellent,
Ever associate,
Just as the moon
With the stars of the zodiac.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 208 Therefore, one ought to follow the wise, the intelligent, the learned, the much enduring, the dutiful, the elect; one ought to follow a good and wise man, as the moon follows the path of the stars.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 208
Therefore:
Clever and wise and learned,
virtuous, devout and noble -
associate with such a smart true person,
just like the moon follows the path of the stars. [DLMBSFn-V208]
Dhammapada Dhp. 209
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
  1. Piyavaggo.
209. Ayoge yuñjamattānaṃ yogasmiñca ayojayaṃ209
Atthaṃ hitvā piyaggāhī pihetattānuyoginaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]

16. Piyavaggo

209. Ayoge yuñjamattānaṃ, yogasmiñca ayojayaṃ;
Atthaṃ hitvā piyaggāhī, pihetattānuyoginaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

Chapter 16 Affection

AVOID THAT WHICH SHOULD BE SHUNNED

  1. Applying oneself [NāradaFn16-01] to that which should be avoided, not applying oneself to that which should be pursued, [NāradaFn16-02] and giving up the quest, [NāradaFn16-03] one who goes after pleasure envies them who exert themselves. [NāradaFn16-04]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]

Dhp XVI Affection

209. Giving himself to things to be shunned and not exerting where exertion is needed, a seeker after pleasures, having given up his true welfare, envies those intent upon theirs.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

Dhp XVI Dear Ones

209 [ThaniSFn-V209]

Having applied himself
to what was not his own task,
and not having applied himself
to what was,
having disregarded the goal
to grasp at what he held dear,
he now envies those
who kept after themselves,
     took themselves
         to task.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

Chapter 16 Affection

209
Having ventured upon what they should have eschewed,
And neglected whatever they should have pursued,
Having spurned their true welfare, held fast by affection,
Such envy the people with self-application.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7]

Chapter XVI: Pleasure

209 He who gives himself to vanity, and does not give himself to meditation, forgetting the real aim (of life) and grasping at pleasure, will in time envy him who has exerted himself in meditation.

Cited from DLMBS [8]

Chapter 16: Affection

DhP 209
Undertaking what is not to be undertaken, not undertaking what is to be undertaken,
having renounced spiritual welfare; one grasping after the pleasant envies one who is pursuing the purification of mind. [DLMBSFn-V209]
Dhammapada Dhp. 210
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
210. Mā piyehi samāgañchī appiyehi kudācanaṃ
Piyānaṃ adassanaṃ dukkhaṃ appiyānañca dassanaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
210. Mā piyehi samāgañchi, appiyehi kudācanaṃ;
Piyānaṃ adassanaṃ dukkhaṃ, appiyānañca dassanaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

GIVE UP BOTH WHAT IS DEAR AND NOT DEAR

  1. Consort not with those that are dear, [NāradaFn16-05] never with those that are not dear; not seeing those that are dear and seeing those that are not dear, are both painful. [NāradaFn16-06]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 210. Seek no intimacy with the beloved and also not with the unloved, for not to see the beloved and to see the unloved, both are painful.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

210-211

Don't ever — regardless —
be conjoined with what's dear
  or undear.
It's painful
not to see what's dear
or to see what's not.

So don't make anything dear,
for it's dreadful to be far
from what's dear.
No bonds are found
for those for whom
there's neither dear
nor undear.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
210
One shouldn't consort with the ones one adores,
And certainly never with those one abhors.
For painful it is to behold the displeasing,
And painful no longer to see the endearing.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 210 Let no man ever look for what is pleasant, or what is unpleasant. Not to see what is pleasant is pain, and it is pain to see what is unpleasant.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 210
Don't associate with the dear ones, and never with those who are unloved.
Not seeing the dear ones is suffering - and seeing the unloved ones. [DLMBSFn-V210]
Dhammapada Dhp. 211
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
211. Tasmā piyaṃ na kayirātha piyāpāyo hi pāpako
Ganthā tesaṃ na vijjanti yesaṃ natthi piyāppiyaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
211. Tasmā piyaṃ na kayirātha, piyāpāyo hi pāpako;
Ganthā tesaṃ na vijjanti, yesaṃ natthi piyāppiyaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

HOLD NOTHING DEAR

  1. Hence hold nothing dear, for separation from those that are dear is bad; bonds do not exist or those to whom naught is dear or not dear.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 211. Therefore hold nothing dear, for separation from the dear is painful. There are no bonds for those who have nothing beloved or unloved.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

210-211

Don't ever — regardless —
be conjoined with what's dear
  or undear.
It's painful
not to see what's dear
or to see what's not.

So don't make anything dear,
for it's dreadful to be far
from what's dear.
No bonds are found
for those for whom
there's neither dear
nor undear.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
211
Attachment should not be developed:
The parting from loved ones is wretched.
Where nothing's detested and nothing’s beloved,
Attachment cannot, in such case, be discovered.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 211 Let, therefore, no man love anything; loss of the beloved is evil. Those who love nothing and hate nothing, have no fetters.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 211
Therefore, do not hold anything dear; separation from the dear ones is bad.
There are no bonds for those, for whom there is nothing dear or unloved. [DLMBSFn-V211]
Dhammapada Dhp. 212
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
212. Piyato jāyatī soko piyato jāyatī bhayaṃ
Piyato vippamuttassa natthi soko kuto bhayaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
212. Piyato jāyatī soko, piyato jāyatī [jāyate (ka.)] bhayaṃ;
Piyato vippamuttassa, natthi soko kuto bhayaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

GRIEF SPRINGS FROM WHAT IS DEAR

  1. From endearment springs grief, from endearment springs fear; for him who is wholly free from endearment there is no grief, much less fear.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 212. From endearment springs grief, from endearment springs fear. For one who is wholly free from endearment there is no grief, whence then fear?
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

212-216

From what's dear is born grief,
from what's dear is born fear.
For one freed from what's dear
there's no grief
  — so how fear?

From what's loved is born grief,
from what's loved is born fear.
For one freed from what's loved
there's no grief
  — so how fear?

From delight is born grief,
from delight is born fear.
For one freed from delight
there's no grief
  — so how fear?

From sensuality is born grief,
from sensuality is born fear.
For one freed from sensuality
there's no grief
  — so how fear?

From craving is born grief,
from craving is born fear.
For one freed from craving
there's no grief
  — so how fear?
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
212
Fondness leads to lamentation;
Fondness leads to trepidation.
Having reached emancipation,
Grief is not, whence trepidation?
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 212 From pleasure comes grief, from pleasure comes fear; he who is free from pleasure knows neither grief nor fear.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 212
From affection, grief is born. From affection, fear is born.
One freed from affection has no grief, whence fear? [DLMBSFn-V212]
Dhammapada Dhp. 213
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
213. Pemato jāyatī soko pemato jāyatī bhayaṃ
Pemato vippamuttassa natthi soko kuto bhayaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
213. Pemato jāyatī soko, pemato jāyatī bhayaṃ;
Pemato vippamuttassa, natthi soko kuto bhayaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

GRIEF SPRINGS FROM AFFECTION

  1. From affection springs grief, from affection springs fear; for him who is wholly free from affection there is no grief, much less fear.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 213. From affection springs grief, from affection springs fear. For one who is wholly free from affection there is no grief, whence then fear?
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

212-216

From what's dear is born grief,
from what's dear is born fear.
For one freed from what's dear
there's no grief
  — so how fear?

From what's loved is born grief,
from what's loved is born fear.
For one freed from what's loved
there's no grief
  — so how fear?

From delight is born grief,
from delight is born fear.
For one freed from delight
there's no grief
  — so how fear?

From sensuality is born grief,
from sensuality is born fear.
For one freed from sensuality
there's no grief
  — so how fear?

From craving is born grief,
from craving is born fear.
For one freed from craving
there's no grief
  — so how fear?
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
213
Love gives rise to lamentation;
Love gives rise to trepidation.
Having reached emancipation,
Grief is not, whence trepidation?
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 213 From affection comes grief, from affection comes fear; he who is free from affection knows neither grief nor fear.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 213
From love, grief is born. From love, fear is born.
One freed from love has no grief, whence fear? [DLMBSFn-V213]
Dhammapada Dhp. 214
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
214. Ratiyā jāyatī soko ratiyā jāyatī bhayaṃ
Ratiyā vippamuttassa natthi soko kuto bhayaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
214. Ratiyā jāyatī soko, ratiyā jāyatī bhayaṃ;
Ratiyā vippamuttassa, natthi soko kuto bhayaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

GRIEF SPRINGS FROM ATTACHMENT

  1. From attachment springs grief, from attachment springs fear; for him who is wholly free from attachment there is no grief, much less fear.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 214. From attachment springs grief, from attachment springs fear. For one who is wholly free from attachment there is no grief, whence then fear?
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

212-216

From what's dear is born grief,
from what's dear is born fear.
For one freed from what's dear
there's no grief
  — so how fear?

From what's loved is born grief,
from what's loved is born fear.
For one freed from what's loved
there's no grief
  — so how fear?

From delight is born grief,
from delight is born fear.
For one freed from delight
there's no grief
  — so how fear?

From sensuality is born grief,
from sensuality is born fear.
For one freed from sensuality
there's no grief
  — so how fear?

From craving is born grief,
from craving is born fear.
For one freed from craving
there's no grief
  — so how fear?
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
214
Passion leads to lamentation;
Passion leads to trepidation.
Having reached emancipation,
Grief is not, whence trepidation?
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 214 From lust comes grief, from lust comes fear; he who is free from lust knows neither grief nor fear.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 214
From attachment, grief is born. From attachment, fear is born.
One freed from attachment has no grief, whence fear? [DLMBSFn-V214]
Dhammapada Dhp. 215
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
215. Kāmato jāyatī soko kāmato jāyatī bhayaṃ
Kāmato vippamuttassa natthi soko kuto bhayaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
215. Kāmato jāyatī soko, kāmato jāyatī bhayaṃ;
Kāmato vippamuttassa, natthi soko kuto bhayaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

GRIEF SPRINGS FROM LUST

  1. From lust springs grief, from lust springs fear; for him who is wholly free from lust there is no grief, much less fear.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 215. From lust springs grief, from lust springs fear. For one who is wholly free from craving there is no grief; whence then fear?
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

212-216

From what's dear is born grief,
from what's dear is born fear.
For one freed from what's dear
there's no grief
  — so how fear?

From what's loved is born grief,
from what's loved is born fear.
For one freed from what's loved
there's no grief
  — so how fear?

From delight is born grief,
from delight is born fear.
For one freed from delight
there's no grief
  — so how fear?

From sensuality is born grief,
from sensuality is born fear.
For one freed from sensuality
there's no grief
  — so how fear?

From craving is born grief,
from craving is born fear.
For one freed from craving
there's no grief
  — so how fear?
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
215
Sensual lust brings lamentation.
Sensual lust brings trepidation.
Having reached emancipation,
Grief is not, whence trepidation?
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 215 From love comes grief, from love comes fear; he who is free from love knows neither grief nor fear.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 215
From pleasure, grief is born. From pleasure, fear is born.
One freed from pleasure has no grief, whence fear? [DLMBSFn-V215]
Dhammapada Dhp. 216
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
216. Taṇhāya jāyatī soko taṇhāya jāyatī bhayaṃ
Taṇhāya vippamuttassa natthi soko kuto bhayaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
216. Taṇhāya jāyatī [jāyate (ka.)] soko, taṇhāya jāyatī bhayaṃ;
Taṇhāya vippamuttassa, natthi soko kuto bhayaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

GRIEF SPRINGS FROM CRAVING

  1. From craving springs grief, from craving springs fear; for him who is wholly free from craving there is no grief, much less fear.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 216. From craving springs grief, from craving springs fear. For one who is wholly free from craving there is no grief; whence then fear?
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

212-216

From what's dear is born grief,
from what's dear is born fear.
For one freed from what's dear
there's no grief
  — so how fear?

From what's loved is born grief,
from what's loved is born fear.
For one freed from what's loved
there's no grief
  — so how fear?

From delight is born grief,
from delight is born fear.
For one freed from delight
there's no grief
  — so how fear?

From sensuality is born grief,
from sensuality is born fear.
For one freed from sensuality
there's no grief
  — so how fear?

From craving is born grief,
from craving is born fear.
For one freed from craving
there's no grief
  — so how fear?
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
216
Craving kindles lamentation.
Craving kindles trepidation.
Having found emancipation,
Grief is not, whence trepidation?
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 216 From greed comes grief, from greed comes fear; he who is free from greed knows neither grief nor fear.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 216
From thirst, grief is born. From thirst, fear is born.
One freed from thirst has no grief, whence fear? [DLMBSFn-V216]
Dhammapada Dhp. 217
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
217. Sīladassanasampannaṃ dhammaṭṭhaṃ saccavedinaṃ
Attano kamma kubbānaṃ taṃ jano kurute piyaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
217. Sīladassanasampannaṃ , dhammaṭṭhaṃ saccavedinaṃ;
Attano kamma kubbānaṃ, taṃ jano kurute piyaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE VIRTUOUS ARE DEAR TO ALL

  1. Whoso is perfect in virtue, [NāradaFn16-07] and insight, [NāradaFn16-08] is established in the Dhamma, [NāradaFn16-09] has realized the Truths, [NāradaFn16-10] and fulfils his own duties [NāradaFn16-11] - him do folk hold dear.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 217. People hold dear him who embodies virtue and insight, who is principled, has realized the truth, and who himself does what he ought to be doing.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

217

One consummate in virtue & vision,
judicious,
speaking the truth,
doing his own task:
  the world holds him dear.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

217

The religious
          who are accomplished in virtue and insight;
          who are well-established in Dhamma;
          who know Truth;
          who have done what needed to be done for themselves:
laypeople adore them.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 217 He who possesses virtue and intelligence, who is just, speaks the truth, and does what is his own business, him the world will hold dear.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 217
People hold dear the one, who is endowed with virtue and seeing,
righteous, knowing the truth and is doing what should be done. [DLMBSFn-V217]
Dhammapada Dhp. 218
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
218. Chandajāto anakkhāte manasā ca phuṭo siyā
Kāmesu ca appaṭibaddhacitto uddhaṃ soto'ti vuccati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
218. Chandajāto anakkhāte, manasā ca phuṭo siyā;
Kāmesu ca appaṭibaddhacitto [appaṭibandhacitto (ka.)], uddhaṃsototi vuccati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE NON-ATTACHED GO UPSTREAM

  1. He who has developed a wish for the Undeclared [NāradaFn16-12] (Nibbāna), he whose mind is thrilled (with the three Fruits [NāradaFn16-13] ), he whose mind is not bound by material pleasures, such a person is called an "Upstream-bound One". [NāradaFn16-14]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 218. One who is intent upon the Ineffable (Nibbana), dwells with mind inspired (by supramundane wisdom), and is no more bound by sense pleasures — such a man is called "One Bound Upstream." [BudRkFn-v218]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

218 [ThaniSFn-V218]

  If
you've given birth to a wish
  for what can't be expressed,
are suffused with heart,
your mind not enmeshed
in sensual passions:
  you're said to be
  in the up-flowing stream.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
218
Whoever have a longing to discover the ineffable,
Should bring about the flowering of their minds,
And liberate their hearts from every passion that is sensual:
As “people going upstream” are they styled.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 218 He in whom a desire for the Ineffable (Nirvana) has sprung up, who is satisfied in his mind, and whose thoughts are not bewildered by love, he is called urdhvamsrotas (carried upwards by the stream).
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 218
People hold dear the one, who is endowed with virtue and seeing,
righteous, knowing the truth and is doing what should be done. [DLMBSFn-V218]
Dhammapada Dhp. 219
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
219. Cirappavāsiṃ purisaṃ dūrato sotthimāgataṃ
Ñātimittā suhajjā ca abhinandanti āgataṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
219. Cirappavāsiṃ purisaṃ, dūrato sotthimāgataṃ;
Ñātimittā suhajjā ca, abhinandanti āgataṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

MERIT WELCOMES THE DOERS OF GOOD

  1. A man long absent and returned safe from afar, his kinsmen, friends, and well-wishers welcome on his arrival.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 219. When, after a long absence, a man safely returns from afar, his relatives, friends and well-wishers welcome him home on arrival.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

219-220 [ThaniSFn-V219]

A man long absent
comes home safe from afar.
His kin, his friends, his companions,
delight in his return.

In just the same way,
when you've done good
& gone from this world
  to the world beyond,
your good deeds receive you —
as kin, someone dear
  come home.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
219 & 220

A man might for years from his family depart,
And then safely return from those faraway parts;
And his friends and relations, and those that are dear,
Would be dancing for joy when they see him appear.

In the very same way, for a man of good deeds,
Who from life in this world to the next one proceeds,
With the warmest of welcomes his merit will greet him.
He’ll go like a son with a family to meet him.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 219 Kinsmen, friends, and lovers salute a man who has been long away, and returns safe from afar.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 219
Relatives, companions and friends are happy about coming back of
a person, long away from home, safely come back from far away, [DLMBSFn-V219]
Dhammapada Dhp. 220
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
220. Tatheva katapuññampi asmā lokā paraṃ gataṃ
Puññāni patigaṇhanti piyaṃ ñātīva āgataṃ.

Soḷasamo piyavaggo.

Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
220. Tatheva katapuññampi, asmā lokā paraṃ gataṃ;
Puññāni paṭigaṇhanti, piyaṃ ñātīva āgataṃ.

Piyavaggo soḷasamo niṭṭhito.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. Likewise, his good deeds will receive the well-doer who has gone from this world to the next, as kinsmen will receive a dear one on his return.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 220. As kinsmen welcome a dear one on arrival, even so his own good deeds will welcome the doer of good who has gone from this world to the next.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

219-220

A man long absent
comes home safe from afar.
His kin, his friends, his companions,
delight in his return.

In just the same way,
when you've done good
& gone from this world
  to the world beyond,
your good deeds receive you —
as kin, someone dear
  come home.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
219 & 220

A man might for years from his family depart,
And then safely return from those faraway parts;
And his friends and relations, and those that are dear,
Would be dancing for joy when they see him appear.

In the very same way, for a man of good deeds,
Who from life in this world to the next one proceeds,
With the warmest of welcomes his merit will greet him.
He’ll go like a son with a family to meet him.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 220 In like manner his good works receive him who has done good, and has gone from this world to the other;--as kinsmen receive a friend on his return.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 220
Thus, the good deeds receive the well-doer, gone from this world to the other one,
just like relatives receive a beloved one, who has come back. [DLMBSFn-V220]
Dhammapada Dhp. 221
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
  1. Kodhavaggo.
221. Kodhaṃ jahe vippajaheyya mānaṃ
[jtb 2010.08.22: text missing here ]
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]

17. Kodhavaggo

221. Kodhaṃ jahe vippajaheyya mānaṃ, saṃyojanaṃ sabbamatikkameyya;
Taṃ nāmarūpasmimasajjamānaṃ, akiñcanaṃ nānupatanti dukkhā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

Chapter 17 Anger

GIVE UP ANGER

  1. One should give up anger. One should abandon pride. One should overcome all fetters. Ills never befall him who clings not to mind and body and is passionless.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]

Dhp XVII Anger

221. One should give up anger, renounce pride, and overcome all fetters. Suffering never befalls him who clings not to mind and body and is detached.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

Dhp XVII Anger

221

Abandon anger,
be done with conceit,
get beyond every fetter.
When for name & form
you have no attachment
 — have nothing at all —
no sufferings, no stresses, invade.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

Chapter 17 Wrath

221
Abandon anger; utterly renounce conceit; transcend the fetters. Sorrow does not fall on those who do not cling to mind and body, and who are free of attachment. [VaradoFn-V221]
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7]

Chapter XVII: Anger

221 Let a man leave anger, let him forsake pride, let him overcome all bondage! No sufferings befall the man who is not attached to name and form, and who calls nothing his own.

Cited from DLMBS [8]

Chapter 17: Anger

DhP 221
Renounce anger; abandon pride.
Overcome all fetters.
The one, who is not attached to mind and body,
and has nothing, is not followed by suffering. [DLMBSFn-V221]
Dhammapada Dhp. 222
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
222. [jtb 2010.08.22: text missing here ]
Tamahaṃ sārathiṃ brūmi rasmggāho itaro jano.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
222. Yo ve uppatitaṃ kodhaṃ, rathaṃ bhantaṃva vāraye [dhāraye (sī. syā. pī.)];
Tamahaṃ sārathiṃ brūmi, rasmiggāho itaro jano.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

CONTROL YOUR ANGER

  1. Whoso checks his uprisen anger as though it were a rolling chariot, him I call a true charioteer. Other charioteers are mere rein-holders.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 222. He who checks rising anger as a charioteer checks a rolling chariot, him I call a true charioteer. Others only hold the reins.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

222

When anger arises,
whoever keeps firm control
as if with a racing chariot:
him
I call a master charioteer.
  Anyone else,
  a rein-holder —
  that's all.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
222
Whoever arrests the arising of wrath,
Like a chariot skidding one brings to a halt,
Could a ‘charioteer’ be deservedly named.
The remainder of men are but ‘holders of reins’.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 222 He who holds back rising anger like a rolling chariot, him I call a real driver; other people are but holding the reins.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 222
Who would restrain rising anger, like a swaying chariot,
him I call a charioteer. Other people just hold the reins. [DLMBSFn-V222]
Dhammapada Dhp. 223
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
223. Akkodhena jine kodhaṃ asādhuṃ sādhunā jine
Jine kadariyaṃ dānena saccena alikavādinaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
223. Akkodhena jine kodhaṃ, asādhuṃ sādhunā jine;
Jine kadariyaṃ dānena, saccenālikavādinaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

OVERCOME ANGER BY LOVE

  1. Conquer anger by love. Conquer evil by good. Conquer the stingy by giving. Conquer the liar by truth.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 223. Overcome the angry by non-anger; overcome the wicked by goodness; overcome the miser by generosity; overcome the liar by truth.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

223

Conquer anger
  with lack of anger;
bad, with good;
stinginess, with a gift;
a liar, with truth.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
223
By giving, tame the niggardly;
The wicked, by propriety;
The surly, by placidity;
The crooked, by integrity.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 223 Let a man overcome anger by love, let him overcome evil by good; let him overcome the greedy by liberality, the liar by truth!
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 223
Conquer anger by non-anger; conquer badness by goodness.
Conquer stinginess by giving; conquer liar by truth. [DLMBSFn-V223]
Dhammapada Dhp. 224
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
224. Saccaṃ bhaṇe na kujjheyya dajjāppasmimpi yācito
Etehi tīhi ṭhānehi gacche devāna santike.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
224. Saccaṃ bhaṇe na kujjheyya, dajjā appampi [dajjā’ppasmimpi (sī. pī.), dajjā appasmi (syā. ka.)] yācito;
Etehi tīhi ṭhānehi, gacche devāna santike.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

BE TRUTHFUL, PATIENT AND GENEROUS

  1. One should utter the truth. One should not be angry. One should give even from a scanty store to him who asks. Along these three paths one may go to the presence of the gods.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 224. Speak the truth; yield not to anger; when asked, give even if you only have a little. By these three means can one reach the presence of the gods.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

224

By telling the truth;
by not growing angry;
by giving, when asked,
no matter how little you have:
by these three things
you enter the presence of devas.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
224
Speak what’s truthful;
Don’t be wrathful;
Give if asked,
At least a little.

Due to these
Conditions three,
You’ll reach the realm
Of deities.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 224 Speak the truth, do not yield to anger; give, if thou art asked for little; by these three steps thou wilt go near the gods.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 224
Speak truth; don't get angry; when asked, give, even a little.
By these three means one will go to the presence of gods. [DLMBSFn-V224]
Dhammapada Dhp. 225
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
225. Ahiṃsakā ye munayo niccaṃ kāyenasaṃvutā
Te yanti accutaṃ ṭhānaṃ yattha gantvā na socare.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
225. Ahiṃsakā ye munayo [ahiṃsakāyā munayo (ka.)], niccaṃ kāyena saṃvutā;
Te yanti accutaṃ ṭhānaṃ, yattha gantvā na socare.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE HARMLESS ATTAIN THE DEATHLESS

  1. Those sages who are harmless, and are ever restrained in body, [NāradaFn17-01] go to the deathless state (Nibbāna), whither gone they never grieve.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 225. Those sages who are inoffensive and ever restrained in body, go to the Deathless State, where, having gone, they grieve no more.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

225

Gentle sages,
constantly restrained in body,
go to the unwavering state
where, having gone,
there's no grief.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
225
The sage who from violence abstains;
Who, in body, is ever restrained;
From the state that is mortal he’ll leave.
Having left it, he’ll never more grieve.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 225 The sages who injure nobody, and who always control their body, they will go to the unchangeable place (Nirvana), where, if they have gone, they will suffer no more.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 225
The wise ones, who are not hurting, always guarding their behavior,
they will go to the Permanent Place (Nirvana), where one does not grieve. [DLMBSFn-V225]
Dhammapada Dhp. 226
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
226. Sadā jāgaramānānaṃ ahorattānusikkhinaṃ
Nibbāṇaṃ adhimuttānaṃ atthaṃ gacchanti āsavā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
226. Sadā jāgaramānānaṃ, ahorattānusikkhinaṃ;
Nibbānaṃ adhimuttānaṃ, atthaṃ gacchanti āsavā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE EVER VIGILANT GIVE UP DEFILEMENTS

  1. The defilements [NāradaFn17-02] of those who are ever vigilant, who discipline themselves day and night, who are wholly intent on Nibbāna, are destroyed.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 226. Those who are ever vigilant, who discipline themselves day and night, and are ever intent upon Nibbana — their defilements fade away.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

226

Those who always stay wakeful,
training by day & by night,
keen on Unbinding:
their effluents come to an end.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
226
In those who are ceaselessly wakeful,
Who practise by night and by day,
Who’ve committed themselves to Nibbana,
Their asavas dwindle away.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 226 Those who are ever watchful, who study day and night, and who strive after Nirvana, their passions will come to an end.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 226
Those, who are always watchful, studying all day and night,
intent upon reaching the Nirvana - their taints disappear. [DLMBSFn-V226]
Dhammapada Dhp. 227
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
227. Porāṇametaṃ atula netaṃ ajjatanāmiva
Nindanti tuṇhimāsīnaṃ nindanti bahubhāṇinaṃ
Mitabhāṇimpi nindanti natthi loke anindito.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
227. Porāṇametaṃ atula, netaṃ ajjatanāmiva;
Nindanti tuṇhimāsīnaṃ, nindanti bahubhāṇinaṃ;
Mitabhāṇimpi nindanti, natthi loke anindito.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THERE IS NONE WHO IS BLAMELESS IN THIS WORLD

  1. This, O Atula, [NāradaFn17-03] is an old saying; it is not one of today only: they blame those who sit silent, they blame those who speak too much. Those speaking little too they blame. There is no one who is not blamed in this world.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 227. O Atula! Indeed, this is an ancient practice, not one only of today: they blame those who remain silent, they blame those who speak much, they blame those who speak in moderation. There is none in the world who is not blamed.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

227-228

This has come down from old, Atula,
& not just from today:
they find fault with one
  who sits silent,
they find fault with one
  who speaks a great deal,
they find fault with one
  who measures his words.
There's no one unfaulted in the world.
There never was,
  will be,
nor at present is found
anyone entirely faulted
or entirely praised.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
227
This, Atula’s, true of yore,
Not merely true today:
They blame those sitting silently,
And those with much to say;
Blame, too, the one of moderate words.
There’s no one free from blame on earth.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 227 This is an old saying, O Atula, this is not only of to-day: 'They blame him who sits silent, they blame him who speaks much, they also blame him who says little; there is no one on earth who is not blamed.'
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 227
O Atula, this is an old thing; it is not just today.
They blame one who is sitting silently; they blame one who is speaking a lot.
They blame also the one who is speaking moderately. There is nobody blameless in the world. [DLMBSFn-V227]
Dhammapada Dhp. 228
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
228. Na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati
Ekantaṃ nindito poso ekantaṃ vā pasaṃsito.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
228. Na cāhu na ca bhavissati, na cetarahi vijjati;
Ekantaṃ nindito poso, ekantaṃ vā pasaṃsito.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THERE IS NONE WHO IS WHOLLY BLAMED OR PRAISED

  1. There never was, there never will be, nor does there exist now, a person who is wholly blamed or wholly praised.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 228. There never was, there never will be, nor is there now, a person who is wholly blamed or wholly praised.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

227-228

This has come down from old, Atula,
& not just from today:
they find fault with one
  who sits silent,
they find fault with one
  who speaks a great deal,
they find fault with one
  who measures his words.
There's no one unfaulted in the world.
There never was,
  will be,
nor at present is found
anyone entirely faulted
or entirely praised.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
228
There never was, there isn’t now,
Nor will there be in future found,
A person given only blame,
Nor one who always gets acclaim.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 228 There never was, there never will be, nor is there now, a man who is always blamed, or a man who is always praised.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 228
There never was, never will be and even now does not exist
a person who is only blamed or only praised. [DLMBSFn-V228]
Dhammapada Dhp. 229
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
229. Yañce viññū pasaṃsanti anuvicca suve suve
Acchiddavuttiṃ medhāviṃ paññāsīlasamāhitaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
229. Yaṃ ce viññū pasaṃsanti, anuvicca suve suve;
Acchiddavuttiṃ [acchinnavuttiṃ (ka.)] medhāviṃ, paññāsīlasamāhitaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE BLAMELESS ARE PRAISED

  1. Examining day by day, the wise praise him who is of flawless life, intelligent, endowed with knowledge and virtue.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 229. But the man whom the wise praise, after observing him day after day, is one of flawless character, wise, and endowed with knowledge and virtue.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

229-230

If knowledgeable people praise him,
having observed him
  day after day
to be blameless in conduct, intelligent,
endowed with discernment & virtue:
like an ingot of gold —
who's fit to find fault with him?
  Even devas praise him.
  Even by Brahmas he's praised.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
229 & 230

If, having watched someone day after day, intelligent people praise him, a sage, one of flawless conduct, possessed of virtue and wisdom, then who is justified to criticise him? The devas praise him; Brahma praises him; he is an ornament of purest gold.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 229, 230. But he whom those who discriminate praise continually day after day, as without blemish, wise, rich in knowledge and virtue, who would dare to blame him, like a coin made of gold from the Gambu river? Even the gods praise him, he is praised even by Brahman.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 229
Whom the wise ones praise, having examined him thoroughly day after day,
one with faultless conduct, intelligent, endowed with wisdom and virtue,
[continued in DhP 230] [DLMBSFn-V229]
Dhammapada Dhp. 230
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
230. Nekkhaṃ jambonadasseva ko taṃ ninditumarahati
Devā'pi naṃ pasaṃsanti brahmunā'pi pasaṃsito.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
230. Nikkhaṃ [nekkhaṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] jambonadasseva, ko taṃ ninditumarahati;
Devāpi naṃ pasaṃsanti, brahmunāpi pasaṃsito.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

WHO DARE BLAME THE PURE?

  1. Who deigns to blame him who is like a piece of refined gold? Even the gods praise him; by Brahma too he is praised.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 230. Who can blame such a one, as worthy as a coin of refined gold? Even the gods praise him; by Brahma, too, is he praised.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

229-230

If knowledgeable people praise him,
having observed him
  day after day
to be blameless in conduct, intelligent,
endowed with discernment & virtue:
like an ingot of gold —
who's fit to find fault with him?
  Even devas praise him.
  Even by Brahmas he's praised.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
229 & 230

If, having watched someone day after day, intelligent people praise him, a sage, one of flawless conduct, possessed of virtue and wisdom, then who is justified to criticise him? The devas praise him; Brahma praises him; he is an ornament of purest gold.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 229, 230. But he whom those who discriminate praise continually day after day, as without blemish, wise, rich in knowledge and virtue, who would dare to blame him, like a coin made of gold from the Gambu river? Even the gods praise him, he is praised even by Brahman.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 230
[continued from DhP 229]
Who is worthy enough to blame him, like a ring made of gold?
Even gods praise him; he is praised also by Brahma. [DLMBSFn-V230]
Dhammapada Dhp. 231
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
231. Kāyappakopaṃ rakkheyya kāyena saṃvuto siyā
Kāyaduccaritaṃ hitvā kāyena sucaritaṃ care.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
231. Kāyappakopaṃ rakkheyya, kāyena saṃvuto siyā;
Kāyaduccaritaṃ hitvā, kāyena sucaritaṃ care.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

BE PURE IN DEED, WORD AND THOUGHT

  1. One should guard against misdeeds (caused by) the body, and one should be restrained in body. Giving up evil conduct in body, one should be of good bodily conduct.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 231. Let a man guard himself against irritability in bodily action; let him be controlled in deed. Abandoning bodily misconduct, let him practice good conduct in deed.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

231-234 [ThaniSFn-V231-233]

Guard against anger
erupting in body;
in body, be restrained.
Having abandoned bodily misconduct,
live conducting yourself well
  in body.

Guard against anger
erupting in speech;
in speech, be restrained.
Having abandoned verbal misconduct,
live conducting yourself well
  in speech.

Guard against anger
erupting in mind;
in mind, be restrained.
Having abandoned mental misconduct,
live conducting yourself well
  in mind.

Those restrained in body
  — the enlightened —
restrained in speech & in mind
  — enlightened —
are the ones whose restraint is secure.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
231
Restrain unruly conduct;
In body be subdued;
Abandon wrong behaviour,
And righteous deeds pursue.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 231 Beware of bodily anger, and control thy body! Leave the sins of the body, and with thy body practise virtue!
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 231
Protect yourself from blameworthy conduct; guard your body well.
Having renounced the wrong bodily deed, practice the right bodily action. [DLMBSFn-V231]
Dhammapada Dhp. 232
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
232. Vacīpakopaṃ rakkheyya vācāya saṃvuto siyā
Vacīduccaritaṃ hitvā vācāya sucaritaṃ care.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
232. Vacīpakopaṃ rakkheyya, vācāya saṃvuto siyā;
Vacīduccaritaṃ hitvā, vācāya sucaritaṃ care.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. One should guard against misdeeds (caused by) speech, and one should be restrained in speech. Giving up evil conduct in speech, one should be of good conduct in speech.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 232. Let a man guard himself against irritability in speech; let him be controlled in speech. Abandoning verbal misconduct, let him practice good conduct in speech.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

231-234 [ThaniSFn-V231-233]

Guard against anger
erupting in body;
in body, be restrained.
Having abandoned bodily misconduct,
live conducting yourself well
  in body.

Guard against anger
erupting in speech;
in speech, be restrained.
Having abandoned verbal misconduct,
live conducting yourself well
  in speech.

Guard against anger
erupting in mind;
in mind, be restrained.
Having abandoned mental misconduct,
live conducting yourself well
  in mind.

Those restrained in body
  — the enlightened —
restrained in speech & in mind
  — enlightened —
are the ones whose restraint is secure.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
232
Restrain unruly discourse;
In speaking be subdued;
Abandon speech misconduct,
And righteous speech pursue.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 232 Beware of the anger of the tongue, and control thy tongue! Leave the sins of the tongue, and practise virtue with thy tongue!
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 232
Protect yourself from blameworthy speech; guard your speech well.
Having renounced the wrong verbal deed, practice the right verbal action. [DLMBSFn-V232]
Dhammapada Dhp. 233
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
233. Manopakopaṃ rakkheyya manasā saṃvuto siyā
Manoduccaritaṃ hitvā manasā sucaritaṃ care.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
233. Manopakopaṃ rakkheyya, manasā saṃvuto siyā;
Manoduccaritaṃ hitvā, manasā sucaritaṃ care.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. One should guard against misdeeds (caused by) the mind, and one should be restrained in mind. Giving up evil conduct in mind, one should be of good conduct in mind.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 233. Let a man guard himself against irritability in thought; let him be controlled in mind. Abandoning mental misconduct, let him practice good conduct in thought.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

231-234 [ThaniSFn-V231-233]

Guard against anger
erupting in body;
in body, be restrained.
Having abandoned bodily misconduct,
live conducting yourself well
  in body.

Guard against anger
erupting in speech;
in speech, be restrained.
Having abandoned verbal misconduct,
live conducting yourself well
  in speech.

Guard against anger
erupting in mind;
in mind, be restrained.
Having abandoned mental misconduct,
live conducting yourself well
  in mind.

Those restrained in body
  — the enlightened —
restrained in speech & in mind
  — enlightened —
are the ones whose restraint is secure.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
233
Restrain unruly thinking;
In thinking be subdued;
Abandon thought misconduct,
And righteous thoughts pursue.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 233 Beware of the anger of the mind, and control thy mind! Leave the sins of the mind, and practise virtue with thy mind!
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 233
Protect yourself from blameworthy thoughts; guard your mind well.
Having renounced the wrong mental deed, practice the right mental action. [DLMBSFn-V233]
Dhammapada Dhp. 234
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
234. Kāyena saṃvutā dhīrā atho vācāya saṃvutā
Manasā saṃvutā dhīrā te ve suparisaṃvutā.

Sattarasamo kodhavaggo.

Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
234. Kāyena saṃvutā dhīrā, atho vācāya saṃvutā;
Manasā saṃvutā dhīrā, te ve suparisaṃvutā.

Kodhavaggo sattarasamo niṭṭhito.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. The wise are restrained in deed; in speech, too, they are restrained. The wise, restrained in mind, are indeed those who are perfectly restrained.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 234. The wise are controlled in bodily action, controlled in speech and controlled in thought. They are truly well-controlled.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

231-234

Guard against anger
erupting in body;
in body, be restrained.
Having abandoned bodily misconduct,
live conducting yourself well
  in body.

Guard against anger
erupting in speech;
in speech, be restrained.
Having abandoned verbal misconduct,
live conducting yourself well
  in speech.

Guard against anger
erupting in mind;
in mind, be restrained.
Having abandoned mental misconduct,
live conducting yourself well
  in mind.

Those restrained in body
  — the enlightened —
restrained in speech & in mind
  — enlightened —
are the ones whose restraint is secure.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
234
The one of comprehension,
Restrained in thought and speech,
Restrained in body conduct,
Is well-restrained, indeed.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 234 The wise who control their body, who control their tongue, the wise who control their mind, are indeed well controlled.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 234
The wise ones, who are restrained in bodily conduct, in speech,
and in mind, they are indeed well and thoroughly restrained. [DLMBSFn-V234]
Dhammapada Dhp. 235
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
  1. Malavaggo.
235. Paṇḍupalāso'va dāni'si yamapurisā'pi ca taṃ upaṭṭhitā
Uyyogamukhe ca tiṭṭhasi patheyyampi ca te na vijjati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]

18. Malavaggo

235. Paṇḍupalāsova dānisi, yamapurisāpi ca te [taṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] upaṭṭhitā;
Uyyogamukhe ca tiṭṭhasi, pātheyyampi ca te na vijjati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

Chapter 18 Impurities Or Taints

DEATH IS NEAR TO YOU

  1. Like a withered leaf are you now. The messengers of death wait on you. On the threshold of decay you stand. Provision too there is none for you.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]

Dhp XVIII Impurity

235. Like a withered leaf are you now; death's messengers await you. You stand on the eve of your departure, yet you have made no provision for your journey!

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

Dhp XVIII Impurities

235-238 [ThaniSFn-V235]

  You are now
like a yellowed leaf.
  Already
Yama's minions stand near.
You stand at the door to departure
but have yet to provide
for the journey.

Make an island for yourself!
Work quickly! Be wise!
With impurities all blown away,
  unblemished,
you'll reach the divine realm
of the noble ones.

  You are now
right at the end of your time.
  You are headed
to Yama's presence,
with no place to rest along the way,
but have yet to provide
for the journey.

Make an island for yourself!
Work quickly! Be wise!
With impurities all blown away,
  unblemished,
you won't again undergo birth
         & aging.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

Chapter 18 Stains

235 & 236

A shrivelled leaf you now resemble;
Yama’s men nearby assemble.
Here at death you stand, however,
You’ve provisions none whatever.

So: for yourself, an island make.
By nimble effort, be a sage.
When cleansed of taints and free of stain,
The Pure Abodes will you attain.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7]

Chapter XVIII: Impurity

235 Thou art now like a sear leaf, the messengers of death (Yama) have come near to thee; thou standest at the door of thy departure, and thou hast no provision for thy journey.

Cited from DLMBS [8]

Chapter 18: Taint

DhP 235
You are like a withered leaf. Yama's men are ready for you.
You are standing in the mouth of death. And you have nothing to take with you. [DLMBSFn-V235]
Dhammapada Dhp. 236
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
236. So karohi dīpamattano khippa vāyama paṇḍito bhava
Niddhantamalo anaṅgaṇo dibbaṃ ariyabhūmimehisi.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
236. So karohi dīpamattano, khippaṃ vāyama paṇḍito bhava;
Niddhantamalo anaṅgaṇo, dibbaṃ ariyabhūmiṃ upehisi [dibbaṃ ariyabhūmimehisi (sī. syā. pī.), dibbamariyabhūmiṃ upehisi (?)].
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

STRIVE HARD

  1. Make an island unto yourself. Strive quickly; become wise. Purged of stain and passionless, you shall enter the heavenly stage of the Ariyas. [NāradaFn18-01]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 236. Make an island for yourself! Strive hard and become wise! Rid of impurities and cleansed of stain, you shall enter the celestial abode of the Noble Ones.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

235-238 [ThaniSFn-V236]

  You are now
like a yellowed leaf.
  Already
Yama's minions stand near.
You stand at the door to departure
but have yet to provide
for the journey.

Make an island for yourself!
Work quickly! Be wise!
With impurities all blown away,
  unblemished,
you'll reach the divine realm
of the noble ones.

  You are now
right at the end of your time.
  You are headed
to Yama's presence,
with no place to rest along the way,
but have yet to provide
for the journey.

Make an island for yourself!
Work quickly! Be wise!
With impurities all blown away,
  unblemished,
you won't again undergo birth
         & aging.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
235 & 236

A shrivelled leaf you now resemble;
Yama’s men nearby assemble.
Here at death you stand, however,
You’ve provisions none whatever.

So: for yourself, an island make.
By nimble effort, be a sage.
When cleansed of taints and free of stain,
The Pure Abodes will you attain.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 236 Make thyself an island, work hard, be wise! When thy impurities are blown away, and thou art free from guilt, thou wilt enter into the heavenly world of the elect (Ariya).
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 236
Be an island unto yourself! Strive quickly; be wise!
Without impurities and clear, you will approach the heavenly place of the Noble Ones. [DLMBSFn-V236]
Dhammapada Dhp. 237
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
237. Upanītavayo ca dāni'si sampayāto'si yamassa santike
Vāso'pi cate tthi antarā pātheyyampi ca te na vijjati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
237. Upanītavayo ca dānisi, sampayātosi yamassa santike;
Vāso [vāsopi ca (bahūsu)] te natthi antarā, pātheyyampi ca te na vijjati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

LIFE COMES TO AN END

  1. Your life has come to an end now. To the presence of death you are setting out. No halting place is there for you by the way. Provision too there is none for you.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 237. Your life has come to an end now; You are setting forth into the presence of Yama, the king of death. No resting place is there for you on the way, yet you have made no provision for the journey!
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

235-238

  You are now
like a yellowed leaf.
  Already
Yama's minions stand near.
You stand at the door to departure
but have yet to provide
for the journey.

Make an island for yourself!
Work quickly! Be wise!
With impurities all blown away,
  unblemished,
you'll reach the divine realm
of the noble ones.

  You are now
right at the end of your time.
  You are headed
to Yama's presence,
with no place to rest along the way,
but have yet to provide
for the journey.

Make an island for yourself!
Work quickly! Be wise!
With impurities all blown away,
  unblemished,
you won't again undergo birth
         & aging.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
237 & 238

The close of life you now have reached;
You’ll now to Yama’s court proceed.
No half-way house lies on your way;
Provisions, you have not arranged.

So: for yourself, an island make.
By nimble effort, be a sage.
When cleansed of taints and free of stain,
You’ll not face birth and age again.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 237 Thy life has come to an end, thou art come near to death (Yama), there is no resting-place for thee on the road, and thou hast no provision for thy journey.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 237
You have come to the end of your life now. You are getting close to the presence of Yama.
On the way there, there is no resting place for you. And you have nothing to take with you. [DLMBSFn-V237]
Dhammapada Dhp. 238
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
238. So karohi dīpamattano khippa vāyama paṇḍito bhava
Niddhantamalo anaṅgaṇo na puna jātijaraṃ upehisi.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
238. So karohi dīpamattano, khippaṃ vāyama paṇḍito bhava;
Niddhantamalo anaṅgaṇo, na punaṃ jātijaraṃ [na puna jātijaraṃ (sī. syā.), na puna jātijjaraṃ (ka.)] upehisi.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

BE PASSIONLESS

  1. Make an island unto yourself. Strive without delay; become wise. Purged of stain and passionless, you will not come again to birth and old age.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 238. Make an island unto yourself! Strive hard and become wise! Rid of impurities and cleansed of stain, you shall not come again to birth and decay.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

235-238

  You are now
like a yellowed leaf.
  Already
Yama's minions stand near.
You stand at the door to departure
but have yet to provide
for the journey.

Make an island for yourself!
Work quickly! Be wise!
With impurities all blown away,
  unblemished,
you'll reach the divine realm
of the noble ones.

  You are now
right at the end of your time.
  You are headed
to Yama's presence,
with no place to rest along the way,
but have yet to provide
for the journey.

Make an island for yourself!
Work quickly! Be wise!
With impurities all blown away,
  unblemished,
you won't again undergo birth
         & aging.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
237 & 238

The close of life you now have reached;
You’ll now to Yama’s court proceed.
No half-way house lies on your way;
Provisions, you have not arranged.

So: for yourself, an island make.
By nimble effort, be a sage.
When cleansed of taints and free of stain,
You’ll not face birth and age again.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 238 Make thyself an island, work hard, be wise! When thy impurities are blown away, and thou art free from guilt, thou wilt not enter again into birth and decay.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 238
Be an island unto yourself! Strive quickly; be wise!
Without impurities and clear, you will never again come to birth and aging. [DLMBSFn-V238]
Dhammapada Dhp. 239
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
239. Anupubbena medhāvī thokathokaṃ khaṇe khaṇe
Kammāro rajatasseva niddhame malamattano.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
239. Anupubbena medhāvī, thokaṃ thokaṃ khaṇe khaṇe;
Kammāro rajatasseva, niddhame malamattano.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

PURIFY YOURSELF GRADUALLY

  1. By degrees, little by little, from time to time, a wise person should remove his own impurities, as a smith removes (the dross) of silver.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 239. One by one, little by little, moment by moment, a wise man should remove his own impurities, as a smith removes his dross from silver.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

239

Just as a silver smith
step by
step,
  bit by
  bit,
     moment to
     moment,
blows away the impurities
of molten silver —
so the wise man, his own.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
239
Little by little, and step by step,
In steady succession, the sage ejects
Stains of mind, which, just like dross,
From molten silver, smiths drain off.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 239 Let a wise man blow off the impurities of his self, as a smith blows off the impurities of silver one by one, little by little, and from time to time.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 239
A wise one should cleanse oneself of impurities, gradually,
little by little, moment by moment - just like a smith does with silver. [DLMBSFn-V239]
Dhammapada Dhp. 240
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
240. Ayasā'va malaṃ samuṭṭhitaṃ taduṭṭhāya tameva khādati
Evaṃ atidhonacārinaṃ sakakammāni nayanti duggatiṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
240. Ayasāva malaṃ samuṭṭhitaṃ [samuṭṭhāya (ka.)], tatuṭṭhāya [taduṭṭhāya (sī. syā. pī.)] tameva khādati;
Evaṃ atidhonacārinaṃ, sāni kammāni [sakakammāni (sī. pī.)] nayanti duggatiṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

ONE'S EVIL RUINS ONESELF

  1. As rust sprung from iron eats itself away when arisen, even so his own deeds lead the transgressor [NāradaFn18-02] to states of woe.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 240. Just as rust arising from iron eats away the base from which it arises, even so, their own deeds lead transgressors to states of woe.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

240 [ThaniSFn-V240]

Just as rust
 — iron's impurity —
eats the very iron
from which it is born,
  so the deeds
of one who lives slovenly
  lead him on
to a bad destination.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
240
Just as rust from iron that grows,
That very iron the rust corrodes;
So, deeds of them who live indulgently, [VaradoFn-V240]
Lead them on to states of misery.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 240 As the impurity which springs from the iron, when it springs from it, destroys it; thus do a transgressor's own works lead him to the evil path.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 240
Just like rust eats the very iron from which it has arisen,
so the one who is indulging too much in the use of four requisites of a monk is led to a miserable existence by his own deeds. [DLMBSFn-V240]
Dhammapada Dhp. 241
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
241. Asajjhāyamalā mantā anuṭṭhānamalā gharā
Malaṃ vaṇṇassa kosajjaṃ pamādo rakkhato malaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
241. Asajjhāyamalā mantā, anuṭṭhānamalā gharā;
Malaṃ vaṇṇassa kosajjaṃ, pamādo rakkhato malaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

CAUSES OF STAIN

  1. Non-recitation is the rust of incantations; [NāradaFn18-03] non-exertion is the rust of homes; [NāradaFn18-04] sloth is the taint of beauty; carelessness is the flaw of a watcher.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 241. Non-repetition is the bane of scriptures; neglect is the bane of a home; slovenliness is the bane of personal appearance, and heedlessness is the bane of a guard.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

241-243

No recitation: the ruinous impurity
         of chants.
No initiative: of a household.
Indolence: of beauty.
Heedlessness: of a guard.

In a woman, misconduct is an impurity.
In a donor, stinginess.
Evil deeds are the real impurities
in this world & the next.

More impure than these impurities
is the ultimate impurity:
  ignorance.
Having abandoned this impurity,
monks, you're impurity-free.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
241
Non-study’s the stain of the scriptures;
Supineness, the stain of a house;
The stain of a guard is remissness;
The stain of the comely is sloth.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 241 The taint of prayers is non-repetition; the taint of houses, non- repair; the taint of the body is sloth; the taint of a watchman, thoughtlessness.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 241
Non-studying is the stain of sacred texts. Neglect is the stain of houses.
The stain of beauty is idleness. The stain of a guard is negligence. [DLMBSFn-V241]
Dhammapada Dhp. 242
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
242. Malitthiyā duccaritaṃ maccheraṃ dadato malaṃ
Malā ve pāpakā dhammā asmiṃ loke paramhi ca.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
242. Malitthiyā duccaritaṃ, maccheraṃ dadato malaṃ;
Malā ve pāpakā dhammā, asmiṃ loke paramhi ca.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

TAINTS ARE EVIL THINGS IGNORANCE IS THE GREATEST TAINT

  1. Misconduct is the taint of a woman. Stinginess is the taint of a donor. Taints, indeed, are all evil things both in this world and in the next.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 242. Unchastity is the taint in a woman; niggardliness is the taint in a giver. Taints, indeed, are all evil things, both in this world and the next.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

241-243

No recitation: the ruinous impurity
         of chants.
No initiative: of a household.
Indolence: of beauty.
Heedlessness: of a guard.

In a woman, misconduct is an impurity.
In a donor, stinginess.
Evil deeds are the real impurities
in this world & the next.

More impure than these impurities
is the ultimate impurity:
  ignorance.
Having abandoned this impurity,
monks, you're impurity-free.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
242
Misconduct’s a stain on a woman;
And meanness, on one who would give.
Stains are thus states that are truly unfortunate,
Both in this world and the worlds that are subsequent.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 242 Bad conduct is the taint of woman, greediness the taint of a benefactor; tainted are all evil ways in this world and in the next.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 242
Wrong conduct is the stain of a woman. Stinginess is the stain of a donor.
Evil things are impure - in this world as well as in the other one. [DLMBSFn-V242]
Dhammapada Dhp. 243
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
243. Tato malā malataraṃ avijjā paramaṃ malaṃ
Etaṃ malaṃ pahatvāna nimmalā hotha bhikkhavo.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
243. Tato malā malataraṃ, avijjā paramaṃ malaṃ;
Etaṃ malaṃ pahantvāna, nimmalā hotha bhikkhavo.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. A worse taint than these is ignorance, the greatest taint. Abandoning this taint, be taintless, O Bhikkhus!
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 243. A worse taint than these is ignorance, the worst of all taints. Destroy this one taint and become taintless, O monks!
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

241-243

No recitation: the ruinous impurity
         of chants.
No initiative: of a household.
Indolence: of beauty.
Heedlessness: of a guard.

In a woman, misconduct is an impurity.
In a donor, stinginess.
Evil deeds are the real impurities
in this world & the next.

More impure than these impurities
is the ultimate impurity:
  ignorance.
Having abandoned this impurity,
monks, you're impurity-free.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
243
Ignorance, of stains, is the greatest:
Casting it off, monks, be stainless!
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 243 But there is a taint worse than all taints,--ignorance is the greatest taint. O mendicants! throw off that taint, and become taintless!
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 243
[continuing from DhP 242]
Ignorance is the ultimate stain, greater than any of these other stains.
Having abandoned this stain, be pure, monks. [DLMBSFn-V243]
Dhammapada Dhp. 244
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
244. Sujīvaṃ ahirikena kākasūrena dhaṃsinā
Pakkhandinā pagabbhena saṃkiliṭṭhena jīvitaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
244. Sujīvaṃ ahirikena, kākasūrena dhaṃsinā;
Pakkhandinā pagabbhena, saṃkiliṭṭhena jīvitaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

IT IS EASY TO LEAD A SHAMELESS LIFE IT IS HARD TO LEAD A MODEST LIFE

  1. Easy is the life of a shameless one who is as impudent as a crow, back-biting, presumptuous, arrogant, and corrupt.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 244. Easy is life for the shameless one who is impudent as a crow, is backbiting and forward, arrogant and corrupt.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

244-245

Life's easy to live
for someone unscrupulous,
  cunning as a crow,
  corrupt, back-biting,
  forward, & brash;
but for someone who's constantly
  scrupulous, cautious,
  observant, sincere,
  pure in his livelihood,
  clean in his pursuits,
         it's hard.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

244

Life, for the
          shameless,
          presumptious,
          audacious,
          offensive,
          immoral,
is lived without struggle.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 244 Life is easy to live for a man who is without shame, a crow hero, a mischief-maker, an insulting, bold, and wretched fellow.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 244
Easy is life for somebody who is shameless, unconscientious,
offensive, braggart, reckless and impure. [DLMBSFn-V244]
Dhammapada Dhp. 245
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
245. Hirimatā ca dujjīvaṃ niccaṃ sucigavesinā
Alīnenāpagabbhena suddhājīvena passatā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
245. Hirīmatā ca dujjīvaṃ, niccaṃ sucigavesinā;
Alīnenāppagabbhena, suddhājīvena passatā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. Hard is the life of a modest one who ever seeks purity, is detached, humble, clean in life, and reflective.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 245. Difficult is life for the modest one who always seeks purity, is detached and unassuming, clean in life, and discerning.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

244-245

Life's easy to live
for someone unscrupulous,
  cunning as a crow,
  corrupt, back-biting,
  forward, & brash;
but for someone who's constantly
  scrupulous, cautious,
  observant, sincere,
  pure in his livelihood,
  clean in his pursuits,
         it's hard.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

245

Life, for those who are
          scrupulous,
          tactful,
          punctilious,
          vigilant,
          virtuous,
is truly strenuous.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 245 But life is hard to live for a modest man, who always looks for what is pure, who is disinterested, quiet, spotless, and intelligent.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 245
[continuing from DhP 244]
And difficult is life for somebody who has conscience, is always striving for purity,
sincere and cautious, of clean livelihood and seeing the truth. [DLMBSFn-V245]
Dhammapada Dhp. 246
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
246. Yo pāṇamatipāteti musāvādaṃ ca bhāsati
Loke adinnaṃ ādiyati paradāraṃ ca gacchati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
246. Yo pāṇamatipāteti, musāvādañca bhāsati;
Loke adinnamādiyati, paradārañca gacchati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

HE WHO DOES NOT OBSERVE THE FIVE PRECEPTS RUINS HIMSELF   BE NOT AVARICIOUS AND DO NO WRONG

246-247. Whoso in this world destroys life, tells lies, takes what is not given, goes to others' wives, and is addicted to intoxicating drinks, such a one digs up his own root in this world.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 246-247. One who destroys life, utters lies, takes what is not given, goes to another man's wife, and is addicted to intoxicating drinks — such a man digs up his own root even in this world.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

246-248

Whoever kills, lies, steals,
goes to someone else's wife,
& is addicted to intoxicants,
  digs himself up
  by the root
right here in this world.

So know, my good man,
that bad deeds are reckless.
Don't let greed & unrighteousness
oppress you with long-term pain.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
246 & 247

The taker by theft,
The slayer of life,
One given to drink
Or another man’s wife,
And he in this world
Who delivers untruths,
Are but people who dig themselves
Up by the roots.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 246 He who destroys life, who speaks untruth, who in this world takes what is not given him, who goes to another man's wife;
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 246
Who kills living beings, speaks falsely,
takes whatever in the world is not given and goes to another's wife,
[continued in DhP 247] [DLMBSFn-V246]
Dhammapada Dhp. 247
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
247. Surāmerayapānaṃ ca yo naro anuyuñjati
Idheva poso lokasmiṃ mūlaṃ khaṇati attano.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
247. Surāmerayapānañca, yo naro anuyuñjati;
Idhevameso lokasmiṃ, mūlaṃ khaṇati attano.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3] 246-247. Whoso in this world destroys life, tells lies, takes what is not given, goes to others' wives, and is addicted to intoxicating drinks, such a one digs up his own root in this world.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 246-247. One who destroys life, utters lies, takes what is not given, goes to another man's wife, and is addicted to intoxicating drinks — such a man digs up his own root even in this world.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

246-248

Whoever kills, lies, steals,
goes to someone else's wife,
& is addicted to intoxicants,
  digs himself up
  by the root
right here in this world.

So know, my good man,
that bad deeds are reckless.
Don't let greed & unrighteousness
oppress you with long-term pain.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
246 & 247

The taker by theft,
The slayer of life,
One given to drink
Or another man’s wife,
And he in this world
Who delivers untruths,
Are but people who dig themselves
Up by the roots.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 247 And the man who gives himself to drinking intoxicating liquors, he, even in this world, digs up his own root.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 247
[continuing from DhP 246]
And whichever person enjoys drinking alcohol,
he digs out his own roots right here in this world. [DLMBSFn-V247]
Dhammapada Dhp. 248
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
248. Evambho purisa jānāhi pāpadhammā asaññatā
Mā taṃ lobho adhammo ca ciraṃ dukkhāya randhayuṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
248. Evaṃ bho purisa jānāhi, pāpadhammā asaññatā;
Mā taṃ lobho adhammo ca, ciraṃ dukkhāya randhayuṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. Know thus O good man: "Not easy of restraint are evil things". Let not greed and wickedness 5 drag you to protracted misery.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 248. Know this, O good man: evil things are difficult to control. Let not greed and wickedness drag you to protracted misery.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

246-248

Whoever kills, lies, steals,
goes to someone else's wife,
& is addicted to intoxicants,
  digs himself up
  by the root
right here in this world.

So know, my good man,
that bad deeds are reckless.
Don't let greed & unrighteousness
oppress you with long-term pain.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
248
That loose living, my dear friend,
Is but evil, comprehend!
Don’t let turpitude and greed,
To long tribulation lead.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 248 O man, know this, that the unrestrained are in a bad state; take care that greediness and vice do not bring thee to grief for a long time!
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 248
My dear man, know this: evil things are difficult to restrain.
Let not greed and injustice bring you suffering for a long time. [DLMBSFn-V248]
Dhammapada Dhp. 249
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
249. Dadāti ve yathā saddhaṃ yathā pasādanaṃ jano
Tattha ve maṅku yo hoti paresaṃ pānabhojane
Na so divā vā rattiṃ vā samādhiṃ adhigacchati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
249. Dadāti ve yathāsaddhaṃ, yathāpasādanaṃ [yattha pasādanaṃ (katthaci)] jano;
Tattha yo maṅku bhavati [tattha ce maṃku yo hoti (sī.), tattha yo maṅkuto hoti (syā.)], paresaṃ pānabhojane;
Na so divā vā rattiṃ vā, samādhimadhigacchati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE ENVIOUS ARE NOT AT PEACE THE UNENVIOUS ARE AT PEACE

  1. People give according to their faith and as they are pleased. Whoever therein is envious of others' food and drink, gains no peace [NāradaFn18-06] either by day or by night.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 249. People give according to their faith or regard. If one becomes discontented with the food and drink given by others, one does not attain meditative absorption, either by day or by night.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

249-250

People give
in line with their faith,
in line with conviction.
Whoever gets flustered
at food & drink given to others,
attains no concentration
by day or by night.

But one in whom this is
  cut    through
  up-    rooted
  wiped out —
attains concentration
by day or by night.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
249 & 250

People’s alms donations
Come from faith and inspiration.
If a bhikkhu feels dejected
By the offerings to others,
Then no inner peace he’ll gain
In the night-time, or the day.

But dejection, if it’s quelled,
If uprooted and expelled,
Then he’ll inner peace regain
Through the night, and through the day.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 249 The world gives according to their faith or according to their pleasure: if a man frets about the food and the drink given to others, he will find no rest either by day or by night.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 249
People give alms according to their faith and gratification.
In this matter, who is discontented with others' food and drink,
he will never attain concentration, by day or night. [DLMBSFn-V249]
Dhammapada Dhp. 250
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
250. Yassa cetaṃ samucchannaṃ mūlaghaccaṃ samūhataṃ
Sa ve divā vā rattiṃ vā samādhiṃ adhigacchati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
250. Yassa cetaṃ samucchinnaṃ, mūlaghaccaṃ [mūlaghacchaṃ (ka.)] samūhataṃ;
Sa ve divā vā rattiṃ vā, samādhimadhigacchati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. But he who has this (feeling) fully cut off, uprooted and destroyed, gains peace by day and by night.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 250. But he in who this (discontent) is fully destroyed, uprooted and extinct, he attains absorption, both by day and by night.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

249-250

People give
in line with their faith,
in line with conviction.
Whoever gets flustered
at food & drink given to others,
attains no concentration
by day or by night.

But one in whom this is
  cut    through
  up-    rooted
  wiped out —
attains concentration
by day or by night.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
249 & 250

People’s alms donations
Come from faith and inspiration.
If a bhikkhu feels dejected
By the offerings to others,
Then no inner peace he’ll gain
In the night-time, or the day.

But dejection, if it’s quelled,
If uprooted and expelled,
Then he’ll inner peace regain
Through the night, and through the day.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 250 He in whom that feeling is destroyed, and taken out with the very root, finds rest by day and by night.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 250
[continued from DhP 249]
And who has cut off, removed and destroyed by the rot such thinking,
he will attain concentration, by day or night. [DLMBSFn-V250]
Dhammapada Dhp. 251
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
251. Natthi rāgasamo aggi natthi dosasamo gaho
Natthi mohasamaṃ jālaṃ natthi taṇhāsamā nadī.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
251. Natthi rāgasamo aggi, natthi dosasamo gaho;
Natthi mohasamaṃ jālaṃ, natthi taṇhāsamā nadī.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THERE IS NO RIVER LIKE CRAVING

  1. There is no fire like lust, no grip like hate, no net like delusion, no river like craving.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 251. There is no fire like lust; there is no grip like hatred; there is no net like delusion; there is no river like craving.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

251

There's no fire like passion,
no seizure like anger,
no snare like delusion,
no river like craving.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
251
There’s no fire like passion;
No captor like hating;
No snare like delusion;
No river like craving.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 251 There is no fire like passion, there is no shark like hatred, there is no snare like folly, there is no torrent like greed.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 251
There is no fire like passion. There is no grasp like hatred.
There is no net like delusion. There is no river like thirst. [DLMBSFn-V251]
Dhammapada Dhp. 252
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
252. Sudassaṃ vajjamaññesaṃ attano pana duddasaṃ
Paresaṃ hi so vajjāni opuṇāti yathā bhūsaṃ
Attano pana chādeti kaliṃ'va kitavā saṭho.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
252. Sudassaṃ vajjamaññesaṃ, attano pana duddasaṃ;
Paresaṃ hi so vajjāni, opunāti [ophunāti (ka.)] yathā bhusaṃ;
Attano pana chādeti, kaliṃva kitavā saṭho.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

EASY TO SEE ARE OTHERS' FAULTS

  1. Easily seen are others' faults, hard indeed to see are one's own. Like chaff one winnows others' faults, but one's own (faults) one hides, as a crafty fowler conceals himself [NāradaFn18-07] by camouflage. [NāradaFn18-08]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 252. Easily seen is the fault of others, but one's own fault is difficult to see. Like chaff one winnows another's faults, but hides one's own, even as a crafty fowler hides behind sham branches.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

252-253

It's easy to see
the errors of others,
but hard to see
your own.
You winnow like chaff
the errors of others,
but conceal your own —
like a cheat, an unlucky throw.

If you focus on the errors of others,
constantly finding fault,
your effluents flourish.
You're far from their ending.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
252
Easy to see are another man’s flaws;
Harder to see are the faults that are yours.
Though you winnow like chaff what are other folks’ failings,
You act like a card-sharp, your ‘losing hand’ veiling.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 252 The fault of others is easily perceived, but that of oneself is difficult to perceive; a man winnows his neighbour's faults like chaff, but his own fault he hides, as a cheat hides the bad die from the gambler.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 252
Easy to see are faults of others; one's own faults are difficult to see.
One exposes the faults of others like husks.
One's own conceals like a cheating player of dice an unlucky throw. [DLMBSFn-V252]
Dhammapada Dhp. 253
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
253. Paravajjānupassissa niccaṃ ujjhānasaññino
Āsavā tassa vaḍḍhanti ārā so āsavakkhayā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
253. Paravajjānupassissa , niccaṃ ujjhānasaññino;
Āsavā tassa vaḍḍhanti, ārā so āsavakkhayā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

DEFILEMENTS MULTIPLY IN THOSE WHO SEEK OTHERS' FAULTS

  1. He who sees others' faults, and is ever irritable - the corruptions of such a one grow. He is far from the destruction of corruptions. [NāradaFn18-09]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 253. He who seeks another's faults, who is ever censorious — his cankers grow. He is far from destruction of the cankers.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

252-253

It's easy to see
the errors of others,
but hard to see
your own.
You winnow like chaff
the errors of others,
but conceal your own —
like a cheat, an unlucky throw.

If you focus on the errors of others,
constantly finding fault,
your effluents flourish.
You're far from their ending.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
253
If a man ever heeds
Other persons’ misdeeds,
And is always offended,
His taints are distended.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 253 If a man looks after the faults of others, and is always inclined to be offended, his own passions will grow, and he is far from the destruction of passions.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 253
Who finds faults with others and is always irritable,
his taints only grow. He is far away from dissolution of taints. [DLMBSFn-V253]
Dhammapada Dhp. 254
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
254. Ākāse padaṃ natthi samaṇo natthi bāhire
Papañcābhiratā pajā nippapañcā tathāgatā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
254. Ākāseva padaṃ natthi, samaṇo natthi bāhire;
Papañcābhiratā pajā, nippapañcā tathāgatā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

OUTSIDE THERE ARE NO SAINTS WHO HAVE REALISED NIBBĀNA   THERE ARE NO AGGREGATES WHICH ARE ETERNAL

  1. In the sky there is no track. Outside 10 there is no Saint. [NāradaFn18-11] Mankind delights in obstacles. [NāradaFn18-12] The Tathāgatas [NāradaFn18-13] are free from obstacles.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 254. There is no track in the sky, and no recluse outside (the Buddha's dispensation). Mankind delights in worldliness, but the Buddhas are free from worldliness. [BudRkFn-v254-255]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

254-255 [ThaniSFn-V254-255]

There's no trail in space,
no outside contemplative.
People are smitten
with objectifications,
but devoid of objectification are
the Tathagatas.

There's no trail in space,
no outside contemplative,
no eternal fabrications,
no wavering in the Awakened.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
254a
Roads don’t pass up through the sky,
So, off the Path, no saints do lie. [VaradoFn-V254a]

254b
Though people relish Self-perceptions, [VaradoFn-V254b]
Buddhas have no such conceptions.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 254 There is no path through the air, a man is not a Samana by outward acts. The world delights in vanity, the Tathagatas (the Buddhas) are free from vanity.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 254
There are no tracks in the sky. There is not a true monk outside of this teaching.
Mankind delights in obsession. The Buddhas are free of obsession. [DLMBSFn-V254]
Dhammapada Dhp. 255
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
255. Ākāse padaṃ natthi samaṇo natthi bāhire
Saṅkhārā sassatā natthi natthi buddhānaṃ iñjitaṃ.

Malavaggo aṭṭhārasamo.

Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
255. Ākāseva padaṃ natthi, samaṇo natthi bāhire;
Saṅkhārā sassatā natthi, natthi buddhānamiñjitaṃ.

Malavaggo aṭṭhārasamo niṭṭhito.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. In the sky there is no track. Outside there is no Saint. There are no conditioned things [NāradaFn18-14] that are eternal. There is no instability 15 in the Buddhas.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 255. There is no track in the sky, and no recluse outside (the Buddha's dispensation). There are no conditioned things that are eternal, and no instability in the Buddhas.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

254-255 [ThaniSFn-V254-255]

There's no trail in space,
no outside contemplative.
People are smitten
with objectifications,
but devoid of objectification are
the Tathagatas.

There's no trail in space,
no outside contemplative,
no eternal fabrications,
no wavering in the Awakened.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
255a
Roads don’t pass up through the sky,
So, off the Path, no saints do lie.

255b
Though nothing’s endless in creation,
Buddhas have no agitation.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 255 There is no path through the air, a man is not a Samana by outward acts. No creatures are eternal; but the awakened (Buddha) are never shaken.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 255
There are no tracks in the sky. There is not a true monk outside of this teaching.
There are no conditioned things that are eternal. There is no instability in the Buddhas. [DLMBSFn-V255]
Dhammapada Dhp. 256
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
  1. Dhammaṭṭhavaggo.
256. Na tena hoti dhammaṭṭho yenatthaṃ sahasā naye
Yo ca atthaṃ anatthañca ubho niccheyya paṇḍito.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]

19. Dhammaṭṭhavaggo

256. Na tena hoti dhammaṭṭho, yenatthaṃ sāhasā [sahasā (sī. syā. ka.)] naye;
Yo ca atthaṃ anatthañca, ubho niccheyya paṇḍito.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

Chapter 19 The Just Or Righteous

THE JUST SHOULD MAKE A PROPER INVESTIGATION   THE IMPARTIAL ARE CALLED THE TRUE JUSTICES

  1. He is not thereby just because he hastily arbitrates cases. The wise man should investigate both right and wrong.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]

Dhp XIX The Just

256. Not by passing arbitrary judgments does a man become just; a wise man is he who investigates both right and wrong.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

Dhp XIX The Judge

256-257 [ThaniSFn-V256-257]

To pass judgment hurriedly
doesn't mean you're a judge.
The wise one, weighing both
the right judgment & wrong,
judges others impartially —
unhurriedly, in line with the Dhamma,
  guarding the Dhamma,
  guarded by Dhamma,
intelligent:
he's called a judge.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

Chapter 19 Equity

256
No man is he of equity
Who judges cases hastily;
But one who sifts the wrong from right
Is one who’s truly erudite.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7]

Chapter XIX: The Just

256, 257. A man is not just if he carries a matter by violence; no, he who distinguishes both right and wrong, who is learned and leads others, not by violence, but by law and equity, and who is guarded by the law and intelligent, he is called just.

Cited from DLMBS [8]

Chapter 1: The Righteous

DhP 256
One is not called righteous because one hastily judges what is good.
Which wise person has thoroughly investigated both right and wrong,
[continued in DhP 257] [DLMBSFn-V256]
Dhammapada Dhp. 257
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
257. Asāhasena dhammena samena nayatī pare
Dhammassa gutto medhāvī dhammaṭṭho'ti pavuccati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
257. Asāhasena dhammena, samena nayatī pare;
Dhammassa gutto medhāvī, ‘‘dhammaṭṭho’’ti pavuccati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. The intelligent person who leads others not falsely but lawfully and impartially, who is a guardian of the law, is called one who abides by the law (dhammaññha).
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 257. He who does not judge others arbitrarily, but passes judgment impartially according to the truth, that sagacious man is a guardian of law and is called just.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

256-257 [ThaniSFn-V256-257]

To pass judgment hurriedly
doesn't mean you're a judge.
The wise one, weighing both
the right judgment & wrong,
judges others impartially —
unhurriedly, in line with the Dhamma,
  guarding the Dhamma,
  guarded by Dhamma,
intelligent:
he's called a judge.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
257
The one who judges patiently,
And lawfully, impartially,
Astute, upholding probity,
Is called a man of equity.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 256, 257. A man is not just if he carries a matter by violence; no, he who distinguishes both right and wrong, who is learned and leads others, not by violence, but by law and equity, and who is guarded by the law and intelligent, he is called just.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 257
[continued from DhP 256]
judging others without haste, justly and impartially,
such a wise person, guardian of law, is called "righteous". [DLMBSFn-V257]
Dhammapada Dhp. 258
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
258. Na tena paṇḍito hoti yāvatā bahu bhāsati
Khemī averī abhayo paṇḍito'ti pavuccati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
258. Na tena paṇḍito hoti, yāvatā bahu bhāsati;
Khemī averī abhayo, ‘‘paṇḍito’’ti pavuccati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

ONE IS NOT DEEMED WISE BECAUSE ONE IS GARRULOUS

  1. One is not thereby a learned man merely because one speaks much. He who is secure, without hate, and fearless is called "learned".
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 258. One is not wise because one speaks much. He who is peaceable, friendly and fearless is called wise.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

258-259

Simply talking a lot
doesn't mean one is wise.
Whoever's secure —
  no     hostility,
     fear —
is said to be wise.

Simply talking a lot
doesn't maintain the Dhamma.
Whoever
 — although he's heard next to nothing —
  sees Dhamma through his body,
  is not heedless of Dhamma:
he's one who maintains the Dhamma.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
258
One can’t be called knowledgeable
If merely voluble,
But if one’s peaceable,
Fearless and genial.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 258 A man is not learned because he talks much; he who is patient, free from hatred and fear, he is called learned.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 258
One is not called wise because one speaks a lot.
One, who is peaceful, without hatred and fearless, is called "wise". [DLMBSFn-V258]
Dhammapada Dhp. 259
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
259. Na tāvatā dhammadharā yāvatā bahu bhāsati
Yo ca appampi sutvāna dhammaṃ kāyena passati
Sa ve dhammadharo hoti yo dhammaṃ nappamajjati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
259. Na tāvatā dhammadharo, yāvatā bahu bhāsati;
Yo ca appampi sutvāna, dhammaṃ kāyena passati;
Sa ve dhammadharo hoti, yo dhammaṃ nappamajjati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

GARRULOUSNESS IS NOT A CHARACTERISTIC OF ONE WHO KNOWS THE DHAMMA

  1. One is not versed in the Dhamma merely because one speaks too much. He who hears little and sees the Dhamma mentally, [NāradaFn19-01] and who does not neglect the Dhamma, is, indeed, versed in the Dhamma.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 259. A man is not versed in Dhamma because he speaks much. He who, after hearing a little Dhamma, realizes its truth directly and is not heedless of it, is truly versed in the Dhamma.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

258-259 [ThaniSFn-V259]

Simply talking a lot
doesn't mean one is wise.
Whoever's secure —
  no     hostility,
     fear —
is said to be wise.

Simply talking a lot
doesn't maintain the Dhamma.
Whoever
 — although he's heard next to nothing —
  sees Dhamma through his body,
  is not heedless of Dhamma:
he's one who maintains the Dhamma.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
259
He’s not a Dhamma specialist,
The one who merely speechifies;
But one, not lax, who learns a bit,
Then Dhamma does he realise.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 259 A man is not a supporter of the law because he talks much; even if a man has learnt little, but sees the law bodily, he is a supporter of the law, a man who never neglects the law.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 259
One does not understand Dharma only because one speaks a lot.
Who sees Dharma directly, after having heard even a little of it,
and who does not neglect the Dharma, such a one does understand it. [DLMBSFn-V259]
Dhammapada Dhp. 260
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
260. Na tena thero hoti yenassa palitaṃ siro
Paripakko vayo tassa moghajiṇṇo'ti vuccati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
260. Na tena thero so hoti [thero hoti (sī. syā.)], yenassa palitaṃ siro;
Paripakko vayo tassa, ‘‘moghajiṇṇo’’ti vuccati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

GREY HAIR ALONE MAKES NOT A THERA   HE IS A THERA WHO IS STAINLESS

  1. He is not thereby an elder (thera [NāradaFn19-02] ) merely because his head is grey. Ripe is he in age. "Old-in-vain" is he called.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 260. A monk is not an elder because his head is gray. He is but ripe in age, and he is called one grown old in vain.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

260-261

A head of gray hairs
doesn't mean one's an elder.
Advanced in years,
one's called an old fool.

But one in whom there is
  truth, restraint,
  rectitude, gentleness,
  self-control —
he's called an elder,
  his impurities disgorged,
     enlightened.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
260
A monk’s not deemed ‘an Elder’
Through hair that’s turning grey.
If he’s just matured in age,
He’s deemed ‘matured-in-vain’.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 260 A man is not an elder because his head is grey; his age may be ripe, but he is called 'Old-in-vain.'
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 260
One is not to be called an Elder just because his head is gray.
Such a person is of mature age and is called "grown old in vain". [DLMBSFn-V260]
Dhammapada Dhp. 261
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
261. Yamhi saccaṃ ca dhammo ca ahiṃsā saṃyamo damo
Sa ve vantamalo dhīro thero iti pavuccati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
261. Yamhi saccañca dhammo ca, ahiṃsā saṃyamo damo;
Sa ve vantamalo dhīro, ‘‘thero’’ iti [so theroti (syā. ka.)] pavuccati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. In whom are truth, [NāradaFn19-03] virtue, [NāradaFn19-04] harmlessness, restraint [NāradaFn19-05] and control, that wise man who is purged of impurities, [NāradaFn19-06] is, indeed, called an elder.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 261. One in whom there is truthfulness, virtue, inoffensiveness, restraint and self-mastery, who is free from defilements and is wise — he is truly called an Elder.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

260-261

A head of gray hairs
doesn't mean one's an elder.
Advanced in years,
one's called an old fool.

But one in whom there is
  truth, restraint,
  rectitude, gentleness,
  self-control —
he's called an elder,
  his impurities disgorged,
     enlightened.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
261
The bhikkhu of goodness and honesty,
Who’s peaceful, good-natured and tamed,
Who’s resolute, purged of impurity,
Is ‘Elder’ deservedly named.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 261 He in whom there is truth, virtue, love, restraint, moderation, he who is free from impurity and is wise, he is called an elder.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 261
In whom there is truth, Law, non-violence, restraint and self-control,
he, the wise one who has discarded taints, is called "an Elder". [DLMBSFn-V261]
Dhammapada Dhp. 262
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
262. Na vākkaraṇamattena vaṇṇapokkharatāya vā
Sādhurūpo naro hoti issukī maccharī saṭho.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
262. Na vākkaraṇamattena, vaṇṇapokkharatāya vā;
Sādhurūpo naro hoti, issukī maccharī saṭho.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

NOT BY HANDSOME APPEARANCE DOES ONE BECOME GOOD-NATURED   GOOD-NATURED IS HE WHO HAS GIVEN UP JEALOUSY ETC.

  1. Not by mere eloquence, nor by handsome appearance, does a man become good-natured, should he be jealous, selfish, and deceitful.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 262. Not by mere eloquence nor by beauty of form does a man become accomplished, if he is jealous, selfish and deceitful.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

262-263

Not by suave conversation
or lotus-like coloring
does an envious, miserly cheat
become an exemplary man.

But one in whom this is
  cut    through
  up-    rooted
  wiped out —
he's called exemplary,
  his aversion disgorged,
     intelligent.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
262 & 263

Not merely polished rhetoric,
Nor features that are beauteous,
Denote that someone’s excellent
Who’s stingy, sly and envious.

But, if these stains are quelled,
If uprooted and expelled,
Then, the sage who’s purged malevolence,
Is correctly known as excellent.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 262 An envious greedy, dishonest man does not become respectable by means of much talking only, or by the beauty of his complexion.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 262
Not only by the act of speech or by beauty of complexion
is a man respectable, if he is envious, selfish and deceitful. [DLMBSFn-V262]
Dhammapada Dhp. 263
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
263. Yassa ce taṃ samucchinnaṃ mūlaghaccaṃ samūhataṃ
Sa vantadoso medhāvī sādhurūpo'ti vuccati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
263. Yassa cetaṃ samucchinnaṃ, mūlaghaccaṃ samūhataṃ;
Sa vantadoso medhāvī, ‘‘sādhurūpo’’ti vuccati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. But in whom these are wholly cut off, uprooted and extinct, that wise man who is purged of hatred, is, indeed, called good-natured.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 263. But he in whom these are wholly destroyed, uprooted and extinct, and who has cast out hatred — that wise man is truly accomplished.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

262-263

Not by suave conversation
or lotus-like coloring
does an envious, miserly cheat
become an exemplary man.

But one in whom this is
  cut    through
  up-    rooted
  wiped out —
he's called exemplary,
  his aversion disgorged,
     intelligent.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
262 & 263

Not merely polished rhetoric,
Nor features that are beauteous,
Denote that someone’s excellent
Who’s stingy, sly and envious.

But, if these stains are quelled,
If uprooted and expelled,
Then, the sage who’s purged malevolence,
Is correctly known as excellent.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 263 He in whom all this is destroyed, and taken out with the very root, he, when freed from hatred and wise, is called respectable.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 263
And who has cut off, removed and destroyed by the rot such thinking,
he, the wise one who has discarded hatred, is called "respectable". [DLMBSFn-V263]
Dhammapada Dhp. 264
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
264. Na muṇḍakena samaṇo abbato alikaṃ bhaṇaṃ
Icchālobhasamāpanno samaṇo kiṃ bhavissati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
264. Na muṇḍakena samaṇo, abbato alikaṃ bhaṇaṃ;
Icchālobhasamāpanno, samaṇo kiṃ bhavissati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A SHAVEN HEAD DOES NOT MAKE ONE A MONK

  1. Not by a shaven head does an undisciplined man, [NāradaFn19-07] who utters lies, become a monk. How will one who is full of desire and greed be a monk?
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 264. Not by shaven head does a man who is indisciplined and untruthful become a monk. How can he who is full of desire and greed be a monk?
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

264-265

A shaven head
doesn't mean a contemplative.
The liar observing no duties,
filled with greed & desire:
what kind of contemplative's he?

But whoever tunes out
the dissonance
of his evil qualities
 — large or small —
in every way
by bringing evil to consonance:
  he's called a contemplative.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
264
By shaving one’s head one is not a recluse.
The shaveling who’s lawless, who utters untruths,
Brimful of wishes, and laden with greed,
How could such a one a recluse be, indeed?
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 264 Not by tonsure does an undisciplined man who speaks falsehood become a Samana; can a man be a Samana who is still held captive by desire and greediness?
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 264
One is not to be called a monk just because of his bald head, if one is immoral and speaking lies.
How can someone who has desire and greed be called a monk? [DLMBSFn-V264]
Dhammapada Dhp. 265
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
265. Yo ca sameti pāpāni aṇuṃ thūlāni sabbaso
Samitattā hi pāpānaṃ samaṇo'ti pavuccati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
265. Yo ca sameti pāpāni, aṇuṃ thūlāni sabbaso;
Samitattā hi pāpānaṃ, ‘‘samaṇo’’ti pavuccati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

HE IS A MONK WHO HAS OVERCOME EVIL

  1. He who wholly subdues evil deeds both small and great is called a monk because he has overcome all evil.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 265. He who wholly subdues evil both small and great is called a monk, because he has overcome all evil.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

264-265 [ThaniSFn-V265]

A shaven head
doesn't mean a contemplative.
The liar observing no duties,
filled with greed & desire:
what kind of contemplative's he?

But whoever tunes out
the dissonance
of his evil qualities
 — large or small —
in every way
by bringing evil to consonance:
  he's called a contemplative.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
265
With the eradication of all forms of evil conduct, either gross or subtle, one becomes truly an ascetic.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 265 He who always quiets the evil, whether small or large, he is called a Samana (a quiet man), because he has quieted all evil.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 265
Who conquers evil thoroughly, be it small or big,
one is called a monk because of having conquered all evils. [DLMBSFn-V265]
Dhammapada Dhp. 266
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
266. Na tena bhikkhū hoti yāvatā bhikkhate pare
Vissaṃ dhammaṃ samādāya bhikkhu hoti na tāvatā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
266. Na tena bhikkhu so hoti, yāvatā bhikkhate pare;
Vissaṃ dhammaṃ samādāya, bhikkhu hoti na tāvatā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

ONE DOES NOT BECOME A BHIKKHU MERELY BY BEGGING   HE WHO IS HOLY IS CALLED A BHIKKHU

  1. He is not thereby a bhikkhu [NāradaFn19-08] merely because he begs from others; by following the whole code (of morality [NāradaFn19-09] ) one certainly becomes a bhikkhu and not (merely) by such begging.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 266. He is not a monk just because he lives on others' alms. Not by adopting outward form does one become a true monk.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

266-267

Begging from others
doesn't mean one's a monk.
As long as one follows
householders' ways,
one is no monk at all.

But whoever puts aside
both merit & evil and,
living the chaste life,
  judiciously
goes through the world:
he's called a monk.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
266
A bhikkhu is one who commits
To the whole of the training, not bits. [VaradoFn-V266]
Those people could never be said
True bhikkhus to be, who just beg.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 266 A man is not a mendicant (Bhikshu) simply because he asks others for alms; he who adopts the whole law is a Bhikshu, not he who only begs.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 266
One is not a monk because one begs almsfood from others.
If one follows the life of a householder, one is not a monk because of that. [DLMBSFn-V266]
Dhammapada Dhp. 267
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
267. Yo'dha puññca pāpañca bāhetvā brahmacariyavā
Saṅkhāya loke carati sa ce bhikkhū'ti vuccati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
267. Yodha puññañca pāpañca, bāhetvā brahmacariyavā [brahmacariyaṃ (ka.)];
Saṅkhāya loke carati, sa ve ‘‘bhikkhū’’ti vuccati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. Herein he who has transcended both good and evil, whose conduct is sublime, who lives with understanding in this world, he, indeed, is called a bhikkhu.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 267. Whoever here (in the Dispensation) lives a holy life, transcending both merit and demerit, and walks with understanding in this world — he is truly called a monk.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

266-267

Begging from others
doesn't mean one's a monk.
As long as one follows
householders' ways,
one is no monk at all.

But whoever puts aside
both merit & evil and,
living the chaste life,
  judiciously
goes through the world:
he's called a monk.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
267
He who has rejected both merit and evil, who lives in the world with a careful attitude, faring the holy life, should certainly be called a monk.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 267 He who is above good and evil, who is chaste, who with knowledge passes through the world, he indeed is called a Bhikshu.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 267
Who has warded off both good and evil here, leading a holy life,
walks through the world understanding it, he is called "a monk". [DLMBSFn-V267]
Dhammapada Dhp. 268
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
268. Na monena muni hoti mūḷharūpo aviddasu
Yo ca tulaṃ'va paggayha varamādāya paṇḍito.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
268. Na monena munī hoti, mūḷharūpo aviddasu;
Yo ca tulaṃva paggayha, varamādāya paṇḍito.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

SILENCE ALONE DOES NOT MAKE A SAGE   BY SUPPRESSING EVIL ONE BECOMES A SAGE

  1. Not by silence (alone) does he who is dull and ignorant become a sage; but that wise man who, as if holding a pair of scales, embraces the best [NāradaFn19-10] and shuns evil, is indeed a sage.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 268. Not by observing silence does one become a sage, if he be foolish and ignorant. But that man is wise who, as if holding a balance-scale accepts only the good.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

268-269 [ThaniSFn-V268-269]

Not by silence
does someone confused
  & unknowing
turn into a sage.
But whoever — wise,
as if holding the scales,
  taking the excellent —
  rejects evil deeds:
he is a sage,
that's how he's a sage.
Whoever can weigh
both sides of the world:
  that's how he's called
  a sage.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
268
An ignorant man, and misguided,
No wisdom will gain by mere silence.
A sage is like someone
Who, using some scales,
Singles out what is good, having weighed it.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 268, 269. A man is not a Muni because he observes silence (mona, i.e. mauna), if he is foolish and ignorant; but the wise who, taking the balance, chooses the good and avoids evil, he is a Muni, and is a Muni thereby; he who in this world weighs both sides is called a Muni.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 268
One is not a sage by keeping a vow of silence, if he is deluded and ignorant.
Who accepts only the best, as if holding a scale, is a wise man. [DLMBSFn-V268]
Dhammapada Dhp. 269
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
269. Pāpāni parivajjeti sa manī tena so muni
Yo munāti ubho loke muni tena pavuccati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
269. Pāpāni parivajjeti, sa munī tena so muni;
Yo munāti ubho loke, ‘‘muni’’ tena pavuccati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. For that reason [NāradaFn19-11] he is a sage. He who understands, both worlds [NāradaFn19-12] is, therefore, called a sage.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 269. The sage (thus) rejecting the evil, is truly a sage. Since he comprehends both (present and future) worlds, he is called a sage.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

268-269 [ThaniSFn-V268-269]

Not by silence
does someone confused
  & unknowing
turn into a sage.
But whoever — wise,
as if holding the scales,
  taking the excellent —
  rejects evil deeds:
he is a sage,
that's how he's a sage.
Whoever can weigh
both sides of the world:
  that's how he's called
  a sage.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
269
A sage shuns evil, and has fathomed all worlds; for these reasons, he is called a sage.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 268, 269. A man is not a Muni because he observes silence (mona, i.e. mauna), if he is foolish and ignorant; but the wise who, taking the balance, chooses the good and avoids evil, he is a Muni, and is a Muni thereby; he who in this world weighs both sides is called a Muni.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 269
The sage who avoids evil is called a sage because of that.
One, who understands both worlds, is called a sage on account of that. [DLMBSFn-V269]
Dhammapada Dhp. 270
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
270. Na tena ariyo hoti yena pāṇāni hiṃsati
Ahiṃsā sabbapāṇānaṃ ariyo'ti pavuccati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
270. Na tena ariyo hoti, yena pāṇāni hiṃsati;
Ahiṃsā sabbapāṇānaṃ, ‘‘ariyo’’ti pavuccati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

BY HARMLESSNESS ONE BECOMES A NOBLE (ARIYA)

  1. He is not therefore an Ariya (Noble) in that he harms living beings; through his harmlessness towards all living beings is he called an Ariya (Noble).
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 270. He is not noble who injures living beings. He is called noble because he is harmless towards all living beings.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

270

Not by harming life
does one become noble.
One is termed   noble
  for being  gentle
to all living things.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
270
Saints are not those who show creatures barbarity;
Rather, who show all-embracing humanity.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 270 A man is not an elect (Ariya) because he injures living creatures; because he has pity on all living creatures, therefore is a man called Ariya.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 270
One is not to be called Noble if he hurts living beings.
Because of non-violence towards all living beings is one called "Noble". [DLMBSFn-V270]
Dhammapada Dhp. 271
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
271. Na sīlabbatamattena bāhusaccena vā pana
Atha vā samādhilābhena vivicca sayanena vā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
271. Na sīlabbatamattena, bāhusaccena vā pana;
Atha vā samādhilābhena, vivittasayanena vā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A BHIKKHU SHOULD NOT BE CONTENTED UNTIL HE DESTROYS ALL PASSIONS

271-272. Not only by mere morality and austerities, [NāradaFn19-13] nor again by much learning, [NāradaFn19-14] nor even by developing mental concentration, nor by secluded lodging, (thinking) "I enjoy the bliss of renunciation not resorted to by the worldling" [NāradaFn19-15] (not with these) should you, O bhikkhu, rest content [NāradaFn19-16] without reaching the extinction of the corruptions. [NāradaFn19-17]

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 271-272. Not by rules and observances, not even by much learning, nor by gain of absorption, nor by a life of seclusion, nor by thinking, "I enjoy the bliss of renunciation, which is not experienced by the worldling" should you, O monks, rest content, until the utter destruction of cankers (Arahantship) is reached.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

271-272 [ThaniSFn-V271-272]

  Monk,
don't
on account of
  your precepts & practices,
  great erudition,
  concentration attainments,
  secluded dwelling,
  or the thought, 'I touch
  the renunciate ease
  that run-of-the-mill people
  don't know':
ever let yourself get complacent
  when the ending of effluents
  is still unattained.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
271 & 272

Not merely possessing much knowledge,
And precepts and practices honoured,
In solitary dwellings residing,
In jhanic absorption abiding,
Then, proud of the bliss that you’ve gained,
By the people at large unattained:
Not merely from this get complacent,
With asavas short of effacement.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 271, 272. Not only by discipline and vows, not only by much learning, not by entering into a trance, not by sleeping alone, do I earn the happiness of release which no worldling can know. Bhikshu, be not confident as long as thou hast not attained the extinction of desires.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 271
Not by mere rules and rituals, nor by great knowledge,
nor by attaining concentration, nor by having a solitary dwelling,
[continued in DhP 272] [DLMBSFn-V271]
Dhammapada Dhp. 272
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
272. Phusāmi nekkhammasukhaṃ aputhujjanasevitaṃ
Bhikkhu vissāsamāpādi appatto āsavakkhayaṃ.

Dhammaṭṭhavaggo ekūnavīsatimo.

Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
272. Phusāmi nekkhammasukhaṃ, aputhujjanasevitaṃ;
Bhikkhu vissāsamāpādi, appatto āsavakkhayaṃ.

Dhammaṭṭhavaggo ekūnavīsatimo niṭṭhito.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3] 271-272. Not only by mere morality and austerities, [NāradaFn19-13] nor again by much learning, [NāradaFn19-14] nor even by developing mental concentration, nor by secluded lodging, (thinking) "I enjoy the bliss of renunciation not resorted to by the worldling" [NāradaFn19-15] (not with these) should you, O bhikkhu, rest content [NāradaFn19-16] without reaching the extinction of the corruptions. [NāradaFn19-17]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 271-272. Not by rules and observances, not even by much learning, nor by gain of absorption, nor by a life of seclusion, nor by thinking, "I enjoy the bliss of renunciation, which is not experienced by the worldling" should you, O monks, rest content, until the utter destruction of cankers (Arahantship) is reached.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

271-272 [ThaniSFn-V271-272]

  Monk,
don't
on account of
  your precepts & practices,
  great erudition,
  concentration attainments,
  secluded dwelling,
  or the thought, 'I touch
  the renunciate ease
  that run-of-the-mill people
  don't know':
ever let yourself get complacent
  when the ending of effluents
  is still unattained.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
271 & 272

Not merely possessing much knowledge,
And precepts and practices honoured,
In solitary dwellings residing,
In jhanic absorption abiding,
Then, proud of the bliss that you’ve gained,
By the people at large unattained:
Not merely from this get complacent,
With asavas short of effacement.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 271, 272. Not only by discipline and vows, not only by much learning, not by entering into a trance, not by sleeping alone, do I earn the happiness of release which no worldling can know. Bhikshu, be not confident as long as thou hast not attained the extinction of desires.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 272
[continued from DhP 271]
nor by thinking "I am experiencing the pleasure of renunciation, which is not practiced by ordinary people",
do, o monk, get content, if you have not attained dissolution of taints. [DLMBSFn-V272]
Dhammapada Dhp. 273
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
  1. Maggavaggo.
273. Maggānaṭṭhaṅgiko seṭṭho saccānaṃ caturo padā
Virāgo seṭṭho dhammānaṃ divipadānaṃ ca cakkhumā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]

20. Maggavaggo

273. Maggānaṭṭhaṅgiko seṭṭho, saccānaṃ caturo padā;
Virāgo seṭṭho dhammānaṃ, dvipadānañca cakkhumā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

Chapter 20 The Way Or The Path

THE EIGHTFOLD PATH IS THE BEST   FOLLOW THIS PATH FOR PURITY   FOLLOWING THIS PATH YOU CAN PUT AN END TO SUFFERING   YOU MUST EXERT YOURSELVES

  1. The best of paths is the Eightfold Path. [NāradaFn20-01] The best of truths are the four Sayings. [NāradaFn20-02] Non-attachment [NāradaFn20-03] is the best of states. The best of bipeds is the Seeing One.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]

Dhp XX The Path

273. Of all the paths the Eightfold Path is the best; of all the truths the Four Noble Truths are the best; of all things passionlessness is the best: of men the Seeing One (the Buddha) is the best.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

Dhp XX The Path

273 [ThaniSFn-V273]

Of paths, the eightfold is best.
Of truths, the four sayings.
Of qualities, dispassion.
Of two-footed beings,
  the one with the eyes
  to see.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

Chapter 20 The Path

273
The eightfold path, of paths, is foremost;
Four truths are, of truths, the cream;
Dispassion is, of states, the greatest;
Buddhas are, of men, supreme.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7]

Chapter XX: The Way

273 The best of ways is the eightfold; the best of truths the four words; the best of virtues passionlessness; the best of men he who has eyes to see.

Cited from DLMBS [8]

Chapter 1: The Path

DhP 273
The Eightfold Path is the best of Paths. The best of truths are the Four Truths.
The best of mental states is absence of passion. The best of people are the ones with insight. [DLMBSFn-V273]
Dhammapada Dhp. 274
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
274. Eso'va maggo natthañño dassanassa visuddhiyā
Etaṃ hi tumhe paṭipajjatha mārassetaṃ pamohanaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
274. Eseva [esova (sī. pī.)] maggo natthañño, dassanassa visuddhiyā;
Etañhi tumhe paṭipajjatha, mārassetaṃ pamohanaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. This is the only Way. There is none other for the purity of vision. Do you follow this path. This is the bewilderment of Māra.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 274. This is the only path; there is none other for the purification of insight. Tread this path, and you will bewilder Mara.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

274-276

  Just this
  is the path
 — there is no other —
to purify vision.
  Follow it,
and that will be Mara's
  bewilderment.

Following it,
you put an end
to suffering & stress.
I have taught you this path
having known
 — for your knowing —
the extraction of arrows.

It's for you to strive
  ardently.
Tathagatas simply
point out the way.
Those who practice,
absorbed in jhana:
  from Mara's bonds
  they'll be freed.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
274
The Path is this:
None else exists
To purify one’s vision.

If entered on
The Path effects
The Evil One’s confusion.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 274 This is the way, there is no other that leads to the purifying of intelligence. Go on this way! Everything else is the deceit of Mara (the tempter).
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 274
This is the path. There is no other for the purification of insight.
Enter upon this path. This is the deception of Mara. [DLMBSFn-V274]
Dhammapada Dhp. 275
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
275. Etaṃ hi tumhe paṭipannā dukkhassantaṃ karissatha
Akkhāto ve mayā maggo aññāya sallasatthanaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
275. Etañhi tumhe paṭipannā, dukkhassantaṃ karissatha;
Akkhāto vo [akkhāto ve (sī. pī.)] mayā maggo, aññāya sallakantanaṃ [sallasanthanaṃ (sī. pī.), sallasatthanaṃ (syā.)].
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. Entering upon that path, you will make an end of pain. Having learnt the removal of thorns, [NāradaFn20-04] have I taught you the path.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 275. Walking upon this path you will make an end of suffering. Having discovered how to pull out the thorn of lust, I make known the path.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

274-276 [ThaniSFn-V275]

  Just this
  is the path
 — there is no other —
to purify vision.
  Follow it,
and that will be Mara's
  bewilderment.

Following it,
you put an end
to suffering & stress.
I have taught you this path
having known
 — for your knowing —
the extraction of arrows.

It's for you to strive
  ardently.
Tathagatas simply
point out the way.
Those who practice,
absorbed in jhana:
  from Mara's bonds
  they'll be freed.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
275
The sting of the arrow I’ve known,
And, to you, the appeasement I’ve shown. [VaradoFn-V275]
If the path of the Dhamma
You’ll enter upon,
It will bring to your sorrows a close.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 275 If you go on this way, you will make an end of pain! The way was preached by me, when I had understood the removal of the thorns (in the flesh).
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 275
Having entered upon this path, you will make an end of suffering.
Having realized how to remove the arrow, I taught this path to you. [DLMBSFn-V275]
Dhammapada Dhp. 276
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
276. Tumhehi kiccaṃ ātappaṃ akkhātāro tathāgatā
Paṭipannā pamokkhanti jhāyino mārabandhanā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
276. Tumhehi kiccamātappaṃ, akkhātāro tathāgatā;
Paṭipannā pamokkhanti, jhāyino mārabandhanā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. Striving should be done by yourselves; [NāradaFn20-05] the Tathāgatas [NāradaFn20-06] are only teachers. The meditative ones, who enter the way, are delivered from the bonds of Māra.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 276. You yourselves must strive; the Buddhas only point the way. Those meditative ones who tread the path are released from the bonds of Mara.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

274-276

  Just this
  is the path
 — there is no other —
to purify vision.
  Follow it,
and that will be Mara's
  bewilderment.

Following it,
you put an end
to suffering & stress.
I have taught you this path
having known
 — for your knowing —
the extraction of arrows.

It's for you to strive
  ardently.
Tathagatas simply
point out the way.
Those who practice,
absorbed in jhana:
  from Mara's bonds
  they'll be freed.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
276
Effort is your obligation;
Buddhas do but point the Way.
Those who practise, meditators,
Find release from Mara’s stays.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 276 You yourself must make an effort. The Tathagatas (Buddhas) are only preachers. The thoughtful who enter the way are freed from the bondage of Mara.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 276
You must make an effort. The Buddhas are only teachers.
Those, who meditating entered upon this path, will be released from the bond of Mara. [DLMBSFn-V276]
Dhammapada Dhp. 277
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
277. Sabbe baṅkhārā aniccā'ti yadā paññāya passati
Atha nibbindati dukkhe esa maggo visuddhiyā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
277. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti, yadā paññāya passati;
Atha nibbindati dukkhe, esa maggo visuddhiyā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

TRANSIENT ARE CONDITIONED THINGS

  1. "Transient are all conditioned things": [NāradaFn20-07] when this, with wisdom, one discerns, then is one disgusted with ill; [NāradaFn20-08] this is the path to purity.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 277. "All conditioned things are impermanent" — when one sees this with wisdom, one turns away from suffering. This is the path to purification.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

277-279

When you see with discernment,
'All fabrications are inconstant' —
you grow disenchanted with stress.
  This is the path
  to purity.

When you see with discernment,
'All fabrications are stressful' —
you grow disenchanted with stress.
  This is the path
  to purity.

When you see with discernment,
'All phenomena are not-self' —
you grow disenchanted with stress.
  This is the path
  to purity.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
277
Fleeting are configurations.
When, with wisdom, this one sees,
Disgust arising for affliction
Leads one on to purity.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 277 'All created things perish,' he who knows and sees this becomes passive in pain; this is the way to purity.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 277
When one perceives with wisdom that all conditioned things are impermanent,
then one turns away from suffering. This is the path of purification. [DLMBSFn-V277]
Dhammapada Dhp. 278
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
278. Sabbe baṅkhārā dukkhā'ti yadā paññāya passati
Atha nibbindati dukkhe esa maggo visuddhiyā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
278. ‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti, yadā paññāya passati;
Atha nibbindati dukkhe, esa maggo visuddhiyā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

SORROWFUL ARE ALL CONDITIONED THINGS

  1. "Sorrowful are all conditioned things": when this, with wisdom, one discerns, then is one disgusted with ill; this is the path to purity.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 278. "All conditioned things are unsatisfactory" — when one sees this with wisdom, one turns away from suffering. This is the path to purification.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

277-279

When you see with discernment,
'All fabrications are inconstant' —
you grow disenchanted with stress.
  This is the path
  to purity.

When you see with discernment,
'All fabrications are stressful' —
you grow disenchanted with stress.
  This is the path
  to purity.

When you see with discernment,
'All phenomena are not-self' —
you grow disenchanted with stress.
  This is the path
  to purity.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
278
Distressing are configurations.
When, with wisdom, this one sees,
Disgust arising for affliction
Leads one on to purity.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 278 'All created things are grief and pain,' he who knows and sees this becomes passive in pain; this is the way that leads to purity.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 278
When one perceives with wisdom that all conditioned things are unsatisfactory,
then one turns away from suffering. This is the path of purification. [DLMBSFn-V278]
Dhammapada Dhp. 279
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
279. Sabbe dhammā anattā'ti yadā paññāya passati
Atha nibbindati dukkhe esa maggo visuddhiyā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
279. ‘‘Sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti, yadā paññāya passati;
Atha nibbindati dukkhe, esa maggo visuddhiyā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

EVERYTHING IS SOULLESS

  1. "All Dhammas are without a soul": [NāradaFn20-09] when this, with wisdom, one discerns, then is one disgusted with ill; this is the path to purity.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 279. "All things are not-self" — when one sees this with wisdom, one turns away from suffering. This is the path to purification.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

277-279

When you see with discernment,
'All fabrications are inconstant' —
you grow disenchanted with stress.
  This is the path
  to purity.

When you see with discernment,
'All fabrications are stressful' —
you grow disenchanted with stress.
  This is the path
  to purity.

When you see with discernment,
'All phenomena are not-self' —
you grow disenchanted with stress.
  This is the path
  to purity.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
279
No-one’s are configurations.
When, with wisdom, this one sees,
Disgust arising for affliction
Leads one on to purity.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 279 'All forms are unreal,' he who knows and sees this becomes passive in pain; this is the way that leads to purity.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 279
When one perceives with wisdom that all things are without a self,
then one turns away from suffering. This is the path of purification. [DLMBSFn-V279]
Dhammapada Dhp. 280
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
280. Uṭṭhānakālamhi anuṭṭhahāno
Yuvā balī ālasiyaṃ upeto
Saṃsannasaṅkappamano kusīto
Paññāya maggaṃ alaso na vindati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
280. Uṭṭhānakālamhi anuṭṭhahāno, yuvā balī ālasiyaṃ upeto;
Saṃsannasaṅkappamano [asampannasaṅkappamano (ka.)] kusīto, paññāya maggaṃ alaso na vindati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE SLOTHFUL DO NOT REALIZE THE PATH

  1. The inactive idler who strives not when he should strive, who, though young and strong, is slothful, with (good) thoughts depressed, [NāradaFn20-10] does not by wisdom realize the Path.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 280. The idler who does not exert himself when he should, who though young and strong is full of sloth, with a mind full of vain thoughts — such an indolent man does not find the path to wisdom.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

280

At the time for initiative
he takes no initiative.
Young, strong, but lethargic,
the resolves of his heart
  exhausted,
the lazy, lethargic one
loses the path
to discernment.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
280
Her body is young and she’s sturdy,
But dreary her mind, and she’s lazy.
When effort is called for she wastes away time:
The pathway to wisdom such idlers won’t find.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 280 He who does not rouse himself when it is time to rise, who, though young and strong, is full of sloth, whose will and thought are weak, that lazy and idle man will never find the way to knowledge.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 280
The lazy one, who is not exerting oneself during the time for exertion,
who is young and strong but full of sloth,
inactive and with a mind full of depressed thoughts -
such a one will not find a path of wisdom. [DLMBSFn-V280]
Dhammapada Dhp. 281
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
281. Vācānurakkhī manasā susaṃvuto
Kāyena ca akusalaṃ na kayirā
Ete tayo kammapathe visodhaye
Ārādhaye maggaṃ isippaveditaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
281. Vācānurakkhī manasā susaṃvuto, kāyena ca nākusalaṃ kayirā [akusalaṃ na kayirā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)];
Ete tayo kammapathe visodhaye, ārādhaye maggamisippaveditaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

PURIFY THOUGHTS, WORDS AND DEEDS

  1. Watchful of speech, well restrained in mind, let him do nought unskilful through his body. Let him purify these three ways of action and win the path realized by the sages.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 281. Let a man be watchful of speech, well controlled in mind, and not commit evil in bodily action. Let him purify these three courses of action, and win the path made known by the Great Sage.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

281

  Guarded    in speech,
well-restrained in mind,
you should do nothing unskillful
         in body.
  Purify
these three courses of action.
  Bring to fruition
the path that seers have proclaimed.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
281
In speaking be careful;
In thought be restrained;
From bodily conduct unskilful,
Refrain!

These three kinds of flawlessness,
May you attain!
And the Path that the sages have walked,
May you gain!
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 281 Watching his speech, well restrained in mind, let a man never commit any wrong with his body! Let a man but keep these three roads of action clear, and he will achieve the way which is taught by the wise.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 281
One should guard one's speech and restrain one's mind.
One should not do any evil bodily deed.
One should purify these three ways of acting.
One should attain the path declared by the Buddha. [DLMBSFn-V281]
Dhammapada Dhp. 282
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
282. Yogā ve jāti bhūri ayogā bhūrisaṅkhayo
Etaṃ dvedhā pathaṃ ñatvā bhavāya vibhavāya ca
Tathattānaṃ niveseyya yathā bhūri pavaḍḍhati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
282. Yogā ve jāyatī [jāyate (katthaci)] bhūri, ayogā bhūrisaṅkhayo;
Etaṃ dvedhāpathaṃ ñatvā, bhavāya vibhavāya ca;
Tathāttānaṃ niveseyya, yathā bhūri pavaḍḍhati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

ACT IN SUCH A WAY THAT YOU INCREASE YOUR WISDOM

  1. Verily, from meditation arises wisdom. Without meditation wisdom wanes. Knowing this twofold path of gain and loss, let one so conduct oneself that wisdom may increase.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 282. Wisdom springs from meditation; without meditation wisdom wanes. Having known these two paths of progress and decline, let a man so conduct himself that his wisdom may increase.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

282

From striving comes wisdom;
from not, wisdom's end.
Knowing these two courses
 — to development,
     decline —
conduct yourself
so that wisdom will grow.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
282
Application’s wisdom’s rise;
Lack of which is its demise.
When this branching path’s cognised
That leads to progress or decline,
May you so yourselves incline
So, consequently, wisdom thrives!
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 282 Through zeal knowledge is gotten, through lack of zeal knowledge is lost; let a man who knows this double path of gain and loss thus place himself that knowledge may grow.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 282
From practice, knowledge is born. From absence of practice, loss of knowledge.
Having understood this crossroad of existence and cessation of knowledge,
one should so conduct oneself that the knowledge may grow. [DLMBSFn-V282]
Dhammapada Dhp. 283
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
283. Vanaṃ chindatha mā rukkhaṃ vanato jāyatī bhayaṃ
Chetvā vanañca vanathañca nibbanā hotha bhikkhavo.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
283. Vanaṃ chindatha mā rukkhaṃ, vanato jāyate bhayaṃ;
Chetvā vanañca vanathañca, nibbanā hotha bhikkhavo.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

BE WITHOUT ATTACHMENT   MIND IS IN BONDAGE AS LONG AS THERE IS ATTACHMENT

  1. Cut down the forest (of the passions [NāradaFn20-11] ), but not real trees. [NāradaFn20-12] From the forest (of the passions) springs fear. Cutting down both forest [NāradaFn20-13] and brushwood (of the passions), be forestless, [NāradaFn20-14] O bhikkhus.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 283. Cut down the forest (lust), but not the tree; from the forest springs fear. Having cut down the forest and the underbrush (desire), be passionless, O monks! [BudRkFn-v283]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

283-285

Cut down
the forest of desire,
not the forest of trees.
From the forest of desire
come danger & fear.
Having cut down this forest
& its underbrush, monks,
  be deforested.

For as long as the least
bit of underbrush
of a man for women
is not cleared away,
the heart is fixated
  like a suckling calf
  on its mother.

Crush
your sense of self-allure
  like an autumn lily
  in the hand.
Nurture only the path to peace
  — Unbinding —
as taught by the One Well Gone.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
283
Cut down the whole jungle
Not just the odd tree:
From the jungle of passion
Does fear come to be.

When the jungle is felled,
Cut the brushwood as well,
Then of every luxuriant growth
You’ll be free.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 283 Cut down the whole forest (of lust), not a tree only! Danger comes out of the forest (of lust). When you have cut down both the forest (of lust) and its undergrowth, then, Bhikshus, you will be rid of the forest and free!
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 283
Cut off the forest of passions, not just the single trees. From the forest, fear is born.
Having cut off the forest and the undergrowth, be without the forest of passions, monks. [DLMBSFn-V283]
Dhammapada Dhp. 284
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
284. Yāvaṃ vanatho na chijjati anumatto'pi narassa nārisu
Paṭibaddhamano'va tāva so vaccho khīrapako'va mātari.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
284. .
Yāva hi vanatho na chijjati, aṇumattopi narassa nārisu;
Paṭibaddhamanova [paṭibandhamanova (ka.)] tāva so, vaccho khīrapakova [khīrapānova (pī.)] mātari.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. For as long as the slightest brushwood (of the passions) of man towards women is not cut down, so long is his mind in bondage, like the milch calf to its mother-cow.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 284. For so long as the underbrush of desire, even the most subtle, of a man towards a woman is not cut down, his mind is in bondage, like the sucking calf to its mother.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

283-285

Cut down
the forest of desire,
not the forest of trees.
From the forest of desire
come danger & fear.
Having cut down this forest
& its underbrush, monks,
  be deforested.

For as long as the least
bit of underbrush
of a man for women
is not cleared away,
the heart is fixated
  like a suckling calf
  on its mother.

Crush
your sense of self-allure
  like an autumn lily
  in the hand.
Nurture only the path to peace
  — Unbinding —
as taught by the One Well Gone.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
284
If any jungly growth remains,
The smallest bush, of man for maid,
So long his mind is shackled fast,
Like to its dam, a suckling calf.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 284 So long as the love of man towards women, even the smallest, is not destroyed, so long is his mind in bondage, as the calf that drinks milk is to its mother.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 284
As long as the undergrowth of passion of a man towards women,
even a minuscule one, is not cut off,
so long his mind is bound,
just like a calf drinking milk from the mother. [DLMBSFn-V284]
Dhammapada Dhp. 285
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
285. Ucchinda sinehamattano kumudaṃ sāradikaṃ'va pāṇinā
Santimaggameva brūhaya nibbāṇaṃ sugatena desitaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
285. Ucchinda sinehamattano kumudaṃ sāradikaṃva [pāṇinā];
Santimaggameva brūhaya, nibbānaṃ sugatena desitaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

DEVELOP THE PATH OF PEACE

  1. Cut off your affection, as though it were an autumn lily, with the hand. Cultivate the very path of peace. Nibbāna has been expounded by the Auspicious One.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 285. Cut off your affection in the manner of a man who plucks with his hand an autumn lotus. Cultivate only the path to peace, Nibbana, as made known by the Exalted One.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

283-285 [ThaniSFn-V285]

Cut down
the forest of desire,
not the forest of trees.
From the forest of desire
come danger & fear.
Having cut down this forest
& its underbrush, monks,
  be deforested.

For as long as the least
bit of underbrush
of a man for women
is not cleared away,
the heart is fixated
  like a suckling calf
  on its mother.

Crush
your sense of self-allure
  like an autumn lily
  in the hand.
Nurture only the path to peace
  — Unbinding —
as taught by the One Well Gone.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
285
In your hand you might crush an exquisite carnation; [VaradoFn-V285]
So should you crumple your self-adoration.
The pathway to peace you should practise instead:
To Nibbana it leads, as the Buddha has said.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 285 Cut out the love of self, like an autumn lotus, with thy hand! Cherish the road of peace. Nirvana has been shown by Sugata (Buddha).
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 285
Cut off your own desires, as if picking an autumnal lotus with your hand.
Practice the path of tranquility, Nirvana taught by the Buddha. [DLMBSFn-V285]
Dhammapada Dhp. 286
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
286. Idha vassaṃ vasissāmi idha hemanta gimbhisu
Iti bālo vicinteti antarāyaṃ na bujjhati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
286. .
Idha vassaṃ vasissāmi, idha hemantagimhisu;
Iti bālo vicinteti, antarāyaṃ na bujjhati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE IGNORANT REALIZE NOT THE FEAR OF DEATH

  1. Here will I live in the rainy season, here in the autumn and in the summer: thus muses the fool. He realizes not the danger (of death).
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 286. "Here shall I live during the rains, here in winter and summer" — thus thinks the fool. He does not realize the danger (that death might intervene).
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

286-287

'Here I'll stay for the rains.
Here, for the summer & winter.'
So imagines the fool,
unaware of obstructions.

That drunk-on-his-sons-&-cattle man,
all tangled up in the mind:
death sweeps him away —
  as a great flood,
  a village asleep.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
286
“For the months of the rains I’ll stay here,
And in winter and summer stay there.”
With assurance do fools thus conceive.
What’s contingent they fail to perceive.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 286 'Here I shall dwell in the rain, here in winter and summer,' thus the fool meditates, and does not think of his death.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 286
"Here shall I spend the rains, here winter and summer",
thinks the fool. He does not understand the dangers. [DLMBSFn-V286]
Dhammapada Dhp. 287
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
287. Taṃ puttapasusammattaṃ byāsattamanasaṃ naraṃ
Suttaṃ gāmaṃ mahogho'va maccu ādāya gacchati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
287. Taṃ puttapasusammattaṃ, byāsattamanasaṃ naraṃ;
Suttaṃ gāmaṃ mahoghova, maccu ādāya gacchati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

DEATH SEIZES THE DOTING MAN

  1. The doting man with mind set on children and herds, death seizes and carries away, as a great flood (sweeps away) a slumbering village.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 287. As a great flood carries away a sleeping village, so death seizes and carries away the man with a clinging mind, doting on his children and cattle.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

286-287

'Here I'll stay for the rains.
Here, for the summer & winter.'
So imagines the fool,
unaware of obstructions.

That drunk-on-his-sons-&-cattle man,
all tangled up in the mind:
death sweeps him away —
  as a great flood,
  a village asleep.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
287
The person whose mind is besotted,
With children and cattle obsessed,
Like a flood drowns a village asleep,
Will that fool be demolished by death.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 287 Death comes and carries off that man, praised for his children and flocks, his mind distracted, as a flood carries off a sleeping village.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 287
That man who is delighting in his sons and cattle, with an attached mind,
the death will carry away, like a great flood the sleeping village. [DLMBSFn-V287]
Dhammapada Dhp. 288
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
288. Na santi puttā tāṇāya na pitā napi bandhavā
Antakenādhipannassa natthi ñātisu tāṇatā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
288. Na santi puttā tāṇāya, na pitā nāpi bandhavā;
Antakenādhipannassa, natthi ñātīsu tāṇatā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

NO PROTECTION FROM ANY AT THE MOMENT OF DEATH

  1. There are no sons for one's protection, neither father nor even kinsmen; for one who is overcome by death no protection is to be found among kinsmen.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 288. For him who is assailed by death there is no protection by kinsmen. None there are to save him — no sons, nor father, nor relatives.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

288-289 [ThaniSFn-V288]

There are   no sons
  to give shelter,
     no father,
     no family
for one seized by the Ender,
  no shelter among kin.

  Conscious
of this compelling reason,
the wise man, restrained by virtue,
should make the path pure
  — right away —
that goes all the way to Unbinding.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
288 & 289

When cornered by death one can’t hope for protection
From father or son or another relation.
The wise see this fact as imperative reason
To quickly lay open the pathway to freedom.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 288 Sons are no help, nor a father, nor relations; there is no help from kinsfolk for one whom death has seized.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 288
Sons cannot protect you, or father, or other relatives.
When you are seized by the death, all relatives are of no help to you. [DLMBSFn-V288]
Dhammapada Dhp. 289
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
289. Etamatthavasaṃ ñatvā paṇḍito sīlasaṃvuto
Nibbāṇagamanaṃ maggaṃ khippameva visodhaye

Maggavaggo vīsatimo.

Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
289. Etamatthavasaṃ ñatvā, paṇḍito sīlasaṃvuto;
Nibbānagamanaṃ maggaṃ, khippameva visodhaye.

Maggavaggo vīsatimo niṭṭhito.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. Realizing this fact, let the virtuous and wise person swiftly clear the way that leads to Nibbāna.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 289. Realizing this fact, let the wise man, restrained by morality, hasten to clear the path leading to Nibbana.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

288-289

There are   no sons
  to give shelter,
     no father,
     no family
for one seized by the Ender,
  no shelter among kin.

  Conscious
of this compelling reason,
the wise man, restrained by virtue,
should make the path pure
  — right away —
that goes all the way to Unbinding.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
288 & 289

When cornered by death one can’t hope for protection
From father or son or another relation.
The wise see this fact as imperative reason
To quickly lay open the pathway to freedom.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 289 A wise and good man who knows the meaning of this, should quickly clear the way that leads to Nirvana.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 289
The wise man restrained by virtue, knowing this reasoning,
should quickly purify the path leading to Nirvana. [DLMBSFn-V289]
Dhammapada Dhp. 290
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
  1. Pakiṇṇakavaggo.
290. Mattāsukhapariccāgā passe ce vipulaṃ sukhaṃ
Caje mattāsukhaṃ dhīro sampassaṃ vipulaṃ sukhaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]

21. Pakiṇṇakavaggo

290. Mattāsukhapariccāgā , passe ce vipulaṃ sukhaṃ;
Caje mattāsukhaṃ dhīro, sampassaṃ vipulaṃ sukhaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

Chapter 21 Miscellaneous

GIVE UP THE LESSER HAPPINESS FOR THE SAKE OF THE GREATER

  1. If by giving up a lesser happiness, one may behold a greater one, let the wise man give up the lesser happiness in consideration of the greater happiness.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]

Dhp XXI Miscellaneous

290. If by renouncing a lesser happiness one may realize a greater happiness, let the wise man renounce the lesser, having regard for the greater.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

Dhp XXI Miscellany

290

If, by forsaking
a limited ease,
he would see
an abundance of ease,
the enlightened man
would forsake
the limited ease
for the sake
of the abundant.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

Chapter 21 The Miscellany

290
If leaving a pleasure that’s trivial
Is regarded as pleasure considerable,
The one who’s astute
Would leave pleasures minute
For the sake of that pleasure additional.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7]

Chapter XXI: Miscellaneous

290 If by leaving a small pleasure one sees a great pleasure, let a wise man leave the small pleasure, and look to the great.

Cited from DLMBS [8]

Chapter 21: Miscellaneous

DhP 290
Seeing that abandoning the small happiness one could obtain large happiness,
a wise one, considering the large happiness should abandon the small happiness. [DLMBSFn-V290]
Dhammapada Dhp. 291
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
291. Paradukkhūpadānena attano sukhamicchati
Verasaṃsaggasaṃsaṭṭho verā so na parimuccati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
291. Paradukkhūpadhānena, attano [yo attano (syā. pī. ka.)] sukhamicchati;
Verasaṃsaggasaṃsaṭṭho, verā so na parimuccati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

NOT HATRED FOR HATRED

  1. He who wishes his own happiness by causing pain to others is not released from hatred, being himself entangled in the tangles of hatred.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 291. Entangled by the bonds of hate, he who seeks his own happiness by inflicting pain on others, is never delivered from hatred.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

291

He wants his own ease
by giving others dis-ease.
Intertwined in the inter-
action of hostility,
from hostility
he's not set free.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
291
Whoever finds felicity
In showing others cruelty
Is tangled in antipathy:
From hatred won’t find liberty.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 291 He who, by causing pain to others, wishes to obtain pleasure for himself, he, entangled in the bonds of hatred, will never be free from hatred.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 291
He wants his own happiness by imposing suffering on others.
Full of hatred, he will not be released from hatred. [DLMBSFn-V291]
Dhammapada Dhp. 292
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
292. Yaṃ hi kiccaṃ tadapaviddhaṃ akiccaṃ pana kayirati
Unnalānaṃ pamattānaṃ tesaṃ vaḍḍhanti āsavā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
293. Yesañca susamāraddhā, niccaṃ kāyagatā sati;
Akiccaṃ te na sevanti, kicce sātaccakārino;
Satānaṃ sampajānānaṃ, atthaṃ gacchanti āsavā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE DEFILEMENTS OF THE CONCEITED INCREASE   THE DEFILEMENTS OF THE MINDFUL DECREASE

  1. What should have been done is left undone, [NāradaFn21-01] what should not have been done is done. [NāradaFn21-02] Of those who are puffed up and heedless the corruptions increase.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 292. The cankers only increase for those who are arrogant and heedless, who leave undone what should be done and do what should not be done.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

292-293

In those who
reject what should,
& do what shouldn't be done
 — heedless, insolent —
effluents grow.

But for those who
are well-applied, constantly,
to mindfulness immersed in the body;
don't indulge
in what shouldn't be done
& persist
in what should
 — mindful, alert —
effluents come to an end.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
292
If one neglects one’s duties and obligations, and does what is unsuitable, through such arrogance and heedlessness, one’s asavas gain strength.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 292 What ought to be done is neglected, what ought not to be done is done; the desires of unruly, thoughtless people are always increasing.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 292
What should be done - is rejected. What should not be done - that is being done.
Taints of those, who are proud and negligent, surely grow. [DLMBSFn-V292]
Dhammapada Dhp. 293
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
293. Yesañca susamāraddhā niccaṃ kāyagatā sati
Akiccaṃ te na sevanti kicce sātaccakārino
Satānaṃ sampajānānaṃ atthaṃ gacchanti āsavā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
293. Yesañca susamāraddhā, niccaṃ kāyagatā sati;
Akiccaṃ te na sevanti, kicce sātaccakārino;
Satānaṃ sampajānānaṃ, atthaṃ gacchanti āsavā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. Those who always earnestly practise "mindfulness of the body", [NāradaFn21-03] who follow not what should not be done, and constantly do what should be done, of those mindful and reflective ones the corruptions come to an end.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 293. The cankers cease for those mindful and clearly comprehending ones who always earnestly practice mindfulness of the body, who do not resort to what should not be done, and steadfastly pursue what should be done.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

292-293 [ThaniSFn-V293]

In those who
reject what should,
& do what shouldn't be done
 — heedless, insolent —
effluents grow.

But for those who
are well-applied, constantly,
to mindfulness immersed in the body;
don't indulge
in what shouldn't be done
& persist
in what should
 — mindful, alert —
effluents come to an end.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
293
Those who ceaselessly and earnestly contemplate the body, who reject whatever conduct is unsuitable, and persevere in what is suitable: being attentive and mindful, their asavas fade away.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 293 But they whose whole watchfulness is always directed to their body, who do not follow what ought not to be done, and who steadfastly do what ought to be done, the desires of such watchful and wise people will come to an end.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 293
Those who have very firm and constant mindfulness as to the body,
those do not practice what should not be done, they are persevering in what should be done.
The taints of those, who are mindful and thoughtful, become extinct. [DLMBSFn-V293]
Dhammapada Dhp. 294
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
294. Mātaraṃ pitaraṃ hantvā rājāno dve ca khattiye
Raṭṭhaṃ sānuvaraṃ hantvā anīgho yāti brāhmaṇo.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
294. Mātaraṃ pitaraṃ hantvā, rājāno dve ca khattiye;
Raṭṭhaṃ sānucaraṃ hantvā, anīgho yāti brāhmaṇo.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

ARAHANT GOES UNGRIEVING

  1. Having slain mother [NāradaFn21-04] (craving) and father [NāradaFn21-05] (conceit) and two warrior kings (views based on eternalism and nihilism), and having destroyed a country (sense-avenues and sense-objects) together with its revenue officer [NāradaFn21-06] (attachment), ungrieving goes the Brāhmaṇa (Arahant).
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 294. Having slain mother (craving), father (self-conceit), two warrior-kings (eternalism and nihilism), and destroyed a country (sense organs and sense objects) together with its treasurer (attachment and lust), ungrieving goes the holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

294-295 [ThaniSFn-V294]

Having killed mother & father,
two warrior kings,
the kingdom & its dependency —
the brahman, untroubled, travels on.

Having killed mother & father,
two learned kings,
&, fifth, a tiger —
the brahman, untroubled, travels on.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

294

Having destroyed
          craving,
          conceit,
          belief in eternalism,
          belief in annihilationism,
          the sense spheres,
          delight and passion,
the arahant calmly takes his leave.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 294 A true Brahmana goes scatheless, though he have killed father and mother, and two valiant kings, though he has destroyed a kingdom with all its subjects.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 294
Having killed mother, father and two warrior kings,
having killed the whole country with its followers, undisturbed walks the holy man. [DLMBSFn-V294]
Dhammapada Dhp. 295
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
295. Mātaraṃ pitaraṃ hantvā rājāno dve ca sottiye
Veyyagghapañcamaṃ hantvā anīgho yāti brāhmaṇo.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
295. Mātaraṃ pitaraṃ hantvā, rājāno dve ca sotthiye;
Veyagghapañcamaṃ hantvā, anīgho yāti brāhmaṇo.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. Having slain mother and father and two brahmin kings, and having destroyed the perilous path [NāradaFn21-07] (hindrances), ungrieving goes the Brāhmaṇa (Arahant).
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 295. Having slain mother, father, two brahman kings (two extreme views), and a tiger as the fifth (the five mental hindrances), ungrieving goes the holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

294-295 [ThaniSFn-V295]

Having killed mother & father,
two warrior kings,
the kingdom & its dependency —
the brahman, untroubled, travels on.

Having killed mother & father,
two learned kings,
&, fifth, a tiger —
the brahman, untroubled, travels on.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

295

Having destroyed
          craving,
          conceit,
          belief in eternalism,
          belief in annihilationism,
          the five hindrances,
the arahant calmly takes his leave.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 295 A true Brahmana goes scatheless, though he have killed father and mother, and two holy kings, and an eminent man besides.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 295
Having killed mother, father and two Brahmin kings,
having killed the tiger as fifth, undisturbed walks the Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V295]
Dhammapada Dhp. 296
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
296. Suppabuddhaṃ pabujjhanti sadā gotamasāvakā
Yesaṃ divā ca ratto ca niccaṃ buddhagatā sati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
296. Suppabuddhaṃ pabujjhanti, sadā gotamasāvakā;
Yesaṃ divā ca ratto ca, niccaṃ buddhagatā sati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

MEDITATE ON THE BUDDHA, DHAMMA, SANGHA   BODY AND HARMLESSNESS   SEEK DELIGHT IN MEDITATION

  1. Well awakened the disciples of Gotama ever arise - they who by day and night always contemplate the Buddha. [NāradaFn21-08]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 296. Those disciples of Gotama ever awaken happily who day and night constantly practice the Recollection of the Qualities of the Buddha.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

296-301

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose mindfulness, both day & night,
is constantly immersed
  in the Buddha.

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose mindfulness, both day & night,
is constantly immersed
  in the Dhamma.

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose mindfulness, both day & night,
is constantly immersed
  in the Sangha.

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose mindfulness, both day & night,
is constantly immersed
  in the body.

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose hearts delight, both day & night,
  in harmlessness.

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose hearts delight, both day & night,
  in developing the mind.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
296
The disciples of Gotama, fully awake,
Are intent on the Buddha, by night and by day.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 296 The disciples of Gotama (Buddha) are always well awake, and their thoughts day and night are always set on Buddha.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 296
The disciples of Gotama, whose mindfulness is day and night
constantly directed to the Buddha, those are always well awakened. [DLMBSFn-V296]
Dhammapada Dhp. 297
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
297. Suppabuddhaṃ pabujjhanti sadā gotamasāvakā
Yesaṃ divā ca ratto ca niccaṃ dhammagatā sati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
297. Suppabuddhaṃ pabujjhanti, sadā gotamasāvakā;
Yesaṃ divā ca ratto ca, niccaṃ dhammagatā sati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. Well awakened the disciples of Gotama ever arise - they who by day and night always contemplate the Dhamma. [NāradaFn21-09]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 297. Those disciples of Gotama ever awaken happily who day and night constantly practice the Recollection of the Qualities of the Dhamma.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

296-301

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose mindfulness, both day & night,
is constantly immersed
  in the Buddha.

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose mindfulness, both day & night,
is constantly immersed
  in the Dhamma.

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose mindfulness, both day & night,
is constantly immersed
  in the Sangha.

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose mindfulness, both day & night,
is constantly immersed
  in the body.

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose hearts delight, both day & night,
  in harmlessness.

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose hearts delight, both day & night,
  in developing the mind.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
297
The disciples of Gotama, fully awake,
Are intent on the Dhamma, by night and by day.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 297 The disciples of Gotama are always well awake, and their thoughts day and night are always set on the law.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 297
The disciples of Gotama, whose mindfulness is day and night
constantly directed to the Dharma, those are always well awakened. [DLMBSFn-V297]
Dhammapada Dhp. 298
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
298. Suppabuddhaṃ pabujjhanti sadā gotamasāvakā
Yesaṃ divā ca ratto ca niccaṃ saṅghagatā sati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
298. Suppabuddhaṃ pabujjhanti, sadā gotamasāvakā;
Yesaṃ divā ca ratto ca, niccaṃ saṅghagatā sati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. Well awakened the disciples of Gotama ever arise - they who by day and night always contemplate the Sangha. [NāradaFn21-10]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 298. Those disciples of Gotama ever awaken happily who day and night constantly practice the Recollection of the Qualities of the Sangha.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

296-301

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose mindfulness, both day & night,
is constantly immersed
  in the Buddha.

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose mindfulness, both day & night,
is constantly immersed
  in the Dhamma.

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose mindfulness, both day & night,
is constantly immersed
  in the Sangha.

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose mindfulness, both day & night,
is constantly immersed
  in the body.

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose hearts delight, both day & night,
  in harmlessness.

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose hearts delight, both day & night,
  in developing the mind.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
298
The disciples of Gotama, fully awake,
Are intent on the Sangha, by night and by day.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 298 The disciples of Gotama are always well awake, and their thoughts day and night are always set on the church.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 298
The disciples of Gotama, whose mindfulness is day and night
constantly directed to the Sangha, those are always well awakened. [DLMBSFn-V298]
Dhammapada Dhp. 299
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
299. Suppabuddhaṃ pabujjhanti sadā gotamasāvakā
Yesaṃ divā ca ratto ca niccaṃ kāyagatā sati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
299. Suppabuddhaṃ pabujjhanti, sadā gotamasāvakā;
Yesaṃ divā ca ratto ca, niccaṃ kāyagatā sati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. Well awakened the disciples of Gotama ever arise - they who by day and night always contemplate the body. [NāradaFn21-11]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 299. Those disciples of Gotama ever awaken happily who day and night constantly practice Mindfulness of the Body.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

296-301 [ThaniSFn-V299]

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose mindfulness, both day & night,
is constantly immersed
  in the Buddha.

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose mindfulness, both day & night,
is constantly immersed
  in the Dhamma.

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose mindfulness, both day & night,
is constantly immersed
  in the Sangha.

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose mindfulness, both day & night,
is constantly immersed
  in the body.

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose hearts delight, both day & night,
  in harmlessness.

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose hearts delight, both day & night,
  in developing the mind.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
299
The disciples of Gotama, fully awake,
Are intent on the body, by night and by day.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 299 The disciples of Gotama are always well awake, and their thoughts day and night are always set on their body.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 299
The disciples of Gotama, whose mindfulness is day and night
constantly directed to the body, those are always well awakened. [DLMBSFn-V299]
Dhammapada Dhp. 300
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
300. Suppabuddhaṃ pabujjhanti sadā gotamasāvakā
Yesaṃ divā ca ratto ca ahiṃsāya rato mano.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
300. Suppabuddhaṃ pabujjhanti, sadā gotamasāvakā;
Yesaṃ divā ca ratto ca, ahiṃsāya rato mano.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. Well awakened the disciples of Gotama ever arise - they who by day and night delight in harmlessness.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 300. Those disciples of Gotama ever awaken happily whose minds by day and night delight in the practice of non-violence.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

296-301

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose mindfulness, both day & night,
is constantly immersed
  in the Buddha.

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose mindfulness, both day & night,
is constantly immersed
  in the Dhamma.

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose mindfulness, both day & night,
is constantly immersed
  in the Sangha.

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose mindfulness, both day & night,
is constantly immersed
  in the body.

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose hearts delight, both day & night,
  in harmlessness.

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose hearts delight, both day & night,
  in developing the mind.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
300
The disciples of Gotama, fully awake,
Are devoted to harmlessness, night-time and day.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 300 The disciples of Gotama are always well awake, and their mind day and night always delights in compassion.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 300
The disciples of Gotama, whose mind is day and night
devoted to non-violence, those are always well awakened. [DLMBSFn-V300]
Dhammapada Dhp. 301
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
  1. Suppabuddhaṃ pabujjhanti sadā gotamasāvakā yesaṃ divā ca ratto ca bhāvanāya rato mano.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
301. Suppabuddhaṃ pabujjhanti, sadā gotamasāvakā;
Yesaṃ divā ca ratto ca, bhāvanāya rato mano.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. Well awakened the disciples of Gotama ever arise - they who by day and night delight in meditation.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 301. Those disciples of Gotama ever awaken happily whose minds by day and night delight in the practice of meditation.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

296-301 [ThaniSFn-V301]

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose mindfulness, both day & night,
is constantly immersed
  in the Buddha.

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose mindfulness, both day & night,
is constantly immersed
  in the Dhamma.

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose mindfulness, both day & night,
is constantly immersed
  in the Sangha.

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose mindfulness, both day & night,
is constantly immersed
  in the body.

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose hearts delight, both day & night,
  in harmlessness.

They awaken, always wide awake:
  Gotama's disciples
whose hearts delight, both day & night,
  in developing the mind.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
301
The disciples of Gotama, fully awake,
They enjoy meditation, by night and by day.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 301 The disciples of Gotama are always well awake, and their mind day and night always delights in meditation.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 301
The disciples of Gotama, whose mind is day and night
devoted to meditation, those are always well awakened. [DLMBSFn-V301]
Dhammapada Dhp. 302
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
302. Duppabbajjaṃ durabhiramaṃ durāvāsā gharā dukhā
Dukkhosamānasaṃvāso dukkhānupatitaddhagu
Tasmā na caddhagu siyā dukkhānupatito siyā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
302. Duppabbajjaṃ durabhiramaṃ, durāvāsā gharā dukhā;
Dukkhosamānasaṃvāso, dukkhānupatitaddhagū;
Tasmā na caddhagū siyā, na ca [tasmā na caddhagū na ca (ka.)] dukkhānupatito siyā [dukkhānupātito (?)].
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

HARD IS RENUNCIATION

  1. Difficult is renunciation, difficult is it to delight therein. Difficult and painful is household life. Painful is association with those who are incompatible. Ill befalls a wayfarer (in saṃsāra). Therefore be not a wayfarer, be not a pursuer of ill.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 302. Difficult is life as a monk; difficult is it to delight therein. Also difficult and sorrowful is the household life. Suffering comes from association with unequals; suffering comes from wandering in samsara. Therefore, be not an aimless wanderer, be not a pursuer of suffering.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

302

  Hard   is the life gone forth,
  hard   to delight in.
  Hard   is the miserable
     householder's life.
It's painful    to stay with dissonant people,
painful     to travel the road.
  So be  neither traveler
         nor pained.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
302
Monastic life is difficult,
Has joy not always found.
The household life is troublesome,
With sorrow it is bound.
It's hard at any residence
To stay there, not to leave.
Thus, cease samsaric wandering,
Or you will pain receive.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 302 It is hard to leave the world (to become a friar), it is hard to enjoy the world; hard is the monastery, painful are the houses; painful it is to dwell with equals (to share everything in common) and the itinerant mendicant is beset with pain. Therefore let no man be an itinerant mendicant and he will not be beset with pain.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 302
It is difficult to become a monk. It is difficult to enjoy it. Unpleasant and difficult to endure is a life of a householder.
Painful is association with unequal. Wanderer in the round of rebirth is always followed by suffering.
Therefore, do not be a wanderer and do not be followed by suffering. [DLMBSFn-V302]
Dhammapada Dhp. 303
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
303. Saddho sīlena sampanno yasobhogasamappito
Yaṃ yaṃ padesaṃ bhajati tattha tattheva pūjito.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
303. Saddho sīlena sampanno, yasobhogasamappito;
Yaṃ yaṃ padesaṃ bhajati, tattha tattheva pūjito.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE DEVOUT ARE RESPECTED EVERYWHERE

  1. He who is full of confidence [NāradaFn21-12] and virtue, possessed of fame and wealth, he is honoured everywhere, in whatever land he sojourns.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 303. He who is full of faith and virtue, and possesses good repute and wealth — he is respected everywhere, in whatever land he travels.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

303 [ThaniSFn-V303]

The man of conviction
endowed with virtue,
glory, & wealth:
wherever he goes
he is honored.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
303
In every vicinity,
One of integrity,
Fame and prosperity’s
Treated respectfully.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 303 Whatever place a faithful, virtuous, celebrated, and wealthy man chooses, there he is respected.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 303
With trust, possessed of virtue, endowed with fame and wealth -
to whatever region does he resort, he is respected everywhere. [DLMBSFn-V303]
Dhammapada Dhp. 304
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
304. Dūre santo pakāsanti himavanto'va pabbato
Asantettha na dissanti rattiṃ khittā yathā sarā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
304. Dūre santo pakāsenti, himavantova pabbato;
Asantettha na dissanti, rattiṃ khittā yathā sarā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE GOOD CAN BE SEEN THOUGH FROM AFAR

  1. Even from afar like the Himalaya mountain the good reveal themselves. The wicked, though near, are invisible like arrows shot by night.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 304. The good shine from afar, like the Himalaya mountains. But the wicked are unseen, like arrows shot in the night.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

304

The good shine from afar
like the snowy Himalayas.
The bad don't appear
even when near,
like arrows shot into the night.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
304
The good, like Himalayan peaks,
Though far, majestic seem.
The bad, like arrows shot at night,
Though near, cannot be seen.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 304 Good people shine from afar, like the snowy mountains; bad people are not seen, like arrows shot by night.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 304
The good ones shine from afar, like a snowy mountain.
The bad ones are unseen, like arrows shot at night. [DLMBSFn-V304]
Dhammapada Dhp. 305
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
305. Ekāsanaṃ ekaseyyaṃ eko caramatandito
Eko damayamattānaṃ vanante ramito siyā.

Ekavīsatimo pakiṇṇakavaggo.

Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
305. Ekāsanaṃ ekaseyyaṃ, eko caramatandito;
Eko damayamattānaṃ, vanante ramito siyā.

Pakiṇṇakavaggo ekavīsatimo niṭṭhito.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

ALONE ONE DELIGHTS IN SOLITUDE

  1. He who sits alone, rests alone, walks alone, unindolent, who in solitude controls himself, will find delight in the forest.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 305. He who sits alone, sleeps alone, and walks alone, who is strenuous and subdues himself alone, will find delight in the solitude of the forest.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

305

Sitting alone,
resting alone,
walking alone,
untiring.
Taming himself,
he'd delight alone —
  alone in the forest.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
305
Who sit and rest reclusively,
Conduct themselves not lazily,
Who train themselves secludedly,
In forest depths find ecstacy.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 305 He alone who, without ceasing, practises the duty of sitting alone and sleeping alone, he, subduing himself, will rejoice in the destruction of all desires alone, as if living in a forest.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 305
Sitting alone, sleeping in solitude, wandering alone and active,
alone subduing oneself - such a one would take delight in living in forests. [DLMBSFn-V305]
Dhammapada Dhp. 306
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
  1. Niraya vaggo.
306. Abhūtavādī nirayaṃ upeti yo cāpi katvā na karomīti cāha
Ubho'pi te pecca samā bhavanti nihīnakammā manujā parattha.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]

22. Nirayavaggo

306. Abhūtavādī nirayaṃ upeti, yo vāpi [yo cāpi (sī. pī. ka.)] katvā na karomi cāha [na karomīti cāha (syā.)];
Ubhopi te pecca samā bhavanti, nihīnakammā manujā parattha.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

Chapter 22 Woeful State

LIARS SUFFER

  1. The speaker of untruth goes to a woeful state, and also he who, having done aught, says, "I did not". Both after death become equal, men of base actions in the other world.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]

Dhp XXII Hell

306. The liar goes to the state of woe; also he who, having done (wrong), says, "I did not do it." Men of base actions both, on departing they share the same destiny in the other world.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

Dhp XXII Hell

306

He goes to hell,
the one who asserts
what didn't take place,
as does the one
who, having done,
says, 'I didn't.'
Both — low-acting people —
there become equal:
after death, in the world beyond.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

Chapter 22 The Abyss

306
He’s doomed, the person speaking lies,
And he who sins, but that denies.
These two, at death, are equalised
In hell, where both will re-arise.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7]

Chapter XXII: The Downward Course

306 He who says what is not, goes to hell; he also who, having done a thing, says I have not done it. After death both are equal, they are men with evil deeds in the next world.

Cited from DLMBS [8]

Chapter 22: The Hell

DhP 306
One, who speaks lies, goes to hell.
And also the one, who having done a deed, says, "I did not do it".
Both these people of low actions are equal,
in the other world, after they die. [DLMBSFn-V306]
Dhammapada Dhp. 307
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
307. Kāsāvakaṇṭhā bahavo pāpadhammā asaññatā
Pāpā pāpehi kammehi nirayaṃ te upapajjare.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
307. Kāsāvakaṇṭhā bahavo, pāpadhammā asaññatā;
Pāpā pāpehi kammehi, nirayaṃ te upapajjare.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

CORRUPT MONKS SUFFER

  1. Many with a yellow robe on their necks are of evil disposition and uncontrolled. Evil-doers on account of their evil deeds are born in a woeful state.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 307. There are many evil characters and uncontrolled men wearing the saffron robe. These wicked men will be born in states of woe because of their evil deeds.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

307-308

An ochre robe tied 'round their necks,
many with evil qualities
 — unrestrained, evil —
rearise, because of their evil acts,
  in hell.

Better to eat an iron ball
 — glowing, aflame —
than that, unprincipled &
  unrestrained,
you should eat the alms of the country.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
307
Many men who in the ochre cloth are robed
Have wicked natures and are uncontrolled.
Such men, by conduct that’s depraved,
Will after death arise in hells ablaze.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 307 Many men whose shoulders are covered with the yellow gown are ill-conditioned and unrestrained; such evil-doers by their evil deeds go to hell.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 307
There are plenty of those who are wearing monk's robe but are of evil nature and without self-control.
These evil ones will be reborn in hell because of their evil deeds. [DLMBSFn-V307]
Dhammapada Dhp. 308
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
308. Seyye ayoguḷo bhutto tatto aggisikhūpamo
Yañce bhūñjeyya dussīlo raṭṭhapiṇḍaṃ asaññato.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
308. Seyyo ayoguḷo bhutto, tatto aggisikhūpamo;
Yañce bhuñjeyya dussīlo, raṭṭhapiṇḍamasaññato.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

BE NOT IMMORAL

  1. Better to swallow a red-hot iron ball (which would consume one) like a flame of fire, than to be an immoral and uncontrolled person feeding on the alms offered by people.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 308. It would be better to swallow a red-hot iron ball, blazing like fire, than as an immoral and uncontrolled monk to eat the alms of the people.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

307-308

An ochre robe tied 'round their necks,
many with evil qualities
 — unrestrained, evil —
rearise, because of their evil acts,
  in hell.

Better to eat an iron ball
 — glowing, aflame —
than that, unprincipled &
  unrestrained,
you should eat the alms of the country.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
308
For one lacking restraint and immoral,
For him it is better to swallow
A globule of metal aflame
Than to eat any alms he obtains.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 308 Better it would be to swallow a heated iron ball, like flaring fire, than that a bad unrestrained fellow should live on the charity of the land.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 308
It is better to eat an iron ball, hot like a fire's crest,
than to eat a country's almsfood, immoral and without self-control. [DLMBSFn-V308]
Dhammapada Dhp. 309
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
309. Cattāri ṭhānāni naro pamatto
Āpajjati paradārūpasevī
Apuññalābhaṃ na nikāmaseyyaṃ
Nindaṃ tatiyaṃ nirayaṃ catutthaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
309. Cattāri ṭhānāni naro pamatto, āpajjati paradārūpasevī;
Apuññalābhaṃ na nikāmaseyyaṃ, nindaṃ tatīyaṃ nirayaṃ catutthaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

ADULTERY IS EVIL

  1. Four misfortunes befall a careless man who commits adultery: acquisition of demerit, disturbed sleep, thirdly blame, and fourthly a state of woe.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 309. Four misfortunes befall the reckless man who consorts with another's wife: acquisition of demerit, disturbed sleep, ill-repute, and (rebirth in) states of woe.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

309-310

Four things befall the heedless man
who lies down with the wife of another:
a wealth of demerit;
a lack of good sleep;
third, censure;
fourth, hell.

A wealth of demerit, an evil destination,
& the brief delight of a
  fearful man with a
  fearful woman,
& the king inflicts a harsh punishment.
  So
no man should lie down
with the wife of another.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
309 & 310

Four disasters will betide
A fool who beds another’s wife:

Acquisition of bad kamma;
When in bed at night, insomnia;
Thirdly, words of condemnation;
Fourth, he’ll suffer in damnation.

For that pair, there’s trepidation;
Guilty bliss of short duration;
Evil kamma generation;
From the king, harsh castigation.

Hence the moral obligation
To avoid participation
In adulterous violation.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 309 Four things does a wreckless man gain who covets his neighbour's wife,--a bad reputation, an uncomfortable bed, thirdly, punishment, and lastly, hell.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 309
The negligent man, who chases after others' wives,
will get into these four states:
accumulation of demerit, uncomfortable bed,
blame as the third, hell as the fourth. [DLMBSFn-V309]
Dhammapada Dhp. 310
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
310. Apuññalābho ca gatī ca pāpikā
Bhītassa bhītāya ratī ca thokikā
Rājā ca daṇḍaṃ garukaṃ paṇeti
Tasmā naro paradāraṃ na seve.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
310. Apuññalābho ca gatī ca pāpikā, bhītassa bhītāya ratī ca thokikā;
Rājā ca daṇḍaṃ garukaṃ paṇeti, tasmā naro paradāraṃ na seve.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. There is acquisition of demerit as well as evil destiny. Brief is the joy of the frightened man and woman. The King imposes a heavy punishment. Hence no man should frequent another's wife.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 310. Such a man acquires demerit and an unhappy birth in the future. Brief is the pleasure of the frightened man and woman, and the king imposes heavy punishment. Hence, let no man consort with another's wife.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

309-310

Four things befall the heedless man
who lies down with the wife of another:
a wealth of demerit;
a lack of good sleep;
third, censure;
fourth, hell.

A wealth of demerit, an evil destination,
& the brief delight of a
  fearful man with a
  fearful woman,
& the king inflicts a harsh punishment.
  So
no man should lie down
with the wife of another.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
309 & 310

Four disasters will betide
A fool who beds another’s wife:

Acquisition of bad kamma;
When in bed at night, insomnia;
Thirdly, words of condemnation;
Fourth, he’ll suffer in damnation.

For that pair, there’s trepidation;
Guilty bliss of short duration;
Evil kamma generation;
From the king, harsh castigation.

Hence the moral obligation
To avoid participation
In adulterous violation.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 310 There is bad reputation, and the evil way (to hell), there is the short pleasure of the frightened in the arms of the frightened, and the king imposes heavy punishment; therefore let no man think of his neighbour's wife.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 310
Accumulation of demerit; and a bad rebirth.
The pleasure of the frightened couple is very small.
And the king inflicts a serious punishment.
Therefore a man should not chase after others' wives. [DLMBSFn-V310]
Dhammapada Dhp. 311
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
311. Kuso yathā duggahito hatthamevānukantati
Sāmaññaṃ dupparāmaṭṭhaṃ nirayāyupakaḍḍhati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
311. Kuso yathā duggahito, hatthamevānukantati;
Sāmaññaṃ dupparāmaṭṭhaṃ, nirayāyupakaḍḍhati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

CORRUPT LIVES ENTAIL SUFFERING   A LIFE OF DUBIOUS HOLINESS IS NOT COMMENDABLE   WHAT IS PROPER SHOULD BE DONE WITH ONE'S WHOLE MIGHT

  1. Just as kusa grass, wrongly grasped, cuts the hand, even so the monkhood wrongly handled drags one to a woeful state.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 311. Just as kusa grass wrongly handled cuts the hand, even so, a recluse's life wrongly lived drags one to states of woe.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

311-314

Just as sharp-bladed grass,
if wrongly held,
wounds the very hand that holds it —
the contemplative life, if wrongly grasped,
drags you down to hell.

Any slack act,
or defiled observance,
or fraudulent life of chastity
bears no great fruit.

If something's to be done,
then work at it firmly,
for a slack going-forth
kicks up all the more dust.

It's better to leave a misdeed
  undone.
A misdeed burns you afterward.
Better that a good deed be done
that, after you've done it,
won't make you burn.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
311
Improperly clasped sharp-bladed grass will gash the hand:
By improperly handled monastic existence a man is damned.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 311 As a grass-blade, if badly grasped, cuts the arm, badly-practised asceticism leads to hell.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 311
Just like a wrongly taken kusa grass cuts the hand,
wrongly grasped monkshood drags one towards the hell. [DLMBSFn-V311]
Dhammapada Dhp. 312
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
312. Yaṃ kiñci sithilaṃ kammaṃ saṃkiliṭṭhaṃ ca yaṃ vataṃ
Saṅkassaraṃ brahmacariyaṃ na taṃ hoti mahapphalaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
312. Yaṃ kiñci sithilaṃ kammaṃ, saṃkiliṭṭhañca yaṃ vataṃ;
Saṅkassaraṃ brahmacariyaṃ, na taṃ hoti mahapphalaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. Any loose act, any corrupt practice, a life of dubious [NāradaFn22-01] holiness - none of these is of much fruit.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 312. Any loose act, any corrupt observance, any life of questionable celibacy — none of these bear much fruit.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

311-314

Just as sharp-bladed grass,
if wrongly held,
wounds the very hand that holds it —
the contemplative life, if wrongly grasped,
drags you down to hell.

Any slack act,
or defiled observance,
or fraudulent life of chastity
bears no great fruit.

If something's to be done,
then work at it firmly,
for a slack going-forth
kicks up all the more dust.

It's better to leave a misdeed
  undone.
A misdeed burns you afterward.
Better that a good deed be done
that, after you've done it,
won't make you burn.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
312
Neither perfunctory endeavour,
Nor tarnished religious observance,
Nor a practice of dubious integrity
Will yield a monk any great benefit.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 312 An act carelessly performed, a broken vow, and hesitating obedience to discipline, all this brings no great reward.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 312
A lax action, an impure vow,
a doubtful monk's life - all this does not bring much fruit. [DLMBSFn-V312]
Dhammapada Dhp. 313
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
313. Kayirā ce kayirāthenaṃ daḷhamenaṃ parakkame
Saṭhilo hi paribbājo bhiyyo ākirate rajaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
313. Kayirā ce kayirāthenaṃ [kayirā naṃ (ka.)], daḷhamenaṃ parakkame;
Sithilo hi paribbājo, bhiyyo ākirate rajaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. If aught should be done, let one do it. Let one promote it steadily, for slack asceticism scatters dust all the more.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 313. If anything is to be done, let one do it with sustained vigor. A lax monastic life stirs up the dust of passions all the more.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

311-314

Just as sharp-bladed grass,
if wrongly held,
wounds the very hand that holds it —
the contemplative life, if wrongly grasped,
drags you down to hell.

Any slack act,
or defiled observance,
or fraudulent life of chastity
bears no great fruit.

If something's to be done,
then work at it firmly,
for a slack going-forth
kicks up all the more dust.

It's better to leave a misdeed
  undone.
A misdeed burns you afterward.
Better that a good deed be done
that, after you've done it,
won't make you burn.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
313
When a monk’s obliged to do a duty,
May he do it, and may he do it vigorously!
For should a monk pursue the holy life half-heartedly,
Then all the more he’ll raise the dust-clouds of impurity.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 313 If anything is to be done, let a man do it, let him attack it vigorously! A careless pilgrim only scatters the dust of his passions more widely.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 313
If something is to be done, one should then do it and undertake it firmly.
A lax life as a monk will only heap up more dust of hindrances. [DLMBSFn-V313]
Dhammapada Dhp. 314
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
314. Akataṃ dukkataṃ seyyo pacchā tapati dukkataṃ
Kataṃ ca sukataṃ seyyo yaṃ katvā nānutappati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
314. Akataṃ dukkaṭaṃ seyyo, pacchā tappati dukkaṭaṃ;
Katañca sukataṃ seyyo, yaṃ katvā nānutappati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

DON'T DO EVEN A SLIGHT WRONG

  1. An evil deed is better not done: a misdeed torments one hereafter. Better it is to do a good deed, after doing which one does not grieve.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 314. An evil deed is better left undone, for such a deed torments one afterwards. But a good deed is better done, doing which one repents not later.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

311-314

Just as sharp-bladed grass,
if wrongly held,
wounds the very hand that holds it —
the contemplative life, if wrongly grasped,
drags you down to hell.

Any slack act,
or defiled observance,
or fraudulent life of chastity
bears no great fruit.

If something's to be done,
then work at it firmly,
for a slack going-forth
kicks up all the more dust.

It's better to leave a misdeed
  undone.
A misdeed burns you afterward.
Better that a good deed be done
that, after you've done it,
won't make you burn.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
314
Misdeeds are better left undone: they will torment you in the future. It is better to do good deeds, which will not later torment you.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 314 An evil deed is better left undone, for a man repents of it afterwards; a good deed is better done, for having done it, one does not repent.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 314
It is better not to do a bad deed. One is tormented by remorse after a bad deed.
It is better to do a good deed, which one does not regret when it is accomplished. [DLMBSFn-V314]
Dhammapada Dhp. 315
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
315. Nagaraṃ yathā paccantaṃ guttaṃ santarabāhiraṃ
Evaṃ gopetha attānaṃ khaṇo vo mā upaccagā
Khaṇātītā hi socanti nirayamhi samappitā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
315. Nagaraṃ yathā paccantaṃ, guttaṃ santarabāhiraṃ;
Evaṃ gopetha attānaṃ, khaṇo vo [khaṇo ve (sī. pī. ka.)] mā upaccagā;
Khaṇātītā hi socanti, nirayamhi samappitā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

GUARD YOURSELF LIKE A FORTIFIED CITY

  1. Like a border city, guarded within and without, so guard yourself. Do not let slip this opportunity, [NāradaFn22-02] for they who let slip the opportunity grieve when born in a woeful state.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 315. Just as a border city is closely guarded both within and without, even so, guard yourself. Do not let slip this opportunity (for spiritual growth). For those who let slip this opportunity grieve indeed when consigned to hell.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

315

Like a frontier fortress,
guarded inside & out,
  guard yourself.
Don't let the moment pass by.
Those for whom the moment is past
grieve, consigned to hell.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
315a
A border town is guarded both within and without. Guard yourself likewise!

315b
Do not miss the opportunity to practise. [VaradoFn-V315] When the opportunity is lost, people grieve, consigned to hell.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 315 Like a well-guarded frontier fort, with defences within and without, so let a man guard himself. Not a moment should escape, for they who allow the right moment to pass, suffer pain when they are in hell.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 315
Just like a border city is guarded within and without,
so you should protect yourself. Let no moment escape you.
Those who let the right moment go by grieve, consigned to hell. [DLMBSFn-V315]
Dhammapada Dhp. 316
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
316. Alajjitāye lajjanti lajjitāye na lajjare
Micchādiṭṭhisamādānā sattā gacchanti duggatiṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
316. Alajjitāye lajjanti, lajjitāye na lajjare;
Micchādiṭṭhisamādānā, sattā gacchanti duggatiṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

BE MODEST WHERE MODESTY IS NEEDED   HAVE NO FEAR IN THE NON-FEARSOME

  1. Beings who are ashamed of what is not shameful, and are not ashamed of what is shameful, embrace wrong views and go to a woeful state.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 316. Those who are ashamed of what they should not be ashamed of, and are not ashamed of what they should be ashamed of — upholding false views, they go to states of woe.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

316-319

Ashamed of what's not shameful,
not ashamed of what is,
beings adopting wrong views
go to a bad destination.

Seeing danger where there is none,
& no danger where there is,
beings adopting wrong views
go to a bad destination.

Imagining error where there is none,
and seeing no error where there is,
beings adopting wrong views
go to a bad destination.

But knowing error as error,
and non-error as non-,
beings adopting right views
  go to a good
  destination.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
316
People ashamed of what is innocent, and unashamed of what is despicable, by upholding wrong views, suffer unhappy rebirths.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 316 They who are ashamed of what they ought not to be ashamed of, and are not ashamed of what they ought to be ashamed of, such men, embracing false doctrines enter the evil path.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 316
They are ashamed of what is not shameful. They are not ashamed of what is shameful.
Believing in wrong theories, the beings go to a miserable existence. [DLMBSFn-V316]
Dhammapada Dhp. 317
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
317. Abhaye bhayadassino bhaye cābhayadassino
Micchādiṭṭhisamādānā sattā gacchanti duggatiṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
317. Abhaye bhayadassino, bhaye cābhayadassino;
Micchādiṭṭhisamādānā, sattā gacchanti duggatiṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. Beings who see fear in what is not to be feared, and see no fear in the fearsome, embrace false views and go to a woeful state.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 317. Those who see something to fear where there is nothing to fear, and see nothing to fear where there is something to fear — upholding false views, they go to states of woe.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

316-319

Ashamed of what's not shameful,
not ashamed of what is,
beings adopting wrong views
go to a bad destination.

Seeing danger where there is none,
& no danger where there is,
beings adopting wrong views
go to a bad destination.

Imagining error where there is none,
and seeing no error where there is,
beings adopting wrong views
go to a bad destination.

But knowing error as error,
and non-error as non-,
beings adopting right views
  go to a good
  destination.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
317
Those who see danger in safety, and safety in danger, by upholding wrong views, suffer unhappy rebirths.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 317 They who fear when they ought not to fear, and fear not when they ought to fear, such men, embracing false doctrines, enter the evil path.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 317
Being afraid of what is not frightful and not fearing the frightful thing,
believing in wrong theories, the beings go to a miserable existence. [DLMBSFn-V317]
Dhammapada Dhp. 318
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
318. Avajje vajjamatino vajje cāvajjadassino
Micchādiṭṭhisamādānā sattā gacchanti duggatiṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
318. Avajje vajjamatino, vajje cāvajjadassino;
Micchādiṭṭhisamādānā, sattā gacchanti duggatiṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

SEE NO WRONG IN WHAT IS NOT WRONG   SEE WRONG AS WRONG AND RIGHT AS RIGHT

  1. Beings who imagine faults in the faultless, [NāradaFn22-04] and perceive no wrong in what is wrong, embrace false views and go to a woeful state.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 318. Those who imagine evil where there is none, and do not see evil where it is — upholding false views, they go to states of woe.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

316-319

Ashamed of what's not shameful,
not ashamed of what is,
beings adopting wrong views
go to a bad destination.

Seeing danger where there is none,
& no danger where there is,
beings adopting wrong views
go to a bad destination.

Imagining error where there is none,
and seeing no error where there is,
beings adopting wrong views
go to a bad destination.

But knowing error as error,
and non-error as non-,
beings adopting right views
  go to a good
  destination.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
318
People who think an offence is purity, or that purity is an offence, by upholding wrong views, suffer unhappy rebirths.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 318 They who forbid when there is nothing to be forbidden, and forbid not when there is something to be forbidden, such men, embracing false doctrines, enter the evil path.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 318
Thinking to be faulty what is not and not seeing a fault where it is,
believing in wrong theories, the beings go to a miserable existence. [DLMBSFn-V318]
Dhammapada Dhp. 319
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
319. Vajjaṃ ca vajjato ñatvā avajjaṃ ca avajjato
Sammādiṭṭhisamādānā sattā gacchanti suggatiṃ.

Nirayavaggo dvāvīsatimo.

Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
319. Vajjañca vajjato ñatvā, avajjañca avajjato;
Sammādiṭṭhisamādānā, sattā gacchanti suggatiṃ.

Nirayavaggo dvāvīsatimo niṭṭhito.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]
  1. Beings knowing wrong as wrong and what is right as right, embrace right views and go to a blissful state.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 319. Those who discern the wrong as wrong and the right as right — upholding right views, they go to realms of bliss.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

316-319

Ashamed of what's not shameful,
not ashamed of what is,
beings adopting wrong views
go to a bad destination.

Seeing danger where there is none,
& no danger where there is,
beings adopting wrong views
go to a bad destination.

Imagining error where there is none,
and seeing no error where there is,
beings adopting wrong views
go to a bad destination.

But knowing error as error,
and non-error as non-,
beings adopting right views
  go to a good
  destination.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
319
People who regard an offence as an offence, and purity as purity, by upholding right views, enjoy happy rebirths.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 319 They who know what is forbidden as forbidden, and what is not forbidden as not forbidden, such men, embracing the true doctrine, enter the good path.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 319
Having known the fault as the fault, non-faulty as non-faulty,
believing in right theories, the beings go to a pleasurable existence. [DLMBSFn-V319]
Dhammapada Dhp. 320
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
  1. Nāgavaggo.
320. Ahaṃ nāgo'va saṅgāme cāpāto patitaṃ saraṃ
Ativākyaṃ titikkhissaṃ dussīlo hi bahujjano.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]

23. Nāgavaggo

320. Ahaṃ nāgova saṅgāme, cāpato patitaṃ saraṃ;
Ativākyaṃ titikkhissaṃ, dussīlo hi bahujjano.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

Chapter 23 The Elephant

THE MAJORITY ARE UNDISCIPLINED

  1. As an elephant in the battlefield withstands the arrows shot from a bow, even so will I endure abuse; verily most people are undisciplined.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]

Dhp XXIII The Elephant

320. As an elephant in the battlefield withstands arrows shot from bows all around, even so shall I endure abuse. There are many, indeed, who lack virtue.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

Dhp XXIII Elephants

320

I — like an elephant in battle,
enduring an arrow shot from a bow —
will endure a false accusation,
for the mass of people
have        no principles.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

Chapter 23 The Elephant

320
A tusker on the battlefront
Must bear both spike and blade;
And I must likewise bear abuse,
For most folk are depraved.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7]

Chapter XXIII: The Elephant

320 Silently shall I endure abuse as the elephant in battle endures the arrow sent from the bow: for the world is ill-natured.

Cited from DLMBS [8]

Chapter 23: The Elephant

DhP 320
As an elephant in the battle endures the arrows shot from bows,
so will I endure abuse. Many people are of bad morality. [DLMBSFn-V320]
Dhammapada Dhp. 321
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
321. Dantaṃ nayanti samitiṃ dantaṃ rājā'bhirūhati
Danto seṭṭho manussesu yo'tivākyaṃ titikkhati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
321. Dantaṃ nayanti samitiṃ, dantaṃ rājābhirūhati;
Danto seṭṭho manussesu, yotivākyaṃ titikkhati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE CULTURED ENDURE ABUSE

  1. They lead the trained (horses or elephants) to an assembly. The king mounts the trained animal. Best among men are the trained who endure abuse.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 321. A tamed elephant is led into a crowd, and the king mounts a tamed elephant. Best among men is the subdued one who endures abuse.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

321

The tamed is the one
they take into assemblies.
The tamed is the one
the king mounts.
The tamed who endures
a false accusation
is, among human beings,
  the best.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
321
A steed that’s tamed, a king will mount;
Grand meetings does that horse attend.
Those well-tamed men who bear insults
Are likewise truly excellent.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 321 They lead a tamed elephant to battle, the king mounts a tamed elephant; the tamed is the best among men, he who silently endures abuse.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 321
A tamed elephant is led into the assembly. The king mounts a tamed elephant.
The tamed one, who endures abuses, is the best amongst people. [DLMBSFn-V321]
Dhammapada Dhp. 322
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
322. Varamassatarā dantā ājānīyā ca sindhavā
Kuñjarā ca mahānāgā attadanto tato varaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
322. Varamassatarā dantā, ājānīyā ca [ājānīyāva (syā.)] sindhavā;
Kuñjarā ca [kuñjarāva (syā.)] mahānāgā, attadanto tato varaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

BLESSED IS HE WHO CONTROLS HIMSELF

  1. Excellent are trained mules, so are thoroughbred horses of Sindh and noble tusked elephants; but far better is he who has trained himself.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 322. Excellent are well-trained mules, thoroughbred Sindhu horses and noble tusker elephants. But better still is the man who has subdued himself.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

322-323

Excellent are tamed mules,
  tamed thoroughbreds,
  tamed horses from Sindh.
Excellent, tamed tuskers,
  great elephants.
But even more excellent
are those   self-tamed.

For not by these mounts could you go
to the land unreached,
as the tamed one goes
by taming, well-taming, himself.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
322
Trained mules are excellent, as are thoroughbred horses from Sindh, and majestic elephants. But a person who has tamed himself is even more excellent.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 322 Mules are good, if tamed, and noble Sindhu horses, and elephants with large tusks; but he who tames himself is better still.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 322
Excellent are tamed mules; and the thoroughbred horses from Sindh;
Eand all kinds of elephants. One who tamed himself is the best of all. [DLMBSFn-V322]
Dhammapada Dhp. 323
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
323. Na hi etehi yānehi gaccheyya agataṃ disaṃ
Yathāttanā sudantena danto dantena gacchati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
323. Na hi etehi yānehi, gaccheyya agataṃ disaṃ;
Yathāttanā sudantena, danto dantena gacchati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

SELF-CONTROL LEADS TO ONE'S GOAL

  1. Surely never by those vehicles would one go to the untrodden land (Nibbāna) as does one who is controlled through his subdued [NāradaFn23-01] and well-trained [NāradaFn23-02] self.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 323. Not by these mounts, however, would one go to the Untrodden Land (Nibbana), as one who is self-tamed goes by his own tamed and well-controlled mind.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

322-323

Excellent are tamed mules,
  tamed thoroughbreds,
  tamed horses from Sindh.
Excellent, tamed tuskers,
  great elephants.
But even more excellent
are those   self-tamed.

For not by these mounts could you go
to the land unreached,
as the tamed one goes
by taming, well-taming, himself.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
323
By no means using carts or steeds
To final Truth will men proceed;
But, rather, they who’ve tamed their minds.
Tamed by taming, the Truth they’ll find.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 323 For with these animals does no man reach the untrodden country (Nirvana), where a tamed man goes on a tamed animal, viz. on his own well-tamed self.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 323
Not by all these vehicles could one go to the land previously not traveled to,
as would one who is tamed would go by himself being tamed and well controlled. [DLMBSFn-V323]
Dhammapada Dhp. 324
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
324. Dhanapālako nāma kuñjaro kaṭukappabhedano dunnivārayo
Baddho kabalaṃ na bhuñjati sumarati nāgavanassa kuñjaro.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
324. Dhanapālo [dhanapālako (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] nāma kuñjaro, kaṭukabhedano [kaṭukappabhedano (sī. syā. pī.)] dunnivārayo;
Baddho kabaḷaṃ na bhuñjati, sumarati [susarati (ka.)] nāgavanassa kuñjaro.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

AN ELEPHANT CARED FOR HIS MOTHER

  1. The uncontrollable, captive tusker named Dhanapālaka, with pungent juice flowing, eats no morsel; the tusker calls to mind the elephant forest.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 324. Musty during rut, the tusker named Dhanapalaka is uncontrollable. Held in captivity, the tusker does not touch a morsel, but only longingly calls to mind the elephant forest.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

324 [ThaniSFn-V324]

The tusker, Dhanapalaka,
deep in rut, is hard to control.
Bound, he won't eat a morsel:
the tusker misses
the elephant wood.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
324
‘Treasurer’, the elephant, is standing distraught:
He’s been fastened with bindings both painful and taut.
Though provided with grass, he will eat not a blade -
He remembers the bliss of the elephant glade.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 324 The elephant called Dhanapalaka, his temples running with sap, and difficult to hold, does not eat a morsel when bound; the elephant longs for the elephant grove.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 324
The elephant named Dhanapala,
difficult to control in his rut
and bound does not eat his food.
He remembers his life in the elephant-grove. [DLMBSFn-V324]
Dhammapada Dhp. 325
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
325. Middhī yadā hoti mahagghaso ca niddāyitā samparivattasāyī
Mahāvarāho'va nivāpapuṭṭho punappunaṃ gabbhamupeti mando.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
325. Middhī yadā hoti mahagghaso ca, niddāyitā samparivattasāyī;
Mahāvarāhova nivāpapuṭṭho, punappunaṃ gabbhamupeti mando.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

BE MODERATE IN EATING

  1. The stupid one, when he is torpid, gluttonous, sleepy, rolls about lying like a great hog nourished on pig-wash, goes to rebirth again and again.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 325. When a man is sluggish and gluttonous, sleeping and rolling around in bed like a fat domestic pig, that sluggard undergoes rebirth again and again.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

325

When torpid & over-fed,
a sleepy-head lolling about
like a stout hog, fattened on fodder:
a dullard enters the womb
  over &
  over again.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
325
The indolent glutton who gobbles his fill
Like a corpulent porker that’s fattened on swill,
Rolling around in luxurious slumber,
Will enter the womb again, times without number.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 325 If a man becomes fat and a great eater, if he is sleepy and rolls himself about, that fool, like a hog fed on wash, is born again and again.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 325
If one is sluggish and eats too much,
is sleepy and rolls about in his sleep,
such a lazy one is like a fat well fed hog -
will be born again and again. [DLMBSFn-V325]
Dhammapada Dhp. 326
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
326. Idaṃ pure cittamacāri cārikaṃ
Yenicchakaṃ yatthakāmaṃ yathāsukhaṃ
Tadajjahaṃ niggahessāmi yoniso
Hatthippabhinnaṃ viya aṅkusaggaho.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
326. Idaṃ pure cittamacāri cārikaṃ, yenicchakaṃ yatthakāmaṃ yathāsukhaṃ;
Tadajjahaṃ niggahessāmi yoniso, hatthippabhinnaṃ viya aṅkusaggaho.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

CONTROL YOUR THOUGHTS

  1. Formerly this mind went wandering where it liked, as it wished and as it listed. Today with attentiveness I shall completely hold it in check, as a mahout (holds in check) an elephant in must.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 326. Formerly this mind wandered about as it liked, where it wished and according to its pleasure, but now I shall thoroughly master it with wisdom as a mahout controls with his ankus an elephant in rut.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

326

Before, this mind went wandering
  however it pleased,
  wherever it wanted,
  by whatever way that it liked.
Today I will hold it aptly in check —
as one wielding a goad, an elephant in rut.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
326
This mind went a-wandering in previous times
Whenever, wherever, its pleasure inclined;
But today, using wisdom, I’ll hold it restrained
Like a driver with hook might an elephant train.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 326 This mind of mine went formerly wandering about as it liked, as it listed, as it pleased; but I shall now hold it in thoroughly, as the rider who holds the hook holds in the furious elephant.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 326
This mind of mine used to wander around aimlessly,
as it liked, wherever it wanted, as was its pleasure.
Today, I will restrain it thoroughly,
just as the elephant driver subdues an elephant in rut. [DLMBSFn-V326]
Dhammapada Dhp. 327
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
327. Appamādaratā hotha sacittamanurakkhatha
Duggā uddharathattānaṃ paṅke sanno'va kuñjaro.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
327. Appamādaratā hotha, sacittamanurakkhatha;
Duggā uddharathattānaṃ, paṅke sannova [sattova (sī. pī.)] kuñjaro.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

AVOID THE EVIL WAY

  1. Take delight in heedfulness. Guard your mind well. Draw yourselves out of the evil way as did the elephant sunk in the mire.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 327. Delight in heedfulness! Guard well your thoughts! Draw yourself out of this bog of evil, even as an elephant draws himself out of the mud.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

327

Delight in heedfulness.
Watch over your own mind.
Lift yourself up
from the hard-going way,
like a tusker sunk in the mud.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
327
Take pleasure in diligence,
Guarding your consciousness.

Evil, though difficult,
Act like the elephant:
Stuck in a marsh,
He just pulls himself out of it.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 327 Be not thoughtless, watch your thoughts! Draw yourself out of the evil way, like an elephant sunk in mud.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 327
Be devoted to conscientiousness. Guard your own mind.
Lift yourself up from this bad place, just like an elephant sunk in mud. [DLMBSFn-V327]
Dhammapada Dhp. 328
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
328. Sace labhetha nipakaṃ sahāyaṃ
Saddhiṃ caraṃ sādhu vihāri dhīraṃ
Abhibhuyya sabbāni parissayāni
Careyya tenattamano satīmā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
328. Sace labhetha nipakaṃ sahāyaṃ, saddhiṃ caraṃ sādhuvihāridhīraṃ;
Abhibhuyya sabbāni parissayāni, careyya tenattamano satīmā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

ASSOCIATE WITH THE WISE

  1. If you get a prudent companion (who is fit) to live with you, who behaves well and is wise, you should live with him joyfully and mindfully, overcoming all dangers.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 328. If for company you find a wise and prudent friend who leads a good life, you should, overcoming all impediments, keep his company joyously and mindfully.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

328-330

If you gain a mature companion —
a fellow traveler, right-living, enlightened —
overcoming all dangers
  go with him, gratified,
  mindful.

If you don't gain a mature companion —
a fellow traveler, right-living, enlightened —
  go alone
like a king renouncing his kingdom,
like the elephant in the Matanga wilds,
  his herd.

Going alone is better,
there's no companionship with a fool.
  Go alone,
doing no evil, at peace,
like the elephant in the Matanga wilds.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
328
If you find a prudent friend or companion who is virtuous and wise, overcoming all difficulties, you should live together happily and mindfully.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 328 If a man find a prudent companion who walks with him, is wise, and lives soberly, he may walk with him, overcoming all dangers, happy, but considerate.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 328
If you find an intelligent companion,
a fellow-traveler of pure actions and wise,
you should overcome all problems
and travel with him, delighted and mindful. [DLMBSFn-V328]
Dhammapada Dhp. 329
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
329. No ce labhetha nipakaṃ sahāyaṃ
Saddhiṃ caraṃ sādhu vihāri dhīraṃ
Rājā'va raṭṭhaṃ vijitaṃ pahāya
Eko care mātaṅgaraññe'va nāgo.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
329. No ce labhetha nipakaṃ sahāyaṃ, saddhiṃ caraṃ sādhuvihāridhīraṃ;
Rājāva raṭṭhaṃ vijitaṃ pahāya, eko care mātaṅgaraññeva nāgo.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

WANDER ALONE IF THERE IS NO SUITABLE COMPANION

  1. If you do not get a prudent companion who (is fit) to live with you, who behaves well and is wise, then like a king who leaves a conquered kingdom, you should live alone as an elephant does in the elephant forest.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 329. If for company you cannot find a wise and prudent friend who leads a good life, then, like a king who leaves behind a conquered kingdom, or like a lone elephant in the elephant forest, you should go your way alone.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

328-330 [ThaniSFn-V329-330]

If you gain a mature companion —
a fellow traveler, right-living, enlightened —
overcoming all dangers
  go with him, gratified,
  mindful.

If you don't gain a mature companion —
a fellow traveler, right-living, enlightened —
  go alone
like a king renouncing his kingdom,
like the elephant in the Matanga wilds,
  his herd.

Going alone is better,
there's no companionship with a fool.
  Go alone,
doing no evil, at peace,
like the elephant in the Matanga wilds.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
329
If you find no prudent friend or companion who is virtuous and wise, like a king abandoning his conquered kingdom, live alone, like an elephant in Elephant Jungle.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 329 If a man find no prudent companion who walks with him, is wise, and lives soberly, let him walk alone, like a king who has left his conquered country behind,--like an elephant in the forest.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 329
If you do not find an intelligent companion,
a fellow-traveler of pure actions and wise,
like a king leaves behind the subdued kingdom,
you should travel alone, just like an elephant in the elephant-grove. [DLMBSFn-V329]
Dhammapada Dhp. 330
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
330. Ekassa caritaṃ seyyo
Natthi bāle sahāyatā
Eko care na ca pāpāni kayirā
Appossukko mātaṅgaraññe'va nāgo.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
330. Ekassa caritaṃ seyyo, natthi bāle sahāyatā;
Eko care na ca pāpāni kayirā, appossukko mātaṅgaraññeva nāgo.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A SOLITARY CAREER IS BETTER

  1. Better it is to live alone. There is no fellowship [NāradaFn23-03] with the ignorant. Let one live alone doing no evil, care-free, like an elephant in the elephant forest.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 330. Better it is to live alone; there is no fellowship with a fool. Live alone and do no evil; be carefree like an elephant in the elephant forest.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

328-330 [ThaniSFn-V329-330]

If you gain a mature companion —
a fellow traveler, right-living, enlightened —
overcoming all dangers
  go with him, gratified,
  mindful.

If you don't gain a mature companion —
a fellow traveler, right-living, enlightened —
  go alone
like a king renouncing his kingdom,
like the elephant in the Matanga wilds,
  his herd.

Going alone is better,
there's no companionship with a fool.
  Go alone,
doing no evil, at peace,
like the elephant in the Matanga wilds.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
330
To live alone is better: there’s no fellowship with fools. Live alone, doing no evil, free of troubles, like an elephant in Elephant Jungle.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 330 It is better to live alone, there is no companionship with a fool; let a man walk alone, let him commit no sin, with few wishes, like an elephant in the forest.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 330
It is better to live alone; there is no companionship with a fool.
One should live alone, and commit no evil.
One should be content with little, like an elephant in the elephant-grove. [DLMBSFn-V330]
Dhammapada Dhp. 331
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
331. Atthamhi jātamhi sukhā sahāyā
Tuṭṭhī sukhā yā itarītarena
Puññaṃ sukhaṃ jīvitasaṅkhayamhi
Sabbassa dukkhassa sukhaṃ pahāṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
331. Atthamhi jātamhi sukhā sahāyā, tuṭṭhī sukhā yā itarītarena;
Puññaṃ sukhaṃ jīvitasaṅkhayamhi, sabbassa dukkhassa sukhaṃ pahānaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

BLESSED ARE FRIENDS IN NEED

  1. When need arises, pleasant (is it to have) friends. Pleasant is it to be content with just this and that. Pleasant is merit when life is at an end. Pleasant is the shunning of all ill.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 331. Good are friends when need arises; good is contentment with just what one has; good is merit when life is at an end, and good is the abandoning of all suffering (through Arahantship).
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

331-333

A blessing:     friends when the need arises.
A blessing:     contentment with whatever there is.
Merit at the ending of life is a blessing.
A blessing:     the abandoning of all suffering
             & stress.

A blessing in the world:    reverence to your mother.
A blessing:     reverence to your father as well.
A blessing in the world:    reverence to a contemplative.
A blessing:     reverence for a brahman, too.

A blessing into old age is virtue.
A blessing:     conviction established.
A blessing:     discernment attained.
The non-doing of evil things is
     a blessing.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
331
How happy are friends when there’s critical need;
How happy are tastes that are easily pleased;
How happy is merit on reaching life’s end;
How happy, all suffering to finally transcend!
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 331 If an occasion arises, friends are pleasant; enjoyment is pleasant, whatever be the cause; a good work is pleasant in the hour of death; the giving up of all grief is pleasant.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 331
Good are friends when need arises.
Good is satisfaction with whatever one has.
Good is merit when the life comes an end.
Good is to abandon all suffering completely. [DLMBSFn-V331]
Dhammapada Dhp. 332
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
332. Sukhā matteyyatā loke atho petteyyatā sukhā
Sukhā sāmaññatā loke atho brahmaññatā sukhā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
332. Sukhā matteyyatā loke, atho petteyyatā sukhā;
Sukhā sāmaññatā loke, atho brahmaññatā sukhā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

BLESSED IS MINISTERING UNTO PARENTS

  1. Pleasant in this world is ministering to mother. [NāradaFn23-04] Ministering to father too is pleasant in this world. Pleasant is ministering to ascetics. Pleasant too is ministering to the Noble Ones. [NāradaFn23-05]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 332. In this world, good it is to serve one's mother, good it is to serve one's father, good it is to serve the monks, and good it is to serve the holy men.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

331-333

A blessing:     friends when the need arises.
A blessing:     contentment with whatever there is.
Merit at the ending of life is a blessing.
A blessing:     the abandoning of all suffering
             & stress.

A blessing in the world:    reverence to your mother.
A blessing:     reverence to your father as well.
A blessing in the world:    reverence to a contemplative.
A blessing:     reverence for a brahman, too.

A blessing into old age is virtue.
A blessing:     conviction established.
A blessing:     discernment attained.
The non-doing of evil things is
     a blessing.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

332

Happy, is respect
          for one’s mother and father;
          for ascetics;
          for arahants.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 332 Pleasant in the world is the state of a mother, pleasant the state of a father, pleasant the state of a Samana, pleasant the state of a Brahmana.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 332
Being filial towards one's mother and father is good in this world.
Good is to be a monk in this world. It is also good to be a true Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V332]
Dhammapada Dhp. 333
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
333. Sukhaṃ yāva jarā sīlaṃ sukhā saddhā patiṭṭhitā
Sukho paññāya paṭilābho pāpānaṃ akaraṇaṃ sukhaṃ.

Nāgavaggo tevīsatimo.

Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
333. Sukhaṃ yāva jarā sīlaṃ, sukhā saddhā patiṭṭhitā;
Sukho paññāya paṭilābho, pāpānaṃ akaraṇaṃ sukhaṃ.

Nāgavaggo tevīsatimo niṭṭhito.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

BLESSED ARE VIRTUE, FAITH AND WISDOM

  1. Pleasant is virtue (continued) until old age. Pleasant is steadfast confidence. Pleasant is the attainment of wisdom. Pleasant is it to do no evil.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 333. Good is virtue until life's end, good is faith that is steadfast, good is the acquisition of wisdom, and good is the avoidance of evil.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

331-333

A blessing:     friends when the need arises.
A blessing:     contentment with whatever there is.
Merit at the ending of life is a blessing.
A blessing:     the abandoning of all suffering
             & stress.

A blessing in the world:    reverence to your mother.
A blessing:     reverence to your father as well.
A blessing in the world:    reverence to a contemplative.
A blessing:     reverence for a brahman, too.

A blessing into old age is virtue.
A blessing:     conviction established.
A blessing:     discernment attained.
The non-doing of evil things is
     a blessing.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
333
Happy: maintaining one’s virtue till old age.
Happy: having faith that is unshakeable.
Happy: attaining wisdom.
Happy: not doing any evil.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 333 Pleasant is virtue lasting to old age, pleasant is a faith firmly rooted; pleasant is attainment of intelligence, pleasant is avoiding of sins.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 333
It is good to be virtuous until you are old. Good is a firmly established trust.
Good is to attain wisdom. To abstain from doing evil is good. [DLMBSFn-V333]
Dhammapada Dhp. 334
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
  1. Taṇhāvaggo.
334. Manujassa pamattacārino taṇhā vaḍḍhati māluvā viya
So palavati hurāhuraṃ phalamicchaṃ'va vanasmiṃ vānaro.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]

24. Taṇhāvaggo

334. Manujassa pamattacārino, taṇhā vaḍḍhati māluvā viya;
So plavatī [plavati (sī. pī.), palavetī (ka.), uplavati (?)] hurā huraṃ, phalamicchaṃva vanasmi vānaro.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

Chapter 24 Craving

CRAVING ARISES IN THE NEGLIGENT

  1. The craving [NāradaFn24-01] of the person addicted to careless living grows like a creeper. He jumps from life to life like a fruit-loving monkey in the forest.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]

Dhp XXIV Craving

334. The craving of one given to heedless living grows like a creeper. Like the monkey seeking fruits in the forest, he leaps from life to life (tasting the fruit of his kamma).

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

Dhp XXIV Craving

334

When a person lives heedlessly,
his craving grows like a creeping vine.
He runs now here
  & now  there,
as if looking for fruit:
  a monkey in the forest.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

Chapter 24 Craving

334
The lusts of him with heedless traits
Like strangling vines proliferate.
From life to life he leaps and swoops:
A jungly monkey greedy for fruit.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7]

Chapter XXIV: Thirst

334 The thirst of a thoughtless man grows like a creeper; he runs from life to life, like a monkey seeking fruit in the forest.

Cited from DLMBS [8]

Chapter 24: The Thirst

DhP 334
The thirst of the person of careless actions
grows just like a creeper.
He flows from existence to existence,
just like a monkey in the forest desiring fruits. [DLMBSFn-V334]
Dhammapada Dhp. 335
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
335. Yā esā sahatī jammī taṇhā loke visattikā
Sokā tassa pavaḍḍhanti abhivaṭṭhaṃ'va bīraṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
335. Yaṃ esā sahate jammī, taṇhā loke visattikā;
Sokā tassa pavaḍḍhanti, abhivaṭṭhaṃva [abhivaḍḍhaṃva (syā.), abhivaṭṭaṃva (pī.), abhivuḍḍhaṃva (ka.)] bīraṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THOSE WHO CRAVE MULTIPLY THEIR SORROWS

  1. Whomsoever in this world this base clinging thirst overcomes, his sorrows flourish like well-watered bīraṇa grass.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 335. Whoever is overcome by this wretched and sticky craving, his sorrows grow like grass after the rains.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

335-336

If this sticky, uncouth craving
overcomes you in the world,
your sorrows grow like wild grass
  after rain.

If, in the world, you overcome
this uncouth craving, hard to escape,
sorrows roll off you,
  like water beads off
  a lotus.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
335 & 336

Whosoever by craving’s entanglements gets choked,
His sorrows will flourish like grass that rain soaks.
Whosoever quells craving – hard to conquer – sheds pain,
Just as the lotus sheds droplets of rain.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 335 Whomsoever this fierce thirst overcomes, full of poison, in this world, his sufferings increase like the abounding Birana grass.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 335
Who in this world is conquered by this miserable thirst and craving,
his sorrows grow, like grass after rains. [DLMBSFn-V335]
Dhammapada Dhp. 336
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
336. Yo ce taṃ sahatī jammiṃ taṇhaṃ loke duraccayaṃ
Sokā tamhā papatanti udabindū'va pokkharā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
336. Yo cetaṃ sahate jammiṃ, taṇhaṃ loke duraccayaṃ;
Sokā tamhā papatanti, udabinduva pokkharā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THERE IS NO SORROW TO THE CRAVING-FREE

  1. Whoso in the world overcomes this base unruly craving, from him sorrows fall away like water-drops from a lotus-leaf.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 336. But whoever overcomes this wretched craving, so difficult to overcome, from him sorrows fall away like water from a lotus leaf.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

335-336

If this sticky, uncouth craving
overcomes you in the world,
your sorrows grow like wild grass
  after rain.

If, in the world, you overcome
this uncouth craving, hard to escape,
sorrows roll off you,
  like water beads off
  a lotus.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
335 & 336

Whosoever by craving’s entanglements gets choked,
His sorrows will flourish like grass that rain soaks.
Whosoever quells craving – hard to conquer – sheds pain,
Just as the lotus sheds droplets of rain.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 336 He who overcomes this fierce thirst, difficult to be conquered in this world, sufferings fall off from him, like water-drops from a lotus leaf.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 336
Who in this world conquers this miserable thirst that is difficult to overcome,
sorrows fall down from him, like a drop of water from a lotus. [DLMBSFn-V336]
Dhammapada Dhp. 337
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
337. Taṃ vo vadāmi bhaddaṃ vo yāvantettha samāgatā
Taṇhāya mūlaṃ khaṇatha usīrattho' bīraṇaṃ
Mā vo nalaṃ'va soto'va māro bhañji punappunaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
337. Taṃ vo vadāmi bhaddaṃ vo, yāvantettha samāgatā;
Taṇhāya mūlaṃ khaṇatha, usīratthova bīraṇaṃ;
Mā vo naḷaṃva sotova, māro bhañji punappunaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

CUT OFF CRAVING FROM THE ROOT

  1. This I say to you: Good luck to you all who have assembled here! Dig up the root of craving like one in quest of bīraṇa's sweet root. Let not Māra [NāradaFn24-02] crush you again and again as a flood (crushes) a reed.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 337. This I say to you: Good luck to all assembled here! Dig up the root of craving, like one in search of the fragrant root of the birana grass. Let not Mara crush you again and again, as a flood crushes a reed.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

337 [ThaniSFn-V337]

To all of you gathered here
I say: Good fortune.
  Dig up craving
 — as when seeking medicinal roots, wild grass —
  by the root.
Don't let Mara cut you down
 — as a raging river, a reed —
over & over again.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
337
Some words auspicious I will say
To those assembled here today:
Dig up craving by the root
(Like with weeds), not just the shoot;
Or else, by Mara you’ll be crushed,
As floods destroy the weak bulrush.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 337 This salutary word I tell you, 'Do ye, as many as are here assembled, dig up the root of thirst, as he who wants the sweet- scented Usira root must dig up the Birana grass, that Mara (the tempter) may not crush you again and again, as the stream crushes the reeds.'
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 337
I tell you this; bless all of you that have come here.
Dig up the root of thirst, like somebody desiring a Usira root would cut off the Birana grass.
Let not Mara break you again and again, like a stream breaks a reed. [DLMBSFn-V337]
Dhammapada Dhp. 338
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
338. Yathāpi mūle anupaddave daḷhe
Chinno'pi rukkho punareva rūhati
Evampi taṇhānusaye anūhate
Nibbatti dukkhamidaṃ punappunaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
338. Yathāpi mūle anupaddave daḷhe, chinnopi rukkho punareva rūhati;
Evampi taṇhānusaye anūhate, nibbattatī dukkhamidaṃ punappunaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THERE IS SUFFERING AS LONG AS THERE IS CRAVING

  1. Just as a tree with roots unharmed and firm, though hewn down, sprouts again, even so while latent craving is not rooted out, this sorrow springs up again and again.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 338. Just as a tree, though cut down, sprouts up again if its roots remain uncut and firm, even so, until the craving that lies dormant is rooted out, suffering springs up again and again.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

338

If its root remains
undamaged & strong,
a tree, even if cut,
will grow back.
So too if latent craving
is not rooted out,
this suffering returns
  again
  &
  again.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
338
If its roots are firm and stout,
A tree, though felled, once more will sprout:
If latent craving’s not laid low,
Again and again fresh sorrow will grow.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 338 As a tree, even though it has been cut down, is firm so long as its root is safe, and grows again, thus, unless the feeders of thirst are destroyed, the pain (of life) will return again and again.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 338
Just like the tree will grow again if it is cut down,
but its roots are strong and uninjured,
so this suffering will come back again and again
if the dormant craving is not destroyed. [DLMBSFn-V338]
Dhammapada Dhp. 339
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
339. Yassa chattiṃsati sotā manāpassavanā bhūsā
Vāhā vahanti duddiṭṭhiṃ saṅkappā rāganissitā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
339. Yassa chattiṃsati sotā, manāpasavanā bhusā;
Māhā [vāhā (sī. syā. pī.)] vahanti duddiṭṭhiṃ, saṅkappā rāganissitā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

LUSTFUL THOUGHTS ARISE IN HIM WHO HAS CRAVING

  1. If in anyone the thirty-six streams (of craving [NāradaFn24-03] ) that rush towards pleasurable thoughts [NāradaFn24-04] are strong, such a deluded person, torrential thoughts of lust carry off.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 339. The misguided man in whom the thirty-six currents of craving strongly rush toward pleasurable objects, is swept away by the flood of his passionate thoughts. [BudRkFn-v339]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

339-340 [ThaniSFn-V339]

He whose 36 streams,
flowing to what is appealing, are strong:
the currents — resolves based on passion —
carry him, of base views, away.

They flow every which way, the streams,
but the sprouted creeper stays
     in place.
Now, seeing that the creeper's arisen,
cut through its root
with discernment.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
339
If the thirty-six streams of his sensual desire
Abundantly flow to things loved and admired,
Then a torrent of many a lust-inspired plan
Will carry away the intemperate man.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 339 He whose thirst running towards pleasure is exceeding strong in the thirty-six channels, the waves will carry away that misguided man, viz. his desires which are set on passion.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 339
The person in whom strong and carrying thirty-six streams flow towards the pleasurable things,
is carried towards wrong views by his thoughts full of passion. [DLMBSFn-V339]
Dhammapada Dhp. 340
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
340. Savanti sabbadhi sotā latā ubbhijja tiṭṭhati
Tañca disvā lataṃ jātaṃ mūlaṃ paññāya chindatha.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
340. Savanti sabbadhi sotā, latā uppajja [ubbhijja (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] tiṭṭhati;
Tañca disvā lataṃ jātaṃ, mūlaṃ paññāya chindatha.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

CUT OFF CRAVING WITH WISDOM

  1. The streams (craving) flow everywhere. The creeper (craving) sprouts [NāradaFn24-05] and stands. [NāradaFn24-06] Seeing the creeper that has sprung up, with wisdom cut off root.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 340. Everywhere these currents flow, and the creeper (of craving) sprouts and grows. Seeing that the creeper has sprung up, cut off its root with wisdom.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

339-340 [ThaniSFn-V340]

He whose 36 streams,
flowing to what is appealing, are strong:
the currents — resolves based on passion —
carry him, of base views, away.

They flow every which way, the streams,
but the sprouted creeper stays
     in place.
Now, seeing that the creeper's arisen,
cut through its root
with discernment.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
340
A river courses far and wide:
The creeping vine, where it sprouts it abides. [VaradoFn-V340]
So, seeing clinging’s vine-like shoots,
With wisdom cut it at the root.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 340 The channels run everywhere, the creeper (of passion) stands sprouting; if you see the creeper springing up, cut its root by means of knowledge.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 340
The streams flow everywhere. The creeper sprung up and stands firm.
Having seen that creeper grown, cut off its root with your wisdom. [DLMBSFn-V340]
Dhammapada Dhp. 341
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
341. Saritāni sinehitāni ca somanassāni bhavanti jantuno
Te sātasitā sukhesino te ve jāti jarūpagā narā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
341. Saritāni sinehitāni ca, somanassāni bhavanti jantuno;
Te sātasitā sukhesino, te ve jātijarūpagā narā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

ATTACHMENT TO SENSUAL PLEASURES LEAD TO BIRTH AND DECAY

  1. In beings there arise pleasures that rush (towards sense-objects) and (such beings) are steeped in craving. Bent on happiness, they seek happiness. Verily, such men come to birth and decay.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 341. Flowing in (from all objects) and watered by craving, feelings of pleasure arise in beings. Bent on pleasures and seeking enjoyment, these men fall prey to birth and decay.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

341 [ThaniSFn-V341]

Loosened & oiled
are the joys of a person.
People, bound by enticement,
looking for ease:
to birth & aging they go.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
341
The sensual happiness of beings arises in accordance with the flow of desire. [VaradoFn-V341]
Attached to pleasure, seeking bliss, beings suffer birth and old age.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 341 A creature's pleasures are extravagant and luxurious; sunk in lust and looking for pleasure, men undergo (again and again) birth and decay.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 341
People experience joy that is flowing in from the senses and is full of desires.
Those people attached to pleasure and desiring happiness, will undergo birth and old age. [DLMBSFn-V341]
Dhammapada Dhp. 342
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
342. Tasiṇāya purakkhatā pajā parisappanti saso'va bādhito
Saṃyojanasaṅgasattā dukkhamupenti punappunaṃ cirāya.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
342. Tasiṇāya purakkhatā pajā, parisappanti sasova bandhito [bādhito (bahūsu)];
Saṃyojanasaṅgasattakā, dukkhamupenti punappunaṃ cirāya.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

FETTERED BY CRAVING THEY COME TO GRIEF

  1. Folk enwrapt in craving are terrified like a captive hare. Held fast by fetters and bonds, [NāradaFn24-07] for long they come to sorrow again and again.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 342. Beset by craving, people run about like an entrapped hare. Held fast by mental fetters, they come to suffering again and again for a long time.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

342-343

Encircled with craving,
people hop round & around
like a rabbit caught in a snare.
Tied with fetters & bonds
they go on to suffering,
again & again, for long.

Encircled with craving,
people hop round & around
like a rabbit caught in a snare.
  So a monk
should dispel   craving,
should aspire   to dispassion
  for himself.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
342
When a person's entangled by craving,
He quails like a trapped mountain hare:
Held tightly by fetters and clinging,
For long he’ll meet grief and despair.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 342 Men, driven on by thirst, run about like a snared hare; held in fetters and bonds, they undergo pain for a long time, again and again.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 342
People followed by thirst crawl around like a captured hare.
Bound by the bonds of the Ten Fetters, they will undergo suffering again and again, for a long time. [DLMBSFn-V342]
Dhammapada Dhp. 343
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
343. Tasiṇāya purakkhatā pajā parisappanti saso'va bādhito
Tasmā tasiṇaṃ vinodaya bhikkhu ākaṅkhī virāgamattano.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
343. Tasiṇāya purakkhatā pajā, parisappanti sasova bandhito;
Tasmā tasiṇaṃ vinodaye, ākaṅkhanta [bhikkhū ākaṅkhī (sī.), bhikkhu ākaṅkhaṃ (syā.)] virāgamattano.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

HE WHO DESIRES PASSIONLESSNESS SHOULD DISCARD CRAVING

  1. Folk, enwrapt in craving, are terrified like a captive hare. Therefore a bhikkhu who wishes his own passionlessness (Nibbāna) should discard craving.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 343. Beset by craving, people run about like an entrapped hare. Therefore, one who yearns to be passion-free should destroy his own craving.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

342-343 [ThaniSFn-V343]

Encircled with craving,
people hop round & around
like a rabbit caught in a snare.
Tied with fetters & bonds
they go on to suffering,
again & again, for long.

Encircled with craving,
people hop round & around
like a rabbit caught in a snare.
  So a monk
should dispel   craving,
should aspire   to dispassion
  for himself.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
343
When a person’s entangled by craving,
He quails like a trapped mountain hare.
So, if he is longing for freedom,
A bhikkhu should craving forswear.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 343 Men, driven on by thirst, run about like a snared hare; let therefore the mendicant drive out thirst, by striving after passionlessness for himself.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 343
People followed by thirst crawl around like a captured hare.
Therefore you should remove thirst and wish for being free of passions yourselves. [DLMBSFn-V343]
Dhammapada Dhp. 344
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
344. Yo nibbanatho+ vanādhimutto vanamutto vanameva dhāvati
Taṃ puggalametha passatha mutto bandhanameva dhāvati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
344. Yo nibbanatho vanādhimutto, vanamutto vanameva dhāvati;
Taṃ puggalametha passatha, mutto bandhanameva dhāvati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

IT IS FOOLISH TO RETURN TO WORLDLY LIFE

  1. Whoever with no desire (for the household) finds pleasure in the forest (of asceticism) and though freed from desire (for the household), (yet) runs back to that very home. Come, behold that man! Freed, he runs back into that very bondage. [NāradaFn24-08]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 344. There is one who, turning away from desire (for household life) takes to the life of the forest (i.e., of a monk). But after being freed from the household, he runs back to it. Behold that man! Though freed, he runs back to that very bondage! [BudRkFn-v344]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

344

Cleared of the underbrush
but obsessed with the forest,
set free from the forest,
right back to the forest he runs.
Come, see the person set free
who runs right back to the same old chains!
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
344
Having mastered his sensual ‘woulds’ [VaradoFn-V344]
A monk set his heart on the woods.
Though free in his life in the woods
He returned to his earlier ‘woulds’.

Come and examine the person, once free,
Returning himself to captivity.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 344 He who having got rid of the forest (of lust) (i.e. after having reached Nirvana) gives himself over to forest-life (i.e. to lust), and who, when removed from the forest (i.e. from lust), runs to the forest (i.e. to lust), look at that man! though free, he runs into bondage.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 344
Imagine somebody who is free from the householder's life, inclined to live as a monk. Then, free of the forest of the householder's life, he runs back to it.
Come and look at that person! After being set free, he runs back to the bond! [DLMBSFn-V344]
Dhammapada Dhp. 345
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
345. Na taṃ daḷhaṃ bandhanamāhu dhīrā
Yadāyasaṃ dārujaṃ babbajañca
Sārattarattā maṇikuṇḍalesu
Puttesu dāresu ca yā apekhā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
345. Na taṃ daḷhaṃ bandhanamāhu dhīrā, yadāyasaṃ dārujapabbajañca [dārūjaṃ babbajañca (sī. pī.)];
Sārattarattā maṇikuṇḍalesu, puttesu dāresu ca yā apekkhā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

ATTACHMENT TO WORLDLY OBJECTS IS FAR STRONGER THAN IRON CHAINS

  1. That which is made of iron, wood or hemp, is not a strong bond, say the wise; the longing for jewels, ornaments, children, and wives is a far greater attachment.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 345-346. That is not a strong fetter, the wise say, which is made of iron, wood or hemp. But the infatuation and longing for jewels and ornaments, children and wives — that, they say, is a far stronger fetter, which pulls one downward and, though seemingly loose, is hard to remove. This, too, the wise cut off. Giving up sensual pleasure, and without any longing, they renounce the world.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

345-347

That's not a strong bond
 — so say the enlightened —
the one made of iron, of wood, or of grass.
To be smitten, enthralled,
  with jewels & ornaments,
  longing for children & wives:
that's the strong bond,
 — so say the enlightened —
one that's constraining,
  elastic,
  hard to untie.
But having cut it, they
 — the enlightened — go forth,
free of longing, abandoning
  sensual ease.

Those smitten with passion
     fall back
into a self-made stream,
like a spider snared in its web.
But, having cut it, the enlightened set forth,
free of longing, abandoning
  all suffering & stress.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
345 & 346

That bond is weak,
The wise opine,
That’s made of teak
Or bronze or twine.

Craving for gems
And lusting for ladies,
Relishing rings
And longing for babies:

These are the bonds
That truly are strong;
Though easy to don, (4)
They’re tenacious once on.

The wise thus proceed
These bonds having severed,
Free of all longing
And rid of sense pleasure.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 345 Wise people do not call that a strong fetter which is made of iron, wood, or hemp; far stronger is the care for precious stones and rings, for sons and a wife.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 345
That fetter is not really strong, say the wise,
that is made of iron, wood or grass.
Strong infatuation with gems and ornaments,
whatever longing there is for sons and wives,
[continued in DhP 346] [DLMBSFn-V345]
Dhammapada Dhp. 346
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
346. Etaṃ daḷhaṃ bandhanamāhu dhīrā
Ohārinaṃ sithilaṃ duppamuñcaṃ
Etampi chetvāna paribbajanti
Anapekkhino kāmasukhaṃ pahāya.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
346. Etaṃ daḷhaṃ bandhanamāhu dhīrā, ohārinaṃ sithilaṃ duppamuñcaṃ;
Etampi chetvāna paribbajanti, anapekkhino kāmasukhaṃ pahāya.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

RENOUNCE SENSUAL PLEASURES

  1. That bond is strong, say the wise. It hurls down, is supple, and is hard to loosen. This too the wise cut off, and leave the world, with no longing, renouncing sensual pleasures.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 345-346. That is not a strong fetter, the wise say, which is made of iron, wood or hemp. But the infatuation and longing for jewels and ornaments, children and wives — that, they say, is a far stronger fetter, which pulls one downward and, though seemingly loose, is hard to remove. This, too, the wise cut off. Giving up sensual pleasure, and without any longing, they renounce the world.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

345-347 [ThaniSFn-V346]

That's not a strong bond
 — so say the enlightened —
the one made of iron, of wood, or of grass.
To be smitten, enthralled,
  with jewels & ornaments,
  longing for children & wives:
that's the strong bond,
 — so say the enlightened —
one that's constraining,
  elastic,
  hard to untie.
But having cut it, they
 — the enlightened — go forth,
free of longing, abandoning
  sensual ease.

Those smitten with passion
     fall back
into a self-made stream,
like a spider snared in its web.
But, having cut it, the enlightened set forth,
free of longing, abandoning
  all suffering & stress.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
345 & 346

That bond is weak,
The wise opine,
That’s made of teak
Or bronze or twine.

Craving for gems
And lusting for ladies,
Relishing rings
And longing for babies:

These are the bonds
That truly are strong;
Though easy to don, [VaradoFn-V346]
They’re tenacious once on.

The wise thus proceed
These bonds having severed,
Free of all longing
And rid of sense pleasure.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 346 That fetter wise people call strong which drags down, yields, but is difficult to undo; after having cut this at last, people leave the world, free from cares, and leaving desires and pleasures behind.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 346
That fetter is really strong, say the wise,
it seems loose, but it leads you astray and is difficult to be freed from.
Having cut off this fetter, those without desire wander about as monks,
having abandoned all sensual pleasures. [DLMBSFn-V346]
Dhammapada Dhp. 347
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
347. Ye rāgarattānupatanti sotaṃ
Sayaṃ kataṃ makkaṭako'va jālaṃ
Etampi chetvāna vajanti dhīrā
Anapekkhino sabbadukkhaṃ pahāya.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
347. Ye rāgarattānupatanti sotaṃ, sayaṃkataṃ makkaṭakova jālaṃ;
Etampi chetvāna vajanti dhīrā, anapekkhino sabbadukkhaṃ pahāya.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE LUSTFUL ARE CAUGHT IN THEIR OWN WEB

  1. Those who are infatuated with lust fall back into the stream as (does) a spider into the web spun by itself. This too the wise cut off and wander, with no longing, released from all sorrow.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 347. Those who are lust-infatuated fall back into the swirling current (of samsara) like a spider on its self-spun web. This, too, the wise cut off. Without any longing, they abandon all suffering and renounce the world.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

345-347

That's not a strong bond
 — so say the enlightened —
the one made of iron, of wood, or of grass.
To be smitten, enthralled,
  with jewels & ornaments,
  longing for children & wives:
that's the strong bond,
 — so say the enlightened —
one that's constraining,
  elastic,
  hard to untie.
But having cut it, they
 — the enlightened — go forth,
free of longing, abandoning
  sensual ease.

Those smitten with passion
     fall back
into a self-made stream,
like a spider snared in its web.
But, having cut it, the enlightened set forth,
free of longing, abandoning
  all suffering & stress.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
347
Those flowing with lust will fall into its current,
Like into its web a spider might plummet.
Removing their passion, the wise thus proceed
Without any longings, from sorrowing freed.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 347 Those who are slaves to passions, run down with the stream (of desires), as a spider runs down the web which he has made himself; when they have cut this, at last, wise people leave the world free from cares, leaving all affection behind.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 347
Those who are excited by passion fall into the current
as if a spider would fall into his own web.
Having cut off this, the wise ones without desires wander about as monks,
having abandoned all suffering. [DLMBSFn-V347]
Dhammapada Dhp. 348
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
348. Muñca pure muñca pacchato majjhe muñca bhavassa pāragū
Sabbattha vimuttamānaso na puna jātijaraṃ upehisi.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
348. Muñca pure muñca pacchato, majjhe muñca bhavassa pāragū;
Sabbattha vimuttamānaso, na punaṃ jātijaraṃ upehisi.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

RELEASE YOUR MIND

  1. Let go the past. Let go the future. Let go the present [NāradaFn24-10] (front, back and middle). Crossing to the farther shore of existence, with mind released from everything, do not again undergo birth and decay.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 348. Let go of the past, let go of the future, let go of the present, and cross over to the farther shore of existence. With mind wholly liberated, you shall come no more to birth and death.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

348 [ThaniSFn-V348]

Gone to the beyond of becoming,
  you let go of in front,
    let go of behind,
    let go of between.
With a heart everywhere let-go,
you don't come again to birth
    & aging.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
348
Let go of what’s been and whatever’s foreseen,
And let go of the present which stands in between.
Having left all becoming, with mind well-released,
Then returning to birth and old-age, you will cease.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 348 Give up what is before, give up what is behind, give up what is in the middle, when thou goest to the other shore of existence; if thy mind is altogether free, thou wilt not again enter into birth and decay.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 348
Let go of the past, let go of the future.
Let go of the present. When you cross over to the other shore of existence,
and your mind will be completely free,
you will never again come to birth and aging. [DLMBSFn-V348]
Dhammapada Dhp. 349
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
349. Vitakkapamathitassa jantuno tibbarāgassa subhānupassino
Bhiyyo taṇhā pavaḍḍhati esa kho daḷhaṃ karoti bandhanaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
349. Vitakkamathitassa jantuno, tibbarāgassa subhānupassino;
Bhiyyo taṇhā pavaḍḍhati, esa kho daḷhaṃ [esa gāḷhaṃ (ka.)] karoti bandhanaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

CRAVING GROWS IN THE PASSIONATE

  1. For the person who is perturbed by (evil) thoughts, who is exceedingly lustful, who contemplates pleasant things, craving increases more and more. Surely, he makes the bond (of Māra) stronger.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 349. For a person tormented by evil thoughts, who is passion-dominated and given to the pursuit of pleasure, his craving steadily grows. He makes the fetter strong, indeed.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

349-350

For a person
  forced on by his thinking,
  fierce in his passion,
  focused on beauty,
craving grows all the more.
He's the one
  who tightens the bond.

But one who delights
  in the stilling of thinking,
always  mindful
         cultivating
  a focus on the foul:
He's the one
  who will make an end,
the one who will cut Mara's bond.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
349
Whoever by fanciful thinking’s oppressed,
Full of strong passions, with beauty obsessed,
He generates craving, he cultivates lust,
That person indeed makes his fetters robust.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 349 If a man is tossed about by doubts, full of strong passions, and yearning only for what is delightful, his thirst will grow more and more, and he will indeed make his fetters strong.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 349
The thirst of a person who has confused thoughts, is strongly passionate and contemplates only the pleasant things
will only grow more. Such a person makes his fetters stronger. [DLMBSFn-V349]
Dhammapada Dhp. 350
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
350. Vitakkupasame ca yo rato asubhaṃ bhāvayati sadā sato
Esa kho vyantikāhiti esa checchati mārabandhanaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
350. Vitakkūpasame ca [vitakkūpasameva (ka.)] yo rato, asubhaṃ bhāvayate sadā sato;
Esa [eso (?)] kho byanti kāhiti, esa [eso (?)] checchati mārabandhanaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE MINDFUL END CRAVING

  1. He who delights in subduing (evil) thoughts, who meditates on "the loathesomeness" [NāradaFn24-11] (of the body) who is ever mindful - it is he who will make an end (of craving). He will sever Māra's bond.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 350. He who delights in subduing evil thoughts, who meditates on the impurities and is ever mindful — it is he who will make an end of craving and rend asunder Mara's fetter.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

349-350 [ThaniSFn-V350]

For a person
  forced on by his thinking,
  fierce in his passion,
  focused on beauty,
craving grows all the more.
He's the one
  who tightens the bond.

But one who delights
  in the stilling of thinking,
always  mindful
         cultivating
  a focus on the foul:
He's the one
  who will make an end,
the one who will cut Mara's bond.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
350
Whoever’s devoted to calming his thinking,
Who’s mindful of bodily aspects unpleasing,
That person erases his sensual ardour:
He shatters asunder the fetters of Mara.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 350 If a man delights in quieting doubts, and, always reflecting, dwells on what is not delightful (the impurity of the body, &c.), he certainly will remove, nay, he will cut the fetter of Mara.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 350
Who is devoted to calming of thoughts,
meditates on impurity, is always mindful,
such a person will put an end to craving.
Such a person will cut off the fetters of Mara. [DLMBSFn-V350]
Dhammapada Dhp. 351
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
351. Niṭṭhaṃ gato asantāsī vītataṇho anaṅgaṇo
Acchindi bhavasallāni antimo'yaṃ samussayo.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
351. Niṭṭhaṅgato asantāsī, vītataṇho anaṅgaṇo;
Acchindi bhavasallāni, antimoyaṃ samussayo.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

HE WHO IS FREE FROM CRAVING IS IN HIS FINAL LIFE

  1. He who has reached the goal, is fearless, is without craving, is passionless, has cut off the thorns of life. This is his final body.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 351. He who has reached the goal, is fearless, free from craving, passionless, and has plucked out the thorns of existence — for him this is the last body.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

351-352

Arrived at the finish,
unfrightened, unblemished, free
of craving, he has cut away
the arrows of becoming.
This physical heap is his last.

Free from craving,
ungrasping,
astute in expression,
knowing the combination of sounds —
which comes first & which after.
He's called a
  last-body
  greatly discerning
  great man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

351

The person who
          has attained the Goal;
          is free of trembling;
          is free of craving;
          is free of blemish;
          has removed the dart of existence:
this is his last body.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 351 He who has reached the consummation, who does not tremble, who is without thirst and without sin, he has broken all the thorns of life: this will be his last body.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 351
One who has attained perfection, is without fear, free of thirst and pure,
cut off the arrows of existence. For such a one, this is the very last life. [DLMBSFn-V351]
Dhammapada Dhp. 352
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
352. Vītataṇho anādāno niruttipadakovido
Akkharānaṃ sannipātaṃ jaññā pubbaparāni ca
Sa ve antimasārīro mahāpañño mahāpuriso'ti vuccati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
352. Vītataṇho anādāno, niruttipadakovido;
Akkharānaṃ sannipātaṃ, jaññā pubbāparāni ca;
Sa ve ‘‘antimasārīro, mahāpañño mahāpuriso’’ti vuccati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE NON-ATTACHED PERSON IS A GREAT SAGE

  1. He who is without craving and grasping, who is skilled in etymology and terms, [NāradaFn24-12] who knows the grouping of letters and their sequence - it is he who is called the bearer of the final body, one of profound wisdom, a great man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 352. He who is free from craving and attachment, is perfect in uncovering the true meaning of the Teaching, and knows the arrangement of the sacred texts in correct sequence — he, indeed, is the bearer of his final body. He is truly called the profoundly wise one, the great man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

351-352 [ThaniSFn-V352]

Arrived at the finish,
unfrightened, unblemished, free
of craving, he has cut away
the arrows of becoming.
This physical heap is his last.

Free from craving,
ungrasping,
astute in expression,
knowing the combination of sounds —
which comes first & which after.
He's called a
  last-body
  greatly discerning
  great man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
352
Whoever’s adept at linguistics,
Proficient in words and semantics,
And skilled in phonetics,
An expert in syntax,
Whose craving and clinging’s destroyed:
“A great intellect”,
“The salt of the earth”,
“A last-body person” is called. [VaradoFn-V352]
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 352 He who is without thirst and without affection, who understands the words and their interpretation, who knows the order of letters (those which are before and which are after), he has received his last body, he is called the great sage, the great man.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 352
If one who is without thirst, free of attachments and skilled in the language of the scriptures
should know the arrangement of the texts in the right sequence,
he then is known as a great person of great wisdom, living his last life. [DLMBSFn-V352]
Dhammapada Dhp. 353
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
353. Sabbābhibhū sabbavidū'hamasmi
Sabbesu dhammesu anūpalitto
Sabbañjaho taṇhakkhaye vimutto
Sayaṃ abhiññāya kamuddiseyyaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
353. Sabbābhibhū sabbavidūhamasmi, sabbesu dhammesu anūpalitto;
Sabbañjaho taṇhakkhaye vimutto, sayaṃ abhiññāya kamuddiseyyaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE OMNISCIENT ONE HAS NO TEACHER

  1. All have I overcome, all do I know. From all am I detached. All have I renounced. Wholly absorbed am I in "the destruction of craving". [NāradaFn24-13] Having comprehended all by myself, whom shall I call my teacher?
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 353. A victor am I over all, all have I known. Yet unattached am I to all that is conquered and known. Abandoning all, I am freed through the destruction of craving. Having thus directly comprehended all by myself, whom shall I call my teacher? [BudRkFn-v353]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

353 [ThaniSFn-V353]

All-conquering,
all-knowing am I,
with regard to all things,
  unadhering.
All-abandoning,
released in the ending of craving:
having fully known on my own,
to whom should I point as my teacher?
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
353
All-conquering, I:
All things do I know,
And by all things am I undefiled.

By destruction of craving,
I’m utterly free;
By renouncing, I’ve left all behind.

Having thus comprehended
All things by myself,
Then who could I say was my guide?
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 353 'I have conquered all, I know all, in all conditions of life I am free from taint; I have left all, and through the destruction of thirst I am free; having learnt myself, whom shall I teach?'
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 353
I have conquered all and know everything.
I am unstained by anything.
I have given up everything, freed through destruction of thirst.
I have found all out by myself; whom should I point out as my teacher? [DLMBSFn-V353]
Dhammapada Dhp. 354
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
354. Sabbadānaṃ dhammadānaṃ jināti
Sabbaṃ rasaṃ dhammaraso jināti
Sabbaṃ ratiṃ dhammaratī jināti
Taṇhakkhayo sabbadukkhaṃ jināti.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
354. Sabbadānaṃ dhammadānaṃ jināti, sabbarasaṃ dhammaraso jināti;
Sabbaratiṃ dhammarati jināti, taṇhakkhayo sabbadukkhaṃ jināti.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE GIFT OF TRUTH EXCELS ALL OTHER GIFTS

  1. The gift of Truth excels all (other) gifts. The flavour of Truth excels all (other) flavours. The pleasure in Truth excels all (other) pleasures. He who has destroyed craving overcomes all sorrow.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 354. The gift of Dhamma excels all gifts; the taste of the Dhamma excels all tastes; the delight in Dhamma excels all delights. The Craving-Freed vanquishes all suffering.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

354 [ThaniSFn-V354]

A gift of Dhamma conquers   all gifts;
the taste of Dhamma,            all tastes;
a delight in Dhamma,            all delights;
the ending of craving,      all suffering
                             & stress.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
354
The giving of Dhamma surpasses all gifts;
The pleasure of Dhamma surpasses all bliss;
The flavour of Dhamma, of tastes, is the chief;
For in conquering craving, one conquers all grief.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 354 The gift of the law exceeds all gifts; the sweetness of the law exceeds all sweetness; the delight in the law exceeds all delights; the extinction of thirst overcomes all pain.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 354
The gift of Dharma conquers all gifts.
The taste of Dharma excels all tastes.
The joy of Dharma excels all joys.
The destruction of thirst conquers all suffering. [DLMBSFn-V354]
Dhammapada Dhp. 355
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
355. Hananti bhogā dummedhaṃ no ve pāragavesino
Bhogataṇhāya dummedho hanti aññe'va attanā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
355. Hananti bhogā dummedhaṃ, no ca pāragavesino;
Bhogataṇhāya dummedho, hanti aññeva attanaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

RICHES RUIN THE IGNORANT

  1. Riches ruin the foolish, but not those in quest of the Beyond (Nibbāna). Through craving for riches the ignorant man ruins himself as (if he were ruining) others.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 355. Riches ruin only the foolish, not those in quest of the Beyond. By craving for riches the witless man ruins himself as well as others.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

355

Riches ruin the man
weak in discernment,
but not those who seek
  the beyond.
Through craving for riches
the man weak in discernment
     ruins himself
as he would others.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
355
Wealth will surely harm the witless,
Not the seekers of the Deathless.
Fools, in craving revenue,
Will harm themselves and others too.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 355 Pleasures destroy the foolish, if they look not for the other shore; the foolish by his thirst for pleasures destroys himself, as if he were his own enemy.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 355
Possessions hurt the stupid, but not those who are in search for the opposite shore of suffering.
With his thirst for possessions the fool hurts the others as well as himself. [DLMBSFn-V355]
Dhammapada Dhp. 356
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
356. Tiṇadosāni khettāni rāgadosā ayaṃ pajā
Tasmā hi vītarāgesu dinnaṃ hoti mahapphalaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
356. Tiṇadosāni khettāni, rāgadosā ayaṃ pajā;
Tasmā hi vītarāgesu, dinnaṃ hoti mahapphalaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

LUST IS THE BLEMISH OF MANKIND

  1. Weeds are the bane of fields, lust is the bane of mankind. Hence what is given to those lustless yields abundant fruit.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 356. Weeds are the bane of fields, lust is the bane of mankind. Therefore, what is offered to those free of lust yields abundant fruit.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

356-359

Fields are spoiled by weeds;
people, by passion.
So what's given to those
free of passion
  bears great fruit.

Fields are spoiled by weeds;
people, by aversion.
So what's given to those
free of aversion
  bears great fruit.

Fields are spoiled by weeds;
people, by delusion.
So what's given to those
free of delusion
  bears great fruit.

Fields are spoiled by weeds;
people, by longing.
So what's given to those
free of longing
  bears great fruit.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
356
A flaw of crops is rust;
A flaw of men is lust.
Thus, fruits of gifts to him are great,
The one who’s rid of lustful states.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 356 The fields are damaged by weeds, mankind is damaged by passion: therefore a gift bestowed on the passionless brings great reward.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 356
Fields are ruined by weeds. This mankind is ruined by passions.
Therefore, what is given to those devoid of passions brings much fruit. [DLMBSFn-V356]
Dhammapada Dhp. 357
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
357. Tiṇadosāni khettāni dosadosā ayaṃ pajā
Tasmā hi vītadosesu dinnaṃ hoti mahapphalaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
357. Tiṇadosāni khettāni, dosadosā ayaṃ pajā;
Tasmā hi vītadosesu, dinnaṃ hoti mahapphalaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

HATRED IS THE BLEMISH OF MANKIND

  1. Weeds are the bane of fields, hatred is the bane of mankind. Hence what is given to those rid of hatred yields abundant fruit.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 357. Weeds are the bane of fields, hatred is the bane of mankind. Therefore, what is offered to those free of hatred yields abundant fruit.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

356-359

Fields are spoiled by weeds;
people, by passion.
So what's given to those
free of passion
  bears great fruit.

Fields are spoiled by weeds;
people, by aversion.
So what's given to those
free of aversion
  bears great fruit.

Fields are spoiled by weeds;
people, by delusion.
So what's given to those
free of delusion
  bears great fruit.

Fields are spoiled by weeds;
people, by longing.
So what's given to those
free of longing
  bears great fruit.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
357
A flaw of crops is blight;
A flaw of men is spite.
Thus, fruits of gifts to him are great,
The one who’s rid of spiteful states.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 357 The fields are damaged by weeds, mankind is damaged by hatred: therefore a gift bestowed on those who do not hate brings great reward.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 357
Fields are ruined by weeds. This mankind is ruined by hatred.
Therefore, what is given to those devoid of hatred brings much fruit. [DLMBSFn-V357]
Dhammapada Dhp. 358
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
358. Tiṇadosāni khettāni mohadosā ayaṃ pajā
Tasmā hi vītamohesu dinnaṃ hoti mahapphalaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
358. Tiṇadosāni khettāni, mohadosā ayaṃ pajā;
Tasmā hi vītamohesu, dinnaṃ hoti mahapphalaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

DELUSION IS THE BLEMISH OF MANKIND

  1. Weeds are the bane of fields, delusion is the bane of mankind. Hence what is given to those rid of delusion yields abundant fruit.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 358. Weeds are the bane of fields, delusion is the bane of mankind. Therefore, what is offered to those free of delusion yields abundant fruit.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

356-359

Fields are spoiled by weeds;
people, by passion.
So what's given to those
free of passion
  bears great fruit.

Fields are spoiled by weeds;
people, by aversion.
So what's given to those
free of aversion
  bears great fruit.

Fields are spoiled by weeds;
people, by delusion.
So what's given to those
free of delusion
  bears great fruit.

Fields are spoiled by weeds;
people, by longing.
So what's given to those
free of longing
  bears great fruit.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
358
A flaw of a coppice is holly;
A flaw of men is folly.
Thus, fruits of gifts to him are great,
The one who’s rid of foolish states.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 358 The fields are damaged by weeds, mankind is damaged by vanity: therefore a gift bestowed on those who are free from vanity brings great reward.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 358
Fields are ruined by weeds. This mankind is ruined by delusion.
Therefore, what is given to those devoid of delusion brings much fruit. [DLMBSFn-V358]
Dhammapada Dhp. 359
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
359. Tiṇadosāni khettāni icchādosā ayaṃ pajā
Tasmā hi vigaticchesu dinnaṃ hoti mahapphalaṃ.

Taṇhāvaggo catuvīsatimo.

Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
359. (Tiṇadosāni khettāni, icchādosā ayaṃ pajā;
Tasmā hi vigaticchesu, dinnaṃ hoti mahapphalaṃ.) [( ) videsapotthakesu natthi, aṭṭhakathāyampi na dissati]

Tiṇadosāni khettāni, taṇhādosā ayaṃ pajā;
Tasmā hi vītataṇhesu, dinnaṃ hoti mahapphalaṃ.

Taṇhāvaggo catuvīsatimo niṭṭhito.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

DESIRE IS THE BLEMISH OF MANKIND

  1. Weeds are the bane of fields, craving is the bane of mankind. Hence what is given to those rid of craving yields abundant fruit.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 359. Weeds are the bane of fields, desire is the bane of mankind. Therefore, what is offered to those free of desire yields abundant fruit.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

356-359

Fields are spoiled by weeds;
people, by passion.
So what's given to those
free of passion
  bears great fruit.

Fields are spoiled by weeds;
people, by aversion.
So what's given to those
free of aversion
  bears great fruit.

Fields are spoiled by weeds;
people, by delusion.
So what's given to those
free of delusion
  bears great fruit.

Fields are spoiled by weeds;
people, by longing.
So what's given to those
free of longing
  bears great fruit.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
359
A flaw of fields is weeds;
A flaw of men is greed.
Thus, fruits of gifts to him are great,
The one who’s rid of greedy states.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 359 The fields are damaged by weeds, mankind is damaged by lust: therefore a gift bestowed on those who are free from lust brings great reward.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 359
Fields are ruined by weeds. This mankind is ruined by desires.
Therefore, what is given to those devoid of desires brings much fruit. [DLMBSFn-V359]
Dhammapada Dhp. 360
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
  1. Bhikkhuvaggo.
360. Cakkhunā saṃvaro sādhu sādhu sotena saṃvaro
Ghāṇena saṃvaro sādhu sādhu jivhāya saṃvaro.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]

25. Bhikkhuvaggo

360. Cakkhunā saṃvaro sādhu, sādhu sotena saṃvaro;
Ghānena saṃvaro sādhu, sādhu jivhāya saṃvaro.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

Chapter 25 The Bhikkhu Or The Mendicant

GUARD THE SENSES

  1. Good is restraint in the eye; good is restraint in the ear; good is restraint in the nose; good is restraint in the tongue.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]

Dhp XXV The Monk

360. Good is restraint over the eye; good is restraint over the ear; good is restraint over the nose; good is restraint over the tongue.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

Dhp XXV Monks

360-361 [ThaniSFn-V360-361]

Restraint with the eye is good,
good is restraint with the ear.
Restraint with the nose is good,
good is restraint with the tongue.
Restraint with the body is good,
good is restraint with speech.
Restraint with the heart is good,
good is restraint   everywhere.
A monk everywhere restrained
is released from all suffering & stress.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

Chapter 25 The Bhikkhu

360 &361

In visual perception,
In body sensation,
Audition, olfaction,
Gustation, conception:
In allowing sensation,
How good is restriction.

In physical action,
In spoken transaction,
In inward reflection,
How good circumscription.

Restraining all conduct,
Restricting sensation,
A monk finds salvation
From grief and affliction.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7]

Chapter XXV: The Bhikshu (Mendicant)

360 Restraint in the eye is good, good is restraint in the ear, in the nose restraint is good, good is restraint in the tongue.

Cited from DLMBS [8]

Chapter 25: The Monk

DhP 360
Restraint over the eye is good. Good is restraint over the ear.
Restraint over the nose is good. Good is restraint over the tongue. [DLMBSFn-V360]
Dhammapada Dhp. 361
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
361. Kāyena saṃvaro sādhu sādhu vācāya saṃvaro
Manasā saṃvaro sādhu sādhu sabbattha saṃvaro
Sabbattha saṃvuto bhikkhu sabbadukkhā pamuccati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
361. Kāyena saṃvaro sādhu, sādhu vācāya saṃvaro;
Manasā saṃvaro sādhu, sādhu sabbattha saṃvaro;
Sabbattha saṃvuto bhikkhu, sabbadukkhā pamuccati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

HE WHO GUARDS HIS SENSES IS RELEASED FROM SORROW

  1. Good is restraint in deed; good is restraint in speech; good is restraint in mind; good is restraint in everything. The bhikkhu, [NāradaFn25-01] restrained at all points, [NāradaFn25-02] is freed from sorrow.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 361. Good is restraint in the body; good is restraint in speech; good is restraint in thought. Restraint everywhere is good. The monk restrained in every way is freed from all suffering.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

360-361 [ThaniSFn-V360-361]

Restraint with the eye is good,
good is restraint with the ear.
Restraint with the nose is good,
good is restraint with the tongue.
Restraint with the body is good,
good is restraint with speech.
Restraint with the heart is good,
good is restraint   everywhere.
A monk everywhere restrained
is released from all suffering & stress.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
360 &361

In visual perception,
In body sensation,
Audition, olfaction,
Gustation, conception:
In allowing sensation,
How good is restriction.

In physical action,
In spoken transaction,
In inward reflection,
How good circumscription.

Restraining all conduct,
Restricting sensation,
A monk finds salvation
From grief and affliction.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 361 In the body restraint is good, good is restraint in speech, in thought restraint is good, good is restraint in all things. A Bhikshu, restrained in all things, is freed from all pain.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 361
Restraint over the body is good. Good is restraint over the speech.
Restraint over the mind is good. Good is restraint everywhere.
The monk who is restrained everywhere will be freed from all suffering. [DLMBSFn-V361]
Dhammapada Dhp. 362
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
362. Hattha saññato pādasaññato
Vācāya saññato saññatuttamo
Ajjhattarato samāhito
Eko santusito tamāhu bhikkhuṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
362. Hatthasaṃyato pādasaṃyato, vācāsaṃyato saṃyatuttamo;
Ajjhattarato samāhito, eko santusito tamāhu bhikkhuṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE FULLY CONTROLLED PERSON IS CALLED A BHIKKHU

  1. He who is controlled in hand, in foot, in speech, and in the highest (i.e., the head); he who delights in meditation, [NāradaFn25-03] and is composed; he who is alone, and is contented - him they call a bhikkhu.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 362. He who has control over his hands, feet and tongue; who is fully controlled, delights in inward development, is absorbed in meditation, keeps to himself and is contented — him do people call a monk.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

362

Hands restrained,
feet restrained
speech restrained,
  supremely restrained —
delighting in what is inward,
content, centered, alone:
he's what they call
  a monk.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

362

If a monk is
          restrained in acts of hands and feet;
          restrained in speech and thought;
          inwardly joyful;
          composed;
          reclusive;
          easily contented;
he is really a monk.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 362 He who controls his hand, he who controls his feet, he who controls his speech, he who is well controlled, he who delights inwardly, who is collected, who is solitary and content, him they call Bhikshu.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 362
Who has control over his hands, feet
and speech, who is fully controlled,
with inward joy and firm,
in solitude and contented - him do people call a monk. [DLMBSFn-V362]
Dhammapada Dhp. 363
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
363. Yo mukhasaññato bhikkhu mantabhāṇī anuddhato
Atthaṃ dhammaṃ ca dīpeti madhuraṃ tassa bhāsitaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
363. Yo mukhasaṃyato bhikkhu, mantabhāṇī anuddhato;
Atthaṃ dhammañca dīpeti, madhuraṃ tassa bhāsitaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

SWEET IS HIS SPEECH WHO CONTROLS HIS TONGUE

  1. The bhikkhu who is controlled in tongue, who speaks wisely, [NāradaFn25-04] who is not puffed up, who explains the meaning and the text - sweet, indeed, is his speech.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 363. That monk who has control over his tongue, is moderate in speech, unassuming and who explains the Teaching in both letter and spirit — whatever he says is pleasing.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

363 [ThaniSFn-V363]

A monk restrained in his speaking,
giving counsel unruffled,
declaring the message & meaning:
  sweet is his speech.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
363
The words of a monk who’s restrained in his speech,
Whose advice is incisive, whose manner is meek,
Who illuminates Dhamma, both letter and spirit,
The words he delivers indeed are exquisite.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 363 The Bhikshu who controls his mouth, who speaks wisely and calmly, who teaches the meaning and the law, his word is sweet.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 363
Sweet is the speech of the monk, who has control over his mouth, speaks cleverly,
is not proud, and explains the Dharma and its meaning. [DLMBSFn-V363]
Dhammapada Dhp. 364
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
364. Dhammārāmo dhammarato dhammaṃ anuvicintayaṃ
Dhammaṃ anussaraṃ bhikkhu saddhammā na parihāyati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
364. Dhammārāmo dhammarato, dhammaṃ anuvicintayaṃ;
Dhammaṃ anussaraṃ bhikkhu, saddhammā na parihāyati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

HE WHO FINDS PLEASURE IN THE DHAMMA DOES NOT FALL

  1. That bhikkhu who dwells in the Dhamma, who delights in the Dhamma, who meditates on the Dhamma, who well remembers the Dhamma, does not fall away from the sublime Dhamma.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 364. The monk who abides in the Dhamma, delights in the Dhamma, meditates on the Dhamma, and bears the Dhamma well in mind — he does not fall away from the sublime Dhamma.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

364

Dhamma his dwelling,
Dhamma his delight,
a monk pondering Dhamma,
  calling Dhamma to mind,
does not fall away
from true Dhamma.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
364
A monk who’s delighted
With Dhamma, devoted,
And Dhamma who weighs,
And Dhamma retains,
From Dhamma sublime
Shall never decline.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 364 He who dwells in the law, delights in the law, meditates on the law, follows the law, that Bhikshu will never fall away from the true law.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 364
The monk who is delighting in the Dharma, devoted to the Dharma, pondering the Dharma
and always bearing the Dharma in mind, will never fall away from the true Dharma. [DLMBSFn-V364]
Dhammapada Dhp. 365
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
365. Salābhaṃ nātimaññeyya nāññesaṃ pihayaṃ care
Aññesaṃ pihayaṃ bhikkhu samādhiṃ nādhigacchati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
365. Salābhaṃ nātimaññeyya, nāññesaṃ pihayaṃ care;
Aññesaṃ pihayaṃ bhikkhu, samādhiṃ nādhigacchati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

BE CONTENTED

  1. Let him not despise what he has received, nor should he live envying (the gains of) others. The bhikkhu who envies (the gains of) others does not attain concentration. [NāradaFn25-05]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 365. One should not despise what one has received, nor envy the gains of others. The monk who envies the gains of others does not attain to meditative absorption.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

365-366

  Gains:
don't treat your own with scorn,
don't go coveting those of others.
A monk who covets those of others
  attains
  no concentration.

Even if he gets next to nothing,
he doesn't treat his gains with scorn.
Living purely, untiring:
  he's the one
  that the devas praise.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
365
One shouldn’t disparage the gifts one obtains,
Nor crave the possessions that others have gained.
The bhikkhu who envies his comrades’ possessions
Will never experience the mind’s concentration.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 365 Let him not despise what he has received, nor ever envy others: a mendicant who envies others does not obtain peace of mind.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 365
One should not neglect one's own spiritual gain. One should not envy others.
The monk who envies others will not attain concentration. [DLMBSFn-V365]
Dhammapada Dhp. 366
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
366. Appalābho'pi ce bhikkhu salābhaṃ nātimaññati
Taṃ ve devā pasaṃsanti suddhājīviṃ atanditaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
366. Appalābhopi ce bhikkhu, salābhaṃ nātimaññati;
Taṃ ve devā pasaṃsanti, suddhājīviṃ atanditaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

DESPISE NOT WHAT ONE GETS

  1. Though receiving but little, if a bhikkhu does not despise his own gains, even the gods praise such a one who is pure in livelihood and is not slothful.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 366. A monk who does not despise what he has received, even though it be little, who is pure in livelihood and unremitting in effort — him even the gods praise.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

365-366

  Gains:
don't treat your own with scorn,
don't go coveting those of others.
A monk who covets those of others
  attains
  no concentration.

Even if he gets next to nothing,
he doesn't treat his gains with scorn.
Living purely, untiring:
  he's the one
  that the devas praise.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
366
The monk whose gifts received are modest,
But nonetheless are not disdained,
And he himself is pure and zealous,
The gods themselves that man acclaim.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 366 A Bhikshu who, though he receives little, does not despise what he has received, even the gods will praise him, if his life is pure, and if he is not slothful.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 366
Even the gods praise the monk, who is living a pure life and is active,
who does not neglect his spiritual profit, even though he has few material gains. [DLMBSFn-V366]
Dhammapada Dhp. 367
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
367. Sabbaso nāmarūpasmiṃ yassa natthi mamāyitaṃ
Asatā ca na socati sa ve bhikkhū'ti vuccati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
367. Sabbaso nāmarūpasmiṃ, yassa natthi mamāyitaṃ;
Asatā ca na socati, sa ve ‘‘bhikkhū’’ti vuccati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

HE IS A BHIKKHU WHO HAS NO ATTACHMENT

  1. He who has no thought of "l" and "mine" whatever towards mind and body, he who grieves not for that which he has not, he is, indeed, called a bhikkhu.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 367. He who has no attachment whatsoever for the mind and body, who does not grieve for what he has not — he is truly called a monk.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

367

For whom, in name & form
  in every way,
there's no sense of mine,
& who doesn't grieve
for what's not:
he's deservedly called
  a monk.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
367
If body and mind in any way
A monk as ‘his’ does not conceive;
For what is not, he’s undismayed,
A monk is justly said to be.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 367 He who never identifies himself with name and form, and does not grieve over what is no more, he indeed is called a Bhikshu.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 367
Who is not attached to anything in his whole mind and body,
who does not grieve for nonexistent things, he is truly called a monk. [DLMBSFn-V367]
Dhammapada Dhp. 368
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
368. Mettāvihārī yo bhikkhū pasanno buddhasāsane
Adhigacche padaṃ santaṃ saṅkhārūpasamaṃ sukhaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
368. Mettāvihārī yo bhikkhu, pasanno buddhasāsane;
Adhigacche padaṃ santaṃ, saṅkhārūpasamaṃ sukhaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE BHIKKHU WHO RADIATES LOVING-KINDNESS RADIATES PEACE

  1. The bhikkhu who abides in loving-kindness, [NāradaFn25-06] who is pleased with the Buddha's Teaching, attains to that state of peace and happiness, [NāradaFn25-07] the stilling of conditioned things.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 368. The monk who abides in universal love and is deeply devoted to the Teaching of the Buddha attains the peace of Nibbana, the bliss of the cessation of all conditioned things.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

368 [ThaniSFn-V368]

Dwelling in kindness, a monk
with faith in the Awakened One's teaching,
would attain the good state,
     the peaceful state:
stilling-of-fabrications ease.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
368
The monk who abides in goodwill and who is devoted to the Buddha’s teaching, reaches the peaceful state, the allaying of causal conditions, bliss.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 368 The Bhikshu who acts with kindness, who is calm in the doctrine of Buddha, will reach the quiet place (Nirvana), cessation of natural desires, and happiness.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 368
The monk, who is abiding in loving-kindness and trusting in the Buddha's teaching,
will acquire the peaceful state of Nirvana, quieting of all conditioned things and happiness. [DLMBSFn-V368]
Dhammapada Dhp. 369
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
369. Siñca bhikkhu imaṃ nāvaṃ sittā te lahumessati
Chetvā rāgaṃ dosaṃ ca tato nibbāṇamehisi.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
369. Siñca bhikkhu imaṃ nāvaṃ, sittā te lahumessati;
Chetvā rāgañca dosañca, tato nibbānamehisi.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

GIVE UP LUST AND HATRED

  1. Empty this boat, [NāradaFn25-08] O bhikkhu! Emptied by you it will move swiftly. Cutting off lust and hatred, to Nibbāna you will thereby go.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 369. Empty this boat, O monk! Emptied, it will sail lightly. Rid of lust and hatred, you shall reach Nibbana.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

369 [ThaniSFn-V369]

Monk, bail out this boat.
It will take you lightly when bailed.
Having cut through passion, aversion,
you go from there to Unbinding.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
369
This heavy vessel you should bail:
When emptied it will swiftly sail.
Discard all anger,
Shed all greed,
Thence to Nibbana you’ll proceed.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 369 O Bhikshu, empty this boat! if emptied, it will go quickly; having cut off passion and hatred thou wilt go to Nirvana.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 369
Empty this boat, monk! Empty it will travel quickly.
Having cut off passion and hatred, you will approach the Nirvana. [DLMBSFn-V369]
Dhammapada Dhp. 370
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
370. Pañca chinde pañca jahe pañca cuttari bhāvaye
Pañcasaṅgātigo bhikkhu oghatiṇṇo'ti vuccati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
370. Pañca chinde pañca jahe, pañca cuttari bhāvaye;
Pañca saṅgātigo bhikkhu, ‘‘oghatiṇṇo’’ti vuccati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

FLOOD-CROSSER IS ONE WHO HAS GIVEN UP THE FETTERS

  1. Five cut off, [NāradaFn25-09] five give up, [NāradaFn25-10] five further cultivate. [NāradaFn25-11] The bhikkhu who has gone beyond the five bonds [NāradaFn25-12] is called a "Flood-Crosser".
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 370. Cut off the five, abandon the five, and cultivate the five. The monk who has overcome the five bonds is called one who has crossed the flood. [BudRkFn-v370]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

370 [ThaniSFn-V370]

Cut through five,
let go of five,
& develop five above all.
A monk gone past five attachments
is said to have crossed the flood.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
370
Five fetters extinguish,
Five fetters relinquish,
Five powers, moreover, establish.
The monk who has quelled
The five bonds as well,
Has transcended the ocean of anguish.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 370 Cut off the five (senses), leave the five, rise above the five. A Bhikshu, who has escaped from the five fetters, he is called Oghatinna, 'saved from the flood.'
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 370
Cut off five things, abandon five, five further cultivate.
The monk who has overcome five attachments is called the one who has crossed over the flood. [DLMBSFn-V370]
Dhammapada Dhp. 371
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
371. Jhāya bhikkhu mā ca pāmado
Mā te kāmaguṇe bhamassu cittaṃ
Mā lohaguḷaṃ gilī pamatto
Mā kandi dukkhamidanti ḍayhamāno.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
371. Jhāya bhikkhu [jhāya tuvaṃ bhikkhu (?)] mā pamādo [mā ca pamādo (sī. syā. pī.)], mā te kāmaguṇe ramessu [bhamassu (sī. pī.), bhavassu (syā.), ramassu (ka.)] cittaṃ;
Mā lohaguḷaṃ gilī pamatto, mā kandi ‘‘dukkhamida’’nti ḍayhamāno.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

MEDITATE EARNESTLY

  1. Meditate, O bhikkhu! Be not heedless. Do not let your mind whirl on sensual pleasures. Do not be careless and swallow a ball of lead. As you burn cry not "This is sorrow".
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 371. Meditate, O monk! Do not be heedless. Let not your mind whirl on sensual pleasures. Heedless, do not swallow a red-hot iron ball, lest you cry when burning, "O this is painful!"
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

371

Practice jhana, monk,
and don't be heedless.
Don't take your mind roaming
in sensual strands.
Don't swallow — heedless —
the ball of iron aflame.
Don't burn & complain: 'This is pain.'
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
371
Do not be slack, monk: meditate!
Don’t let your thinking round pleasure gyrate.
Don’t later swallow an iron ball aflame –
And don’t (when you’re burning) then cry “I’m in pain!”
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 371 Meditate, O Bhikshu, and be not heedless! Do not direct thy thought to what gives pleasure that thou mayest not for thy heedlessness have to swallow the iron ball (in hell), and that thou mayest not cry out when burning, 'This is pain.'
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 371
Meditate, o monk! Don't be negligent!
Let your mind not wander in the five strands of sensual pleasures.
Don't negligently swallow the metal ball.
When you are burning, don't lament, "This is suffering!" [DLMBSFn-V371]
Dhammapada Dhp. 372
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
372. Natthi jhānaṃ apaññassa paññā natthi ajhāyato
Yamhi jhānaṃ ca paññā ca sa ve nibbāṇasantike.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
372. Natthi jhānaṃ apaññassa, paññā natthi ajhāyato [ajjhāyino (ka.)];
Yamhi jhānañca paññā ca, sa ve nibbānasantike.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THERE IS NO WISDOM IN THOSE WHO DO NOT THINK

  1. There is no concentration in one who lacks wisdom, nor is there wisdom in him who lacks concentration. In whom are both concentration and wisdom, he, indeed, is in the presence of Nibbāna.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 372. There is no meditative concentration for him who lacks insight, and no insight for him who lacks meditative concentration. He in whom are found both meditative concentration and insight, indeed, is close to Nibbana.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

372

     There's     no jhana
  for one with   no discernment,
                 no
discernment
  for one with   no jhana.
  But one with   both jhana
                 &
discernment:
he's on the verge
     of Unbinding.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
372
In one without wisdom, there’s no concentration;
Without concentration, there’s no revelation.
Whoever has wisdom together with jhana,
Indeed, is not far from beholding Nibbana.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 372 Without knowledge there is no meditation, without meditation there is no knowledge: he who has knowledge and meditation is near unto Nirvana.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 372
There is no meditation for the ignorant one. There is no wisdom for someone, who does not meditate.
Who has both wisdom and meditation, he is indeed close to the Nirvana. [DLMBSFn-V372]
Dhammapada Dhp. 373
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
373. Suññāgāraṃ paviṭṭhassa santacittassa bhikkhuno
Amānusī rati hoti sammā dhammaṃ vipassato.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
373. Suññāgāraṃ paviṭṭhassa, santacittassa bhikkhuno;
Amānusī rati hoti, sammā dhammaṃ vipassato.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

HE WHO IS CALM EXPERIENCES TRANSCENDENTAL JOY

  1. The bhikkhu who has retired to a lonely abode, who has calmed his mind, who perceives the doctrine clearly, experiences a joy transcending that of men. [NāradaFn25-13]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 373. The monk who has retired to a solitary abode and calmed his mind, who comprehends the Dhamma with insight, in him there arises a delight that transcends all human delights.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

373-374

A monk with his mind at peace,
going into an empty dwelling,
clearly seeing the Dhamma aright:
  his delight is more
  than human.

However it is,
however it is he touches
the arising-&-passing of aggregates:
he gains rapture & joy:
  that, for those who know it,
     is deathless,
     the Deathless.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
373
The monk who has gone to a lonely hut
And made his mind serene,
Discovers a joy of unearthly delight,
Having Dhamma insightfully seen.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 373 A Bhikshu who has entered his empty house, and whose mind is tranquil, feels a more than human delight when he sees the law clearly.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 373
The monk, who dwells in solitude, whose mind is tranquil,
and who truly sees the Dharma with insight, experiences superhuman joy. [DLMBSFn-V373]
Dhammapada Dhp. 374
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
374. Yato yato sammasati khandhānaṃ udayabbayaṃ
Labhati pītipāmojjaṃ amataṃ taṃ vijānataṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
374. Yato yato sammasati, khandhānaṃ udayabbayaṃ;
Labhatī [labhati (pī.), labhate (ka.)] pītipāmojjaṃ, amataṃ taṃ vijānataṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

HE IS HAPPY WHO REFLECTS ON RISE AND FALL

  1. Whenever he reflects on the rise and fall of the Aggregates, he experiences joy and happiness. To "those who know" that (reflection [NāradaFn25-14] ) is Deathless.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 374. Whenever he sees with insight the rise and fall of the aggregates, he is full of joy and happiness. To the discerning one this reflects the Deathless. [BudRkFn-v374]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

373-374

A monk with his mind at peace,
going into an empty dwelling,
clearly seeing the Dhamma aright:
  his delight is more
  than human.

However it is,
however it is he touches
the arising-&-passing of aggregates:
he gains rapture & joy:
  that, for those who know it,
     is deathless,
     the Deathless.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
374
When, or wherever, a bhikkhu reflects
On the rise and the fall of the five aggregates,
He savours the joy and felicity
That is known to draw near immortality.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 374 As soon as he has considered the origin and destruction of the elements (khandha) of the body, he finds happiness and joy which belong to those who know the immortal (Nirvana).
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 374
Whenever one understands thoroughly the rise and fall of the five aggregates,
he will obtain joy and happiness. For those, who understand, this is known as "the deathlessness". [DLMBSFn-V374]
Dhammapada Dhp. 375
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
375. Tatrāyamādi bhavati idha paññassa bhikkhuno
Indriyagutti santuṭṭhī pātimokkhe ca saṃvaro.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
375. Tatrāyamādi bhavati, idha paññassa bhikkhuno;
Indriyagutti santuṭṭhi, pātimokkhe ca saṃvaro.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A WISE BHIKKHU MUST POSSESS HIS CARDINAL VIRTUES

  1. And this becomes the beginning here for a wise bhikkhu: sense-control, contentment, restraint with regard to the Fundamental Code (Pātimokkha [NāradaFn25-15] ), association with beneficent and energetic friends whose livelihood is pure.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 375. Control of the senses, contentment, restraint according to the code of monastic discipline — these form the basis of holy life here for the wise monk.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

375-376

Here the first things
for a discerning monk
are     guarding the senses,
  contentment,
  restraint in line with the Patimokkha.
He should associate with admirable friends.
Living purely, untiring,
  hospitable by habit,
  skilled in his conduct,
  gaining a manifold joy,
he will put an end
to suffering & stress.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
375
Guarding senses, being content,
By the bhikkhu’s Code restrained;
With upright friends being intimate,
Whose lifestyle’s pure, not indolent:
These are training rudiments
For the sapient mendicant.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 375 And this is the beginning here for a wise Bhikshu: watchfulness over the senses, contentedness, restraint under the law; keep noble friends whose life is pure, and who are not slothful.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 375
This here are the basic tasks for the wise monk:
watchfulness over his senses, contentment and restraint in the monk's precepts. [DLMBSFn-V375]
Dhammapada Dhp. 376
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
376. Mitte bhajassu kalyāṇe suddhājīve atandite
Paṭisanthāravuttyassa ācārakusalo siyā
Tato pāmojjabahulo dukkhassantaṃ karissasi.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
376. Mitte bhajassu kalyāṇe, suddhājīve atandite;
Paṭisanthāravutyassa [paṭisandhāravutyassa (ka.)], ācārakusalo siyā;
Tato pāmojjabahulo, dukkhassantaṃ karissati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A BHIKKHU SHOULD BE CORDIAL IN ALL HIS WAYS

  1. Let him be cordial in his ways and refined in conduct; filled thereby with joy, he will make an end of ill.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 376. Let him associate with friends who are noble, energetic, and pure in life, let him be cordial and refined in conduct. Thus, full of joy, he will make an end of suffering.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

375-376

Here the first things
for a discerning monk
are     guarding the senses,
  contentment,
  restraint in line with the Patimokkha.
He should associate with admirable friends.
Living purely, untiring,
  hospitable by habit,
  skilled in his conduct,
  gaining a manifold joy,
he will put an end
to suffering & stress.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
376
May you be hospitable,
Mannerly, agreeable!
You will thereby joy attain,
Making thus an end of pain.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 376 Let him live in charity, let him be perfect in his duties; then in the fulness of delight he will make an end of suffering.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 376
Associate with virtuous friends who are of pure livelihood and active.
Act friendly and let your behavior be good.
Then, full of joy, you will make an end of suffering. [DLMBSFn-V376]
Dhammapada Dhp. 377
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
377. Vassikā viya pupphāni maddavāni pamuñcati
Evaṃ rāgaṃ ca dosaṃ ca vippamuñcetha bhikkhavo.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
377. Vassikā viya pupphāni, maddavāni [majjavāni (ka. ṭīkā) paccavāni (ka. aṭṭha.)] pamuñcati;
Evaṃ rāgañca dosañca, vippamuñcetha bhikkhavo.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

CAST OFF LUST AND HATRED

  1. As the jasmine creeper sheds its withered flowers, even so, O bhikkhus, should you totally cast off lust and hatred.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 377. Just as the jasmine creeper sheds its withered flowers, even so, O monks, should you totally shed lust and hatred!
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

377

Shed passion
& aversion, monks —
as a jasmine would,
its withered flowers.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
377
The jasmine plant sheds
Its flowers that are dead,
Just as monks must forsake
All their lust and their hate.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 377 As the Vassika plant sheds its withered flowers, men should shed passion and hatred, O ye Bhikshus!
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 377
Just like the jasmine sheds its withered flowers,
so you should shed passion and hatred, monks. [DLMBSFn-V377]
Dhammapada Dhp. 378
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
378. Santakāyo santavāco santavā susamāhito
Vantalokāmiso bhikkhu upasanto'ti vuccati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
378. Santakāyo santavāco, santavā susamāhito [santamano susamāhito (syā. pī.), santamano samāhito (ka.)];
Vantalokāmiso bhikkhu, ‘‘upasanto’’ti vuccati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

HE IS PEACEFUL WHO IS FREE FROM ALL WORLDLY THINGS

  1. The bhikkhu who is calm in body, calm in speech, calm in mind, who is well-composed, who has spewed out worldly things, is truly called a "peaceful one".
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 378. The monk who is calm in body, calm in speech, calm in thought, well-composed and who has spewn out worldliness — he, truly, is called serene.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

378

Calmed in body,
calmed in speech,
well-centered & calm,
having disgorged the baits of the world,
a monk is called
  thoroughly
  calmed.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
378
Peaceful in conduct,
Peaceful in speaking,
Inwardly still,
And peaceful in thinking:

Having brushed off the world
With its lure and its charm,
A monk who’s like this
Is one truly called ‘calm’.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 378 The Bhikshu whose body and tongue and mind are quieted, who is collected, and has rejected the baits of the world, he is called quiet.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 378
The monk who is calm in body, calm in speech, tranquil, composed,
and has discarded all worldly gains, is called calmed. [DLMBSFn-V378]
Dhammapada Dhp. 379
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
379. Attanā vodayattānaṃ paṭimāse'ttamattanā
So attagutto satimā sukhaṃ bhikkhu vihāhisi.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
379. Attanā codayattānaṃ, paṭimaṃsetha attanā [paṭimāse attamattanā (sī. pī.), paṭimaṃse tamattanā (syā.)];
So attagutto satimā, sukhaṃ bhikkhu vihāhisi.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

HE WHO GUARDS HIMSELF LIVES HAPPILY

  1. By self do you censure yourself. By self do you examine yourself. Self-guarded and mindful, O bhikkhu, you will live happily.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 379. By oneself one must censure oneself and scrutinize oneself. The self-guarded and mindful monk will always live in happiness.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

379

You yourself should reprove yourself,
         should examine
yourself.
As a self-guarded monk
with guarded self,
mindful, you dwell at ease.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
379
Monk, you must inspect yourself,
And you should exhort yourself.
Mindful and self-guarded thus,
You will live in happiness.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 379 Rouse thyself by thyself, examine thyself by thyself, thus self- protected and attentive wilt thou live happily, O Bhikshu!
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 379
You yourself exhort and control yourself.
The monk, who is self-guarded and mindful, will live happily. [DLMBSFn-V379]
Dhammapada Dhp. 380
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
380. Attā hi attano nātho attā hi attano gati
Tasmā saññamayattānaṃ assaṃ bhadraṃ'va vāṇijo.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
380. Attā hi attano nātho, (ko hi nātho paro siyā) [( ) videsapotthakesu natthi]
Attā hi attano gati;
Tasmā saṃyamamattānaṃ [saṃyamaya’ttānaṃ (sī. pī.)], assaṃ bhadraṃva vāṇijo.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

YOU ARE YOUR OWN SAVIOUR

  1. Self, indeed, is the protector of self. Self, indeed, is one's refuge. Control, therefore, your own self as a merchant controls a noble steed.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 380. One is one's own protector, one is one's own refuge. Therefore, one should control oneself, even as a trader controls a noble steed.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

380

Your own self is
your own mainstay.
Your own self is
your own guide.
Therefore you should
watch over yourself —
as a trader, a fine steed.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
380
The protector of you, is you.
You are your destiny, too.
Yourself, you should therefore control and restrain
Like a dealer in horses a fine steed would tame.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 380
One is indeed one's own lord.
One is indeed one's own destiny.
Therefore restrain yourself,
just like a merchant restrains a good horse. [DLMBSFn-V380]
Dhammapada Dhp. 381
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
381. Pāmojjabahulo bhikkhu pasanno buddhasāsane
Adhigacche padaṃ santaṃ saṅkhārūpasamaṃ sukhaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
381. Pāmojjabahulo bhikkhu, pasanno buddhasāsane;
Adhigacche padaṃ santaṃ, saṅkhārūpasamaṃ sukhaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

WITH JOY AND FAITH TRY TO WIN YOUR GOAL

  1. Full of joy, full of confidence in the Buddha's Teaching, the bhikkhu will attain the Peaceful State, the stilling of conditioned things, the bliss (supreme).
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 381. Full of joy, full of faith in the Teaching of the Buddha, the monk attains the Peaceful State, the bliss of cessation of conditioned things.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

381 [ThaniSFn-V381]

A monk with a manifold joy,
with faith in the Awakened One's teaching,
would attain the good state,
     the peaceful state:
stilling-of-fabrications ease.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
381
The monk who is full of joy, who is devoted to the Buddha’s teaching, reaches the peaceful state, the allaying of causal conditions, bliss.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 381 The Bhikshu, full of delight, who is calm in the doctrine of Buddha will reach the quiet place (Nirvana), cessation of natural desires, and happiness.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 381
The monk who is full of joy and trusting in the Buddha's teaching,
will acquire the peaceful state of Nirvana, quieting of all conditioned things and happiness. [DLMBSFn-V381]
Dhammapada Dhp. 382
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
382. Yo have daharo bhikkhu yuñjati buddhasāsane
So imaṃ lokaṃ pabhāseti abbhā mutto'va candimā.

Bhikkhuvaggo pañcavīsatimo.

Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
382. Yo have daharo bhikkhu, yuñjati buddhasāsane;
Somaṃ [so imaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] lokaṃ pabhāseti, abbhā muttova candimā.

Bhikkhuvaggo pañcavīsatimo niṭṭhito.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

EVEN A YOUNG MONK, IF DEVOUT, CAN ILLUMINE THE WHOLE WORLD

  1. The bhikkhu who, while still young, devotes himself to the Buddha's Teaching, illumines this world like the moon freed from a cloud.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 382. That monk who while young devotes himself to the Teaching of the Buddha illumines this world like the moon freed from clouds.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

382

A young monk who strives
in the Awakened One's teaching,
  brightens the world
like the moon set free from a cloud.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
382
A bhikkhu though of tender years,
Who in the training is sincere,
This world of ours he glorifies:
A moon that shines in cloudless skies.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 382 He who, even as a young Bhikshu, applies himself to the doctrine of Buddha, brightens up this world, like the moon when free from clouds.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 382
The monk who, while young, practices the teaching of the Buddha,
illuminates this world like a moon freed from cloud. [DLMBSFn-V382]
Dhammapada Dhp. 383
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
  1. Brāhmaṇavaggo.
383. Chinda sotaṃ parakkamma kāme panuda brāhmaṇa
Saṅkhārānaṃ khayaṃ ñatvā akataññū'si brāhmaṇa.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]

26. Brāhmaṇavaggo

383. Chinda sotaṃ parakkamma, kāme panuda brāhmaṇa;
Saṅkhārānaṃ khayaṃ ñatvā, akataññūsi brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

Chapter 26 The Brāhmaṇa [NāradaFn26-01]

BE A KNOWER OF THE UNCREATED

  1. Strive and cleave the stream. [NāradaFn26-02] Discard, O brāhmaṇa, sense-desires. Knowing the destruction of conditioned things, be, O brāhmaṇa, a knower of the Unmade [NāradaFn26-03] (Nibbāna).
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4]

Dhp XXVI The Holy Man

383. Exert yourself, O holy man! Cut off the stream (of craving), and discard sense desires. Knowing the destruction of all the conditioned things, become, O holy man, the knower of the Uncreated (Nibbana)! [BudRkFn-v383]

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

Dhp XXVI Brahmans

383 [ThaniSFn-V383]

Having striven, brahman,
  cut the stream.
  Expel sensual passions.
Knowing the ending of fabrications,
     brahman,
  you know the Unmade.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

Chapter 26 The Brahman

383
Cut the stream of craving energetically,
And drive away, O wise man, sensuality.
The end of things conditioned having seen,
Then knower of the un-formed will you be.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7]

Chapter XXVI - The Brahmana (Arhat)

383 Stop the stream valiantly, drive away the desires, O Brahmana! When you have understood the destruction of all that was made, you will understand that which was not made.

Cited from DLMBS [8]

Chapter 26: The Brahmin

DhP 383
Having undertaken the effort, cut off the stream of suffering. Dispel sense-pleasures, Brahmin!
Having realized the destruction of conditioned things, you know the Nirvana, Brahmin! [DLMBSFn-V383]
Dhammapada Dhp. 384
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
384. Yadā dvayesu dhammesū pāragū hoti brāhmaṇo
Athassa sabbe saṃyogā atthaṃ gacchanti jānato.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
384. Yadā dvayesu dhammesu, pāragū hoti brāhmaṇo;
Athassa sabbe saṃyogā, atthaṃ gacchanti jānato.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

CULTIVATE CONCENTRATION AND INSIGHT

  1. When in two states [NāradaFn26-04] a brāhmaṇa goes to the Farther Shore, [NāradaFn26-05] then all the fetters of that "one who knows" pass away.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 384. When a holy man has reached the summit of two paths (meditative concentration and insight), he knows the truth and all his fetters fall away.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

384 [ThaniSFn-V384]

When the brahman has gone
to the beyond of two things,
then all his fetters
go to their end —
  he who knows.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
384
When, through concentration and insight, a true brahman has gone beyond, he understands truth, and all his bonds fall away.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 384 If the Brahmana has reached the other shore in both laws (in restraint and contemplation), all bonds vanish from him who has obtained knowledge.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 384
If a Brahmin is crossed over to the opposite shore in regard of two things,
then all the bonds of such a knowing one disappear. [DLMBSFn-V384]
Dhammapada Dhp. 385
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
385. Yassa pāraṃ apāraṃ vā pārāpāraṃ na vijjati
Vītaddaraṃ visaṃyuttaṃ tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
385. Yassa pāraṃ apāraṃ vā, pārāpāraṃ na vijjati;
Vītaddaraṃ visaṃyuttaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE UNBOUND PERSON IS A BRĀHMAṆA

  1. For whom there exists neither the hither [NāradaFn26-06] nor the farther shore, nor both the hither and the farther shore, [NāradaFn26-07] he who is undistressed and unbound, [NāradaFn26-08] - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 385. He for whom there is neither this shore nor the other shore, nor yet both, he who is free of cares and is unfettered — him do I call a holy man. [BudRkFn-v385]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

385 [ThaniSFn-V385]

One whose beyond or
not-beyond or
beyond-&-not-beyond
can't be found;
unshackled, carefree:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
385
One for whom there is no attachment to this world, or to the world beyond, or to both; one who is free of sorrow and fetters, I call a true brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 385 He for whom there is neither this nor that shore, nor both, him, the fearless and unshackled, I call indeed a Brahmana.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 385
For whom there does not exist the opposite shore, this shore nor both shores,
who is fearless and detached - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V385]
Dhammapada Dhp. 386
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
386. Jhāyiṃ virajamāsīnaṃ katakiccaṃ anāsavaṃ
Uttamatthaṃ anuppattaṃ tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
386. Jhāyiṃ virajamāsīnaṃ, katakiccamanāsavaṃ;
Uttamatthamanuppattaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

HE WHO IS MEDITATIVE AND PURE IS A BRĀHMAṆA

  1. He who is meditative, [NāradaFn26-09] stainless and secluded, [NāradaFn26-10] he who has done his duty and is free from corruptions, [NāradaFn26-11] he who has attained the Highest Goal [NāradaFn26-12] - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 386. He who is meditative, stainless and settled, whose work is done and who is free from cankers, having reached the highest goal — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

386

Sitting silent, dustless,
absorbed in jhana,
his task done, effluents gone,
ultimate goal attained:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
386
One who sits in meditation, stainless, duty done, free of the asavas, the highest goal attained, I call such a person a true brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 386 He who is thoughtful, blameless, settled, dutiful, without passions, and who has attained the highest end, him I call indeed a Brahmana.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 386
Who is meditating, stainless, settled, has done his duty, is without taints,
has reached the highest attainment - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V386]
Dhammapada Dhp. 387
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
387. Divā tapati ādicco rattiṃ ābhāti candimā
Sannaddho khattiyo tapati jhāyī tapati brāhmaṇo
Atha sabbamahorattiṃ buddho tapati tejasā.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
387. Divā tapati ādicco, rattimābhāti candimā;
Sannaddho khattiyo tapati, jhāyī tapati brāhmaṇo;
Atha sabbamahorattiṃ [sabbamahorattaṃ (?)], buddho tapati tejasā.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE BUDDHA SHINES THROUGHOUT DAY AND NIGHT

  1. The sun shines by day; the moon is radiant by night. Armoured shines the warrior king. [NāradaFn26-13] Meditating the brāhmaṇa [NāradaFn26-14] shines. But all day and night the Buddha [NāradaFn26-15] shines in glory.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 387. The sun shines by day, the moon shines by night. The warrior shines in armor, the holy man shines in meditation. But the Buddha shines resplendent all day and all night.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

387

By day shines the sun;
by night, the moon;
in armor, the warrior;
in jhana, the brahman.
But all day & all night,
every day & every night,
the Awakened One shines
  in splendor.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
387
The sun by day shines bright;
The moon’s ablaze at night;
The soldier gleams when wearing armour;
Brahmans glow immersed in jhana;
But through the daytime and the night,
The Buddha floods the world with light.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 387 The sun is bright by day, the moon shines by night, the warrior is bright in his armour, the Brahmana is bright in his meditation; but Buddha, the Awakened, is bright with splendour day and night.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 387
During the day shines the sun, at night shines the moon.
The Kshatriya shines when armed, the Brahmin shines when meditating.
And the Buddha shines with splendor all day and night. [DLMBSFn-V387]
Dhammapada Dhp. 388
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
388. Bāhitapāpo'ti brāhmaṇo samacariyā samaṇo'ti vuccati
Pabbājayattano malaṃ tasmā pabbajito'ti vuccati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
388. Bāhitapāpoti brāhmaṇo, samacariyā samaṇoti vuccati;
Pabbājayamattano malaṃ, tasmā ‘‘pabbajito’’ti vuccati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

HE IS HOLY WHO HAS DISCARDED ALL EVIL

  1. Because he has discarded evil, he is called a brāhmaṇa; because he lives in peace, [NāradaFn26-16] he is called a samana; because he gives up the impurities, he is called a pabbajita - recluse.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 388. Because he has discarded evil, he is called a holy man. Because he is serene in conduct, he is called a recluse. And because he has renounced his impurities, he is called a renunciate.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

388 [ThaniSFn-V388]

He's called a brahman
  for having banished his evil,
a contemplative
  for living in consonance,
one gone forth
  for having forsaken
  his own impurities.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
388
By renouncing all evil one’s called a renunciate.
If anchored in peace, then one’s known as an anchorite.
And whoever their spiritual defects removes,
It is proper to label the person, recluse.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 388 Because a man is rid of evil, therefore he is called Brahmana; because he walks quietly, therefore he is called Samana; because he has sent away his own impurities, therefore he is called Pravragita (Pabbagita, a pilgrim).
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 388
One is called "a Brahmin" because he keeps away from evil.
One is called "a recluse" because he lives in tranquility.
If one has renounced one's own impurities, then one is called "a monk". [DLMBSFn-V388]
Dhammapada Dhp. 389
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
389. Na brāhmaṇassa pahareyya nāssa muñcetha brāhmaṇo
Dhī brāhmaṇassa hantāraṃ tato dhī yassa muñcati.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
389. Na brāhmaṇassa pahareyya, nāssa muñcetha brāhmaṇo;
Dhī [dhi (syā. byākaraṇesu)] brāhmaṇassa hantāraṃ, tato dhī yassa [yo + assa = yassa] muñcati.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

HARM NOT AN ARAHANT

  1. One should not strike a brāhmaṇa, [NāradaFn26-17] nor should a brāhmaṇa vent (his wrath) on one who has struck him. Shame on him who strikes a brāhmaṇa! More shame on him who gives vent (to his wrath)!
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 389. One should not strike a holy man, nor should a holy man, when struck, give way to anger. Shame on him who strikes a holy man, and more shame on him who gives way to anger.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

389 [ThaniSFn-V389]

One should not strike a brahman,
nor should the brahman
let loose with his anger.
Shame on a brahman's killer.
More shame on the brahman
  whose anger's let loose.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
389
One shouldn’t ever strike a monk;
A monk should not retaliate.
Shame on those who first attack,
And shame on those who then strike back!
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 389 No one should attack a Brahmana, but no Brahmana (if attacked) should let himself fly at his aggressor! Woe to him who strikes a Brahmana, more woe to him who flies at his aggressor!
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 389
One should not strike a Brahmin. But a Brahmin should not get angry with the one, who hit him.
Shame to those who hurt Brahmins! More shame to those, who are angry with them! [DLMBSFn-V389]
Dhammapada Dhp. 390
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
390. Na brāhmaṇassetadakiñci seyyo
Yadā nisedho manaso piyehi
Yato yato hiṃsamano nivattati
Tato tato sammati meva dukkhaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
390. Na brāhmaṇassetadakiñci seyyo, yadā nisedho manaso piyehi;
Yato yato hiṃsamano nivattati, tato tato sammatimeva dukkhaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

AN ARAHANT DOES NOT RETALIATE

  1. Unto a brāhmaṇa that (non-retaliation) is of no small advantage. When the mind is weaned from things dear, whenever the intent to harm ceases, then and then only doth sorrow subside.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 390. Nothing is better for a holy man than when he holds his mind back from what is endearing. To the extent the intent to harm wears away, to that extent does suffering subside.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

390 [ThaniSFn-V390]

Nothing's better for the brahman
than when the mind is held back
from what is endearing & not.
However his harmful-heartedness
  wears away,
that's how stress
simply comes to rest.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
390
For a monk there’s naught excelling
Holding back from what’s endearing.
As desires destructive fade,
So his sorrows melt away. [VaradoFn-V390]
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 390 It advantages a Brahmana not a little if he holds his mind back from the pleasures of life; when all wish to injure has vanished, pain will cease.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 390
For a Brahmin, there is nothing better
than when he is holding the mind back from agreeable things.
When one turns away from a wish to hurt,
then one just calms down the suffering. [DLMBSFn-V390]
Dhammapada Dhp. 391
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
391. Yassa kāyena vācāya manasā natthi dukkataṃ
Saṃvutaṃ tīhi ṭhānehi tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
391. Yassa kāyena vācāya, manasā natthi dukkaṭaṃ;
Saṃvutaṃ tīhi ṭhānehi, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

HE IS A TRUE BRĀHMAṆA WHO IS WELL-RESTRAINED

  1. He that does no evil through body, speech or mind, who is restrained in these three respects - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 391. He who does no evil in deed, word and thought, who is restrained in these three ways — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

391

Whoever does no wrong
  in body,
  speech,
  heart,
is restrained in these three ways:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
391
I call someone a true brahman if he is restrained in three ways: doing no wrong by body, speech or mind.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 391 Him I call indeed a Brahmana who does not offend by body, word, or thought, and is controlled on these three points.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 391
Who does not perform any evil deeds by body, speech or mind,
who is restrained in three ways - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V391]
Dhammapada Dhp. 392
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
392. Yamhā dhammaṃ vijāneyya sammāsambuddhadesitaṃ
Sakkaccaṃ taṃ namasseyya aggihuttaṃ'va brāhmaṇo.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
392. Yamhā dhammaṃ vijāneyya, sammāsambuddhadesitaṃ;
Sakkaccaṃ taṃ namasseyya, aggihuttaṃva brāhmaṇo.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

HONOUR TO WHOM HONOUR IS DUE

  1. If from anybody one should understand the doctrine preached by the Fully Enlightened One, devoutly should one reverence him, as a brahmin reveres the sacrificial fire.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 392. Just as a brahman priest reveres his sacrificial fire, even so should one devoutly revere the person from whom one has learned the Dhamma taught by the Buddha.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

392 [ThaniSFn-V392]

The person from whom
you would learn the Dhamma
taught by the Rightly
Self-Awakened One:
you should honor him with respect —
as a brahman, the flame for a sacrifice.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
392
To him through whom you first received
The Dhamma that the Lord revealed,
Bestow respectful salutation,
Like priests serve fire, with veneration.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 392 After a man has once understood the law as taught by the Well- awakened (Buddha), let him worship it carefully, as the Brahmana worships the sacrificial fire.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 392
From whom you learned the Dharma, that is taught by the truly and completely Awakened One,
you should duly pay your respects to him, like a Brahmin at the fire sacrifice. [DLMBSFn-V392]
Dhammapada Dhp. 393
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
393. Na jaṭāhi na gottena jaccā hoti brāhmaṇo
Yamhi saccañca dhammo ca so sucī so'va brāhmaṇo.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
393. Na jaṭāhi na gottena, na jaccā hoti brāhmaṇo;
Yamhi saccañca dhammo ca, so sucī so ca brāhmaṇo.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

PURE IS HE WHO IS TRUTHFUL AND RIGHTEOUS

  1. Not by matted hair, nor by family, nor by birth does one become a brāhmaṇa. But in whom there exist both truth [NāradaFn26-19] and righteousness, [NāradaFn26-20] pure is he, a brāhmaṇa is he.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 393. Not by matted hair, nor by lineage, nor by birth does one become a holy man. But he in whom truth and righteousness exist — he is pure, he is a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

393-394 [ThaniSFn-V393]

Not by matted hair,
by clan, or by birth,
is one a brahman.
Whoever has truth
& rectitude:
  he is a pure one,
  he, a brahman.

What's the use of your matted hair,
  you dullard?
What's the use of your deerskin cloak?
The tangle's inside you.
You comb the outside.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
393
Not matted hair, nor birth, nor clan
Establish one’s a godly man.
But knowing truth, and conduct righteous,
Evince one’s pure, indeed religious. [VaradoFn-V393_395-396]
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 393 A man does not become a Brahmana by his platted hair, by his family, or by birth; in whom there is truth and righteousness, he is blessed, he is a Brahmana.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 393
One is not a Brahmin because of matted hair, lineage or birth.
In whom there is truth and the Dharma, he is pure, he is a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V393]
Dhammapada Dhp. 394
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
394. Kiṃ te jaṭāhi dummedha kiṃ te ajinasāṭiyā
Abbhantaraṃ te gahaṇaṃ bāhiraṃ parimajjasi.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
394. Kiṃ te jaṭāhi dummedha, kiṃ te ajinasāṭiyā;
Abbhantaraṃ te gahanaṃ, bāhiraṃ parimajjasi.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

BE PURE WITHIN

  1. What is the use of your matted hair, O witless man? What is the use of your antelope skin garment? Within, you are full of passions; without, you embellish yourself. [NāradaFn26-21]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 394. What is the use of your matted hair, O witless man? What of your garment of antelope's hide? Within you is the tangle (of passion); only outwardly do you cleanse yourself. [BudRkFn-v394]
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

393-394 [ThaniSFn-V394]

Not by matted hair,
by clan, or by birth,
is one a brahman.
Whoever has truth
& rectitude:
  he is a pure one,
  he, a brahman.

What's the use of your matted hair,
  you dullard?
What's the use of your deerskin cloak?
The tangle's inside you.
You comb the outside.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
394
Why, O fool, the matted hair?
What good, the deerskin cloak you wear?
Within you lies entanglement;
Outside is mere embellishment.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 394 What is the use of platted hair, O fool! what of the raiment of goat-skins? Within thee there is ravening, but the outside thou makest clean.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 394
What use is your matted hair, fool? What use is your garment from antelope skin?
Inside you is a jungle, you touch only the outside. [DLMBSFn-V394]
Dhammapada Dhp. 395
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
395. Paṃsukūladharaṃ jantūṃ kisaṃ dhamanisanthataṃ
Ekaṃ vanasmiṃ jhāyantaṃ tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
395. Paṃsukūladharaṃ jantuṃ, kisaṃ dhamanisanthataṃ;
Ekaṃ vanasmiṃ jhāyantaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

WHO MEDITATES ALONE IN THE FOREST IS A BRĀHMAṆA

  1. The person who wears dust-heap robes, [NāradaFn26-22] who is lean, whose veins stand out, who meditates alone in the forest - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 395. The person who wears a robe made of rags, who is lean, with veins showing all over the body, and who meditates alone in the forest — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

395

Wearing cast-off rags
 — his body lean & lined with veins —
absorbed in jhana,
alone in the forest:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
395
The monk who uses rag-cloth robes,
Who sits alone in lonely groves,
Whose frame is lean, with sinews lined,
That person’s one I’d call divine. [VaradoFn-V393_395-396]
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 395 The man who wears dirty raiments, who is emaciated and covered with veins, who lives alone in the forest, and meditates, him I call indeed a Brahmana.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 395
The person who is wearing just rags from a dust heap, is lean, with veins showing,
who is meditating alone in the forest - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V395]
Dhammapada Dhp. 396
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
396. Na cāhaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ brūmi yonijaṃ mattisambhavaṃ
Bhovādī nāma so hoti sace hoti sakiñcano
Akiñcanaṃ anādānaṃ tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
396. Na cāhaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ brūmi, yonijaṃ mattisambhavaṃ;
Bhovādi nāma so hoti, sace hoti sakiñcano;
Akiñcanaṃ anādānaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

THE NON-POSSESSIVE AND THE NON-ATTACHED PERSON IS A BRĀHMAṆA

  1. I do not call him a brāhmaṇa merely because he is born of a (brahmin) womb or sprung from a (brahmin) mother. He is merely a "Dear-addresser", [NāradaFn26-23] if he be with impediments. He who is free from impediments, free from clinging - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 396. I do not call him a holy man because of his lineage or high-born mother. If he is full of impeding attachments, he is just a supercilious man. But who is free from impediments and clinging — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

396 [ThaniSFn-V396]

I don't call one a brahman
for being born of a mother
or sprung from a womb.
He's called a 'bho-sayer'
if he has anything at all.
But someone with nothing,
who clings to no thing:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
396
From mother born,
And womb emerged,
Don’t mean a man
“A saint” be termed. [VaradoFn-V393_395-396]

A man inclined
To call things “mine”,
And then refer
To men as “Sir”:
He should be termed,
“Addresser by ‘Sir’”.

But he who’s free
Of thoughts of ‘me’, [VaradoFn-V396]
And holding-on,
A saint is he.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 396 I do not call a man a Brahmana because of his origin or of his mother. He is indeed arrogant, and he is wealthy: but the poor, who is free from all attachments, him I call indeed a Brahmana.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 396
I do not call one a Brahmin only because on account of birth, because he is born from [a Brahmin] mother.
If he has attachments, he is to be called only "self-important".
One who is without attachments and without clinging - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V396]
Dhammapada Dhp. 397
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
397. Sabbasaṃyojanaṃ chetvā yo ve na paritassati
Saṅgātigaṃ vidaññuttaṃ tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
397. Sabbasaṃyojanaṃ chetvā, yo ve na paritassati;
Saṅgātigaṃ visaṃyuttaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A BRĀHMAṆA IS HE WHO HAS DESTROYED ALL FETTERS

  1. He who has cut off all fetters, who trembles not, who has gone beyond ties, who is unbound - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 397. He who, having cut off all fetters, trembles no more, who has overcome all attachments and is emancipated — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

397

Having cut every fetter,
he doesn't get ruffled.
Beyond attachment,
unshackled:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

397

One who
          has sundered all fetters,
          is free of worry and excitement,
          is free of bonds,
          is liberated,
I call a true brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 397 Him I call indeed a Brahmana who has cut all fetters, who never trembles, is independent and unshackled.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 397
Who has cut off all fetters and doesn;t crave for anything,
who has overcome all binds and is detached - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V397]
Dhammapada Dhp. 398
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
398. Chetvā naddhiṃ varattañca sandāmaṃ sahanukkamaṃ
Ukkhittapalighaṃ buddhaṃ tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
398. Chetvā naddhiṃ [nandhiṃ (ka. sī.), nandiṃ (pī.)] varattañca, sandānaṃ [sandāmaṃ (sī.)] sahanukkamaṃ;
Ukkhittapalighaṃ buddhaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A BRĀHMAṆA IS HE WHO HAS NO HATRED

  1. He who has cut the strap (hatred), the thong (craving), and the rope (heresies), together with the appendages (latent tendencies), who has thrown up the cross-bar (ignorance), who is enlightened [NāradaFn26-24] (Buddha) - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 398. He who has cut off the thong (of hatred), the band (of craving), and the rope (of false views), together with the appurtenances (latent evil tendencies), he who has removed the crossbar (of ignorance) and is enlightened — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

398 [ThaniSFn-V398]

Having cut the strap & thong,
  cord & bridle,
having thrown off the bar,
  awakened:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
398
One who has cut the reins of craving,
The traces of hatred,
The lead of views,
Together with the bridle of the latent tendencies,
Who has thrown off the yoke of ignorance,
Who is fully enlightened,
I call a true brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 398 Him I call indeed a Brahmana who has cut the strap and the thong, the chain with all that pertains to it, who has burst the bar, and is awakened.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 398
Who has cut off strap and harness, fetter together with a bridle,
who has all the obstacles removed and is awakened - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V398]
Dhammapada Dhp. 399
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
399. Akkosaṃ vadhabandhaṃ ca aduṭṭho yo titikkhati
Khantibalaṃ balānīkaṃ tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
399. Akkosaṃ vadhabandhañca, aduṭṭho yo titikkhati;
Khantībalaṃ balānīkaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A BRĀHMAṆA IS HE WHO IS PATIENT

  1. He who, without anger, endures reproach, flogging and punishments, whose power and potent army is patience - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 399. He who without resentment endures abuse, beating and punishment; whose power, real might, is patience — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

399

He endures — unangered —
insult, assault, & imprisonment.
His army is strength;
his strength, forbearance:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

399

One who bears, without resentment,
          verbal abuse,
          flogging,
          physical restraint;
whose power, whose invincible army, is patience, I call a true brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 399 Him I call indeed a Brahmana who, though he has committed no offence, endures reproach, bonds, and stripes, who has endurance for his force, and strength for his army.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 399
Who benevolently endures abuse, beating and binding,
whose power is forbearance, with strong force - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V399]
Dhammapada Dhp. 400
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
400. Akkodhanaṃ vatavantaṃ sīlavantaṃ anussutaṃ
Dantaṃ antimasārīraṃ tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
400. Akkodhanaṃ vatavantaṃ, sīlavantaṃ anussadaṃ;
Dantaṃ antimasārīraṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A BRĀHMAṆA IS HE WHO IS NOT WRATHFUL

  1. He who is not wrathful, but is dutiful, [NāradaFn26-25] virtuous, free from craving, self-controlled and bears his final body, [NāradaFn26-26] - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 400. He who is free from anger, is devout, virtuous, without craving, self-subdued and bears his final body — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

400 [ThaniSFn-V400]

Free from anger,
duties observed,
principled, with no overbearing pride,
trained, a 'last-body':
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

400

One who
          is free of anger,
          carefully observes his religious duties,
          is virtuous,
          is free of defilement,
          is tamed,
          has been born for the last time,
I call a true brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 400 Him I call indeed a Brahmana who is free from anger, dutiful, virtuous, without appetite, who is subdued, and has received his last body.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 400
Who is friendly, devout, virtuous and not arrogant,
restrained and living his last life - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V400]
Dhammapada Dhp. 401
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
401. Vāri pokkharapatte'va āraggeriva sāsapo
Yo na lippati kāmesu tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
401. Vāri pokkharapatteva, āraggeriva sāsapo;
Yo na limpati [lippati (sī. pī.)] kāmesu, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

HE IS A BRĀHMAṆA WHO CLINGS NOT TO SENSUAL PLEASURES

  1. Like water on a lotus leaf, like a mustard seed on the point of a needle, he who clings not to sensual pleasures - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 401. Like water on a lotus leaf, or a mustard seed on the point of a needle, he who does not cling to sensual pleasures — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

401

  Like water     on a lotus leaf,
a mustard seed  on the tip of an awl,
he doesn't adhere to sensual pleasures:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
401
A lotus leaf scatters the droplets of rain;
A needlepoint lets fall a mustard-seed grain.
If someone should likewise life’s pleasures relinquish,
That person, I say, is one truly religious.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 401 Him I call indeed a Brahmana who does not cling to pleasures, like water on a lotus leaf, like a mustard seed on the point of a needle.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 401
Like water to a lotus leaf, like a mustard seed to the point of an arrow,
who doesn't cling to sense-pleasures - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V401]
Dhammapada Dhp. 402
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
402. Yo dukkhassa pajānāti idheva khayamattano
Pannabhāraṃ visaṃyuttaṃ tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
402. Yo dukkhassa pajānāti, idheva khayamattano;
Pannabhāraṃ visaṃyuttaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A BRĀHMAṆA IS HE WHO HAS LAID THE BURDEN ASIDE

  1. He who realizes here in this world the destruction of his sorrow, who has laid the burden [NāradaFn26-27] aside and is emancipated, [NāradaFn26-28] - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 402. He who in this very life realizes for himself the end of suffering, who has laid aside the burden and become emancipated — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

402 [ThaniSFn-V402]

He discerns right here,
  for himself,
  on his own,
  his own
  ending of stress.
Unshackled, his burden laid down:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
402
One who, in his lifetime, knows the complete destruction of suffering, whose burden is laid down, who is unbound, I call a true brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 402 Him I call indeed a Brahmana who, even here, knows the end of his suffering, has put down his burden, and is unshackled.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 402
Who knows by himself the destruction of suffering in this world,
who has put down his burden and is detached - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V402]
Dhammapada Dhp. 403
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
403. Gambhīrapaññaṃ medhāviṃ maggāmaggassa kovidaṃ
Uttamatthaṃ anuppattaṃ tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
403. Gambhīrapaññaṃ medhāviṃ, maggāmaggassa kovidaṃ;
Uttamatthamanuppattaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A BRĀHMAṆA IS HE WHO HAS REACHED HIS ULTIMATE GOAL

  1. He whose knowledge is deep, who is wise, who is skilled in the right and wrong way, [NāradaFn26-29] who has reached the highest goal - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 403. He who has profound knowledge, who is wise, skilled in discerning the right or wrong path, and has reached the highest goal — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

403

Wise, profound
in discernment, astute
as to what is the path
& what's not;
his ultimate goal attained:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

403

One who
          is of profound wisdom,
          is insightful,
          knows what is the path, and what is not,
          has attained the highest goal,
I call a true brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 403 Him I call indeed a Brahmana whose knowledge is deep, who possesses wisdom, who knows the right way and the wrong, and has attained the highest end.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 403
One who is endowed with deep knowledge, intelligent, knowing the difference between what is a road and what is not,
who has reached the highest attainment - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V403]
Dhammapada Dhp. 404
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
404. Asaṃsaṭṭhaṃ gahaṭṭhehi anāgārehi cūbhayaṃ
Anokāsariṃ appicchaṃ tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
404. Asaṃsaṭṭhaṃ gahaṭṭhehi, anāgārehi cūbhayaṃ;
Anokasārimappicchaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A BRĀHMAṆA IS HE WHO HAS NO INTIMACY WITH ANY

  1. He who is not intimate either with householders or with the homeless ones, who wanders without an abode, who is without desires - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 404. He who holds aloof from householders and ascetics alike, and wanders about with no fixed abode and but few wants — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

404

Uncontaminated
by householders
& houseless ones alike;
living with no home,
with next to no wants:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
404
One who is aloof from both laypeople and the religious, with nowhere called ‘home’, and with few needs, I call a true brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 404 Him I call indeed a Brahmana who keeps aloof both from laymen and from mendicants, who frequents no houses, and has but few desires.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 404
Who is not associating neither with householders nor with monks,
wandering in houselessness, wanting little - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V404]
Dhammapada Dhp. 405
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
405. Nidhāya daṇḍaṃ bhūtesu tasesu thāvaresu ca
Yo na hanti na ghāteti tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
405. Nidhāya daṇḍaṃ bhūtesu, tasesu thāvaresu ca;
Yo na hanti na ghāteti, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A BRĀHMAṆA IS HE WHO IS ABSOLUTELY HARMLESS

  1. He who has laid aside the cudgel in his dealings with beings, [NāradaFn26-30] whether feeble or strong, who neither harms nor kills - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 405. He who has renounced violence towards all living beings, weak or strong, who neither kills nor causes others to kill — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

405

Having put aside violence
against beings fearful or firm,
he neither kills nor
gets others to kill:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
405
One who has abandoned the use of weapons against creatures, either fierce or timorous, and who neither kills nor encourages others to kill, I call a true brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 405 Him I call indeed a Brahmana who finds no fault with other beings, whether feeble or strong, and does not kill nor cause slaughter.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 405
Who has given up punishing of all living beings, be they trembling or firm,
who does not kill, nor causes another to kill - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V405]
Dhammapada Dhp. 406
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
406. Aviruddhaṃ viruddhesu attadaṇḍesu nibbutaṃ
Sādānesu anādānaṃ tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
406. Aviruddhaṃ viruddhesu, attadaṇḍesu nibbutaṃ;
Sādānesu anādānaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A BRĀHMAṆA IS HE WHO IS FRIENDLY AMONGST THE HOSTILE

  1. He who is friendly amongst the hostile, who is peaceful amongst the violent, who is unattached amongst the attached, [NāradaFn26-31] - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 406. He who is friendly amidst the hostile, peaceful amidst the violent, and unattached amidst the attached — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

406

Unopposing among opposition,
unbound     among the armed,
unclinging  among those who cling:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
406
One tranquil amid the tempestuous,
And friendly amid the ferocious,
Who's gracious amid the rapacious,
Is rightfully labelled religious.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 406 Him I call indeed a Brahmana who is tolerant with the intolerant, mild with fault-finders, and free from passion among the passionate.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 406
One who is unhindered amongst the obstructed, one who is free amongst violent,
one who does not cling to anything amongst those who do - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V406]
Dhammapada Dhp. 407
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
407. Yassa rāgo ca doso ca māno makkho ca pātito
Sāsapo riva āraggā tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
407. Yassa rāgo ca doso ca, māno makkho ca pātito;
Sāsaporiva āraggā [āragge (ka.)], tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A BRĀHMAṆA IS HE WHO HAS DISCARDED ALL PASSIONS

  1. In whom lust, hatred, pride, detraction are fallen off like a mustard seed from the point of a needle - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 407. He whose lust and hatred, pride and hypocrisy have fallen off like a mustard seed from the point of a needle — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

407

His passion, aversion,
conceit, & contempt,
have fallen away —
like a mustard seed
from the tip of an awl:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
407
A pin-tip retains
Not a mustard-seed grain.
They who likewise have sloughed
Their ill-feelings and lust,
And put also aside
Their contempt and their pride;
Having cast off these stains,
As true brahmans they’re named.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 407 Him I call indeed a Brahmana from whom anger and hatred, pride and envy have dropt like a mustard seed from the point of a needle.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 407
Who has destroyed passion, hatred, conceit and hypocrisy,
as if a mustard seed falls down from the head of an arrow - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V407]
Dhammapada Dhp. 408
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
408. Akakkasaṃ viññapaniṃ giraṃ saccaṃ udīraye
Yāya nābhisaje kañci tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
408. Akakkasaṃ viññāpaniṃ, giraṃ saccamudīraye;
Yāya nābhisaje kañci [kiñci (ka.)], tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A BRĀHMAṆA IS HE WHO GIVES OFFENCE TO NONE

  1. He who utters gentle, instructive, true words, who by his speech gives offence to none - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 408. He who utters gentle, instructive and truthful words, who imprecates none — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

408

He would say
what's  non-grating,
         instructive,
         true —
abusing no one:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
408
With gentle discourse, never lies,
With courteous speech, he edifies;
And with his tongue, he none maligns:
He is, indeed, a man divine.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 408 Him I call indeed a Brahmana who utters true speech, instructive and free from harshness, so that he offend no one.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 408
Who speaks smooth, informative and true words,
by which he does not offend anyone - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V408]
Dhammapada Dhp. 409
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
409. Yo'dha dīghaṃ va rassaṃ vā aṇuṃ thūlaṃ subhāsubhaṃ
Loke adinnaṃ nādiyati tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
409. Yodha dīghaṃ va rassaṃ vā, aṇuṃ thūlaṃ subhāsubhaṃ;
Loke adinnaṃ nādiyati [nādeti (ma. ni. 2.459)], tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A BRĀHMAṆA IS HE WHO STEALS NOT

  1. He who in this world takes nothing that is not given, be it long or short, small or great, fair or foul - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 409. He who in this world takes nothing that is not given to him, be it long or short, small or big, good or bad — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

409

Here in the world
he takes nothing not-given
 — long, short,
  large, small,
     attractive, not:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
409
One who would not steal anything at all, either large or small, attractive or unattractive, I call a true brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 409 Him I call indeed a Brahmana who takes nothing in the world that is not given him, be it long or short, small or large, good or bad.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 409
Who here in this world does not take what was not given, be it long, short,
small, big, pleasant or unpleasant - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V409]
Dhammapada Dhp. 410
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
410. Āsā yassa na vijjanti asmiṃ loke paramhi ca
Nirāsayaṃ visaṃyuttaṃ tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
410. Āsā yassa na vijjanti, asmiṃ loke paramhi ca;
Nirāsāsaṃ [nirāsayaṃ (sī. syā. pī.), nirāsakaṃ (?)] visaṃyuttaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A BRĀHMAṆA IS HE WHO IS DESIRELESS

  1. He who has no longings, pertaining to this world or to the next, who is desireless and emancipated - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 410. He who wants nothing of either this world or the next, who is desire-free and emancipated — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

410

His longing for this
& for the next world
can't be found;
free from longing, unshackled:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
410
One who is free of longing for all worlds, either human or divine, who is free of hopes and expectations, who is free of attachment, I call a true brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 410 Him I call indeed a Brahmana who fosters no desires for this world or for the next, has no inclinations, and is unshackled.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 410
Who has no longing anywhere in this or the next world,
who is independent and unattached - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V410]
Dhammapada Dhp. 411
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
411. Yassālayā na vijjanti aññāya akathaṃkathī
Amatogadhaṃ anuppattaṃ tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
411. Yassālayā na vijjanti, aññāya akathaṃkathī;
Amatogadhamanuppattaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A BRĀHMAṆA IS HE WHO HAS NO LONGINGS

  1. He who has no longings, who, through knowledge, is free from doubts, who has gained a firm footing in the Deathless (Nibbāna) - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 411. He who has no attachment, who through perfect knowledge is free from doubts and has plunged into the Deathless — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

411 [ThaniSFn-V411]

His attachments,
  his homes,
     can't be found.
Through knowing
he is unperplexed,
has come ashore
in the Deathless:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
411
One in whom no attachment is found; who, through final knowledge, has no doubts about Dhamma; and who has attained to the depths of the Immortal, I call a true brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 411 Him I call indeed a Brahmana who has no interests, and when he has understood (the truth), does not say How, how? and who has reached the depth of the Immortal.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 411
Who is without attachments, has realized the truth and is free from doubts,
merging into the Nirvana, has attained the goal - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V411]
Dhammapada Dhp. 412
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
412. Yo'dha puññca pāpañca ubho saṅgaṃ upaccagā
Asokaṃ virajaṃ suddhaṃ tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
412. Yodha puññañca pāpañca, ubho saṅgamupaccagā;
Asokaṃ virajaṃ suddhaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A BRĀHMAṆA IS HE WHO HAS TRANSCENDED GOOD AND EVIL

  1. Herein he who has transcended both good and bad and the ties [NāradaFn26-33] as well, who is sorrowless, stainless, and pure - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 412. He who in this world has transcended the ties of both merit and demerit, who is sorrowless, stainless and pure — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

412 [ThaniSFn-V412]

He has gone
beyond attachment here
for both merit & evil —
sorrowless, dustless, & pure:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
412
One who has overcome attachment to both good and evil, who is sorrowless, stainless, and pure, I call a true brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 412 Him I call indeed a Brahmana who in this world is above good and evil, above the bondage of both, free from grief from sin, and from impurity.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 412
Who has in this world gone beyond both attachments of good and evil,
who is free from sorrow, stainless and pure - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V412]
Dhammapada Dhp. 413
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
413. Candaṃ'va vimalaṃ suddhaṃ vippasannamanāvilaṃ
Nandībhavaparikkhīṇaṃ tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
413. Candaṃva vimalaṃ suddhaṃ, vippasannamanāvilaṃ;
Nandībhavaparikkhīṇaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A BRĀHMAṆA IS HE WHO IS PURE

  1. He who is spotless as the moon, who is pure, serene, and unperturbed, [NāradaFn26-34] who has destroyed craving for becoming - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 413. He, who, like the moon, is spotless and pure, serene and clear, who has destroyed the delight in existence — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

413

Spotless, pure, like the moon
  — limpid & calm —
his delights, his becomings,
     totally gone:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
413
Unruffled as the moon, as spotless,
Pure, resplendent and serene;
Becoming and delight uprooted;
Brahmans true, are deemed to be.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 413 Him I call indeed a Brahmana who is bright like the moon, pure, serene, undisturbed, and in whom all gaiety is extinct.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 413
Who is like a moon, spotless, clean, bright and undisturbed,
who has destroyed the existence of pleasure - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V413]
Dhammapada Dhp. 414
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
414. Yo imaṃ paḷipathaṃ duggaṃ saṃsāraṃ mohamaccagā
Tiṇṇo pāragato jhāyī anejo akathaṃkatī
Anupādāya nibbuto tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
414. Yomaṃ [yo imaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] palipathaṃ duggaṃ, saṃsāraṃ mohamaccagā;
Tiṇṇo pāragato [pāragato (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] jhāyī, anejo akathaṃkathī;
Anupādāya nibbuto, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A BRĀHMAṆA IS HE WHO CLINGS TO NAUGHT

  1. He who has passed beyond this quagmire, [NāradaFn26-35] this difficult path, [NāradaFn26-36] the ocean of life (saṃsāra), and delusion, [NāradaFn26-37] who has crossed [NāradaFn26-38] and gone beyond, who is meditative, free from craving and doubts, who, clinging to naught, has attained Nibbāna - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 414. He who, having traversed this miry, perilous and delusive round of existence, has crossed over and reached the other shore; who is meditative, calm, free from doubt, and, clinging to nothing, has attained to Nibbana — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

414

He has made his way past
this hard-going path
 — samsara, delusion —
has crossed over,
has gone beyond,
is free from want,
  from perplexity,
absorbed in jhana,
through no-clinging
Unbound:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
414
He who has escaped danger, this difficult road, samsara, delusion; he who has reached the other shore, attained Nibbana, is meditative, free of lust, free of doubt, free of clinging, desireless, I call a true brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 414 Him I call indeed a Brahmana who has traversed this miry road, the impassable world and its vanity, who has gone through, and reached the other shore, is thoughtful, guileless, free from doubts, free from attachment, and content.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 414
Who has overcome this danger, bad place, round of rebirth and delusion,
who has crossed, gone over to the opposite shore, is meditating, free from craving and doubts,
who is emancipated and without clinging - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V414]
Dhammapada Dhp. 415
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
415. Yo'dha kāme pahātvāna anāgāro paribbaje
Kāmabhavaparikkhīṇaṃ tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
415. Yodha kāme pahantvāna [pahatvāna (sī. pī.)], anāgāro paribbaje;
Kāmabhavaparikkhīṇaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ [idaṃ gāthādvayaṃ videsapotthakesu sakideva dassitaṃ].
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A BRĀHMAṆA IS HE WHO HAS GIVEN UP SENSE-DESIRES

  1. He who in this world giving up sense-desires, would renounce worldly life and become a homeless one, he who has destroyed sense-desires and becoming - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 415. He who, having abandoned sensual pleasures, has renounced the household life and become a homeless one; has destroyed both sensual desire and continued existence — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

415-416

Whoever, abandoning sensual passions here,
would go forth from home —
his sensual passions, becomings,
     totally gone:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.

Whoever, abandoning craving here,
would go forth from home —
his cravings, becomings,
     totally gone:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
415
One who has overcome his lusts, who wanders homeless, who has destroyed sensuality and becoming, I call a true brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 415 Him I call indeed a Brahmana who in this world, leaving all desires, travels about without a home, and in whom all concupiscence is extinct.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 415
Who in this world has renounced desires, wanders around homeless,
him, who has destroyed the existence of desire - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V415]
Dhammapada Dhp. 416
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
416. Yo'dha taṇhaṃ pahātvāna anāgāro paribbaje
Taṇhābhavaparikkhīṇaṃ tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
416. Yodha taṇhaṃ pahantvāna, anāgāro paribbaje;
Taṇhābhavaparikkhīṇaṃ , tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A BRĀHMAṆA IS HE WHO HAS GIVEN UP CRAVING

  1. He who in this world giving up craving, would renounce worldly life and become a homeless one, he who has destroyed craving and becoming - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 416. He who, having abandoned craving, has renounced the household life and become a homeless one, has destroyed both craving and continued existence — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

415-416

Whoever, abandoning sensual passions here,
would go forth from home —
his sensual passions, becomings,
     totally gone:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.

Whoever, abandoning craving here,
would go forth from home —
his cravings, becomings,
     totally gone:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
416
One who abandons craving, becomes a homeless wanderer, and who then destroys both craving and becoming, I call a true brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 416 Him I call indeed a Brahmana who, leaving all longings, travels about without a home, and in whom all covetousness is extinct.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 416
Who in this world has renounced thirst, wanders around homeless,
him, who has destroyed the existence of thirst - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V416]
Dhammapada Dhp. 417
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
417. Hitvā mānusakaṃ yogaṃ dibbaṃ yogaṃ upaccagā
Sabbayogavisaṃyuttaṃ tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
417. Hitvā mānusakaṃ yogaṃ, dibbaṃ yogaṃ upaccagā;
Sabbayogavisaṃyuttaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A BRĀHMAṆA IS HE WHO HAS DISCARDED ALL BONDS

  1. He who, discarding human ties and transcending celestial ties, is completely delivered from all ties - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 417. He who, casting off human bonds and transcending heavenly ties, is wholly delivered of all bondages — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

417

Having left behind
  the human bond,
having made his way past
  the divine,
from all bonds unshackled:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
417
One who has forsaken human bonds, transcended divine bonds, who is thus liberated from all bonds, I call a true brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 417 Him I call indeed a Brahmana who, after leaving all bondage to men, has risen above all bondage to the gods, and is free from all and every bondage.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 417
Who has renounced human bonds, and escaped divine bonds,
who is detached from al bonds - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V417]
Dhammapada Dhp. 418
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
418. Hitvā ratiṃ ca aratiṃ ca sītibhūtaṃ nirūpadhiṃ
Sabbalokābhibhuṃ vīraṃ tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
418. Hitvā ratiñca aratiñca, sītibhūtaṃ nirūpadhiṃ;
Sabbalokābhibhuṃ vīraṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A BRĀHMAṆA IS HE WHO HAS GIVEN UP LIKES AND DISLIKES

  1. He who has given up likes [NāradaFn26-39] and dislikes, [NāradaFn26-40] who is cooled and is without defilements, [NāradaFn26-41] who has conquered the world [NāradaFn26-42] and is strenuous - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 418. He who, having cast off likes and dislikes, has become tranquil, is rid of the substrata of existence and like a hero has conquered all the worlds — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

418

Having left behind
delight & displeasure,
cooled, with no acquisitions —
a hero who has conquered
     all the world,
     every world:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
418
One who has given up liking and disliking, who is free of passion, free of possessiveness, a hero who has conquered all worldly attachment, I call a true brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 418 Him I call indeed a Brahmana who has left what gives pleasure and what gives pain, who is cold, and free from all germs (of renewed life), the hero who has conquered all the worlds.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 418
Who has renounced liking and dislike, tranquil and free from attachments,
The hero, who has conquered the whole world - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V418]
Dhammapada Dhp. 419
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
419. Cutiṃ yo'vedi sattānaṃ upapattiṃ ca sabbaso
Asattaṃ sugataṃ buddhaṃ tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
419. Cutiṃ yo vedi sattānaṃ, upapattiñca sabbaso;
Asattaṃ sugataṃ buddhaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A BRĀHMAṆA IS HE WHO IS NOT ATTACHED

  1. He who in every way knows the death and rebirth of beings, who is non-attached, well-gone, [NāradaFn26-43] and enlightened, [NāradaFn26-44] - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 419. He who in every way knows the death and rebirth of all beings, and is totally detached, blessed and enlightened — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

419

He knows in every way
beings' passing away,
and their re-
arising;
unattached, awakened,
well-gone:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
419
One who understands in every way both the death and rebirth of beings, who is free of clinging, who has attained bliss, and is awakened, I call a true brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 419 Him I call indeed a Brahmana who knows the destruction and the return of beings everywhere, who is free from bondage, welfaring (Sugata), and awakened (Buddha).
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 419
Who has thoroughly understood the arising and passing away of beings,
who is unattached, well-gone and awakened - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V419]
Dhammapada Dhp. 420
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
420. Yassa gatiṃ na jānanti devā gandhabbamānusā
Khīṇāsavaṃ arahantaṃ tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
420. Yassa gatiṃ na jānanti, devā gandhabbamānusā;
Khīṇāsavaṃ arahantaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A BRĀHMAṆA IS HE WHO IS AN ARAHANT

  1. He whose destiny neither gods nor gandhabbas [NāradaFn26-45] nor men know, who has destroyed all corruptions, and is far removed from passions (Arahant) - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 420. He whose track no gods, no angels, no humans trace, the arahant who has destroyed all cankers — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

420

He whose course they don't know
 — devas, gandhabbas, & human beings —
his effluents ended, an arahant:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
420
One whose destiny is unknowable to humans, spirits and devas; who has destroyed the asavas, an arahant, I call a true brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 420 Him I call indeed a Brahmana whose path the gods do not know, nor spirits (Gandharvas), nor men, whose passions are extinct, and who is an Arhat (venerable).
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 420
Whose direction isn't known by the gods, Gandharvas and humans,
who has removed the taints and is an Arahant - him do I cal a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V420]
Dhammapada Dhp. 421
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
421. Yassa pure ca pacchā ca majjhe ca natthi kiñcanaṃ
Akiñcanaṃ anādānaṃ tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
421. Yassa pure ca pacchā ca, majjhe ca natthi kiñcanaṃ;
Akiñcanaṃ anādānaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A BRĀHMAṆA IS HE WHO YEARNS FOR NAUGHT

  1. He who has no clinging to Aggregates that are past, future, or present, who is without clinging and grasping - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 421. He who clings to nothing of the past, present and future, who has no attachment and holds on to nothing — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

421 [ThaniSFn-V421]

He who has nothing
 — in front, behind, in between —
the one with nothing
who clings to no thing:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
421
One who has no attachment to anything, either in the past, future or present; who is free of attachment and clinging, I call a true brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 421 Him I call indeed a Brahmana who calls nothing his own, whether it be before, behind, or between, who is poor, and free from the love of the world.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 421
For whom there is nothing before, after or now,
One who is without attachments and without clinging - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V421]
Dhammapada Dhp. 422
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
422. Usabhaṃ pavaraṃ vīraṃ mahesiṃ vijitāvinaṃ
Anejaṃ nhātakaṃ buddhaṃ tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
422. Usabhaṃ pavaraṃ vīraṃ, mahesiṃ vijitāvinaṃ;
Anejaṃ nhātakaṃ [nahātakaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ pī.)] buddhaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A BRĀHMAṆA IS HE WHO IS ENLIGHTENED

  1. The fearless, [NāradaFn26-46] the noble, the hero, the great sage, [NāradaFn26-47] the conqueror, [NāradaFn26-48] the desireless, the cleanser [NāradaFn26-49] (of defilements), the enlightened, [NāradaFn26-50] - him I call a brāhmaṇa.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 422. He, the Noble, the Excellent, the Heroic, the Great Sage, the Conqueror, the Passionless, the Pure, the Enlightened one — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

422

A splendid bull, conqueror,
hero, great seer —
     free from want,
     awakened, washed:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]
422
One who is mighty, noble, heroic, a great sage, victorious, free of lust, cleansed of evil, enlightened, I call a true brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 422 Him I call indeed a Brahmana, the manly, the noble, the hero, the great sage, the conqueror, the impassible, the accomplished, the awakened.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 422
Who is strong, noble, a hero, a great seer, victorious,
free from craving, his task finished and is awakened - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V422]
Dhammapada Dhp. 423
Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) [1]
423. Pubbenivāsaṃ yo'vedī saggāpāyaṃ ca passati
Atho jātikkhayaṃ patto abhiññāvosito muni
Sabbavositavosānaṃ tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.

Brāhmaṇavaggo chabbīsatimo.

Dhammapada pāḷi niṭṭhitā.

Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) [2]
423. Pubbenivāsaṃ yo vedi, saggāpāyañca passati,
Atho jātikkhayaṃ patto, abhiññāvosito muni;
Sabbavositavosānaṃ, tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ.

Brāhmaṇavaggo chabbīsatimo niṭṭhito.

Dhammapadapāḷi niṭṭhitā.

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Nārada Thera ) [3]

A BRĀHMAṆA IS HE WHO HAS PERFECTED HIMSELF

  1. That sage who knows his former abodes, who sees the blissful [NāradaFn26-51] and the woeful states, [NāradaFn26-52] who has reached the end of births, [NāradaFn26-53] who, with superior wisdom, has perfected himself, [NāradaFn26-54] who has completed [NāradaFn26-55] (the holy life), and reached the end of all passions - him I call a brāhmaṇa.

THE END

Translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita ) [4] 423. He who knows his former births, who sees heaven and hell, who has reached the end of births and attained to the perfection of insight, the sage who has reached the summit of spiritual excellence — him do I call a holy man.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu ) [5]

423 [ThaniSFn-V423]

He knows    his former lives.
He sees         heavens & states of woe,
has attained    the ending of birth,
is a sage   who has mastered full-knowing,
             his mastery
totally mastered:
  he's what I call
  a brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Ven. Varado Bhikkhu ) [6]

423

One who
          knows his former lives,
          sees heaven and hell,
          has ended birth,
          has attained the special knowledges,
          is fully accomplished, a sage,
I call a true brahman.
Translated from the Pali by Friedrich Max Müller) [7] 423 Him I call indeed a Brahmana who knows his former abodes, who sees heaven and hell, has reached the end of births, is perfect in knowledge, a sage, and whose perfections are all perfect.
Cited from DLMBS [8]
DhP 423
Who knows his former births and sees both heaven and hell,
who has reached the end of rebirths, the sage who has attained higher wisdom,
one who has attained all accomplishments - him do I call a Brahmin. [DLMBSFn-V423]

the feature in the Pali scriptures which is most prominent and most tiresome to the unsympathetic reader is the repetition of words, sentences and whole paragraphs. This is partly the result of grammar or at least of style. …,…,…,

…,…,…, there is another cause for this tedious peculiarity, namely that for a long period the Pitakas were handed down by oral tradition only. …,…,…,

…,…,…, It may be too that the wearisome and mechanical iteration of the Pali Canon is partly due to the desire of the Sinhalese to lose nothing of the sacred word imparted to them by missionaries from a foreign country, …,…,…,

…,…,…, repetition characterized not only the reports of the discourses but the discourses themselves. No doubt the versions which we have are the result of compressing a free discourse into numbered paragraphs and repetitions: the living word of the Buddha was surely more vivacious and plastic than these stiff tabulations.

(excerpt from: HINDUISM AND BUDDHISM-- AN HISTORICAL SKETCH, BY SIR CHARLES ELIOT; BOOK III-- PALI BUDDHISM, CHAPTER XIII, THE CANON , 2)


NOTE:

[1](1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 261, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286, 287, 288, 289, 290, 291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296, 297, 298, 299, 300, 301, 302, 303, 304, 305, 306, 307, 308, 309, 310, 311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 317, 318, 319, 320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 325, 326, 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, 332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338, 339, 340, 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 347, 348, 349, 350, 351, 352, 353, 354, 355, 356, 357, 358, 359, 360, 361, 362, 363, 364, 365, 366, 367, 368, 369, 370, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375, 376, 377, 378, 379, 380, 381, 382, 383, 384, 385, 386, 387, 388, 389, 390, 391, 392, 393, 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, 399, 400, 401, 402, 403, 404, 405, 406, 407, 408, 409, 410, 411, 412, 413, 414, 415, 416, 417, 418, 419, 420, 421, 422, 423, 424) (note 001) Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (PTS) Dhammapadapāḷi: Access to InsightTipitaka : → Dhp{Dhp 1-20} ( Dhp ; Dhp 21-32 ; Dhp 33-43 , etc..)
[2](1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 261, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286, 287, 288, 289, 290, 291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296, 297, 298, 299, 300, 301, 302, 303, 304, 305, 306, 307, 308, 309, 310, 311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 317, 318, 319, 320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 325, 326, 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, 332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338, 339, 340, 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 347, 348, 349, 350, 351, 352, 353, 354, 355, 356, 357, 358, 359, 360, 361, 362, 363, 364, 365, 366, 367, 368, 369, 370, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375, 376, 377, 378, 379, 380, 381, 382, 383, 384, 385, 386, 387, 388, 389, 390, 391, 392, 393, 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, 399, 400, 401, 402, 403, 404, 405, 406, 407, 408, 409, 410, 411, 412, 413, 414, 415, 416, 417, 418, 419, 420, 421, 422, 423, 424) (note 002) Pāḷi Tipiṭaka (CSCD) Dhammapadapāḷi: Vipassana Meditation (As Taught By S.N. Goenka in the tradition of Sayagyi U Ba Khin) CSCD ( Chaṭṭha Saṅgāyana CD)。 original: The Pāḷi Tipitaka (http://www.tipitaka.org/) (please choose at left frame “Tipiṭaka Scripts” on Roman → Web → Tipiṭaka (Mūla) → Suttapiṭaka → Khuddakanikāya → Dhammapadapāḷi → 1. Yamakavaggo (2. Appamādavaggo , 3. Cittavaggo , etc..)]
[3](1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 261, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286, 287, 288, 289, 290, 291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296, 297, 298, 299, 300, 301, 302, 303, 304, 305, 306, 307, 308, 309, 310, 311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 317, 318, 319, 320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 325, 326, 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, 332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338, 339, 340, 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 347, 348, 349, 350, 351, 352, 353, 354, 355, 356, 357, 358, 359, 360, 361, 362, 363, 364, 365, 366, 367, 368, 369, 370, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375, 376, 377, 378, 379, 380, 381, 382, 383, 384, 385, 386, 387, 388, 389, 390, 391, 392, 393, 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, 399, 400, 401, 402, 403, 404, 405, 406, 407, 408, 409, 410, 411, 412, 413, 414, 415, 416, 417, 418, 419, 420, 421, 422, 423, 424) (note 003) original: Dhammapada -- PâLI TEXT AND TRANSLATION WITH STORIES IN BRIEF AND NOTES BY Ven Nārada Thera
[4](1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 261, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286, 287, 288, 289, 290, 291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296, 297, 298, 299, 300, 301, 302, 303, 304, 305, 306, 307, 308, 309, 310, 311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 317, 318, 319, 320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 325, 326, 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, 332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338, 339, 340, 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 347, 348, 349, 350, 351, 352, 353, 354, 355, 356, 357, 358, 359, 360, 361, 362, 363, 364, 365, 366, 367, 368, 369, 370, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375, 376, 377, 378, 379, 380, 381, 382, 383, 384, 385, 386, 387, 388, 389, 390, 391, 392, 393, 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, 399, 400, 401, 402, 403, 404, 405, 406, 407, 408, 409, 410, 411, 412, 413, 414, 415, 416, 417, 418, 419, 420, 421, 422, 423, 424) (note 004) original: The Buddha's Path of Wisdom, translated from the Pali by Ven. Ācharya Buddharakkhita : Preface with an introduction by Ven. Bhikkhu Bodhi ; I. Yamakavagga: The Pairs (vv. 1-20) , Dhp II Appamadavagga: Heedfulness (vv. 21-32 ) , Dhp III Cittavagga: The Mind (Dhp 33-43) , ..., XXVI. The Holy Man (Dhp 383-423)
[5](1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 261, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286, 287, 288, 289, 290, 291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296, 297, 298, 299, 300, 301, 302, 303, 304, 305, 306, 307, 308, 309, 310, 311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 317, 318, 319, 320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 325, 326, 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, 332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338, 339, 340, 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 347, 348, 349, 350, 351, 352, 353, 354, 355, 356, 357, 358, 359, 360, 361, 362, 363, 364, 365, 366, 367, 368, 369, 370, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375, 376, 377, 378, 379, 380, 381, 382, 383, 384, 385, 386, 387, 388, 389, 390, 391, 392, 393, 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, 399, 400, 401, 402, 403, 404, 405, 406, 407, 408, 409, 410, 411, 412, 413, 414, 415, 416, 417, 418, 419, 420, 421, 422, 423, 424) (note 005) original: The Dhammapada, A Translation translated from the Pali by Ven. Thanissaro Bhikkhu : Preface ; introduction ; I. Yamakavagga: The Pairs (vv. 1-20) , Dhp II Appamadavagga: Heedfulness (vv. 21-32) , Dhp III Cittavagga: The Mind (Dhp 33-43) , ..., XXVI. The Holy Man (Dhp 383-423) ( Access to Insight:Readings in Theravada BuddhismTipitakaDhp (Dhammapada The Path of Dhamma)
[6](1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 261, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286, 287, 288, 289, 290, 291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296, 297, 298, 299, 300, 301, 302, 303, 304, 305, 306, 307, 308, 309, 310, 311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 317, 318, 319, 320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 325, 326, 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, 332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338, 339, 340, 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 347, 348, 349, 350, 351, 352, 353, 354, 355, 356, 357, 358, 359, 360, 361, 362, 363, 364, 365, 366, 367, 368, 369, 370, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375, 376, 377, 378, 379, 380, 381, 382, 383, 384, 385, 386, 387, 388, 389, 390, 391, 392, 393, 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, 399, 400, 401, 402, 403, 404, 405, 406, 407, 408, 409, 410, 411, 412, 413, 414, 415, 416, 417, 418, 419, 420, 421, 422, 423, 424) (note 006) original: Dhammapada in Verse -- Inward Path, Translated by Bhante Varado and Samanera Bodhesako, Malaysia, 2007
[7](1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 261, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286, 287, 288, 289, 290, 291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296, 297, 298, 299, 300, 301, 302, 303, 304, 305, 306, 307, 308, 309, 310, 311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 317, 318, 319, 320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 325, 326, 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, 332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338, 339, 340, 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 347, 348, 349, 350, 351, 352, 353, 354, 355, 356, 357, 358, 359, 360, 361, 362, 363, 364, 365, 366, 367, 368, 369, 370, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375, 376, 377, 378, 379, 380, 381, 382, 383, 384, 385, 386, 387, 388, 389, 390, 391, 392, 393, 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, 399, 400, 401, 402, 403, 404, 405, 406, 407, 408, 409, 410, 411, 412, 413, 414, 415, 416, 417, 418, 419, 420, 421, 422, 423)

(note 007) original: The Dhammapada : A Collection of Verses: Being One of the Canonical Books of the Buddhists, translated by Friedrich Max Müller (en.wikisource.org) (revised Jack Maguire, SkyLight Pubns, Woodstock, Vermont, 2002)

THE SACRED BOOKS OF THE EAST, VOLUME X PART I. THE DHAMMAPADA; TRANSLATED BY VARIOUS ORIENTAL SCHOLARS AND EDITED BY F. MAX MüLLER, OXFOKD UNIVERSITY FBESS WABEHOUSE, 1881; PDF ( from: http://sourceoflightmonastery.tripod.com)

[8](1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 261, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286, 287, 288, 289, 290, 291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296, 297, 298, 299, 300, 301, 302, 303, 304, 305, 306, 307, 308, 309, 310, 311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 317, 318, 319, 320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 325, 326, 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, 332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338, 339, 340, 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 347, 348, 349, 350, 351, 352, 353, 354, 355, 356, 357, 358, 359, 360, 361, 362, 363, 364, 365, 366, 367, 368, 369, 370, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375, 376, 377, 378, 379, 380, 381, 382, 383, 384, 385, 386, 387, 388, 389, 390, 391, 392, 393, 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, 399, 400, 401, 402, 403, 404, 405, 406, 407, 408, 409, 410, 411, 412, 413, 414, 415, 416, 417, 418, 419, 420, 421, 422, 423) (note 8) original: Readings in Pali Texts ( Digital Library & Museum of Buddhist Studies (DLMBS) --- Pali Lessons )
[NāradaFn01-01](Ven. Nārada 01-01) Yamaka means a pair. This chapter is so named because it consists of ten pairs of parallel verses.
[NāradaFn01-02](Ven. Nārada 01-02) "Things are forerun by mind" - Mrs. Rhys Davids. "(The mental) natures are the result of what we have thought" - Radhakrishnan. "All that we are is the result of what we have thought" - Irving Babbit.
[NāradaFn01-03]

(Ven. Nārada 01-03) These two parallel verses were uttered by the Buddha on two different occasions to show the inevitable effects of evil and good Kamma respectively.

Man reaps what he has sown in the past or in the present. What he sows now he reaps in the present or in the future at the opportune moment. Man himself is mainly responsible for his own happiness and misery. He creates his own hell and heaven. He is the architect of his own fate. What he makes he can unmake.

Buddhism teaches self-responsibility and the inevitability of the law of cause and effect. What one reaps accords with what one has sown but one is not bound to reap the effects of all that one has sown. If one were, emancipation would become an impossibility.

[NāradaFn01-04](Ven. Nārada 01-04) The Buddha's constant advice to His followers is not to retaliate but to practise patience at all times, at all places, even under provocation. The Buddha extols those who bear and forbear the wrongs of others though they have the power to retaliate. In the Dhammapada itself there are many instances to show how the Buddha practised patience even when He was severely criticised, abused, and attacked. Patience is not a sign of weakness or defeatism but the unfailing strength of great men and women.
[NāradaFn01-05](Ven. Nārada 01-05) Avera, literally, means non-anger. Here it means the virtue opposed to the vice of anger, that is, loving-kindness (Mettà).
[NāradaFn01-06](Ven. Nārada 01-06) Sanantana an ancient principle followed by the Buddha and His disciples. (Commentary).
[NāradaFn01-07](Ven. Nārada 01-07) The quarrelsome persons.
[NāradaFn01-08](Ven. Nārada 01-08) Yamàmase; derived from yam, to perish, or to restrain.
[NāradaFn01-09](Ven. Nārada 01-09) The first line may also be rendered thus: Others do not know that here we must restrain ourselves. "The world does not know that we must all come to an end here" - Max Muller, "People do not discern that here we straitened are in life, in time" - Mrs. Rhys Davids.
[NāradaFn01-10](Ven. Nārada 01-10) Desiring pleasurable sensual objects.
[NāradaFn01-11](Ven. Nārada 01-11) According to Buddhism there are five kinds of Màras - namely: i. the five Aggregates (khandha), ii. moral and immoral activities (abhisaïkhàra), iii. death (maccu), iv. passions (kilesa), and v. Màra the deity (devaputta). Here the term Màra is used in the sense of passions.
[NāradaFn01-12](Ven. Nārada 01-12) The thirty-two impurities of the body such as hair, hair of the skin, nails, teeth, skin, etc. To overcome lust, meditation on the impurities of the body is recommended.
[NāradaFn01-13](Ven. Nārada 01-13) Saddhà is faith in the Buddha (the Teacher), the Dhamma (the Teaching) and the Sangha (the Order), based on knowledge. There is no blind faith in Buddhism. One is not expected to accept anything on mere unreasoning faith.
[NāradaFn01-14](Ven. Nārada 01-14) These two verses are meant exclusively for Bhikkhus who lead the Holy Life. The first verse indicates the worldly path of sense-gratification; the second, the spiritual path of sense-control and asceticism. It should be noted that Buddhism offers one way of life to the monks and another to the laity.
[NāradaFn01-15](Ven. Nārada 01-15) Kasàva means stains of passion. Kàsàva means a dyed robe, the outward symbol of renunciation. Robes of monks are dyed to make them valueless. Here is a play on words. External mark of the Holy Life is of no consequence without internal purity. On another occasion the Buddha remarked that a pure person is indeed an ideal recluse or Bhikkhu, irrespective of his external apparel. See v. 142.
[NāradaFn01-16]

(Ven. Nārada 01-16) Sàra means the core or essence. Asàra are the unessentials like the necessaries of life, false beliefs, etc. Sàra are the essentials like right beliefs, (sammà diññhi) morality (sãla), concentration (samàdhi), wisdom (pa¤¤à), etc. The essence of the Holy Life cannot be achieved by caring for unessentials.

In the Mahà Sàropama Sutta (Majjhima Nikàya, No. 29) the Buddha has compared the leaves and branches of a tree to gain and fame, the bark to morality, the greenwood to concentration, the fruits to the five kinds of super-intellect (abhi¤¤à) and the core to Arahantship.

[NāradaFn01-17](Ven. Nārada 01-17) Such as lust (kàma), illwill (vyàpàda), and harmfulness (vihi§sà)
[NāradaFn01-18](Ven. Nārada 01-18) Such as renunciation or non-attachment (nekkhamma), loving-kindness (avyàpàda), and harmlessness (avihi§sà). These pure thoughts constitute the second factor of the Noble Eightfold Path.
[NāradaFn01-19](Ven. Nārada 01-19) Bhàvita§, lit., made to become, i.e., trained, cultivated, developed. Mind is trained by concentration, which leads to one-pointedness of the mind and mental purification, and by contemplation, which leads to the understanding of things as they truly are. The ultimate goal of a Buddhist is achieved by these two stages of mental development. As physical exercise is to the body, so is meditation to the mind. A well-developed mind is not easily dominated by passions.
[NāradaFn01-20](Ven. Nārada 01-20) Repenting over his evil deeds, he suffers mentally.
[NāradaFn01-21](Ven. Nārada 01-21) Experiencing the effects of his evil deeds.
[NāradaFn01-22](Ven. Nārada 01-22) Reflecting on his good action.
[NāradaFn01-23](Ven. Nārada 01-23) Reaping the desirable results of his good deeds.
[NāradaFn01-24](Ven. Nārada 01-24) According to Buddhism the subsequent birth is determined by the thought process at the moment of death. Buddhists do not believe that the earth is the only habitable plane and that human beings are the only beings. Planes are numerous and beings are innumerable. After death one may be born as a human being or in a subhuman state or in a celestial plane according to one's actions. The so-called being in the subsequent life is neither the same as its predecessor (as it has changed) nor absolutely different (as it is the identical stream of life). Buddhism denies an identical being but affirms an identity in process.
[NāradaFn01-25](Ven. Nārada 01-25) Duggati is a woeful state and Sugati is a blissful state. Rebirths in all such states are temporary.
[NāradaFn01-26](Ven. Nārada 01-26) Sahita§ = saha + hita§, is that which is associated with what is beneficial. Commentary states that sahita§ is a synonym for the Tipiñaka, the three Baskets, taught by the Buddha, namely: Vinaya Piñaka, the Basket of Discipline, Sutta Piñaka, the Basket of Discourses, and Abhidhamma Piñaka, the Basket of Ultimate Doctrine.
[NāradaFn01-27](Ven. Nārada 01-27) The blessings of a monk are the four stages of Sainthood - namely: Sotàpatti, Stream Winner, Sakadàgàmi, Once-Returner, Anàgàmi, Never-Returner, and Arahanta, the Worthy.
[NāradaFn01-28]

(Ven. Nārada 01-28) Sàma¤¤assa = lit. the state of a monk or ascetic, i.e., the Holy life. According to Buddhism learning is of no avail without actual practice.

As such Buddhism is not a mere philosophy, but a unique Path of Enlightenment.

[BudRkFn01-01](Ven. Buddharakkhita 01-01) (v. 7) Mara: the Tempter in Buddhism, represented in the scriptures as an evil-minded deity who tries to lead people from the path to liberation. The commentaries explain Mara as the lord of evil forces, as mental defilements and as death.
[BudRkFn01-02](Ven. Buddharakkhita 01-02) (v. 8) The impurities (asubha): subjects of meditation which focus on the inherent repulsiveness of the body, recommended especially as powerful antidotes to lust.
[ThaniSFn-V1-2]

(Ven. Thanissaro V. 1-2) The fact that the word mano is paired here with dhamma would seem to suggest that it is meant in its role as "intellect," the sense medium that conveys knowledge of ideas or mental objects (two possible meanings for the word dhamma). However, the illustrations in the second sentence of each verse show that it is actually meant in its role as the mental factor responsible for the quality of one's actions (as in mano-kamma), the factor of will and intention, shaping not only mental events, but also physical reality (on this point, see SN 35.145 ). Thus, following a Thai tradition, I have rendered it here as "heart."

The images in these verses are carefully chosen. The cart, representing suffering, is a burden on the ox pulling it, and the weight of its wheels obliterates the ox's track. The shadow, representing happiness, is no weight on the body at all.

All Pali recensions of this verse give the reading, manomaya = made of the heart, while all other recensions give the reading manojava = impelled by the heart.

[ThaniSFn-V7-8](Ven. Thanissaro V. 7-8) Focused on the foul: A meditative exercise in focusing on the foul aspects of the body so as to help undercut lust and attachment for the body (see MN 119 ). AN 3.16 gives a standard definition for restraint with the senses: "And how does a monk guard the doors to his sense faculties? There is the case where a monk, on seeing a form with the eye, does not grasp at any theme or particulars by which — if he were to dwell without restraint over the faculty of the eye — evil, unskillful qualities such as greed or distress might assail him. He practices with restraint. He guards the faculty of the eye. He achieves restraint with regard to the faculty of the eye. (Similarly with the ear, nose, tongue, body & intellect.) This is how a monk guards the doors to his sense faculties."
[ThaniSFn-V11-12](Ven. Thanissaro V. 11-12) Wrong resolves = mental resolves for sensuality, ill will, or harmfulness. Right resolves = mental resolves for freedom from sensuality, for freedom from ill will, and for harmlessness.
[ThaniSFn-V17-18](Ven. Thanissaro V. 17-18) "Destination" in these two verses and throughout the text means one's destination after death.
[VaradoFn01-1](Ven. Varado 01-1) Verse 6: "man should live restrained" (yamāmase). PED (yamati): "to control oneself".
[DLMBSFn-V001](DLMBS Commentary V001) In this verse (and the following one, DhP 2) some philosophical observations are made about the nature of our mind. It says that all the mental phenomena, happiness or suffering, joy or sorrow are made by, or are the outcome of, the quality of the mind. These mental phenomena are (according to the teachings of Abhidhamma) feelings (vedanā), perception (saññā) and volitional activities (saṅkhāra). And because these phenomena are created by, or so closely related to, the mind, they are always "colored" in the same way as the mind is. If the mind (as in this verse) is corrupted, full of evil thoughts, then only suffering and sorrow awaits us as a result of this. In other words, the mind, creating these mental phenomena simply creates them "to its own image". Therefore, negative thinking always brings with it suffering and sorrow, just as the wheel follows in the path of the animal carrying the charriot. We experience suffering only because our minds are not purified, we are not awakened. To purify the mind is to get rid of suffering once and for all.
[DLMBSFn-V002](DLMBS Commentary V002) This verse is closely related to the previous one (DhP 1). If the mind is purified, the mental phenomena it creates are also pure. Therefore, joy and happiness follow as surely as suffering and sorrow in case of a defiled mind. As we can see from these two verses, happiness and suffering depends on us entirely, on our own minds, on the thoughts that we are harboring. There is no other way to happiness then purification of mind and ultimately, in destroying all the defilement completely and reaching the highest goal, the awakenment of Nirvana.
[DLMBSFn-V003]

(DLMBS Commentary V003) This verse speaks about the very well known fact, so stressed by the modern psychology. If we succumb to thoughts of injustice done to us, if we always consider ourselves "poor things" that the "strong ones" play with, our suffering and hatred will never disappear, but it will increase, because "they" will feel our insecurity and will enjoy inflicting pain on us even more. "Oh, how could he (or she, for that matter) do this to me? It is so unfair!" By this thinking we will certainly not prevent these things to happen in the future again.

How to deal with this situation is spoken about in the following verse.

[DLMBSFn-V004]

(DLMBS Commentary V004) This verse is a "twin verse" of the previous one. If we can not conquer the hatred and suffering by crying and feeling powerless, it is exactly by the absence of such thoughts, that our hatred will disappear and dissolve. And when those people who enjoy making us suffer, see that we are not intimidated and do not give in to their way of thinking, they will eventually stop this kind of behavior.

Indeed, it is said very easily and the majority of people will quickly agree with it, but it is extremely difficult to bring this idea to life. Therefore, we must practice this more often in our daily lives -- and our effort must bear its fruits.

[DLMBSFn-V005]

(DLMBS Commentary V005) This pair of verses (DhP 5 and 6) is very close in meaning to the previous pair (DhP 3 and 4). Again, a very simple truth, that most of the religions in the history have stressed again and again. The only cure for hatred is the abstention from it. Never can we stop people from hating us by hating them. In this way, mutual hatred will rise -- often to the point when hatred gives way to violence.

The only way to stop this chain of hatred is to stop hating, of course. As the verse says, this is an eternal law. It was always so and always will be. One can only wish that we could remember this verse in all situations and deal accordingly. How many wars, how much suffering could be easily averted just by taking the advice of this short verse seriously.

[DLMBSFn-V006]

(DLMBS Commentary V006) This verse is related to the previous one (DhP 5), even if this relation is not apparent immediately. In DhP 5 we are told that hatred can not be appeased by hatred but only by abstention from hatred. Here it says that some people do not understand this, do not know that we should restrain ourselves, that we should not give in to hatred. Those who realize that, of course, stop their enmity and quarreling, thus stopping hatred completely.

By the word "others" the authors probably meant the people, who do not realize this eternal law (that hatred can be appeased by non-hatred only). The use of the word "here" ("that we should restrain ourselves here") suggests this world, our present situation. It can also point to the previous verse -- then we should understand "here" as "this" (meaning this eternal law of appeasing hatred by non-hatred).

[DLMBSFn-V007](DLMBS Commentary V007) What we have described here, is a recipe, how to become a prey of our own mind. For Mara, The Evil One, is not some outside force, some "devil" or deity of death and destruction, it is only our mind, our bad habits, laziness, evil intentions and especially ignorance, the true root of all evil. If we dwell with our minds only on the pleasant things, if we indulge in enjoying pleasurable things (subhānupassiṃ viharantaṃ), then it is easy for these tendencies in our brain ("Mara") to gain strength. The same thing happens, when we are unrestrained in six senses (eye, ear, nose, tongue, body and mind), taking in without restraint and reflection everything that comes and if we never have enough of sense pleasures (indriyesu asaṃvutaṃ). And of course, if we do not know moderation in food, we can expect the same result, because indulgence in food is actually a part of lack of restraint in senses (bhojanamhi cāmattaññuṃ). Laziness (kusītaṃ) and lack of effort to change our ways (hīnavīriyaṃ) will not help us to get rid of these bad habits and the roots of meditative life will slowly wither and die away. And without strong, often cultivated roots, the tree of our practice will not grow higher and higher, will never bring fruits in reaching the Nirvana, but our bad tendencies will subdue us, our hope for reaching the goal, just as easily, as wind uproots a weak tree.
[DLMBSFn-V008]

(DLMBS Commentary V008) Here, on the other hand (in contrast to DhP 7) is described the way, how to nourish the roots of meditative life, how to destroy the bad tendencies, how to become immune to Mara, to the evil part of our mind. We must not dwell with our minds only on the pleasant things and indulge in enjoying pleasurable things (asubhānupassiṃ viharantaṃ). Another way to understand this phrase is that we should contemplate the unpleasant things, to understand that there is really nothing to be attached to, that attachment to pleasant things brings about the strength of "Mara", of our bad habits and tendencies.

We must also be well restrained (indriyesu susaṃvutaṃ) in senses and know moderation in food (bhojanamhi ca mattaññuṃ). Thus, senses are guarded, we do not take everything in indiscriminately, and we contemplate on what we see, hear, smell, taste, touch and think. We are not attached to pleasant sense-impressions, we do not hate unpleasant sense-impressions, and we are observant and concentrated and thus able to bring meditation to everyday life.

Important part is also trust (saddhaṃ). Trust in the way, that the Buddha taught us, trust in the methods that are part of the way, trust in the goal that can be reached by following this way. Without this basic trust (which is not blind faith, for it is easily verified, as we go forward on the way) no progress is possible.

We must also be firm in effort (āraddhavīriyaṃ). Effort is of course a basic necessity. We must make an effort to put everything that was said above into our daily lives. It is only by this constant effort, that we are able to progress towards the goal.

If we practice in this way, the roots of meditation will flourish, will become strong and invincible. Eventually, the tree of our practice will bear its fruit, our mind will reach the peaceful state of Nirvana. Mara, the dark side of our mind has no way to influence us, no way to overcome us, just like the wind is not able to blow away a rocky mountain.

[DLMBSFn-V009]

(DLMBS Commentary V009) This verse as well as the following one (DhP 10) talks about who is and who is not worthy to wear a monk's robe. One, who did not get rid of defilement (anikkasāvo), who is full of these impurities, who does not know self-control and restraint (dama) and who is far away (apeto) from truth (sacca), does not deserve to wear a yellow robe. Such a person can not call himself a monk, even if he should be dressed in the monk's robe.

As defilement (kasāva) are usually understood so called three roots of evil: lobha (greed), dosa (hatred) and moha (delusion).

[DLMBSFn-V010](DLMBS Commentary V010) In contrast to DhP 9, the person, who deserves to wear a monk's robe is described here. Who "threw up", or got completely rid of, defilement (vantakasāvo), who is well settled and well established in his virtues (sīlesu susamāhito) and who is endowed (upeto) with restraint (dama) and knows the truth (sacca), such a person deserves to wear a yellow monk's robe. Such a person can truly be called a monk.
[DLMBSFn-V011](DLMBS Commentary V011) One can of course never expect to understand, or get close to, the "essence", the heart of the problem, if one keeps looking in the wrong direction. This is true in every field of our endeavor. Therefore this rule necessarily applies also to spiritual efforts. This verse says that if we mistake the essential things for nonsense and think that there is some essence in things that are actually empty of it, we can not ever get even close to the reality. All kinds of superstition fall into this category, various activities that (although they look nice and can be even pleasant) do not bring us closer to the goal, which is the purification of mind. As the verse notes, this is the "pasture for wrong thoughts". As the cows on the pasture, the thoughts, wandering in this direction, will grow stronger and will multiply. The only problem is -- it will not help us on our way at all.
[DLMBSFn-V012](DLMBS Commentary V012) In contrast to DhP 11, if we really know, what is important and what is empty, if we know, where the essence lies, it is possible for us to discover it. We can take as an example the case if we want to clean the dirty floor. It will not help us to start scrubbing the table. Sure, a clean table is a nice thing, but we wanted the floor to be clean, not the table. In the same way, if we want to purify our mind, we must carefully decide and understand, how to do it, what is the correct procedure. If we know, what is essential in order to reach our goal, then we have a chance of accomplishing it. This is a "pasture for right thoughts". The right thoughts will grow and multiply -- this time only for our benefit.
[DLMBSFn-V013]

(DLMBS Commentary V013) A roof is the most important part of any house. If the roof is not well done, if we try to "cheat" and use cheap material of poor quality, we can be surprised when a strong rain comes. The roof will not be able to hold off the water and it will leak. Everything inside the house then becomes wet instantly - and after the rain we can start building again.

In the same way, the mind is the most important part of the human being. If it is not "well developed", if we have not practiced meditation earnestly, it will also "leak". The passions, hatred and other stuff will enter our mind and make it difficult for us to purify our minds. After one such "rain" we can start "rebuilding" our mind again.

[DLMBSFn-V014]

(DLMBS Commentary V014) And (continuing from DhP 13) if the roof on our house is well done, if we have made careful plans and executed them well, if we paid enough attention to the roof, then we do not have to be afraid of any rain, no matter how strong. The roof will hold it and the inside of the house will not become flooded, not even wet.

And in the case of mind, the same rule applies. If we made a conscious decision to develop it, to keep high level of mindfulness and alert, if we sharpen our mind in meditation, all the passions have no way of entering. The "roof" holds and we can concentrate on our main goal -- cleansing the mind, without a need to repair the roof after every light shower.

[DLMBSFn-V015]

(DLMBS Commentary V015) Doing evil deeds is a sure way to grief and despair. As we know from modern history, the greatest evildoers of this century (Stalin, Mao, Hitler, etc.) did not have an easy life. Their were troubled personalities, seeing enemies behind every shadow. The amount of evil they created hunted them mercilessly and efficiently.

If we commit an evil deed (a definition of evil deed is that it is an action which harms other living beings in any way -- physical or mental) not only our consciences bothers us (or at least it should, if we are to call ourselves human beings), but it will also bring us a bad rebirth. Thus, when we see our evil deeds, we will grieve both in this life and in the next one.

[DLMBSFn-V016](DLMBS Commentary V016) In direct contrast to the verse 15 (see), if we commit good deeds, helping all living beings in different ways, we will not only be happy in this life, having the satisfaction of doing good deeds, but we will also obtain a favorable rebirth. So, when we see our good deeds, we rejoice in the knowledge thereof.
[DLMBSFn-V017]

(DLMBS Commentary V017) This pair of verses (DhP 17 and DhP 18) is closely related to the previous pair (DhP 15 and DhP 16).

Here again, the evildoer is tormented both here and in the next life. Not only does the very idea that he has done evil torment him, but even more grief awaits him in his next life, where he will go to the undesirable states of being -- as an animal, to the hell etc.

[DLMBSFn-V018](DLMBS Commentary V018) In contrast to the previous verse (DhP 17), one, who performs good deeds is happy and delighted both in this life and after death. The idea "I have done good deeds" brings him inner satisfaction and happiness. Even more happiness then brings him his next birth - as a human being (the best of all possibilities), as a celestial being in various heavenly worlds etc.
[DLMBSFn-V019]

(DLMBS Commentary V019) The teacher must act according to his own words. A monk, who talks nice, true words, but his acts are not in accordance with them, does not really share the blessings of monk's life. He is like a hireling, doing work for others.

A cowherd is poor, he usually does not have his own cows, and he just takes others' cows out to the pasture. He does not have a real profit out of his actions. In the same sense, the monk who only talks about the Buddha's teachings, but does not put them into practice himself, does not reap the fruit thereof, is just like the cowherd. Thus he neglects his own practice and as we will soon hear in coming verses, the negligence is not a good path to take.

[DLMBSFn-V020](DLMBS Commentary V020) So, who can be truly called a monk, who shares the blessings of monkshood? It must be a person, who is living in accordance with the Dharma, as proclaimed by the Buddha. He must abandon all three roots of evil (lust, hatred and delusion), must have the right knowledge of the Dharma and his mind must be liberated. He must not of course be attached to anything in this world, but neither to anything in his possible future rebirths. Such a person is sharing all the blessings of monkshood, even if he does not preach the Dharma a lot.
[NāradaFn02-01](Ven. Nārada 02-01) Appamàda, literally, means non-infatuation i.e., ever-present mindfulness, watchfulness or earnestness in doing good. The ethical essence of Buddhism may be summed up by this word - appamàda. The last words of the Buddha were - appamàdena sampàdetha - strive on with diligence.
[NāradaFn02-02](Ven. Nārada 02-02) Amata - Nibbàna, the ultimate goal of Buddhists. As this positive term clearly indicates, Nibbàna is not annihilation or a state of nothingness as some are apt to believe. It is the permanent, immortal, supramundane state which cannot be expressed by mundane terms.
[NāradaFn02-03](Ven. Nārada 02-03) This should not be understood to mean that they are immortal. No being is immortal, not even Buddhas or Arahants. The idea implied herein is that the heedful, who realize Nibbàna are not reborn, and so do not die. The heedless are regarded as dead because they are not intent on doing good, and are subject to repeated births and deaths.
[NāradaFn02-04](Ven. Nārada 02-04) Knowing well that there is emancipation for the heedful, but not for the heedless.
[NāradaFn02-05](Ven. Nārada 02-05) Here Ariyas mean the pure ones like the Buddhas and Arahants. The realm of the Ariyas means the thirty-seven factors of Enlightenment (Bodhipakkhiyadhamma) and the nine supramundane states. See notes on v.44 and v.115.
[NāradaFn02-06](Ven. Nārada 02-06) Here meditation includes both concentration (samatha) and contemplation or insight (vipassanà).
[NāradaFn02-07](Ven. Nārada 02-07) Yogakkhema - free from the four bonds of sense-desires (kàma), craving for existence (bhava), false views (diññhi), and ignorance (avijjà).
[NāradaFn02-08]

(Ven. Nārada 02-08) Nibbàna = ni + vàna, lit., departure from craving. It is a supramundane state that can be attained in this life itself. It is also explained as extinction of passions, but not a state of nothingness. It is an eternal blissful state of relief that results from the complete eradication of the passions.

Metaphysically Nibbàna is the extinction of suffering; psychologically it is the elimination of egoism; ethically it is the eradication of lust, hatred and ignorance.

[NāradaFn02-09](Ven. Nārada 02-09) An island situated on a higher level cannot be flooded although the surrounding low-lying land may be inundated. Such an island becomes a refuge to all. In the same way the wise man who develops insight should make an island of himself by attaining Arahantship so that he may not be drowned by the four floods of sense-desires (kàma) false beliefs (ditthi), craving for existence (bhava) and ignorance (avijjà).
[NāradaFn02-10](Ven. Nārada 02-10) The sorrowless Arahants look compassionately with their Divine Eye upon the ignorant folk, who, being subject to repeated births, are not free from sorrow.
[NāradaFn02-11](Ven. Nārada 02-11) Maghavà is synonymous with Sakka, king of the gods. The Maghamànavaka Jataka relates that in the remote past a public-spirited person who had spent his whole lifetime in welfare work with the cooperation of his friends, was born as Sakka as the result of his good actions.
[NāradaFn02-12](Ven. Nārada 02-12) Devas. lit., sporting or shining ones, are a class of beings with subtle physical bodies invisible to the naked eye. They live in the celestial planes. There are also earth-bound deities.
[NāradaFn02-13](Ven. Nārada 02-13) A fully ordained disciple of the Buddha is called a Bhikkhu. "Mendicant monk" may be suggested as the closest equivalent for "Bhikkhu". He is not a priest as he is no mediator between God and man. He has no vows for life but he is bound by his rules which he takes of his own accord. He leads a life of voluntary poverty and celibacy. If he is unable to live the Holy Life, he can discard the robe at any time.
[NāradaFn02-14]

(Ven. Nārada 02-14) Sa§yojana - lit., that which yokes beings to the ocean of life. There are ten kinds of fetters- namely: self-illusion (sakkàyadiññhi), doubts (vicikicchà), indulgence in (wrongful) rites and ceremonies (sãlabbataparàmàsa), sense-desires (kàmaràga), hatred (pañigha), attachment to the Realms of Form (råparàga), attachment to the Formless Realms (aråparàga), conceit (màna), restlessness (uddhacca) and ignorance (avijjà).

The first five, pertaining to This Shore (orambhàgiya) are regarded as small, the rest, pertaining to the Further Shore (uddhambhàgiya) as great.

The first three are eradicated on attaining the first Stage of Sainthood (Sotàpatti).

The second two are attenuated on attaining the second stage of Sainthood (Sakadàgàmi).

The second two are destroyed on attaining the third stage of Sainthood (Anàgàmi).

The last five are eradicated on attaining the fourth stage of Sainthood (Arahatta).

[NāradaFn02-15](Ven. Nārada 02-15) From his spiritual heights which he has attained.
[BudRkFn02-01](Ven. Buddharakkhita 02-01) (v. 21) The Deathless (amata): Nibbana, so called because those who attain it are free from the cycle of repeated birth and death.
[BudRkFn02-02](Ven. Buddharakkhita 02-02) (v. 22) The Noble Ones (ariya): those who have reached any of the four stages of supramundane attainment leading irreversibly to Nibbana.
[BudRkFn02-03]Indra: the ruler of the gods in ancient Indian mythology.
[ThaniSFn-V21](Ven. Thanissaro V. 21) The Deathless = Unbinding (nibbana/nirvana), which gives release from the cycle of death and rebirth.
[ThaniSFn-V22](Ven. Thanissaro V. 22) "The range of the noble ones": Any of the four stages of Awakening, as well as the total Unbinding to which they lead. The four stages are: (1) stream-entry, at which one abandons the first three mental fetters tying one to the round of rebirth: self-identity views, uncertainty, and grasping at habits and practices; (2) once-returning, at which passion, aversion, and delusion are further weakened; (3) non-returning, at which sensual passion and irritation are abandoned; and (4) arahantship, at which the final five fetters are abandoned: passion for form, passion for formless phenomena, conceit, restlessness, and ignorance. For other references to the "range of the noble ones," see 92-93 and 179-180.
[ThaniSFn-V23](Ven. Thanissaro V. 23) AN 4.10 lists four yokes: the yoke of sensuality, the yoke of becoming, the yoke of views, and the yoke of ignorance. To gain rest from the first three yokes, one must discern, as it actually is present, the origination, the passing away, the allure, the drawbacks, and the escape from that yoke. One will then not be obsessed with passion, delight, attraction, infatuation, thirst, fever, fascination, craving with regard to that yoke. To gain rest from the yoke of ignorance, one must discern, as it actually is present, the origination, the passing away, the allure, the drawbacks, and the escape from the six sense media. One will then not be obsessed with not-knowing.
[DLMBSFn-V021]

(DLMBS Commentary V021) Conscientiousness is one of the most important characteristics to be developed. Without it, we can not proceed on our path towards awakenment. If we are negligent, how can we find energy to purify our minds?

So, the conscientiousness is the path to deathlessness. Only with it we can find our way to the final goal, Nirvana, which is the deathless state. Negligence on the other hand is the way to the repeated cycle of birth and death.

Conscientious people are able to reach the Nirvana, thus escaping the cycle of rebirths, whereas those, who are negligent, can not escape. They might as well be dead already.

[DLMBSFn-V022]

(DLMBS Commentary V022) The wise people know very clearly, that the conscientiousness is the state of deathlessness (the word thus refers to the previous verse, DhP 21). Therefore, they rejoice in conscientiousness, they praise it and pay high attention to it.

They are delighting in the "sphere of the Noble Ones". This is of course nothing else than the Nirvana. So, again, the only way to reach this state is to make conscientious effort in this direction, applying all one's energy and striving.

[DLMBSFn-V023](DLMBS Commentary V023) Continuing the line of reasoning from previous verses (DhP 21 and DhP 22), if one knows, that conscientiousness is the key to reaching of the Nirvana, one maintains a high level of it. Applying this conscientiousness to the practice of meditation, one has to persevere, constantly and with strong effort. By this, we are able to reach Nirvana, to really "touch" it here and now. Thus, we obtain the highest peace from bondage, the only true peace and freedom available.
[DLMBSFn-V024]

(DLMBS Commentary V024) The story says that there was an heir of a rich family, named Kumbhaghosaka, once in the city of Rājagaha. His parents died in the epidemic and he alone escaped and lived in the forest for some time. When he returned, nobody recognized him. He did not want to use the family wealth (which was buried in a safe place) out of fear that people might think he found it accidentally and thus the king might confiscate it. So he found a job (waking people in the morning) and lived a poor life.

But the king saw him once and recognized that his voice and manners are of a man of great wealth. He then sent his maid to investigate. At the end he summoned Kumbhaghosaka to the court. There the young man told him the story and the king made him a banker and gave his daughter in marriage to him.

When the Buddha heard about it, he spoke this verse.

If one always acts properly, with energy and mindfulness, applies self-control and consideration, is always conscientious, his good repute will increase, because people will know that he is a man of honor, that they can trust him. And they will report this to the others - who will then come to see for themselves, again telling other people about this. So the good word will spread around and everybody will trust such a person.

[DLMBSFn-V025]

(DLMBS Commentary V025) With this verse is associated the famous story of Cūḷapanthaka. There were two brothers, Mahāpantkaha and Cūḷapanthaka. Both become monks, but Cūḷapanthaka was not very clever and he was not able to learn the Buddha's Teachings. Mahāpantkaha on the other hand was very bright and he soon became an arahant.

The Buddha once gave a clean piece of cloth to Cūḷapantkaha and told him to rub it while repeating the words "taking on impurity". Cūḷapanthaka then did as instructed and soon the cloth became dirty. The Buddha then told him, that our mind is very similar to that piece of cloth, becoming dirty with the "dust of passion, hatred and delusion. Attaining of arahantship is not very different from cleaning the piece of cloth - we have to "wash" our minds of this dust diligently.

Cūḷapanthaka realized this and practiced meditation accordingly. Soon, he too became an arahant, as his elder brother.

The Buddha then spoke this verse, telling us that only by diligence, self-control and applying energy we can make an island in ourselves which the flood of passion, hatred and delusion will not be able to overwhelm.

[DLMBSFn-V026]

(DLMBS Commentary V026) The story associated with this verse and the following one (DhP 27) speaks about a festival that was celebrated in the city of Sāvatthī while the Buddha was residing there.

Many young men were practicing some sort of religious rituals, roaming about the city, shouting and begging for money at every door in the city.

Buddha's lay disciples in that city warned him not to enter the city and they themselves did not leave their houses. After one week of the festival ended, the Buddha again entered Sāvatthī and then spoke these two verses (DhP 26 and 27).

[DLMBSFn-V027]

(DLMBS Commentary V027) The story for this verse is the same as for the previous one (see DhP 26).

Whereas the foolish and ignorant ones indulge in negligence and sense-pleasures, as the young men did during the festival in Sāvatthī, those, who are wise, treasure the conscientiousness like a jewel. If they practice the meditation diligently, with perseverance, never becoming negligent, they will at the end definitely reach the "abundant happiness" - which is of course only another term for the Awakenment and the Nirvana.

[DLMBSFn-V028]

(DLMBS Commentary V028) The story says, that one of the chief disciples of the Buddha, the Elder Mahākassapa was once practicing meditation, trying to find out which of the beings in the world were conscientious and which were negligent. He also tried to find who was about to be born and who was about to die.

The Buddha learned about this and told him not to waste his time on something like that - because such things do not lead to the Awakenment. In addition to that, such a task is possible only for a Buddha, because of the innumerable beings in the world. The Buddha the spoke this verse.

The negligence is of course best dispelled with the conscientiousness. When we are able to do that, we will "climb the stronghold of wisdom", we will reach the Nirvana. Then we can look at the others, who are still negligent, as somebody on the top of a mountain can watch the people on the plain below him.

[DLMBSFn-V029]

(DLMBS Commentary V029) Once, there were two monks, who were friends. They both got a subject of meditation from the Buddha. So they went to the forest monastery to meditate. One of them was rather lazy. Because it was winter, he was warming himself by the fire the first part of the night and the other part he spent talking to other monks and novices. But the other monk was very mindful and diligent. He spent the night meditating and soon he became an arahant.

After the end of the retreat they went back to see the Buddha. The lazy monk actually accused the diligent one of laziness! He told Buddha, whereas he himself was first warming himself by the fire and then "not-sleeping", his friend was idling, lying down and sleeping all the time. But the Buddha of course knew the truth and he told them this verse. One friend was like a weak horse, lazy and talkative, but the other one, like a swift horse, was diligent and mindful. And he left the other friend behind - he became an arahant.

[DLMBSFn-V030]

(DLMBS Commentary V030) A young prince named Mahāli from the Licchavi state came to see the Buddha. He wanted to hear some teachings, so the Buddha told him the Sakkapañha Sutta (The Sutta of Sakka's questions). Mahāli wondered how was it possible, that the Buddha knew so much about Sakka, the king of the gods. Has the Buddha ever met Sakka?

The Buddha confirmed that he indeed has seen Sakka and further told Mahāli the story of Sakka's previous existence.

He was a man named Magha. He was very righteous and did a lot of charitable work, building roads and rest houses with his friends. He took seven obligations: to support his parents, to respect elders, to be gentle of speech, to avoid backbiting, to be generous and not avaricious, to speak the truth and to restrain himself from loosing temper. He was always mindful and kept all of them. Thus in his next existence he became Sakka, the king of gods.

[DLMBSFn-V031]

(DLMBS Commentary V031) Once there was a monk who received his subject of meditation from the Buddha. He practiced hard, but he made very little progress. So he became very depressed and frustrated. He went to see the Buddha about his problems. But on the way there he saw a big forest fire. He ran to the top of a mountain and observed. While there, he realized that just as the fire burnt up everything around, be it big or small, so the insights from the practice of meditation will burn up all the fetters, big and small.

The Buddha saw this from far away and appeared in front of the monk telling him that he was on the right track and to keep up the idea. The monk did accordingly and attained arahantship very soon.

According to Buddhist philosophy, there are ten fetters (saṃyojana). They can be divided into two kinds, five so called "lower" or "big" fetters and five "higher" or "small" fetters.

The five big fetters are:
1) personality belief (sakkāya-diṭṭhi),
2) skeptical doubt (vicikicchā),
3) clinging to rules and rituals (sīlabbata-paramāsa),
4) sensuous craving (kāma-rāga),
5) ill-will (vyāpāda).

The five small fetters are:
1) craving for fine-material existence (rūpa-rāga),
2) craving for immaterial existence (arūpa-rāga),
3) conceit (māna),
4) restlessness (uddhacca),
5) ignorance (avijjā).
[DLMBSFn-V032]

(DLMBS Commentary V032) Nigamavātissa was born and grew up in a small market town near Sāvatthi. He became a monk and lived a simple life. For his alms food he went to the village where his relatives lived and he kept away from all the big occasions. Even when big benefactors like Anāthapiṇḍika and king Pasenadi of Kosala gave monks alms on a grand scale, he did not attend. Some monks started to say, that he keeps only to his relatives and does not care about things.

The Buddha asked him about this. He replied that he goes to his village only for alms food, takes only as much as is enough, does not care if it is tasty or not. The Buddha praised him and told the other monks that they should all behave in this way. He also related the story of the king of parrots:

He lived in a grove of fig trees on the banks of Ganga with many subjects. When all the fruits were eaten, everybody left, except for the king, who was satisfied with little. Once Sakka, the king of gods, wanted to test him and his resolve. He assumed the form of a goose and asked him why doesn't he move away. The king said he can not leave out of the gratitude towards the tree. If he can find enough food to get by, he wouldn't go. It would be ungrateful. Sakka was impressed and revealed himself. Then he poured the Ganga water over the withered tree and it was suddenly green and full of fruit.

Then the Buddha said, that the king of parrots was himself in one of his previous existences and Sakka was Anuruddha, one of the Buddha's foremost disciples. He then uttered this verse (DhP 32). At the end of the discourse, Nigamavātissa became an arahant.

[NāradaFn03-01](Ven. Nārada 03-01) Citta is derived from the root cit, to think. The traditional interpretation of the term is "that which is aware of an object" (cinteti = vijānāti). Actually it is not that which thinks of an object as the term implies. If it could be said "it thinks" as one says in English "it rains", it would be more in consonance with the Buddha's teaching. From an ultimate standpoint citta may be defined as the awareness of an object, since Buddhism denies a subjective agent like a soul. According to Buddhism no distinction is made between mind and consciousness, terms which are used as equivalents for citta.
[NāradaFn03-02](Ven. Nārada 03-02) Pahātave is used in the sense of pahātabba = should be shunned.
[NāradaFn03-03](Ven. Nārada 03-03) Because no two thought moments arise at a particular time.
[NāradaFn03-04](Ven. Nārada 03-04) The imperceptible mind is immaterial and colourless.
[NāradaFn03-05]

(Ven. Nārada 03-05) Guhāsayaṃ - i.e., the seat of consciousness. It is clear that the Buddha has not definitely assigned a specific basis for consciousness as He had done with the other senses. It was the cardiac theory (the theory that the heart is the seat of consciousness) that prevailed in His time, and this was evidently supported by the Upanishads. The Buddha could have adopted this popular theory, but He did not commit Himself. In the Paññhāna, the Book of Relations, the Buddha refers to the basis of consciousness in such indirect terms as yaṃ rūpaṃ nissāya, dependent on that material thing. What the material thing was the Buddha did not positively assert. According to the views of commentators like the Venerables Buddhaghosa and Anuruddha the seat of consciousness is the heart (hadayavatthu).

One wonders whether one is justified in presenting the cardiac theory as Buddhistic when the Buddha Himself neither rejected nor accepted this popular theory.

[NāradaFn03-06](Ven. Nārada 03-06) Namely: spiritual wisdom or insight.
[NāradaFn03-07](Ven. Nārada 03-07) The deeds of an Arahant, a perfect Saint, are neither good nor bad because he has gone beyond both good and evil. This does not mean that he is passive. He is active but his activity is selfless and is directed to help others to tread the path he has trod himself. His deeds, ordinarily accepted as good, lack creative power as regards himself in producing Kammic effects. He is not however exempt from the effects of his past actions. He accumulates no fresh kammic activities. Whatever actions he does, as an Arahant, are termed "inoperative" (kiriya), and are not regarded as Kamma. They are ethically ineffective. Understanding things as they truly are, he has finally shattered the cosmic chain of cause and effect.
[NāradaFn03-08](Ven. Nārada 03-08) It should not erroneously be understood that Arahants do not sleep. Whether asleep or awake they are regarded as sleepless or vigilant ones, since the five stimulating virtues - namely confidence (saddhā), energy (viriya), mindfulness (sati), concentration (samādhi), and wisdom (paññā) are ever present in them.
[NāradaFn03-09](Ven. Nārada 03-09) The passions.
[NāradaFn03-10](Ven. Nārada 03-10) By conquest is here meant the newly developed insight (vipassanā).
[NāradaFn03-11](Ven. Nārada 03-11) For the Jhānas (absorptions or ecstasies) which the aspirant has developed. The Jhānas are highly developed mental states obtained by intensified concentration.
[NāradaFn03-12](Ven. Nārada 03-12) Kaëingaraṃ, a rotten log which cannot be used for any purpose.
[NāradaFn03-13](Ven. Nārada 03-13) That is, the mind directed towards the ten kinds of evil - namely: 1. killing, 2. stealing, 3. sexual misconduct, 4. lying, 5. slandering, 6. harsh speech, 7. vain talk, 8. covetousness, 9. ill-will, and 10. false belief.
[NāradaFn03-14](Ven. Nārada 03-14) That is the mind directed towards the ten kinds of meritorious deeds (kusala) - namely: 1. generosity, 2. morality, 3. meditation, 4. reverence, 5. service, 6. transference of merit, 7. rejoicing in others' merit, 8. hearing the doctrine, 9. expounding the doctrine, and 10. straightening one's right views.
[BudRkFn-v39](Ven. Buddharakkhita v. 39) The arahant is said to be beyond both merit and demerit because, as he has abandoned all defilements, he can no longer perform evil actions; and as he has no more attachment, his virtuous actions no longer bear kammic fruit.
[ThaniSFn-V37](Ven. Thanissaro V. 37) "Lying in a cave": According to the Dhp Commentary (hereafter referred to as DhpA), "cave" here means the physical heart, as well as the four great properties — earth (solidity), water (liquidity), fire (heat), and wind (motion) — that make up the body. Sn 4.2 also compares the body to a cave.
[ThaniSFn-V39](Ven. Thanissaro V. 39) According to DhpA, "unsoddened mind" means one into which the rain of passion doesn't penetrate (see 13 and 14 ); "unassaulted awareness" means a mind not assaulted by anger. "Beyond merit & evil": The arahant is beyond merit and evil in that he/she has none of the mental defilements — passion, aversion, or delusion — that would lead to evil actions, and none of the attachments that would cause his/her actions to bear kammic fruit of any sort, good or bad.
[ThaniSFn-V40](Ven. Thanissaro V. 40) "Without settling there, without laying claim": two meanings of the word anivesano.
[ThaniSFn-V42](Ven. Thanissaro V. 42) AN 7.60 illustrates this point with seven ways that a person harms him/herself when angry, bringing on results that an enemy would wish: He/she becomes ugly, sleeps badly, mistakes profit for loss and loss for profit, loses wealth, loses his/her reputation, loses friends, and acts in such a way that — after death — he/she reappears in a bad rebirth.
[DLMBSFn-V033]

(DLMBS Commentary V033) Once the Buddha was staying on Cālika mountain. One of the monks, Meghiya Thera was attending upon him. This Thera saw a nice mango grove and asked the Buddha for permission to go there for meditation. But there were no other monks at that time and the Buddha needed an attendance. So he told Meghiya to wait for arrival of somebody else and then he could go.

But Meghiya wanted to go really badly, so he asked the Buddha again and again, until he got his permission. He went to the grove and started to meditate, only to find out that his mind was wandering. He stayed there the whole day, but made no progress.

In the evening he reported to the Buddha, how he was all the time assailed by thoughts associated with senses, ill will and cruelty. The Buddha told him the verses 33 and 34 and Meghiya attained Sotāpatti, the first stage on the way to awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V034]

(DLMBS Commentary V034) The story for this verse is the same as for the previous one (DhP 33). Our mind is indeed wavering, writhing and difficult to restrain, like a snake or a young branch. An arrow maker making an arrow has to straighten it first; otherwise it would be a worthless arrow. In the same way, we have to straighten the mind; otherwise we cannot hit the goal with it.

When we want to leave Mara's realm, the world, the mind trembles and flickers just like a fish thrown on a dry ground, suddenly without its familiar surroundings, unable to relate to this new situation.

[DLMBSFn-V035]

(DLMBS Commentary V035) Sixty monks received their meditation subjects from the Buddha and they went to the village of Mātika. There the mother of the village headman, called Mātikamātā, built a monastery for them and gave them alms food regularly. So they decided to spend the Rain Retreat there. She asked them to teach her some Dharma and they taught her the 32 body parts and awareness of the body's decay. She practiced diligently and attained the third (last but one) stage of awakenment. She also attained some supernormal powers; she was able to read other people's minds. She used this power and saw that the sixty monks have not so far attained anything. She saw, that they all had potential for arahantship, but they needed proper food. So she gave them alms food and soon they all became arahants.

At the end of the retreat they went back to the Buddha and reported what happened. A certain monk decided to go to the same village. Mātikamātā personally came to the monastery and gave him alms food. He asked her about her supernormal powers, but she evaded this subject. He got scared that she will see his impure mind and left the village.

He told the Buddha about his fears, but the Buddha sent him back, telling him to control his mind under all circumstances. So the monk went back, thinking only about his meditation subject. Mātikamātā made sure that he had enough alms food and the monk too attained arahantship soon.

[DLMBSFn-V036]

(DLMBS Commentary V036) Once in the city of Sāvatthi, there lived a son of a banker. He asked a monk who came to his house for alms food, how to be liberated from the ills of life. The monk instructed him to divide his property into three parts. One he was to do business with, one to support his family, one for charity. The man did so and then asked what to do next. He was instructed to take refuge in the Buddha, Dharma and Sangha and to observe five precepts. But the man was still not satisfied. So the monk told him to renounce the world and to become a monk too.

As a monk he was taught Dharma by one teacher and Vinaya by another. Thus he felt that there was too much to learn, the rules were too strict and there was no freedom. He wanted to return to lay life. He began to have doubts, was discontent and unhappy, neglected his meditation. The Buddha told him that if he only could control his mind, he had nothing else to control. Then he told him this verse. The monk attained arahantship.

[DLMBSFn-V037]

(DLMBS Commentary V037) Saṅgharakkhita Thera was from the city of Sāvatthi. His sister gave birth to a son. People called him "The nephew Saṅgharakkhita". He also became a monk.

Once he was offered two sets of robes. He wanted to give one set to his uncle. So at the end of the retreat he went to see him, but his uncle did not want a robe, saying he had enough. The young man felt bad, thinking the uncle does not want to share with him. So he decided to leave the Order.

His mind began to wander and a train of thoughts appeared. When he became a layman he would sell his robes and buy a goat. The goat would breed quickly and soon he would have enough money to marry. His wife would give birth to a son. He would take his wife and son in a cart to see the uncle. On the way he would say he could carry the child. She would tell him to drive that she could carry the baby. But he will insist and grab the child. The child would fall down and the wheel would pass over him. He would get furious and hit his wife with the goading stick.

At that time he was fanning the Thera and absentmindedly hit him with the fan. His uncle said: "You were unable to beat your wife, why hit an old monk?" The young man was embarrassed and frightened of his uncle, so he fled. The monks chased him and took him to see the Buddha. He told him the verse and said that the mind has ability to think of objects far away and that one should strive for liberation. The young monk attained the first stage of awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V038]

(DLMBS Commentary V038) A certain man from Sāvatthi was once looking for his ox lost in the forest. He got hungry so he went to a village monastery, where the monks gave him the remains of the morning meal. While eating, he realized that he was working hard every day, but did not even have enough food. What if he became a monk? So he asked the monks to grant him an ordination. As a monk he had plenty of food, soon he was quite fat.

After some time he grew tired of going for alms and so he decided to become a layman again. Later he again changed his mind, thinking the life too strenuous and became a monk. In this way he left the Order and came back six times.

While he was going back and forth, his wife became pregnant. Once he entered their bedroom when she was asleep. She was almost naked, snoring loudly, saliva trickling down the mouth. This and her bloated stomach made her look like a corpse. He was able to perceive impermanence and unpleasantness of the body. He was thinking that he was a monk for several times and only because of this woman he was not able to stay. So he left home for seventh time, repeating as he went the words "impermanence" and "suffering" and on the way to the monastery he attained the first stage of awakenment. But the monks did not want to permit him into the Order, joking: "You have been shaving your head so often, that it looks like a whetting stone." He asked once more and the monks granted him the ordination one last time. Within few days he attained arahantship.

The monks were surprised to see him staying so long, so they asked what happened. The man said he had no attachments any more, so why would he leave. But they did not believe him and asked the Buddha, who said it was the truth. The man was an arahant now, who discarded both the ideas of good and evil.

[DLMBSFn-V039]

(DLMBS Commentary V039) The story for this verse is identical with the previous one (DhP 38).

If the mind is unsteady, the confidence in the Teaching wavering and one is not really resolved to do anything about it, the wisdom will not grow. But with a strong conscientiousness and watchfulness, the mind can get rid of the passions and unsteadiness. Then one is able to abandon all the ideas of good and evil and become free, just like the man from our story did.

[DLMBSFn-V040]

(DLMBS Commentary V040) Our body is like a jar, very fragile. And our mind should be like a fortified city, guarded everywhere. The story for this verse says:

Five hundred monks from Sāvatthi received the meditation subjects and went far away to a large grove. The guardian spirits of the trees there saw that the monks came and decided that it would be impolite to stay in the trees. So they descended, thinking the monks will only stay one night. But they decided to spend the Rain retreat there. The spirits did not want to live on the ground so long, so they scared the monks by terrible sounds and ghostly images.

The monks ran away and told the Buddha what happened. He told them that they did not have any weapon, so they must be armed with loving kindness (Mettā). He then taught them the Mettā sutta. He further instructed them to recite the poem from the outskirts of the forest and enter the monastery still reciting. The monks did accordingly.

The spirits received their loving kindness, welcomed them and did them no harm. The monks meditated on the 32 parts of the body and realized its impermanence. The Buddha saw it from away, appeared in front of them, saying, yes, the body is like a jar. He also told them this verse (DhP 40). All five hundred monks became arahants.

[DLMBSFn-V041]

(DLMBS Commentary V041) There was a monk called Thera Tissa. He diligently meditated and had many students, but then he was afflicted with a disease. Small boils appeared all over his body, and then big sores developed from them. Later sores burst, emitting pus and blood; his robes became dirty and stinky. The monks called him Pūtigatatissa, Tissa with stinking body. They kept away from him, even his pupils abandoned him, and nobody would go near him.

The Buddha saw his sorrowful state, saw that he would soon die, but that he could also attain arahantship very quickly. So the Buddha went to the fire-shed close to the place, where the Thera was living. He boiled some water, went to the monk's room and started to carry him out. Other monks also gathered and helped him to carry the sick Thera out. They brought him to the fire-shed, bathed him and washed his robes.

After taking the bath, the monk became fresh in body and mind, he developed one-pointedness and concentration. The Buddha then related this verse (DhP 41) and Thera Tissa became an arahant immediately. Soon after that he passed away.

[DLMBSFn-V042]

(DLMBS Commentary V042) In the country of Kosala there once lived a herdsman named Nanda. He looked after the cows of the famous benefactor Anāthapiṇḍika. Sometimes he would go to Anāthapiṇḍika's house and listen to the Buddha's discourses. Once Nanda asked the Buddha to come to his house for alms food. The Buddha replied that he would come, but the time is not yet right and Nanda should wait.

After some time the Buddha was traveling and went off his usual route to see Nanda, because he knew that the time for him to do so was ripe. Nanda received him, served the Buddha and monks milk and milk products and all kinds of food. This lasted for seven days. On the last day after hearing the Buddha's discourse, Nanda attained the first stage of awakenment.

When the Buddha was leaving, Nanda carried his bowl for him some distance and then turned back home. Suddenly a hunter, his old enemy, shot him. The monks saw Nanda laying dead on the road. They told the Buddha that because of them, because they came to his house and he was accompanying them, Nanda died. But the Buddha said that there was no escape from death for him. And he told the monks this verse (DhP 42).

[DLMBSFn-V043]

(DLMBS Commentary V043) In the city of Soreyya, there once lived a son of rich man. His name was also Soreyya. Once he was going with friend in a luxurious carriage to take a bath. They saw Mahākaccāyana Thera adjusting his robe before he entered Soreyya to get his alms food. Soreyya said: "I wish the monk was my wife, or my wife had a complexion like he has!" With that he changed to a woman. He was ashamed and ran away and began to travel to the city of Taxila. His friend was looking for him everywhere, but did not find any trace.

Soreyya (now woman) offered her ring to some people, going to Taxila, and they took her with them in a carriage. When they got there, the people told one young rich man about the beautiful girl who came with them to the city. The man married her. She gave birth to two sons, but also had two sons from the previous marriage as a man.

Once a merchant from Soreyya came to Taxila to do some business. She sent for him, because she recognized an old friend in him. But of course, he did not know who she was. She asked many questions about her old family and other friends. The man related to her the story about the disappeared man. She revealed her identity and told him all what happened. The man advised her to ask pardon from the Thera.

Mahākaccāyana was invited to her house and she offered him alms food. The lady explained what happened and asked for pardon. The Thera said: "Get up, I forgive you." With that she became a man again.

But he kept thinking how during a single life his body could undergo two changes of sex and have children both as a man and as a woman. He felt these things were very repulsive and decided to leave the lay life.

People often asked him if he loved more the two sons he had as a man or the two sons he had as a woman. He always answered that the sons whom he (as a woman) personally delivered were closer to him. People asked him this question so often that he became ashamed and annoyed. He stayed by himself, diligently meditating on the decay of the body. Soon he attained arahantship. When people again asked him the same question, he said he had no affection for any one in particular.

Others thought he does not speak the truth, so they asked the Buddha about it. But he told them that Soreyya does not lie. Now he is an arahant, his well directed mind brought him a well being which neither the father nor the mother could bestow on him.

[NāradaFn04-01](Ven. Nārada 04-01) Vijessati = attano ñāṇena vijānissati - who will know by one's own wisdom? (Commentary).
[NāradaFn04-02](Ven. Nārada 04-02) That is one who will understand oneself as one really is.
[NāradaFn04-03](Ven. Nārada 04-03) By the realm of Yama are meant the four woeful states - namely hell, the animal kingdom, the Peta Realm, and the Asura Realm. Hell is not permanent according to Buddhism. It is a state of misery as are the other planes where beings suffer for their past evil actions.
[NāradaFn04-04](Ven. Nārada 04-04) Namely: the human plane and the six celestial planes. These seven are regarded as blissful states (sugati).
[NāradaFn04-05](Ven. Nārada 04-05) Devas, lit., sporting or shining ones. They are also a class of beings who enjoy themselves, experiencing the effects of their past good actions. They too are subject to death.
[NāradaFn04-06]

(Ven. Nārada 04-06) Dhammapada. The Commentary states that this term is applied to the thirty-seven Factors of Enlightenment (Bodhipakkhiyadhamma). They are:-

I.The four Foundations of Mindfulness (Satipaññhāna) - namely: 1. contemplation of the body (kāyānupassanā), 2. contemplation of the feelings (vedanānupassanā), 3. contemplation of thoughts (cittānupassanā), and 4. contemplation of phenomena (dhammānupassanā).

II.The four Supreme Efforts (Sammappadāna) - namely: 1. the effort to prevent evil that has not arisen, 2. the effort to discard evil that has already arisen, 3. the effort to cultivate unarisen good, and 4. the effort to promote good that has already arisen.

III.The four Means of Accomplishment (iddhipāda) - namely: will (chanda), energy (viriya), thought (citta), and wisdom (vimaṃsā).

IV.The five faculties (Indriya) - namely: confidence (saddhā), energy (viriya), mindfulness (sati), concentration (samādhi), and wisdom (paññā).

V.The five Forces (Bala), having the same names as the Indriyas.

VI.The seven Constituents of Enlightenment (Bojjhaṅga) - namely: mindfulness (sati), investigation of the Truth (Dhammavicaya), energy (viriya), joy (pīti), serenity (passaddhi), concentration (samādhi), and equanimity (upekkhā).

VII.The Eightfold Path (Aññhaṅgikamagga) - namely: right views (sammā diññhi), right thoughts (sammā saṅkappa), right speech (sammā vācā), right actions (sammā kammanta), right livelihood (sammā ājīva), right endeavour (sammā vāyāma), right mindfulness (sammā sati) and right concentration (sammā samādhi).

[NāradaFn04-07](Ven. Nārada 04-07) The term sekha, lit., one who is still under going training, is applied to a disciple who has attained the first stage of Sainthood (Sotāpatti = Stream-winner) until he attains the final Arahatta fruit stage. When he totally eradicates all fetters (saṃyojana) and attains the fruit stage of an Arahant, he is called an Asekha, as he has perfected his training. It is an asekha disciple who understands him self and the whole world as they really are. There is no graceful English equivalent for this difficult Pali term. "Adept" (= one who has attained) may be suggested as the closest rendering.
[NāradaFn04-08](Ven. Nārada 04-08) Owing to its fleeting nature.
[NāradaFn04-09](Ven. Nārada 04-09) Because there is nothing substantial in this body.
[NāradaFn04-10](Ven. Nārada 04-10) Namely life's sorrow, born of passions. An Arahant destroys all passions by his wisdom and attains Nibbāna where there is no death.
[NāradaFn04-11](Ven. Nārada 04-11) Antaka, lit., Ender, which means death.
[NāradaFn04-12](Ven. Nārada 04-12) Seeking alms, without inconveniencing any.
[NāradaFn04-13](Ven. Nārada 04-13) A kind of shrub from which a fragrant powder is obtained.
[NāradaFn04-14](Ven. Nārada 04-14) The personification of evil. See note on vs. 8.
[NāradaFn04-15](1, 2) (Ven. Nārada 04-15) Nobody is condemned in Buddhism, for greatness is latent even in the seemingly lowliest just as lotuses spring from muddy ponds.
[BudRkFn-v45](Ven. Buddharakkhita v. 45) The Striver-on-the-Path (sekha): one who has achieved any of the first three stages of supramundane attainment: a stream-enterer, once-returner, or non-returner.
[BudRkFn-v49](Ven. Buddharakkhita v. 49) The "sage in the village" is the Buddhist monk who receives his food by going silently from door to door with his alms bowls, accepting whatever is offered.
[BudRkFn-v54](Ven. Buddharakkhita v. 54) Tagara: a fragrant powder obtained from a particular kind of shrub.
[ThaniSFn-V44-45](1, 2) (Ven. Thanissaro V. 44-45) "Dhamma-saying": This is a translation for the term dhammapada. To ferret out the well-taught Dhamma-saying means to select the appropriate maxim to apply to a particular situation, in the same way that a flower-arranger chooses the right flower, from a heap of available flowers (see 53), to fit into a particular spot in the arrangement. "The learner-on-the-path": A person who has attained any of the first three of the four stages of Awakening (see note 22).
[ThaniSFn-V48](Ven. Thanissaro V. 48) According to DhpA, the End-maker is death. According to another ancient commentary, the End-maker is Mara.
[ThaniSFn-V53](Ven. Thanissaro V. 53) The last line of the Pali here can be read in two ways, either "even so, many a skillful thing should be done by one born & mortal" or "even so, many a skillful thing should be done with what's born & mortal." The first reading takes the phrase jatena maccena, born & mortal, as being analogous to the flower-arranger implicit in the image. The second takes it as analogous to the heap of flowers explicitly mentioned. In this sense, "what's born & is mortal" would stand for one's body, wealth, and talents.
[ThaniSFn-V54-56](1, 2, 3) (Ven. Thanissaro V. 54-56) Tagara = a shrub that, in powdered form, is used as a perfume. AN 3.78 explains the how the scent of a virtuous person goes against the wind and wafts to the devas, by saying that those human and celestial beings who know of the good character of a virtuous person will broadcast one's good name in all directions.
[ThaniSFn-V57](Ven. Thanissaro V. 57) "Right knowing": the knowledge of full Awakening.
[VaradoFn04-1](1, 2) (Ven. Varado 04-1) A sekha is a noble disciple who has achieved stream-entry but not arahantship.
[DLMBSFn-V044]

(DLMBS Commentary V044) A group of monks accompanied the Buddha to a certain village and then they all returned to the monastery. The monks started to talk about the trip. They paid close attention to the condition of the land: whether it was level or hilly, whether the soil was clayey or sandy etc.

The Buddha visited them and when overheard the topic of their discussion, he told them to better concentrate on their own bodies. He said, that the earth is external and that they should strive to examine their own bodies and understand what they really are.

He then added that by understanding one's own body we are also able to understand the whole world. We will be able to realize the Dharma, just as a skilful garland-maker makes the garlands.

[DLMBSFn-V045]

(DLMBS Commentary V045) The story for this verse is the same as for the previous one (DhP 44).

The disciple of the Buddha is able to investigate this world. By understanding and realizing the Dharma we can also fully understand the whole world with all its beings, because the Dharma is after all concerned just with this world, its conditions and our position in this world. So, just as a skilful garland-maker can pick flowers easily, we, as Buddha's followers, can investigate the Dharma and with it the whole world.

[DLMBSFn-V046]

(DLMBS Commentary V046) A certain monk obtained his meditation subject from the Buddha. He went to the forest and practiced diligently. But for some reason he made very little progress and was not happy. He set out on a journey back to tell the Buddha about his difficulties and to obtain another meditation subject.

But on the way he saw a mirage. He realized, that a mirage is only an illusion of water and that also his body is an illusion as well. He fixed his mind on this understanding and continued with his meditation.

Later he went for a bath to a river and there he saw the foam, how it was insubstantial and breaking up quickly. Thus he further realized the impermanent nature of the body.

The Buddha then sent him his image and told him to keep up the meditation this way. The monk attained the arahantship and escaped the King of Death forever.

[DLMBSFn-V047]

(DLMBS Commentary V047) By "flowers" are meant the pleasures of the senses here. One, who only keeps "gathering flowers", or in other words chase after the sense-pleasures, will be carried away by death, as the army of the king of Kosala in this story.

King Pasenadi of Kosala asked the clan of the Sākyans (Buddha's own relatives) to give him one of their daughters as a wife. But they sent him a daughter of a slave woman by king Mahānāma. Pasenadi did not know that and married her. She gave birth to a son, who was named Vidudabha.

Later Vidudabha found out, that his mother was a daughter of a slave and became very angry with the Sākyans. When he became the king, he declared war on them and killed almost all of the Sākyan clan. On the way back, he and his army encamped on the bank of a river. That night, heavy rain fell; the river swelled and carried Vidudabha and his army to the ocean.

When Buddha heard what happened, he uttered this verse.

[DLMBSFn-V048]

(DLMBS Commentary V048) In the city of Sāvatthi there lived a woman named Pati Pujikā Kumāri. She was very generous and virtuous. She gave alms to everyone in need and generally helped everybody.

She also remembered her one previous life. She used to be one of the wives of the God

Mālabhāri in the Tāvatimsa heaven. So she would often pray that she might be born there again in her next life.

One day she fell ill and passed away. And she was really reborn in the Tāvatimsa heaven. The other gods did not even miss her, because one hundred years in the human world is just one day in Tāvatimsa. So they asked her, where had she been the whole morning. She then told them the whole story.

When the Buddha heard, that Pati Pujikā died, he explained that the life was very brief. Before the beings could be satisfied in the pleasures of the senses, they would be overpowered by death.

[DLMBSFn-V049]

(DLMBS Commentary V049) This verse talks about the practice of alms-rounds. The monks are supposed to obtain alms food from the people, going house from house and taking something here, something there, especially from those, who have a lot. Just like a bee takes the juice from the flower but does no harm to it, so the monks should get the food from the villagers, making no harm to them by taking too much from one family or from the poor families.

The following story is associated with this verse.

In one village there lived a very rich but very miserly couple. One day they made some pancakes, but because they did not want to share them with others, they made them secretly.

The Buddha saw this and sent one of his chief disciples, Moggallāna to their house. He arrived there and stood by the door. They tried to make a very small pancake and give it to him. But no matter how they tried, a small amount of dough would fill in the whole pan. Then they tried to offer him one of their own pancakes, but they were unable to separate them. So they gave him the whole basket with all their pancakes.

Moggallāna invited them to the monastery to see the Buddha. They offered the pancakes to the Buddha and the monks. The Buddha delivered a discourse on charity and both the husband and wife attained the first stage of Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V050]

(DLMBS Commentary V050) In Sāvatthi once lived a lady who was a disciple of the ascetic Pāthika. All her friends and neighbors were the disciples of the Buddha and she often wanted to go to the monastery herself, to hear the Buddha's teachings. But Pāthika always prevented her from going there.

So she invited the Buddha to her house for almsgiving instead. He came together with many monks and after the meal he delivered a teaching. She was very impressed and happy and exclaimed, "Well said!"

Pāthika heard this from the next room and became very angry. He left the house, cursing the woman and the Buddha.

The lady was very embarrassed by this. But the Buddha advised her not to be concerned about others' curses, but to be only mindful of her own good and bad deeds. At the end she attained the first stage of Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V051]

(DLMBS Commentary V051) A certain Buddha's disciple named Chattapāni has attained the second stage of Awakenment. Once, while he was listening to the Buddha's discourse, the king Pasenadi came to the monastery. Chattapāni did not get up, because by paying homage to the king he would disrespect the Buddha. The king was very unhappy about that, thinking that Chattapāni offended him. But the Buddha explained to the king what Chattapāni meant. The king was impressed and asked Chattapāni to teach Dharma to his queens. But he refused, saying that monks should teach Dharma, not mere lay disciples.

The Buddha then assigned Ānanda to teach them. After some time the Buddha asked, how much progress did the queens make. Ānanda replied, that the queen Mallikā was learning very quickly and seriously, the queen Vāsabha Khattiyā was not paying attention and therefore made no progress.

The Buddha replied by this verse, saying that only those, who learn diligently and then practice what they learned, can benefit from the Dharma.

[DLMBSFn-V052]

(DLMBS Commentary V052) The story for this verse is the same as for the previous one.

One who speaks well, who often admonishes others, but does not act according to one’s own speech speaks in vain. His words are just as a beautiful flower that does not smell. Only when one acts as well as one speak, one's speech can be considered well said, like a nice flower that also smells nicely.

[DLMBSFn-V053]

(DLMBS Commentary V053) The traditional commentary for this verse contains the famous story of the chief Buddha's benefactress Visākhā.

She married Punnavaddhana, the son of Migāra, a rich man who lived in the city of Sāvatthi. Once, when her father-in-law was eating his lunch, a monk came to their house on his alms-round. Migāra ignored him completely. Visākhā told the monk: "Sorry, venerable sir, my father-in-law only eats stale food". Migāra became very angry with her. She explained, that he was only reaping rewards of his good deeds from previous lives, not creating any merit in this life. Therefore she spoke about "stale food".

Migāra understood and allowed her to invite the Buddha with the monks for the alms-food. Migāra listened to Buddha's discourse from behind a curtain (because he was a lay disciple of some ascetic teacher and he did not want Migāra to show himself in front of the Buddha). After hearing Buddha's speech, Migāra attained the first stage of Awakenment. He was very grateful to Visākhā and declared that she would be like a mother to him.

Once she went to the monastery and carried her gem-entrusted cloak with her. She gave it to her maid to carry and she forgot it in the monastery. Visākhā then wanted to donate the cloak to the monks but they would not accept. So Visākhā tried to sell the cloak and donate the money for the use of the Sangha. But the cloak was so expensive that nobody could afford to buy it. Visākhā then bought it back herself. With the money she built a monastery for the Sangha.

Visākhā was very happy - all her desires were fulfilled. The Buddha explained that she was strongly inclined to do good deeds, had done much good in the past and will do a lot of good deeds in the future - just as one can do many garlands from the heap of flowers.

[DLMBSFn-V054]

(DLMBS Commentary V054) Venerable Ānanda was once sitting in meditation and he was pondering the problem of scent. All the known scents - perfumes, flowers, roots etc. go only with the wind. No scent can go against the wind. Is there any scent at all that can go against the wind?

He asked the Buddha about it. The Buddha said that there exists such thing. A person, who takes refuge in the Buddha, Dharma and Sangha, observes the moral precepts and is generous, is really worthy of praise. The "scent", or the reputation, of such a person spreads far and wide, with the wind and against it. Such a person is famous everywhere and people praise him.

[DLMBSFn-V055]

(DLMBS Commentary V055) tagaraṃ: tagara-, N.n: the incense obtained from a kind of shrub (in Latin: Tabernaemontana coronaria). Nom.Sg. = tagaraṃ.

The story for this verse is identical with that for the previous verse (DhP 54).

The "scent" or reputation of virtue is the highest. All the other natural scents cannot compete with it, because they can be smelt only for a short time and only in a short distance. But the smell of virtue can be felt for a long period of time and in all directions.

[DLMBSFn-V056]

(DLMBS Commentary V056) One of the Buddha's chief disciples, Venerable Kassapa, went to the city of Rājagaha for alms food. He wanted to give some poor man opportunity to give him food and thus obtain merit.

Sakka, the king of the gods saw this, he assumed the form of an old poor weaver and together with his wife Sujātā came to Rājagaha. Venerable Kassapa stood at their door and Sakka filled his bowl with delicious rice and curry. Kassapa thought, that this cannot be a poor man - how could such a person afford so delicious food? Kassapa then realized that this man and his wife are actually Sakka and Sujātā.

They admitted this fact and told Kassapa that they were too very poor - they did not have enough opportunity to give alms and thus did not accumulate any merit.

Monks asked the Buddha how Sakka knew Kassapa was such a virtuous person that any alms given to him reap great meritorious reward. The Buddha answered by this verse, telling them that the fame of Kassapa's virtue reached even amongst the gods.

[DLMBSFn-V057]

(DLMBS Commentary V057) A monk named Godhika was practicing meditation diligently. But whenever he made some progress in his meditation, he became seriously ill. It impaired effectiveness of his meditation, but he nevertheless continued to practice.

At the end he decided to strive for the arahantship even if he were to die. So he concentrated on physical pain as his meditation object and cut his throat (this can nor be considered a suicide, because he was very close to arahantship anyway and he already eradicated all cravings). Thus, concentrating on the pain, he attained his goal and then passed away.

Mara tried to find where Godhika was reborn but he could not find him anywhere. So he went and asked the Buddha about Godhika. The Buddha told him, that Godhika became an arahant and Mara could never be able to find him again.

[DLMBSFn-V058]

(DLMBS Commentary V058) In the city of Sāvatthi, there lived two friends, Sirigutta and Garahadinna. Sirigutta was a student of the Buddha and Garahadinna followed Nigantha's teaching. Garahadinna always instigated his friend to become a Nigantha's follower too. He would boast that his teachers know all the past, present and future.

So Sirigutta once invited his friend's teachers to his house. He prepared a deep hole, filled it with dirt and put the seats on ropes on top of this trench. Niganthas came and when they sat down, the ropes broke and Niganthas fell into the pit. Sirigutta asked them how come they claim to know the future but they did not know what would happen to them. They did not know what to say and fled in terror.

Garahadinna wanted to take revenge on his friend's teacher too, so he invited the Buddha and some monks to his house for alms food. He dug a hole, filled it with burning coal, and covered with mats. But when the Buddha entered and sat down, the coal disappeared and instead of it big lotus flowers appeared.

Garahadinna was very alarmed. Then he realized that as he did not expect the Buddha to survive this test, he did not prepare any food. But when he entered the kitchen, he found out that a lot of food appeared there as if from nowhere. So he served the food to the Buddha and the monks.

After the lunch, the Buddha taught the two friends Dharma in a gradual manner. At the end they both attained the first stage of Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V059]

(DLMBS Commentary V059) The story to this verse is identical to the previous one.

Just as a lotus can grow in a dirty place, but does not become stained by it, so a true disciple of the Buddha lives in this world, but is not dirtied by it in any way.

[NāradaFn05-01](Ven. Nārada 05-01) Lit., wandering again and again. It is the ocean of life or existence. Saṃsāra is defined as the unbroken flow of the stream of aggregates, elements, and sense-faculties. Saṃsāra is also explained as the "continued flow of the stream of being from life to life, from existence to existence".
[NāradaFn05-02](Ven. Nārada 05-02) Sahāyatā, According to the Commentary this term connotes higher morality, insight, Paths and Fruits of Sainthood. No such virtues are found in the foolish.
[NāradaFn05-03](Ven. Nārada 05-03) Out of compassion, to work for their betterment one may associate with the foolish but not be contaminated by them.
[NāradaFn05-04](Ven. Nārada 05-04) Madhu vā - in most texts
[NāradaFn05-05](Ven. Nārada 05-05) Literally month after month, with a kusa grass blade, a fool may eat his food.
[NāradaFn05-06]

(Ven. Nārada 05-06) Saṅkhatadhammānaṃ, "who have well weighed the Law", Max Muller and Burlingame. "Who well have taken things into account", Mrs. Rhys Davids. "Who have studied the Dhamma noble", Woodward. The commentarial explanation is: "The Ariyas who have realized the four Noble Truths".

The prolonged, so-called meritorious fasting of alien ascetics who have not destroyed the passions, is not worth the sixteenth part of a solitary day's fasting of an Ariya who has realized the four noble Truths.

[NāradaFn05-07](Ven. Nārada 05-07) That is, his wisdom.
[NāradaFn05-08](Ven. Nārada 05-08) Viveka, separation or detachment, is threefold, namely: bodily separation from the crowd (kāyaviveka), mental separation from passions (cittaviveka), and complete separation from all conditioned things which is Nibbāna (upadhiviveka).
[ThaniSFn-V71](Ven. Thanissaro V. 71) "Doesn't — like ready milk — come out right away": All Pali recensions of this verse give the verb muccati — "to come out" or "to be released" — whereas DhpA agrees with the Sanskrit recensions in reading the verb as if it were mucchati/murchati, "to curdle." The former reading makes more sense, both in terms of the image of the poem — which contrasts coming out with staying hidden — and with the plain fact that fresh milk doesn't curdle right away. The Chinese translation of Dhp supports this reading, as do two of three scholarly editions of the Patna Dhp.
[DLMBSFn-V060]

(DLMBS Commentary V060) King Pasenadi of Kosala once saw a beautiful woman in the city. He instantly fell in love with her. He found out that she was already married and so he gave her husband a job in the palace. Then the king sent the young man on an impossible mission. He told him to collect some lotus flowers and red earth from the underground world and to return to the city the same day. He thought of course that the man will never complete the task and so will never dare to come back. Thus the king could take the wife to himself.

The young man set out on his mission. On the way he shared his food with some traveler. Then he threw the rest of the food to the river and called the guardian spirits, telling them that he shares with them his merit obtained from sharing the food with others. The guardian spirit of the river then brought him the flowers and earth from the underworld.

The young man returned to the city only to find the gates closed. The king had the city gates closed early in fear that the man will complete the task in time. So he put the flowers and earth on the ground, declared loudly that his mission is complete and went for the night to the monastery of Jetavana.

The king was obsessed with his desire for the young woman, so he could not sleep that night. He heard some strange sounds. In the morning he went to see the Buddha about them. The Buddha told him that the sounds he heard came from the men who desired others' wives and now suffer in hell.

The king realized foolishness of his actions and reflected that now he knows how long is the night for the sleepless. Also the young man realized how long is the journey for one who is tired.

The Buddha told them by this verse that longest is the Samsara for those who are foolish and do not know the Dharma.

[DLMBSFn-V061]

(DLMBS Commentary V061) Venerable Mahākassapa was once staying near Rājagaha. At that time he had two novices with him. One of them was very good, diligent, respectful and obedient whereas the other one was lazy, disrespectful and naughty.

When Kassapa admonished the bad novice, he became angry. One day he went to the village to get some food and lied that Kassapa was sick. So the people gave him very good food for Venerable Kassapa. But the novice ate all himself and came back to Kassapa empty-handed. He was admonished once again, but instead of repenting he became even angrier.

The next day when Kassapa left for his alms-round, the young novice broke all things and set fire to the monastery.

When the Buddha heard about this he spoke this verse, remarking that it would be better for Kassapa to live alone than to associate himself with such a fool.

[DLMBSFn-V062]

(DLMBS Commentary V062) In the city of Sāvatthi there once lived a rich but very stingy man. He was extremely wealthy but he did not give anything away in charity. Before he died, he buried five pots of gold in the garden, but he did not tell his son about it.

He was born again in a village of beggars close to Sāvatthi. Since the time his mother became pregnant with him, the income of beggars decreased dramatically. They decided, that the boy must be unlucky, so they drove his mother and him from the village. So they begged on themselves.

Whenever she went begging by herself, she would get as much as before, but when she took the boy with her, she got nothing. So when the boy grew up, his mother sent him out alone to beg.

He wandered about in Sāvatthi and he entered his old house. His former son were frightened by him and ordered him to be thrown out of the house.

The Buddha happened to see this incident and he told him that the young beggar was nobody else but his own dead father. The son did not believe it, so the Buddha ordered the boy to reveal where he buried the gold. Only then did his son accept the truth and he became a disciple of the Buddha.

[DLMBSFn-V063]

(DLMBS Commentary V063) A group of Buddha's followers once went to the monastery to hear the Dharma. Two thieves joined them. One of them was busy stealing from the devotees, so he did not pay any attention to what the Buddha was saying. The other one listened and soon he understood the Dharma and stopped stealing.

When they returned home, the first thief laughed at the second one: "You are so stupid, you did not bring back anything! I am very wise, because I stole a lot of things." The other thief then went to the Buddha and told him what happened.

The Buddha explained by this verse that the fool who knows that he is a fool is wise at least to that extent, whereas the fool who thinks that he is wise can be truly called a fool.

[DLMBSFn-V064]

(DLMBS Commentary V064) There was a monk named Udāyi, who was very ignorant. He used to sit on the platform from which the best teachers delivered the discourses. Once a group of traveling monks took him for a learned monk and gave him some questions on the Dharma. But Udāyi could not answer, because he actually did not know anything about the Dharma. The monks were surprised that somebody can stay close to the Buddha for such a long time and still know so very little.

The Buddha explained by this verse that although a fool associates with somebody wise even for whole his life, he still does not realize the Dharma, just as a spoon can never taste the soup, although it is used it for eating the very soup.

[DLMBSFn-V065]

(DLMBS Commentary V065) In the city of Pāveyyaka there lived a group of young friends. Once they went to a forest and took a courtesan with them. While they were resting, the courtesan ran away with their money. While they searched for her in the forest, they met the Buddha. They stopped looking for the woman and listened to the Buddha's teachings. Immediately they all became monks and followed the Buddha to the monastery. They all practiced very diligently and soon (when the Buddha was delivering one of the discourses), they all became Arahants.

Some other monks were surprised, how is it possible to attain the arahantship so quickly. The Buddha explained by this verse, that an intelligent person could quickly realize the Dharma although he is associated with a wise person only for a very short time - just as the tongue tastes the soup.

[DLMBSFn-V066]

(DLMBS Commentary V066) There was a man named Suppabuddha. In one of his previous existences he killed a courtesan and she vowed a revenge on him. In yet another existence he spat on a holy man.

As a result of these actions he was born as a leper. Once he listened to the Buddha's discourse. He very quickly realized the Dharma and followed the Buddha to the monastery.

Sakka, the king of gods, wanted to test him and so he appeared in front of him and told him: "You are only a poor man. If you renounce the Buddha, I will give you all the wealth of the world." But Suppabuddha replied, that he was actually an extremely rich man - having the faith in the Buddha and his teaching.

Then Sakka related the story to the Buddha, who said that a hundred Sakkas could not turn Suppabuddha of the right path. Suppabuddha then went to see the Buddha and on the way back from the monastery an evil spirit - the woman whom he killed in a previous existence - killed him.

The monks asked the Buddha where was Suppabuddha reborn and the Buddha told them, that he had been reborn in Tāvatimsa heaven. By doing bad deeds over the period of several lives he accumulated a lot of defilements. These caused him so much pain and suffering, but his realizing the Dharma has cleared them away.

[DLMBSFn-V067]

(DLMBS Commentary V067) Some thieves were once dividing the stolen goods amongst themselves in the field. But accidentally, they left one bag of money behind.

Then a farmer from a nearby village started to plough that very field. The Buddha accompanied by Venerable Ānanda went by and the Buddha said: "Ānanda, look at that poisonous snake!" To which Ānanda replied: "Yes, Venerable Sir, it indeed is a very poisonous snake." The farmer was very curious so he went to investigate. He found the bag with money and took it with him.

Then the people who were robbed came to that place, followed the footprints of the farmer and found their money. They took the farmer to the king who ordered him executed. But on the way to the cemetery the poor man was constantly repeating the Buddha and Ānanda's words. The executioners were surprised, so they took him back to see the king. The king then brought the farmer to the presence of the Buddha. After hearing what happened that morning, the king set the farmer free and remarked that if the farmer were not able to call the Buddha as his witness, he would have been killed.

To that the Buddha replied with this verse, saying that a wise man should not do anything he could regret later.

[DLMBSFn-V068]

(DLMBS Commentary V068) In the city of Rājagaha there lived a florist named Sumana. His duty was to bring the king Bimbisāra fresh jasmine flowers every morning. One day he was on his way to the palace with the flowers, when he saw the Buddha and many monks on their alms round. He felt a strong desire to offer the flowers to the Buddha. He decided that even if the king were to fire him or even kill him, he would offer the flowers to the Buddha. He did so and was filled with delightful satisfaction.

When Bimbisāra heard about it, he was extremely happy with what Sumana have done. He praised him for his devotion and gave him a big reward.

Venerable Ānanda asked the Buddha what consequences would Sumana bear for this action. The Buddha replied that Sumana would not be reborn any more in any of the lower worlds and that he will attain arahantship in the near future.

[DLMBSFn-V069]

(DLMBS Commentary V069) In the city of Sāvatthi lived a beautiful girl named Uppalavaṇṇā. The news of her beauty traveled very far and she had many suitors from near and afar. Amongst them was her cousin Nanda who fell in love with her hopelessly. But she decided not to marry any of them and became a nun instead. One day after lightening a lamp she kept her mind fixed on the flame as her object of meditation and she attained arahantship.

Later she moved to the forest and lived in solitude. Once Nanda came to her hut when she was not there and hid under the couch. He was determined to take her by force if she did not agree to marry him. Uppalavaṇṇā returned and he jumped up. She tried to warn him, told him that he would have to bear consequences for his actions, but he did not listen and raped her. For this he indeed had to suffer a long period of time.

When the Buddha heard about this, he told King Pasenadi of Kosala about the dangers that nuns living by themselves in the forest had to face. The king built a monastery within the city and from that time on the nuns lived only in the city.

[DLMBSFn-V070]

(DLMBS Commentary V070) In the city of Sāvatthi there lived a young man of a rich family. His name was Jambuka. He had very strange habits. He would sleep only on the floor and eat his own excrements. When he grew up, his parents sent him to the ascetics. But even those ascetics felt his habits were too disgusting so they sent him away. After that he lived alone in the forest. During the day he would stay on one leg (as he said, he was to heavy for the earth to bear him) and with his mouth open (he boasted that he lived only on air). He also used to say that he never sits down and never sleeps. But at night he slept on the floor and ate his own excrements.

Many people started to count themselves as his followers; they would bring him food and gifts. But he did not take anything, only sometimes he would take a little bit of food and eat it with the tip of the kusa grass, which was quite common practice for ascetics. Thus he lived many years.

Once the Buddha came to where he was staying and asked for a place to spend the night. Jambuka let him sleep in the nearby cave. At night, many gods and supernatural beings came to pay homage to the Buddha. Jambuka saw this and asked the Buddha what happened.

When the Buddha told him that these beings were gods, Jambuka was impressed. He told the Buddha that he must be a very holy person, because although he himself spent years standing on one leg and eating only air, no god ever came to pay homage to him. The Buddha told him that he could not be fooled. He said that he knew very well that Jambuka slept on the ground every night and ate his excrements.

The Buddha also explained, that during one of his previous existences Jambuka had prevented a certain monk to go obtain alms food and how he threw away the food that was sent with him for that very monk. As a result of these actions he was born with these strange habits.

Jambuka realized his mistakes and paid respects to the Buddha. The Buddha delivered a discourse, at the end of which Jambuka attained arahantship and became one of the Buddha's monks.

When Jambuka's followers arrived they were surprised to see their teacher with the Buddha. Jambuka announced that he was now a member of Buddha's Sangha, the Order and a disciple of the Buddha. The Buddha explained that the cruelest austerities practiced for a long period of time are not worth even one-sixteenth of understanding of the true Dharma.

[DLMBSFn-V071]

(DLMBS Commentary V071) Once the Venerable Moggallāna with Venerable Lakkhana were on alms round in the city of Rājagaha. Suddenly Venerable Moggallāna smiled but did not say anything. When they returned to the monastery, Lakkhana asked why he smiled. Moggallāna explained, that he saw a peta-ghost in the village. The Buddha then said that he himself saw that very peta on the day he attained awakenment. In one of his previous existences it was a rich landowner. There lived an Individual Buddha (Paccekabuddha) close to one of his fields. People who went to pay their respects to this Buddha had to pass through his field. He feared that this would damage the field and so he set fire to it. So the Buddha had to move to some other place. Because of this evil deed he was reborn as a peta-ghost.

At the end the Buddha spoke this verse, saying that although at the time of the evil action it may seem there are no consequences, they will surely come in the future. Because we cannot see the fire through the ashes it is covered with, does not mean there is no fire at all.

[DLMBSFn-V072]

(DLMBS Commentary V072) Venerable Moggallāna once saw a peta-ghost on one of his alms rounds. The Buddha then related the story about this particular ghost. He said, that a long time ago he was a man very skilful in throwing stones. He studied this art for a long time and then he asked his teacher for permission to try his skills. His teacher warned him not to hit cows or people - he would have to pay compensations to the owner of the cow or the relatives of that person.

This foolish man then went out and saw a holy man. Since the holy man had no relatives, he thought that this would be a good practice target. So he threw stones at the holy man and killed him. The public then became very angry and killed the man in turn. Besides, he was reborn many times in very miserable states. In this present existence, he was reborn as a peta-ghost whose head was being hit with hot hammers.

The Buddha then explained by this verse that a fool gains knowledge only for his misfortune, because he does not know how to use it properly and certainly it will cause him some harm.

[DLMBSFn-V073]

(DLMBS Commentary V073) A householder named Citta once met Venerable Mahānāma, one of the first Buddha's disciples. When listening to the discourse given by him, Citta realized the Dharma. Therefore, he built a monastery in his mango grove and installed a monk named Sudhamma as the resident monk.

On day, Venerable Moggallāna and Venerable Sāriputta came to the monastery. They gave a discourse and after hearing it, Citta attained the third stage of Awakenment. He then invited Moggallāna and Sāriputta to his house for alms food the next day. After that he also invited Sudhamma, but he refused, saying that he was invited only after the other two were. Citta repeated his invitation, but Sudhamma again turned it down.

But the next day Sudhamma came to the Citta's house nevertheless. He was invited inside, but he refused, saying that he was on his alms round. But when he saw tasty food being prepared for Moggallāna and Sāriputta he got envious and angry. He told Citta that he did not want to live in his monastery any longer.

Sudhamma then reported to the Buddha what happened. The Buddha told him, "You have offended a faithful and generous lay disciple. You must go back and apologize for your mistake!" Sudhamma did so, but Citta felt that he still did not realize his mistake fully and refused his apology. Sudhamma went back to the Buddha, who admonished him with this verse (and the following one, see DhP 74). He said, "You should not be attached to this or that dwelling, to this or that lay disciple - in this way the pride and envy will increase."

Sudhamma went back to the Citta's house and this time Citta accepted the apology. Not long after that, Sudhamma attained Arahantship.

[DLMBSFn-V074]

(DLMBS Commentary V074) The story for this verse is identical with the story for the previous one, as they actually form two parts of one rather long verse (see DhP 73).

As with the monk Sudhamma in the story, if we become too attached to our surroundings, if we identify ourselves with it, our desires will grow. If we feel that only we know how to do things and if we expect everybody to follow our leadership in whatever has to be done, our pride will only increase. Needles to say, desire and pride are hindrances on the way to Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V075]

(DLMBS Commentary V075) In the city of Sāvatthi lived a well-known man. He often offered alms food to the monks and especially to Venerable Sāriputta. He had a son named Tissa. At the age of seven, the young boy Tissa became a novice under Sāriputta. While living at the Jetavana monastery, relatives would visit him often and bring him many presents. Soon he was tired of these visits so he took a subject of meditation from the Buddha and moved away to the forest monastery. While there, he devoted himself to meditation. Whenever villagers offered him alms, he said just, "May you be well and happy!" After three months of meditation he attained arahantship.

Then Venerable Sāriputta, Moggallāna, and other senior monks paid visit to Tissa. Villagers requested Sāriputta to deliver a discourse, but he let speak Tissa instead. Villagers were not pleased, because they never heard anything from Tissa except for the words "May you be well and happy!" They thought he did not really understand Dharma.

But Tissa gave a discourse and spoke for the whole night. Villagers were impressed and felt lucky that they have such a wise monk with them. But still they were a bit angry with him for not speaking earlier.

Then the Buddha came to the village and told the villagers how lucky they were. If it was not for Tissa, would they all, the Buddha and so many senior monks, come to the village? The villagers realized their luck and did not think about the past any more.

[NāradaFn06-01](Ven. Nārada 06-01) Ariya, which means "one who is far removed from passions", was originally a racial term. In Buddhism it indicates nobility of character, and is invariably applied to the Buddhas and the Arahants.
[NāradaFn06-02](Ven. Nārada 06-02) By attaining Sainthood.
[NāradaFn06-03](Ven. Nārada 06-03) The five Aggregates etc. See v. 203.
[NāradaFn06-04](Ven. Nārada 06-04) Namely: self-illusion (sakkāyaditthi). The majority are born again in this world.
[NāradaFn06-05](Ven. Nārada 06-05) Maccudheyya. i.e., worldly existence where passions dominate.
[NāradaFn06-06](1, 2) (Ven. Nārada 06-06) The dark states (kaṇhaṃ dhammaṃ) are the ten kinds of evil deeds, and the bright states (sukkaṃ) are the ten kinds of good deeds. See notes on vv. 42, 43.
[NāradaFn06-07](1, 2) (Ven. Nārada 06-07) The five Hindrances (nīvaraṇa) that obstruct the way to Deliverance. They are, sense-desires (kāmacchanda), ill-will (vyāpāda), sloth and torpor (thīnamiddha), restlessness and brooding (uddhacca-kukkucca) and indecision (vicikicchā). See A Manual of Buddhism by the translator.
[NāradaFn06-08](Ven. Nārada 06-08) See note on v 44.
[NāradaFn06-09](Ven. Nārada 06-09) There are four kinds of grasping - namely: sense-desires, false beliefs, adherence to (wrongful) rites and ceremonies, and self-illusion.
[BudRkFn-v89](Ven. Buddharakkhita v. 89) This verse describes the arahant, dealt with more fully in the following chapter. The "cankers" (asava) are the four basic defilements of sensual desire, desire for continued existence, false views and ignorance.
[ThaniSFn-V79](Ven. Thanissaro V. 79) "Drinking the Dhamma, refreshed by the Dhamma": two meanings of the word, dhammapiti. "Clear... calm": two meanings of vipasannena.
[ThaniSFn-V83](Ven. Thanissaro V. 83) "Stand apart": reading cajanti with DhpA and many Asian editions.
[ThaniSFn-V86](1, 2, 3, 4, 5) (Ven. Thanissaro V. 86) The syntax of this verse yields the best sense if we take param as meaning "across," and not as "the far shore."
[ThaniSFn-V89](1, 2, 3, 4, 5) (Ven. Thanissaro V. 89) Factors for self-awakening = mindfulness, analysis of qualities, persistence, rapture, serenity, concentration, and equanimity.
[DLMBSFn-V076]

(DLMBS Commentary V076) A poor old man named Rādha was staying in the monastery doing manual work, like sweeping, cutting the grass etc. He wanted to become a monk, but the elders were not willing to admit him.

One day the Buddha saw that Rādha had a potential to become an arahant, so he called the monks and asked them if any of them recollects a good deed done by Rādha. Venerable Sāriputta said that Rādha once offered him some rice. The Buddha then asked if it wasn't proper to repay the kindness by accepting the man into the Order and show him the way out of suffering. So Rādha became a monk under Venerable Sāriputta. He strictly followed Sāriputta's guidance and in a very short time he attained arahantship.

When the Buddha heard about this he explained by this verse that a monk should always be attentive to guidance by his betters and not resent rebukes for his faults.

[DLMBSFn-V077]

(DLMBS Commentary V077) There were two monks, Assaji and Punabhasuka, staying in the village of Kitāgiri together with their disciples. They planted trees for personal gain and violated some other minor monks' precepts. Thus, the monastery became noisy and not suitable for spiritual development.

When the Buddha heard about it, he sent Sāriputta and Moggallāna to advise these monks. After the admonition from the two Buddha's chief disciples, most of the monks changed their way of life. But some of them were not happy and returned to the household life.

The Buddha reacted with this verse, saying that admonishing and instructing is always fine with the good ones, whereas the bad ones never agree to being advised.

[DLMBSFn-V078]

(DLMBS Commentary V078) Channa was Prince Siddhattha's servant before he renounced the world. When he left the palace and went to homelessness, Channa accompanied him part of the way. After he became the Buddha, Channa also left the worldly life and became a monk. But on account of his close connection with the Buddha, he was very proud and arrogant. He used to scold Sāriputta and Moggallāna, envying them their positions as two Buddha's chief disciples.

The Buddha admonished him several times, but Channa still continued to abuse as before. This went on for a long time. Just before the Buddha passed away, he told Ānanda that after his death, a special punishment should be imposed on Channa - nobody was to talk to him, nobody was to associate with him.

When Channa learned about this, he felt a deep remorse for his behavior. He admitted his mistake and apologized. After that he changed his ways, practiced diligently and soon he became an Arahant.

[DLMBSFn-V079]

(DLMBS Commentary V079) King Mahākappina ruled in Kukkutavati. Once he heard from some merchants about the Buddha and his teachings. He and several of his ministers immediately left for Sāvatthi, where the Buddha was staying at that time.

They met the Buddha sitting under a tree on the bank of a river. After listening to his teachings, they immediately realized the Dharma and became monks.

When he did not return, his queen and wives of the ministers followed them to Sāvatthi. When they arrived there, the Buddha hid the former king and his ministers, because he knew that if the women saw their husbands in yellow robes and with their heads shaved, it would be impossible for them to realize the Dharma. So he just told them to sit down and listen to what he had to say, their husbands would join them soon. He then delivered a discourse. At the end the king and his ministers (they were sitting nearby) attained arahantship and the queen and the wives of the ministers attained the first stage of awakenment. The ladies also joined the Order and soon became arahants too.

Venerable Mahākappina would often exclaim: "Oh, what happiness!" When the other monks asked the Buddha what he meant, he replied with this verse, explaining that Mahākappina tasted the nectar of the Dharma and found it extremely sweet. He therefore lives happily, with a bright mind.

[DLMBSFn-V080]

(DLMBS Commentary V080) Venerable Sāriputta once had a very young novice. On the eighth day after becoming a novice he was with Sāriputta on an alms-round. He observed irrigators irrigating the fields, arrow-makers making their arrows and carpenters working with wood. He asked Venerable Sāriputta if those things, which have no mind, could be guided to wherever one wishes. Sāriputta replied that it is so. The young novice then thought, "If those things, which have no mind, could be guided to wherever one wishes, then why could not I master myself?"

He then asked permission from Sāriputta, returned to the monastery and diligently practiced. Very soon he attained the third stage of awakenment and was very close to attaining full arahantship.

Sāriputta then returned and was going towards the novice's hut. The Buddha saw this and he also saw that the novice was just about to attain the goal, so he met Sāriputta outside and prevented him from going to the novice's hut by asking him various questions. The novice indeed attained arahantship very soon and the Buddha explained that the reason, why he kept Sāriputta outside, was to enable the young novice to attain his goal without being interrupted.

[DLMBSFn-V081]

(DLMBS Commentary V081) At the Jetavana monastery lived a monk named Bhaddiya. Because he was very short, other monks would often tease him. Younger monks would pull his nose or pat him on the head and ask, "Uncle, how are you? Are you bored with your life as a monk?"But Bhaddiya was extremely good-natured and he never retaliated in anger.

Somebody once mentioned Bhaddiya's patience in front of the Buddha. The Buddha replied by this verse and he added, that Arahants are like that - they never loose temper for whatever reason. They are like mountain rocks - unmovable by the "wind" of praise or blame. Only then did the other monks understand, that this funny short Bhaddiya was actually an Arahant.

[DLMBSFn-V082]

(DLMBS Commentary V082) In one village there lived a woman named Kāṇa Mātā. She was a devout lay disciple of the Buddha. She had a daughter Kāṇa who was married to a man from another village. Once she was staying with her mother and her husband sent for her. But her mother told her to wait, because she wanted to send some cakes to her husband.

But the next day some monks came to the house and Kāṇa Mātā gave the cakes to them. Kāṇa had to wait for her mother to prepare new cakes and she could not return to her husband. This happened every day for three following days. All the cakes were given to the monks. Kāṇa's husband then took another wife. Kāṇa accused the monks that they have ruined her marriage and became very bitter. She would insult and abuse the monks, wherever she saw them.

The Buddha then set a new rule for the monks, not to take advantage of the devotion of the lay disciples. He went to Kāṇa Mātā's house and asked Kāṇa if the monks took what was given or what was not given. Kāṇa replied that they took only what was given to them and realized that she was wrong. The Buddha then gave a discourse. At the end, Kāṇa attained the first stage of Arahantship.

King Pasenadi of Kosala heard about this, summoned Kāṇa to the palace and one of his ministers adopted her as his daughter. Every day she gave offerings to holy people who came to her door.

The Buddha then noted that Kāṇa's mind, originally confused and "muddy" became clear as a lake after listening to the Dharma.

[DLMBSFn-V083]

(DLMBS Commentary V083) The Buddha and many monks once stayed for the Rain Retreat in the village of Veranja at a request of a Brahmin from that village. But for some reason the Brahmin did not look after them. Moreover, there was a famine in the region and people could not support them very well. But the monks were all contented and happy. Some horse traders offered them grain every day and they lived on that food and continued to practice meditation diligently.

When the Rains were over, the Buddha and the monks returned to Savatthi. At that time, a certain group of people was permitted to stay in the monastery. They only ate greedily, slept and played on the bank of the river. There was a lot of noise in the monastery and around it.

When monks remarked to the Buddha that people were so depressed during the famine and now, when it was over, they were so elated. The Buddha replied with this verse, adding that only the foolish are full of sorrow when things do not go well and extremely happy when everything is fine. The wise is always calm and equanimous whether they have to face good or bad things.

[DLMBSFn-V084]

(DLMBS Commentary V084) In the city of Savatthi, there lived a man with his pregnant wife. He wanted to become a monk so he asked his wife for permission. She told him to wait after the baby is born. When it happened, she again asked him to stay until the child could walk. When the man finally got to be a monk, he took a subject of meditation, practiced diligently and soon attained arahantship.

A few years later he visited his house in order to teach Dharma to his family. His son became a monk too and soon he also became an Arahant. The wife thought, "If both my husband and my son entered the Order, I'd better go too." So she left the house and became a nun. Eventually she too attained arahantship.

The Buddha was told how the whole family attained arahantship and he replied by this verse. He added, that a wise man works for his liberation and helps others towards the same goal. The awakenment can be realized only after much effort.

[DLMBSFn-V085]

(DLMBS Commentary V085) One day, a group of people came to the monastery to give offerings to the monks and listen to the discourses. It was arranged that they could stay the whole night and listen to the monks explaining the Dharma.

But some of them did not have enough energy and they returned home early. Some stayed for the night, but were sleepy and did not pay much attention to what was being said. Only a few were able to listen attentively to the discourses.

In the morning the Buddha was told about what happened. He replied by this verse, saying that most people are too attached to this world, only a few are able to reach the other shore and attain Nirvana.

He reminded the monks to strive diligently for the goal; only those who will do se will be able to reach the perfection of mind.

[DLMBSFn-V086]

(DLMBS Commentary V086) The story for this verse is identical to the story for the previous one.

It is not easy to reach the Nirvana, even if we practice diligently for a long time. Most people, although they listen to the discourses, read books and meditate, are not able to really cut the ties to "this shore" and realize the arahantship. Only when one is really living the Dharma for a long time and fully, one is able to achieve this goal.

[DLMBSFn-V087]

(DLMBS Commentary V087) A group of monks came to see the Buddha and asked him for advice on meditation. The Buddha advised them with this verse and with the two following ones (DhP 88, DhP 89).

In order to be able to devote oneself completely to the practice of meditation, one must "give up the bad states". These are evil deeds, evil thoughts. Then one must develop "good states", or good deeds and good thoughts. If one wants to practice wholeheartedly, it is very good to "go the houselessness", or in other words to became a monk or a nun and meditate diligently in solitude. That is extremely difficult, because in solitude there is nothing "to enjoy", nothing for our mind to occupy itself with, we are left only with ourselves and have to concentrate on the practice.

[DLMBSFn-V088]

(DLMBS Commentary V088) A group of monks came to see the Buddha and asked him for advice on meditation. The Buddha advised them with this verse and with the preceding and the following one (DhP 87, DhP 89).

In order to reach the awakenment, one must abandon all cravings and "have nothing", or in other words, not cling to anything. One must also purify the mind from the "impurities", or greed, hate, delusion, conceit, speculative views, skeptical doubt, mental torpor, restlessness, shamelessness and lack of moral dread.

This way, one will reach the state of arahantship and then one can truly find delight in solitude.

[DLMBSFn-V089]

(DLMBS Commentary V089) A group of monks came to see the Buddha and asked him for advice on meditation. The Buddha advised them with this verse and with the two preceeding ones (DhP 87, DhP 88).

In order to reach the awakenment, one must fully develop the "constituents of awakenment". They are seven: mindfulness (sati), investigation of the Dharma (dhammavicaya), energy (viriya), joy (piti), tranquility (passadhi), concentration (samadhi) and equanimity (upekkha). We also must not cling to anything and take delight in renouncing all the attachments. Most importantly, we must "remove the taints". Traditionally, these four taints (asava) are mentioned in the texts: sense desire (kama), desiring eternal existence (bhava), wrong views (ditthi) and ignorance (avijja). If we remove these taints, we will "shine" with wisdom and be truly completely emancipated from the suffering.

[NāradaFn07-01](Ven. Nārada 07-01) Arahanta has several meanings. It may be interpreted as "Worthy One". "Passionless One". Or one who commits no evil even secretly. He has got rid of both death and birth. After death, in conventional terms, he attains parinibbāna. Until his death he serves other seekers of truth by example and by precept.
[NāradaFn07-02](Ven. Nārada 07-02) Of life in the round of existence, i.e., an Arahant.
[NāradaFn07-03](Ven. Nārada 07-03) Sabbadhi, the five Aggregates, etc.
[NāradaFn07-04](Ven. Nārada 07-04) One gives up sorrow by attaining Anāgāmi, the third stage of Sainthood. It is at this stage one eradicates completely attachment to sense-desires and ill-will or aversion.
[NāradaFn07-05](Ven. Nārada 07-05) There are four kinds of ganthas (Ties) - namely: i. covetousness (abhijjhā). ii. ill-will (vyāpāda). iii. indulgence in (wrongful) rites and ceremonies (sīlabbataparāmāsa), and iv. adherence to one's preconceptions as truth (idaṃ saccābhinivesa).
[NāradaFn07-06](Ven. Nārada 07-06) This verse refers to the ethical state of an Arahant. Heat is both physical and mental. An Arahant experiences bodily heat as long as he is alive, but is not thereby worried. Mental heat of passions he experiences not.
[NāradaFn07-07](Ven. Nārada 07-07) Arahants wander whithersoever they like without any attachment to any particular place as they are free from the conception of "I" and "mine".
[NāradaFn07-08](Ven. Nārada 07-08) There are two kinds of accumulation- namely: kammic activities and the four necessaries of life. The former tend to prolong life in Saṃsāra and the latter, though essential, may prove an obstacle to spiritual progress.
[NāradaFn07-09](Ven. Nārada 07-09) To get rid of the desire for food.
[NāradaFn07-10](Ven. Nārada 07-10) Nibbāna is Deliverance from suffering (vimokkha). It is called Void because it is void of lust, hatred and ignorance, not because it is nothingness or annihilation. Nibbāna is a positive supramundane state which cannot be expressed in mundane words. It is Signless because it is free from the signs of lust etc., Arahants experience Nibbānic bliss while alive. It is not correct to say that Arahants exist after death or do not exist after death, for Nibbāna is neither eternalism nor nihilism. In Nibbāna nothing is eternalised nor is anything, except passions, annihilated. Arahants experience Nibbānic bliss by attaining to the fruit of Arahantship in this life itself.
[NāradaFn07-11](Ven. Nārada 07-11) By indakhīla is meant either a column as firm and high as that of Sakka's, or the chief column that stands at the entrance to a city. Commentators state that these indakhīlas are firm posts which are erected either inside or outside the city as an embellishment. Usually they are made of bricks or of durable wood and are octagonal in shape. Half of the post is embedded in the earth, hence the metaphor 'as firm and steady as an indakhīla'.
[NāradaFn07-12](Ven. Nārada 07-12) Tādi is one who has neither attachment to desirable objects nor aversion to undesirable objects. Nor does he cling to anything. Amidst the eight worldly conditions - gain and loss, fame and infamy, blame and praise, happiness and pain - an Arahant remains unperturbed, manifesting neither attachment nor aversion, neither elation nor depression.
[NāradaFn07-13](Ven. Nārada 07-13) As they are not subject to birth and death. See note on saṃsāra, vs 60.
[NāradaFn07-14](Ven. Nārada 07-14) From all defilements.
[NāradaFn07-15](Ven. Nārada 07-15) Since his mind is absolutely pure.
[NāradaFn07-16](Ven. Nārada 07-16) The pun in the original Pāëi is lost in the translation.
[NāradaFn07-17](Ven. Nārada 07-17) Assaddho, lit. unfaithful. He does not merely accept from other sources because he himself knows from personal experience.
[NāradaFn07-18](Ven. Nārada 07-18) Akata, Nibbāna. It is so called because it is not created by anyone. Akataññū can also be interpreted as ungrateful.
[NāradaFn07-19](Ven. Nārada 07-19) The links of existence and rebirth. Sandhicchedo also means a housebreaker, that is, a burglar.
[NāradaFn07-20](Ven. Nārada 07-20) Hata + avakāso - he who has destroyed the opportunity.
[NāradaFn07-21](Ven. Nārada 07-21) Vanta + āso he who eats vomit is another meaning.
[NāradaFn07-22](Ven. Nārada 07-22) By means of the four paths of Sainthood. Gross forms of desire are eradicated at the first three stages, the subtle forms at the last stage.
[NāradaFn07-23](Ven. Nārada 07-23) Ninna and thala, lit., low-lying and elevated grounds.
[NāradaFn07-24](Ven. Nārada 07-24) The passionless Arahants rejoice in secluded forests which have no attraction for worldlings.
[ThaniSFn-V92-93](1, 2) (Ven. Thanissaro V. 92-93) "Having understood food... independent of nutriment": The first question in the Novice's Questions (Khp 4) is "What is one?" The answer: "All animals subsist on nutriment." The concept of food and nutriment here refers to the most basic way of understanding the causal principle that plays such a central role in the Buddha's teaching. As SN 12.64 points out, "There are these four nutriments for the establishing of beings who have taken birth or for the support of those in search of a place to be born. Which four? Physical nutriment, gross or refined; contact as the second, consciousness the third, and intellectual intention the fourth." The present verses make the point that the arahant has so fully understood the process of physical and mental causality that he/she is totally independent of it, and thus will never take birth again. Such a person cannot be comprehended by any of the forms of understanding that operate within the causal realm.
[ThaniSFn-V94](1, 2, 3) (Ven. Thanissaro V. 94) "Such (tadin)": an adjective used to describe one who has attained the goal of Buddhist practice, indicating that the person's state is indefinable but not subject to change or influences of any sort. "Right knowing": the knowledge of full Awakening.
[ThaniSFn-V95](1, 2, 3) (Ven. Thanissaro V. 95) Indra's pillar = a post set up at the gate of a city. According to DhpA, there was an ancient custom of worshipping this post with flowers and offerings, although those who wanted to show their disrespect for this custom would urinate and defecate on the post. In either case, the post did not react.
[ThaniSFn-V97](Ven. Thanissaro V. 97) This verse is a series of puns. The negative meanings of the puns are on the left side of the slashes; the positive meanings, on the right. The negative meanings are so extremely negative that they were probably intended to shock their listeners. One scholar has suggested that the last word — uttamaporiso, the ultimate person — should also be read as a pun, with the negative meaning, "the extreme of audacity," but that would weaken the shock value of the verse.
[BudRkFn-v97](Ven. Buddharakkhita v. 97) In the Pali this verse presents a series of puns, and if the "underside" of each pun were to be translated, the verse would read thus: "The man who is faithless, ungrateful, a burglar, who destroys opportunities and eats vomit — he truly is the most excellent of men."
[DLMBSFn-V090]

(DLMBS Commentary V090) Devadatta once tried to kill the Buddha by pushing a big rock on him from the top of the mountain. But the rock split and only one splinter hurt the Buddha's foot. The physician Jivaka attended on him. He applied some medicine and promised to come back and take the bandage off in the evening. But he was held by some other business and the city gates were already closed when he wanted to go to the monastery. He knew that the bandage had to be taken off that night, so he was very distressed.

The next morning, Jivaka hurried to see the Buddha, only to find out that Venerable Ananda helped the Buddha to take the bandage off the previous night and the wound has already healed completely! So Jivaka asked if the Buddha felt any pain. The Buddha replied by this verse, saying that for those, who have reached the awakenment, there was no pain.

[DLMBSFn-V091]

(DLMBS Commentary V091) The Buddha once spent the Rain Retreat in the city of Rajagaha. With the end of the retreat he was getting ready to leave the city, so he told the monks to prepare for the journey. Venerable Kassapa was also preparing his robes. Some monks speculated if Kassapa would really leave Rajagaha - there were so many people who respected him very much and considered themselves his disciples.

The Buddha then decided that some monks should stay in Rajagaha, to offer spiritual guidance, to ordain new monks etc. He told Venerable Kassapa to stay in the monastery with some junior monks and take care of these things.

The other monks remarked that they predicted Kassapa would not accompany the Buddha this time. The Buddha overheard these conversations and said, "Do you think that Kassapa stays in Rajagaha because he is attached to his disciples? You are mistaken. Kassapa has no attachments anywhere!" He further added this verse.

[DLMBSFn-V092]

(DLMBS Commentary V092) Venerable Belatthi Sisa went on an almsround in a village. When he had enough food, he stopped on the way and ate. Then he continued on his almsround for more food. When he returned to the monastery, he dried the rice up and stored it. In this way he could concentrate only on his practice of meditation. Every day he would soak the rice in some water and eat it. The other monks saw this and thought that he is lazy and greedy. They reported the matter to the Buddha. The Buddha saw that if this practice became a habit amongst all monks, it could lead to laziness and greed and he discouraged the monks from hoarding food. But because Belatthi Sisa did not store the rice out of greed for food, but only to save time for more meditation practice, the Buddha declared that he should not be blamed in any way.

He also added this verse, saying that the Arahants are not greedy for anything and they take food just to sustain the body in good condition, not for pleasure.

[DLMBSFn-V093]

(DLMBS Commentary V093) Venerable Anuruddha was once looking for discarded pieces of cloth in order to make himself a new robe. His wife Jalini from a previous existence, who was now a god, saw him. She brought three pieces of a very good material and put them on the rubbish heap. Venerable Anuruddha found them and took them back to the monastery to make his robe.

The Buddha and other senior disciples then arrived to the monastery and they also helped him to make the robe. Jalini then urged the villagers to bring lots of delicious food to the monastery, so there was more than enough for everyone. Some monks remarked that Anuruddha wanted to show off that he had many devotees, so he made them to bring so much good food. The Buddha overheard these conversations and said that Anuruddha did not ask anyone for anything. Arahants do not ask for food or clothes. They have removed their taints and are free and without attachments. Traditionally, the four taints (āsava) are mentioned in the texts: sense desire (kāma), desiring eternal existence (bhava), wrong views (diṭṭhi) and ignorance (avijjā).

[DLMBSFn-V094]

(DLMBS Commentary V094) One day Sakka, the chief of the gods, came to the monastery to pay homage to the Buddha. Venerable Maha Kaccayana was not in the monastery at that time and a seat was kept prepared for him. Sakka with the gods paid homage to the Buddha and then he declared his wish that Kaccayana would also be present so that he could pay homage also to him. At that moment Kaccayana arrived. Sakka was very happy and paid his respect to him.

Some monks accused Sakka of favoritism. Bu the Buddha replied with this verse, saying that who is restrained in his senses, even gods envy him his calm and respect him enormously.

[DLMBSFn-V095]

(DLMBS Commentary V095) Once a certain monk approached the Buddha and complained, that Venerable Sariputta has abused and beaten him. The Buddha sent for Sariputta and asked him if it was true. Sariputta was extremely humble and replied, "I am like the earth, I feel no pleasure or pain, I am like a door mat, like a beggar, I am not attached to my body any more. How could I not apologize to a fellow monk for a wrong doing?"

The monk felt remorse and admitted that he accused Sariputta wrongly, because he was angry with him for some small matter. He asked Sariputta for pardon. The Buddha advised Sariputta to accept the apology. Sariputta pardoned the monk and also asked him to be forgiven if he had done anything wrong.

The Budha then spoke this verse, saying that an Arahant is like the earth, or like an Indra's stake - he is patient and firm, serene and pure like a clear lake.

[DLMBSFn-V096]

(DLMBS Commentary V096) Once a young seven years old boy became a novice under Venerable Tissa. While his head was being shaved, he kept his mind fixed on the object of meditation and attained arahantship immediately.

After a time, Venerable Tissa and the young novice set out on a journey to Savatthi to see the Buddha. On the way they stayed in a village monastery. Tissa went to sleep, but the young novice fell asleep only before the dawn. When Tissa woke up, he wanted to wake up also the novice. So he roused him with a palm-leaf fan. Accidentally he hit his eye with the handle and damaged his eye. The novice did not say anything, covered his eye with one hand and performed his duties - swept the floor and brought water to Tissa. When Tissa saw the novice offering him water with just one hand, he remarked that he should do it with both hands. The novice uncovered his eye and only then Tissa found out that the novice lost an eye. He also realized that he must be an Arahant! He felt very sorry and immediately started to apologize to the boy. But the novice said it was not Tissa's fault, it was only ripening of his old karma. Tissa just could not forget the whole story and he felt very depressed.

When they arrived in Savatthi, Tissa related the story to the Buddha. He replied with this verse, saying that an Arahant does not get angry with anyone, he is perfectly calm and peaceful.

[DLMBSFn-V097]

(DLMBS Commentary V097) A group of monks came from a village to pay their respects to the Buddha. The Buddha sent for Sariputta and asked him, "Sariputta, do you believe, that one can attain Nirvana by being mindful of the senses?" Sariputta replied, "I do not simply believe in this because I have faith on you and your teaching. Only those who have no personal experience accept the facts from others." The monks did not understand it and thought that Sariputta doesn't have faith in the Buddha, that he did not given up wrong views yet.

The Buddha explained that Sariputta accepts the fact that Nirvana can be attained by being mindful of senses by his own personal experience, because he already attained arahantship. He does not simply trust blindly in his teacher's words without testing them with his own practice. Blind faith has no place in Buddhism, only the trust in the method, which must be followed by one's own personal experience.

[DLMBSFn-V098]

(DLMBS Commentary V098) Revata was the brother of Venerable Sariputta and he was the only one who has not become a monk. His parents wanted him to get married and so they arranged a marriage for him while he was still very young. At the wedding ceremony he saw a very old woman and realized that all beings are subject to old age, illness and eventually death. He was horrified and immediately left for the monastery. He was admitted into the Order and became a novice.

He stayed alone in the forest, kept meditating diligently and very soon he attained arahantship. The Buddha, Sariputta and many other monks set out on a journey to visit him.

The journey was long and the area was uninhabited by people, but gods looked to the needs of the Buddha and monks. When they arrived, Revata also used his supernatural powers and created a monastery for the Buddha and the monks to stay. The Buddha remarked that wherever the Arahant lives, the place is always beautiful and delightful.

[DLMBSFn-V099]

(DLMBS Commentary V099) A certain monk received a subject of meditation from the Buddha and went to an old garden at the outskirts of the city. Some lascivious woman came into the garden and as there was nobody else around she tried to seduce the monk. She unloosened her hair, began to undress and laugh. The monk became very excited and upset. He did not know what to do.

The Buddha saw this from afar and told the monk this verse, saying that in seeking passions there is no delight. Only after freeing oneself from passion can one enjoy whatever place one is at. The monk did not care about the woman any more and attained arahantship quickly.

[NāradaFn08-03](Ven. Nārada 08-03) Sahassaṃ sahassena, thousand multiplied by a thousand, that is, ten lakhs. (Commentary).
[NāradaFn08-04](1, 2) (Ven. Nārada 08-04) Atta -The Buddha often uses this term in the sense of oneself or mind but not in the sense of a soul or special self.
[NāradaFn08-05](1, 2) (Ven. Nārada 08-05) A class of beings who are supposed to be heavenly musicians.
[NāradaFn08-06](1, 2) (Ven. Nārada 08-06) Here Māra is used in the sense of god.
[NāradaFn08-07](1, 2) (Ven. Nārada 08-07) Another class of beings, even superior to the gods in heaven, who have developed the Jhānas (ecstasies).
[NāradaFn08-08](Ven. Nārada 08-08) According to the Commentary iññhaṃ is that which is given on festival occasions, and hutaṃ is that which is prepared and given either to guests or with a belief in kamma and results. The idea conveyed by this stanza is that reverence paid to a Saint is far superior to gifts and alms given to worldlings.
[NāradaFn08-09](Ven. Nārada 08-09) They are the Sotāpannas (Stream-Winners) and others who have attained sanctification.
[NāradaFn08-10](Ven. Nārada 08-10) Nirodha-samāpatti. This is a state when the stream of consciousness temporarily ceases to flow. When in such a state, a Saint is immune from danger.
[NāradaFn08-11](Ven. Nārada 08-11) The rise and decay of mind and matter - namely: the impermanence of all conditioned things. A disciple of the Buddha is expected to contemplate the fleeting nature of life, so that he may not be attached to illusory material pleasures.
[NāradaFn08-12](Ven. Nārada 08-12) Amataṃ padaṃ, the unconditioned state of Nibbāna, free from birth, decay and death.
[NāradaFn08-13](Ven. Nārada 08-13) The nine supramundane States - namely: the four Paths, the four Fruits, and Nibbāna.
[BudRkFn-v104](1, 2) (Ven. Buddharakkhita v. 104) Brahma: a high divinity in ancient Indian religion.
[ThaniSFn-V100](1, 2, 3) (Ven. Thanissaro V.100) According to DhpA, the word sahassam in this and the following verses means "by the thousands" rather than "a thousand." The same principle would also seem to hold for satam — "by the hundreds" rather than "a hundred" — in 102.
[ThaniSFn-V108](Ven. Thanissaro V.108) "Doesn't come to a fourth": DhpA: The merit produced by all sacrificial offerings given in the world in the course of a year doesn't equal even one fourth of the merit made by paying homage once to one who has gone the straight way to Unbinding.
[DLMBSFn-V100]

(DLMBS Commentary V100) Once there was a former public executioner named Tambadathika. Once he went for a bath to the river and took some food with him. Just as he was leaving the house, Venerable Sāriputta stopped by his door on his way for almsfood. Tambadathika offered him his food.

After the meal, Sāriputta taught him the Dharma. But Tambadathika's mind was not peaceful, because he was disturbed and feeling remorse recollecting his past work. This did not allow him to pay attention to the Dharma. Sāriputta asked him if he killed those people because he wanted to, out of hate or anger – or was it just an order. Tambadathika replied that he was ordered to kill them by the king and personally did not feel hate towards them. So Sāriputta reassured him that he did nothing wrong. Tambadathika then calmed down and listened to the Dharma attentively. He then accompanied Sāriputta on the way back to the monastery. But on the way back home he died due to an accident.

The Buddha was told about this and he remarked that Tambadathika was reborn in Tusita heaven. The monks wondered how it was possible for somebody who killed so many people in his life to be reborn there. The Buddha told them by this verse that just one meaningful sentence that helped his mind to calm down and concentrate on the Dharma helped him to achieve this goal. For if one dies with a peaceful mind, one's rebirth is good. If at the time of death our mind is confused or angry - we face a bad rebirth.

[DLMBSFn-V101]

(DLMBS Commentary V101) Some merchants sailed in a boat. Their boat was wrecked and only one of them, named Bāhiya, survived. He got hold of a piece of wood and came to land in the city of Suppāraka. He tied a piece of bark to his body and sat in a public place. People gave him food; some thought that he was a holy man so they paid their respects to him. Some people offered him clothes but he refused. Everybody started to tell him that he was an Arahant so he began to consider himself one.

Now the god Brahma was a friend of Bāhiya's in one of previous lives. He came to see him one night and told him that he certainly was not an Arahant. Bāhiya asked if there are Arahants at all and where to find them. Brahma sent him to the city of Sāvatthi to see the Buddha.

Bāhiya immediately set on a journey to Sāvatthi. He did not rest much because he was anxious to meet the Buddha. Therefore when he arrived at Sāvatthi he was extremely tired. He met the Buddha going on an almsround with some other monks. He asked the Buddha to teach him the Dharma, but the Buddha refused saying that it was not a proper time for a discourse. But Bāhiya pleaded again and the Buddha realized that Bāhiya is ready to become an Arahant. So he told him: "Bāhiya, when you see a thing, be conscious only of the object. When you hear a sound, be conscious only of the sound. When you smell, taste, or touch anything, be conscious only of the smell, taste, or touch. When you think of anything, be conscious only of the mental object."

Bāhiya did this and immediately he attained Arahantship. He asked permission to be admitted into the Order as a monk. The Buddha agreed, but first he sent him to find some robes, the bowl and other requisites. Bāhiya went to find these things, but on the way he was attacked by a wild animal and died. When the Buddha and monks went back from the almsround, they found him laying dead on the road. The Buddha instructed the monks to cremate Bāhiya's body and erect a stupa around the ashes.

The Buddha then told the monks that Bāhiya has attained Arahantship. He proclaimed that Bāhiya was the quickest of all his disciples to do so. Some monks wondered how it was possible to attain Awakenment just after listening to a few words on the road. The Buddha then explained by this verse that the number of words or the length of the speech does not really matter if one's mind is really ready.

[DLMBSFn-V102]

(DLMBS Commentary V102) In the city of Rājagaha there lived a girl named Kuṇḍala Kesi. She was a daughter of a very rich man. Once she saw a thief who was being led to be executed. She felt in love with him and threatened to die uless she could marry him.

Her parents therefore bribed the executioner and they married their daughter to the thief. But he was interested only in Kuṇḍala Kesi's wealth and did not love her. One day he told her to put one her best clothes and jewelry and took her to the top of the mountain saying he wanted to pay respects to the guardian spirits for saving his life. But when they reached the place, the thief wanted to kill her, take her jewels and run away. Kuṇḍala Kesi begged him to take her things but to spare her life. Her husband had no mercy and still wanted to kill her. Therefore she realized that in order to save herself, she must kill him. She pretended she wanted to pay him her respects for the last time and when she was behind him, she pushed him off the mountain.

The guardian spirit of the mountain applauded her, saying that from this one can clearly see that wisdom is not found only amongst men, that women are also very wise.

Kuṇḍala Kesi then did not return home, but became a disciple of some ascetics. She quickly mastered their teachings and they sent her to find some better teachers. She wandered around and challenged everyone to dispute with her. Many did - but she defeated them all, since no one could answer her questions.

Once she arrived in Sāvatthi. She made a small hill of sand and put a branch on top of it, thus inviting everybody for a dispute. Venerable Sāriputta took up this challenge. Kuṇḍala Kesi asked him many questions, but Sāriputta answered all of them without hesitation. Then it was his turn to ask questions. He asked just one question, "What is the meaning of One?" She was not able to answer, therefore she asked Sāriputta to teach her. Sāriputta told her the answer: "All the beings in the world are sustained by one thing - food." Kuṇḍala Kesi became a nun and within a very short time she became an Arahant.

Some monks wondered how it was possible to attain the Awakenment after hearing just few words of the Dharma? The Buddha told them by this verse that one verse of the Dharma is better the hundreds of meaningless sentences.

[DLMBSFn-V103]

(DLMBS Commentary V103) The story for this verse is the same as for the previous one.

The highest battle does not take place on the battlefield, or in the political or academic arena, but only in our own minds. The victor of the highest battle is not somebody who conquers millions of enemies, who wins over his opponents, but a person who conquers the most difficult thing - his own mind. In other words, only an Arahant can be truly called a victor, because he won the final battle and he does not have to "fight" any more.

[DLMBSFn-V104]

(DLMBS Commentary V104) A certain Brahmin once approached the Buddha and told him, "Venerable Sir, although you know all the beneficial practices, still I think you do not know the unbeneficial practices." The Buddha told him that he knew both beneficial and unbeneficial practices. He then proceeded to enumerate six unbeneficial practices that will cause loss of wealth. They are: sleeping until sunrise, idleness and laziness, cruelty, indulgence in intoxicating drinks that cause negligence and unclear mind, wandering alone in the city during night hours and sexual misconduct.

Then the Buddha asked the Brahmin how he made his living. The Brahmin told him that he earned his living by gambling, by playing dice. The Buddha further asked if he won or lost. The Brahmin replied that sometimes he won and sometimes he lost. The Buddha told him that to win in a game of dice couldn't be compared with winning over one's own mind, over one's ignorance and mental defilements.

[DLMBSFn-V105]

(DLMBS Commentary V105) The story for this verse is identical to the one for the previous verse (see DhP 104).

The final victory in the highest battle with the mind is the attainment of Arahantship. When we achieve this victory, nothing in the world can "undo" it. Nobody can defeat us any more. No gods, not even Mara, the Evil One can do anything. We reach the deliverance and are free from the cycle of rebirth, from suffering and pain.

[DLMBSFn-V106](DLMBS Commentary V106) Venerable Sāriputta once asked his uncle if he was doing any good deeds. His uncle (who was a Brahmin) replied that every month he was making offerings to ascetics, hoping to be reborn in the heavenly world in the future existence. Sāriputta assured him that the ascetics did not really know the way to the heavenly world. He then took him to the Buddha who explained the Dharma to him and added that to pay respects to an Arahant is far better than to make offerings to somebody who is not really worth it.
[DLMBSFn-V107]

(DLMBS Commentary V107) Venerable Sāriputta once asked his cousin if he was following any beneficial religious practices. His cousin told him that he sacrifices one goat every month in the fire and thus he will reach a heavenly world in his next existence. Sāriputta explained to him, that this was not the way to the heavenly world and took him to see the Buddha.

The Buddha taught him the Dharma and further explained to him that to pay respects to an Arahant is far better than to sacrifice to the fire for hundred years.

[DLMBSFn-V108]

(DLMBS Commentary V108) Venerable Sāriputta once asked his friend, if he was following any beneficial religious practices. His friend, a Brahmin, told him that he was giving many sacrificial offerings and as a result of this he hopes to reach a heavenly world in his future existence. Sāriputta explained to him that in this way he would certainly not reach any heavenly world.

He then took his friend to the Buddha who taught him the Dharma and told him that giving sacrificial offerings every day does not count one fourth of showing respect to the Arahants.

[DLMBSFn-V109]

(DLMBS Commentary V109) Once there were two ascetics living together and practicing austerities. Later one of them returned to the lay life and got married. When a son was born to him and his wife, they took the boy to see the other ascetic. He said, "May you live long!" to the parents, but he said nothing to the child. The parents were surprised and asked him why did he do that. The ascetic said that he could see with his powers that the boy would die after seven more days. He sent them to see the Buddha, who could know how to prevent his death.

When they got to the presence of the Buddha, he again said, "May you live long!" only to the parents and nothing to their son. In order to prevent his death, he told his parents to build a pavilion at their house and put the child on a couch inside it. He then sent some monks over to chant texts for protection. Many gods and other celestial beings came to the pavilion and were in attendance. On the seventh day, the Buddha himself arrived. Then an evil demon came to the pavilion and stood by the entrance. He waited for an opportunity to attack the boy. But as there were so many powerful beings around, he could not get near him. The chanting continued through the whole night, and in the morning the demon had to leave. The young child was saved. He then paid his respects to the Buddha who then told him, "May you live long!" The Buddha then told the parents that their child would live a very long life.

Many years passed and the boy grew up. Once he came to see the Buddha and asked him how to gain longevity. The Buddha replied with this verse, saying that those who respect people of virtuous character and who pay homage to those worth paying homage, not only will gain longevity, but also beauty, happiness and strength.

[DLMBSFn-V110]

(DLMBS Commentary V110) A group of monks took a subject of meditation from the Buddha and went to a forest village to practice. There were robbers in the jungle around the village. They wanted to make a human sacrifice and they decided to offer one of the monks to the spirits of the forest. They went to the monastery and told the monks to select one of them who would follow them to the jungle and be sacrificed. All of the monks volunteered. There was a young novice with them, named Samkicca. Although he was very young, he was already an Arahant. He told the monks that Venerable Sariputta sent him to that place with the task to be the one to go with the robbers. Although the other monks did not like it a lot, still they trusted in Sariputta's judgment and so let Samkicca go.

The bloody sacrifice was prepared deep in the jungle and the leader of the robbers took a sword and wanted to cut the young novice's head. At that time, Samkicca was in deep meditation and the sword did not cut him, but just curled up. The robber took another sword and hit again - only to find that the sword has bent upward. Samkicca was still unharmed. The robbers were terrified; all of them knelt down at the novice's feet and asked for forgiveness. They also asked his permission to become monks. He complied with this request and returned to the monastery with the new monks.

Everybody was very happy that Samkicca was unharmed and that he managed to bring the robbers into the Sangha. They all left for Sāvatthi to pay homage to the Buddha and Venerable Sariputta. The Buddha then admonished them with this verse, saying that it is better to live just for one day, but virtuously and in meditation, than to live a very long life, but immorally and without any self-control.

[DLMBSFn-V111]

(DLMBS Commentary V111) Venerable Kondañña once took a subject of meditation from the Buddha and went to practice to the forest. Soon he attained Awakenment. He was on his way back to the monastery and had to spend the night on the way. He sat by the road on a piece of rock and rested, in the deep meditation.

That night some robbers stole many thing in a village and came to the same place where Kondañña was sitting. They mistook him for a tree and put their loot all over and around his body. Then they fell asleep.

In the morning they realized that he was a living being and became frightened, because they though he was a ghost. Kondañña told them that he was only a monk. The robbers were very impressed by him. They paid homage to him and asked him to allow them to become monks themselves. Kondañña ordained them and together they returned to the monastery to see the Buddha.

The Buddha spoke to them this verse, saying that it was better to live just one single day, meditating and cultivating wisdom, than a hundred years without any self-control and totally devoid of any wisdom.

[DLMBSFn-V112]

(DLMBS Commentary V112) There was a certain monk named Sappadāsa, who was not happy with his life in the monastery. Although he tried his best, he could not attain Awakenment therefore he felt he was unable to do it and wanted to return to the worldly life. But he thought that would be very humiliating for him to do so. He contemplated his options and at the end he decided to commit suicide. He tried to put his hand into a pot with snakes but the snakes would not bite him. So he took a razor and wanted to cut his throat. He put the razor on his throat, but as he was about to cut himself, he reflected on his life as a monk. He realized that he had led a pure life, full of morality and spirituality. He became full of satisfaction and happiness. Then he detached himself from these feelings and reached Awakenment instantly.

The other monks asked him what happened to him and he told them his story. They went to ask the Buddha if it was possible for someone to attain Arahantship while attempting suicide. The Buddha replied with this verse, saying that indeed it was possible. He added that in reaching the Awakenment, time and space is not really relevant. It is possible to reach it while walking, before one's foot touches the ground.

[DLMBSFn-V113]

(DLMBS Commentary V113) In Sāvatthi there lived a wealthy man. He had a daughter named Paṭācārā. She was very beautiful and was guarded by her parents when she grew up. But she fell in love with her young servant and ran away with him. They settled in a small village far away from her former home. When she became pregnant, she wanted to go back to her parents' house to deliver the baby there. Her husband was afraid that they would punish him, so he refused to go. But Paṭācārā really wanted to go, so she set out for home while he was away. Her husband hurried after her and caught her on the way. She delivered the baby right there and returned home with him.

After some time, she became pregnant again. Again she requested they return back to Sāvatthi, again her husband refused. As before, she ran away, taking her first born with her. Her husband again found her and wanted to take her back home. At that time, she was about to deliver the baby. So he went away to search for a good place. While he was clearing some piece of land, a snake bit him and he died. Paṭācārā delivered the baby and in the morning she searched for her husband only to find him dead. She was very upset and blamed herself for his death. With both her children she continued to Sāvatthi.

She came to a river, which was full and flooded, because it was raining. She was unable to carry both of her children at the same time. So she left the older boy at the bank and crossed the river with her newborn. She left him on the other side and went back to get her older child. While she was in the middle, a hawk attacked her newborn baby. She tried to frighten him away and shouted, but it carried the baby with it. The elder child heard his mother shouting and thought she was calling for him. So he tried to cross the river, only to be carried away by the strong current.

Grief-stricken and crying she continued to Sāvatthi. At the outskirts of the city she asked a passer-by about her family. The man told her, that there was a terrible storm last night, her parents' house had fallen down, and both her parents and her brother died. So Paṭācārā lost all her family. On hearing this last piece of news she went completely crazy. Her clothes had fallen of her, but she did not notice and roamed through the streets of Sāvatthi.

After a time she reached the Jetavana monastery, where the Buddha was staying at that time. People did not want to allow her to enter, but the Buddha told them to let her come in. When Paṭācārā got to the Buddha, he told her to calm down and exercise some self-control. She then realized she was naked and covered herself with a piece of cloth. She told the Buddha her story.

The Buddha then preached the Dharma to her, telling her that the number of lives when she lost her relatives and cried, was innumerable. At the end of the discourse Paṭācārā reached a first degree of Awakenment.

She became a nun. Once she was washing her feet in the evening. She poured water from the pot, it flowed a short distance and disappeared in the ground. She poured the second time and water flowed little bit farther. When she poured water for the third time, it flowed farthest. She stood there contemplating that all things rise and fall, are born and die, some for a short time, some for longer. The Buddha saw her thoughts and told her this verse, saying that it was better to live shortly and understand this law than to live for hundred years and not to see it. Paṭācārā understood and attained Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V114]

(DLMBS Commentary V114) In Sāvatthi there lived a young woman Kisā Gotami. She married a wealthy young man, became pregnant and delivered a baby. But the baby died shortly after he was born. Kisā Gotami was grieving so much that she went all around the city, carrying her dead baby, and asking if somebody knew a cure that would bring him back to life. One of those people sent her to the Buddha, thinking that maybe he could help her in some way.

The Buddha told her that indeed he knew a cure. He requested one mustard seed from a house where nobody has died. Kisā Gotami thought it to be an easy task. Full of joy she began running from house to house asking if somebody died there. But she soon found out that there was death in every household in Sāvatthi and she was not the only one who lost somebody. She realized that everybody has to die and was no longer attached to her dead baby. Kisā Gotami buried her son and went back to the monastery, where she requested to be permitted to become a nun.

The Buddha sent her to the community of the nuns and she was ordained. She was very diligent, always meditating and purifying her mind.

One evening she was lightning oil lamps. She lighted them and kept looking at the flames. She soon realized that some flames were burning constantly, but other flickered out. She contemplated that it is exactly same with living beings: some flare up but others flicker out - only the Arahants can be seen no more.

The Buddha saw her thoughts and told her this verse, saying that it is better to live just for one day and see the deathless state (Nirvana) than to live for hundred years without seeing it. After hearing the verse, Kisā Gotami attained Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V115]

(DLMBS Commentary V115) In Sāvatthi there lived a husband and wife. They had many children and when they grew up, they got married and lived a nice life. The husband then died and the wife, Bahu Puttika, kept all the property to herself. The children asked her many timed to give them their inheritance and promised to look after her well. So at the end she agreed and divided up everything to her children and left nothing for herself.

She went to stay with her eldest son. But after few days his wife started complaining that she did not give them two shares so how she dares to come to stay with them. Bahu Puttika went to the second son, where the same happened. So she went from one child to another but she was not welcome anywhere.

She realized that nobody would give her proper care, so she decided to become a nun. Now because she left the home very old, she knew she did not have much time. Therefore she was extremely diligent and practiced meditation with a strong energy. The Buddha saw her effort and praised her with this verse, saying that it was better to live just for a short time but be able to realize the Dharma. A life, which lasts for many years, but is without understanding the Law, is useless. After hearing the verse, Bahu Puttika attained Awakenment.

[NāradaFn09-01](Ven. Nārada 09-01) There should be no delay in doing good deeds. One must avail oneself of every opportunity to do good. Such good actions redound to one's eternal happiness. Every effort also should be made to control the mind as it is prone to evil. The impure mind rejoices in evil thoughts.
[NāradaFn09-02](Ven. Nārada 09-02) Pāpa, evil, is that which defiles one's mind. It is that which leads to woeful states. "Sin", purely a Christian term is not a good English equivalent for pāpa. What is associated with the three immoral roots such as lust (rāga), anger (dosa), and delusion (moha) is evil. There are ten kinds of evil. They are killing, stealing, and sexual misconduct (which are committed by deed); lying, slandering, harsh speech, and frivolous talk (which are committed by word); and covetousness, ill-will, and false views (which are committed by mind).
[NāradaFn09-03](Ven. Nārada 09-03) Puñña, merit is that which cleanses the mind. Kusala is another term for puñña. There are ten kinds of meritorious deeds. See notes on vv. 42, 43.
[NāradaFn09-04](Ven. Nārada 09-04) A wicked person may lead a prosperous life as the result of his past good deeds. He will experience happiness owing to the potentiality of his past good over the present evil, a seeming injustice which often prevails in this world. When once, according to the inexorable law of kamma, his evil actions fructify, then he perceives the painful effects of his wickedness.
[NāradaFn09-05](Ven. Nārada 09-05) A virtuous person, as often happens, may meet with adversity owing to the potentiality of his past evil actions over his present good acts. He is convinced of the efficacy of his present good deeds only when, at the opportune moment, they fructify, giving him abundant bliss. The fact that at times the wicked are prosperous and the virtuous are unfortunate is itself strong evidence in support of the belief in kamma and rebirth.
[NāradaFn09-06](Ven. Nārada 09-06) Māppamaññetha in most texts.
[NāradaFn09-07](Ven. Nārada 09-07) That is, for one who has no evil intention.
[NāradaFn09-08](Ven. Nārada 09-08) According to Buddhism there are four kinds of birth - namely: egg-born (aṇóaja), womb-born (jalābuja), moisture-born (saṃsedaja) and spontaneous birth (opapātika).
[NāradaFn09-09]

(Ven. Nārada 09-09) Niraya = ni + aya = devoid of happiness. There are four kinds of niraya - namely: woeful state (apāya), the animal kingdom (tiracchānayoni), the plane of Petas (petayoni) and the plane of Asura-demons (asurayoni).

None of these states is eternal. According to their evil kamma beings may be born in such woeful states. Departing from those states they may be born in blissful states according to their past good kamma.

[NāradaFn09-10](Ven. Nārada 09-10) Sagga = su + agga = full of happiness. In the sense-sphere (kāmaloka) the human plane and the six celestial planes are regarded as blissful states. They too are not eternal.
[NāradaFn09-11](Ven. Nārada 09-11) Arahants, after death, are not born any more, but attain Parinibbāna.
[NāradaFn09-12](Ven. Nārada 09-12) The Buddhist law of moral causation cannot be bribed, nor can one escape the evil consequences of kamma by seeking refuge in any place on earth. No god, not even a Buddha, can intervene in the operation of kamma.
[ThaniSFn-V121-122](1, 2) (Ven. Thanissaro V. 121-122) "('It won't amount to much')": reading na mattam agamissati with the Thai edition. Other editions read, na mantam agamissati, "It won't come to me."
[ThaniSFn-V126](Ven. Thanissaro V.126) Heaven and hell, in the Buddhist view of the cosmos, are not eternal states. One may be reborn on one of the various levels of heaven or hell as the result of one's kamma on the human plane, and then leave that level when that particular store of kamma wears out.
[DLMBSFn-V116]

(DLMBS Commentary V116) In Sāvatthi there lived a poor brahmin with his wife. They had only one piece of outer garment, so only one of them could go out at one time. They were lay disciple of the Buddha and wanted to hear as many of his discourses as possible. So the brahmin would go to the monastery at night and his wife during the day. Once the brahmin was listening to the Buddha and he felt very strong wish to perform meritorious deeds. He wanted to offer his only piece of cloth to the Buddha. But he realized that he and his wife would have nothing to wear then. So his mind wavered and he hesitated. Finally during the last hours of the night he offered his cloth to the Buddha, saying, "I win!"

The king of Kosala, Pasenadi, was also present, and when he heard the brahmin he sent messengers to ask why he shouted, "I win!" When he learned the brahmin's story, he was very much impressed and decided to give him a reward. He ordered the brahmin be offered a new piece of cloth. The brahmin gave that piece also to the Buddha. The king gave him two pieces of cloth, which were again offered to the Buddha. Pasenadi again doubled the number of clothes; the brahmin again gave them to the Buddha. So at the end the king gave him thirty-two pieces of cloth, the brahmin kept one for himself, one for his wife, and remaining thirty he again offered to the Buddha.

The king was so much impressed that he decided to reward the brahmin further. He gave him two pieces of very expensive velvet cloth. The brahmin made two canopies out of them, kept one for himself and his wife and the second one he offered to the Buddha. The king then saw the canopy in the monastery and realized that the brahmin has done a meritorious deed again. So he decided to reward him even more.

Some monks wondered how it was possible that in this case a good deed brings good results so quickly. The Buddha replied, that had the brahmin offered his garment immediately when the idea occurred to him, his reward would have been much greater. He then added this verse, saying that if one wants to perform meritorious deeds, one should do so quickly, without hesitation. If one thinks about it too long, then maybe it becomes impossible to do anything at all, because the mind delights in evil.

[DLMBSFn-V117](DLMBS Commentary V117) There was a monk named Seyyasaka. He was not satisfied with his life as a monk. He had a habit of masturbating. When the Buddha heard about this, he admonished the monk for giving in to his desire for sensual pleasures. He made a new rule for the community of monks and nuns to abstain from such acts. He then added this verse, saying that one should not perform evil again and again, because such behavior leads to much suffering.
[DLMBSFn-V118]

(DLMBS Commentary V118) Venerable Mahākassapa once stayed in a cave, practicing meditation for seven days. When he arose from his meditation he wanted to give somebody a chance to gain merit by offering him food. He saw a young girl cooking meal. So he stood by her door looking for almsfood. She saw him and happily offered him some food, wishing that the merit gained offering might help her to realize the truth.

After some time she was bitten by a snake and died. She was reborn as a goddess in Tavatimsa heaven.

She understood that she was reborn there only because of the merit gained by offering almsfood to Kassapa. She wished to continue doing good deeds. So every morning she would come to the monastery, sweep the floor and fill the water-pots. At first Kassapa thought that some diligent young novice was doing this service, but later he found out that a goddess performed them all. He advised her not to come to the monastery too often, because people might start talking, if they saw her often there. She was quite upset and begged him not to destroy her chances for gaining more merit.

The Buddha heard her and supported Kassapa's opinion. He told her that although performing good deeds was very pleasant, she should not continue coming to the monastery every day.

[DLMBSFn-V119]

(DLMBS Commentary V119) One of the most famous benefactors of the Buddha was Anāthapindika from the city of Sāvatthi. He built the Jetavana monastery and regularly donated food and other requisites to the community of the Buddha's followers. By doing so, he gave away most of his wealth and became poor. The guardian spirit of his house came to him and told him to stop donating for some time, make money, become rich again, and then continue giving. Anāthapindika told the spirit to leave his house for saying such things.

The guardian spirit went to see Sakka, the king of the gods, and asked him what should he do to get pardon from Anāthapindika. Sakka told him that there was some money Anāthapindika loaned to others and did not collect it back yet. He also pointed to the guardian spirit some wealth buried by Anāthapindika's ancestors. The spirit collected all those riches and brought them to Anāthapindika’s house.

Anāthapindika then permitted the spirit to enter the house and continue living there. The Buddha learned about this story and told them these two verses (DhP 119 and 120). Even though the good person can come to misfortune sometimes, the results of his good deeds will come sure enough - and so will the results of evil deeds of a bad person, even though for some time he might enjoy luck and happiness.

[DLMBSFn-V120]

(DLMBS Commentary V120) The story for this verse is identical with the story for the previous verse.

Sometimes it seems that people, who are committing evil deeds are lucky and enjoy happy life, whereas those, who are good and perform only meritorious deeds suffer the most. But at the end, the results of the deeds will ripe and when the time comes to that, the evildoer will finally receive the fruit of his evil deeds and the good person will be able to see the results of his beneficial actions.

[DLMBSFn-V121]

(DLMBS Commentary V121) A certain monk would use a piece of furniture for some time and then leave it outside in the monastery yard, exposing it to sun and rain. Other monks tried to admonish him, but he always said only that it is not his intention to destroy the things, and that no serious harm was actually done.

When the Buddha found out about this, he sent for the monk and told him this verse, saying that one should not disregard evil, however small, because a hundred small evils is actually equal to one big evil. Moreover, if one gets used to small evils, a bad habit is established, and a great evil then does not seem so terrible to such a person.

[DLMBSFn-V122]

(DLMBS Commentary V122) A certain man from the city of Sāvatthi wanted to give in charity. Especially he wanted to get others to do so. He invited the Buddha with monks for meal the next day. He went around his neighbors and asked them to contribute if they want to participate in the almsgiving. One rich man thought that this man does not have enough money to do it himself and he was unhappy about this. So he contributed only a little amount of food. His contribution was kept separately and was not put together with the food that others contributed. The rich man thought that the man wanted others to know, that he, the rich man, has given only such a little amount. So the next day he sent a servant over to the house, where the alms were being given, and told him to observe everything.

The servant told the rich man, that his food was distributed in very small amounts into everything. This was done, so that the rich man would gain a lot of merit. But he did not understand it and the next day he went to the man's house, intending to kill him if he dared to reveal that he offered so little.

But the man told him the true reason of his action. The rich man realized his evil thoughts and apologized to the man. The Buddha heard this and told the rich man this verse, saying that we should not disregard good deeds, even if they seem small. Someday, doing of good deeds will become a habit, and thus we can perform a big good deed.

[DLMBSFn-V123]

(DLMBS Commentary V123) In Sāvatthi there lived a rich merchant named Mahā Dhana. A group of robbers wanted to rob him. Mahā Dhana decided to make a journey with a lot of valuable merchandise. He invited some monks who wanted to go on the same journey to go with him. The robbers hid themselves in a forest and waited for Mahā Dhana's caravan. But Mahā Dhana found out about their plan and decided to stop just in front of the forest and wait for the robbers to leave. When they did not do so, Mahā Dhana decided to go back home. The robbers found out and planned to attack him on the return journey. Some people told Mahā Dhana about this and so he stopped in the village and stayed there for some time.

The monks returned back to Sāvatthi and told the Buddha what happened. Buddha told them this verse, saying, that a merchant is wise to keep away from the journey full of robbers. Also one who wants to live better keep away from poison. And those, who want to attain Awakenment, should avoid evil.

[DLMBSFn-V124]

(DLMBS Commentary V124) A daughter of a rich family once lived in Rājagaha. She was very wise and understood the Dharma - she had attained the first stage of Awakenment. Once she met a hunter named Kukkuṭa Mitta and they fell in love. They got married and had seven children. After many years, all the children got themselves married.

Once the Buddha walked past one of Kukkuṭa Mitta's traps and he sat under a tree not far away and rested. Kukkuṭa Mitta came, saw the footsteps, but he saw no animal. So he thought that somebody stole his animal from the trap. Seeing the Buddha close, he took him to be that person. He became very angry and wanted to kill the Buddha. He took his bow and arrow, but as he was about to shoot he became immobilized just like a statue. His children came next and saw what happened to their father. They too took bows and arrows and tried to shoot the Buddha, only to become "statues" themselves. When they did not return in time, the hunter's wife went to the forest to look for them. When she saw what happened, she shouted to them, "Don't kill my father!"

The hunter and his children thought that the Buddha was her real father and they ceased hating him. Immediately they were able to move again. The woman told them to put down their bows and arrows and when they did so, the Buddha expounded the Dharma. At the end of the discourse, all of them also attained the first stage of Awakenment.

The Buddha went back to the monastery and told the monks the story. Some monks wondered how the woman, having already reached the first stage of Awakenment, could help her husband to take lives of animals. The Buddha replied with this verse, saying that if one has no intention to commit evil, no bad karma is actually created.

[DLMBSFn-V125]

(DLMBS Commentary V125) A hunter named Koka was leaving the city to hunt with his dogs. He met a monk who was entering the city to obtain some almsfood. The hunter took this for a bad sign and thought that that day he wouldn’t catch any animal. And that also happened - he did not get anything. Angry he went back home. On entering the city he met the same monk who obtained his food and was returning to the monastery. The hunter became so angry that he sent his dogs to kill the monk. But he climbed a tree and the dogs were unable to reach him. The hunter took an arrow and pricked the monk's feet with it. The monk was in pain and his robe fell down.

It just happened that the hunter was standing directly bellow. The robe fell onto him. His dogs thought that the monk fell down and attacked him. The monk threw some branches down and only then the dogs realized that they attacked their own master and ran away. The monk climbed down and found out that the hunter was already dead.

When he returned to the monastery, he went to see the Buddha, because he felt responsible for the hunter's death. But the Buddha told him that he was not responsible at all. Only hunter himself and his foolish actions caused him the untimely death. The Buddha then added this verse, saying that whoever wants to harm an innocent, calls evil on himself. Just like trying to throw dust against the wind - it will just come back and fall upon the very person who threw it.

[DLMBSFn-V126]

(DLMBS Commentary V126) In the city of Sāvatthi once lived a gem polisher. He has been giving almsfood to a certain monk for the last twelve years. One day, the gem polisher was carrying a piece of meat when a messenger for the king arrived, giving him a piece of gem that the king wanted to be cut and polished. The gem polisher took the gem with his hands bloody from the meat, put it on the table and went to wash his hands.

The family had a pet bird. When it saw the gem covered with blood, it took it for a piece of meat and ate it. When the gem polisher returned, he did not see the gem anywhere. He asked everybody, but nobody knew anything. At the end he also asked the monk, who was also present. The monk replied that he did not take the gem.

The gem polisher was convinced, that the monk was lying and decided to inflict torture on him. Even though his wife discouraged him from this action, saying that this monk was an Arahant and their teacher for so many years, the gem polisher paid no attention. He tied the monk up and beat him with a stick.

The monk started to bleed all over his body and the bird came over again, drawn by the blood. The gem polisher was angry and kicked the bird, killing it instantly. Only then did the monk reveal that the bird ate the gem. The gem polisher cut the bird open and indeed found the gem inside.

Immediately he untied the monk and asked for forgiveness. The monk replied that he feels no hatred towards him and even agreed to continue coming to his house for almsfood. Only after this he would not enter the house - just stay by the door.

Soon after, the monk died from his injuries and reached the final Nirvana. The bird was born as the gem polisher's son. When the gem polisher died he was born in hell and his wife in heaven, because she spoke against beating of the innocent monk.

[DLMBSFn-V127]

(DLMBS Commentary V127) Three groups of monks were traveling from far away to see the Buddha. On the way strange things happened to them.

The first group stayed in a village on their way. Some people were cooking meal when their hut caught fire and burned. A crow was flying over the place, got caught in the fire and died.

When they met the Buddha, he told them this story. One farmer had a very lazy ox. It would not work, it would only lie down, eat and sleep. The farmer once got so angry, that he put a rope around the neck of the animal and set fire to it. So the ox died. Because of this, the farmer was reborn as a crow and died in the fire himself.

The second group took a boat. In the middle of the ocean the ship would not suddenly move. They searched for the unlucky person, who is causing this to happen. Three times lots were drawn and three times it fell on the captain's wife. So at the end they tied a pot of sand to her neck and drowned her. The ship then continued to the port safely and the monks got to see the Buddha.

He told them, that once there was a woman who had a pet dog. The dog would follow her everywhere; it just would not stay away even for a moment. Some people were making fun of her. So she felt ashamed, tied a pot of sand around the dog's neck and drowned it. Because of this, she was reborn as that unlucky woman who was drowned by other people.

The third group of seven monks stayed in a cave overnight. In the middle of the night a big rock fell from the mountain above and blocked the entrance into the cave. People discovered them in the morning and tried to move the rock, but they were unable to do it. Only on the seventh day they moved the rock away and the monks were free.

To them the Buddha related the story of seven cowherds who chased an iguana into a mound and for fun closed all the entrances. They let the iguana out only after seven days. So in this life they were reborn as the seven monks who were trapped in the cave for a week.

At the end the Buddha said this verse, saying that one can never escape the consequences of evil deeds. They will find us anywhere, nobody can hide from them, even in the air, ocean or in a cave - the consequences will befall us surely.

[DLMBSFn-V128]

(DLMBS Commentary V128) Buddha had also some enemies. One of them was his own cousin Devadatta who wanted to take the Buddha's place in the Community. Devadatta's father was king Suppabuddha. He was also an enemy of the Buddha, because the Buddha married Suppabuddha's daughter, Yasodhara, and later left her and became a monk.

When the Buddha came for almsfood to his place, the king got drunk and blocked the way. He refused to make way for the Buddha. The Buddha turned around and went back, saying to the monks that the king make a bad karma by refusing to make way for a Buddha and would have to face the consequences very soon.

Suppabuddha wanted to prove the Buddha wrong, so he paid special attention to his deeds and also instructed his servants to protect him very carefully. But on the seventh day he heard his horse neighing loudly and kicking about. He wanted to handle the horse and went down to the stable. He fell down the stairs and died immediately.

The Buddha remarked that one can not escape death no matter how one tries, no matter where on hides.

[NāradaFn10-01](Ven. Nārada 10-01) Na haneyya na ghātaye = na pahareyya na paharāpeyya (Commentary).
[NāradaFn10-02](Ven. Nārada 10-02) One who follows this exemplary practice, even though not yet having attained Nibbāna, is regarded as having attained Nibbāna.
[NāradaFn10-03](Ven. Nārada 10-03) Here the herdsman resembles decay and death.
[NāradaFn10-04](Ven. Nārada 10-04) The cattle resemble life.
[NāradaFn10-05](Ven. Nārada 10-05) The pasture ground resembles death.
[NāradaFn10-06](Ven. Nārada 10-06) Namely: the Arahats who are weaponless and innocent.
[NāradaFn10-07](1, 2, 3) (Ven. Nārada 10-07) That might cause death.
[NāradaFn10-08](1, 2, 3) (Ven. Nārada 10-08) Loss in business transactions, loss of wealth etc.
[NāradaFn10-09](Ven. Nārada 10-09) Gymnosophism is still practised in India. External dirtiness is regarded by some as a mark of saintliness. The Buddha denounces strict asceticism confined to such externals. The members of His celibate Order follow the middle path, avoiding the extremes of self-mortification and self-indulgence. Simplicity, humility, and poverty should be the chief characteristics of bhikkhus as much as cleanliness.
[NāradaFn10-10](Ven. Nārada 10-10) Unwashed matted hair is regarded by the foolish as a mark of holiness.
[NāradaFn10-11](Ven. Nārada 10-11) The non-cleansing of teeth, smearing the body with mud, etc.
[NāradaFn10-12](Ven. Nārada 10-12) Fasting alone does not tend to purification. The bhikkhus too fast daily between midday and the following dawn.
[NāradaFn10-13](Ven. Nārada 10-13) Sleeping on the ground. Bhikkhus only avoid luxurious and high couches.
[NāradaFn10-14](Ven. Nārada 10-14) Through not bathing.
[NāradaFn10-15](Ven. Nārada 10-15) Rubbing the body with ashes is still practised by some ascetics.
[NāradaFn10-16](Ven. Nārada 10-16) Continually sitting and wandering in that posture.
[NāradaFn10-17](Ven. Nārada 10-17) With regard to the Buddha, Dhamma, Sangha, etc.
[NāradaFn10-18](Ven. Nārada 10-18) Niyata. The four Paths are: Sotāpatti (Stream-Winner), Sakadāgāmi (Once-Returner), Anāgāmi (Never-Returner) and Arahatta (Worthy).
[NāradaFn10-19](Ven. Nārada 10-19) Mrs. Rhys Davids: "Walking in God", a very misleading phrase, totally foreign to Buddhism. The commentarial explanation is seññhacariya - highest conduct.
[NāradaFn10-20](Ven. Nārada 10-20) Absolutely harmless towards all.
[NāradaFn10-21](Ven. Nārada 10-21) Because he has cast aside impurities.
[NāradaFn10-22](Ven. Nārada 10-22) Samaṇa, because he has cleansed himself of all impurities.
[NāradaFn10-23](Ven. Nārada 10-23) Bhikkhu, because he has destroyed passions.
[NāradaFn10-24](Ven. Nārada 10-24) A gaily decked minister, stricken with grief, listened to the Buddha, seated on an elephant. On hearing the discourse, he realized Arahantship. Simultaneous with his realization his death occurred. The Buddha then advised his followers to pay him the respect due to an Arahant. When the bhikkhus questioned him how the minister could have attained Arahantship in such elegant dress the Buddha uttered this verse to show that purity comes from within and not from without. In striking contrast to the former this verse clearly indicates the Buddhist view of a holy person. It is not the apparel that counts but internal purity.
[NāradaFn10-25](Ven. Nārada 10-25) A self-respecting bhikkhu or layman, when obsessed with evil thoughts, tries to eradicate them there and then. This verse indicates that such persons are rare.
[NāradaFn10-26]

(Ven. Nārada 10-26) Vijjācaraṇa. Eight kinds of Knowledge and fifteen kinds of Conduct.

The eight kinds of Knowledge are: (1) Psychic Powers (iddhividha), (2) Divine Ear (dibba-sota), (3) Penetration of the minds of others (ceto-pariya-ñāṇa), (4) Divine Eye (dibba-cakkhu), (5) Remembrance of former births (pubbe-nivāsanussati), (6) Extinction of corruptions (āsavakkhaya), (7) Insight (vipassanā) and (8) Creation of mental images (manomayiddhi).

The fifteen kinds of Conduct are:- Moral restraint, sense-restraint, moderation in eating, wakefulness, faith, moral shame, moral dread, great learning, energy, mindfulness, wisdom and the four Jhānas.

[NāradaFn10-27](Ven. Nārada 10-27) Cf. v. 80.
[ThaniSFn-V143]

(Ven. Thanissaro V.143) Some translators have proposed that the verb apabodheti, here translated as "awakens" should be changed to appam bodheti, "to think little of." This, however, goes against the sense of the verse and of a recurrent image in the Canon, that the better-bred the horse, the more sensitive it is even to the idea of the whip, to say nothing of the whip itself. See, for example, A 4.113.

The question raised in this verse is answered in SN 1.18:

Those restrained by conscience
 are rare —
those who go through life
 always mindful.
Having reached the end
 of suffering & stress,
they go through what is uneven
    evenly;
 go through what is out-of-tune
    in tune.
[VaradoFn-V129](Ven. Varado V. 129) Verse 129: ghataye can mean either 'kill' or 'cause to be killed'. See PED under ghateti and hanati.
[DLMBSFn-V129]

(DLMBS Commentary V129) One group of monks was cleaning a certain building in the Jetavana monastery. They intended to stay there. When they were in the middle of cleaning, another group of monks arrived there and wanted them to give the building over to them. They felt that as they were more senior monks, they should have the right to choose.

But the first group did not agree to that and insisted on keeping the building to themselves. The monks from the second group beat them up till the monks cried in pain.

When the Buddha heard about this, he admonished the second group of monks harshly for inflicting pain on their fellow monks. He told them this verse, saying that violence is not a solution. He moreover laid down a new rule for the monks to abstain from hurting others.

[DLMBSFn-V130]

(DLMBS Commentary V130) In the last verse (see DhP 129) we saw monks beating each other because of a building. But the question of the building arose again. The second group of monks still intended to take it for themselves and again, the first group did not agree to that.

As a new rule was established, the monks from the second group did not physically attack the first group, but they made threatening gestures to them. The monks from the first group were frightened and cried out.

The Buddha again admonished the second group of monks, telling them this verse. And he also set another rule, that monks should not make threatening gestures to each other.

[DLMBSFn-V131]

(DLMBS Commentary V131) The Buddha once saw a group of young men from Sāvatthi beating a snake with sticks. He asked why were they doing such thing. The youths answered that they were afraid of being bitten by the snake therefore they beat it. The Buddha told them this verse, saying that if we do not wish to be harm by some being the first step is not to harm it ourselves.

The young men attained the first stage of Awakenment after hearing this discourse.

[DLMBSFn-V132]

(DLMBS Commentary V132) The story for this verse is identical with that to the previous one (DhP 131).

To abstain from violence is one of the basic principles of the Buddha's teaching. Especially in the case of the young men hurting the snake it can be seen that to hurt somebody first to stop him from hurting me is not a good idea.

We should practice the universal loving kindness, known as mettā and try to radiate it to all the directions. When faced with danger, we should radiate this mettā towards the being that intends or might intend to hurt us.

[DLMBSFn-V133]

(DLMBS Commentary V133) There was a monk named Kundadhāna. From the day he became a monk, others saw a female form always following him everywhere. But he himself did not see anything.

Once he went out on to gather alms food and people offered him two portions of food, saying that one was for him and the other for his friend. Then they reported to the king that one of the monks seems to have a girlfriend. The king Pasenadi started to investigate the matter.

When the king was in the room with the monk, the female form was not present. The monk himself also professed his innocence. When the king sent him out of the room, the female form suddenly appeared close to him. The king realized that the woman was not real and the monk was really innocent. So he invited him for almsfood.

The other monks were not happy and started to scold Kundadhāna, saying that in fact he had a girlfriend somewhere and that he had no morals. Kundadhāna got angry and retorted with his own accusations.

The Buddha then admonished him and told him this verse. He further explained, that in his previous life Kundadhāna was a deity who wanted to create discord between two monks who very good friends. He would assume the form of a woman and follow closely one of them, thus hoping to stop their friendship. For that deed a female form was now following him.

[DLMBSFn-V134]

(DLMBS Commentary V134) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the preceding verse (see DhP 133).

The vibrations in this verse point mainly to passion and hatred. If we do not have these feelings, then we are silent, just like a broken gong. It will not resonate when we try to hit it. In the same way, when we are devoid of passions and are "hit" by the objects that are usually causing them, we will not "resonate". That means, we are completely without passion, hatred and ignorance - and we have reached the goal, attained Nirvana and stopped all the suffering.

[DLMBSFn-V135]

(DLMBS Commentary V135) A large group of women came to the Pubbārāma monastery to observe the precepts for one day. Visākhā, the woman who built that monastery, asked them for what purpose did they come to observe the precepts. Different women gave her different answers.

Old women did so in order to have a good rebirth, middle aged women wanted to have peaceful and prosperous lives with their families, young women came in order to give birth to a son and unmarried girls wanted to find a good husband.

Visākhā took them to see the Buddha. He told her this verse, saying that although we are all constantly driven by birth, old age and death, there are still so few people who realize this and strive for Awakenment and release from this never-ending cycle. Most people still pursue only earthly goals and do not care about overcoming them.

[DLMBSFn-V136]

(DLMBS Commentary V136) Venerable Moggallāna once went on an alms-round with Venerable Lakkhaṇa. On the way from a certain hill he smiled as if he saw something strange. When they were back at the monastery, Lakkhaṇa asked him about this incident.

Moggallāna said that he saw a ghost in the form of a snake, being burned by flames. The Buddha told them that he also saw that particular ghost and revealed to them his story.

A long time ago there was a thief who repeatedly burned a house of a certain man. Not satisfied with that he also set fire to a monastery, donated by that man. As a result of these deeds, he was reborn as that ghost-snake, burned by flames.

At the end the Buddha added this verse, saying that even though a fool does not realize evilness of his actions, the consequences will certainly reach him.

[DLMBSFn-V137]

(DLMBS Commentary V137) Some ascetics were planning to kill Venerable Moggallāna because they thought that the Buddha and his teaching would be hurt by this action. So they hired a group of killers who surrounded the cave where Moggallāna was staying. But he used his supernatural powers and escaped. The killers did not give up but were pursuing him around the clock. After three months Moggallāna realized that he had to get caught as a consequence of one bad deed he committed in one of his previous life. Although he was an Arahant and did not create any new karma, he was still reaping fruit of his actions before he reached the Awakenment.

So he let himself to be caught and the killers beat him up. When they thought he was dead, they left him in a forest and went away. But Moggallāna was still alive, used his supernatural powers to revive himself for a short time and went to pay his respects to the Buddha. He told the Buddha what happened and the Buddha asked him to teach the Dharma to all the monks for one last time. Moggallāna did so and died soon after that.

The king ordered an investigation, caught the killers and executed them. The monks asked the Buddha how was it possible that Moggallāna was killed like that. The Buddha told them a story from Moggallāna previous life.

Once he was a son of blind parents. At the beginning he was a very good son, treating them well. But after he got married, his wife hated his parents and induced him to kill them. Moggallāna took his parents to the forest and beat them to death, while pretending that some robbers were actually killing them. For this deed he had to die himself in his very last existence at the end of killers, beaten up to death.

[DLMBSFn-V138](DLMBS Commentary V138) The story for this verse is identical with the story for the previous verse (DhP 137), the story of Moggallana's untimely death.
[DLMBSFn-V139](DLMBS Commentary V139) The story for this verse is identical with the story for the previous verses (DhP 137, DhP 138), the story of Moggallana's untimely death.
[DLMBSFn-V140](DLMBS Commentary V140) The story for this verse is identical with the story for the previous verses (DhP 137, DhP 138, DhP 139), the story of Moggallana's untimely death.
[DLMBSFn-V141]

(DLMBS Commentary V141) In Sāvatthi there lived a rich man named Bahu Bhāṇḍika. When his wife died, he decided to become a monk. But first he built himself a monastery, brought many servants and provisions of food with him. So even as a monk he lived in comfort and had plenty of delicious food every day.

When the Buddha heard about this, he admonished the monk, saying that his teaching is about simple life and asked why did he bring so much property with him. The monks became angry and took off his robe, asking the Buddha if this was the way he wanted him to live from now on.

The Buddha again admonished him, "How come you have lost your sense of shame and fear of evil? Even in your former existence as a hungry ghost you had this sense, where did it go?" The monk realized his mistake and apologized for getting angry and taking off his clothes.

The Buddha then spoke this verse, saying that austerities and ascetic practices do not make a monk. Only when we discard ignorance can we be really free.

At the end of this discourse, many monks present attained the first stage of Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V142]

(DLMBS Commentary V142) The king Pasenadi of Kosala once sent his minister Santati to deal with some rebellion in the border area. Santati suppressed it quickly and efficiently and the king was very pleased. He gave Santati many gifts, amongst others also a dancing girl to entertain him. The minister spent several days drinking and enjoying the young dancer.

On the last day, he went to the river to take a bath. On the way he met the Buddha and some monks. Even though he was drunk, he still bowed in respect. The Buddha remarked to Venerable Ānanda that Santati will reach the Awakenment the very same day and soon after that he will die.

In the evening, the dancer again entertained Santati and his guests. While dancing, she died due to exhaustion. The minister was shocked and distressed. Immediately he went to the Buddha and begged for some words of solace. The Buddha told him to get rid of his cravings, not to let these feelings to enslave him. By getting rid of all the cravings, all the roots of evil will be destroyed and he will reach the Nirvana.

After hearing this, Santati attained Awakenment. Realizing, that he was about to die, he thanked the Buddha for his help and told him that he was about to reach the final emancipation. Soon after that he passed away.

Some monks were confused that Santati attained the Arahantship, although he was wearing beautiful dress and ornaments. They asked if he was a monk or a Brahmin. The Buddha replied with this verse, saying that clothes and ornaments are not important. What counts is whether one has or has not freed oneself from ignorance and cravings.

[DLMBSFn-V143]

(DLMBS Commentary V143) Venerable Ānanda once met a young beggar who was going around dressed in old rags and holding a begging plate. After meeting Ānanda, the man decided to become a monk. His name was Pilotika.

When he became a monk, he put his old clothes and the plate under a certain tree. Sometimes he felt not satisfied with his life as a monk and he went back to the tree and contemplated going back to the layman's life. But when he realized how miserable were his days before he became a monk, he felt shame and returned to the monastery.

This happened many times. Other monks asked him where was he going all the time. He told them he went to see his teacher. Pilotika considered his old clothes and the plate to be his teacher, because they taught him futility of the lay life many times. He started to practice earnestly and took his old clothes as a meditation subject. Soon he was able to reach Awakenment and therefore he stopped going to the tree.

Other monks asked him again, why does not he go to see his teacher any more. Pilotika replied that he does not have need for a teacher any more, hinting that he was an Arahant. The monks went to see the Buddha and asked him if it was true, if Pilotika has really reached the goal. The Buddha replied in affirmative, saying that indeed Pilotika now has no need to see his "teacher" because he has nothing to learn from the old clothes anymore. He has realized the truth and became an Arahant. The Buddha further added this verse and the following one (DhP 144).

[DLMBSFn-V144]

(DLMBS Commentary V144) The story for this verse is identical with the story for the previous one (DhP 143).

There is no reason to whip a good horse - it knows what to do and how to do it. In the same way there is no need to blame a good person, he is not acting in a way that has to be blamed.

The good horse needs only to be touched by the whip and then it knows what to do. So it is with a good person. He is "touched" by the suffering and immediately starts to make effort to escape it forever.

[DLMBSFn-V145]

(DLMBS Commentary V145) Venerable Sāriputta once had a very young novice. His name was Sukha. One day, he went with Sāriputta on his alms-round. He observed irrigators irrigating the fields, arrow-makers making their arrows and carpenters working with wood. He asked Venerable Sāriputta if those things, which have no mind, could be guided to wherever one wishes. Sāriputta replied that it is so. The young novice then thought, "If those things, which have no mind, could be guided to wherever one wishes, then why could not I master myself?"

He then asked permission from Sāriputta, returned to the monastery and diligently practiced. He was about to attain Arahantship, when Sāriputta returned and was going towards the novice's hut. The Buddha saw this and he also saw that the novice was just about to attain the goal, so he met Sāriputta outside and prevented him from going to the novice's hut by asking him various questions. The novice indeed attained Arahantship very soon and the Buddha explained that the reason, why he kept Sāriputta outside, was to enable the young novice to attain his goal without being interrupted.

[NāradaFn11-01](Ven. Nārada 11-01) This world is perpetually consumed with the flames of passions. It is completely surrounded by the veil of ignorance. Being placed in such a world, the wise should try to seek the light of wisdom.
[NāradaFn11-02](Ven. Nārada 11-02) As good and pleasant.
[NāradaFn11-03](Ven. Nārada 11-03) The nine supramundane states are the four Paths, the four Fruits and Nibbāna.
[NāradaFn11-04](Ven. Nārada 11-04) Such as the Buddhas.
[NāradaFn11-05]

(Ven. Nārada 11-05) These two verses, the first paean of joy (udāna) uttered by the Buddha immediately after His Enlightenment, are not found elsewhere. As the Venerable Ananda heard them from the lips of the Buddha they have been inserted here.

Here the Buddha admits his past wanderings in existence which entails suffering, a fact which evidently proves the belief in rebirth. He was compelled to wander and consequently to suffer, as long as be could not discover the architect who built this house, the body. In His final birth He discovered by His own intuitive wisdom the elusive architect dwelling not outside but within the recesses of His own heart. The architect was Craving or Attachment (taṇhā), a self-created force a mental element latent in all. The discovery of the architect is the eradication of craving by attaining Arahantship which, in this utterance, is alluded to as the end of craving.

The rafters of this self-created house are the defilements (kilesa). The ridge-pole that supports the rafters is ignorance (avijjā), the root cause of all defilements. The shattering of the ridge-pole of ignorance by wisdom results in the complete demolition of the house. The ridge-pole and the rafters are the material with which the architect builds this undesired house. With their destruction the architect is deprived of the wherewithal to rebuild the house which is not wanted. With the demolition of the house the mind attains the unconditioned which is Nibbāna.

[BudRkFn-v153-154](Ven. Buddharakkhita vv. 153-154) According to the commentary, these verses are the Buddha's "Song of Victory," his first utterance after his Enlightenment. The house is individualized existence in samsara, the house-builder craving, the rafters the passions and the ridge-pole ignorance.
[ThaniSFn-V152](Ven. Thanissaro V.152) Muscles: This is a translation of the Pali mansani, which is usually rendered in this verse as "flesh." However, because the Pali word is in the plural form, "muscles" seems more accurate — and more to the point.
[ThaniSFn-V153-154](1, 2)

(Ven. Thanissaro V. 153-154) DhpA: These verses were the Buddha's first utterance after his full Awakening. For some reason, they are not reported in any of the other canonical accounts of the events following on the Awakening.

DhpA: "House" = selfhood; house-builder = craving. "House" may also refer to the nine abodes of beings — the seven stations of consciousness and two spheres (see Khp 4 and DN 15).

The word anibbisam in 153 can be read either as the negative gerund of nibbisati ("earning, gaining a reward") or as the negative gerund of nivisati, altered to fit the meter, meaning "coming to a rest, settled, situated." Both readings make sense in the context of the verse, so the word is probably intended to have a double meaning: without reward, without rest.

[VaradoFn-V147](Ven. Varado V.147) Verse 147: "orifice-marked" (arukāyaṃ). PED: "a heap of sores", which seems euphemistic.
[DLMBSFn-V146]

(DLMBS Commentary V146) Visākhā was one of the most famous female lay disciples. She was very devoted and generous. Once, some men from Sāvatthi asked Visākhā to be a companion to their wives, who were frivolous and liked to drink alcohol. Their husband hoped that Visākhā could have positive influence on them.

Once, the group of women went to the garden. The wives secretly brought some liquor and got drunk. When Visākhā found out about it, she was angry and reprimanded them.

At another occasion, the women wanted to go to the garden again. Visākhā refused, remembering what happened the last time. So they requested to go to the Jetavana monastery to pay respect to the Buddha.

After arriving at the monastery, the ladies again got drunk from the liquor they brought secretly along. Māra further influenced their minds and the women started to behave shamelessly: they were dancing, singing and jumping about.

When the Buddha saw this, he used his supernormal powers. He let the room get dark and illuminated the sky with rays of strong light. The women were frightened and awed at the same time. They got sober quickly.

The Buddha admonished them for their behavior and for getting drunk. He told them that drinking alcohol brings pain and unhappiness, it clouds our minds and then we are more likely to get under influence of evil passions.

At the end of the discourse, all the ladies were firmly established in the path and returned home mindfully and peacefully.

[DLMBSFn-V147]

(DLMBS Commentary V147) In Rājagaha there lived a beautiful courtesan named Sirimā. She was a devoted disciple of the Buddha and used to offer almsfood to the monks every day. One monk mentioned to his friends how generous and beautiful she was, how delicious the food offered by her was. One young monk heard this and fell in love with Sirimā without even seeing her.

The next day he joined the monks who went to her house. Although Sirimā was sick, she still paid her respects to the monks and gave them almsfood. After seeing her, the young monk desired her even more.

But that night Sirimā died. The Buddha wanted to teach the young monk a lesson, so asked the king to keep the corpse for few days without burying it. On the fourth day the dead body was put to the cemetery ground. It was no longer beautiful, it was bloated, stinky and full of worms. The Buddha told the young monk if he wanted to go to see Sirimā. The monk has not heard about her death so he was very happy to agree. How terrible his shock was when they got to the cemetery and he saw Sirimā’s corpse!

The Buddha then asked the king to announce, that anybody who paid one thousand coins, could spend the night with Sirimā. But nobody wanted to do so. The price went gradually down, until she was available for free. But even then there was nobody willing to spend the night with the corpse.

The Buddha then told the monks to realize, that few days ago many men would willing to pay even more than one thousand for a night with the courtesan, but now nobody wants her even for free. He further spoke on the subject of non-attachment to the body. The young monk gained insight into the true nature of the body and his love for Sirimā disappeared.

[DLMBSFn-V148]

(DLMBS Commentary V148) Uttarā was a very old nun - she was one hundred and twenty years old. But se was very generous and respectful. Many times she shared her almsfood with monks, just out of her kindness.

Once, while going on her almsround, she met the Buddha. Reverentially, she stepped out of his way and paid her homage. While she was doing that, she accidentally stepped on her own robe and fell down.

The Buddha consoled her and told her to understand the condition of her body. She was very old and her body frail and sick - she should practice diligently to perfect her mind.

Uttarā reflected on the Buddha's words and attained the first stage of Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V149]

(DLMBS Commentary V149) A group of monks once went to the forest to practice meditation. They were very diligent and very soon they attained very deep mental absorption (jhāna). They mistook this attainment for the Arahantship. Happily they returned to the Buddha and intended to tell him about their achievements.

When they were about to approach, the Buddha asked Venerable Ānanda to send them to the cemetery first. Buddha knew about their mistaking jhāna for Awakenment and had an idea how to make them realize this mistake.

The monks went to the cemetery and saw different corpses there. When they saw old decaying bodies and bones, they were able to perceive them with equanimity. But when they saw some fresh corpses, they realized they still had some sensual desires left in them! The Buddha exhorted them with this verse. The monks finally understood how little had they achieved so far.

[DLMBSFn-V150]

(DLMBS Commentary V150) Rūpanandā was the Buddha's stepsister and the fiancee of his cousin. She was very beautiful, so she was also known as Janapada Kalyāni ("Beauty of the area"). Because all of her relatives became monks and nuns, she decided to go to the monastery herself. But she did so only because of attachment to her family; she was not really devoted to the idea.

As she knew that the Buddha often talked about impermanency and non-attachment to the body, she did not dare to go to see him. She thought he would scold her for her beauty. But one day she finally decided to go and listen to one of the Buddha's discourses.

The Buddha knew that Rūpanandā is very attached to her body and conscious of her beauty. So he created a vision of a female form (visible only to Rūpanandā) to sit near him on the stage, where he was delivering his speech and to fan him. The girl was very young and extremely beautiful. Rūpanandā saw her and realized that compared to this girl she herself looked like a monkey.

While she was looking, the girl began to grow older. She became a young woman, then a grown up woman, middle aged, old - and finally she became a very old woman. Rūpanandā realized that the change of the body is a continuing process and she found out that this beautiful young girl changed into an old ugly woman. Then the woman on stage, no longer able to control her body, was lying there, dying and finally she died. Her body got swollen and worms were all over it.

Rūpanandā thus finally realized that also her beauty is very impermanent - it is a subject to illness, old age and death. The Buddha further instructed her with this verse and at the end Rūpanandā attained Arahantship.

[DLMBSFn-V151]

(DLMBS Commentary V151) Queen Mallikā was the wife of King Pasenadi. Once she went to the bathroom to wash herself and her dog entered with her. While she bent over to wash her feet, the dog started to misbehave with her and the queen did not stop it. When she came out, the king told her he saw everything through the window and scolded her for her behavior. But Mallikā denied doing anything and suggested that the bathroom was enchanted - whoever went inside could be seen doing strange things through the window. She sent the king inside and when he came out, she told him she saw him misbehaving with a goat. The king, not being very smart accepted this as an explanation.

But the queen felt very bad about lying to the king for many years. When she was dying, this moment kept coming to her consciousness over and over again. Because our dying thoughts determine our next birth, she was born in a state of suffering. The king wanted to ask the Buddha where Mallikā was reborn, but Buddha was not willing to tell him, because he did not want to hurt Pasenadi's feelings.

Only after seven days in the state of suffering, the queen was reborn in Tusita heaven as a result of her great meritorious deeds. Only then did the Buddha reply to the king's question. The king was happy to hear that, but at the same time he felt sad for her death. The Buddha replied with this verse, saying that everything is subject to old age and death; therefore we must practice the Dhamma diligently.

[DLMBSFn-V152]

(DLMBS Commentary V152) There was a monk named Lāludāyi. He was not very bright. He was never able to say things, which were appropriate for the occasion. On happy occasions he would talk about suffering and sorrow and on sorrowful occasions he would talk about happiness and joy. He was also never able to understand that he did and said something inappropriate in these cases. The Buddha spoke this verse in reference to Lāludāyi.

He also revealed the following story: in one of his former lives, Lāludāyi had been a farmer. He had two oxen to plow the fields. Suddenly one of them died. The farmer asked his son to go to the king and request another ox. But the son told him to go himself and taught him a verse to say in front of the king.

But the farmer made a mistake and instead of "My ox died, please give me another one", he said "My ox died, please take the other one away from me".

Fortunately, the king was very wise and understood that Lāludāyi just made a mistake and gave him sixteen oxen to help him with his farming.

[DLMBSFn-V153](DLMBS Commentary V153) This verse and the following one (DhP 154) are the first utterances of Prince Siddhattha Gotama, after he reached the supreme Awakenment, seating under the Tree of Awakenment. From that time on he was known as the Buddha. He finally comprehended what was the reason for suffering in the round of repeated rebirths - the craving that causes us to run in it over and over again. He formulated his teaching, summarized in the Four Noble Truths and became the founder of what is today known as Buddhism.
[DLMBSFn-V154](DLMBS Commentary V154) The story for this verse is identical with the story for the preceding one (DhP 153). It forms a part of the first utterance of the new Buddha (The Awakened One) just after he reached the Awakenment. He addressed the "builder" of his personality, the cravings. He finally understood that the craving is the main factor in the repeated rebirth. He destroyed "the ribs" or body of the craving and also "the roof of the house" or the reason for the round of repeated existence. His mind became dissolute, or in other words, he has reached the Nirvana. He has attained the end of all cravings and thus the end of the round of rebirth.
[DLMBSFn-V155]

(DLMBS Commentary V155) There was a rich man, named Mahādhana. He had a son. The boy had not studied anything while young, so he remained quite ignorant. Later he married a daughter of another rich man, who had no education at all. When their parents died, the young couple inherited immense riches. But since they knew only how to spend, and not how to earn and look after the money, they became poor very quickly. They lost all of their property and had to become beggars.

The Buddha saw them and commented the situation with this verse. He further said that had the young people study worldly wisdom, they would learn how to increase their riches, had they renounced the household life, they both could have attained Arahantship. But since they just wasted their youth away, they lost every opportunity - both material and spiritual.

[DLMBSFn-V156]

(DLMBS Commentary V156) The story for this verse is identical with the story for the previous one (DhP 155).

If we want to accomplish something in our lives, we have to start working early, in the young age. Be it material or spiritual goals, we should not waste our time and diligently learn the necessary skills and then apply them on the road to the goal we want to achieve. If we do nothing in our young age, all the opportunities will be lost and we will grow old, without ever accomplishing anything.

[NāradaFn12-01](Ven. Nārada 12-01) According to Buddhism there is no permanent soul or unchanging entity (atta) either created by a God or emanating from a Paramātma. Here the term atta (self) is applied to the whole body, or one's personality, or mind, or life flux.
[NāradaFn12-02](Ven. Nārada 12-02) Will not be blamed by others.
[NāradaFn12-03]

(Ven. Nārada 12-03) Here "welfare" denotes one's ultimate goal, i.e., Nibbāna. Personal sanctification should not be sacrificed for the sake of external homage.

One must not misunderstand this verse to mean that one should not selflessly work for the weal of others. Selfless service is highly commended by the Buddha.

[BudRkFn-v164](Ven. Buddharakkhita v. 164) Certain reeds of the bamboo family perish immediately after producing fruits.
[ThaniSFn-V157](Ven. Thanissaro V.157) "The three watches of the night": this is the literal meaning of the verse, but DhpA shows that the image of staying up to nurse someone in the night is meant to stand for being wakeful and attentive throughout the three stages of life: youth, middle age, and old age. The point here is that it is never too early or too late to wake up and begin nurturing the good qualities of mind that will lead to one's true benefit. On this point, see A 3.51 & 52, where the Buddha counsels two old brahmans, nearing the end of their life span, to begin practicing generosity along with restraint in thought, word, and deed.
[ThaniSFn-V162](Ven. Thanissaro V.162) DhpA completes the image of the poem by saying that one's vice brings about one's own downfall, just as a maluva creeper ultimately brings about the downfall of the tree it overspreads. See note 42.
[ThaniSFn-V164](Ven. Thanissaro V.164) A bamboo plant bears fruit only once and then dies soon after.
[ThaniSFn-V165](Ven. Thanissaro V.165) "No one purifies another. No other purifies one." These are the two meanings of the one phrase, nañño aññam visodhaye.
[ThaniSFn-V166](Ven. Thanissaro V.166) AN 4.95 lists four types of people in descending order: those devoted to their own true welfare as well as that of others, those devoted to their own true welfare but not that of others, those devoted to the true welfare of others but not their own, and those devoted neither to their own true welfare nor that of others. SN 47.19 makes the point that if one is truly devoted to one's own welfare, others automatically benefit, in the same way that an acrobat maintaining his/her own balance helps his/her partner stay balanced as well.
[DLMBSFn-V157]

(DLMBS Commentary V157) There was a prince named Bodhirāja. He had built a new palace and invited the Buddha with monks for alms offering. Because the prince had no children, he spread some pieces of cloth on the floor and made a wish that if the Buddha stepped on the cloth, he and his wife would be able to have children.

When the Buddha came, he asked Bodhirāja to remove the cloth. He told him he and his wife could not have children because of evil deeds they committed in the past. The Buddha then related the story to the prince.

He and his wife had been the only survivors of a shipwreck in one of their past existences. They were stranded on an island and ate the birds. They also ate their eggs and small fledglings. They did not even feel a slightest remorse for killing some other living creatures' babies. Because of that, they would not able to have any children in this life.

[DLMBSFn-V158]

(DLMBS Commentary V158) There was a monk named Upananda. He was a very good orator. He would preach eloquently about being satisfied with little, about contentment and about austerity, but actually he was very greedy and always took all he could get.

Once he wanted to spend the Rain Retreat in one monastery. When he found out that at the end of the retreat the monks there received only one robe each, he decided to go away. But he left his slippers there. It was similar at the second monastery, where the monks usually got two robes - he did not stay but left his staff. At the third monastery he left his water bottle, but himself left, because three robes that monks received there, did not satisfy him. Finally, he spent the Rain Retreat in the fourth monastery, where he received four robes at the end of the retreat. Because he left his things in three previous temples, he also claimed his share of the robes from them!

So, he set on the way back to his own monastery with ten robes. On the way he met two monks, who could not agree how to divide two robes and a blanket between themselves. Upananda agreed to act as an arbiter. He gave each of them one robe and he himself kept the blanket as a payment for his arbitration.

The monks went to see the Buddha and reported to him what happened. The Buddha reprimanded Upananda with this verse, saying that before one can teach others, he has to act properly - especially in the subject he wants to teach.

[DLMBSFn-V159]

(DLMBS Commentary V159) There was a monk named Padhānika Tissa. He has several monks as his students. He taught them how to meditate and told them to be always vigilant and diligent. In the evening he would tell them to keep practicing and then he would go to sleep. At night, just when the monks were about to go to bed, he returned and told them to continue meditating.

The monks were very tired because of lack of sleep. But they were still very obedient and even admired their teacher for being so diligent. Once they went to investigate how he meditates - only to find their teacher asleep! They became dissatisfied and as a result they made very little progress in their meditation.

When they returned to the Jetavana monastery to see the Buddha, they told him about their teacher. The Buddha advised them with this verse, saying that a teacher should first master the subject himself completely and only then attempt to teach others.

[DLMBSFn-V160]

(DLMBS Commentary V160) There was a young married woman who wanted to become a nun. She got permission from her husband and entered the Order. She became a pupil of Devadatta, the Buddha's cousin. Before she became a nun, she was already pregnant but did not know about it. When she found out, she asked Devadatta what to do. He sent her back to the lay life. But the woman was not happy and went to see the Buddha. The Buddha sent for Upāli, who was the master of Vinaya, rules of conduct. He further asked the king Pasenadi and the famous lay devotes, Anāthapindika and Visākhā to come and settle the case.

Visākhā examined the young woman and told Upāli that she was already pregnant when she joined the Order. Upāli therefore declared that the woman was pure of any misconduct and could continue her life as a nun. Later the woman gave birth to a son. He was named Kumara Kassapa and king Pasenadi adopted him. At the age of seven, the boy became a novice and when he was eighteen, he received the full ordination. He went to the forest to practice meditation and soon attained Arahantship. He lived in the forest for twelve years and then went back to the monastery.

His mother was very attached to him and whenever she saw him she would run after him calling his name. Kumara Kassapa decided that he should help his mother to get rid of this attachment. Therefore he spoke coolly to her, "How is it possible that you, as a nun, can not cut off even the affection for your son?" The woman reflected, "I have been weeping for twelve years, waiting for my son. Now he speaks so harshly to me! Why should I be attached to him?" Then she realized danger of all attachments and very soon reached Arahanthsip.

The monks then remarked to the Buddha that if the woman had listened to Devadatta's words, neither she nor her son would have reached Arahantship. The Buddha replied with this verse, saying that in striving for the goal one must depend only on himself and not seek others to lean on.

[DLMBSFn-V161]

(DLMBS Commentary V161) There was a lay disciple named Mahākāla. Once he spent the night in the monastery, observing the eight precepts and meditating. In the morning, on his way home, he stopped by a pond to wash his face. On the same night some thieves broke into a house and were chased by the owners. The thieves dropped their stolen things in front of Mahākāla and ran away. The owners mistook Mahākāla for a thief and beat him up. Mahākāla died of his injuries. Some monks discovered his body and reported the matter to the Buddha.

The Buddha explained, that in one of his previous lives, Mahākāla fell in love with a certain woman and had beaten her husband to death. He then added this verse, saying that one's own evil deeds surely come back to their doer and fall back on his head.

[DLMBSFn-V162]

(DLMBS Commentary V162) Some monks were discussing the subject of Devadatta, the Buddha's cousin, amongst themselves. They summed up all his bad actions: he got the confidence of prince Ajātasattu by unfair means, thus trying to gain fame. He instigated the prince to kill his own father, king Bimbisara and to become the king himself. Devadatta even tried to kill the Buddha for three times.

The monks reported the matter to the Buddha and added that Devadatta was a man without shame and morality. The Buddha then said that Devadatta was trying to kill him in many if the past lives. The Buddha spoke this verse, saying that immoral people will destroy themselves - just like a creeper strangles the tree on which it is spread.

[DLMBSFn-V163]

(DLMBS Commentary V163) The Buddha had a cousin Devadatta. He also became a monk but he was vicked. He envied the Buddha and wanted to take his place as the head of the Buddhist community. He went to see the Buddha and suggested, that since the Buddha is getting old, he, Devadatta should from now on be the leader of the Buddhist Order. The Buddha refused. Devadatta then tried to kill the Buddha three times, but he was not successful.

Later Devadatta had another plan. He went to see the Buddha and suggested five new rules for all monks to follow: 1) to live only in forests, 2) to eat only almsfood, 3) to wear only robes they make themselves from discarded pieces of cloth found on rubbish heaps, 4) to sleep under trees, 5) not to eat any meat (including fish).

The Buddha told him that, whoever wants to follow these rules, can do so. But they will not become binding for all the monks, because they are too strict and the Buddha's teaching teaches the Middle Path.

Devadatta was angry and tried to find some more followers. Indeed, he found some young monks who thought the rules of Devadatta were much better than those, introduced by the Buddha.

The Buddha questioned Devadatta about his intentions and the later admitted ha was trying to create a schism in the Community. The Buddha tried to explain him that to create a schism is a very bad deed, but Devadatta did not care. He took his followers and departed for the place called Gayasīsa where he established a new Order. Two prominents disciple of the Buddha, Sāriputta and Moggallana were able to make most of the Devadatta's followers realize their mistake and make them come back to the Buddha.

The Buddha commented the situation with this verse, saying that good and beneficial deeds are very difficult to perform, whereas an evil deed is done very quickly and without any difficulty.

[DLMBSFn-V164]

(DLMBS Commentary V164) In Sāvatthi there lived an old woman who was looking after a monk named Kāla. She often expressed her wish to go to the Jetavana monastery to hear the teaching from the Buddha’s own mouth. Three times she told Kāla about her wish and three times he advised her not to go.

However, one day she went to the monastery in spite of his objections. Kāla thought that she would have no more use for him, if she hears the Buddha to speak. So he went to the Buddha and told him not to teach the woman anything deep, because she was very stupid.

The Buddha knew the real reason for Kāla's words and he admonished him with this verse, saying that one who abuses the Teaching, is only destroying himself.

[DLMBSFn-V165]

(DLMBS Commentary V165) There was a lay disciple named Cūlakāla. Once he spent the night in the monastery, observing the eight precepts and practicing meditation. In the morning he was returning home and met a group of thieves who were being chased by the owners of the stolen goods. The thieves put their loot in front of Cūlakāla and ran away. The owners mistook Cūlakāla for a thief and started to beat him. Some prostitutes, who were on the way to the river, saw the whole incident and told the people Cūlakāla was innocent. The owners let him go.

When the Buddha was told about this, he replied with this verse and added that Cūlakāla was truly innocent and therefore had nothing to fear.

[DLMBSFn-V166]

(DLMBS Commentary V166) Close to the age of eighty, the Buddha declared that he would attain his final Parinirvāna in four months. There were many monks who have not reached the final goal yet and they were very distressed. They wept and kept close to the Buddha all the time. There was a monk, named Attadatta who decided to honor the Buddha by attaining the Awakenment during his lifetime. So he kept alone and practiced diligently. Some other monks did not understand his intention and told Buddha, "Attadatta does not love you, he did not come to pay homage to you! He is egoistic, indeed!" Attadatta explained his behavior, saying that in his opinion the greatest homage to Buddha would be if he attained the Arahantship within the remaining four months of the Buddha's life.

The Buddha approved of this and replied with this verse, saying that in spiritual attainment, one should diligently strive to reach the goal oneself and only then do other things.

[NāradaFn13-01](Ven. Nārada 13-01) That is, sensual pleasures.
[NāradaFn13-02](Ven. Nārada 13-02) By being subject to repeated births and deaths.
[NāradaFn13-03](Ven. Nārada 13-03) This translation is according to the Commentary but owing to the ambiguity of the first word it may be translated, "be alert, be not heedless", etc.
[NāradaFn13-04](Ven. Nārada 13-04) This psycho-physical organism is to be regarded as being as empty as a bubble and as illusive as a mirage. The wise man who could so regard it would end the ills of life.
[NāradaFn13-05](Ven. Nārada 13-05) This body, composed of the five Aggregates.
[NāradaFn13-06](Ven. Nārada 13-06) By the Path of Arahantship.
[NāradaFn13-07](Ven. Nārada 13-07) One has to reap the effects of one's Kamma. But one is not bound to reap the effects of all actions one has done in the course of Saṃsāra. If one were, an escape from birth and death would be impossible. At times it is possible to obliterate one's evil kamma by performing powerful good kamma.
[NāradaFn13-08](Ven. Nārada 13-08) Sagga - blissful states, not eternal heavens.
[NāradaFn13-09](Ven. Nārada 13-09) Iddhi. By mental development it is possible to fly through the air, walk on water, dive into the earth, etc. Such kinds of powers are psychic and supernormal, but not miraculous.
[NāradaFn13-10](Ven. Nārada 13-10) That is, the Arahants attain Parinibbāna without coming into birth again.
[NāradaFn13-11](Ven. Nārada 13-11) The host of Māra, the Evil One, is described as comprising ten kinds of passions (kilesa). They are: 1. material pleasures (kāma), 2. aversion for the Holy Life (arati), 3. hunger and thirst (khuppipāsā), 4. craving (taṇhā), 5. sloth and torpor (thīna-middha), 6. fear (bhaya), 7. doubt (vicikicchā), 8. detraction and obstinacy (makkha-thambha), 9. gain (lābha), praise (siloka) honour (sakkāra) and ill-gotten fame (yasa), 10. Extolling of oneself and contempt for others (attukkaṃsana-paravambhana).
[NāradaFn13-12](Ven. Nārada 13-12) An untruthful person, devoid of self-respect, who has no belief in an after life and who has no fear for the attendant consequences of evil, is liable to commit any evil. Such a person does not see earthly bliss or heavenly bliss or Nibbānic bliss (Commentary).
[NāradaFn13-13](Ven. Nārada 13-13) Internal purification is far superior to fleeting worldly possessions of transitory heavenly bliss.
[NāradaFn13-14](Ven. Nārada 13-14) Sotāpatti. Here Sota means the stream that leads to Nibbāna. It is the noble Eightfold Path. "Ā" means for the first time. "Patti" means attainment. Sotāpatti means the attainment of the stream for the first time. It is the realization of Nibbāna for the first time. This is the first stage of Sainthood. The Stream-Winners are not born in woeful states, but the worldly great are not exempt from them.
[BudRkFn-v178](Ven. Buddharakkhita v. 178) Stream-entry (sotapatti): the first stage of supramundane attainment.
[ThaniSFn-V170]

(Ven. Thanissaro V.170) The Sutta Nipata (Sn 5.15) reports a conversation between the Buddha and the brahman Mogharaja with a point similar to that of this verse:

Mogharaja:
In what way does one view the world
so as not to be seen
  by Death's king?

The Buddha:
View the world, Mogharaja,
     as empty —
always mindful
to have removed any view
     about self.
This way one is above & beyond death.
This is the way one views the world
so as not to be seen
  by Death's king.
[ThaniSFn-V176](Ven. Thanissaro V.176) This verse is also found at Iti.25, where the context makes clear the meaning of ekam dhammam, or "this one thing": the principle of truthfulness.
[ThaniSFn-V178](Ven. Thanissaro V.178) The fruit of stream-entry is the first of the four stages of Awakening (see note 22). A person who has attained stream entry — entry into the stream that flows inevitably to Unbinding — is destined to attain full Awakening within at most seven lifetimes, never falling below the human state in the interim.
[DLMBSFn-V167]

(DLMBS Commentary V167) Visākhā was a very famous benefactress of the Buddhist Community from Sāvatthi. Once an older monks with his young pupil came to her house for almsfood. Visākhā's granddaughter was filtering water for the young monk and when she saw her reflection on the surface of the water, she laughed. The young monk also laughed. The girl got angry and said, "You shaven head, why do you laugh at me?!" The monk did not like it and replied, "You and your family are shaven heads yourself!" The girl went weeping to Visākhā. Visākhā tried to appease both the girl and the monk but the monk was angry and did not accept her explanations and apologies. The older monk also tried his best but did not succeed either.

The matter was brought to the Buddha, who saw that the monk was ready to reach the first stage of Awakenment. So he asked Visākhā, "Why did your granddaughter had to address my monk as a shaven head? All the monks had to shave their heads when they became members of the Community!" The young monk felt very happy and praised the Buddha that he was the only one who could understand him. The Buddha then replied with this verse, saying that the monk was also to blame; he should not quarrel because of such a small and unimportant thing. Hearing that, the young monk reached the first stage of Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V168]

(DLMBS Commentary V168) When the Buddha attained Awakenment, one of his first big journeys took him to the city of Kapilavatthu, where most of his family lived. He stayed at the outskirts of the city, in the Nigrodhārāma monastery. His father, king Suddhodana, assumed, that his son would come to his palace for food and made a lot of almsfood prepared. However, he did not invite the Buddha, as was necessary.

So the Buddha went on almsround around the city, as was his custom. He asked himself, if this was the proper course of action and realized that all the Buddhas of the past also went on almsround around the city they were born.

Suddhodana heard about it and went to the Buddha, saying, "Why should my son ask for alms in the very city, where he used to travel in a golden palanquin? I am so ashamed!"

The Buddha explained to him that he was only following the old custom of all the Buddhas and did not wish to put Suddhodana to shame. He also uttered this verse and the following one (DhP 169). The king finally accepted it and was no longer offended.

[DLMBSFn-V169](DLMBS Commentary V169) The story for this verse is identical with the story for the preceding one (DhP 168).
[DLMBSFn-V170]

(DLMBS Commentary V170) A group of monks went to the forest to practice meditation. But they made very little progress and decided to return to the Buddha and ask for further instructions. On the way to the monastery it was very hot and they saw a mirage. Then a storm broke out and the rain made bubbles on the ground, which soon disappeared. The monks reflected on the mirage and the bubbles, comparing it to their own bodies. Very soon they all attained Arahantship.

When they related the matter to the Buddha he uttered this verse, saying that this form of meditation was very good and one is able to reach the goal quickly.

[DLMBSFn-V171]

(DLMBS Commentary V171) Prince Abhaya was sent to repress some rebellion at the frontier. He did this job very successfully and so king Bimbisāra gave him the honor of a ruler for seven days. He was also given a young dancing girl for entertainment. But on the seventh day the girl died from exhaustion. The prince was very shocked and sad.

He went to see the Buddha, who consoled him with this verse, saying that we should not be attached to worldly things.

[DLMBSFn-V172]

(DLMBS Commentary V172) There was a monk named Sammunjjani. He spent most of his time inside the monastery, sweeping the premises. Venerable Revata was staying at the same monastery, practicing meditation. Sammunjjani thought Revata to be very lazy and one day confronted him and asked him if he did not think it would be proper for him to help him to sweep the monastery. Revata replied, that a monk should sweep for a short time in the morning and then should practice meditation and try to perceive the true nature of things in order to reach Awakenment. Sammunjjani closely followed this advice and in a very short time he became an Arahant.

Some other monks then asked him why he did not sweep as much as before. Sammunjjani replied that when he was negligent, he was sweeping all the time, but now he was mindful and so does not sweep so often. The monks went to the Buddha and reported to him, that Sammunjjani claims to be an Arahant. The Buddha confirmed, that Sammunjjani indeed reached the Awakenment and added this verse for the benefit of others.

[DLMBSFn-V173]

(DLMBS Commentary V173) In Kosala there lived a Brahmin, who was in the court of King Pasenadi. He had a son Ahimsaka. His father sent him to the famous city of Taksasilā for studies. He was very intelligent and obedient and so his teacher and his wife liked him very much. But other students were jealous of him and so accused him of having an affair with teacher's wife. The teacher, being told the same story from number of people, started to believe it. But he did not want to kill Ahimsaka. He came up with another idea.

At the end of the studies, it was a custom for the students to give presents to teachers and thank them for their effort. Ahimsaka's teacher told him to kill one thousand people and bring him a garland made of one thousand fingers. Ahimsaka had no other choice, but to start killing. He started to wear the garland around his neck to keep track of the number of fingers. He therefore became known as Angulimāla ("Finger-garland").

The king dispatched some soldiers to catch him. When his mother heard about this, she went into the forest in search of her son. By that time, Angulimāla's garland had nine hundred and ninety-nine fingers on it; just one finger was missing.

The Buddha realized that if he did not intervene, Angulimāla would kill his own mother in his desperation to make up the one thousand. So he went to the forest himself.

When Angulimāla saw the Buddha, he ran after him with his knife. But no matter ho quickly he ran, the Buddha always stayed ahead of him. Finally, he cried, "O monk, stop!" The Buddha replied, "I have stopped, it is you who has to stop!"

Angulimāla was confused and asked him what he meant. The Buddha explained, that he himself has stopped killing and hurting all living beings whereas Angulimāla has not and should therefore stop. Angulimāla realized his mistake and asked the Buddha to admit him into the Order of monks. The Buddha did so.

When the king heard that Angulimāla has given up his evil deeds and was now living as a monk, he decided not to prosecute him. Angulimāla practiced meditation diligently and in the due course he attained Arahantship.

But his past evil deeds were always hunting him. Whenever he went on an almsround, he became a target of stones and sticks and returned to the monastery with broken head and bleeding. The Buddha always told him to realize what suffering would await him in his future lives had he not reached the Awakenment.

One day, Angulimāla saw a pregnant woman giving birth and in great pains. He recited, "Sister, since the day I became an Arahant, I have not consciously killed any living being. By the power of this truth, may you and your child be well." The woman delivered instantly and her pain ceased. This verse became known as Angulimāla-paritta and is used in similar cases to this day.

When Angulimāla died, other monks asked about his future life. When the Buddha declared, that Angulimāla has attained Arahantship and therefore there were no future lives for him, some monks were surprises, how was it possible for somebody who killed so many people to have reached the goal so quickly? The Buddha replied with this verse, saying that Angulimāla's evil deeds were negated by his diligent and mindful practice of meditation and highly moral life.

[DLMBSFn-V174]

(DLMBS Commentary V174) The Buddha once stayed in Ālavi and spoke to its people about the impermanence of life. He told them to be aware of death and to reflect that their life is uncertain. He added that they should practice mindfulness as a weapon against the death. Many people did not really understand what he was talking about, but some did. Amongst them there was a young girl, who was a weaver by profession.

Later the Buddha returned to Ālavi. The girl wanted to hear his discourse, but her father asked her to wind some thread spools and bring them to him. She did the job quickly and on the way to her father she stopped by the place where the Buddha was talking and listened.

The Buddha knew that the girl was ready to reach the first stage of Awakenment and so he looked at her directly. The girl approached respectfully. The Buddha then asked her four questions and she replied as follows:

"Where have you come from?" "I don't know."
"Where are you going?" "I don't know."
"Don't you know?" "Yes, I know."
"Do you know?" "I don't know."

Many people thought her answers were disrespectful, but the girl explained. By the first question the Buddha meant if she knew what was her previous existence. She replied that she did not know. The second question meant if she knew what would be her future existence. Since she did not know, she said so. The third question meant if she did not know that she would die one day. She replied she knew. And the last question meant if she knew when exactly would she die. She did not know and replied truthfully.

The Buddha applauded her and delivered a discourse. The girl attained the first stage of Awakenment.

Then she continued to her father. He was asleep and she woke him up. When he was waking up, her father accidentally pulled the shuttle and the sharp point hit the girl in her chest. She died instantly and was reborn in the Tusita heaven. Her father, full of remorse and broken-hearted went to the Buddha and asked to be admitted into the Order as a monk. The Buddha granted him permission and the man attained Arahantship soon.

[DLMBSFn-V175]

(DLMBS Commentary V175) At one occasion, thirty monks came to visit the Buddha. While they were talking, the Buddha’s attendant, Venerable Ānanda , went outside. When he came back he was surprised to see no monks inside.

When asked, the Buddha said that they left flying through the air, because they attained Arahantship, including supernatural powers.

Just then, the Buddha saw some swans flying in the sky and told Ānanda that Arahants leave this world just as easily as the swans fly through the air.

[DLMBSFn-V176]

(DLMBS Commentary V176) The Buddha did not have only admirers and devotees. Some other teachers hated him for being so famous and for taking many disciples away from them. One such teacher instigated a beautiful young girl, a pupil of his, to ruin the Buddha's fame.

The girl, named Ciñca Mānavikā, would go towards the Jetavana monastery in the evening and return early in the morning, claiming she spent the night with the Buddha. After several months of this behavior, she started wrapping cloth around her stomach. She added more and more cloth to create an impression she was pregnant. Finally she went to the monastery to confront the Buddha. She accused him of making her pregnant and not caring about her. The Buddha told her not to lie, but she would just repeat her statements.

Just then Sakka, the king of gods, sent some rats to bit off the strings of the cloth the girl had wrapped around her body. It fell off and her deceit was uncovered. People started to reprimand her and she ran away in shame. Later she died due to an accident.

The next day some monks were discussing this story and the Buddha replied them with this verse, saying that lying is the first step towards all kinds of evil deeds.

He also told them, that Ciñca Mānavikā was a king's consort in one of her previous lives. She fell in love with a crown prince, but the young man did not respond to her love. She harmed herself and accused the prince of making advances to her and when she refused, he harmed her. The king was very angry and exiled his son immediately. Later he found out the truth and punished the evil woman.

[DLMBSFn-V177]

(DLMBS Commentary V177) King Pasenadi of Kosala was once competing with his subjects in almsgiving. However big offering the king made, his subjects always found a way to give more alms. Queen Mallikā then devised a plan. She had a great pavilion built, brought many white umbrellas and tame elephants. The elephants held the umbrellas over the monks. In the middle of the pavilion there was a lake with ten boats filled with incense and perfume. Finally, princesses served the food. Because the subjects had no elephants or umbrellas (white umbrellas could be owned only by kings) and of course had no princesses, they could not compete any more.

Two ministers of the king were present. One of them praised the king for offering so much. He realized that the merit would be shared by all the living beings in the kingdom. The other minister however thought that the king was giving away the national wealth for the sake of some lazy monks.

After the meal, the Buddha prepared to make a speech. He understood what the second minister was feeling and so he decided to give only a short speech instead of a long one he was originally planning. The king was disappointed by such a brief sermon and he reflected what he had done wrong. Therefore he went to the monastery and asked the Buddha.

The Buddha told him about one of his ministers and explained that had he delivered a long speech, the minister would be disappointed even more. The Buddha further added this verse for the benefit of the king.

[DLMBSFn-V178]

(DLMBS Commentary V178) Anāthapindika was a very famous benefactor of the Buddha and his followers. But his son Kāla did not have any interest in the teaching of the Buddha and would never come to attend the almsgiving ceremonies. His father was afraid that Kāla would never be able to understand the Dharma. So he promised his son one hundred pieces of gold if he went to the monastery for one day. The young man did so, but did not pay any attention to what was being said there.

At another time Anāthapindika promised Kāla one thousand pieces of gold if he could recite one verse of the Buddha's teaching. Because the Buddha knew Kāla was interested only in the money, he made it impossible for him to memorize anything. Thus Kāla went to the monastery very often and gradually he was able to understand the Dharma and attained the first level of Awakenment, called Entering the Stream.

In the morning of that day, he accompanied the Buddha and some monks to his father's house for the almsgiving. When his father offered him the money he earned, Kāla refused. The Buddha then explained that since Kāla attained the first level of Awakenment, he was on longer interested in the money. He further added this verse, saying that Entering the Stream was the best thing one could attain, far better than any worldly power or even attainment of a rebirth in heavens.

[NāradaFn14-01](Ven. Nārada 14-01) As the Buddha had eradicated all passions of lust, hatred, and delusion they could not arise in Him any more. His spiritual victory was unconquerable.
[NāradaFn14-02](Ven. Nārada 14-02) Because the eradicated passions do not arise again.
[NāradaFn14-03](Ven. Nārada 14-03) Since the Buddha is devoid of the tracks (pada) of lust, hatred, and delusion.
[NāradaFn14-04](Ven. Nārada 14-04) Being omniscient.
[NāradaFn14-05](Ven. Nārada 14-05) Of lust, hatred, and delusion.
[NāradaFn14-06](Ven. Nārada 14-06) Nessatha = will lead to temptation by bringing under the sway of the tempters.
[NāradaFn14-07](Ven. Nārada 14-07) Here Jhāna means both concentration (samatha) and insight (vipassanā).
[NāradaFn14-08](Ven. Nārada 14-08) Nekkhamma implies Nibbāna, which is gained by the subjugation of passions.
[NāradaFn14-09](Ven. Nārada 14-09) What is associated with the three immoral roots of attachment (lobha), ill-will (dosa), and delusion (moha) is evil. What is associated with the three moral roots of generosity (alobha), goodwill or loving-kindness (adosa) and wisdom (amoha) is good.
[NāradaFn14-10](Ven. Nārada 14-10) The religion of the Buddha is summarised in this verse.
[NāradaFn14-11](Ven. Nārada 14-11) Pabbajito, one who casts aside his impurities and has left the world.
[NāradaFn14-12](Ven. Nārada 14-12) Samaṇo, one who has subdued his passions, an ascetic.
[NāradaFn14-13](Ven. Nārada 14-13) Pātimokkha, these are the 220 chief rules (excluding the seven ways of settling disputes) which every bhikkhu is expected to observe.
[NāradaFn14-14](Ven. Nārada 14-14) Adhicitta, namely: the eight attainments (aññhasamāpatti), the four rūpa jhānas and the four arūpa jhānas. They are higher stages of mental concentration which enable one to gain supernormal powers.
[NāradaFn14-15](Ven. Nārada 14-15) One's best refuge is oneself. A Buddhist seeks refuge in the Buddha, the Dhamma and the Sangha as the Teacher, the Teaching and the Taught in order to gain his deliverance from the ills of life. The Buddha is the supreme teacher who shows the way to deliverance. The Dhamma is the unique way. The Sangha represents the Taught who have followed the way and have become living examples. One formally becomes a Buddhist by intelligently seeking refuge in this Triple Gem (Tisaraṇa). A Buddhist does not seek refuge in the Buddha with the hope that he will be saved by a personal act of deliverance. The confidence of a Buddhist in the Buddha is like that of a sick person in a noted physician, or of a student in his teacher.
[NāradaFn14-16](Ven. Nārada 14-16) That is, a Buddha.
[NāradaFn14-17](Ven. Nārada 14-17) Sangha is the oldest, democratically constituted, historic, celibate Order, founded by the Buddha. Strictly speaking, the Sangha denotes those noble disciples who have realized the four Paths and four Fruits. The ordinary bhikkhus of the present day are merely their representatives.
[NāradaFn14-18](1, 2) (Ven. Nārada 14-18) Papañca = impediments or obstacles such as attachment, false views and pride.
[NāradaFn14-19](1, 2) (Ven. Nārada 14-19) Those who have extinguished the fire of lust.
[NāradaFn14-20](1, 2) (Ven. Nārada 14-20) The passionless are fearless.
[BudRkFn-v190-191](1, 2) (Ven. Buddharakkhita vv. 190-191) The Order: both the monastic Order (bhikkhu sangha) and the Order of Noble Ones (ariya sangha) who have reached the four supramundane stages.
[ThaniSFn-V183-185](1, 2, 3) (Ven. Thanissaro V. 183-185) These verses are a summary of a talk called the Ovada Patimokkha, which the Buddha is said to have delivered to an assembly of 1,250 arahants in the first year after his Awakening. Verse 183 is traditionally viewed as expressing the heart of the Buddha's teachings.
[ThaniSFn-V191](Ven. Thanissaro V. 191) The noble eightfold path: right view, right resolve, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, right concentration.
[ThaniSFn-V195-196](1, 2) (Ven. Thanissaro V. 195-196) Objectification = papañca. Alternative translations of this term would be proliferation, elaboration, exaggeration, complication. The term is used both in philosophical contexts — in connection with troubles and conflict — and in artistic contexts, in connection with the way in which an artistic theme is objectified and elaborated. Sn 4.14 states that the classifications of objectification begin with the perception by which one objectifies oneself — "I am thinker" — and then spread to objectify the rest of experience around the issues caused by that perception. MN 18 explains how this leads to conflict: "Dependent on eye & forms, eye-consciousness arises. The meeting of the three is contact. With contact as a requisite condition, there is feeling. What one feels, one perceives [labels in the mind]. What one perceives, one thinks about. What one thinks about, one objectifies. Based on what a person objectifies, the perceptions & categories of objectification assail him/her with regard to past, present, & future forms cognizable via the eye. [Similarly with the other senses.]... Now, with regard to the cause whereby the perceptions & categories of objectification assail a person: if there is nothing there to relish, welcome, or remain fastened to, then that is the end of obsession with passion, irritation, views, uncertainty, conceit, passion for becoming, & ignorance. That is the end of taking up rods & bladed weapons, of arguments, quarrels, disputes, accusations, divisive tale-bearing, & false speech. That is where these evil, unskillful actions cease without remainder."
[VaradoFn-V181](Ven. Varado V.181) Verse 181: "gods would wish their situation" (devāpi tesaṃ pihayanti). PED says pihayanti means desire or envy.
[DLMBSFn-V179]

(DLMBS Commentary V179) In the Kuru country there lived a Brahmin named Māgandiya. He had a very beautiful daughter. Many young men desired to marry her, but her father turned all of them down, thinking they were not good enough for her.

One morning, Māgandiya went to perform his daily fire worship. On the way he met the Buddha. Immediately he decided, that the Buddha would be an ideal husband for his daughter. Quickly he returned home and took his wife and daughter with him back to the place he met the Buddha.

In the meantime, the Buddha left his footprints at that place and went to another spot nearby. When Māgandiya's wife saw the footprints, she remarked, that these footprints belong to somebody, who has given up all cravings. But her husband did not pay any attention to that and proceeded to find the Buddha and offer his daughter to him.

The Buddha said he was not interested. He told them how the beautiful daughters of Māra tried to seduce him. He gave up all passions, all cravings, and all attachments. Even when he saw the most beautiful women - the daughters of Māra, he felt no desire. Compared with them, Māgandiya's daughter was nothing - why should he want even to touch her?

Both the Brahmin and his wife attained the third stage of Awakenment on hearing these words. Later they became a monk and a nun and soon attained Arahantship. But their daughter, Māgandiya, felt insulted and promised to take revenge on the Buddha.

[DLMBSFn-V180]

(DLMBS Commentary V180) The commentarial story for this verse is identical with the story for the previous verse (see DhP 179).

As the Buddha has eradicated all cravings, destroyed all roots of evil, these cannot "lead" him anywhere, there are no more rebirths for him. Nobody can trace him or destroy him.

[DLMBSFn-V181]

(DLMBS Commentary V181) Once, when the Buddha was staying in Sāvatthi, he was challenged by some other ascetics to perform a miracle. He therefore performed the Twin Miracle and proceeded to the Tāvatimsa heaven to teach Abhidharma there. His mother had been reborn in the Tusita heaven, but went to Tāvatimsa to learn the Teaching. After hearing the Dharma from the Buddha, his mother together with many other gods reached the first level of Awakenment.

The Buddha spent three months in Tāvatimsa. Venerable Sāriputta was spending the Rain Retreat in Samkassa and taught the Abhidharma, as the Buddha instructed him. At the end of the Retreat Venerable Moggallāna went to Tāvatimsa to see the Buddha and was informed that the Buddha would be coming back to Samkassa on the fool moon day at the end of the Rain Retreat.

On that day the Buddha appeared, six colored rays shining from his body. A great number of gods accompanied him and paid his homage to him before they left. Sāriputta exclaimed how magnificent the gods looked and how extraordinary that both human beings and gods respect the Buddha so much.

The Buddha replied with this verse, saying that indeed even the gods envy a buddha his qualities.

[DLMBSFn-V182]

(DLMBS Commentary V182) During the times of the past Buddha Kassapa, there was a monk. Once he committed a wrong deed and was tormented by regret. He was not able to overcome this and concentrate on his practice. Therefore he made no progress and was reborn as a Nāga. Nāgas are mythological beings, snakes that can change into humans. They are believed to have miraculous powers.

This Nāga's name was Erakapatta. He had a beautiful daughter. He announced that whoever could answer her questions, could marry her. Many young men tried but nobody was successful.

Once a young man named Uttara was on his way to try to answer the questions. The Buddha saw that he was very close to attaining the first stage of Awakenment, therefore he taught him answers to the questions. Immediately, Uttara attained the first stage. As a result, he had no longer desire for the Nāga princess. But he still went there to answer her questions.

The girl asked: "Who is a ruler?
Uttara replied: "Who controls his six senses."
"Is someone overpowered by moral defilements to be called a ruler?"
"No, only who is free from moral defilements can be called a ruler."
"What ruler is free from moral defilements?"
"One who is free from selfishness."
"Who is to be called a fool?"
"One who strives after sensual pleasures is a fool."

Uttara then answered many more questions. When Erakapatta found out that somebody was able to answer, he realized that a Buddha was again in this world. He asked Uttara to take him to the Buddha. There he paid homage to the Buddha and related his story.

The Buddha replied with this verse, saying that it is extremely rare to be born as a human being, and even rarer to be able to hear the Dharma from the mouth of a Buddha.

At the end of the discourse many monks attained Arahantship or at least the first stage of Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V183]

(DLMBS Commentary V183) This gatha, simply said, is Buddhism in a nutshell. Truly, what can be explained and expanded in hundreds of books, can be also abbreviated into three main guidelines. Not doing evil deeds - the first step on the road to Awakenment. But what exactly are "evil deeds"? A deed is considered evil if it brings suffering to any living being.

After one refrains from doing evil deeds one needs to do good deeds - to "gather" them like flowers. Good deeds are deeds that help living beings. They are based on loving kindness, compassion, sympathetic joy and equanimity. In order to be able to do so, one must cultivate these feelings in one's heart and mind.

These two steps are only preparatory stages to the final and most important action - purification of mind. The first two stages are here to prepare our mind for the highest goal. Without them it would be indeed impossible to purify our minds, for a mind that harbors evil thoughts can not purify itself.

The last verse mentions that this is the teaching of the buddhas. Why is the plural form used here? The historical Buddha Shakyamuni is believed to be just one from the long succession of Awakened beings, buddhas, who reach the nirvana by themselves and the become teachers of the Dharma. And as this verse states, their teachings might differ, but these three basic patterns do not change in either of them. Therefore, these lines can truly be described as the very core of Buddha's teaching.

[DLMBSFn-V184]

(DLMBS Commentary V184) Venerable Ānanda once asked the Buddha if the basic instructions for the behavior of the monks were the same in case of the past Buddhas, or if each Awakened One sets his own rules.

The Buddha replied with this verse and with the preceding one (DhP 183) and with the following one (DhP 185), saying that they were all the same. He also added that the previous Buddhas uttered these three verses also.

[DLMBSFn-V185](DLMBS Commentary V185) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous two verses (DhP 183, DhP 184). These three verses have been recited by the Buddhas of all times. It is a simple and basic summarization of most essential Buddhist teaching. Wanting little, content, not hurting others, moral life in seclusion and meditation in order to reach the highest goal, the Nirvana, complete freedom and emancipation of the mind.
[DLMBSFn-V186]

(DLMBS Commentary V186) At the Jetavana monastery there was a young monk. His teacher sent him to another monastery to practice meditation. While he was away, his father died and left some money for him with his brother. When the monk returned, he found out about this, but decided to continue living as a monk and told his brother to keep the money for himself.

Later, however, he began to regret, started to imagine his comfortable life as a layman with that amount of money. He became dissatisfied with his life as a monk and began loosing weight. Other monks persuaded him to seek help from the Buddha.

The Buddha told the monk this verse (and the following one, see DhP 187), saying that there is simply never enough money to satisfy the hunger. He told him the story of a king named Mandhātu, who had been a Universal Monarch a long time ago. He was reborn in Tavatimsa heaven and enjoyed immense riches and power for a long time. Then he started to wish he were the only ruler of Tavatimsa instead of Sakka, the king of the gods. Immediately he died and fell down from his heavenly state.

The young monk decided to continue his life as a monk and strived diligently to attain the Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V187]

(DLMBS Commentary V187) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 187).

It is a well-known fact that people are never satisfied with what they have. Even millionaires want to become billionaires; even kings want to become emperors. So the Buddha's message is rather simple: be satisfied with little and rather strive for the spiritual perfection, do not wish for worldly possessions.

[DLMBSFn-V188]

(DLMBS Commentary V188) When the father of the king Pasenadi of Kosala, Mahā Kosala, was reigning, he had a head priest, named Aggidatta. When Mahā Kosala died, Aggidatta gave up his position and wealth and became an ascetic. He had many followers and lived on the border of Anga, Magadha and Kuru countries. His teaching to the people was: pay homage to forests, mountains, trees and shrines. By doing so, you will be freed from all evils.

Once the Buddha sent Venerable Moggallāna to teach the Dharma to Aggidatta. When Moggallāna arrived, he asked for a place to spend the night. They refused to let him stay with them. Close to that place was a cave where lived a very powerful Nagā and Aggidatta sent Moggallāna there, thinking Nagā would kill him. Moggallāna and the Nagā had a duel, but at the end the Nagā was subdued and spread his hood over Moggallāna's head, showing him respect.

In the morning, Aggidatta and his pupils went to the cave to find out what happened. When they saw the Nagā holding his head over Moggallāna, they were surprised and paid respects to Moggallāna.

When the Buddha arrived there, Moggallāna got up from his seat and paid homage to the Buddha, saying that he was only a disciple, the Buddha was his teacher. When Aggidatta heard that, his respect for the Buddha was only greater. The Buddha admonished them with this verse (and following ones, DhP 189, DhP 190, DhP 191, DhP 192), saying that trees and mountains are not a real refuge; only the Three Gems (Buddha, Dharma, Sangha) are the highest refuge.

Aggidatta and his pupils attained Arahantship immediately. They all became monks. Later, lay disciples of Aggidatta came to that place and were confused. Who was more powerful? Aggidatta or the Buddha? Aggidatta got up from his seat and paid homage to the Buddha, saying that he was only a humble disciple, the Buddha was the highest teacher.

[DLMBSFn-V189]

(DLMBS Commentary V189) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the preceding verse (DhP 188) and the following ones (DhP 190, DhP 191, DhP 192).

Trees or mountains are not liberated from the round of rebirths. Neither are the protective gods that may inhabit them. Therefore, taking these things as a refuge will not help us in the goal, liberation of mind from the round of rebirths, the Samsāra.

[DLMBSFn-V190]

(DLMBS Commentary V190) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the preceding verses (DhP 188, DhP 189) and the following ones (DhP 191, DhP 192).

The Triple Gem, the Buddha (Awakened One), the Dharma (his teaching) and the Sangha (the community of his followers) are the highest possible refuge, because the Buddha has reached Awakenment, the Dharma is the teaching how to reach this goal and the Sangha is the community of people who are on the way to reach it.

Having taken refuge in this Triple Gem, one can clearly see the Four Noble Truths, the most important of all the Buddhist teachings. They are: 1) The truth of Suffering, 2) The truth of Origin of Suffering, 3) The truth of Extinction of Suffering and 4) The truth of the Path, leading to the Extinction of Suffering.

[DLMBSFn-V191]

(DLMBS Commentary V191) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the preceding verses (DhP 188, DhP 189, DhP 190) and the following one (DhP 192).

These are so called Four Noble Truths, one of the most important teachings of the Buddha. They are:

  1. The Truth of Suffering: everything in this world is connected with pain and suffering.
  2. The truth of Origin of Suffering: the root of suffering is our craving.
  3. The truth of Extinction of Suffering: by destroying the craving we also destroy all the suffering.
  4. The truth of the Path, leading to the Extinction of Suffering: this can be done by following the Noble Eightfold Path: Right View, Right Thought, Right Speech, Right Action, Right Livelihood, Right Effort, Right Mindfulness, Right Concentration.
[DLMBSFn-V192]

(DLMBS Commentary V192) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the preceding verses (DhP 188, DhP 189, DhP 190, DhP 191).

Because the Buddha is free from the round of rebirths, his teaching can lead us in the same direction. And in the community of his followers we can help each other to reach this goal. Then we will be able to see the Four Noble Truths and lead our lives according to the Noble Eightfold Path. If we mindfully strive for the highest goal, surely we will reach it.

Therefore, the Buddha, Dharma and Sangha are the highest possible refuge, because by following them, we can attain the Awakenment and reach freedom from suffering and the round of rebirths.

[DLMBSFn-V193]

(DLMBS Commentary V193) Venerable Ānanda was once pondering about what the Buddha said. Thoroughbreds of elephants are born only amongst Chaddanta and Uposatha breeds, thoroughbred horses amongst Sindh breed, and thoroughbreds of cattle amongst Usabha breed. But the Buddha said nothing about thoroughbreds of people.

So Ānanda decided to ask the Buddha. The Buddha told him that noble people are not born in any particular family. But wherever they are born, that family is very lucky indeed.

[DLMBSFn-V194]

(DLMBS Commentary V194) Some monks were discussing what is the true happiness. Everybody defined the word in different way and so they realized that happiness could mean completely dissimilar things to different people. For some, money and fame were happiness, for some sensual pleasures, for some good food…

They asked the Buddha what the true happiness really was. He replied them with this verse, saying that only these things constitute real happiness: arising of a Buddha in this world, opportunity to hear the Dharma, unity and harmony amongst monks.

[DLMBSFn-V195]

(DLMBS Commentary V195) The Buddha was once on a journey with many monks, when they came to a field, which had a Brahmanic shrine nearby. A Brahmin was ploughing the field. Then the Brahmin came to the Buddha, but he paid his respects to the shrine, not to the Buddha. The Buddha praised him for this deed but then told him that there were people and objects more worthy of devotion. He made appear a golden stupa of Kassapa Buddha. He then explained that there were four classes of people worthy of a stupa. They are the Fully Awakened Buddhas, the Pacceka Buddhas (who are also awakened but lack the power to teach the Dharma), the disciples who have reached Awakenment and Universal Monarchs. The Buddha further revealed that there could be three types of stupas. The stupas with corporeal relics of such people inside, the figures and statues of them and the personal effects such as robes or bowls these people used. These people and objects are truly worthy of veneration.

At the end of the discourse, the Brahmin attained the first stage of Awakenment. The golden stupa remained visible for seven days and many people came to pay their respects. After seven days the stupa disappeared and a stone stupa was erected in its place.

[DLMBSFn-V196]

(DLMBS Commentary V196) The story for this verse is identical with the story for the previous one (DhP 195).

It is important to pay respects to those who are most worthy of it. That means basically the Buddha and his followers. By paying our respects to them, we are able to gain the most merit. Paying respects to other people is also beneficial, but can never be as good as honoring the Buddha.

[NāradaFn15-01](Ven. Nārada 15-01) Free from the disease of passions.
[NāradaFn15-02](Ven. Nārada 15-02) Kiñcana, such as lust, hatred, and delusion which are hindrances to spiritual progress.
[NāradaFn15-03](Ven. Nārada 15-03) Pañcakkhandha the five Aggregates.
[NāradaFn15-04](Ven. Nārada 15-04) Ordinary diseases are usually curable by a suitable remedy, but hunger has to be appeased daily.
[NāradaFn15-05]

(Ven. Nārada 15-05) Here Saṃkhāra is used in the sense of khandha, the five Aggregates - namely: the body (rūpa), feeling (vedanā), perception (saññā), mental states (saṃkhārā), and consciousness (viññāṇa).

The so-called being is composed of these five constituent parts. Both khandha and saṃkhārā are used to denote these five conditioned things. Excluding feeling and perception, the remaining fifty mental states are implied by the term saṅkhāra in the five Aggregates.

[NāradaFn15-06](Ven. Nārada 15-06) Whether related or not.
[NāradaFn15-07](Ven. Nārada 15-07) Upasama, the bliss of Nibbāna resulting from the subjugation of passions.
[NāradaFn15-08](Ven. Nārada 15-08) Paññaṃ = possessed of mundane and supramundane knowledge (Commentary).
[NāradaFn15-09](Ven. Nārada 15-09) Bahussutaṃ = endowed with the teaching and the realization (Commentary).
[NāradaFn15-10](Ven. Nārada 15-10) Dhorayhasīlaṃ = literally, engaged in the bearing of the yoke (leading to Nibbāna) (Commentary).
[NāradaFn15-11](Ven. Nārada 15-11) Vatavantaṃ = replete with morality (Sīla) and ascetic practices (Dhutaṅga).
[NāradaFn15-12](Ven. Nārada 15-12) Far removed from passions.
[BudRkFn-v202](Ven. Buddharakkhita v. 202) Aggregates (of existence) (khandha): the five groups of factors into which the Buddha analyzes the living being — material form, feeling, perception, mental formations, and consciousness.
[DLMBSFn-V197]

(DLMBS Commentary V197) On the bank of the river Rohini there was the town of Kapilavatthu, where the Buddha's own relatives, Sākyans, lived. On the other side of that river there was the town of Koliya, where lived the Koliyans, who were also related to Sākyans. Both towns and farms around it used the water from Rohini River.

One year there was a severe draught. There was not enough water for everybody. Both sides started to quarrel because of water. No compromise could be found so both sides prepared to fight.

The Buddha found out about this and decided to stop the bloodshed. As both armies assembled on the riverbanks, the Buddha appeared in the middle. He then admonished them, that for the sake of water, which has little value, they were willing to sacrifice their lives, which were so precious and priceless! He further told them this verse and the two following ones (DhP 198, DhP 199). Both sides became ashamed and reached a compromise. Thus the war did not happen.

[DLMBSFn-V198](DLMBS Commentary V198) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 197) and also the following verse (DhP 198).
[DLMBSFn-V199](DLMBS Commentary V199) The story for this verse is identical with the story for the two previous verses (DhP 197, DhP 198).
[DLMBSFn-V200]

(DLMBS Commentary V200) The Buddha once saw that a group of young girls from Pañcasāla village was very close to attaining the first stage of Awakenment. One day, when the girls were returning from the bath at the river, the Buddha entered the village for almsfood. However, the villagers were influenced by Māra and gave him nothing.

When the Buddha left the village, he met Māra who asked him if he has received enough almsfood. The Buddha, knowing that Māra influenced the villagers, admonished him for doing such a wrong deed. Māra wanted to make further fun of the Buddha and so told him to go back to the village to ask for almsfood again.

When the Buddha returned to the village, the girls came back from their bath and paid their homage to him. Māra appeared again and asked the Buddha if he was not quite hungry, not having eaten anything that day. The Buddha replied with this verse, saying that even if he did not get any food at all, he would sustain himself on joy and satisfaction, like the Radiant Gods, who live in constant joy and happiness.

[DLMBSFn-V201]

(DLMBS Commentary V201) King Ajātasattu was the son of King Bimbisāra and Queen Vedehi, the sister of the King of Kosala. Ajātasattu and the King of Kosala went to war three times. The King of Kosala was always defeated. Because of this, he was very depressed. He lamented that it was a terrible disgrace; he was not able to defeat Ajātasattu, who was very young and inexperienced. The King refused to eat and just stayed in his bed all the time.

When the Buddha learned about this, he admonished him with this verse. The King realized there was no victory in war and became the Buddha's devoted follower.

[DLMBSFn-V202]

(DLMBS Commentary V202) Once the Buddha was invited for almsfood to a house on the day the daughter of the family was getting married. Her bridegroom was very excited when he was observing her bringing almsfood and as a result he was not able to pay any attention to what the Buddha said.

The Buddha knew both the bride and the bridegroom were very close to realizing the Dharma and so he willed for the bridegroom not to see the bride and vice versa. Both young people then were able to pay attention to the Buddha's words. He told them this verse.

Reflecting on the meaning of the verse both the bride and the bridegroom realized the Dharma and became lay followers of the Buddha.

[DLMBSFn-V203]

(DLMBS Commentary V203) Once the Buddha came to the village of Ālavi. On that day, one poor man had lost his ox and he spent the whole morning looking for it everywhere.

The villagers offered almsfood to the Buddha and monks. After the meal, everybody got ready to listen to the Dharma, but the Buddha waited for the poor man, because he knew the man was very close to attaining the first stage of Awakenment.

When the man found his ox, he came back to the village. He was very tired and hungry. So the Buddha directed the villagers to let him eat first and only then he expounded the Dharma. At the end of the discourse, the poor man attained the first stage of Awakenment.

Later the monks asked the Buddha why he waited for the man before he delivered the discourse. The Buddha told them that the man was very hungry and very tired and if he had not eaten, he might not be able to comprehend the Dharma fully and reach the first stage of Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V204]

(DLMBS Commentary V204) The King Pasenadi of Kosala once came to the monastery to hear the Dharma. But on that day he ate too much and as a result he was sleepy, did not pay much attention and was only sitting there and nodding.

Seeing him, the Buddha advised him not to overeat, because moderation in food brings comfort to the body. Pasenadi did as he was told and after a time he lost some weight, was more fit and began to feel much better.

The Buddha then told him this verse, saying that health is the greatest gain and we should do everything to attain it.

[DLMBSFn-V205]

(DLMBS Commentary V205) The Buddha announced that in four months he would attain his final Parinirvana (death of a Buddha or any fully Awakened person). Many monks who had not yet attained the Awakenment were sad and depressed. They all came to the presence of the Buddha and paid him their respects.

But Venerable Tissa decided that he would pay the highest honor to the Buddha by attaining the Awakenment while he was still alive. Therefore he went to the secluded place in the forest and practiced meditation diligently.

Other monks did not understand his intentions and reported to the Buddha that Tissa had no respect for him and kept to himself instead of coming to pay his respects to the teacher.

The Buddha told them that Tissa was striving to attain Awakenment before the teacher died and then explained that this was the best way to honor the Buddha. The best salutation to the Buddha is practicing the Dharma diligently. At the end, the Buddha told the monks this verse.

[DLMBSFn-V206]

(DLMBS Commentary V206) Ten months before he reached the Parinirvana, the Buddha was staying at the village of Beluva. While he was there, he got sick. He suffered from dysentery. Sakka, the King of the Gods, personally came to attend to him. The Buddha told him there were many monks who could help him around, but Sakka insisted on helping the Buddha personally.

The monks were very surprised to find Sakka attending to the Buddha. The Buddha told them there was nothing surprising about this. In his previous life, Sakka heard the Dharma just for a short while, moments before he died. As a result, he was born as the present Sakka, the King of the Gods. Then the Buddha told the monks this verse and two following ones (DhP 207, DhP 208).

[DLMBSFn-V207]

(DLMBS Commentary V207) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 206) and the following one (DhP 208).

The company of fools is not good for someone who wants to achieve his spiritual goal. In the company of fools we will learn nothing new, nothing important or good. We will only stagnate and eventually we will become just one of the fools.

[DLMBSFn-V208]

(DLMBS Commentary V208) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the two previous verses (DhP 206 and DhP 207).

As the moon follows and "associates with" the stars on the night sky, so should people who want to reach the highest goal follow and associate with only the best companions, who can teach one a lot on the way to the spiritual progress.

[NāradaFn16-01](Ven. Nārada 16-01) That is, frequenting places undesirable for bhikkhus.
[NāradaFn16-02](Ven. Nārada 16-02) That is, right attention (yoniso manasikāra).
[NāradaFn16-03](Ven. Nārada 16-03) The practice of higher Morality, Concentration, and Insight.
[NāradaFn16-04](Ven. Nārada 16-04) The bhikkhu with no right discrimination, gives up his quest and being attached to sensual pleasures, returns to lay life. Later, he sees successful bhikkhus and envies them.
[NāradaFn16-05](Ven. Nārada 16-05) Applicable to both animate and inanimate objects, pleasant persons or things.
[NāradaFn16-06](Ven. Nārada 16-06) Attachment in one case and aversion in the other.
[NāradaFn16-07](Ven. Nārada 16-07) Four kinds of morality.
[NāradaFn16-08](Ven. Nārada 16-08) Connected with the supramundane Paths and Fruits.
[NāradaFn16-09](Ven. Nārada 16-09) Nine supramundane states. See note on v. 115.
[NāradaFn16-10](Ven. Nārada 16-10) Saccavedinaṃ, "speaketh truth" (Mrs. Rhys Davids). The four Noble Truths are implied here.
[NāradaFn16-11](Ven. Nārada 16-11) The three modes of discipline, Morality (Sīla), Concentration (Samādhi), and Wisdom (Paññā).
[NāradaFn16-12](Ven. Nārada 16-12) Anakkhāta - Nibbāna. It is so called because it should not be said that Nibbāna was created by any or that it is of some such hue as blue, etc. (Commentary).
[NāradaFn16-13](Ven. Nārada 16-13) The first three stages of Sainthood. Sotāpatti, Sakadāgāmi, and Anāgāmi.
[NāradaFn16-14](Ven. Nārada 16-14) The reference is to the Anāgāmis (Never-Returners) who, after death, are born in the Pure Abodes. They are not born in the sense-sphere as they have eradicated sense-desires.
[BudRkFn-v218](Ven. Buddharakkhita (v. 218) One Bound Upstream: a non-returner (anagami).
[ThaniSFn-V209](Ven. Thanissaro V. 209) This verse plays with the various meanings of yoga (task, striving, application, meditation) and a related term, anuyuñjati (keeping after something, taking someone to task). In place of the Pali reading attanuyoginam, "those who kept after themselves," the Patna Dhp reads atthanuyoginam, "those who kept after/remained devoted to the goal."
[ThaniSFn-V218](Ven. Thanissaro V. 218) "The up-flowing stream": DhpA: the attainment of non-returning, the third of the four stages of Awakening (see note 22).
[ThaniSFn-V219](Ven. Thanissaro V. 219) The Pali in these verses repeats the word "comes" three times, to emphasize the idea that if the results of meritorious actions await one after death, one's going to the next world is more like a homecoming.
[DLMBSFn-V209](DLMBS Commentary V209) A young man from Sāvatthi became a monk. Both his parents were very strongly attached to their son, so they left home too. But even in the monastery they could not live without each other. They stayed together, ate together, all day only talking, as if they were still at home. When the Buddha heard this, he admonished them strongly that by becoming monks and a nun, they should leave behind all worldly attachments. He also told them this verse as well as the two following ones (DhP 210, DhP 211).
[DLMBSFn-V210]

(DLMBS Commentary V210) The story of this verse is identical with the one for the previous (DhP 209) and the following (DhP 211) verses.

Meeting people one does not like is truly suffering. Therefore we should avoid seeing them at all. But what about the ones we love? We suffer when they are away or when they die. So, it is best to avoid meeting them too and rather concentrate on the goal and meditate with strong effort.

[DLMBSFn-V211]

(DLMBS Commentary V211) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the two previous ones (DhP 209, DhP 210).

To be separated from the ones we love is painful. Therefore we should not hold anything dear. In this way, when we do not love or hate anything or anybody, there are no bonds for us and we can reach Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V212]

(DLMBS Commentary V212) One rich man had a son and loved him very much. The son got ill and died. The man was extremely depressed. Every day he went to the cemetery and wept there. Once the Buddha met him there and asked what happened. The rich man told the Buddha about his son.

The Buddha consoled him with this verse, saying that since everything and everybody must die, we should not be attached to people and things. The rich man immediately attained the first stage of Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V213](DLMBS Commentary V213) Visākhā, a famous benefactress of the Buddha and his followers, had a granddaughter, who died suddenly. Visākhā was very sad and she came to see the Buddha and expressed her feelings. The Buddha told her to realize how many people died every day only in the city of Sāvatthi. If we were to regard all of them as our children and grandchildren, we would be weeping all day. He also told Visākhā this verse, saying that sorrow arises out of love.
[DLMBSFn-V214]

(DLMBS Commentary V214) Once the Buddha with some monks entered the city of Vesāli during a festival day. On their way they met some local princes, all dressed up in beautiful clothes. The Buddha told the monks to look at the princes, because they resemble the gods from Tāvatimsa heaven.

On their way to the garden, the ptrinces met a beautiful courtesan. They invited her to join them. But they started to quarrel over her and soon they were fighting. At the end some of them had to be carried home bleeding.

The Buddha told the monks this verse, saying that grief and sorrow are born from affection and sensual pleasures.

[DLMBSFn-V215]

(DLMBS Commentary V215) In Sāvatthi there lived a young man named Anitthi Gandha Kumāra. He was to marry a beautiful young girl from Sāgala. But the bride got ill and died on her way to his house. The man became very sad, grieving all the time.

The Buddha came to his house one day and after being offered almsfood, he asked for the reason of his sorrow. The young man told him the story of his ruined marriage. The Buddha replied him with this verse, saying that from pleasure and lust, only pain and sorrow can come out. The young man attained the first stage of Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V216]

(DLMBS Commentary V216) In Sāvatthi there lived a brahmin. He was not a follower of the Buddha. But because the Buddha knew he head the ability to attain the first stage of Awakenment, he went to the field where the brahmin was ploughing his field. The brahmin was very friendly and they talked many times. Every time the Buddha would visit him, the brahmin kept telling him he would offer him some rice after the harvest. The Buddha said nothing; because he knew this year the brahmin would get no harvest at all.

One day there was a heavy rain and all the rice was destroyed. The brahmin was sad, because now he could not fulfill his promise. But the Buddha told him this verse, saying that only because of thirst and craving there is suffering and pain. The brahmin attained the first stage of Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V217]

(DLMBS Commentary V217) One day the Buddha with some monks went to the city of Rājagaha to obtain some almsfood. On the way they met a group of young boys with a basket full of cakes. The boys paid their respects to the Buddha but they did not offer him any cakes.

Just then Venerable Kassapa came along. The boys immediately offered the cakes to him. Kassapa then advised the boys to offer some cakes to the Buddha and they did so. Later, some monks wondered why the boys liked Kassapa so much. The Buddha replied with this verse, saying that whoever has so many good qualities like Kassapa, is always liked by people and gods.

[DLMBSFn-V218]

(DLMBS Commentary V218) There was an old monk who had many disciples. Many times they asked him about his attainments, but he never said anything. He has attained the third stage of Awakenment, but he decided he would not say anything, until he attained the full Awakenment. But he passed away without attaining the Arahantship and never told his pupils anything.

The disciples thought their teacher had not attained any stage of Awakenment and fell very sorry. They asked the Buddha about this matter. The Buddha told him their teacher had actually attained the third stage, called Anāgāmi (never coming back again). He was reborn in high abodes of the Brahma heaven, never to come back to this world again. He would eventually reach the Awakenment there. The Buddha also told the students why their teacher never said anything - he was modest and also a bit ashamed he head not reached the full Arahantship. The Buddha also added this verse, describing their teacher.

[DLMBSFn-V219]

(DLMBS Commentary V219) In the city of Benares there lived a rich man named Nandiya. Once he listened to the Buddha’s discourse on the benefits of giving. He built a monastery and furnished it. Immediately a mansion came up for him in the Tāvatimsa heaven, awaiting him.

Venerable Moggallāna once visited the Tāvatimsa world and saw the mansion built there for Nandiya. When he returned back, he asked the Buddha about this. The Buddha replied with this verse (and the following one, DhP 220), saying that the good deeds await the well-doer in the next world as surely as the relatives and friends await somebody who is long away from home.

[DLMBSFn-V220]

(DLMBS Commentary V220) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 219).

Just like the rich man Nandiya from the story, we will reap the fruit of our good deeds - if not in this life, then in the next one. Our good deeds will "welcome" us immediately and we will be able to taste their outcome. Maybe we will have a mansion in heaven, like Nandiya. Or maybe we will be just a little bit wiser and more able to strive for our Awakenment.

[NāradaFn17-01](Ven. Nārada 17-01) Speech and thoughts are also herein implied.
[NāradaFn17-02](Ven. Nārada 17-02) There are four kinds of defilements or corruptions (Āsavas), namely: sensual pleasures (kāma), becoming (bhava), false views (diññhi), and ignorance (avijjā). The first āsava is attachment to Sense Sphere, the second is attachment to the Realms of Form and the Formless Realms.
[NāradaFn17-03](Ven. Nārada 17-03) Atula is the name of a person.
[ThaniSFn-V231-233](1, 2, 3) (Ven. Thanissaro V. 231-233) Bodily misconduct = killing, stealing, engaging in illicit sex. Verbal misconduct = lies, divisive speech, harsh speech, idle chatter. Mental misconduct = covetousness, ill will, wrong views.
[VaradoFn-V221](Ven. Varado V.221) Verse 221: "free of all identity" (akiñcanaṃ). PED: having nothing.
[DLMBSFn-V221]

(DLMBS Commentary V221) There are ten fetters (saṃyojana). They can be divided into two kinds, five so called "lower" or "big" fetters and five "higher" or "small" fetters.

The five big fetters are:

  1. personality belief (sakkāya-diṭṭhi),
  2. skeptical doubt (vicikicchā),
  3. clinging to rules and rituals (sīlabbata-paramāsa),
  4. sensuous craving (kāma-rāga),
  5. ill-will (vyāpāda).

The five small fetters are:

  1. craving for fine-material existence (rūpa-rāga),
  2. craving for immaterial existence (arūpa-rāga),
  3. conceit (māna),
  4. restlessness (uddhacca),
  5. ignorance (avijjā).

Venerable Anuruddha once came to Kapilavatthu to see his relatives. All of them came to meet him; only his sister Rohini did not come. Anuruddha asked about her and learned that she was suffering from a skin disease. Anuruddha sent for her and told her to perform some meritorious deeds. Rohini began to build a community hall. Even before the construction was completed, she started to sweep it every day and fill the water pots. She began to feel better immediately.

When the hall was finished, the Buddha and monks were invited for an almsfood there. After the meal the Buddha asked Rohini to come. He then revealed, that she was suffering because of evil deed done in one of her previous lives.

She was the queen of Benares. The king had a dancer he liked very much. The queen became jealous and instructed her servants to put some itching powder into the dancer's bed. Thus the dancer itched all over and when she went to bed to rest, her condition got even worse.

The Buddha then exhorted her and all the people present to give up anger and pride and not to cling to anything. He further added this verse. Rohini and some other people attained full Awakenment immediately. At the same time Rohini's disease was cured and her skin became smooth and clear.

[DLMBSFn-V222]

(DLMBS Commentary V222) Once a certain monk wanted to build a hut for himself. He chose a tree and was about to cut it down. But a spirit lived in that tree with her son. The spirit asked the monk not to cut down their tree, but the monk did not listen. So the spirit put her son on the tree, hoping this would prevent the monk from cutting the tree down.

But the monk's ax was already swinging down and he was unable to stop it. The ax fell and cut of the baby's arm. The spirit became very angry and was about to kill the monk. But then she reflected and decided not to harm the monk, because she would acquire a lot of demerit. So instead, she went to see the Buddha and told him all what happened.

The Buddha told her this verse, praising her for her self-control. He then taught her the Dharma. After reflecting on what was taught, the spirit realized the Dharma. She was offered a new tree to live in, in vicinity of the monastery.

After this incident, the Buddha made a new rule for the monks, forbidding them to hurt plant life.

[DLMBSFn-V223]

(DLMBS Commentary V223) In Sāvathi there lived a rich man named Sumana. He had a servant named Puṇṇa. Once Puṇṇa and his wife offered almsfood to Venerable Sāriputta and as a result of this deed, Puṇṇa found gold in the field he was ploughing. The king declared him to be the royal banker and the whole family became extremely rich and influential. Once Puṇṇa and his family were offering almsfood to the Buddha and the monks for seven days. After hearing the Dharma from the Buddha the whole family, Puṇṇa, his wife and their daughter Uttarā, attained the Awakenment.

Uttarā got married to the son of Sumana. Because the family was not Buddhist, she was not able to perform meritorious deeds. Her father sent her some money and arranged for a woman named Sirimā to look after the household for a few days.

During this time, Uttarā was offering almsfood to the Buddha and the monks. When her husband saw her, he smiled, because he did not understand the significance of giving and thought her stupid. But Sirimā, seeing him smile, forgot she was there only for a few days, and became jealous. She brought some boiling oil with the intention to pour it over the head of Uttarā. Uttarā knew what was about to happen but she did not feel any anger or hatred. She was very grateful to Sirimā, because only with her help was she able to perform meritorious deeds. She made a firm resolution not to let any anger or hatred enter her mind.

The boiling oil then became harmless, like cold water. Sirimā did not understand and went to get another pot of hot oil. But by then other servants caught her and beat her up.

Then Sirimā realized what she had done and asked Uttarā for forgiveness. Uttarā told her to go to see "her father" - she meant the Buddha, who has taught her the Dharma and helped her to reach the Awakenment.

The Buddha listened to all what happened. Then he praised Uttarā for not feeling any anger or hatred. He told her this verse. At the end, Uttarā forgave Sirimā.

[DLMBSFn-V224]

(DLMBS Commentary V224) Venerable Moggallāna once visited the heaven world and asked the gods what good deeds had they done to be reborn in such happy state. Different gods had different answers. One was reborn as a god only because he always spoke truth. Another goddess said that she was a servant who never got angry with her master and never hated him, although he beat and abused her. Some gods replied they offered what little they could for the benefit of others.

Moggallāna returned back and asked the Buddha if it was really possible to be reborn as a god just by these deeds. The Buddha confirmed it and spoke this verse, saying even little good deeds lead to heaven.

[DLMBSFn-V225]

(DLMBS Commentary V225) The Buddha was once in the city of Sāketa for almsfood. While he was passing a certain brahmin’s house, the brahmin welcomed him: "Son, we have not seen you for a long time. Come and visit us again!" When the Buddha entered the house, the brahmin's wife also welcomed him as a long lost son. From that day, they offered almsfood to the Buddha.

The monks asked why did they call the Buddha their son. The Buddha explained that he had been their son for a great many lives in the past. The Buddha stayed with them for three months and both the brahmin and his wife attained the Awakenment.

Later the monks asked where were they reborn, since they did not know the couple had already reached the Nirvana. The Buddha replied with this verse, saying that the Arahants are not reborn anywhere, they have attained the Nirvana.

[DLMBSFn-V226]

(DLMBS Commentary V226) There was a young slave girl, named Punnā. One night she was doing some work for her master, when she saw some monks going to their rooms after listening to the Dharma. She pondered that she was up so late because she was poor and had to work hard. But she could not think about any reason for the monks to be up so late as well.

The next day she made for herself a simple rice cake and went to the riverside to rest and eat. But on the way she met the Buddha and offered the cake to him. The Buddha accepted and ate the cake.

After eating, the Buddha told her why the monks were up so late: they were always vigilant and learning something, no matter what time it was. He also told her this verse, saying that by being always watchful and mindful, one can eradicate one's taints. Punnā immediately realized the Dharma.

Traditionally, these four taints (āsava) are mentioned in the texts: sense desire (kāma), desiring eternal existence (bhava), wrong views (diṭṭhi) and ignorance (avijjā).

[DLMBSFn-V227]

(DLMBS Commentary V227) There was a man named Atula. Once he and his friends wanted to hear the Dharma. They went to see Venerable Revata. But he was practicing meditation and did not tell them anything. They were disappointed and so went to see Venerable Sāriputta. He expounded the Dharma in length, telling them many profound teachings they did not quite understand. Still unhappy, they went to Venerable Ānanda. He explained shortly basic teachings of the Buddha.

Atula and his friends then went to see the Buddha. They complained. Revata did not say anything at all, Sāriputta spoke too much and Ānanda too little. After such a long time, they still were not satisfied. The Buddha replied with this verse (and the following ones, DhP 228, DhP 229 and DhP 230), saying that, as before, so today, there is no one who is never blamed.

[DLMBSFn-V228]

(DLMBS Commentary V228) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 227) and the following verses (DhP 229, DhP 230).

Even the best of people are always blamed by somebody for something. Gandhi was killed although he was very close to what we call "a saint". Therefore, even if we encounter someone who is hostile to us, we should not feel hatred or enmity.

[DLMBSFn-V229](DLMBS Commentary V229) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verses (DhP 227, DhP 228) and the following verse (DhP 230).
[DLMBSFn-V230](DLMBS Commentary V230) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verses (DhP 227, DhP 228 and DhP 229).
[DLMBSFn-V231](DLMBS Commentary V231) A group of six monks wearing wooden shoes and each holding a staff, were walking on a big stone, making a lot of noise and disturbing the peace of other monks. The Buddha asked Venerable Ānanda what was going on and having learned about the six monks, he admonished them with this verse (and the following ones, DhP 232, DhP 233 and DhP 234). He also made a new rule for the monks not to wear wooden shoes.
[DLMBSFn-V232]

(DLMBS Commentary V232) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 231) and the following ones (DhP 233, DhP 234).

By this verse the Buddha stressed that both the right conduct in bodily deeds and the right conduct in verbal speech are equally important.

[DLMBSFn-V233]

(DLMBS Commentary V233) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verses (DhP 231, DhP 232) and the following one (DhP 234).

Even the thinking is very important. Truly, mental action is probably the most important of the three (bodily, verbal, mental). The bodily and verbal actions are only byproducts of the mental action. Thinking comes first and only after that we act with our body or our mouth. Therefore, the key to controlling our bodily and verbal actions lays in controlling our minds.

[DLMBSFn-V234](DLMBS Commentary V234) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verses (DhP 231, DhP 232 and DhP 233).
[NāradaFn18-01](Ven. Nārada 18-01) Namely: the Pure Abodes (Suddhāvāsa).
[NāradaFn18-02](Ven. Nārada 18-02) Atidhonacāri = the bhikkhu who lives without reflecting on the necessaries of life. While using the four requisites, namely: robes, food, drink, and lodging, a bhikkhu is expected to reflect on their special usefulness and loathsomeness. If he does not, he transgresses a minor rule by not using them properly. Dhona means the four necessaries.
[NāradaFn18-03](Ven. Nārada 18-03) Mantā mean religious doctrines, arts and sciences. Non-recitation of the scriptures and non-practice of the arts tend to make one forget them.
[NāradaFn18-04](Ven. Nārada 18-04) Ghara is interpreted as householders.
[NāradaFn18-05](Ven. Nārada 18-05) Adhammo is here used in the sense of hatred. The root causes of evil are greed and hatred.
[NāradaFn18-06](Ven. Nārada 18-06) Samādhi, mundane or supramundane concentration.
[NāradaFn18-07](Ven. Nārada 18-07) Kaliü = attabhāva = body.
[NāradaFn18-08](Ven. Nārada 18-08) Kitavā = kitavāya = by means of sham branches etc.
[NāradaFn18-09](Ven. Nārada 18-09) Namely: the Fruit of Arahantship. See note on v. 226.
[NāradaFn18-10](Ven. Nārada 18-10) Outside the Dispensation (sāsana) of the Buddha.
[NāradaFn18-11](Ven. Nārada 18-11) Here samaṇa refers to Saints who have realised the four Paths and four Fruits. They are the Ariya Saints who have attained Nibbāna.
[NāradaFn18-12](Ven. Nārada 18-12) Impediments such as craving, pride, etc.
[NāradaFn18-13](Ven. Nārada 18-13) An epithet of the Buddha. Literally, it means "who thus hath come".
[NāradaFn18-14](Ven. Nārada 18-14) Saṅkhāra means the five aggregates conditioned by causes.
[NāradaFn18-15](Ven. Nārada 18-15) There is no single impediment such as craving, pride, and so on, by means of which the Buddhas regard the conditioned things as eternal.
[BudRkFn-v254-255](Ven. Buddharakkhita (vv. 254-255) Recluse (samana): here used in the special sense of those who have reached the four supramundane stages.
[ThaniSFn-V235](Ven. Thanissaro V. 235) Yama = the god of the underworld. Yama's minions or underlings were believed to appear to a person just prior to the moment of death.
[ThaniSFn-V236](Ven. Thanissaro V. 236) Impurities, blemishes = passion, aversion, delusion, and their various permutations, including envy, miserliness, hypocrisy, and boastfulness.
[ThaniSFn-V240](Ven. Thanissaro V. 240) "One who lives slovenly": As DhpA makes clear, this refers to one who uses the requisites of food, clothing, shelter, and medicine without the wisdom that comes with reflecting on their proper use. The Pali term here is atidhonacarin, a compound built around the word dhona, which means clean or pure. The ati- in the compound could mean "overly," thus yielding, "one overly scrupulous in his behavior," but it can also mean "transgressing," thus, "transgressing against what is clean" = "slovenly." The latter reading fits better with the image of rust as a deficiency in the iron resulting from carelessness.
[ThaniSFn-V254-255](1, 2)

(Ven. Thanissaro V. 254-255) "No outside contemplative": No true contemplative, defined as a person who has attained any of the four stages of Awakening, exists outside of the practice of the Buddha's teachings (see note 22). In DN 16, the Buddha is quoted as teaching his final student: "In any doctrine & discipline where the noble eightfold path is not found, no contemplative of the first... second... third... fourth order [stream-winner, once-returner, non-returner, or arahant] is found. But in any doctrine & discipline where the noble eightfold path is found, contemplatives of the first... second... third... fourth order are found. The noble eightfold path is found in this doctrine & discipline, and right here there are contemplatives of the first... second... third... fourth order. Other teachings are empty of knowledgeable contemplatives. And if the monks dwell rightly, this world will not be empty of arahants." (On the noble eightfold path, see note 191.)

On "objectification," see note 195-196.

[VaradoFn-V240](Ven. Varado V.240) Verse 240: "those who live indulgently" (atidhonacārinaṃ). PTS: indulging too much in the use of the four requisites.
[VaradoFn-V254a](Ven. Varado V.254a) Verse 254a: "off the Path, no saints (samaṇo) do lie". 'Samaṇo' can mean one who has attained one of the four stages of Buddhist sainthood (e.g. see D.2.151).
[VaradoFn-V254b](Ven. Varado V.254b) Verse 254b: "Though people relish Self-perceptions (papañcā), Buddhas have no such conceptions". PED (papañcā): obstacle, illusion, diffuseness. But S.4.202 says “I am” is papañcā (asmīti bhikkhave papañcitametaṃ)
[DLMBSFn-V235]

(DLMBS Commentary V235) In Sāvathi there lived an old butcher. He was used to eating beef curry every day. Once he put aside some meat to be cooked that day and went for a bath. In the meantime, his wife saw the meat and sold it. Therefore, when the butcher returned home, he realized that there would be no meat that day. He was so angry that he went and cut off the tongue of an ox. He has his wife to prepare it and began to eat.

When he tried to take bite of the tongue, he bit off his own tongue. The butcher died in great pain and agony and was reborn in a painful state.

The butcher's son was afraid that this evil would befall him as well so he left the city and went to Takkasilā (Taxilā). He became a goldsmith, got married and had children. When he got old, he and his family moved back to Sāvathi. His children were followers of the Buddha but he was not. The children were concerned for their father and so one day they invited the Buddha and monks for a meal. After the meal they told the Buddha that this offering was on behalf of their father. They asked the Buddha to give a discourse to the old man to help him to see the Dharma.

The Buddha told the old goldsmith this verse (and the following ones, DhP 236, DhP 237 and DhP 238). At the end for the discourse, the old goldsmith attained the first stage of Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V236]

(DLMBS Commentary V236) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 235) and the following ones (DhP 237, DhP 238).

We should strive and make the best effort in order to purify our minds and make the best of our lives. By doing this, we will reach "the place of the Noble Ones", the Nirvana, the complete purification of the mind.

[DLMBSFn-V237](DLMBS Commentary V237) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verses (DhP 235 and DhP 236) and the following one (DhP 238). Although this verse was originally told to an old man, it is actually true for all of us. We all are very close to death, even if we might be still young and healthy. Nobody ever knows the time of his death. Therefore, we all should make our best effort to overcome the defilements of our minds before it is too late.
[DLMBSFn-V238]

(DLMBS Commentary V238) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verses (DhP 235, DhP 236 and DhP 237).

If we strive and exert ourselves, we will purify our minds, attain the Awakenment - and therefore there will be no more birth, sickness, aging and death for us. Then we do not have to fear the death any longer.

[DLMBSFn-V239]

(DLMBS Commentary V239) Once a brahmin saw a group of monks preparing to enter the city for almsfood. They were rearranging their robes in order to go to the city. The brahmin saw that the robes touched the ground and got wet because of dew. So he cleared that place of grass. The next day he saw that the ground is dirty and it soiled the robes. So he covered the place with sand. During the next few days he saw that when the sun is shining the monks sweat and when it rains, they get wet. Therefore he built a shelter at that place.

When it was ready, the brahmin invited the Buddha and monks for an almsfood. He then explained how he performed this good deed gradually. The Buddha replied him with this verse, saying that one should use every little opportunity to perform good deeds and cleanse one's mind of impurities.

[DLMBSFn-V240]

(DLMBS Commentary V240) A certain monk named Tissa received a beautiful robe and was very happy. He prepared to wear them the next day, but that very night he died. Because he was too attached to the robe, he was born as an insect in it.

The monks decided to share his former robe amongst themselves. The insect was very angry and shouted, "They are destroying my robe!" The Buddha heard this and told the monks to leave the robe untouched for seven days. Later the insect died and was reborn in a happy state because of his former good deeds. The Buddha explained to the monks that if they were to use the robe while the insect was stile alive, he would feel hate and anger and would have to be born in miserable existence. The Buddha then told this verse, saying that the monks should not be attached to anything, especially not to their four requisites.

[DLMBSFn-V241]

(DLMBS Commentary V241) Venerable Sāriputta and Mahā Moggallāna used to deliver discourses in the city of Savatthi. Many people praised them for speaking clearly and eloquently. There was a monk named Lāludāyii who remarked that if he were invited to speak, people would praise him even more. So people invited him to deliver a discourse. But when Lāludāyii got to the platform, he could not open his mouth. So he asked another monk to speak first and that he would speak next. This happened three times.

People realized that he was just boasting and laughed at him and reprimanded him. Lāludāyii left in shame. When the Buddha learned about this incident, he spoke this verse, saying that Lāludāyii did not study much and what he did study, he already forgot.

[DLMBSFn-V242](DLMBS Commentary V242) A certain woman committed adultery. Her husband was very ashamed and he avoided his friends and the Buddha. But after some time he came to see the Buddha and told him about his trouble. The Buddha told him this verse (and the following one, DhP 243), saying that all these taints originate from ignorance.
[DLMBSFn-V243]

(DLMBS Commentary V243) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous one (DhP 242).

All the other stains, such as wrong conduct etc. are derived from the main "impurity", ignorance. It is because we are ignorant of the true reality, that we commit these evil deeds. Therefore, only if we destroy our ignorance, can we truly be called "pure". Destruction of ignorance is the main goal of the Buddha's teaching. This is what is called Nirvana.

[DLMBSFn-V244]

(DLMBS Commentary V244) There was a monk named Cūla Sāri. He was a physician and he often went to see patients. Once he was returning from a patient and he met Venerable Sāriputta. Cūla Sāri told him his patient gave him delicious food as a payment. He offered some food to Sāriputta, who did not say anything and just continued on his way.

Later Sāriputta reported the matter to the Buddha. The Buddha told Cūla Sāri not to practice medicine for personal gain and told him this verse (and the following one, DhP 245).

[DLMBSFn-V245]

(DLMBS Commentary V245) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 244).

One who is always trying to do good things, not to offend anyone, has indeed a difficult life. Always thinking about one's action, always mindful and reflecting on one's deeds, thoughts and words - these are just the basic requirements for such a way of life.

On the other hand, if we just do not care about others, if we do not think about how our actions can cause suffering and pain, then the life is very easy. If we want to walk on the Buddha's path we should try our best to lead the difficult kind of life. After all, reflection and mindfulness are a part of meditation.

[DLMBSFn-V246]

(DLMBS Commentary V246) Not only monks stayed at the Jetavana monastery. Lay followers would also come to stay for a few days, observe precepts and meditate. Once five lay disciples observed one precept each. They all claimed that he was observing the most difficult precept. They argued for a long time and then reported the matter to the Buddha.

The Buddha replied them with this verse (and the following ones, DhP 247 and DhP 248), saying that all the precepts are very difficult and all of them are equally important for a good life.

[DLMBSFn-V247]

(DLMBS Commentary V247) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 246) and the following one (DhP 248).

To observe precepts and to lead a moral life is very difficult, but it is a basic step towards the Awakenment. That is why the Buddha says in this verse. If we do not follow them, we "dig out our own roots". That is to say, we postpone entering the way to Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V248]

(DLMBS Commentary V248) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the two previous verses (DhP 246, DhP 247).

As it is very difficult to observe the precepts and to lead a moral life, it is also very easy to break them. And it is also very easy to loose self-control. Once we lose it, it is extremely hard to get things back on track and to start our way towards Awakenment again. Therefore we will be suffering for a prolonged period of time.

[DLMBSFn-V249]

(DLMBS Commentary V249) There was a young novice named Tissa. He always criticized other people's good deeds. He even scolded famous donors like Anātha Pindika and Visākhā. He also boasted that his parents were extremely rich and anybody could come to them and receive many precious gifts.

Some monks decided to see if this was true. They went to Tissa's village only to find out that his parents were poor and that Tissa was only boasting. They returned and reported the matter to the Buddha. The Buddha reprimanded the young novice with this verse (and the following one, DhP 250).

[DLMBSFn-V250]

(DLMBS Commentary V250) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 249).

Discontentment is one of the main roots of a disturbed mind. If we are not happy about what others do, how then can we attain a peace of mind? Discontent with what other monks receive as alms is only one such example. When we destroy such discontentment completely, then we are able to attain a peace of mind and therefore we can concentrate our minds and start on the way towards the Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V251]

(DLMBS Commentary V251) Once there were five lay followers listening to the Buddha's discourse. One of them was sleeping, the second one was scratching the ground with his hands, the third was shaking a tree and the fourth was looking up at the sky. But the fifth one listened carefully and respectfully. Ānanda saw them and after the discourse was over he asked the Buddha about their behavior.

The Buddha explained that the first one was a snake in his previous life therefore he liked to sleep. The second one was a subterranean animal, the third was a monkey and the fourth one was an astrologer. But the fifth one was a learned man; therefore he was able to listen with attention.

Ānanda then asked what things prevent people from listening and understanding the Dharma. The Buddha replied with this verse, saying it is passion, hatred, delusion and thirst.

[DLMBSFn-V252]

(DLMBS Commentary V252) In the town of Bhaddiya there lived a rich man named Mendaka. When the Buddha arrived at Bhaddiya, he realized that Mendaka and his whole family are able to understand the Dharma. He explained the teaching to them and after hearing the Dharma from him, Mendaka, his wife, son, daughter-in-law and servant all attained the first level of Awakenment. Mendaka related how many ascetic teachers spoke ill of the Buddha and tried to dissuade Mendaka from seeing the Buddha. The Buddha explained by this verse, that it is only very natural to see others' faults and not to see one's own.

The Buddha then revealed the past existences of Mendaka. He was always a rich man who donated many things to those seeking Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V253](DLMBS Commentary V253) There was a monk named Ujjhāna Saññi. He was always finding faults with others, very easy to get angry and speaking ill of people. When the Buddha found out, he spoke this verse. He also added that sometimes finding faults with others is good. When we see somebody to misbehave and we try to teach him good ways - that is worthy of praise. But if we do it out of spite and malice, then we won't be able to achieve concentration and therefore we get further and further away from the Awakenment.
[DLMBSFn-V254](DLMBS Commentary V254) The Buddha passed away in the town of Kusinarā. At that time the ascetic named Subhadda stayed at Kusinarā. He went to many religious teachers but none could satisfy his doubts and Subhadda did not become their pupil. Just before the Buddha died, Subhadda approached him and asked him some questions. The Buddha answered them in this verse (and the following one, DhP 255). Subhadda became a monk and later attained the Awakenment. He was the last direct pupil of the Buddha.
[DLMBSFn-V255]

(DLMBS Commentary V255) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 254).

The Buddhas, Awakened Ones have no "shaking". The meaning of this is that there is no instability, no wavering or unsteadiness of their minds. They have reached the highest Awakenment and their minds are truly firm and steady.

[NāradaFn19-01](Ven. Nārada 19-01) Kāyena - that is, nāmakāyena, through the mental body, or, in other words, through self-realization.
[NāradaFn19-02](Ven. Nārada 19-02) Thera - a term applied to those bhikkhus who have counted at least ten years in the Order from the date of their higher ordination. Thera, literally, means one who is firm or stable.
[NāradaFn19-03](Ven. Nārada 19-03) Saccaṃ - the four noble truths.
[NāradaFn19-04](Ven. Nārada 19-04) Dhammo - the nine supramundane states.
[NāradaFn19-05](Ven. Nārada 19-05) Saññamo - morality and sense-restraint.
[NāradaFn19-06](Ven. Nārada 19-06) By means of the four Paths.
[NāradaFn19-07](Ven. Nārada 19-07) He who does not practise higher morality (sīla) and austerities (dhutāṅga).
[NāradaFn19-08](Ven. Nārada 19-08) Bhikkhu, literally, means "he who begs" but bhikkhus do not beg. They silently stand at the door for alms. They live on what is spontaneously given by the supporters. See note on v. 31.
[NāradaFn19-09]

(Ven. Nārada 19-09) Vissaṃ dhammaṃ = visamaṃ dhammaṃ, vissaṃ gandhaṃ vā kāyakammādikaṃ dhammaṃ (Commentary). Vissaṃ has two meanings (1) whole or all, and (2) bad smell. The Commentary gives only the latter in this case.

"He is not a mendicant simply because he begs others (for alms). He who adopts the whole law is a mendicant, not he who adopts only a part". Radhakrishnan.

The context makes the verse clear. The brahmin who had adopted the ascetic life claimed the right to be called a bhikkhu simply because he begged his food as is the custom of the disciples of the Buddha although he did not observe the other practices of a bhikkhu.

Vissaṃ dhammaṃ could therefore be interpreted as "the whole code of morality pertaining to the life of a bhikkhu".

[NāradaFn19-10](Ven. Nārada 19-10) Such as morality, concentration, wisdom, etc.
[NāradaFn19-11](Ven. Nārada 19-11) That is, for having embraced the best and abandoned evil.
[NāradaFn19-12](Ven. Nārada 19-12) Internal and external Aggregates.
[NāradaFn19-13](1, 2) (Ven. Nārada 19-13) The four kinds of higher morality observed by bhikkhus and the thirteen kinds of higher ascetic practices (dhutāṅga) (Commentary).
[NāradaFn19-14](1, 2) (Ven. Nārada 19-14) That is, the Tipitaka (Commentary).
[NāradaFn19-15](1, 2) (Ven. Nārada 19-15) Anāgāmi stage (Commentary).
[NāradaFn19-16](1, 2) (Ven. Nārada 19-16) Faith in existence (Commentary). "Have a care", Mrs. Rhys Davids.
[NāradaFn19-17](1, 2) (Ven. Nārada 19-17) That is, Arahantship.
[ThaniSFn-V256-257](1, 2) (Ven. Thanissaro V. 256-257) The sense of the verse, confirmed by DhpA, suggests that the Pali word dhammattho means "judge." This, in fact, is the theme tying together the verses in this chapter. The duty of a judge is to correctly determine attha, a word that denotes both "meaning" and "judgment," these two senses of the word being connected by the fact that the judge must interpret the meanings of words used in rules and principles to see how they correctly apply to the particulars of a case so that he can pass a correct verdict. The remaining verses in this chapter give examples of interpreting attha in an appropriate way.
[ThaniSFn-V259](Ven. Thanissaro V. 259) "Sees Dhamma through his body": The more common expression in the Pali Canon (e.g., in AN 6.46 and AN 9.45) is to touch Dhamma through or with the body (phusati or phassati, "he touches," rather than passati, "he sees"). The Sanskrit recensions and the Patna Dhp all support the reading, "he would touch," but all Pali recensions are unanimous in the reading, "he sees." Some scholars regard this latter reading as a corruption of the verse; I personally find it a more striking image than the common expression.
[ThaniSFn-V265](Ven. Thanissaro V. 265) This verse plays with a number of nouns and verbs related to the adjective sama, which means "even," "equal," "on pitch," or "in tune." Throughout ancient cultures, the terminology of music was used to describe the moral quality of people and acts. Discordant intervals or poorly-tuned musical instruments were metaphors for evil; harmonious intervals and well-tuned instruments, for good. Thus in Pali, samana, or contemplative, also means a person who is in tune with the principles of rightness and truth inherent in nature. Here and in 388, I've attempted to give a hint of these implications by associating the word "contemplative" with "consonance."
[ThaniSFn-V268-269](1, 2) (Ven. Thanissaro V. 268-269) This verse contains the Buddhist refutation of the idea that "those who know don't speak, those who speak don't know." For another refutation of the same idea, see DN 12. In Vedic times, a sage (muni) was a person who took a vow of silence (mona) and was supposed to gain special knowledge as a result. The Buddhists adopted the term muni, but redefined it to show how true knowledge was attained and how it expressed itself in the sage's actions. For a fuller portrait of the ideal Buddhist sage, see AN 3.23 and Sn 1.12.
[ThaniSFn-V271-272](1, 2) (Ven. Thanissaro V. 271-272) This verse has what seems to be a rare construction, in which na + instrumental nouns + a verb in the aorist tense gives the force of a prohibitive ("Don't, on account of x, do y"). "The renunciate ease that run-of-the-mill people don't know," according to DhpA, is the state of non-returning, the third of the four stages of Awakening (see note 22). Because non-returners are still attached to subtle states of becoming on the level of form and formlessness, DhpA drives home the message that even non-returners should not be complacent by paraphrasing a passage from AN 1 (202 in the Thai edition; at the end of Chapter 19 in the PTS edition) that reads, "Just as even a small amount of excrement is foul-smelling, in the same way I do not praise even a small amount of becoming, even for the extent of a fingersnap."
[VaradoFn-V266](Ven. Varado V.266) Verse 266: "A bhikkhu is one who commits/ To the whole of the training, not bits" (vissaṃ dhammaṃ samādāya bhikkhu hoti na tāvatā). PED (vissaṃ): all, every, entire.
[DLMBSFn-V256]

(DLMBS Commentary V256) Some monks were returning from Sāvatthi after their almsround. Because there was a heavy rain, they took a shelter in a hall of justice. While there, they observed the judges deciding the cases very quickly after having taken bribes.

The monks later reported the matter to the Buddha who told them this verse (and the following one, DhP 257).

[DLMBSFn-V257]

(DLMBS Commentary V257) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 257).

It is very easy to judge others, to point out others' mistakes or bad qualities. Therefore we have to be very thorough when we have to judge others. We have to listen to every possible point of view; we have to look at the problem from all angles. Only then can we be able to judge according to truth and we can call ourselves "righteous".

[DLMBSFn-V258]

(DLMBS Commentary V258) A group of monks always caused troubles in the monastery. Wherever they went, some problems occurred. Once they boasted in front of some novices, saying only they were wise and intelligent.

When the Buddha heard about this, he replied with this verse, saying that one should not be called wise only because one talks a lot. Only one who is peaceful and free from hate can be called wise.

[DLMBSFn-V259]

(DLMBS Commentary V259) A monk named Ekudāna lived alone in the forest. He knew by heart only one verse of the Dharma, but he fully understood its meaning. Whenever he would recite the verse, the guardian spirits of the forest would applaud.

At one occasion, two learned monks with many disciples came to that place. They asked Ekudāna of there were many beings that wished to learn the Dharma. Ekudāna told them about the spirits applauding every time the Dharma was spoken. The two monks they took turns preaching the Dharma but when they finished, the guardian spirits did not applaud at all. Therefore they started to doubt Ekudāna’s words. But Ekudāna simply recited the verse he knew and immediately the spirits started to applaud.

The two monks returned to Sāvatthi and reported the matter to Buddha. The Buddha replied with this verse, saying that in understanding the Dharma, quality is much more important than quantity. To remember only one verse, but understanding it fully is far better than remembering all the Buddha’s words but not actually grasping their meaning.

[DLMBSFn-V260]

(DLMBS Commentary V260) A group of monks came to see the Buddha. Because he knew they were very close to attaining the Awakenment, he asked them if they had seen an Elder just entering the room. The monks replied they did not see an Elder, only a young novice. The Buddha replied that this monk was actually not a novice, but an Elder. He further told them this verse (and the following one, DhP 261).

The monks all attained the Arahantship.

[DLMBSFn-V261]

(DLMBS Commentary V261) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 260).

Wisdom cannot be measured by age. One who is old is not necessarily wise. Sometimes a young person can be far wiser than somebody old. To grow old is not a virtue demanding automatic respect. We should save our respect for those who deserve it. People, who understand the Buddha's teaching deeply, and act accordingly, are to be respected, be they young or old.

[DLMBSFn-V262](DLMBS Commentary V262) The elder monks usually had some young novices as their students. It was custom that these novices would attend on their teachers, wash their robes, get water for them to drink and other small services. Some monks who had no students started to envy these elders. So they suggested to the Buddha that the novices should have more teachers to receive more guidance. Of course, the Buddha knew their real motive (to get some work done by the novices) so he refused this. He further admonished the monks by this verse (and the following one, DhP 263).
[DLMBSFn-V263]

(DLMBS Commentary V263) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 262).

One, who wants to be respected, should discard all the impurities and clean one's mind. It is not possible to be envious, hating and selfish and expect others to respect us. To try to hide it away under the mask of nice words and smiling face maybe can fool somebody, but only for a short while. Then everybody will see the true face and their respect for us will quickly evaporate.

[DLMBSFn-V264](DLMBS Commentary V264) There was a monk named Hatthaka. He liked to argue with others. If he was defeated in an argument, he challenged his opponent to meet again at a specified place and time. Hatthaka would get to the place before the appointed time and would declare that the absence of his opponent means he acknowledges his defeat. Therefore he would boast he won the argument. When the Buddha heard about this, he admonished Hatthaka by this verse (and the following one, DhP 265).
[DLMBSFn-V265]

(DLMBS Commentary V265) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 264).

To be a monk is not easy. Just to wear the monk's robe and have one's head shaven is certainly not enough. If a monk lacks discipline and resolve, then he is not to be called a monk. Only after having met and conquered evils, greed, desire and others, and with firm self-discipline, is one truly a monk.

[DLMBSFn-V266](DLMBS Commentary V266) There was a brahmin, who had the habit of going on almsround begging for almsfood, just as the Buddha's monks did. Therefore, he thought he was also to be called a monk. He went to see the Buddha and told him this idea. The Buddha reprimanded him with this verse (and the following one, DhP 267).
[DLMBSFn-V267]

(DLMBS Commentary V267) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 266).

A true monk is not the one who wears monk's robes and gets his almsfood from people, but his heart is full of worldly things. Only one, who leads a moral life and has a deep insight into the reality of things, can be called a monk.

[DLMBSFn-V268]

(DLMBS Commentary V268) At the Buddha's times there were many ascetic orders. Some of them went for almsfood just like the Buddha's monks. After being offered food, some of them would say a few words of blessing; such as "May you be well and happy, may you live long." The Buddha's monks were at first instructed to keep silent.

Some followers of the Buddha began to complain about that and wanted to hear some blessing also from the Buddha's monks. The Buddha then instructed his monks to do so, in order to keep lay followers happy.

Then some other ascetics, who kept silence after being offered food, said that the Buddha's monks were not true sages (muni) because they did not keep the vow of silence in public (mona).

The Buddha reacted with this verse (and the following one, DhP 269).

[DLMBSFn-V269]

(DLMBS Commentary V269) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 268).

Silence does not necessarily mean wisdom. Sometimes one can keep silent only because one has nothing to say, or out of stupidity and not understanding what is going on. One who understands the reality of this world and the next one, who does not cling to anything and has discarded evil, can be truly called a sage.

[DLMBSFn-V270]

(DLMBS Commentary V270) There was a fisherman named Ariya living in Sāvatthi. Once while he was fishing, the Buddha and some monks went around. Ariya got up and paid his respects to the Buddha, who asked him about his name. When replied, the Buddha spoke this verse, saying that he was not worthy to be called Ariya ("Noble") if he harmed living beings.

Ariya understood and attained the first level of Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V271]

(DLMBS Commentary V271) There were many monks who were practicing the Dharma. Not all of them had reached the Awakenment quickly. Once a group of monks came to see the Buddha. Some of them had observed the rules perfectly and were very virtuous. Others studied a lot of the Buddha's discourses and yet others were good in meditation.

The Buddha asked them if they had attained the Awakenment. They replied that they did not but that it should be easy, since they had achieved so much already. The Buddha replied with this verse (and the following one, DhP 272).

[DLMBSFn-V272]

(DLMBS Commentary V272) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 271).

To attain the Awakenment is not easy. We should not compare it to other tasks. Even if we have attained some spiritual progress, like good concentration of mind, if we have learned a lot of Sutras, or if we are truly moral and spiritual people - in comparison with the ultimate goal these tasks are very easy indeed. Only when we have reached the final goal and eradicated all the taints from our minds, then we can finally be content and say that we have done what had to be done.

[NāradaFn20-01]

(Ven. Nārada 20-01) The Eightfold Path is the Middle Way discovered by the Buddha for the realization of Nibbāna. It consists of: right understanding(sammā diññhi), right thoughts (sammā saṅkappa), right speech (sammā vācā), right action (sammā kammanta), right livelihood (sammā ājīva), right effort (sammā vāyāma), right mindfulness (sammā sati), and right concentration (sammā samādhi).

This is the unique path of Enlightenment. From a philosophical stand-point these eight factors are the eight mental states found in the supramundane consciousness which has Nibbāna for its object.

[NāradaFn20-02](Ven. Nārada 20-02) They are the four Noble Truths - suffering, the cause of suffering, the destruction of suffering, and the path leading to the destruction of suffering. The first truth of suffering is to be comprehended, the cause of suffering (which is craving) is to be eradicated, the destruction of suffering (which is Nibbāna) is to be realized, the path leading to the destruction of suffering (which is the Eightfold Path) is to be developed. Whether the Buddhas arise or not these four truths exist in the world. It is the Buddhas that reveal them to mankind.
[NāradaFn20-03](Ven. Nārada 20-03) Virāga = Nibbāna.
[NāradaFn20-04](Ven. Nārada 20-04) Of lust etc.
[NāradaFn20-05](Ven. Nārada 20-05) That is, to control passions in order to realize Nibbāna.
[NāradaFn20-06](Ven. Nārada 20-06) When the Buddha refers to Himself He employs the term Tathāgata which means "who thus hath come".
[NāradaFn20-07](Ven. Nārada 20-07) Saṅkhāra is a multisignificant term. Here it is used in the sense of things conditioned by causes. Supermundane Nibbāna is not included in saṅkhāra as it is not conditioned by any cause. It is causeless and timeless.
[NāradaFn20-08](Ven. Nārada 20-08) Suffering caused by attending to the five Aggregates.
[NāradaFn20-09]

(Ven. Nārada 20-09) Impermanence (anicca), sorrow (dukkha) and no-soul (anatta) are the three characteristics of all things conditioned by causes. It is by contemplating them that one realizes Nibbāna. The aspirant may choose any characteristic that appeals to him most.

Anattā or no-soul is the crux of Buddhism. The term saṅkhāra which is applied to any conditioned thing is used in the two previous verses, while in the third verse the term dhamma is used. The commentator interprets dhamma as the "aggregates" (khandhā). The same interpretation he gives to saṅkhāra too. If by dhamma is meant saṅkhāra, there is no reason for the Buddha to make a differentiation in the third verse.

Saṅkhāra is applied only to those things conditioned by causes. Dhamma can be applied to both conditioned and unconditioned things and states. It embraces both conditioned and unconditioned things including Nibbāna. In order to show that even Nibbāna is free from a permanent soul the Buddha used the term dhamma in the third verse. Nibbāna is a positive supramundane state and is without a soul.

"All the elements of being are non-self. When one by wisdom realizes (this), he heeds not (is superior to) (this world of) sorrow, this is the path to purity". Radhakrishnan.

[NāradaFn20-10](Ven. Nārada 20-10) Saṃsannasaṅkappamano literally, mind with right thoughts depressed.
[NāradaFn20-11](Ven. Nārada 20-11) Here vana means forest of such passions as lust, hatred, and delusion.
[NāradaFn20-12](Ven. Nārada 20-12) When the Buddha said, "Cut down the forest", some newly ordained monks erroneously gave the expression its literal meaning. The Buddha, reading their thoughts, corrected them, stating that what he meant was not actual trees but passions.
[NāradaFn20-13](Ven. Nārada 20-13) Vana means big trees and vanatha means smaller trees. Here vana means the powerful passions and vanatha means the lesser passions.
[NāradaFn20-14](Ven. Nārada 20-14) Having eradicated all passions by means of the four Paths, be passionless.
[BudRkFn-v283](Ven. Buddharakkhita (v. 283) The meaning of this injunction is: "Cut down the forest of lust, but do not mortify the body."
[ThaniSFn-V273](Ven. Thanissaro V. 273) The four truths: stress, its cause, its cessation, and the path to its cessation (which is identical to the eightfold path). See note 191.
[ThaniSFn-V275](Ven. Thanissaro V. 275) "I have taught you this path": reading akkhato vo maya maggo with the Thai edition, a reading supported by the Patna Dhp. "Having known — for your knowing": two ways of interpreting what is apparently a play on the Pali word, aññaya, which can be either be the gerund of ajanati or the dative of añña. On the extraction of arrows as a metaphor for the practice, see MN 63 and MN 105.
[ThaniSFn-V285](Ven. Thanissaro V. 285) Although the first word in this verse, ucchinda, literally means "crush," "destroy," "annihilate," I have found no previous English translation that renders it accordingly. Most translate it as "cut out" or "uproot," which weakens the image. On the role played by self-allure in leading the heart to become fixated on others, see AN 7.48.
[ThaniSFn-V288](Ven. Thanissaro V. 288) Ender = death.
[VaradoFn-V275](Ven. Varado V.275) Verse 275: The sting of the arrow I’ve known/ And, to you, the appeasement (santhanaṃ) I’ve shown. PED (santhana): appeasing.
[VaradoFn-V285](Ven. Varado V.285) Verse 285: "crush (ucchinda) an exquisite carnation". PED (ucchindati): destroy.
[DLMBSFn-V273]

(DLMBS Commentary V273) Once the Buddha with a group of monks returned to the Jetavana monastery after a teaching trip. In the evening, some monks talked about the trip, about the condition of the path, about the nature of the land, whether it was hilly or flat etc.

The Buddha entered the hall where they were talking and told them this verse (and the following ones, DhP 274, DhP 275 and DhP 276), saying that such talks were ultimately meaningless.

[DLMBSFn-V274](DLMBS Commentary V274) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 273) and the following ones (DhP 275 and DhP 276). The Eightfold path is said to be the only way to reach the Awakenment. It means, we have to follow all the eight constituents of the Path in order to be able to purify the mind and attain the Nirvana. What are the eight constituents of the Eightfold path? They are Right View, Right Thought, Right Speech, Right Action, Right Livelihood, Right Effort, Right Mindfulness and Right Concentration.
[DLMBSFn-V275]

(DLMBS Commentary V275) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verses (DhP 273, DhP 274) and the following one (DhP 276).

The Buddha taught the teaching that he personally discovered. He taught from his own experience. He found out how to "remove the arrow", or how to end the suffering. He then proclaimed this path for everyone to follow. By doing so, we are able to do what the Buddha did - to put an end to suffering forever.

[DLMBSFn-V276]

(DLMBS Commentary V276) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verses (DhP 273, DhP 274 and DhP 275).

The Buddha found the way to make an end to suffering. He taught it to us. But we have to make the effort. Nobody will do it for us. We cannot wait for a teacher to pull us from the swamp by some miracle. Only by diligent meditation and daily practice can we be released from the bond of Mara, from the world of suffering.

[DLMBSFn-V277](DLMBS Commentary V277) Once a group of monks obtained a subject of meditation from the Buddha. They went to the forest and practiced meditation. However, they made a little progress. Therefore they returned to the Buddha and asked him for another subject of meditation. The Buddha reflected that due to their past lives they were ready to perceive the impermanence of things. He told them this verse and advised them to meditate on its meaning.
[DLMBSFn-V278](DLMBS Commentary V278) Once a group of monks obtained a subject of meditation from the Buddha. They went to the forest and practiced meditation. However, they made a little progress. Therefore they returned to the Buddha and asked him for another subject of meditation. The Buddha reflected that due to their past lives they were ready to perceive the unsatisfactoriness of conditioned things. He told them this verse and advised them to meditate on its meaning
[DLMBSFn-V279](DLMBS Commentary V279) Once a group of monks obtained a subject of meditation from the Buddha. They went to the forest and practiced meditation. However, they made a little progress. Therefore they returned to the Buddha and asked him for another subject of meditation. The Buddha reflected that due to their past lives they were ready to perceive that all things are without a self. He told them this verse and advised them to meditate on its meaning.
[DLMBSFn-V280]

(DLMBS Commentary V280) A group of young men became monks. They all received a subject of meditation from the Buddha and went to the forest to practice meditation. But one of them, named Tissa, stayed behind in the monastery and did not meditate diligently.

The monks who practiced meditation all attained Awakenment and came back to the monastery to pay their respects to the Buddha. When Tissa saw that all of his friends were now Arahants, he regretted that he wasted his time. He decided to try very hard and started to meditate throughout the night. While he was practicing walking meditation he slipped and broke his leg. When the Buddha heard about this he spoke this verse, saying that we should exert while we can.

[DLMBSFn-V281]

(DLMBS Commentary V281) Venerable Moggallāna once went on an alms-round with Venerable Lakkhana. Suddenly Moggallāna smiled, because he saw a hungry ghost (peta) with the head of a pig and a human body. Later Lakkhana asked Moggallāna why he smiled. Moggallāna told him about the peta.

The Buddha overheard that and told them that he himself saw the same peta. He then related the peta's story. Once he was a famous monk who was very good at expounding the Dharma. Once he came to a monastery, where two friend monks stayed. After a while he realized that he liked the place very much. There was plenty of good food and the lay followers liked his way of expounding the Dharma. So he decided to make the two monks go away and keep the place just for himself. He set one friend against the other. They quarreled and left away.

Because of this the monk suffered for a long time. He had to be born as a hungry ghost. The Buddha finished his story by this verse, saying that we should always guard our actions bodily, verbal and mental.

[DLMBSFn-V282]

(DLMBS Commentary V282) There was a monk name Pothila. He knew the Dharma very well and taught it to many followers. But he did not practice meditation and was conceited. The Buddha wanted to put him on the right path and therefore called him "useless Pothila". Pothila reflected on those words and realized what did the Buddha mean. So he went to the senior monk and humbly asked to be his pupil. But the monk sent him to the next senior monk. This happened several times until Pothila ended up as a pupil of a young novice (who was an Arahant).

He followed the meditation instructions diligently and was no longer conceited because of his theoretical mastery of the Dharma. The Buddha saw his effort and told him this verse. Soon after, Pothila reached the Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V283]

(DLMBS Commentary V283) In the city of Sāvatthi there lived five friends. When they became old, they all went forth and became monks. But they had the habit of going to their old homes for almsfood. Especially a former wife of one of them was a very good cook. So they went to her house often and she looked after them. But one day, this old lady fell sick and died. The five friends wept and lamented, praising her virtues.

The Buddha overheard this and told them this verse (and the following one, DhP 284), saying that sorrow comes from ignorance, greed and hatred. Especially in this case, greed was the main factor. So he taught them to cut off "the forest" of greed and passions in order to be free from sorrow.

[DLMBSFn-V284]

(DLMBS Commentary V284) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 283).

Greed or passion is one of the three main roots of evil. Due to the underlying ignorance, we feel passion and hatred, like and dislike. Because of that we do things with the mind bound with passion or hatred. Therefore we create karma that keeps us in the circle of life and death. Only when we cut off these passions and dissolve ignorance, can we stop creating karmically good and bad deeds and be free from suffering, with a free mind.

[DLMBSFn-V285]

(DLMBS Commentary V285) Venerable Sāriputta had a young monk as a pupil. This monk was a son of a goldsmith. Sāriputta gave him a subject of meditation (impurity of the body) and the monk went to the forest to practice meditation. But he did not make any progress and kept returning to Sāriputta to ask for more instructions. So Sāriputta took him to see the Buddha.

The Buddha changed the tactics. He gave the monk a beautiful lotus. He told him to put it in front of himself and meditate on its purity and beauty. The monk did so and was able to reach unbroken concentration and achieve the fourth level of mental absorption (jhāna).

At that moment the Buddha made the lotus to wither. The monk saw this and realized the impermanence of all things. The Buddha then further exhorted him with this verse. The monk reflected on its meaning and attained the Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V286]

(DLMBS Commentary V286) Mahādhana was a merchant from Benares. Once he came to Sāvatthi during a festival, hoping to sell his goods. But on the way he was stopped by a flood and could not cross the river for seven days. Thus the festival ended before he even got there.

Mahādhana decided to stay in Sāvatthi for some time and sell his goods slowly. Once the Buddha saw him and smiled. Ānanda asked him about the reason for his smile. The Buddha replied that Mahādhana is not aware of his impeding death and thinks he can stay in Sāvatthi comfortably, sell his goods and then return home.

Ānanda then advised Mahādhana to listen to the Buddha's sermons and to practice mindfulness. Mahādhana was alarmed when he heard that he was about to die. For seven days he gave alms to the Buddha and monks and listened to the Dharma. After hearing this verse from the Buddha, he attained the first stage of Awakenment. After he died he was reborn in the Tusita heaven.

[DLMBSFn-V287](DLMBS Commentary V287) Kisā Gotami came to see the Buddha after her only son died. The Buddha told her this verse in order to calm her down. See DhP 114 for the whole story.
[DLMBSFn-V288](DLMBS Commentary V288) Paṭācārā lost her husband, two sons, parents and the only brother almost at the same time. She grieved so much that she went almost crazy. When she came to see the Buddha, he told her this verse (and the following one, DhP 289) to calm her down. For the whole story see DhP 113.
[DLMBSFn-V289]

(DLMBS Commentary V289) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 288).

The only help and protection against the death is constant and intensive practice of the Buddha’s teaching. No external help from relatives, friends or gods of any kind is possible when we have to face the death. Only by following the path of meditation and awareness, can we overcome death and face it without any fear.

[NāradaFn21-01](Ven. Nārada 21-01) Observance of morality, practise of meditation, etc.
[NāradaFn21-02](Ven. Nārada 21-02) Such as decoration of umbrellas, sandals bowls, belts, etc.
[NāradaFn21-03](Ven. Nārada 21-03) Contemplation on the loathsomeness of the body.
[NāradaFn21-04](Ven. Nārada 21-04) Mātā = (mother) represents craving (taṇhā) as it produces birth.
[NāradaFn21-05](Ven. Nārada 21-05) Pitā = (father) represents "I-conceit".
[NāradaFn21-06](Ven. Nārada 21-06) Sānucaraṃ = (revenue officer) here represents clinging to life (nandirāga).
[NāradaFn21-07](Ven. Nārada 21-07) Veyyagghapañcamaṃ, this term is used to denote the five hindrances (nīvaraṇa) of which doubt or indecision (vicikicchā) is the fifth. Veyyaggha means a perilous path infested with tigers. Doubt is comparable to such a path (Commentary). The other four hindrances are: sense-desire (kāmacchanda), ill-will (vyāpāda), restlessness and brooding (uddhacca-kukkucca), and slot and torpor (thīna-middha). They are called hindrances because they obstruct the path to heavenly bliss and Nibbāna.
[NāradaFn21-08](Ven. Nārada 21-08) Reflection on the virtues of the Buddha, the Enlightened One.
[NāradaFn21-09](Ven. Nārada 21-09) Reflection on the virtues of the Dhamma, the Teaching (of the Enlightened One).
[NāradaFn21-10](Ven. Nārada 21-10) Reflection on the virtues of the Sangha, the Noble Order of Disciples (of the Enlightened One).
[NāradaFn21-11](Ven. Nārada 21-11) Contemplation on the loathsomeness of the body.
[NāradaFn21-12](Ven. Nārada 21-12) Saddhā trustful confidence based on knowledge. Buddhism has no place for blind faith.
[ThaniSFn-V293](Ven. Thanissaro V. 293) Mindfulness immersed in the body = the practice of focusing on the body at all times simply as a phenomenon in and of itself, as a way of developing meditative absorption (jhana) and removing any sense of attraction to, distress over, or identification with the body. MN 119 lists the following practices as instances of mindfulness immersed in the body: mindfulness of breathing, awareness of the four postures of the body (standing, sitting, walking, lying down), alertness to all the actions of the body, analysis of the body into its 32 parts, analysis of it into its four properties (earth, water, fire, wind), and contemplation of the body's inevitable decomposition after death.
[ThaniSFn-V294](Ven. Thanissaro V. 294) This verse and the one following it use terms with ambiguous meanings to shock the listener. According to DhpA, mother = craving; father = conceit; two warrior kings = views of eternalism (that one has an identity remaining constant through all time) and of annihilationism (that one is totally annihilated at death); kingdom = the twelve sense spheres (the senses of sight, hearing, smell, taste, feeling, and ideation, together with their respective objects); dependency = passions for the sense spheres.
[ThaniSFn-V295](Ven. Thanissaro V. 295) DhpA: two learned kings = views of eternalism and annihilationism; a tiger = the path where the tiger goes for food, i.e., the hindrance of uncertainty, or else all five hindrances (sensual desire, ill will, torpor & lethargy, restlessness & anxiety, and uncertainty). However, in Sanskrit literature, "tiger" is a term for a powerful and eminent man; if that is what is meant here, the term may stand for anger.
[ThaniSFn-V299](Ven. Thanissaro V. 299) See note 293.
[ThaniSFn-V301](Ven. Thanissaro V. 301) "Developing the mind" in terms of the 37 Wings to Awakening: the four frames of reference (ardent, mindful alertness to body, feelings, mind states, and mental qualities in and of themselves), the four right exertions (to abandon and avoid evil, unskillful mental qualities, and to foster and strengthen skillful mental qualities), the four bases of power (concentration based on desire, persistence, intentness, and discrimination), the five strengths and five faculties (conviction, persistence, mindfulness, concentration, and discernment), the seven factors for self-awakening (see note 89), and the noble eightfold path (see note 191). For a full treatment of this topic, see The Wings to Awakening.
[ThaniSFn-V303](Ven. Thanissaro V. 303) DhpA: Wealth = both material wealth and the seven forms of noble wealth (ariya-dhana): conviction, virtue, shame, compunction (at the thought of doing evil), erudition, generosity, discernment.
[DLMBSFn-V290]

(DLMBS Commentary V290) Once there was a serious drought in Vesāli. It was followed by a famine and an epidemic of diseases. People of Vesāli tried many ways to ease this situation but nothing seemed to work. Finally, they sent messengers to the Buddha, asking him to go to Vesāli. The Buddha accepted.

As soon as he with a large group of monks reached Vesāli there was a heavy rainfall, which cleaned the city. The Buddha recited a text called Ratana Sutta and instructed the monks to go around the city and recite the same text for seven days. After seven days, everything in Vesāli returned to normal. People of the city were very grateful to the Buddha and since that day, the Buddha had a large group of followers in Vesāli. The Ratana Sutta is used for protection even today.

[DLMBSFn-V291]

(DLMBS Commentary V291) Once there lived a woman who kept a hen. The hen would lay one egg every day and the woman would break it and eat it. The hen was very angry because of that and started hating the woman. As a result of his, they were always reborn together causing pain to each other.

During the time of the Buddha, one of them was born as a woman and the other one as an ogress. Once the woman with her husband and son were on their way home from a visit to relatives. Her husband went to take a bath and she rested with her son by the roadside. At that moment, the ogress appeared and attacked her. The woman took her son and ran to the monastery for refuge.

There the Buddha told them the whole story and asked them to stop hating each other, for otherwise they would never be free. He told them this verse to make them understand his meaning. Both of them realized the futility of hatred and agreed not to harm each other from then on.

[DLMBSFn-V292]

(DLMBS Commentary V292) In Bhaddiya there was a monastery with many monks. There was a sort of competition amongst these monks: who will make more beautiful ornamental slippers to wear. As a result of this, they neglected their meditation and they made no progress in spiritual matters.

The matter was reported to the Buddha who admonished the monks from Bhaddiya. He told them this verse (and the following one, DhP 293). The monks realized the error of their ways and from that time on strove diligently to reach the Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V293]

(DLMBS Commentary V293) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 292).

These two verses are reminding us that we should not loose the vision of the final goal. If we spend most of our time trying to make "more and more beautiful slippers", then we have no time to practice in order to reach the goal. Only by diligently putting all of our effort into the practice, by staying mindful all of the time, can we hope to erase our taints and reach the Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V294]

(DLMBS Commentary V294) Once a group of monks visited the Buddha. While they were paying their respects, the monk Lakunṭaka Bhaddiya, who was an Arahant, passed by. The Buddha told the monks this verse (and the following one, DhP 295). He told the monks to look at Lakunṭaka Bhaddiya: he was a monk who has killed his parents, and kings, indeed the whole country; and yet he was walking calmly, without remorse.

The monks could not understand what the Buddha was talking about! Surely this Arahant had killed nobody! Then the Buddha had to explain: "mother" means craving, "father" is conceit, "two warrior kings" are views of eternalism and nihilism, "the country" are sense-organs and sense-objects and the "followers" are attachment and lust.

[DLMBSFn-V295]

(DLMBS Commentary V295) The story for this verse is identical with the story for the previous one (DhP 294).

Here, the Brahmin kings are a simile for two extreme views. The "tiger as fifth" is taken to mean the five mental hindrances. These are: sense-desire (kāmacchanda), ill-will (vyāpāda), sloth and torpor (thīna-middha), restlessness and scruples (uddhacca-kukkucca) and skeptical doubt (vicikicchā).

[DLMBSFn-V296]

(DLMBS Commentary V296) In the city of Rājagaha there lived a woodcutter. One day he took he and his son went to the forest to cut some wood. On the way back they stopped by a cemetery and ate their meal. While they were eating, their two oxen wandered away from them. When they realized this, the father went to search for the oxen and told the son to stay with the cart. The father found the oxen on the city but by that time the city gates were closed and he could not leave the city.

The boy stayed outside by himself. He crawled under the cart and slept. At night, two spirits came and tried to frighten him. The boy cried, "I pay homage to the Buddha". The spirits immediately felt they had to protect the boy. One of them went to the palace of King Bimbisāra and brought the king's food tray full of food. The boy ate and then slept until morning. The spirits left a message for the king written on the food tray (but only the king could read it).

In the morning the king's servants started to look for the tray. Finally they found it with the boy. They thought he stole it therefore they took him to the king. The king found the note on the tray and realized that this case was not easy. The boy kept telling them his parents came to him in the sleep and fed him. The king then sent for his parents who said they slept at home.

The king decided and took all of them to see the Buddha. The Buddha explained what happened. The king then asked if mindfulness directed to the Buddha is the only way to guard against danger. The Buddha further explained by six verses (this one and the following five, DhP 297 - DhP 301) that mindfulness in general is the way to guard against danger.

[DLMBSFn-V297]

(DLMBS Commentary V297) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 296) and the four following ones (DhP 298 - DhP 301).

Recollection of the qualities of the Buddha, Dharma and Sangha is one of the most favorite meditation subjects in the meditation of insight (vipassanā).

[DLMBSFn-V298](DLMBS Commentary V298) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verses (DhP 296, DhP 297) and the following ones (DhP 299 - DhP 301).
[DLMBSFn-V299]

(DLMBS Commentary V299) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verses (DhP 296, DhP 297 and DhP 298) and the following ones (DhP 300 and DhP 301).

This is perhaps the most important and most usual form of meditation - mindfulness of the body. We are trying to be mindful of all bodily movements, of breath, of every posture and intentions to move. There is one whole text in the Pali Buddhist Canon (Satipaṭṭhāna-sutta) dealing with this meditation.

[DLMBSFn-V300]

(DLMBS Commentary V300) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verses (DhP 296, DhP 297, DhP 298 and DhP 299) and the following one (DhP 301).

Non-violence is also one very important factor in Buddhist meditation. Active non-violence is also called mettā (loving-kindness). We should practice the meditation of loving-kindness at the end of every meditation session.

[DLMBSFn-V301]

(DLMBS Commentary V301) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verses (DhP 296 - DhP 300).

The forms of meditation described in the previous five verses are the most important in Buddhist practice. By following all of them, by devoting our minds to meditation day and night, we can truly hope to achieve the Awakenment and be free from suffering.

[DLMBSFn-V302]

(DLMBS Commentary V302) Once there was a big festival in Vesāli. The city was lit up and full of happy people, everybody was singing and dancing. A young monk in the monastery saw the festival from a distance and felt dissatisfied with his life as a monk. He complained aloud that he has the worst lot in the whole world. At that instant, a guardian spirit appeared and told the monk that as those in hells envy those in heaven, so do people from the city envy the monks in the forest. The monk realized the truth.

In the morning he told this story to the Buddha, who admonished him with this verse, further adding that the monk should reflect on the impermanence and pain in the lives of all beings.

[DLMBSFn-V303]

(DLMBS Commentary V303) Venerable Sāriputta had a lay disciple named Citta. Although he was not a monk he attained the third level of Awakenment. Once he came to Sāvatthi in order to pay his respects to the Buddha. He came with a caravan, many carts loaded with food and other goods. He stayed in the monastery many days, continually making offerings to the Buddha and monks. But still his goods did not diminish one bit.

The day before he had to leave for his hometown, Citta offered all of his goods to the Community. But his carts were immediately full again! The gods filled them up with various priceless things. Venerable Ānanda reported this to the Buddha. He replied with this verse, saying that somebody as Citta will be revered wherever he goes.

[DLMBSFn-V304]

(DLMBS Commentary V304) Anātha Piṇḍika and Ugga both studied under the same teacher while they were young. Later Anātha Piṇḍika had a daughter and Ugga had a son. When the children grew up, their parents arranged their marriage. The daughter of Anātha Piṇḍika, named Cūla Subhaddā went to live with her husband and parents-in-law.

Ugga and his family were not followers of the Buddha, but they were disciples of different ascetic school (called "naked ascetics", because the monks did not wear any clothes). Cūla Subhaddā told her mother-in-law about the Buddha and she was anxious to see him. She agreed to invite the Buddha for the almsfood the next day. Because the Jetavana monastery was far away, Cūla Subhaddā made the invitation only with her heart. But the Buddha knew and accepted the invitation.

At that day, Anātha Piṇḍika went to the monastery and invited the Buddha to have almsfood in his house the next day. But the Buddha replied that he had already accepted Cūla Subhaddā's invitation. Anātha Piṇḍika asked how was it possible if his daughter lived so far away. The Buddha replied with this verse, saying that the good ones can be seen and heard from far away.

The next day, the Buddha with many monks went to the house of Ugga. After the meal, he delivered a discourse. The whole Ugga's family became followers of the Buddha.

[DLMBSFn-V305](DLMBS Commentary V305) Venerable Ekavihāri used to live alone, eat alone and meditating in solitude. He did not like to keep company of other monks. Some monks did not understand why he did so and reported the matter to the Buddha. The Buddha praised Ekavihāri and spoke this verse about how good it is for a monk to concentrate on meditation in seclusion.
[NāradaFn22-01](Ven. Nārada 22-01) Saṅkassaraṃ = to think or remember with suspicion.
[NāradaFn22-02](Ven. Nārada 22-02) The birth of a Buddha, a congenial habitation, a healthy body, the possession of right views, etc.
[NāradaFn22-03](Ven. Nārada 22-03) Nigaṇñha, literally, "free from ties or bonds" is the term applied to Jaina ascetics, who, according to this story, cover their pudenda. Acelaka ascetics wander completely naked.
[NāradaFn22-04](Ven. Nārada 22-04) Avajja means right belief and vajja means wrong belief.
[VaradoFn-V315](Ven. Varado V.315) Verse 315: "Do not miss the opportunity (khano)". PED (khano): opportunity, as well as moment.
[DLMBSFn-V306]

(DLMBS Commentary V306) The Buddha had many followers. Some of them had been disciples of other teachers and came to the Buddha after hearing and realizing the Dharma. The other teachers did not much like this and some of them came up with a plan.

They instructed a young woman named Sundarī to make it appear as if she had an affair with the Buddha. In the evening, she would go in the direction of the monastery and in the morning return from that direction to the city. To anyone interested she would say that she is the Buddha's mistress. Then the plotters hired some killers to kill Sundarī and dumped her body near the Buddha's monastery.

The body was found and the plotters started to go around the city, saying that not only the Buddha had a mistress; he also killed her when the fact became known. The Buddha remained calm, he just replied with this verse.

The king decided to investigate the matter further. Thus his men learned about the hired killers. When these were arrested, they admitted to being hired by the evil plotters. They were made to go around the city, proclaiming their own crime and the Buddha's complete innocence in the matter. The fame of the Buddha was much enhanced and he had even more followers than before.

[DLMBSFn-V307]

(DLMBS Commentary V307) Venerable Moggallāna once saw a group of hungry spirits (peta). When he returned to the monastery, he asked the Buddha about the spirits. The Buddha said that these were monks a long time ago. But they did not pay any attention to their spiritual development and committed a lot of evil deeds. Because of that, they were suffering in hell for a long period of time and now were still reborn in a woeful state.

The Buddha then added this verse, saying that if a monk does not take the monkshood seriously, he can expect bad results.

[DLMBSFn-V308]

(DLMBS Commentary V308) Once there was a famine. In order to have enough food, some monks pretended in front of lay followers that they have attained Arahantship. The lay followers offered them only the best food, leaving almost nothing for themselves.

At the end of the Rain Retreat, the monks went to see the Buddha. Whereas all the other monks were pale and undernourished, this group was very healthy and fat. The Buddha asked them how that was possible. They told him what happened. The Buddha spoke this verse, saying that for a monk to pretend some level of attainment was one of the worst things to do.

[DLMBSFn-V309](DLMBS Commentary V309) The famous benefactor Anātha Piṇḍika had a nephew named Khema. He was not only very rich, but also very handsome. Women fell attracted to him and Khema committed adultery often. He was caught several times, but the king did not take any actions against him, out of respect for his uncle. When Anātha Piṇḍika found out, he took Khema to see the Buddha. The Buddha spoke this verse (and the following one, Dhp 310) enumerating the bad results of adultery. Khema changed his behavior and observed the code of morality, the Five Precepts.
[DLMBSFn-V310](DLMBS Commentary V310) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 309).
[DLMBSFn-V311]

(DLMBS Commentary V311) There was a monk who once unintentionally cut of some plants. He felt very remorseful and confessed to another monk his offence. This second monk just laughed at him, saying that cutting of plants is only a very minor offence. To show, what he felt about it, this monk started to uproot plants around him.

When the Buddha heard about this, he advised this monk by this verse (and two following one, DhP 312 and DhP 313) not to think little of minor rules. Plants are also living beings and should not be destroyed without reason. At first, the monk was obstinate, but later he realized the importance of the monk's precepts. Thereafter he followed the moral code strictly and practiced the meditation diligently. Later he attained the Arahantship.

[DLMBSFn-V312]

(DLMBS Commentary V312) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 311) and the following one (DhP 313).

Again, we are reminded, that the life of a monk is not easy. We should not think it to be very undemanding. This life is very difficult and full of hardships. A monk must endure them all, without trying to bend the rules of monastic conduct. Only then will the monastic life bear the ultimate fruit - the attainment of Arahantship.

[DLMBSFn-V313]

(DLMBS Commentary V313) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous two verses (DhP 311, DhP 312).

When one becomes a monk, it is because "there is something to be done". The task is - the complete liberation from the cycle of rebirths. All the energy should be applied to this task. If a monk is lax, there is no progress possible. The only result will be "heaping up" of more and more "dust" - hindrances and obstacles on the way to this final goal.

[DLMBSFn-V314]

(DLMBS Commentary V314) In Sāvatthi there lived a very jealous woman. She found out that her husband was having an affair with her maid. So one day she tied up the maid, cut off her ears and nose and locked her up in a room. Then she accompanied her husband to the Jetavana monastery.

The relatives of the maid immediately found out what happened. They freed her and took her to see the Buddha. The maid told the whole congregation (where the woman with her husband were also present) what had happened. The Buddha admonished the woman with this verse, saying that it is better not to do any kind of evil, not even in secret - because everything will be known at the end. The woman realized her mistakes and strove to uproot her jealousy.

[DLMBSFn-V315]

(DLMBS Commentary V315) Some monks were staying at the border city. At the beginning the people of the city took good care of them and provided them with all the necessities. But later some bandits attacked the city, plundered it and took many citizens away. As a result, the city had to be rebuilt and the people did not have enough to look after the monks as much as before.

After some time, the monks went to see the Buddha and told him the story. The Buddha told them they should not be greedy and be satisfied with a little. He further admonished them with this verse, saying that just like the citizens guarded their city, so a monk should be always on guard and practice earnestly.

[DLMBSFn-V316]

(DLMBS Commentary V316) A group of monks once saw some naked ascetics on their almsround. They were naked but they had their bowls covered with a piece of cloth. The monks remarked that perhaps they should put the cloth on the front part of the body. The naked ascetics retorted that they cover their bowls because they do not want insect and miniature life-form to enter the bowl and be killed by them later.

The monks returned to the monastery and told the story to the Buddha. The Buddha reacted with this verse (and the following one, DhP 317), saying that one who is ashamed of what is not shameful, but not ashamed of a shameful thing, surely will undergo a bad rebirth.

[DLMBSFn-V317]

(DLMBS Commentary V317) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the preceding verse (DhP 316).

We should be ashamed and afraid of things that are truly bad. Causing suffering to others in any way is bad and we should be always ashamed and afraid of doing so.

On the other hand, being afraid and ashamed of something that is not bad at all (as for example the naked ascetics from the story) will not help us in any way on the road to the Awakenment. Thus we will only accumulate demerit and suffer a bad rebirth in the next life.

[DLMBSFn-V318]

(DLMBS Commentary V318) All members of a certain family in Sāvatthi were followers of an ascetic. They did not want their children to mix with the Buddha's followers' children. They specifically forbade their children to go to the Jetavana monastery.

But once all the children were playing in the vicinity of the monastery and got thirsty. They asked one of their friends, whose parents were followers of the Buddha, to go to the monastery and bring them some water. The boy went inside and paid his respects to the Buddha. He told him about his friends who were not allowed to enter.

The Buddha invited the children in to have a drink and gave them a discourse. At the end, the children became his followers.

When they came home, they told their parents what happened. The parents were very angry and accused their children of disloyalty. But the neighbors, who were the followers of the Buddha, were able to change their view gradually and before long the whole family converted to the Buddha's teaching.

When the Buddha heard about this, he spoke this verse (and the following one, DhP 319).

[DLMBSFn-V319]

(DLMBS Commentary V319) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 318).

In order to ascertain a good future existence, both in this life and in the next one, we must always understand and distinguish right from wrong, good from bad. We also must use our understanding and insight to be able to decide which is which. Without this understanding we might choose wrongly and believe the good to be bad and vice versa. In this way, our future existence will not be good.

[NāradaFn23-01](Ven. Nārada 23-01) Dantena by sense-control.
[NāradaFn23-02](Ven. Nārada 23-02) Sudantena by the development of the Noble Path.
[NāradaFn23-03](Ven. Nārada 23-03) Sahāyatā. By this term are meant morality, austere practices, insight, Paths, Fruits and Nibbāna. (Commentary) See v. 61.
[NāradaFn23-04](Ven. Nārada 23-04) Matteyyatā does not mean motherhood or "to have a mother". The Commentarial explanation is good conduct (sammā-pañipatti) towards the mother, that is, ministering to the mother. The other terms are similarly explained.
[NāradaFn23-05](Ven. Nārada 23-05) The Buddha, the Arahants, and so on.
[ThaniSFn-V324](Ven. Thanissaro V. 324) DhpA: Dhanapalaka was a noble elephant captured for the king of Kasi. Although given palatial quarters with the finest food, he showed no interest, but thought only of the sorrow his mother felt, alone in the elephant wood, separated from her son.
[ThaniSFn-V329-330](1, 2) (Ven. Thanissaro V. 329-330) DhpA: The bull elephant named Matanga, reflecting on the inconveniences of living in a herd crowded with she-elephants and young elephants — he was pushed around as he went into the river, had to drink muddied water, had to eat leaves that others had already nibbled, etc. — decided that he would find more pleasure in living alone. His story parallels that of the elephant in AN 9.40 and elephant the Buddha met in the Parileyyaka Forest (Mv X.4.6-7).
[DLMBSFn-V320](DLMBS Commentary V320) The queen Māgandiya, the wife of the king Udena of Kosambi hated the Buddha. When he came to Kosambi, she hired some villains who followed the Buddha and abused him. Venerable Ānanda suggested that the Buddha should just leave Kosambi and go elsewhere, but the Buddha replied with this verse (and the following two, DhP 321 and Dhp 322), saying that he will endure the abuse patiently.
[DLMBSFn-V321]

(DLMBS Commentary V321) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 320) and the following one (DhP 322).

A tamed elephant is very valuable: it is an important symbol of the king. The king is driven all around the city on a tamed elephant. The tamed elephant is the best of all elephants.

In the same way, one who "tamed" oneself is always the best of people. From the self-control begins the way to the Awakenment. Therefore, to show constraint when being abused is a very good training for those aspiring to the highest goal.

[DLMBSFn-V322]

(DLMBS Commentary V322) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous two verses (DhP 320 and DhP 321).

People of all regions in all times always desired to own thoroughbred and tamed animals. In this verse we are told that someone who tamed himself is to be praised even more.

[DLMBSFn-V323]

(DLMBS Commentary V323) A group of monks once saw an elephant trainer trying to subdue an elephant. The trainer could not succeed in any way he tried. One monk used to be an elephant trainer himself so he explained to the trainer how he should proceed. The elephant was then tamed very quickly.

When the monks returned to the monastery, they reported this story to the Buddha. The Buddha admonished the monk with this verse, saying that he should first tame himself. Only in this way will he be able to reach the Nirvana. Taming elephants will not help him one little bit in pursuing this goal.

[DLMBSFn-V324]

(DLMBS Commentary V324) In Sāvatthi there lived a rich Brahmin. When his wife died, he gave all his wealth to his sons. After that his sons did not care about him at all. He was left penniless and reduced to begging. He went to the Buddha and asked for advice.

The Buddha told him to tell his story wherever there was a large gathering of people. So the Brahmin went to the meeting of all the Brahmins from Sāvatthi (where his sons were also present) and told his story. People in the crowd got very angry and his sons were embarrassed.

From that time on, they took very good care of their father. The Brahmin was receiving four food-trays every day and he gave two of them to the Buddha in alms. After a time, the Buddha got invited to the house of the eldest son and there he spoke this verse: although Dhanapala was tied up in captivity, he still remembered his parents in the forest.

[DLMBSFn-V325]

(DLMBS Commentary V325) The king Pasenadi of Kosala once went to see the Buddha just after finishing an opulent meal. As a result, he was feeling drowsy and sleepy, could not concentrate on the Buddha's words and almost fell asleep. He apologized to the Buddha and told him about his heavy meal.

The Buddha replied with this verse, saying that overeating creates discomfort. The king acted accordingly, ate less and became much healthier and more active.

[DLMBSFn-V326]

(DLMBS Commentary V326) Sānu was a young sāmanera (novice). Once he recited the teaching and at the end he made dedication of merit to his parents. A spirit, who had been his mother in a previous existence, heard that and shared his merit. As a result, she was much respected amongst other spirits and gods.

But Sānu grew up and was dissatisfied with his life as a monk. He went to see his mother (in the present existence) and told her he decided to leave the Order. His mother tried to persuade him not to do so, but he was firm. The spirit also overheard this; possessed the young man's body so that he started rolling on the floor. People gathered and then spoke out about the advantages of the life of a monk. If Sānu were to disrobe, he would not reach the Awakenment. Then the spirit left.

After this experience Sānu decided to continue in the quest for the ultimate goal. He went back to the monastery and was fully ordained as a bhikkhu (monk). The Buddha wanted to help him and so he spoke this verse, guiding Sānu to control his mind. Sānu reflected on the message and later attained the Arahantship. He even became a very famous and revered teacher.

[DLMBSFn-V327]

(DLMBS Commentary V327) There was an elephant that was very strong when young, but as he got old, he became weak. Once he went to a pond and got stuck in the mud. The king sent some elephant trainers to help him. They started to beat the battle-drums. When the elephant heard them, his spirit rose and he freed himself from the mud.

When the Buddha heard about this, he spoke this verse, saying that just as the elephant pulled himself out of mud, so we must pull ourselves from the mud of defilements and suffering.

[DLMBSFn-V328]

(DLMBS Commentary V328) The monks in the city of Kosambi once quarreled about some trivial matter. This led to a terrible dispute. Even the Buddha was not able to appease the quarrelling monks. So the Buddha left them and went to the forest to stay alone.

After some time the monks cooled down and they realized their mistake. Therefore they went to the forest to find the Buddha and ask for his forgiveness. The Buddha told them this verse (and the following two, DhP 329 and DhP 330) to emphasize the value of a true friendship.

[DLMBSFn-V329]

(DLMBS Commentary V329) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 328) and for the following verse (DhP 330).

If one does not find a good and worthy friend, it is better to be alone than to associate with bad people. Good friends are very important, because they can teach and guide us and set a good example worthy of following.

[DLMBSFn-V330]

(DLMBS Commentary V330) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the two previous verses (DhP 328 and DhP 329).

Companionship with a fool is very stressful. We cannot change the fool's ways, because a fool is a fool and does not realize hi foolishness. We are even in danger of becoming fools ourselves, if we lose control and start to learn from the fool. Therefore it is far better to be alone and to concentrate solely on our mental development and on reaching the Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V331](DLMBS Commentary V331) The Buddha was once thinking about how so many people were ill-treated by evil rulers. He tried to think up some way to convince the kings to rule wisely. Māra then tried to entice the Buddha to become a king himself. But the Buddha replied him with this verse (and the two following ones, DhP 332 and DhP 333), saying that their teachings were quite different and it was impossible for Māra to influence him to become a king.
[DLMBSFn-V332]

(DLMBS Commentary V332) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 331) and the following one (DhP 333).

Filial love towards one's parents is (or should be) one of the basic foundations of our society even now, not to speak of the Buddha's times, when it was actually a crime not to look after one's parents (see the story for the verse in DhP 324). In this verse, the Buddha says that being a monk and reaching the state of a true Brahmin (which equals attaining the Awakenment) is as important as to love one’s parents. Maybe even more important - if we are able to reach Awakenment while our parents are still alive, we can teach them and help them on their own way towards this goal.

[DLMBSFn-V333]

(DLMBS Commentary V333) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the two previous verses (DhP 331 and DhP 332).

Virtue is the first and the most important factor that we must firmly establish before we start on the way towards the Awakenment. Abstaining from evil can of course be seen as a part of a moral life, but special emphasis is being put on this, because it is the first basic part of morality. Then there is trust, confidence that the way is truly leading towards the goal, that the methods described by the Buddha really work. And then can we start cultivating our minds in meditation in order to attain wisdom and achieve the Awakenment.

[NāradaFn24-01]

(Ven. Nārada 24-01) Craving is threefold, viz: craving for sensual pleasures (kāmataṇhā), craving connected with the notion of eternalism (bhavataṇhā), and craving connected with the notion of nihilism (vibhavataṇhā).

Craving for personal sense-fields, such as eye, ear, nose, tongue, body and mind, and for external sense-fields, such as form, sound, scent, taste, contact, and dhammas (mental objects), when viewed in the foregoing three aspects, divides itself into thirty-six varieties. When they are viewed according to past, present, and future they become one hundred and eight.

Bhavataṇhā may also be interpreted as attachment to life or Realms of Form, and vibhavataṇhā as attachment to annihilation or Formless Realms.

[NāradaFn24-02](Ven. Nārada 24-02) Passions.
[NāradaFn24-03](Ven. Nārada 24-03) See note on v. 334.
[NāradaFn24-04](Ven. Nārada 24-04) Through the six sense-doors.
[NāradaFn24-05](Ven. Nārada 24-05) That is, from the six sense-doors.
[NāradaFn24-06](Ven. Nārada 24-06) Resting on the six sense-objects.
[NāradaFn24-07](Ven. Nārada 24-07) There are five kinds of bonds (saṅga) - namely: lust, hatred, delusion, pride, and false views.
[NāradaFn24-08](Ven. Nārada 24-08) Here is a pun on the two meanings of vana, forest and desire.
[NāradaFn24-09](Ven. Nārada 24-09) Editor's note: The text here actually reads vajanti dhīrā, as in the following verse; but Ven Nārada translates: 'leave the world' which can only refer to paribbajanti as in other editions.
[NāradaFn24-10](Ven. Nārada 24-10) That is, attachment to the past, present, and future Aggregates.
[NāradaFn24-11](Ven. Nārada 24-11) This is the meditation on the impurities of the body by practising which one can get rid of attachment to the body.
[NāradaFn24-12](Ven. Nārada 24-12) Niruttipadakovido - versed in the four kinds of analytical knowledge (pañisambhidā) - namely: meaning (attha), text (dhamma), etymology (nirutti), and understanding (pañibhāna).
[NāradaFn24-13](Ven. Nārada 24-13) Arahantship.
[BudRkFn-v339](Ven. Buddharakkhita (v. 339) The thirty-six currents of craving: the three cravings — for sensual pleasure, for continued existence, and for annihilation — in relation to each of the twelve bases — the six sense organs, including mind, and their corresponding objects.
[BudRkFn-v344](Ven. Buddharakkhita (v. 344) This verse, in the original, puns with the Pali word vana meaning both "desire" and "forest."
[BudRkFn-v353](Ven. Buddharakkhita (v. 353) This was the Buddha's reply to a wandering ascetic who asked him about his teacher. The Buddha's answer shows that Supreme Enlightenment was his own unique attainment, which he had not learned from anyone else.
[ThaniSFn-V337](Ven. Thanissaro V. 337) This verse provides a Buddhist twist to the typical benedictions found in works of kavya. Instead of expressing a wish that the listeners meet with wealth, fame, status, or other worldly forms of good fortune, it describes the highest good fortune, which can be accomplished only through one's own skillful kamma: the uprooting of craving and the resulting state of total freedom from the round of death and rebirth. A similar twist on the theme of good fortune is found in the Mangala Sutta (Khp.5, Sn 2.4), which teaches that the best protective charm is to develop skillful kamma, ultimately developing the mind to the point where it is untouched by the vagaries of the world.
[ThaniSFn-V339](Ven. Thanissaro V. 339) 36 streams = three forms of desire for each of the internal and external sense spheres (see note 294) — 3 x 2 x 6 = 36. According to one sub-commentary, the three forms of desire are desires focused on the present, past, and future. According to another, they are craving for sensuality, craving for becoming, and craving for no-becoming.
[ThaniSFn-V340](Ven. Thanissaro V. 340) "Every which way": Reading sabbadhi with the Thai and Burmese editions. The creeper, according to DhpA, is craving, which sends thoughts out to wrap around its objects, while it itself stays rooted in the mind.
[ThaniSFn-V341](Ven. Thanissaro V. 341) This verse contains an implied simile: the terms "loosened & oiled," here applied to joys, were commonly used to describe smooth bowel movements.
[ThaniSFn-V343](Ven. Thanissaro V. 343) For the various meanings that attano — "for himself" — can have in this verse, see note 402.
[ThaniSFn-V346](Ven. Thanissaro V. 346) "Elastic": The usual translation for sithilam — "slack" — does not fit in this verse, but all the Pali recensions are unanimous on this reading, so I have chosen a near synonym that does. The Patna Dhp renders this term as "subtle," whereas the Tibetan commentary to the Udanavarga explains the line as a whole as meaning "hard for the slack to untie." Both alternatives make sense, but may be attempts to "correct" a term that could well have originally meant "elastic," a meaning that got lost with the passage of time.
[ThaniSFn-V348](Ven. Thanissaro V. 348) DhpA: In front = the aggregates of the past; behind = the aggregates of the future; in between = the aggregates of the present. See also note 385.
[ThaniSFn-V350](Ven. Thanissaro V. 350) "A focus on the foul": A meditative exercise in focusing on the foul parts of the body so as to help undercut lust and attachment for the body. See note 7-8.
[ThaniSFn-V352]

(Ven. Thanissaro V. 352) "Astute in expression, knowing the combination of sounds — which comes first & which after": Some arahants, in addition to their ability to overcome all of their defilements, are also endowed with four forms of acumen (patisambhida), one of which is acumen with regard to expression (nirutti-patisambhida), i.e., a total mastery of linguistic expression. This talent in particular must have been of interest to the anthologist(s) who put together the Dhp.

"Last-body": Because an arahant will not be reborn, this present body is his/her last.

[ThaniSFn-V353](Ven. Thanissaro V. 353) According to MN 26 and Mv I.6.7, one of the first people the Buddha met after his Awakening was an ascetic who commented on the clarity of his faculties and asked who his teacher was. This verse was part of the Buddha's response.
[ThaniSFn-V354](Ven. Thanissaro V. 354) This verse contains several terms related to aesthetics. Both dhamma (justice) and dana (gift/generosity) are sub-types of the heroic rasa, or savor. (See the Introduction.) The third sub-type of the heroic — yuddha (warfare) — is suggested by the verb "conquer," which occurs four times in the Pali. Rati (delight/love) is the emotion (bhava) that corresponds to the sensitive rasa. In effect, the verse is saying that the highest forms of rasa and emotion are those related to Dhamma; the highest expression of the heroic Dhamma rasa is in the ending of craving.
[VaradoFn-V340](Ven. Varado V.340) Verse 340: "A river courses far and wide/ The creeping vine, where it sprouts it abides". I take this to mean that although sensation (vedana) courses far and wide, free of attachment, like a river, clinging is static, like a vine.
[VaradoFn-V341](Ven. Varado V.341) Verse 341: My translation of the first line has been largely guided by the context of the second line.
[VaradoFn-V344](Ven. Varado V.344) Verse 344: "wood/would" reflects the Pali "vana/vana" word-play.
[VaradoFn-V346](Ven. Varado V.346) Verse 346: "easy to don" (ohārinaṃ sithilaṃ). Comments in PED suggest this can be translated as "yielding to take down".
[VaradoFn-V352]

(Ven. Varado V.352) Verse 352: Adept at linguistics (niruttipadakovido) which PED says means "skilled in the dialect or the original language of the holy Scriptures".

Proficient in words and semantics (sannipātaṃ) which PED says means "collocation" i.e. the characteristic combination of words in a language.

Skilled in phonetics (akkhara) which PED says means "phonetics which probably included grammar".

Expert in syntax (pubbāparā) which PED says means what precedes and what follows, what comes first and what last, with reference to the successive order of syllables and words in the text of the Scriptures".

[DLMBSFn-V334]

(DLMBS Commentary V334) A fisherman in Sāvatthi once caught a beautiful golden fish. But when the fish opened its mouth, horrible smell spread all around. The Buddha was asked why this was so.

The fish had been a monk named Kapila long time ago. Kapila was very learned and famous. He taught the Dharma to many people. As a result of this he became very conceited and looked down on other monks. Whenever somebody would try to censure him, Kapila would just grow angry. Soon everybody avoided him and that made Kapila even angrier and he developed hatred for the monks and for the Dharma.

As a result of his conceit and hatred, he had to suffer for a long time. Because he taught the Dharma to many, he had a beautiful golden body. But because he used his mouth to abuse the monks and the Dharma, his breath was stinky and foul. The Buddha then added this verse (and the three following ones, DhP 335, DhP 336 and DhP 337).

[DLMBSFn-V335]

(DLMBS Commentary V335) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 334) and the two following verses (DhP 336 and DhP 337).

Thirst and craving are one of the main roots of evil, origins of suffering. The more we are in power of craving, the more suffering and sorrow will befall us. To cut off the craving in our minds is to destroy all sorrow and suffering.

[DLMBSFn-V336]

(DLMBS Commentary V336) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the two previous verses (DhP 334 and DhP 335) and for the following verse (DhP 337).

To defeat the thirst and craving is to defeat the suffering and sorrow. It equals the attainment of Awakenment. Only after reaching the goal of Arahantship, is the thirst completely eradicated and the mind is free from sorrow and suffering. In order to do that one must practice meditation diligently, as taught by the Buddha.

[DLMBSFn-V337]

(DLMBS Commentary V337) The fishermen in Sāvatthi once caught a beautiful golden fish. They took it to the king who in turn sent it to the Buddha. When the fish opened its mouth, horrible smell spread all around.

When asked about this, the Buddha replied that this fish as a learned monk named Kapila a long time ago, during the times of the Buddha Kassapa. Kapila was learned, but very conceited. He did not stand any criticism from other monks, whom he looked down upon. As a result, the other monks started to avoid him. At one occasion, Kapila was delivering a discourse, but nobody went to attend. Kapila then started to think that Dharma had no meaning at all. Because of this, he was born as a fish with a foul breath. But because he taught the Dharma to many before he became so sour, he had a beautiful golden body.

The Buddha then spoke this verse and went on to stress the importance of equally combining theoretical learning with meditation practice.

[DLMBSFn-V338](DLMBS Commentary V338) Once the Buddha saw a female pig and he smiled. Venerable Ānanda asked him about the reason for his smile. The Buddha told him that this pig used to be a hen during the times pf the previous Buddha. The hen lived close to a monastery and as a result listened to the discourses. Later she was reborn as a princess. Once she noticed some worms in the toilet and started to meditate on the repulsiveness of the body. Later she was reborn as a Brahma type of deity. And now again, because of some demerit, she was born as a pig. The Buddha commented in this verse (and the five following ones, DhP 339 - DhP 343) how there was simply no end of the round of existences on account of good and bad karma.
[DLMBSFn-V339]

(DLMBS Commentary V339) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 338) and for the four following verses (DhP 340 - DhP 343).

The thirty-six streams in this verse are the three types of craving (for sensual pleasure, for eternal existence, for non-existence) in relation to each of six sense organs that the Buddhist psychology works with: eye, nose, ears, tongue, body and mind.

[DLMBSFn-V340]

(DLMBS Commentary V340) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the two previous verses (DhP 338 and DhP 339) and with the three following verses (DhP 341, DhP 342 and DhP 343).

The streams in this verse are identical with the thirty-six streams from the previous verse (DhP 339). The creeper means passion. It has to be cut off completely with the wisdom gained in meditation practice in order to enable us to reach the Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V341]

(DLMBS Commentary V341) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the three previous verses (DhP 338, Dhp 339 and Dhp 340) and for the two following verses (DhP 342 and DhP 343).

Our senses bring in all kinds of data. We are attached to the pleasures coming from these senses. Because of that, we create positive and negative karma and this karma will come into fruition in the future as more births and deaths for us. The solution is to cut off the attachment to this pleasure and with equanimity concentrate on the highest goal, the Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V342]

(DLMBS Commentary V342) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the four previous verses (DhP 338, DhP 339, DhP 340 and DhP 341) and for the following verse (DhP 343).

There are ten fetters (saṃyojana). They can be divided into two kinds, five so called "lower" or "big" fetters and five "higher" or "small" fetters.

The five big fetters are:

  1. personality belief (sakkāya-diṭṭhi),
  2. skeptical doubt (vicikicchā),
  3. clinging to rules and rituals (sīlabbata-paramāsa),
  4. sensuous craving (kāma-rāga),
  5. ill-will (vyāpāda).

The five small fetters are:

  1. craving for fine-material existence (rūpa-rāga),
  2. craving for immaterial existence (arūpa-rāga),
  3. conceit (māna),
  4. restlessness (uddhacca),
  5. ignorance (avijjā).
[DLMBSFn-V343](DLMBS Commentary V343) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the five previous verses (DhP 338, DhP 339, DhP 340, DhP 341 and DhP 342). Because of craving people "crawl around" from existence into existence. Just like a captured hare tries very hard to escape but the fetter is stronger, so it manages only to cut itself. People also try to be free but do it the wrong way, only falling more and more deeply into the snare of passions and repeated existence. The solution is to remove all the passion and thirst and escape the snare of Samsara forever.
[DLMBSFn-V344]

(DLMBS Commentary V344) A certain monk was a pupil of Venerable Mahā Kassapa. Although he did not reach any stage of Awakenment, he was able to achieve the four mental absorptions (jhāna). Once he visited his uncle who was a goldsmith and developed a strong craving for the gold ornaments he saw there. Therefore he left the Order and came to live with his uncle.

But because he was lazy, his uncle threw him out of the house. The man became a thief. After some time he was caught and sentenced to execution. At the execution ground he did not show any fear at all and established himself in deep mental absorption. When the executioners saw that they were very surprised and informed the king. The king gave the order to release the man.

The Buddha then admonished the monk with this verse, showing him how foolish it was to leave the monk's life. He further instructed the man in the meditation of insight. The man reached the first stage of Awakenment. Later he rejoined the Order and soon reached the Arahantship.

[DLMBSFn-V345]

(DLMBS Commentary V345) A group of monks once went to the city of Sāvatthi for almsfood. On their way they observed some prisoners being led with their hands and legs chained in bonds. When they returned to the monastery they related the matter to the Buddha.

The Buddha spoke this verse (and the following one, DhP 346) and explained that passion and craving were much stronger fetters than all the chains and handcuffs.

[DLMBSFn-V346]

(DLMBS Commentary V346) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 345).

All the man-made fetters like iron handcuffs, ropes and wooden bonds can not equal craving and longing for beautiful things and loved persons. Bond by these fetters, all beings crawl from existence to existence, unable to break free. Only through abandoning this craving can we be free from the fetters of Samsara.

[DLMBSFn-V347]

(DLMBS Commentary V347) Queen Khemā was the wife of king Bimbisāra. She was very beautiful and proud of her beauty. The king wanted her to go to the monastery and listen to the Buddha's discourse. But Khemā knew that the Buddha often talked about impermanency and non-attachment to the body, she did not dare to go to see him.

Finally the king ordered his musicians to play a song praising the Veluvana monastery and the queen decided to go. She sat in the audience while the Buddha was expounding the teaching. The Buddha then created a vision of a female form (which was visible only to Khemā) to sit near him on the stage, where he was delivering his speech and to fan him. The girl was very young and extremely beautiful. Khemā saw her and realized that compared to this girl she herself looked like a monkey.

While she was looking, the girl began to grow older. She became a young woman, then a grown up woman, middle aged, old - and finally she became a very old woman. Khemā realized that the change of the body is a continuing process and she found out that this beautiful young girl changed into an old ugly woman. Then the woman on stage, no longer able to control her body, was lying there, dying and finally she died. Her body got swollen and worms were all over it.

Khemā thus finally realized that also her beauty was very impermanent - it was subjected to illness, old age and death. The Buddha further instructed her with this verse and at the end Khemā attained Arahantship. Later she joined the order and became the chief female disciple of the Buddha.

[DLMBSFn-V348]

(DLMBS Commentary V348) Once a group of wandering acrobats came to Rājagaha. A young man named Uggasena fell in love with a beautiful dancer from the troupe. He married her and joined the group. But since he was not an acrobat, he could only help carry boxes, drive carts and perform similar tasks.

The girl gave birth to a son later but she often scolded her husband for not being able to do anything better. Uggasena therefore learned the secrets of acrobatics and became a very skilful acrobat himself.

One day the group returned to Rājagaha. Uggasena was eager to perform as he expected to be applauded for his skills. Just as he was performing, the Buddha passed near the place and all the attention of the crowd was drawn to him. Uggasena just sat there feeling very depressed. The Buddha told him this verse and Uggasena reached the Awakenment there and then. He became a monk immediately.

Later the Buddha told Uggasena's story. A long time ago, during the times of the Buddha Kassapa, Uggasena gave almsfood to a monk and made a wish that he could reach Arahantship one day. The monk was an Arahant and looked into the future and smiled, because he was able to see that his wish would be fulfilled. Uggasena misunderstood the monk's smile and thought the monk was laughing at him. Therefore he became angry. Because of that he had to travel with a group of acrobats for some time before reaching his goal.

[DLMBSFn-V349]

(DLMBS Commentary V349) A young monk once asked for some water in a house where a young woman lived alone. She fell in love with him immediately and invited him to come over for almsfood anytime he wanted. Later she would hint that she had enough money but felt very lonely. The monk felt himself attracted to her and began contemplating leaving the Order and marrying her. He became thin and nervous because of his thoughts and the matter was reported to the Buddha.

The Buddha told the monk that in his previous life this woman was his wife. Once they were traveling and met some thieves. She fell in love with their leader and helped him kill her husband. Just like in the previous life she was the source of his death, so in this life she could well be the ruin of his life as a monk. The Buddha then spoke this verse (and the following one, DhP 350). The monk took the advice to his heart and began striving diligently towards the Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V350]

(DLMBS Commentary V350) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 349).

The more we think about the pleasant things, the more we desire them. The thirst and attachment will grow. We should also reflect on the unpleasant and impure things in order to restrain our thirst and craving. In this way, we will be able to cut off the fetters that bind us to this world and we can reach the Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V351](DLMBS Commentary V351) A large group of monks came to visit the Jetavana monastery. The Buddha's son, novice Rāhula had to sleep outside. Mara then took the form of an elephant and tried to scare Rāhula. But Rāhula did not show any trace of fear. The Buddha then came out and told Mara this verse (and the following one, DhP 352) telling him that Rāhula was an Arahant and could not be scared by anything in the world. Mara realized he lost and disappeared.
[DLMBSFn-V352]

(DLMBS Commentary V352) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 351).

At the time of the Buddha, the sacred texts of various religions were not supposed to be written down. It was considered a kind of sacrilege to do that. Writing was reserved only for worldly matters. Therefore it was crucial that the texts were always remembered correctly and without alteration, in order to protect the true words of the teacher without his disciples changing the meaning.

[DLMBSFn-V353](DLMBS Commentary V353) Just a short time after the Buddha had reached the Awakenment, he met a wandering ascetic named Upaka. Upaka was very impressed by the Buddha and asked him, who was his teacher. The Buddha replied with this verse, saying he did not have any teacher, but that he reached the Awakenment completely on his own. At the end Upaka said he did neither believed the Buddha nor disbelieved him and just walked away.
[DLMBSFn-V354]

(DLMBS Commentary V354) The gods were once arguing about four questions: Which is the best of all gifts? Which is the best among tastes? Which is the best of joys? How to conquer all suffering? They could not agree on an answer, so Sakka, the king of gods, went to see the Buddha and asked him these questions. The Buddha replied with this verse.

Sakka then requested that he gods be invited to share the merit accumulated by the gift of Dharma. The Buddha agreed and from that time on it is a custom to invite the gods to partake of the merit whenever a good deed is done.

[DLMBSFn-V355]

(DLMBS Commentary V355) King of Kosala came to see the Buddha once and told him that a rich old man died that day in Sāvatthi. He did not leave any heirs and so all his wealth was taken to the state treasury. He also related that the man was very stingy and did not give anything in charity.

The Buddha then revealed that this man was also very rich in one of his past existences. Once he offered some almsfood to a monk but then in his stinginess regretted his deed. His brother who was also very rich had a son and this man killed the young boy in order to inherit all his brother's wealth. Because of that these deeds he suffered for a long time. In this present existence he did nothing to accumulate merit and therefore missed a good opportunity to do good with his wealth.

[DLMBSFn-V356](DLMBS Commentary V356) When the Buddha's mother died, she became a goddess named Santusitā in the Tāvatimsa heaven. When the Buddha attained the Awakenment, he went there to teach her the Dharma. While he was there, he also met two other gods. One of them, Indaka, was a man in his previous existence, who once offered a little almsfood to Venerable Anuruddha, the Buddha's disciple. The other god, Ankura, had given much almsfood in his lifetime as a human being, but none of the almsfood was to truly Awakened people. Ankura asked the Buddha how was it possible, that he had given so much and still was reborn in the same heaven as Indaka, who gave almsfood only once. The Buddha then replied with this verse (and three following ones, DhP 357, DhP 358 and DhP 359), saying that quality is more important than quantity.
[DLMBSFn-V357]

(DLMBS Commentary V357) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 356) and the two following verses (DhP 358, DhP 359).

Giving alms is very important, but we must also differentiate to whom we give. The gifts to those who are free of attachments bring much more fruit than what we give to someone who is enslaved by passion, hatred and ignorance.

[DLMBSFn-V358](DLMBS Commentary V358) The story for this verse is identical with the one for two previous verses (DhP 356 and DhP 357) and for the following verse (DhP 359).
[DLMBSFn-V359]

(DLMBS Commentary V359) The story for this verse is identical with the one for three previous verses (DhP 356, DhP 357 and DhP 358).

By these four verses the Buddha stresses the importance of giving alms to those who really deserve it. To give alms to those who are just lazy to work for their living will do harm to the society as well as to those people in question.

[NāradaFn25-01](Ven. Nārada 25-01) Bhikkhu is exclusively a Buddhist term. "Mendicant monk" may be suggested as the best English equivalent.
[NāradaFn25-02](Ven. Nārada 25-02) That is, in all senses, literally, everywhere.
[NāradaFn25-03](Ven. Nārada 25-03) Here the Pali term ajjhatta, literally, personal, refers to the subject of meditation.
[NāradaFn25-04](Ven. Nārada 25-04) Manta here means wisdom.
[NāradaFn25-05](Ven. Nārada 25-05) Samādhi, both mundane and supramundane concentration.
[NāradaFn25-06](Ven. Nārada 25-06) Having developed the third and fourth jhānas (ecstasies) with mettā (loving-kindness) as the object of meditation.
[NāradaFn25-07](Ven. Nārada 25-07) That is, Nibbāna.
[NāradaFn25-08](Ven. Nārada 25-08) The boat resembles the body, water resembles bad thoughts.
[NāradaFn25-09](Ven. Nārada 25-09) They are the five fetters (orambhāgiya saṃyojana) that pertain to this shore - namely: self-illusion (sakkāyadiññhi), doubt (vicikicchā), indulgence in (wrongful) rites and ceremonies (sīlabbataparāmāsa), sense-desire (kāmarāga), and hatred (pañigha).
[NāradaFn25-10](Ven. Nārada 25-10) They are the five fetters that pertain to the Farther Shore (uddhambhāgiyasaṃyojana), namely: attachment to the Realms of Form (rūparāga), attachment to the Formless Realms (arūparāga), conceit (māna), restlessness (uddhacca), and ignorance (avijjā).
[NāradaFn25-11](Ven. Nārada 25-11) Namely: confidence (saddhā), mindfulness (sati), effort (viriya), concentration (samādhi), and wisdom (pa¤¤ā). These five factors have to be cultivated if one desires to destroy the fetters.
[NāradaFn25-12](Ven. Nārada 25-12) See note under v. 342.
[NāradaFn25-13](Ven. Nārada 25-13) Amānusī ratī = the eight Attainments (aññhasamāpatti), the four Rūpa Jhānas and the four Arūpa Jhānas.
[NāradaFn25-14](Ven. Nārada 25-14) As it leads to Nibbāna.
[NāradaFn25-15](Ven. Nārada 25-15) Pātimokkha which deals with the rules that a bhikkhu is bound to observe.
[NāradaFn25-16](Ven. Nārada 25-16) Pañimaṃsetha attanā in some books
[BudRkFn-v370](Ven. Buddharakkhita (v. 370) The five to be cut off are the five "lower fetters": self-illusion, doubt, belief in rites and rituals, lust and ill-will. The five to be abandoned are the five "higher fetters": craving for the divine realms with form, craving for the formless realms, conceit, restlessness, and ignorance. Stream-enterers and once-returners cut off the first three fetters, non-returners the next two and Arahants the last five. The five to be cultivated are the five spiritual faculties: faith, energy, mindfulness, concentration, and wisdom. The five bonds are: greed, hatred, delusion, false views, and conceit.
[BudRkFn-v374](Ven. Buddharakkhita (v. 374) See note 17 (to v. 202).
[ThaniSFn-V360-361](1, 2) (Ven. Thanissaro V. V360-361) See note 7-8.
[ThaniSFn-V363](Ven. Thanissaro V. 363) "Counsel": In the context of Indian literary theory, this is the meaning of the word manta, which can also mean "chant." The literary context seems to be the proper one here.
[ThaniSFn-V368](Ven. Thanissaro V. 368) "Stilling-of-fabrications ease": the true ease and freedom experienced when all five aggregates are stilled.
[ThaniSFn-V369](Ven. Thanissaro V. 369) DhpA: The boat = one's own personhood (atta-bhava, the body-mind complex); the water that needs to be bailed out = wrong thoughts (imbued with passion, aversion, or delusion).
[ThaniSFn-V370](Ven. Thanissaro V. 370) DhpA: Cut through five = the five lower fetters that tie the mind to the round of rebirth (self-identity views, uncertainty, grasping at habits & practices, sensual passion, irritation); let go of five = the five higher fetters (passion for form, passion for formless phenomena, conceit, restlessness, ignorance); develop five = the five faculties (conviction, persistence, mindfulness, concentration, discernment); five attachments = passion, aversion, delusion, conceit, views.
[ThaniSFn-V381](Ven. Thanissaro V. 381) See note 368.
[DLMBSFn-V360](DLMBS Commentary V360) In Sāvatthi there were five monks who practiced restraint over just one of the senses. All of them claimed that they alone practiced the most important and difficult type of restraint. They quarreled for a long time and could not agree. Finally they went to ask the Buddha, who answered them with this verse (and the following one, DhP 361), saying that one must control all senses in order to reach the Awakenment.
[DLMBSFn-V361]

(DLMBS Commentary V361) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 360).

Restraint over the six senses (in Buddhist psychology, the mind is counted as the sixths sense) is one of the basic requirements for really beneficial meditation practice. Without this control, the meditation cannot progress, because we will always be distracted from it by input from these very six senses. Therefore we must practice concentration and mindfulness in our daily lives and then apply this tool in our meditation practice.

[DLMBSFn-V362]

(DLMBS Commentary V362) There was a monk who was very skilled in throwing stones. Once he was sitting with his friends and they observed some geese flying over them. The monk boasted he could hit the eye of one of the geese. He took a pebble and threw it. The pebble hit the bird in the eye and the goose fell down dead.

Other monks reported the incident to the Buddha who admonished the monk with this verse, telling him not to hurt any living beings and to strive for the Awakenment by the way of practicing restraint.

[DLMBSFn-V363](DLMBS Commentary V363) Venerable Sāriputta and Venerable Moggallāna were abused by a monk named Kokālika. As a result, suffering befell Kokālika. The other monks then remarked that he had to suffer because he could not control his tongue. The Buddha replied with this verse, saying that control over one's mouth is very important.
[DLMBSFn-V364]

(DLMBS Commentary V364) Close to the age of eighty years, the Buddha announced that he would attain the Parinibbāna (pass away) very soon. The monks who had not attained the Awakenment yet, were very distressed and spent all the time with the Buddha, never leaving his presence. But there was a monk named Dhammārāma who did not come to see the Buddha but kept to himself. Other monks thought he was disrespectful towards the teacher. But Dhammārāma explained that in his opinion the highest homage to the Buddha would be if he could attain the Awakenment before the Buddha's passing away.

The Buddha praised Dhammārāma by this verse saying that a monk who really wants to pay homage to him should act as Dhammārāma did.

[DLMBSFn-V365]

(DLMBS Commentary V365) Devadatta was the Buddha's cousin, He envied the Buddha his position and even though he himself was not an Arahant he tried to form his own separate school in opposition to the Buddha.

Once a certain monk of the Buddha went to the Devadatta's monastery and appeared to be very friendly with the monks who lived there. He went there often, eating and enjoying that comfortable monastery. But still he claimed he did not become a follower of Devadatta. When the Buddha heard about this, he summoned the monk and told him this verse (and the following one, DhP 366) saying that he should not envy Devadatta's followers their comfort but should rather concentrate on his own meditation practice.

[DLMBSFn-V366]

(DLMBS Commentary V366) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 365).

For a monk, material gains and comforts should not be important. A monk should disregard all the material gains and concentrate solely on spiritual gains. Material comfort can actually be a hindrance on the monk's path towards the Awakenment. Of course, this does not apply only to monks. All the Buddha's followers should view material wealth as not really important and spiritual wealth as the only really valuable thing.

[DLMBSFn-V367]

(DLMBS Commentary V367) In Sāvatthi lived a Brahmin and his wife who were followers of the Buddha. Often they offered almsfood to him and the monks.

One day the Buddha came to their house to ask for some almsfood. The Brahmin was already eating and his wife was afraid that if her husband saw the Buddha he would offer all their food to him and she would have to cook again. So she went out and told the Buddha they had not food left that day. The Buddha knew they were both close to attaining the third stage of Awakenment, so he just shook his head and kept standing there. The wife could not help herself and started laughing.

Her husband came out and immediately offered all their food to the Buddha. Then he asked how a monk should be judged, what makes a true monk. The Buddha replied with this verse, saying that a true monk is not attached to anything in his body or his mind. Hearing this, the Brahmin and his wife attained the third stage of Awakenment (called anāgāmi).

[DLMBSFn-V368]

(DLMBS Commentary V368) There was a rich lady living in a certain village. She had a son named Sona, who became a monk. Once he passed through his hometown on his way back to the Jetavana monastery. When his mother heard this, she organized a grand charity in his honor. She also erected a pavilion so that Sona could teach her and other villagers the Dharma.

While they were at the pavilion listening to Sona's discourse, some thieves broke into the lady's house. Their leader went to the pavilion to make sure she did not return home earlier. The maid who was left behind came quickly telling her about the thieves. But the lady just said, "Let them take everything, I will not be disturbed while listening to the Dharma". The leader of the thieves got scared, returned to the house and told his companions to return all the stolen goods. Then they all went to the pavilion and listened to the Dharma.

When the discourse was finished, they begged the lady for forgiveness. She forgave them and all the thieves became monks. They went to the forest and practiced meditation diligently. The Buddha told them this verse (and the eight following ones) to help them on their way to the Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V369](DLMBS Commentary V369) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 368) and for the seven following verses (DhP 370 - DhP 376). Our striving for the peace of mind, the Nirvana, is often compared with crossing a river. If our boat (our mind) is filled with water (passion and hatred) it is extremely hard or almost impossible to cross to the other shore. We have to empty the boat of our mind of water (consisting mainly but not only of passion and hatred) to be able to make it to the other shore of Nirvana quickly and safely.
[DLMBSFn-V370]

(DLMBS Commentary V370) The story for this verse is identical with the one for two previous verses (DhP 368, DhP 369) and for the following six verses (DhP 371 - DhP 376).

The five things to be cut off are the five "big" fetters:

  1. personality belief (sakkāya-diṭṭhi),
  2. skeptical doubt (vicikicchā),
  3. clinging to rules and rituals (sīlabbata-paramāsa),
  4. sensuous craving (kāma-rāga),
  5. ill-will (vyāpāda).

The five things to be abandoned are the five "small" fetters:

  1. craving for fine-material existence (rūpa-rāga),
  2. craving for immaterial existence (arūpa-rāga),
  3. conceit (māna),
  4. restlessness (uddhacca),
  5. ignorance (avijjā).

The five things to be cultivated are:

  1. confidence (saddhā),
  2. mindfulness (sati),
  3. effort (viriya),
  4. concentration (samādhi),
  5. wisdom (paññā).

The five attachments are:

  1. passion (rāga),
  2. hatred (dosa),
  3. ignorance (moha),
  4. pride (māna),
  5. false views (diṭṭhi).
[DLMBSFn-V371]

(DLMBS Commentary V371) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the three previous verses (DhP 368 - DhP 370) and for the following five verses (DhP 372 - DhP 376).

The five strands of sensual pleasures are all the pleasures, which can be enjoyed by any of the five senses. These pleasures are what most of the people strive for in this world and also in the next existence. For a follower of the Buddha they are obstacles on his path to the Awakenment and they are to be eradicated if we want to achieve any progress at all.

The metal ball and burning refers to suffering that will surely follow the enjoyment of the sensual pleasures. Then it will be late to cry. Therefore we should diligently meditate and restrain our mind, so that it will not seek for the pleasures.

[DLMBSFn-V372]

(DLMBS Commentary V372) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the four previous verses (DhP 368 - DhP 371) and for the following four verses (DhP 373 - DhP376).

Wisdom comes as a product of long and diligent meditation. There is no other way to obtain wisdom. On the other hand, one must possess an initial small portion of wisdom in order to understand the necessity of meditation. As a result, most people never start to meditate or if they do, they tire quickly and give up. Only one, who is wise and uses the wisdom in meditation in order to achieve even more wisdom, is able to reach the goal of Nirvana.

[DLMBSFn-V373]

(DLMBS Commentary V373) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the five previous verses (DhP 368 - DhP 372) and for the following three verses (DhP 374 - DhP 376).

Staying in solitude is beneficial for monks who are practicing meditation so that they are cut off from all outside distractions. If a monk diligently meditates in solitude, his mind becomes tranquil and peaceful. Then he can gain a deep insight into the Dharma and realize the true nature of things. As a result, he experiences joy that is not felt by most people who are worldly oriented and their mind are in a whirlwind.

[DLMBSFn-V374]

(DLMBS Commentary V374) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the six previous verses (DhP 368 – DhP 373) and for the following two verses (DhP 375 and DhP 376).

The five aggregates (khandha) are: rūpa (form, body, matter), vedanā (feeling), saññā (perception), saṅkhāra (mental formations) and viññāna (consciousness). If we know truly and into last detail how these five aggregates come into being and how they disappear, we experience joy and happiness and know "the deathlessness" - in other words, the Nirvana.

[DLMBSFn-V375]

(DLMBS Commentary V375) The story for this verse is identical with the one for seven previous verses (DhP 368 - DhP 374) and also for the following verse (DhP 376).

As a tree needs its roots in order to be able to grow higher, so the life of a monk needs some basic roots in order to be able to reach the Nirvana. They are: guarding of one's own senses (mind being the sixth sense), contentment with what one has and observing the 227 precepts of a monk, as given by the Buddha. If we nourish these roots diligently and for a long time, the tree of wisdom will grow higher and higher, fruiting in the attainment of Nirvana.

[DLMBSFn-V376]

(DLMBS Commentary V376) The story for this verse is identical with the one for eight previous verses (DhP 368 - DhP 375).

Friends are very important for a monk as well as for all other people. Good friends can set up a good example and can help on our way to the Awakenment. And of course, we can help them. Bad friends will only drag us down, towards bad habits and negligence.

[DLMBSFn-V377](DLMBS Commentary V377) A group of monks received a subject of meditation from the Buddha and they started to practice diligently. Once they observed a jasmine flowers, which blossomed beautifully in the morning, only to wither away and be shed in the evening. They realized that they must do the same with all the mental defilements of their minds. The Buddha then spoke this verse to them, further reinforcing the idea. The monks reflected on this and soon all attained the Awakenment.
[DLMBSFn-V378](DLMBS Commentary V378) A certain monk name Santakāya used to be a lion in his previous existence. He was very calm, moved only a little, he was very composed. Other monks reported this to the Buddha who told them about Santakāya's former existence and then further spoke this verse, saying that every monk should behave in this way - be calm and composed, like a lion.
[DLMBSFn-V379]

(DLMBS Commentary V379) There was a poor farmer named Nangala Kula. Once he was ploughing a field wearing his old clothes, when he saw a monk passing by. He asked to be ordained and became a monk on the spot. He left his plough and old clothes there and went to the monastery, which was not very far.

After a time he would grow discontented with a life of a monk. In that case, he would go back to the tree, where he left his plough and clothes and would remind himself of his poor past. Thus his discontent left and he went back to his meditation practice. This happened several times.

Other monks observed his visits to the tree and asked him what it meant. He replied that he had to go to his teacher. After some time he attained the Arahantship and stopped going to the tree. The monks asked him why he stopped. He told them that he did not need a teacher any longer. The monks asked the Buddha if that was so and the Buddha confirmed that Nangala Kula has indeed attained the Arahantship. The Buddha then added this verse (and the following one, DhP 380).

[DLMBSFn-V380]

(DLMBS Commentary V380) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 379).

We are makers of our own destiny and we should not wait for any higher power to interfere in our lives and bring us happiness. By our actions, words and thoughts we every moment create our future. Therefore we must control our minds and tame it, just like if it was a horse. Only then our mind will "behave" and we will attain happiness.

[DLMBSFn-V381](DLMBS Commentary V381) In Sāvatthi there lived a young man named Vakkali. When he saw the Buddha for the first time he was very impressed with his calm and radiant appearance. He became a monk just to be close to the Buddha. As a result, he neglected his own spiritual development. The Buddha exhorted him that in order to see the Buddha, one must see the Dharma, his teaching. And he sent Vakkali away. Vakkali was very depressed and contemplated suicide. The Buddha understood his mind and sent forth his radiance to Vakkali’s presence. Vakkali felt as if the Buddha was really there, his mind calmed and he started to practice diligently. Soon he reached the Arahantship.
[DLMBSFn-V382]

(DLMBS Commentary V382) Venerable Anuruddha had a young pupil, a novice named Sumana. Although he was very young, he not only attained the Arahantship, but he was also endowed with supernatural powers. Once he brought a jar of water for his teacher from Anotatta Lake, which was extremely far away, by using his powers and flying to the lake.

Once Anuruddha took Sumana to see the Buddha. Other novices laughed at Sumana because of his young age. So the Buddha announced that he wanted some novice to bring him water from Anotatta Lake. None of the novices was able to do so, except for Sumana, who flew to the lake as before. The Buddha then spoke this verse, saying that age does not matter if one practices the Dharma diligently.

[NāradaFn26-01](Ven. Nārada 26-01) Though a racial term here it is applied either to a Buddha or an Arahant - to one who has completed the Way and has won Enlightenment.
[NāradaFn26-02](Ven. Nārada 26-02) Sotaṃ - stream of craving.
[NāradaFn26-03](Ven. Nārada 26-03) Nibbāna is not made of anything. It is unconditioned.
[NāradaFn26-04](Ven. Nārada 26-04) Concentration (samatha) and Insight (vipassanā).
[NāradaFn26-05](Ven. Nārada 26-05) That is, in acquiring higher intellect (abhiññā).
[NāradaFn26-06](Ven. Nārada 26-06) Pāraṃ - the six personal sense-fields; apāraṃ - the six external sense-fields.
[NāradaFn26-07](Ven. Nārada 26-07) Not grasping anything as "me" and "mine".
[NāradaFn26-08](Ven. Nārada 26-08) Not connected with the passions.
[NāradaFn26-09](Ven. Nārada 26-09) He who practises concentration (samatha) and insight (vipassanā).
[NāradaFn26-10](Ven. Nārada 26-10) Āsīnaṃ, living alone in the forest.
[NāradaFn26-11](Ven. Nārada 26-11) By realizing the four Truths and eradicating the fetters.
[NāradaFn26-12](Ven. Nārada 26-12) That is, Nibbāna.
[NāradaFn26-13](Ven. Nārada 26-13) Here Khattiya refers to a king.
[NāradaFn26-14](Ven. Nārada 26-14) That is, an Arahant.
[NāradaFn26-15](Ven. Nārada 26-15) The Buddha eclipses immorality by the power of morality (sīla), vice by the power of virtue (guṇa), ignorance by the power of wisdom (paññā), demerit by the power of merit (puñña), unrighteousness by the power of righteousness (dhamma). (Commentary).
[NāradaFn26-16](Ven. Nārada 26-16) Having subdued all evil.
[NāradaFn26-17](Ven. Nārada 26-17) Here brāhmaṇa is used in the sense of an Arahant.
[NāradaFn26-18](Ven. Nārada 26-18) The adherents of certain cults worshipped the four cardinal points, the zenith and the nadir, e.g., Sigāla (of the Sigālovāda Sutta).
[NāradaFn26-19](Ven. Nārada 26-19) The realization of the four Noble Truths.
[NāradaFn26-20](Ven. Nārada 26-20) Here Dhamma refers to the nine supramundane States - the four Paths, the four Fruits, and Nibbāna.
[NāradaFn26-21](Ven. Nārada 26-21) With the paraphernalia of the ascetics.
[NāradaFn26-22](Ven. Nārada 26-22) Robes made of cast-off rags.
[NāradaFn26-23](Ven. Nārada 26-23) Bho is a familiar form of address which even the Buddha used in addressing laymen. The term Bho-vādi is applied to the Buddha as well.
[NāradaFn26-24](Ven. Nārada 26-24) Who has understood the four Noble Truths.
[NāradaFn26-25](Ven. Nārada 26-25) Devoted to religious austerity.
[NāradaFn26-26](Ven. Nārada 26-26) "Final body" because he, having destroyed the passions, would be reborn no more.
[NāradaFn26-27](Ven. Nārada 26-27) The burden of the Aggregates.
[NāradaFn26-28](Ven. Nārada 26-28) From all defilements.
[NāradaFn26-29](Ven. Nārada 26-29) Who knows the way to the woeful states, to the blissful states, and to Nibbāna.
[NāradaFn26-30](Ven. Nārada 26-30) Literally, towards beings.
[NāradaFn26-31](Ven. Nārada 26-31) Those who are attached to the Aggregates.
[NāradaFn26-32](Ven. Nārada 26-32) See v. 25.
[NāradaFn26-33](Ven. Nārada 26-33) Lust, hatred, delusion, pride, and false views.
[NāradaFn26-34](Ven. Nārada 26-34) Undisturbed by defilements.
[NāradaFn26-35](Ven. Nārada 26-35) Of lust and so forth.
[NāradaFn26-36](Ven. Nārada 26-36) Of passions.
[NāradaFn26-37](Ven. Nārada 26-37) That which veils the four Noble Truths.
[NāradaFn26-38](Ven. Nārada 26-38) The four floods - namely: sense-desires, becoming, false views, and ignorance.
[NāradaFn26-39](Ven. Nārada 26-39) That is, attachment to sense-desires.
[NāradaFn26-40](Ven. Nārada 26-40) Arati = dislike for forest life. (Commentary)
[NāradaFn26-41](Ven. Nārada 26-41) Upadhi - there are four kinds of upadhi - namely: the aggregates (khandha), the passions (kilesa), volitional activities (abhisaṅkāra), and sense-desires (kāma).
[NāradaFn26-42](Ven. Nārada 26-42) That is, the world of Aggregates.
[NāradaFn26-43](Ven. Nārada 26-43) Sugataṃ = well-gone in practice, that is, to Nibbāna.
[NāradaFn26-44](Ven. Nārada 26-44) Buddhaṃ = he who has understood the four Noble Truths.
[NāradaFn26-45](Ven. Nārada 26-45) A class of celestial beings.
[NāradaFn26-46](Ven. Nārada 26-46) Usabhaṃ, fearless as a bull.
[NāradaFn26-47](Ven. Nārada 26-47) Mahesiṃ, seeker of higher morality, concentration, and wisdom.
[NāradaFn26-48](Ven. Nārada 26-48) Vijitāvinaṃ, the conqueror of passions.
[NāradaFn26-49](Ven. Nārada 26-49) Nahātakaṃ, he who has washed away all impurities.
[NāradaFn26-50](Ven. Nārada 26-50) Buddhaṃ, he who has understood the four Noble Truths.
[NāradaFn26-51](Ven. Nārada 26-51) Sagga, the six heavenly realms, the sixteen Rūpa Realms, and the four Arūpa Realms.
[NāradaFn26-52](Ven. Nārada 26-52) Apāya, the four woeful states.
[NāradaFn26-53](Ven. Nārada 26-53) Jātikkhayaṃ, i.e., Arahantship.
[NāradaFn26-54](Ven. Nārada 26-54) Abhiññāvosito, i.e., reached the culmination by comprehending that which should be comprehended, by discarding that which should be discarded, by realizing that which should be realized, and by developing that which should be developed. (Commentary)
[NāradaFn26-55](Ven. Nārada 26-55) Sabbavositavosānaṃ, i.e., having lived the Holy Life which culminates in wisdom pertaining to the Path of Arahantship, the end of all passions.
[BudRkFn-v383](Ven. Buddharakkhita (v. 383) "Holy man" is used as a makeshift rendering for brahmana, intended to reproduce the ambiguity of the Indian word. Originally men of spiritual stature, by the time of the Buddha the brahmans had turned into a privileged priesthood which defined itself by means of birth and lineage rather than by genuine inner sanctity. The Buddha attempted to restore to the word brahmana its original connotation by identifying the true "holy man" as the arahant, who merits the title through his own inward purity and holiness regardless of family lineage. The contrast between the two meanings is highlighted in verses 393 and 396. Those who led a contemplative life dedicated to gaining Arahantship could also be called brahmans, as in verses 383, 389, and 390.
[BudRkFn-v385](Ven. Buddharakkhita (v. 385) This shore: the six sense organs; the other shore: their corresponding objects; both: I-ness and my-ness.
[BudRkFn-v394](Ven. Buddharakkhita (v. 394) In the time of the Buddha, such ascetic practices as wearing matted hair and garments of hides were considered marks of holiness.
[ThaniSFn-V383](Ven. Thanissaro V. 383) This verse, addressed to a member of the brahman caste, is one of the few in Dhp where the word brahman is used in its ordinary sense, as indicating caste membership, and not in its special Buddhist sense as indicating an arahant.
[ThaniSFn-V384](Ven. Thanissaro V. 384) DhpA: two things = tranquility meditation and insight meditation.
[ThaniSFn-V385]

(Ven. Thanissaro V. 385) DhpA: This verse refers to a person who has no sense of "I" or "mine," either for the senses ("not-beyond") or their objects ("beyond"). The passage may also refer to the sense of total limitlessness that makes the experience of Unbinding totally ineffable, as reflected in the following conversation (Sn 5.6):

Upasiva:
He who has reached the end:
 Does he not exist,
 or is he for eternity free from dis-ease?
Please, sage, declare this to me
 as this phenomenon has been known by you.

The Buddha:
One who has reached the end has no criterion
by which anyone would say that —
    it doesn't exist for him.
When all phenomena are done away with,
all means of speaking are done away with as well.
[ThaniSFn-V388](Ven. Thanissaro V. 388) Stains = the impurities listed in note 236. On "consonance," see note 265.
[ThaniSFn-V389](Ven. Thanissaro V. 389) The word "anger" here is added from DhpA, which interprets the "letting loose" as the act of retaliating with anger against one's assailant. Some translators read "brahman" as the subject not only of the second line, but also the first: "A brahman should/would not strike a brahman." However, this reading is unlikely, for a brahman (in this context, an arahant) would not strike anyone at all. If a brahman retaliates with anger to being struck, that is a sign that he is not a true brahman: thus more shame on him for having assumed a status not truly his. On the topic of how to react to violent attack, see MN 21 and MN 145.
[ThaniSFn-V390](Ven. Thanissaro V. 390) "What's endearing & not": In the phrase manaso piyehi, piyehi can be read straight as it is, as "endearing," or as an elided form of apiyehi, "not endearing." The former reading is more straightforward, but given the reference to "harmful-heartedness" in the next line, the latter reading serves to tie the stanza together. It is also consistent with the fact that DhpA takes this verse to be a continuation of 389. Given the way in which kavya cultivated a taste for ambiguities and multiple interpretations, both readings may have been intended.
[ThaniSFn-V392](Ven. Thanissaro V. 392) "Brahman" here is used in its ordinary sense, as indicating caste membership, and not in its special Buddhist sense as indicating an arahant.
[ThaniSFn-V393](Ven. Thanissaro V. 393) "He is a pure one": reading so suci with the Thai edition, a reading supported by the Chinese translation of the Dhp.
[ThaniSFn-V394](Ven. Thanissaro V. 394) In India of the Buddha's day, matted hair, etc., were regarded as visible signs of spiritual status.
[ThaniSFn-V396](Ven. Thanissaro V. 396) "Bho-sayer" — Brahmans addressed others as "bho" as a way of indicating their (the brahmans') superior caste. "If he has anything" (reading sa ce with the Burmese edition) = if he/she lays claim to anything as his/her own.
[ThaniSFn-V398](Ven. Thanissaro V. 398) DhpA: strap = hatred; thong = craving; cord = 62 forms of wrong view (listed in the Brahmajala Suttanta, DN 1); bridle = obsessions (sensuality, becoming, anger, conceit, views, uncertainty, ignorance).
[ThaniSFn-V400](Ven. Thanissaro V. 400) "With no overbearing pride": reading anussadam with the Thai and Burmese editions. "Last-body": see note 352.
[ThaniSFn-V402](Ven. Thanissaro V. 402) "For himself, on his own, his own ending of stress": Three different ways that the one word attano functions in this verse.
[ThaniSFn-V411](Ven. Thanissaro V. 411) According to DhpA, "attachments/homes (alaya)" = cravings. "Knowing": the knowledge of full Awakening.
[ThaniSFn-V412](Ven. Thanissaro V. 412) See note 39.
[ThaniSFn-V421](Ven. Thanissaro V. 421) See note 348.
[ThaniSFn-V423](Ven. Thanissaro V. 423) The forms of mastery listed in this verse correspond to the three knowledges that comprised the Buddha's Awakening: knowledge of previous lives, knowledge of how beings pass away and are reborn in the various levels of being, and knowledge of the ending of the effluents that maintain the process of birth.
[VaradoFn-V390](Ven. Varado V.390) Verse 390: "As desires destructive (hiṃsamano) fade/ So his sorrows melt away": I assume, from the previous line, that 'mano' means 'desire of the mind for what's endearing'. This desire is destructive because of associated attachment. As desire fades, so his sorrows melt away.
[VaradoFn-V393_395-396](1, 2, 3) (Ven. Varado V.393_395-396) Verse 393, 395, 396: The word 'brahman' has various implied meanings, including religiosity, saintliness, godliness, divinity. I use these words interchangeably.
[VaradoFn-V396](Ven. Varado V.396) Verse 396: as in verse 221: "free of all identity" (akiñcanaṃ). PED: having nothing.
[DLMBSFn-V383]

(DLMBS Commentary V383) A certain Brahmin in Sāvatthi was a follower of the Buddha. Often he invited the monks to his house and he would address them as Arahants. Those monks, who had not yet attained the Arahantship, were embarrassed and many monks started to avoid the Brahmin's house.

The Brahmin felt sad and asked the Buddha why so many monks stopped coming to his house. The Buddha then questioned the monks and they told him about the Brahmin's form of address. The Buddha told them that the Brahmin did not mean anything bad; he spoke only out of his respect and devotion to the Arahants. Then the Buddha spoke this verse, saying that monks should uproot the stream of suffering, realize the destruction of conditioned things and experience the Nirvana.

[DLMBSFn-V384](DLMBS Commentary V384) A group of monks once came to see the Buddha. Venerable Sāriputta perceived that those monks were very close to attaining the Arahantship. Therefore he approached the Buddha and asked him a question for the benefit of the monks. He asked, what were the two things that can bring about the disappearance of all bonds. The Buddha replied with this verse, adding that the two things were the tranquility and the insight meditations.
[DLMBSFn-V385](DLMBS Commentary V385) Māra once approached the Buddha and asked him what does the word pāra (the other shore) mean. The Buddha knew that it was Māra and replied with this verse, saying that the other shore is the Nirvana, which only the Arahants can reach.
[DLMBSFn-V386](DLMBS Commentary V386) Once a certain Brahmin thought that the Buddha always called his disciples "Brahmins" even though they were not Brahmins by caste. So he went to the Buddha and asked what he meant by "Brahmin". The Buddha replied with this verse, saying that one does not become a Brahmin by birth, but only by long and diligent practice of the Dharma.
[DLMBSFn-V387]

(DLMBS Commentary V387) The king Pasenadi once came to see the Buddha. He was dressed in royal clothes, with all the regalia. He was very resplendent. In the congregation sat Venerable Kāludāyi, who was in deep meditation and his body was bright, as if emitting light. In the sky, the sun was setting and the moon was just rising, both of them radiating beautiful rays of light.

Venerable Ānanda observed all this and then he realized that the splendor of the Buddha is surpassing all others. He mentioned this and the Buddha replied with this verse, saying that the Buddha always shines by the power of morality, virtue, merit, wisdom and righteousness.

[DLMBSFn-V388](DLMBS Commentary V388) Once a certain ascetic came to see the Buddha and asked him, if he (the Brahmin) could also be called "a monk" (pabbajita). The Buddha replied with this verse, saying that in order to be called "a monk" one has to discard all evil and impurities of mind.
[DLMBSFn-V389]

(DLMBS Commentary V389) Venerable Sāriputta was famous for his patience and forbearance. Once a certain Brahmin boasted he would provoke Sāriputta to anger. He came to Sāriputta while he was on his almsround and hit him on his back. Sāriputta did not even turn around but calmly continued on his way. The Brahmin felt very ashamed and begged Sāriputta for pardon. He then invited Sāriputta to his house for almsfood.

When the Buddha heard about this, he praised Sāriputta with this verse (and the following one, DhP 390).

[DLMBSFn-V390]

(DLMBS Commentary V390) The story for this verse is identical with the one for the previous verse (DhP 389).

Whenever we are angry, but manage to turn away from the feelings of hatred and wish to hurt the opposite party, then we just won a small victory on the road towards the Awakenment and the appeasement of all suffering.

[DLMBSFn-V391]

(DLMBS Commentary V391) Pajāpati Gotamī was the Buddha's stepmother. When Māyā, his own mother, died, Gotamī raised the young prince Siddhattha, the future Buddha, herself. Later, when her husband, the Buddha's father, died, she became the first nun and established the Sangha of the nuns (bhikkhunī).

Because she was the first nun, she was not ordained by the Sangha of the nuns, as was the rule. Therefore some nuns began to say that she was actually not nun at all and started to avoid her.

When the Buddha heard about this, he told them that he himself gave Pajāpati Gotamī her ordination and therefore she was a properly ordained nun. He further said, that Pajāpati Gotamī was an Arahant and added this verse to praise her qualities.

[DLMBSFn-V392]

(DLMBS Commentary V392) Sāriputta and Moggallāna were friends ever since they were born. They grew up in one village, where their parents were Brahmins. Both youths searched for the teaching of Awakenment. They went to various teachers and performed various religious practices, but they were not satisfied.

When they were at Rājagaha, the Buddha also came there together with his monks. One of them was Venerable Assaji, one of the first five disciples of the Buddha. Sāriputta met Assaji while the later was on his almsround. Sāriputta was impressed with Assaji's calmness and serenity and asked him who was his teacher and what was his teaching. Assaji spoke a short verse:

"The Tathāgata (the Buddha) declared the cause and the cessation of all things that arise from a cause. This is what the Great Ascetic (The Buddha) says."

Sāriputta immediately attained the first level of Awakenment. He then went to inform Moggallāna about this and told him the verse. Moggallāna also attained the first stage of Awakenment. Together they went to see the Buddha and became monks. Soon they attained the Arahantship. Later they became the Buddha's chief disciples.

Venerable Sāriputta always remembered that it was Assaji who taught him the Dharma and used to pay his respect in the direction, where his teacher was. The other monks misunderstood this and reported to the Buddha that Sāriputta was still worshipping the directions as he had done before as a Brahmin. Sāriputta then explained that he only honored his teacher. The Buddha then spoke this verse, saying that we should always honor the person, who taught us the Dharma in the first place.

[DLMBSFn-V393](DLMBS Commentary V393) A certain Brahmin heard the Buddha to call his disciples "Brahmins". He asked the Buddha if they were truly Brahmins by birth. The Buddha replied that one ought not to be called "a Brahmin" because of birth, lineage or matted hair. Only someone who comprehends the truth and knows the Dharma can be called "a Brahmin".
[DLMBSFn-V394]

(DLMBS Commentary V394) There was a Brahmin, who climbed a tree near the city of Vesāli. He hanged down from it and told the people to bring him gifts - otherwise the city will suffer. Ignorant people indeed brought him many gifts, because they were superstitious and feared the powers of the Brahmin.

When the Buddha heard about it, he spoke this verse, saying that such "Brahmins" could fool only ignorant people.

[DLMBSFn-V395]

(DLMBS Commentary V395) Sakka, the king of gods, once came to pay homage to the Buddha, with many lesser gods in attendance. At the same time, Kisā Gotamī, using her supernormal powers, flew to the Buddha also in order to pay homage to him. But when she saw Sakka with his entourage, she retreated.

Sakka asked the Buddha who she was and the Buddha told him Kisā Gotamī's story (see DhP 114 for the story). Then he spoke this verse, extolling virtues of meditation and ascetic livelihood.

[DLMBSFn-V396](DLMBS Commentary V396) A certain Brahmin once asked Buddha why he called his disciples "Brahmins". Was it then not proper that he should be called "a Brahmin" too, since he was born from Brahmin parents? The Buddha replied with this verse, saying that a true Brahmin is one who overcame all his attachments, not the one who was born from Brahmin parents.
[DLMBSFn-V397]

(DLMBS Commentary V397) Uggasena married a dancer and became an acrobat (see DhP 348 for the whole story). Once, while practicing on the long bamboo pole, he heard the Buddha's teachings and attained the Arahantship. Then he became a monk.

Later some monks questioned his attainment and asked the Buddha. The Buddha replied with this verse, saying that Uggasena was truly an Arahant, without any fetters.

There are ten fetters (saṃyojana). They can be divided into two kinds, five so called "lower" or "big" fetters and five "higher" or "small" fetters.

The five big fetters are:

  1. personality belief (sakkāya-diṭṭhi),
  2. skeptical doubt (vicikicchā),
  3. clinging to rules and rituals (sīlabbata-paramāsa),
  4. sensuous craving (kāma-rāga),
  5. ill-will (vyāpāda).

The five small fetters are:

  1. craving for fine-material existence (rūpa-rāga),
  2. craving for immaterial existence (arūpa-rāga),
  3. conceit (māna),
  4. restlessness (uddhacca),
  5. ignorance (avijjā).
[DLMBSFn-V398](DLMBS Commentary V398) Two men from Sāvatthi owned oxen and they quarreled whose ox was stronger. So they filled a cart with sand and the two oxen tried to pull it. But the cart was so heavy that the oxen were able only to break the ropes and harnesses. The Buddha commented on the story with this verse, saying that we should cut the harnesses and fetters of our mind.
[DLMBSFn-V399]

(DLMBS Commentary V399) A certain Brahmin's wife was a follower of the Buddha and once she spoke the words in homage to the Buddha while her husband was entertaining some guests. He became very angry and decided to challenge the Buddha. He went to the monastery and asked the Buddha what do we have to kill in order to live peacefully and happily. The Buddha replied that we have to kill anger. The Brahmin immediately became a monk and later became an Arahant.

When his brother heard about this, he became furious and went to the monastery in order to abuse the Buddha. Before he got a chance to speak, the Buddha asked him, "If you invite the guests for dinner but they don't eat anything at all - to whom does the food belong?" The Brahmin replied that the food was then his. The Buddha continued, "In the same way, I do not accept your abuse, so it will go back to you." The Brahmin also became a monk and later attained the Arahantship.

Later also their two younger brothers came in anger to the Buddha, but also they were converted, became monks and later Arahants.

The monks commented how great were the powers of the Buddha, that he was able not only to stop the Brahmins from abuse, but also made them to became monks and Arahants. The Buddha replied with this verse, saying that forbearance was the best weapon and power.

[DLMBSFn-V400](DLMBS Commentary V400) Venerable Sāriputta and some monks went for almsfood in Nālaka village, where his family lived. His mother invited him and the monks into her house. But while she was serving them food, she was very rude to Sāriputta and also to the rest of the monks, because she was not happy about him becoming a monk. But Sāriputta borne the scolding patiently and without getting angry. Later the Buddha explained with this verse, that Arahants never loose their temper.
[DLMBSFn-V401](DLMBS Commentary V401) Once some monks were discussing the story of the Arahant nun Uppalavaṇṇā who was raped in the forest (see DhP 69). In this connection they asked the Buddha if Arahants enjoy sensual pleasures or do not. The Buddha replied with this verse, saying that the Arahants do not enjoy sensual pleasures, because the do not cling to anything at all.
[DLMBSFn-V402](DLMBS Commentary V402) A servant once escaped his master and became a monk, in due course reaching the Arahantship. Once when he was on an almsround with the Buddha, his former master saw him and tried grabbed him by his robe. But the Buddha explained that the man was not a servant any more, because he already escaped all kinds of enslavement by reaching the Arahantship.
[DLMBSFn-V403](DLMBS Commentary V403) The king of gods, Sakka came to pay homage to the Buddha once. At that time, the nun Khema came for the same purpose, using her supernormal powers, flying through the sky. But when she saw Sakka there, she left. Sakka asked the Buddha who this nun was. The Buddha described Khema with this verse, adding that she was foremost amongst the nuns as for wisdom.
[DLMBSFn-V404]

(DLMBS Commentary V404) A monk named Tissa lived in a cave practicing meditation. In the same cave there lived a spirit who found it difficult to live near somebody of such pure virtue, yet didn't dare to ask Tissa directly to leave.

The spirit went to the nearby village and possessed a young boy. He then told the boy's mother that only after the boy is washed with water left over from washing Tissa's feet, would he leave the boy alone. The boy's mother asked Tissa for help and he agreed.

The spirit then accused Tissa of exorcism (the practice of which is an offence for Buddhist monks) and on account of this asked him to leave. Tissa reflected on his acts and realized that he did not practice exorcism and had no offence. That gave him assurance and happiness and he attained the Arahantship in that very spot.

Tissa continued to dwell in the cave for the whole Rain Retreat and when it was over, he went to see the Buddha. He narrated his encounter with the spirit and other monks asked the Buddha if Tissa was really an Arahant. The Buddha replied with this verse, confirming Tissa's attainment.

[DLMBSFn-V405]

(DLMBS Commentary V405) One monk went to the forest for meditation practice. He attained the Arahantship and went to the Buddha to offer his gratitude. On the way he passed through a certain village.

There a wife quarreled with her husband and ran away. She followed close behind the monk. Her husband saw them and mistakenly thought that the monk is taking his wife away. So he beat the monk and took his wife back home.

When the monk returned to the Jetavana monastery, he told his story. Other monks asked him if he was angry. He replied he was not, because he has no anger left in him. The Buddha then confirmed with this verse that the monk has indeed reached the Arahantship.

[DLMBSFn-V406]

(DLMBS Commentary V406) A Brahmin couple once prepared to offer food to the Buddhist monks. The wife sent her husband to the monastery to invite some senior monks. But the Buddha sent four novices (who were also Arahants). The wife was unhappy, did not offer the novices neither seats nor food and sent her husband back. He met Venerable Sāriputta and brought him to their house. When Sāriputta saw the situation, he returned to the monastery. The same thing happened next time, when the Brahmin brought Venerable Moggallāna with him.

Sakka, the king of the gods, then took a form of an old Brahmin and came to the house. Husband and wife paid their respects to him and offered him the seat of honor. Sakka refused and paid respects to the four novices. Then he revealed that he was Sakka and the novices were actually Arahants. The Brahmin couple fell very ashamed and immediately served the novices food. When the Buddha heard about this, he spoke this verse, saying that Arahants are not angry toward those, who are hostile.

[DLMBSFn-V407]

(DLMBS Commentary V407) Two brothers, Mahāpanthaka and Cūḷapanthaka became monks. But whereas Mahāpanthaka soon became an Arahant, Cūḷapanthaka was quite dull and could not make any progress. His brother then suggested that maybe it would be better for him to return to the lay life.

The monks thought that he spoke out of anger and asked the Buddha if Arahants still have any anger left in them. The Buddha said that Mahāpanthaka acted as he thought was the best for his brother - there was no anger at all. See also the story for gāthā 25.

[DLMBSFn-V408](DLMBS Commentary V408) There was a monk named Pilinda Vaccha, who always addressed people in a offensive manner, as if he was somewhat superior. Other monks complained to the Buddha about it and he told them that Pilinda Vaccha had been born as a Brahmin for many past existences. Therefore, the way he addressed others was not meant as an offense (for Vaccha was an Arahant), but he did it simply out of force of habit. The Buddha then spoke this verse, saying that Arahants have no intention of harming others even with their speech.
[DLMBSFn-V409]

(DLMBS Commentary V409) A certain Brahmin once put his clothes beside his house, in order to air it. A monk who happened to pass by mistook it for a thrown away piece of cloth and he took it. The Brahmin accused him of stealing and the monk then returned the cloth back and went to the monastery.

There he told the story to other monks. The monks started joking about this incident, asking him to describe the quality of the cloth. The monks only replied that he had no attachment to the clothes at all.

The Buddha then confirmed that this monk was really an Arahant without attachment and added this verse, saying that Arahants do not take things not given to them.

[DLMBSFn-V410]

(DLMBS Commentary V410) Venerable Sāriputta once spent a Rain Retreat at a certain village. The people there promised to give the monks all the requisites (robes etc.) at the end of the Retreat. However, when the Rains were over, not everything was received. So Sāriputta told the monks to send the villagers over to him in case they brought the requisites.

The monks misunderstood his intentions and told the Buddha that Sāriputta still had attachments to worldly thing like robes. The Buddha explained that Sāriputta's intention was to insure huge merit for the donors and enough of requisites for all the monks.

[DLMBSFn-V411](DLMBS Commentary V411) On one occasion, a similar thing that happened to Venerable Sāriputta in the previous verse (see the commentary for gāthā 410) happened to Venerable Moggallāna. The Buddha then spoke this verse, saying that Moggallāna was free of defilements.
[DLMBSFn-V412](DLMBS Commentary V412) One day the monks complained to the Buddha that a novice named Revata is getting many offerings from the people although he lives alone in the forest. They accused Revata of craving for material gains. The Buddha spoke this verse, saying that Revata has given up all cravings and is an Arahant.
[DLMBSFn-V413]

(DLMBS Commentary V413) There lived a Brahmin in Sāvatthi called Candābha. In one of his previous lives he made offerings to the stūpa of the Buddha Kassapa. Because of this, a circle of light resembling the moon was radiating from his navel. Therefore he was called Candābha (moonlight). Some Brahmins took advantage of this and allowed people to touch Candābha for money.

Once they passed the Jetavana monastery and laughed at some disciples of the Buddha who were on the way to hear the Dharma. Then they took Candābha inside to compete with the Buddha. When Candābha was in the presence of the Buddha, his ring of light went out. Candābha then asked the Buddha to tech him how to make such marks appear and disappear. The Buddha told him to join the Order.

So Candābha became a monk and very soon he attained Arahantship and told his followers to go away, since he would no longer go with them around showing his navel. The Buddha then confirmed his attainment with this verse.

[DLMBSFn-V414]

(DLMBS Commentary V414) A princess named Suppavāsa was pregnant for an unusually long time. She contemplated on the Three Jewels and then sent for the Buddha asking him for help. The Buddha recited, "May Suppavāsa be free from danger, may she give birth to a healthy son." Just as these words were said, Suppavāsa gave birth to a son.

When he grew up, he became a monk named Sivali. Very quickly he attaind the Arahantship and was then famous for being able to receive offerings without difficulty.

Once some monks asked why was his mother pregnant for such a long time. The Buddha said that in one of his previous life, Sivali was a prince who lost his kingdom and on an advice from his mother he besieged the city of his rival. As a result, the people of that city were hungry for several days. For this deed, Sivali and his mother had to suffer during the pregnancy and delivery.

[DLMBSFn-V415]

(DLMBS Commentary V415) In Sāvatthi there lived a rich family. They had a son named Sundara Samudda. He became a monk and lived in Rājagaha. His family missed him very much and they rented a courtesan to try to tempt him.

She offered food to Sundara Samudda every day. Once she paid some children to play in the street and therefore she invited the monk inside her house, saying that it was too noisy and dusty outside. There she tried to tempt him to give up the life of a monk and become her husband.

The monk got very alarmed and realized his mistake. But the Buddha was mindful of this struggle and sent forth his radiance and spoke this verse to Sundara Samudda. The monk attained the Arahantship.

[DLMBSFn-V416]

(DLMBS Commentary V416) This verse has two stories:

  1. After the passing away of the previous Buddha (Kassapa) a monk went around for donations to build a stūpa. He came to a house, where a goldsmith was quarreling with his wife. The man scolded him and sent him away. Later he realized the wrong he committed and donated gold flowers to the stūpa.

In the present life he was a son of a rich woman who had an illicit affair. When he was born, his mother put him away. A young woman adopted him and named him Jaṭila. When he grew up, he married a daughter of a merchant and later discovered a large amount of gold in his house (as a result of donating the golden flowers). He had children and later he became a monk. He soon attained the Arahantship.

Later other monks asked him if he was still attached to his gold, to which he replied that he was not. The Buddha then spoke this verse, confirming Jaṭila's Arahantship.

  1. In Rājagaha there lived a rich man named Jotika. Once he presented the prince Ajātasattu with a great ruby. Ajātasattu, seeing the beauty of his palace and his wealth, vowed to take Jotika's wealth away when he became a king.

Later Ajātasattu killed his father and became a king. He tried to break into Jotika's palace and loot it, but he was not successful. He went to ask the Buddha how that was possible, only to find Jotika sitting in the monastery and listening to the Buddha's discourse. Jotika explained that his property couldn't be taken from him against his wish.

Later Jotika became a monk and attained the Arahantship. Other monks asked him if he still missed his mansion and he replied that he did not. The Buddha then spoke this verse, confirming Jotika's Arahantship.

[DLMBSFn-V417](DLMBS Commentary V417) A dancer named Nāṭa Puttaka once became a monk and attained the Arahantship. One day he and other monks saw another dancer in the streets, practicing his art. They asked Nāṭa Puttaka if he still missed dancing. He replied that he did not. The Buddha then spoke this verse, confirming Nāṭa Puttaka's Arahantship.
[DLMBSFn-V418](DLMBS Commentary V418) The story for this verse as identical to the story for the previous one. See DhP 417.
[DLMBSFn-V419]

(DLMBS Commentary V419) In Rājagaha there lived a Brahmin Vaṅgīsa who had a special knowledge. He would tap on the skull of a dead person and from that he could tell where that person had been reborn.

Once he heard that the Buddha also could tell the person's next birth so he came to contest the Buddha.

There were skulls of people reborn in hell, as animals, as human, as a god and the skull of an Arahant. Vaṅgīsa knew all of them -- except the last one. He asked the Buddha if he could teach him this skill. The Buddha told him to become a monk and that he will teach him.

As a monk, Vaṅgīsa soon attained the Awakenment and did not need this skill any more -- and told his friends that he had reached the Arahantship. The Buddha confirmed his attainment with this verse.

[DLMBSFn-V420](DLMBS Commentary V420) The story for this verse as identical to the story for the previous one. See DhP 419.
[DLMBSFn-V421]

(DLMBS Commentary V421) A man named Visākha from Sāvatthi heard a discourse of the Buddha and attained the third stage of Awakenment. He asked his wife Dhammadinnā for permission to become a monk. His wife did not accept his property, but instead decided to become a nun. Soon she attained the Arahantship.

Once the former husband and wife met and discussed the Dharma. Dhammadinnā would gladly discuss with him everything up to and including the third stage of Awakenment. But she would not talk about the full Arahantship, because, as she said, Visākha has not attained this yet.

The Buddha then confirmed with this verse that Dhammadinnā had attained the Awakenment.

[DLMBSFn-V422]

(DLMBS Commentary V422) The Kinf Pasenadi and Queen Mallikā once gave alms to the Buddha and Community. The offering was done on a big scale. There was an elephant holding an umbrella over each monk. Because there were many monks, one untrained elephant had to be used. He held an umbrella over Venerable Aṅgulimāla. Everybody was afraid that something would happen; however nothing did.

Later, other monks asked Aṅgulimāla if he was scared at that time. He replied that he was not, since he was an Arahant. The Buddha then confirmed Aṅgulimāla's attainment with this verse.

[DLMBSFn-V423]

(DLMBS Commentary V423) The Buddha once suffered from some illness and asked a layman named Devahita for some water. Devahita was pleased and also sent some molasses. The Buddha had taken a bath and ate the molasses and felt better.

Devahita then came to visit the Buddha to ask an offering made to whom gives more benefit. The Buddha replied with this verse, saying that the offering made to one who has given up all evil gives the most benefit.



巴利文經典最突出的特點,同時也是缺乏同情心的讀者最感厭倦的特點,就是單字、語句和整段文節的重複。這一部分是文法或至少是文體所產生的結果。 …,…,…,

…,…,…, 這種文句冗長的特性,另外還有一個原因,那就是在長時期中三藏經典只以口授相傳。 …,…,…,

…,…,…, 巴利文經典令人生厭的機械性的重覆敘述,也可能一部分是由於僧伽羅人(Sinhalese)不願遺失外國傳教師傳授給他們的聖語 …,…,…,

…,…,…, 重覆敘述不僅是說教記錄的特點,而且也是說教本身的特點。我們持有的版本,無疑地是把一段自由說教壓縮成為編有號碼的段落和重覆敘述的產品。佛陀所說的話一定比這些生硬的表格更為活潑柔軟得多。

(節錄自: 巴利系佛教史綱 第六章 聖典 二 摘錄 )